Skip to main content

Full text of "Smithsonian year"

See other formats 


BOSTON 
PUBLIC 
UBRAKf 


MITHSONIAN 


Boston  Public  Library 
Superintendent  of  Document;! 

JUN  3     1969 
DEPOSITORY 


Smithsonian  Year 
1968 


ANNUAL  REPORT  OF 

THE   SMITHSONIAN   INSTITUTION 

FOR  THE  YEAR  ENDED  30  JUNE  1968 


SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 

City  of  Washington  1968 

For  sale  by  the  Superintendent  of  Documents,  U.S.  Government  Printing  Office 
Washington,  D.C.  20402  -  Price  $2.75 


The  Smithsonian  Institution 

The  Smithsonian  Institution  was  created  by  act  of  Congress  in  1846, 
in  accordance  with  the  terms  of  the  will  of  James  Smithson,  of  England, 
who  in  1826  bequeathed  his  property  to  the  United  States  of  America 
"to  found  at  Washington,  under  the  name  of  the  Smithsonian  Institu- 
tion, an  establishment  for  the  increase  and  diffusion  of  knowledge 
among  men."  In  receiving  the  property  and  accepting  the  trust.  Con- 
gress determined  that  the  Federal  Government  was  without  authority  to 
administer  the  trust  directly,  and,  therefore,  constituted  an  "establish- 
ment," whose  statutory  members  are  "the  President,  the  Vice  President, 
the  Chief  Justice,  and  the  heads  of  the  executive  departments." 


The  Establishment 

Lyndon  B.  Johnson,  President  of  the  United  States 

Hubert  H.  Humphrey,  Vice  President  of  the  United  States 

Earl  Warren,  Chief  Justice  of  the  United  States 

Dean  Rusk,  Secretary  of  State 

Henry  H.  Fowler,  Secretary  of  the  Treasury 

Clark  Clifford,  Secretary  of  Defense 

Ramsey  Clark,  Attorney  General 

W.  Marvin  Watson,  Postmaster  General 

Stewart  L.  Udall,  Secretary  of  Interior 

Orville  L.  Freeman,  Secretary  of  Agriculture 

C.  R.  Smith,  Secretary  of  Commerce 

W.  Willard  Wirtz,  Secretary  of  Labor 

Wilbur  Cohen,  Secretary  of  Health,  Education,  and  Welfare 

Robert  C.  Weaver,  Secretary  of  Housing  and  Urban  Development 

Alan  S.  Boyd,  Secretary  of  Transportation 


h^ 


Board  of  Regents  and  Secretary 


30  June  1968 


Presiding  Officer  ex  officio 

Chancellor 

Regents  of  the  Institution 


Executive  Committee 

The  Secretary 
Assistant  Secretaries 


Lyndon  B.  Johnson,  President  of  the 

United  States 
Earl   Warren,    Chief  Justice   of  the 

United  States 
Earl   Warren,    Chief  Justice   of  the 

United  States,  Chancellor 
Hubert  H.  Humphrey,  Vice  President 

of  the  United  States 
Clinton  P.  Anderson,  Member  of  the 

Senate 
J.  William  Fulbright,  Member  of  the 

Senate 
Hugh  Scott,  Member  of  the  Senate 
Frank  T.  Bow,  Member  of  the  House  of 

Representatives 
Michael  J.  Kirwan,  Member  of  the 

House  of  Representatives 
George  H.  Mahon,   Member  of  the 

House  of  Representatives 
John     Nicholas    Brown,     citizen    of 

Rhode  Island 
William  A.  M.  Burden,  citizen  of  New 

York 
Crawford  H.  Greenewalt,  citizen  of 

Delaware 
Caryl  P.  Haskins,  citizen  of  Washing- 
ton, D.C. 
Jerome  C.  Hunsaker,  citizen  of  Massa- 
chusetts 
Clinton     P.     Anderson,     Caryl     P. 

Haskins 
S.  Dillon  Ripley 
James  Bradley,  Assistant  Secretary 
Sidney  R.  Galler,  Assistant  Secretary 

(Science) 
Charles  Blitzer,   Assistant  Secretary 

(History  and  Art) 
William  W.  Warner,  Acting  Assistant 

Secretary  (Public  Service) 


A  listing  of  the  professional  staff  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  its 
bureaus,  and  its  offices,  appears  in  Appendix  7. 


The  annual  report  of  the  Secretary  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  appears 
under  the  general  title  Smithsonian  Tear. 

It  contains  the  reports  of  the  bureaus  and  branches  of  the  Institution,  including 
that  of  the  United  States  National  Museum.  This  report  on  the  activities  of  its 
component  Museums  of  Natural  History  and  of  History  and  Technology, 
was  last  issued  as  a  separate  publication  for  fiscal  year  1964,  appearing  in  1965. 
Issuance  of  the  annual  report  of  the  Secretary  is  no  longer  followed  by  appear- 
ance of  a  greenbound  volume  containing  a  General  Appendix  of  articles  in 
the  sciences  and  the  arts.  The  last  of  the  old  series  is  that  for  1964. 
Reprints  of  each  of  the  bureau  reports  are  available.  To  some  of  them  are 
appended  tabulated,  statistical,  and  other  information  of  primary  interest  to 
those  concerned  with  the  particular  field  covered,  and  which  for  reasons  of 
space  can  no  longer  be  carried  in  this  volume. 


SMITHSONIAN  PUBLICATION  4760 


Contents 

Page 


The  Establishment     .... 
The  Smithsonian  Institution 


Statement  by  the  Secretary 1 

Office  of  Academic  Programs 33 

Smithsonian  Activities — Public  Service  and  Information 39 

Office  of  International  Activities 41 

Smithsonian  Institution  Press 45 

Smithsonian  Institution  Libraries 51 

Information  Systems  Division 55 

Science  Information  Exchange 61 

International  Exchange  Service 65 

Office  of  Public  Affairs 67 

Division  of  Performing  Arts      71 

Smithsonian  Associates      75 

Smithsonian  Museum  Shops 79 

Belmont  Conference  Center 81 

Smithsonian  Activities — Special  Museum  Programs      83 

Office  of  Exhibits 87 

Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling  Exhibition  Service      96 

Conservation-Analytical  Laboratory 101 

Office  of  the  Registrar 103 

Smithsonian  Activities — History  and  Art 105 

American  Studies  Program 107 

Museum  of  History  and  Technology 109 

Research  and  Publication 117 

Science  and  Technology 117 

Arts  and  Manufactures 119 

Civil  History 123 

Armed  Forces  History 128 

The  Collections 135 

Educational  Activities 151 

Exhibits .    .' 155 

National  Air  and  Space  Museum 161 

National  Armed  Forces  Museum  Advisory  Board 171 

Freer  Gallery  of  Art 175 

National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts 189 

National  Portrait  Gallery 207 

Joseph  H.  Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden 219 

National  Gallery  of  Art 227 

John  F.  Kennedy  Center  for  the  Performing  Arts 247 


Page 

Smithsonian  Activities — Natural  Sciences 259 

Center  for  the  Study  of  Short-lived  Phenomena 262 

Office  of  Oceanography  and  Limnology 267 

Office  of  Ecology 283 

Museum  of  Natural  History 291 

Research  and  Publication 299 

Systematics      299 

Anthropology 300 

Botany 319 

Entomology 325 

Invertebrate  Zoology 333 

Mineral  Sciences 343 

Paleobiology 351 

Vertebrate  Zoology 367 

The  Collections •    •    ■  377 

Exhibits 395 

Papers  Delivered,  Lectures,  and  Seminars 397 

National  Zoological  Park      403 

Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute 419 

Radiation  Biology  Laboratory      433 

•  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory 445 

Introduction 445 

The  Earth 451 

The  Moon 456 

The  Other  Planets 457 

Comets  and  Meteors      458 

Meteorites  and  Cosmic  Dust 463 

Celestial  Mechanics 465 

The  Sun  and  Beyond 466 

Historical  Astronomy 476 

Central  Bureaus 477 

Staff  Changes 477 

Staff  Publications 478 

Special  Reports 487 

Administrative  and  Management  Services 491 

Appendix 497 

1 .  Report  of  the  Executive  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Regents   .    .    .  499 

2.  Smithsonian  Foreign  Currency  Program  Grants 509 

3.  Publications  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Press      513 

4.  Smithsonian  Associates      525 

5.  Members  of  the  Smithsonian  Council 527 

6.  Research  Participation  Programs,  Appointments      533 

7.  Staff  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution 541 


Statement  by  the  Secretary 


Statement  by  the  Secretary 
S.  Dillon  Ripley 


Tn  A  YEAR  OF  CONVULSIVE  IMPACT  on  the  people  of  America,  one 
■*■  theme,  I  think,  has  been  borne  in  upon  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 
This  theme  is  that  the  Institution  has  a  moral  responsibility  to  consider 
its  exhibits  for  the  effect  that  they  may  have  upon  all  sorts  and  condi- 
tions of  people.  Many  of  our  exhibits  are  directly  involved  with 
history— the  history  of  people  and  their  machines  and  their  material 
culture.  The  teaching  of  history  itself  has  changed  radically  in  a  genera- 
tion. Traditionally  most  historians  simply  taught  "the  facts,"  whatever 
they  were,  attempting  to  relate  them  without  bias,  as  best  they  under- 
stood them.  Gradually  this  concept  of  history  as  factual  chronicle  has 
been  shown  to  be  in  effect  not  rigidly  and  exactly  true.  At  present  his- 
tory is  coming  to  be  thought  of  as  social  science.  History  indeed  is  now 
interpreted  and  is  represented  as  a  distillation  of  ideas.  This  change  has 
been  difficult,  indeed  painful,  but  it  is  here  to  stay. 

The  Museum  of  History  and  Technology  is  one  of  the  first  of  its 
kind  in  the  world.  It  is  in  effect  a  teaching  museum.  Most  museums 
that  present  historical  collections  tend  to  be  petrified.  The  reasons  for 
this  are  various,  but  essentially  revolve  around  people  and  money  as 
might  be  expected.  Historical  collections  have  a  strong  personal  bias. 
They  have  been  brought  together  by  individuals  out  of  possessive  love 
and  the  collector's  passion.  Such  collections  frequently  are  steeped  in 
myth.  The  provenance  of  the  objects  is  seldom  called  into  question.  Thus, 
the  average  historical  museum  or  collection  tends  to  have  labels  bearing 
information  supplied  by  the  donor  and  including  his  name.  If  the  donor 
or  the  donor's  family  are  anywhere  around  it  seems  tactless  to  put  into 
question  "the  facts"  as  presented  at  the  time  of  acquisition. 

The  second  problem  is  money.  Even  if  years  later  it  becomes  appar- 
ent that  the  information  on  the  label  is  wrong,  there  is  the  expense  of 
changing  the  label,  or  indeed  of  reordering  the  exhibit.  Thus  historical 
museums  tend  to  become  fossilized.  Entrance  into  these  "cemeteries"  is 
considered  by  historians  not  only  a  bore  but  a  trial.  Sensible  historians 
tend  to  shun  museums  in  principle,  for  it  is  known  that  the  exhibits  are 
exhibits  merely  of  objects  presented  as  memorials  of  "the  facts."  They 

1 


I  SMITHSONIAN    YEAR    1968 

cannot  speak  or  tell  anything,  and  besides  the  chances  are  that  the  infor- 
mation that  they  are  intended  to  convey  is  faulty.  In  addition  to  all  this 
the  objects,  having  been  collected  in  a  random  manner,  probably  do  not 
even  represent  an  ordered  chronology. 

The  Museum  of  History  and  Technology  should  be  a  revelation  for 
modem  historians,  though  whether  it  is  or  not  is  another  matter.  In 
the  first  place,  it  is  the  only  historical  museum  in  this  country  with  a 
staff  of  major  proportions  comprised  of  historians.  This  staff  is  the 
equivalent  of  a  full-fledged  university  department  of  the  history  of 
science;  it  also  includes  historians  in  the  fields  of  political,  cultural,  mili- 
tary, and  social  history.  Thus  there  are  ample  resources  in  qualified  peo- 
ple to  interpret  the  exhibits.  The  staff  is  trained  in  research  and  is 
concerned  with  presenting  "the  facts"  to  the  best  of  its  ability.  There  is 
also  an  exhibits  department  which  is  probably  the  best  in  the  Nation 
through  which  facts  and  ideas  can  be  restated  when  research  has  shown 
the  emphasis  to  be  at  fault.  These  two  elements — continuing  research  on 
the"  objects  and  history  itself,  and  a  staff  ready  to  shift  or  change  the  ex- 
hibits— go  a  long  way  toward  creating  what  is  an  unique  situation. 
This  has  resulted  in  a  teaching  museum  in  the  best  sense,  geared  to 
research  and  flexible  about  changing  exhibits  and  exhibition  objectives. 

It  has  become  apparent,  however,  that  even  such  a  wonderful  mu- 
seum as  our  own  Museum  of  History  and  Technology  might  fall  into 
the  preservation  trap.  Even  a  curator  trained  as  a  research  historian 
can  become  infected  with  a  special  virus  which  makes  him  prey  to  this 
trap.  When  objects  are  preserved  they  become  shiny  and  new  looking. 
They  also  become  nice.  Some  might  say  "all  gussied  up."  Everything 
becomes  pretty  and  nice,  and  history  itself  becomes  a  storybook  ex- 
perience. In  this  country,  everyone  in  history  was  romantic  and  dashing 
and  lived  in  a  genteel  manner.  A  famous  example  of  this  perversion  was 
the  burning  by  a  zealous  librarian  years  ago  of  some  of  George  Wash- 
ington's off-color  letters.  Many,  exhibits  pander  to  this  myth  that  all 
our  ancestors  were  upper  middle-class  Protestant  whites  who  lived  like 
ladies  and  gentlemen.  The  preservation  trap  is  beautifully  illustrated 
in  the  average  historical  restoration  projects  around  the  country.  From 
the  restoration  of  colonial  cities  on  to  the  historic  house  with  formal 
garden,  there  is  an  unfailing  tendency  for  "the  facts"  to  be  tidied  up, 
and  everything  to  be  restored  to  such  a  degree  that  reality  and  truth 
long  since  have  flown  out  the  window.  Public  taste  accepts  this  for  the 
most  part  and  seems  to  appreciate  the  myth — witness  the  enormous 
popularity  of  towns  and  old  houses  or  the  awed  visits  to  (preferably 
eighteenth  century)  restoration  projects.  The  eighteenth  century,  being 
farther  away,  is  even  more  genteel  than  the  nineteenth. 


STATEMENT    BY    THE    SECRETARY  5 

This  past  year  has  demonstrated  to  us  at  the  Smithsonian  as  never 
before  the  need  to  "tell  it  like  it  is."  As  the  nation's  museum  of  history, 
the  Institution  has  a  moral  resjDonsibility  to  do  so.  Inheritor  of  objects 
and  charged  with  the  obligation  to  perform  research  and  to  teach,  to 
educate,  it  is  the  solemn  responsibility  of  the  Smithsonian  to  reveal  the 
social  history  of  our  nation.  More  than  ever  before  our  exhibits  have 
a  potential  value  for  education  and  it  is  our  moral  responsibility  to  see 
that  they  do  educate. 

The  principal  facts  of  the  history  of  our  nation  revolve  around  the 
cultural  pluralism  of  our  people.  We  are  not  all  as  one  and  we  are 
certainly  not  all  nice  and  "gussied  up,"  nor  have  we  ever  been.  Our 
museums,  among  them  the  Museum  of  Histon,-  and  Technology,  should 
be  concerned  with  this  theme  of  presenting  truth  in  a  social  context. 
Far  too  little  has  been  done  to  delineate  the  history  of  the  ethnic  minori- 
ties of  our  country  or  to  single  out  and  describe  their  achievements.  In 
the  preservation  trap,  it  appears  as  if  innovation  and  intellectual  and 
technological  achievement  were  either  racially  anonymous  or  were 
the  prerogative  of  Anglo-Saxons  from  western  Europe,  essentially  Prot- 
estant of  course.  American  Indians,  along  with  Chinese  or  Mexican 
Indians  find  their  culture  and  their  mode  of  life  discussed  in  the  Natural 
History  Museum  as  curious  subjects  for  anthropological  research,  re- 
lated somehow  to  zoology  and  other  parts  of  the  world  of  nature.  Afri- 
can history  is  similarly  discussed  and  recorded  in  depth  in  the  halls  of 
African  technology  and  anthropology.  Here  and  there  in  the  historical 
museum  there  may  be  a  reference  to  slavery  or  to  wars  against  the 
Indians,  but  for  the  most  part  our  ethnic  subcultures,  our  minority 
groups,  come  off  very  badly  indeed.  It  is  obvious  that  the  Smithsonian 
as  a  whole  has  a  splendid  tradition  of  research  into  a  multitude  of  scien- 
tific and  cultural  subjects,  but  it  is  also  true  that  our  exhibits  policies 
have  not  delineated  history  as  a  social  science,  or  as  the  distillation 
of  ideas. 

Part  of  the  Smithsonian's  problem  has  been  lack  of  money.  A  generous 
Congress  has  awarded  money  for  buildings,  but  the  annual  budgets 
for  installation  and  research  have  not  kept  up  with  the  obligations 
created  by  the  buildings.  Since  the  Museum  of  History  and  Technology 
was  opened  in  January  1964,  it  has  been  on  a  near-starvation  diet. 
In  the  ensuing  years,  wars  and  necessary  domestic  programs  have  swal- 
lowed up  the  federal  dollar.  The  educational  and  research  needs  of 
the  Smithsonian,  the  need  to  change  exhibits  and  to  improve  their 
teaching  quality  and  character,  have  received  a  low  priority.  The  urgent 
needs  to  develop  cultural  and  social  history  in  our  museums  are  hard 
to  meet.  But  the  need  is  there.  We  have  failed  to  give  the  true  historical 


4  SMITHSONIAN    YEAR    1968 

picture,  to  describe  the  whole  panorama  of  our  cultures.  Young  people 
representing  Negroes,  Indians,  Spanish,  Chinese,  Japanese  and  other 
subcultures  are  not  given  the  evidence  that  they  are  part  of  the  stream  of 
history  of  the  United  States  with  a  noble  past,  a  vital  present,  and  an 
unlimited  future.  If  our  Institution  is  to  play  a  valid  role  in  the  Bicen- 
tennial of  the  American  Revolution  in  1976,  we  should  be  prepared  to 
correct  what  is  in  effect  a  series  of  oversights  in  history,  the  history 
of  our  country  and  of  the  multiplicity  of  our  peoples. 

One  of  the  ways  that  we  can  do  this  is  to  emphasize  in  our  exhibits 
the  people  and  especially  the  ordinary,  everyday  people  who  built  the 
railroads,  sailed  the  ships  and  drove  as  well  as  created  the  machinery 
and  instruments  we  exhibit.  Many  of  these  people,  the  very  stuff  of  our 
basic  concern,  will  be  revealed  to  belong  to  a  wide  variety  of  subcultures 
and  of  ethnic  minorities,  quite  as  well  as  various  sorts  of  poor  whites. 
For  these  purposes  we  do  not  simply  have  museums  of  history,  or  of 
art,  or  of  natural  history  so  much  as  we  have  museums  for  and  about 
men,  either  man's  way  of  looking  at  the  world  of  nature,  or  man's  way 
of  coping  with  the  world  of  nature.  And  in  some  art  museums  we  have  a 
clue  perhaps  to  the  varieties  of  means  by  which  man  looks  at  himself. 

This  year  of  1968  has  marked  the  opening  of  a  new  museum  in  this 
Institution,  the  refurbished,  revitalized  National  Collection  of  Fine 
Arts,  for  long  the  Institution's  stepchild,  and  it  has  seen  the  final  prep- 
aration for  the  opening  of  a  second  new  museum,  the  National  Portrait 
Gallery. 

The  opening  of  the  National  Collection  in  the  remodeled  old  Patent 
Office  building  was  a  stunning  success.  Years  of  effort  by  David  Scott 
and  his  devoted  staff  culminated  on  May  third  in  a  splendid  evening 
event,  graced  by  President  and  Mrs.  Johnson  and  some  3,000  guests 
who  roamed  the  elegant,  sometimes  classic,  sometimes  modern  halls, 
the  lower  sculpture  room  reminiscent  of  an  Egyptian  catacomb,  the 
third-floor  Lincoln  Gallery  so  sublimely  cool,  chaste,  and  immense  with 
its  tight  arches,  the  touch  of  the  iron  strapwork,  the  marble  columns 
restored  to  a  nacreous  sheen  thanks  to  the  efforts  of  our  hero  of  the 
occasion,  Mr.  Royal  Murphy,  the  marble  restorer.  For  Washington, 
it  was  an  evening  to  be  remembered. 

The  National  Portrait  Gallery  is  essentially  a  trial  balloon.  There 
has  never  been  a  National  Portrait  Gallery  in  this  nation,  and  it  is 
still  unclear  to  many  what  purpose  such  a  gallery  will  serve.  If  the  United 
States  had  thought  it  as  worthwhile  to  develop  a  memorial  collection 
of  likenesses  of  great  men  and  women  as  it  delights  in  writing  their 
biographies,  there  might  by  this  date  in  history  be  a  great  national  col- 
lection of  portraits  of  the  great  and  near  great  alike.  No  such  thing 


/ 


The  Lincoln  Gallery  on  the  opening  night  of  the  National  Collection  of  Fine 
Arts,  3  May  1968.   (Photo:  Ralph  Crane,  LIFE  magazine.) 


occurred,  however,  and  thus  there  is  no  hope  that  our  National  Por- 
trait Gallery  can  rival  in  quality  or  character,  the  elegant,  charming, 
and  beautifully  furnished  portrait  galleries  of  the  United  Kingdom 
and  Ireland.  There  is  only  one  sensible  way  to  look  at  the  matter  then, 
to  recognize  that  our  new  National  Portrait  Gallery  must  turn  its  back 
on  precedent  and  chart  a  new  path. 

The  implication  of  a  portrait  gallery,  by  the  very  title,  is  that  it  will 
consist  of  a  gallena  full  of  elegant,  solemn,  and  somnolent  halls  lined 
with  splendid  portraits  of  the  great  of  America,  makers  and  shakers 
all,  who  have  found  a  secure  niche  in  the  Dictionary  of  American  Bi- 
ography for  their  accomplishments  if  not  for  their  virtues,  and  preferably 
Horatio  Alger  heroes  all — to  whom  oncoming  generations,  pausing  in 
the  corridors,  can  look  up  to  with  awe,  on  tiptoe  as  it  were. 


6  SMITHSONIAN    YEAR    1968 

The  fact  is,  of  course,  that  lacking  the  impedimenta  of  a  large  finished 
collection  of  important  portraits  and  sculpture,  the  Portrait  Gallery 
must  perforce  delineate  people  rather  than  memorialize  the  dead. 
By  seeking  to  re-create  the  world  in  which  famous  people  lived  through 
every  device  known  to  exhibits  technicians  including  photographs,  film 
strips,  tapes,  and  various  kinetic  devices,  and  by  surrounding  these 
famous  people  with  the  flavors  of  the  everyday  people  on  whom  they 
depended — soldiers,  farmers,  tradesmen,  Indians,  slaves,  actors,  gam- 
blers, politicans  and  all  the  hurly-burly,  the  stufT  of  life — the  Portrait 
Gallery  might  become  a  theater  of  history.  It  could  be  a  pantomime  of 
American  doings  which  would  convey  a  vital  meaning  to  the  visitor, 
unencumbered  by  the  dust  on  the  old  oils  and  marble.  May  it  be  so 
and  may  this  museum  too,  as  well  as  the  others,  try  to  "tell  it  like  it  is, 
and  was." 

As  James  Reston  commented  recently,  our  political  leaders  today  are 
overwhelmed  by  events  beyond  our  ken — the  culmination  of  years  of 
relentless  pressures  decried  only  by  Cassandras — by 

the  fertility  of  the  ordinary  people,  and  the  movement  of  the  people 
into  cities,  and  the  fertility  of  the  human  and  particularly  the  scien- 
tific mind,  which  is  changing  the  world  faster  than  the  politicians 
in  any  country  can  change  their  societies.  Look  at  Washington,  or 
London,  or  Paris,  or  Moscow — all  the  so-called  "great  men"  are 
overwhelmed  by  the  convulsive  events  of  the  human  mind  and 
body. 

One  false  panacea  which  has  become  pandemic  is  more  education 
for  everyone,  but  immediately  education,  as  such,  e7i  masse  defies  the 
meaning  of  the  word.  The  assumption  is  that  everyone,  in  order  to  be 
"educated,"  must  be  educated  in  precisely  similar  ways,  through  books, 
drilled  by  rote  to  pass  exams.  Such  antilogies  are  pronounced  by  pro- 
fessional persons  who  make  entire  careers  as  experts  out  of  telling  people 
what  is  good  for  them.  Time  is  catching  up  with  many  of  these  learned 
sophists. 

Convinced  that  objects  are  of  basic  importance  to  many  people,  even 
peradventure  to  modern-day  historians,  the  Smithsonian  has  been  ex- 
perimenting with  a  neighborhood  museum.  Here  is  a  chance  to  work 
with  non-didactic  museum  tools  geared  to  creating  interest  and  excite- 
ment in  minds  not  interested  for  the  most  part  in  books.  Run-down 
urban  areas  are  the  single  most  important  problem  for  human  environ- 
mental study  in  the  world  today.  To  anyone  interested  in  what  I  have 
called  "social  biology,"  the  linking  in  a  common  cause  for  research  of 
modern  biologists,  especially  ecologists,  and  sociologists,  the  so-called 


STATEMENT    BY    THE    SECRETARY  / 

slums  are  the  areas  ripe  for  studies  cut  in  a  new  fashion  and  tailored 
to  new  dimensions. 

To  a  large  extent  people  from  run-down  neighborhoods  tend  to  stay 
there.  They  tend  to  be  immobile,  not  to  move  much  out  of  their  district, 
except  in  a  transient  sense  from  slum  to  slum.  Such  people,  referred  to 
by  slogan  phrases  like  "disadvantaged,"  are  likely  never  to  go  into  any 
museum.  Indeed  such  people,  if  badly  dressed  or  ill  at  ease,  may  feel 
awkward  going  out  of  their  district.  They  may  easily  feel  lost  wending 
their  way  along  an  unfamiliar  sidewalk  toward  a  vast,  monu- 
mental marble  palace.  They  may  even  feel  hostile.  In  Washington,  D.C., 
a  city  where  262,000  people,  or  about  one-third  of  the  total  popu- 
lation, live  just  above  subsistence  level,  it  is  hardly  to  be  expected 
that  large  numbers  of  the  poor  can  afford  the  bus  fare  for  a  trip  to 
a  museum,  or  the  clothes  either.  In  connection  with  a  recent  PTA 
program  in  Washington  to  sponsor  trips  for  children  and  their 
parents  to  local  attractions,  a  number  of  parents  in  one  low-income 
neighborhood  objected  to  the  program.  The  parents,  it  was  learned,  felt 
that  they  did  not  have  the  proper  clothing  for  such  a  venture;  rather 
than  face  the  possible  humiliation  of  conceivably  being  denied  admission 
to  places  they  might  want  to  visit,  they  preferred  not  taking  part.  If  this 
is  true,  then  the  only  solution  is  to  bring  the  museum  to  them.  For  of 
all  our  people  these  are  the  ones  who  most  deserve  the  fun  of  being  in  a 
museum.  Should  any  museum  director  today  not  feel  this  way  then  he 
should  speak  up.  Although  private  collectors  may  wish  to  keep  their 
collections  private,  the  person  in  charge  of  a  museum,  no  matter  how 
recondite  or  esoteric  or  aesthetically  rarefied  his  collection,  must  oc- 
casionally have  at  least  a  twinge  of  educational  esprit,  the  merest  modi- 
cum of  egalitarianism  or  desire  to  improve  the  lot  of  his  fellowman. 

It  is  obvious,  how-ever,  that  in  the  case  of  a  museum  in  a  rundown 
neighborhood,  the  bookmobile  concept  won't  do.  Involvement  is  what  is 
wanted,  and  a  bookmobile  museum  in  a  slum  implies  something  for 
nothing  from  rich  folks  somewhere  else,  a  kind  of  charity,  a  handout — 
largesse  in  white  gloves.  Involvement  can  be  created  only  if  it  is  their 
museum.  It  must  be  on  the  spot,  participated  in  by  the  people  who  live 
there.  This  was  our  principle  in  1966  when  the  Smithsonian  started  look- 
ing about  for  a  neighborhood  which  might  want  its  own  museum.  Our 
one  guideline  was  that  the  area  must  have  stability  and  not  be  too  full  of 
transients  or  of  the  migratory  unemployed.  We  looked  for  a  site,  per- 
haps an  abandoned  movie  theater  or  grocery  store,  preferably  on  the 
block  with  a  laundromat — that  symbol  of  daytime  neighborhood  in- 
volvement— rather  than  too  many  bars. 


8  SMITHSONIAN    YEAR    1968 

We  found  the  district  in  Anacostia,  one  of  the  areas  of  Washington 
which  had  changed  a  good  deal  since  the  days  of  the  distinguished 
Frederick  Douglass.  Consultations  with  the  Southeast  Neighborhood 
House  in  Anacostia  revealed  an  instant  enthusiasm  on  the  part  of  the 
local  residents.  With  their  help  we  decided  to  try,  and  set  out  to  rent 
an  unoccupied  theater  which,  by  chance,  was  on  the  same  street  as  a 
local  school,  and  in  the  same  block  as  a  laundromat. 

The  auguries  seemed  good.  A  community  advisory  council  was  formed 
early  in  1967,  chaired  by  Mr.  Alton  Jones,  chairman  of  the  Greater 
Anacostia  Peoples,  Inc.,  Mr.  Stanley  Anderson,  later  to  become  one  of 
the  first  members  of  the  new  City  Council  of  Washington,  Mrs.  Marion 
Hope,  Mr.  Ben  Davis,  and  a  good  number  of  willing  volunteers,  in- 
cluding a  sergeant  of  the  11th  Police  Precinct,  Andrew  Salvas.  My  col- 
league, Charles  Blitzer  was  active  from  the  beginning  and  we  depended 
heavily  on  the  advice  of  Mrs.  Caryl  Marsh,  who  had  worked  with 
neighborhood  social  problems  in  Washington.  Our  Smithsonian  exhibits 
department,  led  by  John  Anglim  and  Ben  Lawless,  was  keen  to  rush  in 
and  remodel  the  small  400-seat  movie  theater,  and  Robert  Shelton  was 
assigned  by  them  to  draw  up  a  design.  Long  and  prayerful  meetings 
(most  of  them  in  a  local  church)  with  the  advisory  council  ensued  be- 
fore they  decided  the  framework  of  the  exhibits,  their  focus,  and  the 
degrees  to  which  a  variety  of  exhibits  might  appeal  to  local  residents.  By 
June  1967,  we  had  selected  a  Director,  Mr.  John  Kinard,  a  thirty-year- 
old,  Washington-born  youth  worker  who  had  worked  in  the  Neighbor- 
hood Youth  Corps  and  the  Office  of  Economic  Opportunity.  Under 
John  Kinard,  who  is  vigorous  and  decisive,  the  exhibit  plans  were  com- 
pleted and  the  work  began.  The  seats  were  removed  and  a  flat  floor  was 
installed  with  two  single  steps  at  intervals  to  take  care  of  the  slope.  Six 
modules  were  constructed  along  the  sides  of  the  seating  area,  two  to  a 
section  of  the  floor,  so  that  each  single  step  marked  the  partition  be- 
tween the  modules.  The  exhibits  resulted  from  a  vast  number  of  sug- 
gestions, primarily  from  the  advisory  council,  but  also  from  Smithsonian 
guards  and  staff  curators.  A  complete  general  store  of  the  1890s — ^just 
as  it  was  in  Anacostia — occupies  one  corner.  In  it  there  is  a  post  office 
(for  which  we  hope  to  get  a  license  to  operate) ,  old  metal  toys,  a  butter 
churn,  an  ice-cream  maker,  a  coffee  grinder,  and  a  water  pump,  all  of 
which  work,  and  any  number  of  other  objects  of  the  period  from  kero- 
sene lamps  to  flat  irons,  to  posters  and  advertisements.  There  is  another 
do-it-yourself  area  for  plastic  art,  with,  at  present,  class  instruction  by 
volunteers.  There  are  skeletons  of  various  kinds,  some  of  which  can  be 
put  together  or  disassembled.  There  is  space  for  temporary  art  shows. 


EXHIBITS 


--,,.  SMGUBORHOOD  MUSj 


Entrance  to  the  Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum;  below,  a  do-it-yourself  art 
area  and,  right.  Director  John  Kinard  talking  with  Washington  Mayor  Walter 
Washington,  Councilman  Stanley  Anderson,  and  Charles  Blitzer  of  the  Smith- 
sonian in  the  general  store  and  post  office  which  occupies  a  corner  of  the  museum. 


There  is  a  TV  monitor  system  on  the  stage.  One  of  the  modules  is  oc- 
cupied by  a  live  zoo  with  green  monkeys,  a  parrot,  and  a  miscellany  of 
animals  on  loan  from  the  National  Zoological  Park.  A  great  success  is 
a  shoe-box  museum  in  an  A-frame  structure,  filled  with  wooden  shoe 
boxes  containing  bird  skins  (in  celluloid  tubes),  mammal  skins,  shells, 
fossil  specimens,  and  pictures.  There  are  slide  projectors  for  intensive 
handling  and  study.  A  behind-the-scenes  museum  exhibit  of  leaf-making, 


315-997     O  -  69  -  2 


Smithsonian  Secretary  S.  Dillon  Ripley 
and  friends  with  "Uncle  Beazley,"  the 
dinosaur  hero  of  the  story,  The  Enormous 
Egg,  who  made  a  temporary  visit  to  the 
Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum.  Be- 
low, nearby  fence  painted  for  the  opening 
by  a  local  group  of  Trail  Blazers,  and  a 
classroom  area  in  the  museum. 


silk-screen  techniques,  casting  and  modeling,  gives  an  additional  outlet 
for  instruction.  All  this — to  the  tune  of  crashing  hammers,  scraping  saws, 
and  slapping  paint  brushes — took  form  in  two  and  a  half  months. 

The  grand  opening  attended  by  an  84-piece  band,  two  combos,  and  a 
block  party  with  speeches  and  klieg  lights  took  place  on  15  September 
1967.  A  local  group  of  Trail  Blazers  had  painted  the  nearby  fence,  which 
separates  the  museum  from  the  next  property,  with  a  stylish  "primitive" 
mural  of  African  life.  The  desolate  surrounding  lots  were  spruced  up, 
and  one  of  them  was  decorated  temporarily  with  "Uncle  Beazley,"  the 
dinosaur  hero  of  the  story,  The  Enormous  Egg.  One  of  the  striking 
by-products  of  the  opening  was  the  improvement  in  the  appearance  of 
the  block.  Several  store  fronts  and  houses  were  newly  painted.  The  local 
utility  company  branch,  with  friendly  and  unexpected  solicitude,  was 
hastily  painted  and  landscaped  with  shrubbery  which  greatly  enhanced 


STATEMENT    BY   THE    SECRETARY  11 

the  previously  dreary-looking  brick  premises.  The  whole  place  began  to 
look  almost  as  smart  as  the  swagged  bunting  draped  on  the  old  theater 
marquee,  now  rechristened  as  the  Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum. 

The  financing  for  all  of  this  had  to  be  raised  from  private  sources, 
for  the  federal  government  is,  presumably  quite  rightly,  only  rarely 
interested  in  innovations  of  a  sociological  nature.  This  was  an  ex- 
perimental project;  for  a  museum  or  for  the  sedate  Smithsonian,  it 
could  be  described  as  "off-beat."  We  estimated  that  for  the  first  year 
we  would  need  to  raise  between  $60,000  and  $75,000  and  by  the  fall 
of  1967  we  had  about  $75,000  in  hand,  mostly  from  three  foundations, 
the  Carnegie  Corporation,  the  Anne  S.  Richardson  Fund,  and  the  Eu- 
gene and  Agnes  E.  Meyer  Foundation.  When  in  early  1968  we  realized 
that  all  this  would  cost  more,  we  received  a  challenge  grant  from  the 
Irwin  S.  Miller  Foundation,. and  small  private  contributions  from  in- 
terested citizens  have  been  slowly  but  steadily  coming  in.  At  this  juncture 
my  colleagues  and  I  estimate  that  once  it  is  under  way  a  neighborhood 
museum  can  run  on  something  under  $125,000  a  year,  with  a  flexible 
staff  of  four  full-time  employees  as  well  as  volunteers  and  contract  or 
volunteer  work  from  exhibits  specialists.  Changing  exhibits  are  of  the 
first  importance,  for  any  new  experience,  such  as  a  museum,  tends  to 
pall  in  time. 

The  results  so  far  in  mid- 1968  are  hard  to  assess.  Anacostia  has  a 
known  population  of  nearly  65,000  persons,  41  percent  under  eighteen, 
78  percent  non-white.  The  median  family  income  compiled  from  cen- 
sus records  is  $3,430.  In  the  first  five  and  a  half  months  some  25,000 
visits  had  been  clocked  into  the  museum,  a  building  about  100  feet  long 
and  60  feet  wide  with  a  tiny  mezzanine  floor  for  offices  in  the  former 
projection  booth  area.  Obviously  something  is  happening.  School  classes 
are  being  taught  there.  A  local  business  man  has  donated  a  school  bus 
to  drive  children  over  to  the  main  Smithsonian  buildings  for  Saturday 
morning  classes.  These  are,  of  course,  children  who  would  never  other- 
wise enter  the  vast  marble  mausolea  on  the  Mall.  Interestingly,  at  the 
Anacostia  museum  there  has  been  no  vandalism.  Not  a  feather  or  a 
fossil  has  been  stolen.  And  best  of  all  there  are  no  guards.  What  is  the 
mystery  of  this  equation:  no  guards  =  no  losses  and  no  vandalism?  The 
only  valid  answer  of  course  is,  "because  it  is  their  museum,  not  ours, 
and  they  can  be  proud  of  it." 

Public  service  has  many  forms.  One  of  these  has  been  the  degree  to 
which  the  Smithsonian  can  involve  people  in  its  activities.  Through  the 
Folk  Festival,  the  second  of  which  was  held  over  the  1968  Fourth  of 
July  weekend,  with  a  great  outpouring  of  public  interest  and  an  attend- 
ance of  over  500,000,  to  the  other  events  which  bid  fair  to  become 


An  all  Charles  Ives  program  by  the  Gregg  Smith  Singers  received  critical  acclaim 
when  it  was  presented  on  24  October  in  the  rotunda  of  the  Arts  and  Industries 
Building  for  the  Smithsonian  Associates.  At  right,  Bessie  Jones  and  the  Georgia 
Sea  Island  Singers  performing  at  the  Festival  of  American  Folklife  on  the  Mall. 


annual  ones,  such  as  the  April  First  party  for  the  summer  hours  open- 
ing, the  Mall  is  increasingly  an  involved  and  active  place,  full  of  vitality 
and,  it  might  be  said,  joy.  As  one  newspaper  remarked  after  the  first 
day  of  the  Fourth  of  July  Folk  Festival,  "it's  such  an  unexpected  pleasure 
to  see  100,000  people  gathered  together  in  the  middle  of  Washington, 
all  smiling." 

The  Associates'  activities  continue  to  increase  both  in  numbers  and  in 
enthusiasm  and  programs.  By  the  end  of  June  1968,  membership  in 
the  Associates  stood  at  7,000,  representing  around  15,000  persons.  The 
variety  of  programs  is  tremendous,  thanks  to  the  heroic  and  dedicated 
work  of  Lisa  Suter  and  her  colleagues,  ranging  from  field  trips  in  fossils 
and  archeology  to  Japanese  drama  (Kyogen  and  Noh),  from  fashion 
lectures  to  craft  workshops  in  batik,  mosaic,  raku,  from  chamber  music 
concerts  to  behind-the-scenes  tours  of  paleobiology  labs,  as  well  as  lec- 
tures, films,  and  art  tours  of  various  cities.  The  Ladies  Committee  of 
of  the  Associates,  active  in  the  Washington  area,  has  a  number  of  im- 
portant programs  of  aid  to  constituent  museums  and  in  public  affairs. 

Particularly  interesting  has  been  the  expansion  of  the  Museum  Shops 
under  the  imaginative  direction  of  Carl  Fox.  Aside  from  books,  pam- 
phlets, and  cards,  Mr.  Fox  has  been  concerned  to  demonstrate  the 
vitality  of  the  folk  art  tradition,  and  to  encourage  museum  visitors  to 
realize  that  they  themselves  are  part  of  a  continuing  tradition  of  crafts- 


< 


i 


Hi 


Smithsonian  museum  shops. 


manship  and  craft  work.  Several  special  exhibits  have  been  sponsored 
by  the  shops  during  the  year  ranging  from  "Childrens'  Embroideries 
from  Peru"  to  "19th-Centur)'  Japanese  Prints  and  Drawings,"  from 
"Eskimo  Sculptures  and  Prints,"  to  "Traditional  American  Crafts," 
from  "Toys  around  the  World"  to  "Henry  Evans  Botanical  Prints." 
One  of  the  bases  on  which  this  Institution  stands  is  the  exchange  of 
information — the  "diffusion"   of  knowledge.  For  a  number  of  years, 


14  SMITHSONIAN    YEAR    1968 

the  Smithsonian  has  pioneered  in  developing  a  Science  Information 
Exchange,  directed  by  Monroe  Freeman,  and  supported  principally  by 
the  National  Science  Foundation.  More  recently,  we  have  been  ap- 
proaching our  collections  of  things  as  if  they  were  library  books,  seeking 
to  encode  and  store  information  on  them  for  instant  retrieval.  Without 
such  ability  the  collections  become  meaningless.  With  such  ability  the 
collections  may  be  used  as  tools,  interwoven  into  the  fabric  of  knowledge 
in  such  a  way  that  specific  questions  may  be  asked  of  a  philosophic, 
demographic,  or  biomedical  nature  which  perhaps  could  not  otherwise 
be  answered.  Much  of  the  data  buried  in  collections  in  the  arts,  social 
sciences,  and  sciences  already  found  in  our  museum  collections  is  of 
such  a  fundamental  nature,  that  if  we  could  collate  it  properly  and  ask 
the  appropriate  questions  we  could  penetrate  Sibylline  mysteries  and 
embark  upon  total  environmental  prediction  including  problems  of  food 
supply,  stress,  pollution,  and  population.  Our  new  Division  of  Informa- 
tion Systems,  under  the  direction  of  Nicholas  Suszynski,  is  perhaps  no 
oracle  at  present,  but  the  seeds  are  there.  In  time,  I  am  convinced  that 
an  evolved  union  catalogue  of  such  diverse  sorts  as  complete  holdings  in 
art  across  the  country,  of  the  assemblage  of  all  aspects  of  marine  biology, 
and  other  crucial  resources  may,  when  properly  interpreted,  teach  us 
more  than  we  presently  know  about  ourselves  and  lead  us  to  an  objec- 
tive form  of  wisdom  out  of  which  true  planning  for  the  future  may 
emerge.* 

In  connection  with  our  plans  for  mobilizing  information  in  the 
Smithsonian,  our  library  must  occupy  a  paramount  place.  To  a  library- 
minded  curator  like  myself,  no  single  part  of  the  Institution  can  yield 
primacy  of  place  to  our  library  and  to  our  library-like  resources  which  in 
essence  are  the  collections.  Since  the  days  of  Professor  Charles  Jewett, 
the  Smithsonian  library  has  grown  slowly,  largely  presenting  the  accre- 
tions in  books  to  the  Library  of  Congress,  an  ideal  scheme  initially,  but 
a  course  which  lack  of  proper  information  retrieval-techniques  rendered 
crippling  to  research  within  the  Institution  over  the  years.  The  appoint- 
ment this  year  of  Russell  Shank  to  the  post  of  Librarian  of  the  Institu- 
tion will  go  far  toward  remedying  this  gap,  and  we  are  all  heartened  by 
his  bold  and  imaginative  approach  toward  our  problems. 

In  his  design  for  the  Institution,  Joseph  Henry  elaborated  schemes 


*Increasing  interest  in  this  problem  is  indicated  by  an  important  symposium 
at  the  1967  (New  York)  meeting  of  the  American  Association  for  the  Advance- 
ment of  Science.  "The  Role  of  Museums  in  Modern  Communication,"  sum- 
marized in  Science,  (9  August  1968),  vol.  161,  pp.  548-551. 


STATEMENT    BY   THE    SECRETARY  15 

both  for  what,  today,  \vould  be  called  scholarly  and  popular  publica- 
tions. In  respect  to  the  former,  he  put  the  emphasis  squarely  on  basic 
research.  This  has  been  adhered  to  in  the  serial  reports  which  have 
flowed  from  the  Smithsonian  for  120  years  without  Interruption.  The 
mandate  for  popular  publications  was  met  more  fitfully — the  most  vigor- 
ous effort  being  the  Smithsonian  Scientific  Series  begun  in  1929.  More 
recently,  the  immense  popularity  of  the  Smithsonian  museums  has  led 
to  the  issue  of  a  number  of  pamphlets  and  booklets  which  convey  in- 
formation about  the  museums  and  their  exhibits.  But  the  Smithsonian 
remained  apart  from  the  commercial  book  publishing  industry,  al- 
though in  1964  it  became  a  member  of  the  Association  of  American 
University  Presses  whose  other  members  had,  in  the  main,  vigorously 
adopted  the  techniques  of  commercial  publishers.  In  the  past  two  years, 
under  a  new  name  and  management,  it  has  become  an  active  producer 
and  distributor  of  books.  It  is  thus,  now,  a  full-fledged  university  press, 
but  different  from  any  other  university  press  by  virtue  of  the  variety  of 
its  output.  The  Smithsonian  Institution  Press  publishes  more  special 
scholarship  in  our  serials  than  do  other  presses,  and  in  this  we  more 
resemble  a  museum  publisher.  On  the  other  hand,  no  other  university 
press  publishes  such  popular  items  as  our  museum  guides,  pamphlets, 
and  even  juvenilia,  for  unlike  our  fellow  academic  publishers  we  are  in 
daily  contact  with  the  lay  masses.  And,  in  the  current  fashion  of  uni- 
versity presses,  we  publish  both  scholarly  monographs  and  semipopular 
works  in  the  book  trade  with  as  much  professional  book-publishing 
expertise  as  we  can  apply. 

While  we  give  great  emphasis  to  our  imprint  and  continually  seek 
to  improve  it,  the  Smithsonian  is  also  alert  to  the  possibilities  of  collabo- 
rating with  commercial  publishers.  The  Smithsonian  Library,  the  new- 
joint  venture  with  American  Heritage  Publishing  Company,  is  one  of 
our  greatest  successes  in  the  area  of  public  education.  The  three  books 
already  published  have  avoided  the  fault  common  to  popularizations 
of  science — of  being  "all  about"  a  subject,  and  overawing  the  lay  reader 
with  an  array  of  incontestable  facts  which  mislead  him  as  to  the  nature 
of  scholarly  inquiry  and  thus  widen  the  understanding  gap.  Instead,  the 
authors  have  succeeded  in  communicating  the  hows  and  whys  of  re- 
search and  development  in  science  and  technology.  These  volumes  are 
The  Evolution  of  the  Machine  by  Ritchie  Calder  The  Forging  of  Our 
Continent  by  Charlton  Ogburn,  Jr.,  and  The  Evidence  of  Evolution  by 
Nicholas  Hotton,  III. 

Although  much  of  the  activities  in  our  museums  has  been  severely 
hampered  by  curtailed  funds,  it  is  heartening  to  record  that  our  staff  has 
continued  to  produce  more  published  research  than  in  any  previous 


16  SMITHSONIAN    YEAR    1968 

year.  In  the  natural  history  areas,  a  discernible  concern  for  the  inter- 
pretive asp)ects  of  problems  has  begun  to  emerge.  This  is  a  welcome 
addition  to  descriptive  science  and  the  infusion  of  broad  evolutionary 
principles  in  such  study  is  always  to  be  desired.  In  the  realm  of  air 
and  space,  although  construction  for  that  museum  is  at  present  off 
our  agenda,  the  development  of  research  studies  in  this  subject  con- 
tinues, notably  monographs  on  the  development  of  Professor  Langley's 
engines  of  1900-1903,  a  comprehensive  history  of  the  early  years  of 
air  mail  in  the  United  States,  studies  on  air  pioneers  like  Glenn  Curtiss, 
on  the  19th-century  rockets  of  Congreve  and  Hale,  and  on  the  National 
Air  and  Space  Administration's  contributions  to  modern  rocketry  and 
space  flight.  With  aid  from  the  Admiral  DeWitt  Ramsey  Fund,  research 
is  proceeding  on  naval  aviation  during  the  post  World  War  I  decade. 
During  the  past  year  the  National  Armed  Forces  Museum  Advisory 
Board  held  a  conference  at  Belmont,  the  Smithsonian's  enormously 
useful  conference  center.  Under  the  chairmanship  of  Regent  John 
Nicholas  Brown,  the  conference  produced  two  recommendations  ap- 
proved by  the  Board  of  Regents  at  their  January  1968  meeting.  These 
included: 

Early  appointment  of  a  senior  scholar  to  serve  as  chairman  of  study 
center  activities,  responsible  for  establishing  the  nucleus  of  a  staff 
and  organizing  initial  programs.  In  addition,  this  scholar  could 
assist  in  planning  the  role  the  museum  and  study  center  would 
play  in  commemorating  the  Bicentennial  of  the  American 
Revolution. 

Establishment  of  a  committee  of  eminent  scholars  in  the  field  of 
military  history  to  provide  a  closer  link  between  the  Smithsonian 
and  the  academic  world.  Such  a  group  would  complement  the 
functions  of  the  Advisory  Board  by  enlisting  the  active  partici- 
pation of  the  intellectual  community. 

In  the  law  setting  up  the  Armed  Forces  Museum  and  Board  the 
Smithsonian  has  a  unique  opportunity  to  escape  the  constraining  evo- 
lutionary patterns  of  the  past.  Rather  than  be  cursed  as  many  museums 
of  today  are  by  the  possession  of  collections  which  tend  to  dominate 
whatever  efforts  are  made  to  establish  a  meaningful  raison  d'etre  for 
the  museum,  the  Armed  Forces  plan  provides  for  separating  museum 
and  study  center.  The  museum  itself  can  be  planned  to  contain  only 
highly  meaningful  artifacts  based  on  a  reasoned  intellectual  objective. 
The  Institution  has  an  opportunity  at  present  to  study  the  problems 
of  military  historical  collections  throughout  our  bureaus  with  the  pur- 
pose of  achieving  effective  unity  in  their  curation.  The  question  of  the 


STATEMENT    BY   THE    SECRETARY 


17 


Belmont,  the  Smithsonian  Institution's  Conference  Center  near  Elkridge, 

Maryland. 


Study  center  should  probably  be  aligned  with  the  subject  of  our  aca- 
demic programs. 

Charles  Blitzer,  who  joined  the  Smithsonian  as  the  first  Director  of 
the  Office  of  Education  and  Training  in  July  1965,  was  named  As- 
sistant Secretary  for  History  and  Art  in  February  1968.  In  somewhat 
less  than  three  years,  he  has  demonstrated  lasting  accomplishments  as 
an  educator.  Programs  of  visiting  research  appointments  have  been 
inaugurated,  initially  in  the  sciences  in  cooperation  with  the  National 
Academy  of  Sciences,  and  then  extended  to  include  the  fields  of  history 
and  art,  in  cooperation  with  the  American  Council  of  Learned  So- 
cieties. These  programs  have  now  grown  to  a  level  where  thirty  or 
more  visiting  scholars  and  scientists  at  the  postdoctoral  level  come 
annually  to  the  Institution  for  periods  of  six  months  to  a  year  to  pursue 
chosen  research  topics  in  consultation  with  members  of  the  Smithsoni- 
an's professional  staflF.  Through  these  and  other  programs,  the  Smith- 
sonian has  emerged  as  a  national  center  of  research  training  in  the 
disciplines  of  primary  interest  to  its  staff.  In  a  descriptive  science  such 
as  systematic  biology  or  anthropology  the  Ph.D.  degree  usually  repre- 
sents little  more  than  an  initial  exposure  to  subject  matter  areas.  Within 
the  Smithsonian  a  young  scholar  may  increase  his  mastery  of  their  stub- 
born factualness  and  many  subtleties  with  guidance  and  help  from  a 
mature  investigator. 

The  Office  of  Education  and  Training  inaugurated  a  program  of 
fellowship  awards  to  promising  graduate  students  who  pursue  the  re- 
search required  for  the  award  of  the  Ph.D.  under  the  super\dsion  of  a 


18  SMITHSONIAN    YEAR    1968 

Smithsonian  scientist  or  scholar.  Fifty-three  Ph.D.s,  awarded  by  the 
students'  home  universities^  were  earned  within  the  Smithsonian  in 
the  year  under  review,  twenty-five  of  them  at  the  Smithsonian  Astro- 
physical  Observatory  which  enjoys  a  close  cooperative  relationship  with 
Harvard  University.  Indeed,  the  appointment  of  Fred  L.  Whipple  as 
PhilHps  Professor  of  Astronomy  at  Harvard,  coincident  with  new  tenure 
appointments  for  Charles  Whitney  and  Owen  Gingerich,  was  welcome 
evidence  of  the  strength  of  the  bond  which  links  these  two  institutions. 

With  the  support  of  the  National  Humanities  Endowment  the  Office 
of  Education  and  Training  inaugurated  a  program  to  train  future 
museum  scholars.  With  help  from  Eugene  Wallen  and  Richard  Wood- 
bury, the  Office  sought  and  successfully  obtained  financial  aid  from 
the  National  Science  Foundation  for  a  program  of  summer  research 
assistantships  for  outstanding  undergraduates.  Nathaniel  R.  Dixon,  one 
of  the  most  accomplished  and  innovative  educators  in  the  field  of  pri- 
mary and  secondary  education,  left  his  position  as  principal  of  Scott- 
Montgomery  Elementary  School  in  the  District  of  Columbia  to  join  the 
Office  of  Education  and  Training  as  Associate  Director  and  head  of  a 
newly  established  Division  of  Primary  and  Secondary  Education  in  July 
of  1967.  Mr.  Dixon  succeeded  in  redesigning  the  duties  of  that  division's 
staff  of  five  instructors  in  a  way  that  forged  a  most  effective  instrument 
for  placing  the  resources  of  the  Smithsonian  at  the  disposal  of  the  na- 
tion's schools.  Through  the  efforts  of  the  Institution's  scholarly  staff  and 
with  the  help  of  its  Office  of  Education  and  Training,  the  Bureau  of 
Graduate  Education  proposed  in  1901  for  the  Smithsonian  by  the 
predecessor  of  the  Association  of  Land-Grant  Colleges  and  by  other 
prominent  educators  has  at  long  last  become  a  reality. 

Our  Office  of  Education  and  Training  has  been  reconstituted  as  the 
Office  of  Academic  Programs  under  Mr.  Blitzer's  successor,  Philip  C. 
Ritterbush.  The  change  of  name  signifies  the  Smithsonian's  desire  to 
continue  its  development  as  an  auxiliary  of  academic  institutions  at 
every  level,  while  perhaps  reminding  us  that  education  in  its  broad 
popular  sense  is  a  much  more  widely  diffused  function  of  the  entire 
Institution  in  its  public  service  role.  The  initial  objective  of  the  Office 
in  its  new  guise  is  to  expand  formal  instructional  activity :  seminars,  sur- 
vey courses,  and  tutorials.  The  President's  Office  of  Science  and  Tech- 
nology has  proposed,  in  a  very  welcome  series  of  recommendations 
which  Mr.  Ritterbush  helped  originally  to  formulate,  that  the  unique 
research  facilities  of  the  federal  government  be  made  available  to  uni- 
versities to  the  maximum  practical  extent.  Expanded  programs  of  visit- 
ing research  appointments  and  further  increases  in  our  educational 
activities  have  been  underscored  as  national  policy  objectives  which 


STATEMENT    BY    THE    SECRETARY  19 


Mt^ 


"The  Familiars"  by  Paul  Klee.  This  1927  ink  drawing  was  in  an  exhibition  of 
biological  imagery  in  modern  art,  about  which  subject  Philip  Ritterbush  wrote 
a  book-length  essay  entitled  The  Art  of  Organic  Forms. 


are  most  happily  in  concert  with  these  recent  trends  in  the  Institution. 
The  Smithsonian  Council  met  in  October  and  April,  serving  admira- 
bly in  its  role  as  a  forum  for  the  discussion  of  the  development  of  pro- 
grams in  higher  education  and  research.  One  recommendation  was  that 
the  Institution  come  to  a  full  recognition  of  the  professional  value  of 
teaching  activities  in  its  evaluation  of  the  professional  accomplish- 
ments of  staff  members.  Another  recommendation  was  that  certain 
special  exhibits,  especially  interdisciplinary  or  experimental  exhibits, 
be  regarded  as  illustrations  or  iconography  for  books  that  should  be 
written  at  the  same  time.  Not  only  would  this  result  in  a  richer  yield  of 
books  and  exhibits,  but  it  would  permit  exhibits  to  be  reviewed  as 
scholarly  statements  by  our  professional  staff  members.  In  response  to 
this  suggestion  Mr.  Ritterbush  undertook  to  write  a  book-length  essay 
about  an  exhibit  which  was  mounted  under  his  direction  in  the  Museum 
of  Natural  History^  in  June.  A  display  of  biological  imagery  in  modern 
art,  the  exhibit  evoked  the  esthetic  dimension  of  the  diversity  of  natural 
forms  in  the  setting  of  a  museum  of  natural  history.  The  book,  The  Art 
of  Organic  Forms,  was  dedicated  to  our  colleague,  G.  Evelyn  Hutchin- 
son, Sterling  Professor  of  Zoology  at  Yale  University  and  a  member 
of  the  Smithsonian  Council. 


20 


SMITHSONIAN    YEAR    19  68 


Signing  of  an  agreement  transferring  administration  of  Cooper  Union  Museum 
to  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  To  be  known  as  the  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum,  the 
name  honors  the  founders,  who  were  granddaughters  of  Peter  Cooper  and 
daughters  of  Abram  S.  Hewitt.  Participating  in  the  signing  are,  left  to  right, 
Henry  F.  duPont,  chairman,  and  Albert  Edelman,  legal  counsel,  of  the  Cooper 
Union  Museum  Charitable  Trust;  Smithsonian  Secretary  S.  Dillon  Ripley;  Dr. 
Richard  F.  Humphreys,  president,  and  Daniel  Maggin,  chairman  of  the  Board 
of  Trustees,  of  Cooper  Union;  and  Smithsonian  legal  counsel  Peter  Powers. 


Another  theme  for  discussion  in  meetings  of  the  Council  has  been  how 
best  to  organize  our  efforts  in  research  and  exhibition  in  order  to  take 
full  advantage  of  interdisciplinary  opportunities.  The  potential  in- 
herent in  our  collections  can  rarely  be  seen  in  entirety  from  the  vantage 
point  of  a  single  discipline.  Coins  fascinate  the  metallurgist,  the  his- 
torian of  economics  and  trade,  and  the  student  of  social  customs,  as 
well  as  the  specialized  collector.  The  Council  has  conducted  extensive 
discussions  of  the  Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum,  of  proposed  pro- 
grams in  folklife  and  American  studies,  and  of  projects  still  in  the 
planning  stage,  including  the  National  Air  and  Space  Museum  and  the 
National  Armed  Forces  Museum.  During  the  year  Professor  Elting 
Morison  of  Yale  University,  Andre  Schiffrin  of  Pantheon  Books,  and 
Dr.  Gordon  Ray  of  the  John  Simon  Guggenheim  Memorial  Foundation 


STATEMENT    BY   THE    SECRETARY  21 

accepted  imitations  to  serve  on  the  Council,  where  their  advice  will  be 
greatly  valued. 

In  this  year  the  Smithsonian  acquired  a  new  museum,  received  con- 
tract authorization  and  an  initial  appropriation  to  construct  a  second, 
and  acquired  the  largest  collection  of  gold  coins  ever  assembled  by  one 
person.  The  new  museum  is  the  Cooper-Hewitt  Museum  of  Design  in 
New  York  City,  the  first  museum  created  to  be  entirely  devoted  to  the 
decorative  arts  in  this  country.  The  continued  existence  of  the  museum 
had  come  into  question  in  1963  when  the  Trustees  of  its  parent  insti- 
tution. Cooper  Union,  decided  that  the  growing  costs  of  providing  free 
tuition  to  its  schools  of  art,  architecture,  and  engineering  made  it  im- 
possible to  afford  to  retain  the  museum.  A  survey  of  the  possibilities  for 
the  museum's  future  was  undertaken  by  the  American  Association  of 
Museums  assisted  by  the  New  York  State  Council  on  the  Arts.  As  a 
result,  the  Smithsonian  Institution  was  suggested  as  the  organization  best 
suited  by  the  nature  of  its  founding  philosophy  to  act  to  retain  the  very 
important  collections  of  the  museum  intact  and  available  to  those  in- 
terested in  the  study  of  all  aspects  of  design  in  the  human  environment. 

Shortly  after  the  museum's  future  came  into  question  a  committee 
of  citizens  was  formed,  which  is  called  the  Committee  To  Save  the 
Cooper  Union  Museum.  The  committee  was  extremely  active  in  bring- 
ing about  the  present  addition  of  the  museum  to  the  Smithsonian  or- 
ganization, and  has  pledged  itself  to  the  financial  support  of  the  museum. 
On  9  October  an  agreement  was  signed  by  Mr.  Daniel  Maggin,  Chair- 
man of  the  Board  of  Trustees  of  Cooper  Union,  and  the  Secretary  of  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  that  administration  of  the  museum  would  be 
transferred  to  the  Smithsonian.  On  14  May  1968  the  Supreme  Court 
of  the  State  of  New  York  ruled  that  this  transfer  could  be  accomplished 
and  the  museum  is  now  legally  an  entity  within  the  Smithsonian 
Institution. 

The  museum's  collections  include  a  large  and  outstanding  group  of 
design  drawings — primarily  French  and  Italian — from  the  sixteenth  cen- 
tury to  the  present,  textiles,  wallpaper,  ceramics  and  glass,  metalwork. 
furniture  and  ephemera,  as  well  as  drawings  by  American  and  Euro- 
pean artists.  Richard  Wunder  as  an  Assistant  Director  of  the  National 
Collection  of  Fine  Arts  and  a  former  curator  at  the  Cooper  Union,  has 
been  appointed  the  first  Director,  and  a  Board  of  Advisers  has  been 
formed  under  the  Chairmanship  of  Henry  F.  du  Pont  who  has  been 
a  primary  supporter  of  the  Cooper  Union  Museum  for  many  years. 

The  Joseph  H.  Hirshhorn  Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden  moved  a 
step  closer  toward  fulfillment  with  the  enactment  by  the  90th  Congress 
of  the  necessary  legislation  to  guarantee  its  construction  within  the  next 


22  SMITHSONIAN    YEAR    1968 

three  years.  Ground  breaking  for  the  new  structure  should  take  place 
in  January  1969. 

In  its  first  Smithsonian  year  the  Hirshhorn  Museum,  under  Director 
Abram  Lerner,  moved  with  accelerated  momentum  toward  three  related 
goals :  the  acquisition  of  new  paintings  and  sculptures,  the  development 
of  plans  and  programs  for  the  new  museum  on  the  Mall  being  designed 
by  architect  Gordon  Bunshaft.  and  the  continuation  of  its  services  to 
scholars  and  institutions  involved  in  the  history  of  modem  American 
and  European  art.  Mr.  Hirshhorn' s  generosity  led  in  1968  to  the  ac- 
quisition of  more  than  five  hundred  new  paintings  and  sculptures,  rang- 
ing historically  from  antiquity  to  the  works  of  today's  young  creators. 
To  its  renowned  group  of  European  and  American  sculpture  of  the  nine- 
teenth and  twentieth  centuries,  the  collection  in  1968  added  significant 
works  of  Bourdelle,  Chryssa,  di  Suvero,  Dubuffet,  Gabo,  Lachaise, 
Lichtenstein,  Miro,  Pevsner,  Rodin,  Smith,  and  von  Schlegell. 

The  collection's  paintings  focus  on  the  twentieth  century.  From  the 
works  of  precursors  such  as  Thomas  Eakins  and  Winslow  Homer  to  the 
canvases  of  today,  the  course  of  painting  in  America,  is  covered  in  depth. 
Complementing  the  American  section  is  a  strong  selection  of  paintings 
by  modern  and  contemporary  European  masters.  Notable  paintings 
added  to  the  collection  in  1968  included  works  by:  Agam,  Diller,  Du- 
buffet,  Ernst,  Frankenthaler,  Miro,  Mondrian,  Pollock,  Ruscha,  Still, 
Vasarely,  and  Zox. 

For  the  past  decade  Mr.  Hirshhorn  has  been  known  as  one  of  the 
nation's  most  generous  lenders  and  the  collection  is  a  major  source  for 
museums  and  art  historians  preparing  retrospective  exhibitions,  biogra- 
phies, and  catalogues  raisonnes  of  twentieth-century  artists.  In  1968 
more  than  fifty  queries  were  received  weekly  for  research  information, 
loans,  photographs,  or  permission  to  view  specific  works.  Although,  due 
to  limited  physical  facilities,  only  two  hundred  visiting  scholars,  artists, 
and  officials  could  be  greeted  at  the  collection  office  and  warehouse  in 
New  York,  more  than  five  hundred  paintings  and  sculptures  from  the 
collection  were  loaned  to  museums  and  galleries  throughout  the  world, 
notably  to  the  Dada  exhibition  at  New  York,  Chicago,  and  Los  Angeles, 
to  the  de  Kooning,  Hooper,  and  Hepworth  retrospectives,  the  Pittsburgh 
International,  to  three  exhibits  at  the  Smithsonian  galleries  in  Wash- 
ington, and  to  the  Tovish  Retrospective  in  New  York. 

The  Josiah  K.  Lilly  Collection  of  gold  coins  came  to  the  Smithsonian 
as  the  result  of  bills  introduced  by  Congressman  William  G.  Bray  (H.R. 
12940)  and  Senator  Birch  Bayh  (S.  2409)  of  Indiana,  passed  by  the 
Congress  and  signed  by  the  President  on  4  June  1968.  The  collection 


STATEMENT    BY   THE    SECRETARY  23 

comprises  some  6,125  coins  valued  at  $5,534,808,  and  has  been  de- 
scribed as  surpassing  any  other  known  hoard  of  gold  coins  amassed  by 
one  person.  The  United  States  section,  in  which  the  Smithsonian  had 
been  woefully  deficient,  is  in  itself  of  surpassing  importance,  being  vir- 
tually complete.  There  is  no  museum  in  the  Western  World  which  has 
a  comparable  collection.  Although  the  Lilly  estate  is  paying  a  federal 
estate  tax  and  an  Indiana  state  tax  on  the  collection,  the  preservation  of 
the  collection  intact  for  the  nation  was  deemed  sufficiently  Important 
that  congressional  action  was  requested  to  sequester  in  this  manner  the 
Lilly  coins  which  otherwise  would  have  been  dispersed.  No  provision 
under  Mr.  Lilly's  will  existed  which  could  be  invoked  to  keep  intact  his 
numismatic  treasure.  The  lawyers  of  the  Lilly  estate  deserve  the  greatest 
credit  for  their  foresight  in  securing  this  collection  for  the  nation. 

This  year  has  seen  considerable  expansion  in  the  Institution's  inter- 
national activities  which  have  passed  under  the  direction  of  David 
Challinor.  William  Warner,  first  director  of  this  office,  has  moved  to 
become  Acting  Assistant  Secretary  for  Public  Service.  In  the  four  years 
that  he  has  served  in  international  activities,  Mr.  Warner  has  served 
the  Smithsonian  brilliantly;  his  prior  knowledge  gained  from  the  De- 
partment of  State  and  the  Peace  Corps  has  proved  invaluable  in  re- 
asserting the  Smithsonian's  traditional  interest  in  international  research 
services  and  specialized  cultural  exchange. 

In  this  year  the  Smithsonian,  in  collaboration  with  the  National 
Academy  of  Sciences  has  been  able  to  be  of  some  value  to  the  Depart- 
ment of  Defense  in  providing  advice  on  the  subject  of  the  relative  value 
of  fragile  and  unique  natural  environments  such  as  the  island  of  Aldabra 
in  the  Indian  Ocean.  In  addition,  we  have  helped  to  work  toward  set- 
ting up  a  continuing  ad  hoc  advisory  committee  on  ecological  change, 
an  area  historically  of  primary  concern  to  the  Institution.  This  century 
may  see  the  inception  of  the  largest,  most  critical  experiment  conducted 
by  man  in  altering  the  environment,  the  trans-isthmian  sea-level  canal 
connecting  the  Caribbean  and  the  Pacific  Ocean.  This  is  the  reopening 
of  a  barrier  closed  for  the  last  fifteen  million  years,  with  presently  in- 
calculable potential  changes  in  marine  and  associated  conditions  around 
the  Caribbean  basin  and  the  eastern  Pacific.  Although  its  resources  are 
limited,  the  Smithsonian  has  not  only  initiated  interest  and  concern  in 
the  problems  throughout  the  biological  community,  but  also  has  under- 
taken with  the  approval  of  the  Atlantic-Pacific  Interoceanic  Canal  Com- 
mission, the  first  studies  in  marine  ecology,  including  sample  hybridiz- 
ing experiments  at  its  Tropical  Research  Station  in  Panama. 


24 


SMITHSONIAN    YEAR    1968 


President  Bourguiba  of  Tunisia 
at  the  Smithsonian  luncheon  in 
his  honor,  17  May  1968,  with 
Secretary  Ripley  and  Chancellor 
Earl  Warren. 


Under  David  Challinor's  energetic  leadership,  the  Office  of  Inter- 
national Activities  has  initiated  preliminary  scientific  and  cultural 
agreements  with  several  countries,  notably  with  Tunisia  and  Iran.  In 
addition  Mr.  Challinor's  special  interests  in  forestry  and  conservation 
have  enabled  him  to  negotiate  agreements  with  the  United  Fruit  Com- 
pany and  the  Organization  for  Tropical  Studies  for  the  development  of 
the  Lancetilla,  Honduras,  station  of  United  Fruit  Company,  as  an 
ecological  research  center,  and  to  develop  an  agreement  with  the  United 
States  Bureau  of  Sport  Fisheries  and  Wildlife  for  ecological  research  on 
St.  Vincent  Island  off  the  west  coast  of  Florida. 

Tropical  research  already  engages  several  of  our  bureaus.  To  these 
must  be  added  the  National  Zoological  Park  which  in  this  past  year 
has  developed  increasing  concern  for  the  problems  of  the  preservation  J 
of  rare  and  endangered  species.  Working  closely  with  the  Survival  Serv-  ■ 
ice  Commission  of  the  International  Union  for  the  Conservation  of 
Nature  (of  which  Assistant  Director  John  Perry  is  a  member)  the 
Zoological  Park  has  undertaken  to  initiate  studies  of  the  preservation 
and  breeding  of  rare  species.  Aided  by  a  much-valued  grant  from  the 
National  Geographic  Society,  the  Director,  Theodore  H.  Reed,  will 
head  an  expedition  to  Kenya  to  study  bongo  antelope  in  the  Aberdare 
mountains,  and  to  attempt  their  capture  and  transport  to  the  Zoo. 
The  Zoo's  resident  scientist,  John  F.  Eisenberg,  has  continued  his  work 
in  Ceylon,  aided  by  our  veterinarian,  Clinton  Gray,  working  with  the 
Ceylon  government  in  immobilizing  techniques  with  elephants,  as  part  of 
a  three-year  study  of  the  ecology  of  this  threatened  form. 

As  part  of  our  mandate  to  develop  research  in  the  American  tropics, 
the  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute  continues  its  valuable 
studies  under  Martin  Moynihan's  perceptive  direction.  The  central 
theme  of  these  studies  is  to  obtain  information  which  will  explain  why 
tropical  biotas  and  environments  are  different  from  those  of  other  parts f 


STATEMENT    BY    THE    SECRETARY  25 

of  the  world.  We  are  still  very  far  from  answering  this  question,  but 
the  question  is  important  and  becoming  urgent.  The  answers  (and  they 
will  certainly  be  multiple)  will  not  only  be  interesting  from  a  theoretical 
scientific  point  of  view,  but  should  also  provide  base-line  information 
for  intelligent  planning  of  human  activities  and  for  management  of  the 
environment  in  large  parts  of  the  world. 

Gamma-ray  astronomy  is  the  observing  of  the  effects  of  gamma  radia- 
tion, which  is  the  electromagnetic  radion  in  the  high-frequency  range 
of  the  spectrum.  Because  of  its  high  penetration  through  galactic  and 
intergalactic  matter,  its  direct  and  simple  relationship  to  nuclear  reac- 
tions that  act  as  fundamental  energy  sources,  and  its  direct  relation- 
ship to  high-energy  electrons  and  protons,  gamma  radiation  is  a  particu- 
larly important  probe  for  cosmological  studies.  Measurement  of  the  flux, 
energy  spectra,  and  arrival  direction  of  gamma  rays  can  help  us  solve 
some  of  the  fundamental  problems  of  cosmology,  such  as  the  origin 
of  cosmic  rays,  the  density  of  cosmic  radiation  in  the  galaxy  and  in 
intergalactic  space,  the  density  and  composition  of  galactic  and  inter- 
galactic matters,  the  presence  of  antimatter  in  the  universe,  the  hypoth- 
esis of  the  continuous  creation  of  matter,  and  the  strength  of  galactic 
and  intergalactic  magnetic  fields. 

The  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory's  large  optical  reflector 
for  the  detection  of  cosmic  gamma-ray  sources  has  been  installed  on 
Mount  Hopkins  in  Arizona.  This  34-foot-diameter,  altitude-azimuth 
mounted  instrument  consists  of  252  hexagonal  mirrors  focused  on  an 
array  of  photomultiplier  tubes.  The  direct  detection  of  cosmic  gamma 
rays  is  generally  not  feasible.  Now,  however,  electronic  techniques  allow 
the  counting  of  light  pulses,  of  very  short  duration  and  low  intensity, 
that  are  created  in  our  atmosphere  by  bombarding  gamma  rays.  It  is 
this  indirect  effect — called  Cerenkov  radiation — that  is  to  be  observed 
at  Mount  Hopkins  with  the  large  reflector. 

The  Observatory  is  operating  at  Mount  Hopkins  a  new  prototype 
laser  satellite-tracking  system.  Correlated  with  the  erection  of  this  new 
instrument,  the  nearest  Baker-Nunn  satellite  tracking  camera  has 
been  moved  from  New  Mexico,  and  a  more  advanced  system  installed 
at  Mount  Hopkins.  The  new  system  consists  of  a  ruby  laser  that  illumi- 
nates with  high-energy  light  pulses  retroreflector-equipped  satellites.  The 
reflected  pulse  is  observed  with  a  20-inch  telescope  mounted  on  the  same 
pointing  pedestal  and  parallel  with  the  laser.  The  time  inter\'al  between 
laser  firing  and  the  receipt  of  the  reflection  provides  a  value  of  the 
range. 

Depending  upon  the  evaluation  of  this  model,  several  other  systems 
will  be  set  up  at  selected  Smithsonian  astrophysical  observing  stations 

315-997      O  -  69  -  3 


Installation  of  the  new  84-foot 
radio  antenna  of  the  Smithso- 
nian-Harvard observatories  was 
completed  early  in  1968. 


located  around  the  world.  These  range  observations,  combined  with 
photographic  observations,  will  substantially  increase  the  capability  of 
the  satellite-tracking  network,  thereby  opening  new  horizons  of  inves- 
tigation, particularly  with  respect  to  geophysical-dynamical  processes 
within  the  earth.  When  applied  to  satellite  geodesy,  this  new  ranging 
technique  should  produce  an  accuracy  in  the  measurement  of  continen- 
tal distances  to  about  one  meter  and  eventually  an  accuracy  sufficient 
for  possible  observations  of  continental  drift. 

Early  in  1968,  installation  of  the  new  84-foot  radio  antenna  at 
Agassiz  station  in  Harvard,  Massachusetts,  was  completed.  The  dish 
was  acquired  from  the  Army  Materiels  Command  in  Huntsville,  Ala- 
bama. A  joint  undertaking  of  the  Smithsonian  and  Harvard  observa- 
tories, this  facility  provides  a  more  accurate  surface,  larger  area,  and 
improved  instrumentation  over  the  dish  previously  available.  The  instru- 
ment already  is  being  used  for  major  investigations  of  atomic  and  molec- 
ular constituents  in  the  interstellar  medium. 

A  new  analysis  of  observations  by  the  observatory's  Prairie  Network 
shows  that  the  mass  flux  of  relatively  large  meteoroids  exceeds,  by 
several  orders  of  magnitude,  both  that  inferred  from  meteorite  falls 
and  that  estimated  from  an  extrapolation  of  small-meteor  data.  The 


STATEMENT    BY   THE    SECRETARY 


27 


Classes  conducted  for  members  of  the 
Smithsonian  Associates  give  them  first- 
hand knowledge  of  the  materials  and 
methods  of  science.  Above,  botany; 
right,  oceanography. 


earlier  suggestion  that  this  material  is  either  fragile  or  of  low  density 
has  been  reinforced  by  recent  observations. 

Each  year  that  passes  brings  us  to  a  keener  realization  of  the  finite 
qualities  of  our  earth  and  solar  system  and  also  the  need  for  refining 
our  observations  and  developing  new  criteria  for  critical  measure- 
ments. To  no  men  are  given  God-like  powers.  We  do  not  as  yet  have 
the  wisdom  to  observe  every  leaf  that  falls  or  to  know  the  fate  of  every 
living  organism.  Rather  we  come  to  an  increasing  awareness  of  the 
continuing  crudity  of  our  measurements,  and  the  need  for  continuing 
study,  and  for  alertness  to  minute  symptoms  of  environmental  change. 
In  this  connection,  using  the  facilities  and  interests  of  several  of  our 
member  bureaus,  a  Center  for  the  Study  of  Short-Lived  Phenomena 
has  been  established  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  Its  purpose  is  to 
assist  our  scientists  in  their  investigation  of  short-lived  phenomena  and 
to  provide  a  reporting  and  information  service  for  the  scientific  com- 
munity. The  Center  is  serving  as  a  clearinghouse  for  the  receipt  and 
dissemination  of  information  concerning  rare  natural  events  that  might 
otherwise  go  unobserved  or  uninvestigated,  such  as  remote  volcanic 
eruptions  and  earthquakes,  the  birth  of  new  islands,  the  fall  of  meteorites 
and  large  fireballs,  and  sudden  changes  in  biological  systems. 

The  Board  of  Regents  of  the  Smithsonian  recorded  with  deep  sorrow 
the  death  on  28  November  1967  of  Robert  Vedder  Fleming,  Regent 
since  1947  and  Chairman  of  the  Executive  Committee  of  the  Board 
of  Regents  since  November  1947. 


28  SMITHSONIAN    YEAR    19  68 

Dr.  Caryl  P.  Haskins  was  appointed  Chairman  ad  interim  of  the  Ex- 
ecutive Committee  (Permanent  Committee).  The  present  membership 
of  the  Board  is  given  on  page  iii.  The  Board  approved  the  appoint- 
ment during  the  year  of  Charles  Blitzer  as  Assistant  Secretary  for  His- 
tory and  Art;  William  W.  Warner  as  Acting  Assistant  Secretary  for 
Public  Service;  Russell  Shank  as  Director,  Smithsonian  Institution  Li- 
braries; T.  Ames  Wheeler  as  Treasurer;  Leonard  B.  Pouliot  as  Director, 
Personnel  Division;  and  Frederic  M.  Philips  as  Director,  Office  of  Pub- 
lic Affairs. 

For  their  confidence  in  the  role  of  the  Smithsonian,  I  as  Secretary 
am  deeply  grateful  to  these  men  and  their  many  colleagues.  If  the 
Institution  is  to  succeed  in  its  curious  mission,  to  make  relevant  its  col- 
lections, to  delineate  truths  derived  from  them  and  to  make  clearer 
our  arduous  path  upon  this  planet,  then  all  must  bind  themselves  in 
a  common  cause,  for  never  has  our  task  seemed  more  formidable,  its 
horizons  vaguer,  its  parameters  less  clear.  We  live  in  an  uncertain 
world  plagued  by  doubts,  full  of  strident  voices  calling  out.  Which 
voices  should  we  heed?  Certainty  is  not  measured  by  decibels,  nor  is 
certainty  greatly  aided  by  sight,  for  often  black  is  white,  white  is  black, 
and  only  gray  remains.  If  sound  and  sight  so  betray  us,  there  is  at 
least  a  magic  certainty  in  touch.  Somehow  in  a  time  of  change  and 
convulsion  we  cling  to  objects,  seeking  in  them  a  sense  of  continuity, 
a  validation  of  the  past  and  some  support  in  thoughts  upon  the  future. 


THE    BOARD    OF    REGENTS 

The  annual  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Regents  was  held  on  25  January 
1968  in  the  Fine  Arts  and  Portrait  Galleries  Building  at  9th  and  G 
Streets  NW.  The  Board  toured  the  restored  building  and  previewed 
exhibitions  being  prepared  for  the  formal  opening  of  the  building  in 
May  1968.  Dr.  David  Scott,  Director  of  the  National  Collection  of  Fine 
Arts,  and  Charles  Nagel,  Director  of  the  National  Portrait  Gallery, 
described  their  respective  collections  and  galleries. 

The  spring  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Regents  was  held  on  8  May  1968 
on  board  the  Presidential  yacht  Honey  Fitz  at  the  invitation  of  the  Vice 
President. 


STATEMENT    BY   THE    SECRETARY 


29 


SMITHSONIAN    MEDALS 

Dr.  David  E.  Finley,  first  Director  of  the  National  Gallery  of  Art,  on 
19  July  1967  was  awarded  the  Smithsonian's  Henry  Medal.  Vice  Presi- 
dent Hubert  H.  Humphrey,  who  made  the  presentation  at  ceremonies 
in  the  Great  Hall,  cited  him  for  his  distinguished  service  to  the  city  of 
Washington  and  the  nation  over  thirty  years  as  "an  arbiter  of  taste,  a 
moulder  of  form,  and  a  conservator  of  all  that  is  eclectic." 

The  Hemy  Medal — created  in  honor  of  Joseph  Henr)',  distinguished 
for  his  discoveries  in  electromagnetism  and  first  Secretary  of  the  Institu- 
tion (1846-1878) — was  designed  by  William  Barber,  Engraver  of  the 
United  States  Mint,  and  his  son,  Charles  E.  Barber,  following  Secretary 
Henry's  death.  Dr.  Finley  is  the  first  individual  to  be  awarded  the  Medal 
by  vote  of  the  Regents  of  the  Institution,  though  the  first  few  struck  were 
presented  to  Henry's  friends  and  associates  in  1879  on  the  first  anniver- 
sary of  his  death. 

The  Henry  Medal  was  also  awarded  to  Frank  A.  Taylor,  who  has 
served  the  Smithsonian  \vith  distinction  under  five  of  its  eight  Secretar- 
ies. In  making  the  presentation  on  5  June  1968,  Senator  Claiborne  Pell 
cited  Taylor  as — 

A  man  in  whose  breast  the  word  "museum"  has  never  struck  terror,  for 
forty-seven  years  a  sturdy  pillar  of  the  Smithsonian,  your  persistence  and 
imagination  guided  the  Museum  of  History  and  Technology  from  drawing 
board  to  final  completion  against  all  odds,  creating  in  the  process  the  first 
evolutionary  history  museum  with  research  programs  and  changing  exhibits. 


Vice  President  Humphrey,  Smithsonian  Secretary  Ripley,  and  Dr.  David  E. 
Finley,  first  director  of  the  National  Gallery  of  Art  at  the  July  ceremonies  during 
which  the  Vice  President  presented  the  Smithsonian's  Henry  Medal  to  Dr.  Finley. 
Right,  Senator  Claiborne  Pell  presents  the  Henry  Medal  to  Frank  A.  Taylor  of 
the  Smithsonian  in  June. 


30  SMITHSONIAN    YEAR    1968 

The  Smithson  Medal,  the  Smithsonian  Institution's  highest  award, 
was  presented  by  Secretary  Ripley  on  3  May  1968  to  Edgar  P.  Richard- 
son for  helping  "to  shape  the  course  of  art  scholarship  in  this  country, 
interweaving  the  two  streams  of  history  and  of  men  into  effective  unity." 

Secretary  Ripley  termed  Dr.  Richardson — formerly  Director  of  the 
Detroit  Institute  of  Arts  and  the  Henry  Francis  du  Pont  Winterthur 
Museum  and  Chairman  of  the  Smithsonian  Art  Commission  until  the 
end  of  1967 — an  "historian  of  American  art  without  peer,"  and  said: 
"Your  contributions  to  the  unravelling  of  the  mysteries  of  the  conduits, 
channels,  bypasses  and  rivulets  of  the  watershed  of  art  history  in  its 
tangled  skeins  across  the  map  of  America  have  been  fundamental  to  our 
understanding." 

Dr.  Richardson  is  the  second  Smithson  Medal  winner.  Established  in 
1965,  the  medal  was  first  awarded  to  the  Royal  Society  of  London  dur- 
ing ceremonies  marking  the  200th  anniversary  of  the  birth  of  James 
Smithson. 


FINANCES 

The  Institution  derives  its  financial  support  from  both  federal  and 
private  sources.  These  include  annual  appropriations  from  Congress  for 
operating  expenses  of  the  various  Smithsonian  museums,  its  educational 
and  research  centers,  and  its  separate  program  of  academic  grants  for 
overseas  research  projects  financed  from  "excess"  foreign  currencies. 
Federal  appropriations  are  also  received  for  construction  programs  and, 
through  the  government  of  the  District  of  Columbia,  for  support  of  the 
National  Zoological  Park.  Substantial  funding  is  received  also  from 
federal  agencies  and  private  institutions  in  the  form  of  research 
grants  and  contracts,  of  which  a  large  part  goes  to  the  Smithsonian 
Astrophysical  Observatory  in  Cambridge,  Massachusetts.  Finally,  pri- 
vate endowments  and  gifts  support  the  Freer  Gallery  and  numerous 
other  specifically  identified  exhibition,  educational,  and  research  areas 
and  provide  relatively  small  but  highly  important  added  financing  of 
new,  innovative  programs  which  have  led  to  forward-looking  improve- 
ments for  the  whole  range  of  Smithsonian  activities. 


STATEMENT    BY    THE    SECRETARY  31 

For  the  year  ended  30  June  1968  financial  support  for  Smithsonian 
operations  was  received  as  follows: 

Federal  appropriations : 

Salaries  and  expenses — normal  activities  $24^  535,  000 

Special  foreign  currency  program  2,  316,  000 

District  of  Columbia:   operation  of  National  Zoo- 
logical Park  2,  348,  000 
Research  grants  and  contracts  (federal  and  private)        11,  303,  000 
Private  funds: 

Gifts  (excluding  gifts  to  endowment  funds)  469,  000 

Income    from    endowments    and    current    fund 

investments  1,238,000 


Total  $42,  209, 000 

A  federal  appropriation  of  $3,082,000  was  also  made  to  the  National 
Gallery  of  Art  (a  bureau  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  under  a  separate 
Board  of  Trustees)  for  operating  salaries  and  expenses.  Finances  of  the 
National  Gallery  of  Art  and  the  John  F.  Kennedy  Center  for  the  Per- 
forming Arts  are  discussed  in  their  separate  sections  oi  Smithsonian  Year. 

Federal  appropriations  to  finance  construction  projects  were  received 
as  follows: 

National  Zoological  Park  $400,  000 
Restoration  and  renovation  of  buildings  1,  125,000 
Toward  construction  of  Joseph  H.  Hirshhorn  Mu- 
seum and  Sculpture  Garden  803,  000 


Total  $2,  328,  000 

Additional  information  concerning  the  private  funds  of  the  Institu- 
tion, including  a  statement  of  gifts  received  in  the  current  fiscal  year 
and  the  auditor's  financial  report,  is  shown  in  Appendix  1. 

As  outlined  in  these  appended  statements  of  private  funds,  Smith- 
sonian endowments  have  a  total  year-end  book  value  of  about 
$24,750,000  (market  value— $33,220,000) .  This  was  an  increase  during 
the  fiscal  year  of  $1,678,000  in  book  value  (mainly  $632,000  from  gifts 
and  $687,000  from  gain  realized  on  sale  of  securities)  ;  market  value  in- 
creased by  $3,041,000.  Roughly  one-half  of  these  endowment  funds  is 
dedicated  to  support  of  the  Freer  Gallery  and  another  one-quarter  is 
designated  for  support  of  other  valuable  endeavors  in  specific  fields  of 
research  and  education.  The  remaining  quarter  (about  $6,200,000)  is 


32  SMITHSONIAN    YEAR    1968 

unrestricted  as  to  use  of  income;  together  with  other  investments  in 
current  fund  accounts  it  produces  about  $350,000  of  income  annually. 

These  private  funds  permit  the  Smithsonian  to  introduce  improve- 
ments in  exhibit  techniques,  experimental  museum  programs,  and  mod- 
ernizations such  as  the  use  of  computer  operations.  Additional  private 
funds  are  needed  to  expand  these  efTorts  beyond  the  necessarily  limited 
steps  which  can  be  taken  with  federally  appropriated  monies.  They 
would  permit,  for  example,  the  development  of  infonuation-retrieval 
systems  for  library  and  museum  collections,  added  research  studies  in 
such  newly  developing  fields  as  oceanography,  ecology,  and  radiation 
biology,  and  added  emphasis  upon  museum  training  and  education.  The 
results  would  be  disseminated  to  the  benefit  of  other  museums  and 
educational  institutions  throughout  the  nation. 

Thus  renewed  attention  will  be  given  to  the  securing  of  additional 
private  funds  in  order  to  make  possible  valuable  specific  projects  of 
interest  to  contributors  and  to  the  Smithsonian.  Such  funds  will  support 
further  innovation  and  add  new  strengths  and  vitality  to  established 
Smithsonian  operations. 


Office  of  Academic  Programs 

Philip  C.  Ritterbush,  Director 

THE  BEST  SIGN  OF  PROGRESS  IN  EDUCATION  is  change  in  the  curricula 
of  instruction,  which  must  not  be  permitted  to  settle  into  final  form. 
Patterns  of  knowledge  constantly  change  and  students  discover  rele- 
vance in  differing  ways.  During  this  academic  year  the  Smithsonian 
inaugurated  a  division  of  elementary  and  secondaiy  education  to  draw 
upon  collections,  exhibits,  audo-visual  materials,  and  other  Smithsonian 
resources  to  augment  and  improve  curricula  for  the  nation's  schools. 
Under  the  learership  of  Nathaniel  R.  Dixon,  Associate  Director  of  the 
Office  of  Academic  Programs  (he  was  formerly  principal  of  Scott-Mont- 
gomery Elementary  School),  the  Institution  has  embarked  upon  a 
purposeful  exploration  of  new  kinds  of  educational  experience  for 
students  at  all  levels  of  primary  and  secondary  education. 

Up  to  this  year  and  continuing,  we  hope,  for  the  future  the  Institu- 
tion's principal  services  for  schools  have  been  escorted  tours  for  school- 
children, made  possible  by  financial  support  and  volunteer  members 
from  the  Junior  League  of  Washington,  the  Smithsonian  Associates,  and 
other  organizations,  who  this  year  conducted  visits  for  30,352  children 
totaling  1,010  hours  of  instruction  in  Smithsonian  museums  and  gal- 
leries. Throughout  the  week  these  ladies  are  to  be  found  in  the  halls  of 
the  museums  explaining  the  story  of  exhibits  to  enthralled  groups  of 
children.  It  is  a  pleasure  to  acknowledge  the  assistance  of  the  chairman 
of  Smithsonian  volunteers,  Mrs.  George  C.  Gerber,  and  those  members 
listed  on  page  38,  who  were  presented  certificates  of  accomplishment  at  a 
special  recognition  ceremony  on  26  June. 

Instructors  from  the  Division  staflF  help  to  train  volunteer  docents 
and  they  also  write,  for  educational  visits,  guides  which  develop  broad 
themes  beyond  the  confines  of  any  one  exhibit  hall.  How  cultural  dif- 
ferences reveal  diflferent  modes  of  adaptation  to  man's  physical  en- 
vironment was  the  subject  of  one  such  guide  developed  this  year  for 
the  Museum  of  Natural  History,  while  in  the  Museum  of  History 
and  Technology  teaching  guides  were  prepared  on  the  war  for  American 
independence  and  the  industrial  revolution.  Special  new  courses  on 
Negro  history  and  the  relation  of  animal  to  human  behavior  were  tested 
by  instructors  of  the  Division  in  summer  1968  under  the  guidance  of 

33 


34  OFFICE    OF    THE    SECRETARY 

Mrs.  Marjorie  Halpin.  The  second  annual  holiday  lectures  for  Wash- 
ington area  schoolchildren  were  given  by  Professor  Vincent  Scully  of 
Yak  University,  a  noted  authority  on  the  history  of  art  and  architecture 
and  a  compelling  teacher.  The  public  schools  of  the  District  of  Co- 
lumbia have  cooperated  enthusiastically,  even  assigning  teachers  to 
summer  work  at  the  Smithsonian,  where  they  have  written,  for  use  in 
museums,  special  course  materials  on  such  topics  as  the  biology  of  re- 
production and  the  opening  of  the  American  west,  as  these  may  be 
studied  through  exhibits  in  the  Museum  of  Natural  History.  An  un- 
usual exhibition — conceived  in  the  days  following  the  assassination  of 
Martin  Luther  King — presented  children's  drawings  of  the  civil  dis- 
turbances which  occurred,  accompanied  by  their  own  words  about  the 
events  of  that  trying  period.  The  exhibit  was  prepared  by  the  Division 
staff  under  the  guidance  of  Michael  Sands,  a  talented  designer  from 
the  Education  Development  Center  of  Cambridge,  Massachusetts,  who 
captured  something  of  the  stark  feeling  of  social  conflict  by  mounting 
the  drawings  on  a  simple  backdrop  of  cardboard  cartons.  The  exhibit 
helped  to  demonstrate  the  value  of  engaging  schoolchildren  in  confron- 
tations with  situations  of  social  stress,  from  which  the  schools  could  not 
in  any  event  have  insulated  them. 

The  Division  also  works  to  produce  special  audio-visual  materials 
such  as  film  strips,  teaching  films,  and  various  kinds  of  kits  and  models. 
By  producing  exhibits  for  schools  it  may  be  possible  to  introduce  into 
the  classroom  qualities  of  spontaneity  and  delight  which  inhere  in  the 
best  exhibits.  Much  the  same  should  be  done  for  community  colleges 
and  other  institutions  of  higher  education,  in  ways  which  would  involve 
cooperative  undertakings  uniting  students,  faculty,  and  Smithsonian 
staff.  Such  exhibits  should  embody  changing  features  and  content 
contributed  by  the  host  institution,  in  a  setting  conducive  to  the  free 
exchange  of  ideas.  In  its  relationship  to  academic  institutions  the 
museum  can  serve  as  an  experimental  theater  of  learning  devoted  to  a 
wide  variety  of  subjects. 


PROGRAMS   OF   HIGHER   EDUCATION   AND  RESEARCH   TRAINING 

The  Office  of  Academic  Programs  awarded  138  fellowships  and  asso- 
ciateships  in  the  course  of  the  year  to  investigators  conducting  research 
in  Smithsonian  facilities.  These  appointments,  listed  in  Appendix  6, 
are  the  basis  for  a  wide  variety  of  associated  activities  in  higher  educa- 
tion. The  development  of  programs  of  higher  education  and  research 
training,  spanning  the  final  years  of  graduate  school  and  post-doctoral 
work  directly  following,  is  the  responsibility  of  the  Division  of  Fellow- 


ACADEMIC    PROGRAMS  35 

ships.  In  June  Peter  H.  Wood  joined  the  staff"  to  supervise  these  activities. 
He  has  been  associated  with  research  enterprises  in  many  contexts,  in- 
cluding his  own  research  on  geography  and  environmental  sciences, 
management  experience  with  the  Arctic  Committee  for  the  Interna- 
tional Geophysical  Year  and  the  Arctic  Institute  of  North  America,  and 
a  study  of  the  institutional  structure  of  western  European  research 
organizations.  Cooperation  in  higher  education  occurs  within  a  complex 
institutional  setting  which  requires  constant  study  of  university  pro- 
grams, especially  in  the  Smithsonian's  immediate  geographical  setting, 
the  nation's  capital,  where  since  1965  the  Institution  has  conducted 
special  studies  of  the  relationships  among  institutions  in  research  and 
higher  education.  As  Assistant  Director  for  Institutional  Research  Mr. 
Wood  will  oversee  a  wide  range  of  surveys  and  special  studies  to  guide 
planning  for  higher  education  within  the  Smithsonian.  Appointments 
and  associated  instruction  will  be  conducted  in  accord  with  nine  pro- 
grams of  higher  education  and  research  training,  whose  activities  for 
academic  year  1967-1968  are  summarized  in  the  following  sections: 

In  American  Studies,  the  program  conducted  by  historians  from 
the  Museum  of  History  and  Technology,  the  National  Portrait  Gallery, 
and  the  National  Armed  Forces  Museum  Advisory  Board,  a  total  of 
37  credit  hours  (equivalent)  of  instruction  was  offered.  The  graduate 
survey  course  in  American  material  culture,  conceived  and  designed  by 
Wilcomb  E.  Washburn  and  Robert  H.  Walker,  Professor  of  American 
Civilization  at  George  Washington  University,  was  offered  for  the  third 
consecutive  year  with  an  enrollment  of  fourteen.  Several  students  con- 
ducted their  independent  research  assignments  out  in  the  field  as  proj- 
ects in  historic-site  archeology,  such  as  a  survey  of  the  Seneca  quarry 
or  a  study  of  the  early  history  of  the  Potomac  canals.  Six  graduate  stu- 
dents enrolled  for  graduate-level  tutorials  for  academic  credit,  princi- 
pally in  military  history  and  political  history,  and  a  total  of  seven  Ph.D.s 
and  one  master's  degree  were  earned  under  the  supervision  of  Smith- 
sonian historians.  Three  post-doctoral  associates  and  three  Ph.D.  can- 
didates held  visiting  appointments  from  the  Office  of  Academic  Pro- 
grams, w^hile  three  members  of  the  Smithsonian  staff  held  some  form 
of  university  appointment. 

In  Anthropology  and  Cultural  Studies  a  total  of  18  credit  hours 
(equivalent)  of  instruction  was  offered,  primarily  as  supervision  of 
undergraduates.  One  post-doctoral  associate  held  a  visiting  appointment 
from  the  Office  of  Academic  Programs  and  one  Ph.D  was  earned.  Six 
members  of  the  professional  staff  held  some  form  of  university 
appointment. 


36  OFFICE    OF    THE    SECRETARY 

In  Environmental  Biology  the  Institution  has  a  wide  array  of 
facilities  and  professional  staff  interests,  including  the  Radiation  Biology 
Laboratory,  the  Office  of  Oceanography  and  Limnology,  the  Office  of 
Ecology  with  the  Chesapeake  Bay  Center  for  Field  Biology,  and  the 
National  Zoological  Park.  Twenty  credit  hours  (equivalent)  of  instruc- 
tion was  oflfered,  including  a  twelve-week  graduate-level  survey  course 
offered  for  the  second  consecutive  year  in  cooperation  with  the  D.C. 
Consortium  of  Universities.  This  year's  topic,  which  drew  an  average 
evening  attendance  in  excess  of  two  hundred  students,  was  the  biology 
of  developmental  processes  at  the  supra-molecular  level.  The  Secretary 
conferred  a  special  award  upon  Walter  Shropshire  for  his  imaginative 
work  in  developing  this  unusually  successful  survey  course.  One  post- 
doctoral associate  held  a  visiting  appointment  from  the  Office  of  Aca- 
demic Programs.  One  master's  degree  and  one  Ph.D.  were  earned  under 
the  supervision  of  Smithsonian  staff  members,  of  whom  seven  in  this 
field  held  some  form  of  appointment  at  universities. 

In  Evolutionary  and  Behavioral  Biology  (Tropical  Zones)  the 
staff  of  the  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute  maintained  a  high 
level  of  educational  activity,  45  credit  hours  (equivalent)  with  a  staff 
of  seven.  A  weekly  course  on  animal  behavior  was  offered  for  graduate 
students  and  other  resident  investigators,  of  whom  two  post-doctoral 
associates  and  six  Ph.D.  candidates  were  on  visiting  appointments  from 
the  Office  of  Academic  Programs.  Seven  Ph.D.s  were  earned  and  three 
members  of  the  staff  held  appointments  at  universities. 

In  Evolutionary  and  Systematic  Biology,  comprising  the  biologi- 
cal research  departments  of  the  Museum  of  Natural  History,  the  Smith- 
sonian employs  a  professional  staff  of  74  investigators  of  whom  26  hold 
university  appointments.  One  master's  degree  and  twelve  Ph.D.s  were 
earned  under  their  supervision  in  1967-68.  The  total  level  of  instruction 
offered,  including  such  supervision  and  thirteen  tutorials,  was  the  equiv- 
alent of  74  credit  hours.  Seven  post-doctoral  associates  and  eight 
Ph.D.  candidates  held  visiting  appointments  from  the  Office  of  Aca- 
demic Programs. 

In  the  History  of  Art  no  appointments  were  made  by  the  Office  of 
Academic  Programs  and  no  degrees  were  earned.  The  National  Collec- 
tion of  Fine  Arts  is  now  established  in  adequate  quarters  and  looks  for- 
ward to  participating  in  programs  of  higher  education  and  research 
training  as  its  staff  expands.  Members  of  the  staff  of  the  National  Col- 
lection of  Fine  Arts  participated  in  8  credit  hours  (equivalent)  of  in- 
struction, principally  in  supervising  visiting  students. 

In  the  History  of  Science  and  Technology  fourteen  members  of 
the  Smithsonian  staff  offered  28  credit  hours  (equivalent)   of  instruc- 


ACADEMIC    PROGRAMS  37 

tion.  Dr.  Uta  Merzbach  spent  the  fall  term  and  Edwin  Battison  the 
spring  term  teaching  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania  under  the  co- 
operative program  in  this  field.  Three  Ph.D.s  were  earned.  Nathan 
Reingold,  editor  of  the  Joseph  Henry  Papers,  conducted  an  informal 
seminar  on  nineteenth-century  topics.  Two  post-doctoral  associates  and 
three  Ph.D.  candidates  held  appointments  from  the  Office  of  Academic 
Programs. 

In  Museum  Studies  six  members  of  the  Smithsonian  staff"  offered 
6  credit  hours  (equivalent)  of  instruction  in  museum  techniques.  Much 
additional  training  was  offered,  although  not  for  academic  credit.  For 
some  years  students  in  the  graduate  program  in  art  history  at  George 
Washington  University  have  enrolled  for  additional  practical  museum 
experience  under  the  supervision  of  Smithsonian  staff  members,  after 
taking  a  prerequisite  course  on  museum  operations  offered  by  Robert 
Stewart  of  the  National  Portrait  Gallery.  This  pattern  of  cooperative 
studies  will  be  extended  in  coming  years  to  offer  wider  opportunities 
for  the  study  of  museum  principles  to  qualified  graduate  students  from 
universities  both  here  and  abroad. 

In  Physical  Sciences,  comprising  the  Department  of  Mineral 
Sciences  of  the  Museum  of  Natural  History  and  the  Smithsonian  Astro- 
physical  Observatory,  79  credit  hours  (equivalent)  of  instruction  was 
offered,  almost  entirely  at  the  Astrophysical  Observatory.  Fred  L. 
Whipple,  its  Director,  was  named  Phillips  Professor  of  Astronomy  at 
Harvard  this  year,  while  Owen  Gingerich  and  Charles  Whitney  both 
received  tenure  appointments,  bringing  to  42  the  number  of  university 
appointments  held  by  the  Observatory  staff.  Two  members  of  the  staff  of 
the  Department  of  Mineral  Sciences  hold  academic  appointments  at 
universities.  Two  post-doctoral  associates  and  one  Ph.D.  candidate  held 
visiting  appointments  from  the  Office  of  Academic  Programs  this  year. 
Five  master's  degrees  and  23  Ph.D.s  were  earned,  while  a  total  of  47 
tutorials  was  offered. 


PROGRAMS    OF    ADVANCED    STUDIES 

In  May  the  noted  British  ecologist,  Charles  Elton,  was  named  a 
Fellow  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  This  appointment  enables  him  to 
conduct  studies  in  animal  ecology  in  Washington,  but  also  at  the  special 
Area  de  Pesquisas  Ecologicas  do  Guama  field  station  near  Belem, 
Brazil,  operated  with  partial  support  from  the  Institution.  Dr.  Elton 
has  retired  as  Director  of  the  Bureau  of  Animal  Population,  which  he 
founded  in  1932,  and  has  been  Reader  in  Animal  Ecology  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Oxford. 


38 


OFFICE    OF    THE    SECRETARY 


VOLUNTEER    DOCENTS 

Mrs.   Ernest  N.   May,  Jr.,   Chairman,  Volunteer  Advisory  Board 
Mrs.  John  F.  Forstmann,  Assistant  Chairman  of  Docents 


Mrs.  Thomas  A.  Bradfordj  Jr. 

Mrs.  Warren  E.  Brockett 

Mrs.  Alfred  Brummel 

Mrs.  Jonathon  Bulkley 

Mrs,  Ernest  Chase 

Mrs.  Colby  A.  Child 

Mrs.  Joseph  D.  Chisholm 

Mrs.  Donald  B.  Christman 

Mrs.  Norman  Cole 

Mrs.  James  L.  Dooley 

Mrs.  W.  Kent  Ford,  Jr. 

Mrs.  Rockwood  H.  Foster 

Mrs.  John  J.  Fox,  Jr. 

Mrs.  George  Fuller 

Mrs.  David  Gibson 

Mrs.  Cary  T.  Grayson,  Jr. 

Mrs.  Robert  M.  Griswold 

Mrs.  Francis  L.  Harmon 

Mrs.  John  Hart 

Mrs.  Rutledge  P.  Hazzard 

Mrs.  Clyde  E.  Herring 

Mrs.  William  A.  Hessick,  HI 

Mrs.  John  Hill 

Mrs.  Robert  Hodges 

Mrs.  Edgar  W.  Holtz 


Mrs.  Daniel  F.  Johnson 
Mrs.  Ardon  B.  Judd 
Mrs.  Clyde  V.  Kelly,  Jr. 
Mrs.  Robert  M.  Kimzey,  Jr. 
Mrs.  Charles  Klopf 
Mrs.  Joseph  P.  Lorenz 
Mrs.  Keith  Magnus 
Mrs.  John  A.  Manfuso,  Jr. 
Mrs.  Craig  Mathews 
Mrs.  Robert  J.  McEachern 
Mrs.  John  Munhall,  HI 
Mrs.  Frederick  North,  Jr. 
Mrs.  John  E.  Packard,  HI 
Mrs.  Steuart  Pittman 
Mrs.  Barefoot  Sanders 
Mrs.  Richard  F.  Shryock 
Mrs.  John  A.  Simmons 
Mrs.  Richard  B.  Smith 
Mrs.  John  F.  Snyder 
Mrs.  Edwin  F.  Stetson 
Mrs.  William  R.  Stratton 
Mrs.  Larry  Temple 
Mrs.  Charles  W.  Turner 
Mrs.  David  Wysong 


Smithsonian  Activities 


Public  Service  and  Information 


Office  of  International  Activities 

David  Challinor,  Acting  Director 

T7XPANDED  ACTIVITY  of  this  Office  during  the  year  reflects  the  growth 
in  the  Smithsonian's  overall  interests  around  the  world.  The  pri- 
mary role  of  the  Office  of  International  Activities  remains  one  of  coordi- 
nating and,  where  appropriate,  initiating  international  programs  and 
activities  related  to  the  interests  of  the  Smithsonian. 

Representative  of  the  kinds  of  government  agencies  and  public  and 
private  organizations  concerned  with  international  matters  with  which 
the  Office,  as  the  Smithsonian's  point  of  liaison,  regularly  keeps  in  touch 
are  the  Organization  of  American  States,  some  of  the  unesco  bodies, 
and  the  Institute  of  International  Education.  The  Acting  Director  con- 
tinues to  represent  the  Smithsonian  formally  or  informally  with  such 
groups  as  the  Department  of  State's  Committee  on  International  Edu- 
cation, the  Southeast  Asia  Development  Advisory  Group,  the  American 
Subcommittee  of  the  International  Committee  on  Monuments,  and 
similar  groups. 

In  February  1968  William  W.  Warner,  the  first  director,  who  had 
successfully  organized  and  guided  the  Office's  activities,  was  appointed 
the  Smithsonian's  Acting  Assistant  Secretary  for  Public  Service.  He  is 
succeeded  by  Acting  Director  David  Challinor,  who  had  originally  joined 
the  Office  as  Mr.  Warner's  deputy. 

Foreign  Currency  Program 

At  the  end  of  the  third  year  of  operations  for  the  Smithsonian  For- 
eign Currency  Program,  more  than  one  hundred  research  grants  had 
been  awarded,  benefiting  the  research  programs  abroad  of  more  than 
forty  American  institutions  of  higher  learning.  The  Program  also  con- 
tinued as  a  major  source  of  support  for  the  overseas  work  of  the  members 
of  the  Smithsonian's  own  scientific  staff  through  grants  to  the  Smith- 
sonian Research  Foundation.  The  Program's  appropriation  of  United 
States-owned  "excess  currencies"  abroad,  arising  from  the  sale  of  agri- 
cultural commodities  under  Public  Law  480,  remained  at  the  level 
of  the  previous  year,  or  $2,316,000  in  foreign  currencies.  The  countries 
where  the  Program  continues  to  support  research  with  foreign  cur- 

41 

315-997      O  -  69  -  4 


42  PUBLIC    SERVICE    AND    INFORMATION 

rencies  are:  Burma,  Ceylon,  Egypt,  Guinea,  India,  Israel,  Pakistan, 
Poland,  Tunisia,  and  Yugoslavia,  with  Morocco  scheduled  to  be  added 
in  July  1968.  Active  projects  are  now  going  on  in  almost  all  of  these 
countries  and  the  lively  interest  of  the  American  scientific  community 
has  resulted  in  the  allocation  of  the  entire  appropriation  to  research 
grants. 

The  scholarly  focus  of  the  Program  is  on  disciplines  of  interest  to  the 
Smithsonian,  notably  anthropology  in  all  its  major  aspects  (although 
the  Program  began  originally,  as  successor  to  a  similar  program  within 
the  State  Department's  Bureau  of  Educational  and  Cultural  Affairs, 
with  authority  to  award  grants  in  archeology  only)  and  systematic  and 
environmental  biology,  especially  those  aspects  related  to  the  Interna- 
tional Biological  Program  (ibp).  Together  these  disciplines  comprise 
perhaps  the  broadest  segment  of  the  Smithsonian's  institutional  scien- 
tific interests.  Under  a  broader  authority  from  the  Congress  to  award 
grants  for  "Museum  Programs  and  Related  Research,"  however,  the 
Program  has  also  begun  making  modest  awards  for  work  in  other 
Smithsonian  fields  such  as  astrophysics,  radiation  biology,  history,  art, 
and  museology.  A  major  recommendation,  by  a  policy  committee  con- 
vened to  advise  the  Program,  was  that  there  be  formed  to  decide  on 
awards  three  new  Advisory  Councils  patterned  on  the  model  of  the 
Program's  existing  Advisory  Council  for  Anthropology,  which  is  com- 
posed of  some  of  America's  most  distinguished  scholars.  These  new 
panels  would  be  composed  of  rotating  members  from  the  American 
scholarly  community  at  large  in  the  fields  of  earth  and  space  science,  the 
biological  sciences,  and  history  and  art. 

The  major  geographical  focus  continued  to  be  Egypt,  Tunisia,  India, 
Yugoslavia,  Ceylon,  and  Israel  where  major  programs  are  in  progress. 
A  list  of  grants  awarded  is  contained  in  Appendix  2.  In  Egypt,  Smith- 
sonian-funded work  (including  several  archeological  excavations  and 
the  epigraphic  survey  of  the  University  of  Chicago's  Oriental  Institute) 
was  carried  on  despite  the  lack  of  diplomatic  relations  between  the 
United  States  and  the  United  Arab  Republic.  In  Tunisia  the  Mediter- 
ranean Marine  Sorting  Center,  under  a  new  director,  Neil  C.  Hulings, 
consolidated  its  operations  as  a  major  new  factor  in  international  co- 
operation in  the  marine  sciences  in  the  Mediterranean  area. 

The  number  of  archeological  excavations  sponsored  by  the  Program 
in  Yugoslavia  increased  from  one  last  year — a  salvage  archeology  proj- 
ect in  the  Trebisnjica  Basin — to  five,  including  sites  as  interesting  and 
diverse  as  a  prehistoric  site  in  Obre,  Bosnia,  and  an  excavation  inside 
the  ancient  walls  of  the  enormous  villa  of  the  Roman  Emperor  Diocletian 
at  modern  Split. 


INTERNATIONAL    ACTIVITIES  43 

In  Ceylon,  the  broad  program  sponsored  by  the  Smithsonian's  Office 
of  Ecology  was  expanded  to  include  botanical  studies  that  will  lead  to 
a  revision  of  Trimen's  definitive  Flora  of  Ceylon. 

Israel — because  of  its  unparalleled  archeological  riches  and  also  be- 
cause of  its  high  degree  of  scientific  competence — has  accomplished  sig- 
nificant research  in  a  diversity  of  disciplines  including  both  marine 
and  terrestrial  biology,  radiation  biology,  archeology,  and  astrophysics. 

India,  where  the  largest  amount  of  P.L.  480  funds  exists,  is  now  de- 
veloping as  the  major  country  for  research  under  the  Program,  which 
from  the  beginning  has  financed  there  in  conjunction  with  the  John  D. 
Rockefeller  III  Fund  an  institute  for  research  in  art-history  and  arche- 
ology called  the  American  Academy  of  Benares.  Since  then  projects 
as  diverse  as  studies  of  the  flora  of  the  Hassan  District  and  of  the  marine 
animals  of  the  Bay  of  Bengal  have  developed.  In  April  1968  Program 
Director  Kennedy  B.  Schmertz  spent  several  weeks  in  India  establish- 
ing procedures  for  projects  to  be  carried  out;  the  pattern  is  one  of  joint 
Indo-American  collaborative  research,  with  the  Indian  collaborator 
responsible  for  securing  Indian  approvals  of  proposed  research  and  the 
American  collaborator  responsible  for  bringing  forward  viable  proposals 
for  consideration  by  the  Smithsonian  Advisory  Councils.  This  pattern, 
employed  in  a  number  of  countries,  was  first  developed  on  a  cooperative 
project  in  paleontology,  between  Yale  University's  Peabody  Museum 
and  the  Punjab  University,  that  has  already  resulted  in  important  dis- 
coveries bearing  upon  the  ancestors  of  man. 

While  in  South  Asia  the  Program  Director  visited  Pakistan,  where 
previously  only  survey  work  had  been  accomplished,  and  there  was  en- 
couraged to  submit  for  review  by  the  Pakistani  government  a  pilot  co- 
operative research  proposal  in  marine  biology  involving  the  University  of 
Karachi  and  the  Smithsonian. 

Secretary  Ripley's  visit  to  Tunisia  in  November,  where  he  person- 
ally extended  an  invitation  to  President  Bourguiba  to  visit  the  Smithso- 
nian, led  to  a  major  step  forward  in  extending  the  Program's  scope  in 
that  country.  During  President  Bourguiba's  visit  in  June,  Dr.  Ripley 
announced  the  acceptance  by  the  Smithsonian  of  its  role  in  a  Tunisian- 
American  research  agreement  soon  to  be  signed  by  their  governments- 


Foreign  Visitor  Program 

An  important  task  of  the  Office  of  International  Activities  is  to  coordi- 
nate the  travel  and  research  plans  of  foreign  scholars  visiting  the  Smith- 
sonian. Among  distinguished  visitors  received  last  year  were  museum 
directors  from  Uruguay,  Honduras,  Kenya,  Sweden,  Rumania,  Ceylon, 


44  PUBLIC    SERVICE    AND    INFORMATION 

India,  and  Peru ;  forestry  and  conservation  officials  from  Ecuador,  Peru, 
Bourguiba  of  Tunisia,  during  liis  visit  here,  at  which  the  host  was  Chief 
of  State's  Office  of  Protocol,  the  Office  arranged  a  luncheon  for  President 
Bourguiba  of  Tunisia  during  his  visit  here,  at  which  the  host  was  Chief 
Justice  Warren,  Chancellor  of  the  Smithsonian. 

Cooperative  Programs 

The  Office  served  as  coordinator  in  negotiations  between  the  Depart- 
ment of  Defense,  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences,  and  the  British 
Royal  Society  in  establishing  the  Indian  Ocean  island  of  Aldabra 
as  an  international  conservation  area.  Similarly,  the  Office  worked  out 
an  agreement  for  long-term  ecological  research  at  the  new  wildlife 
refuge  on  St.  Vincent  Island,  Florida,  and  cooperated  with  the  Depart- 
ment of  Commerce  in  planning  for  the  Federal  Building  at  Hemisfair 
in  San  Antonio,  Texas. 

This  year  also  saw  the  fruition  of  almost  two  years  of  negotiations 
between  the  United  Fruit  Company,  the  Organization  for  Tropical 
Studies  (a  consortium  of  twenty-two  universities  and  the  Smithsonian), 
which  resulted  in  the  setting  up  of  formal  courses  at  the  Lancetilla 
(Honduras)  Botanical  Gardens.  A  course  in  tropical  forestry  for  twelve 
forestry  faculty  members  was  held  there  in  January  and  February; 
this  will  be  followed  by  regularly  scheduled  courses  in  tropical  biology. 

The  Office  contributed  to  the  Smithsonian's  participation  in  the 
work  of  the  International  Biological  Program  (ibp)  both  through 
Foreign  Currency  Program  support  for  such  iBP-sponsored  projects  as 
the  conference  on  conservation  of  arid  lands,  held  at  Hammanet,  Tuni- 
sia, in  April  1968,  and  through  the  participation  on  the  Interagency 
Committee  for  the  ibp.  It  assisted  in  planning  the  United  States  role 
in  the  forthcoming  unesco  conference  on  the  Biosphere,  to  be  held 
in  Paris  in  September  1968. 


Smithsonian  Institution  Press 

Anders  Richter,  Director 

T  N  THE  COURSE  OF  THE  PAST  YEAR,  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Press 
completed  its  fomial  development  as  a  university  press  by  concluding 
arrangements  for  a  full  marketing  program  in  domestic  and  foreign 
areas.  Under  terms  of  a  distribution  contract  executed  with  Random 
House,  Inc.,  effective  1  January  1968,  the  Random  House  sales  force 
has  begun  exclusive  representation  of  Smithsonian  books  to  the  retail, 
library,  and  institutional  trade  in  the  United  States  and  Canada.  The 
backlist  has  been  pared  to  36  titles  that  justify  commercial  rep- 
resentation, and  seven  new  titles  were  announced  for  the  Spring  1968 
season.  In  addition,  the  revised  Press  catalog  of  private  publications  for 
sale  includes  a  number  of  softcover  popular  booklets  and  exhibit  cata- 
logs which  are  excluded  from  the  Random  House  trade  agreement  but 
are  sold  directly  by  the  Press  to  the  Smithsonian  Shops  and  other  cus- 
tomers. A  large  part  of  the  Press  inventory  of  privately  funded  books 
was  transferred  to  the  Random  House  distribution  center  in  West- 
minster, Maryland,  where  order  fulfillment  and  shipping  services  are 
provided.  The  Press  business  office  and  warehouse  has  retained  a 
portion  of  inventory  from  which  to  fill  orders  received  from  the 
Smithsonian  Shops,  Smithsonian  employees,  the  Smithsonian  Associates, 
and  from  foreign  customers.  On  7  March  1968,  a  contract  was  executed 
with  FeflFer  and  Simons,  Inc.,  a  foreign  sales  agency  in  New  York  City, 
for  representation  of  Smithsonian  publications  in  all  foreign  markets 
except  Canada. 

The  Press  supported  these  new  sales  arrangements  with  an  expanded 
advertising  and  promotion  program.  Blanchard  Associates  of  Washing- 
ton, D.C.,  was  commissioned  as  advertising  agency,  while  the  Press  con- 
tinued its  own  management  of  direct  mail  advertising.  The  year's  larg- 
est campaign  was  a  Christmas  promotion  of  art  books  in  a  brochure 
mailed  to  36,700  names.  A  total  of  25  space  advertisements  appeared 
in  the  New  York  Times  Book  Review,  Washington  Post,  Choice,  Ento- 
mological Society  of  America  Bulletin,  Art  in  America,  Publishers 
Weekly,  Library  Journal,  Book  World,  Museum  News,  Centaur  Guide 
to  University  Press  Books,  Smithsonian  Journal  of  History,  and  Harness 
Horse.  As  a  result  of  the  combined  sales  and  advertising  program,  the 

45 


46  PUBLIC    SERVICE    AND    INFORMATION 

volume  of  publications  sold  increased  to  $100,678  from  $41,563  in  the 
previous  year,  a  gain  of  142  percent. 

The  titles  of  151  publications  issued  under  the  Smithsonian  imprint 
during  fiscal  1968  are  listed  in  Appendix  3.  Production  costs  of  121 
of  these  were  funded  by  federal  appropriation  in  the  amount  of  $345,867 ; 
25  were  supported  by  Smithsonian  private  funds  in  the  amount  of 
$179,723;  and  1  publication  was  subsidized  by  grant  in  the  amount  of 
$925.  Press  output  has  increased  from  87  works  published  in  fiscal  1966 
to  130  in  fiscal  1967  to  151  in  the  past  year  with  no  increase  in  Press 
staff  ( 28  employees  were  on  the  roll  on  30  June  1 968,  the  same  number 
as  two  years  earlier) .  The  growth  in  output  will  be  arrested  in  the  fu- 
ture, how^ever,  by  the  inadequacy  of  federal  funds  appropriated  for 
Press  expenditures.  By  the  end  of  January  1968,  the  Press  had  obligated 
all  of  its  federal  funds  allocated  to  printing  expenses  in  fiscal  1968  and, 
for  the  succeeding  three  months,  declared  a  moratorium  on  submission 
of  new  manuscripts  for  publication  at  government  expense.  On  1  May 
manuscripts  were  again  accepted  for  editorial  preparation,  to  be  printed 
in  the  following  fiscal  year.  At  the  close  of  the  year,  a  backlog  of  36 
manuscripts  totaling  7,500  pages  was  editorially  in  progress  or  on  hand 
awaiting  printing  funds. 

Included  in  the  year's  issues  were  works  of  major  importance.  With 
Sao  Paulo  9,  the  Press  inaugurated  its  publication  of  the  two  biennial 
series  of  catalogs  produced  for  the  Venice  and  Sao  Paulo  international 
art  exhibitions,  under  the  auspices  of  the  National  Collection  of  Fine 
Arts.  The  record  of  the  United  States  representation  in  alternate  years 
at  these  two  preeminent  exhibitions  will  be  a  chronicle  of  the  develop- 
ment of  modern  American  art.  The  Press  also  issued  the  long-awaited 
guide  to  the  Museum  of  History  and  Technology  as  a  service  to  visitors 
of  the  most  popular  Smithsonian  museum.  Among  the  research  mono- 
graphs and  papers  appearing  in  the  Smithsonian  series  were  two  which 
epitomize  the  monumental  chard^cter  of  scholarship  which  has  repeatedly 
distinguished  the  imprint.  Following  publication  of  Volume  1,  Part  5,  of 
A  Monograph  of  the  Existing  Crinoids,  by  Austin  H.  Clark  and  Ailsa 
McGown  Clark,  H.  B.  Fell  of  Harvard  University  wrote:  "There  can  be 
no  question  that  it  is  the  one  outstanding  publication  on  echinoderms 
in  1967,  and  also  it  is  obvious  that  it  will  be  the  standard  work  on  the 
subject  for  at  least  the  next  hundred  years."  The  appearance  of  this  Part 
(Volume  2  remains  uncompleted)  terminates  an  undertaking  initiated 
by  A.  H.  Clark  in  1915  and  halted  by  his  death  in  1954.  An  even  larger 
monument  to  scholarship  was  likewise  concluded  by  publication  of  Life 
Histories  of  North  American  Cardinals,  Grosbeaks,  Buntings,  Towhees, 
Finches,  Sparrows,  and  Allies,  in  three  parts.  This  publication  completes 


SMITHSONIAN    INSTITUTION    PRESS  47 

a  series  covering  the  life  histories  of  all  North  American  birds  in  23 
volumes.  Conceived  by  Arthur  Cleveland  Bent  in  1910,  the  first  of  these 
was  published  in  1919,  and  by  the  time  of  his  death  in  1954  at  the  age  of 
89,  Bent  had  seen  through  the  press  19  volumes,  covering  the  life 
histories  of  diving  birds,  gulls,  terns,  petrels,  pelicans,  wild  fowl,  marsh 
birds,  shore  birds,  Gallinaceous  birds,  birds  of  prey,  woodpeckers, 
cuckoos,  goatsuckers,  hummingbirds,  flycatchers,  larks,  swallows,  jays, 
crows,  titmice,  nuthatches,  wrens,  thrashers,  thrushes,  kinglets,  wagtails, 
shrikes,  vireos,  and  wood  warblers.  His  literary  executor,  Wendell  Taber, 
carried  the  series  through  the  twentieth  volume,  including  blackbirds, 
orioles,  tanagers,  and  allies,  before  he  died  in  1960.  The  mantle  then 
descended  on  Oliver  L.  Austin,  Jr.  who,  with  extraordinary  energy  and 
judgment,  has  updated,  corrected,  and  edited  the  manuscripts  submitted 
by  the  several  contributors  to  the  final  three  volumes,  and  has  given 
this  magnificent  work  its  fitting  culmination. 

In  the  course  of  the  past  year,  the  director  and  managers  of  the  Press, 
believing  that  the  older  Smithsonian  series  no  longer  conform  to  the 
organizational  structure  and  program  strengths  of  the  Institution, 
conferred  at  length  with  members  of  the  major  Bureaus  involved  in 
regard  to  reorganization  of  the  serials.  Recommendations  were  drawn, 
discussed  with,  and  endorsed  by  the  Editorial  Policy  Committee,  and 
finally  approved  by  the  Secretary.  It  was  determined  to  discontinue  the 
United  States  National  Museum  Bulletins  (inaugurated  1875),  the 
Proceedings  of  the  United  States  National  Museum  (inaugurated  1878), 
and  the  Smithsonian  Miscellaneous  Collections  (inaugurated  1858).  In 
their  places  will  appear  three  new  series:  the  Smithso?iian  Contributions 
to  Zoology,  the  Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Paleobiology,  and  the 
Smithsonian  Contributions  to  the  Earth  Sciences.  Finally,  the  existing 
subseries  Contributions  from  the  United  States  National  Herbarium 
(inaugurated  1890)  and  Contributions  from  the  Museum  of  History 
and  Technology  (inaugurated  1959)  will  be  established  as  independent 
series  under  new  titles:  the  Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Botany  and 
the  Smithsonian  Studies  in  History  and  Technology.  The  Smithsonian 
Contributions  to  Astrophysics  (inaugurated  1956),  and  Smithsonian 
Annals  of  Flight  (inaugurated  1964),  and  Smithsonian  Contributions 
to  Anthropology  (inaugurated  1965)   will  continue  unchanged. 

The  first  two  volumes  of  the  Smithsonian  Library,  published  by  the 
.\merican  Heritage  Publishing  Company  under  a  cooperative  agreement 
with  the  Institution,  appeared  in  early  1968.  The  Evolution  of  the 
Machine  by  Ritchie  Calder  and  The  Forging  of  Our  Continent  by 
Charlton  Ogburn,  Jr.,  carry  out  admirably,  in  their  qualities  of  exposi- 
tion and  illustration,  the  objective  of  illuminating  for  the  public  at  large 


48  PUBLIC    SERVICE    AND    INFORMATION 

the  process  of  the  development  of  science.  By  the  end  of  the  year,  eight 
other  books  were  under  contract  and  in  preparation  or  production  for 
the  series. 

Early  in  the  fiscal  year,  over  a  period  of  several  weeks,  the  business 
office  and  warehouse  were  moved  to  the  second  floor  of  1242  Twenty- 
fourth  Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.  The  integration  of  the  office 
personnel  and  warehouse  stock  in  a  single  location  has  improved  the 
efficiency  of  distribution,  but  the  warehouse  space  afforded  is  barely 
adequate  for  present  needs  and  inadequate  for  future  needs.  Despite 
the  difficulties  of  the  move,  followed  by  the  completion  of  transferring 
stock  to  Random  House,  the  business  office  and  warehouse  were  able  to 
distribute  308,972  publications  during  the  year.  Random  House,  in 
addition,  distributed  8,773  books,  for  a  grand  total  of  317,745. 

The  Press  continues  to  administer  a  small  branch  of  the  Government 
Printing  Office  which  exists  to  serve  immediate  printing  needs.  The 
print  shop,  with  a  staff  of  two  journeymen,  completed  868  jobs. 

The  director  was  again  the  Smithsonian's  representative  on  the  Inter- 
Agency  Book  Committee,  and  also  served  on  the  Education  and  Train- 
ing Committee  of  the  Association  of  American  University  Presses.  As  a 
result  of  his  proposal  to  the  aaup  Committee  on  Governmental  and 
Foundation  Programs  that  the  Association  give  particular  attention  to 
the  problems  of  scholarly  publication  in  the  fields  of  art  and  architecture, 
the  Smithsonian  was  host  at  its  Belmont  Conference  Center  to  a  meeting, 
4-6  April  1968,  convened  by  the  aaup  through  a  grant  from  the  Na- 
tional Endowment  for  the  Humanities.  He  attended  the  meeting  in  com- 
pany with  other  university  press  directors  and  a  contingent  of  prominent 
historians  of  art  and  architecture,  whose  frank  appraisal  of  neglected 
areas  of  scholarly  publication  in  these  fields  should  furnish  the  Endow- 
ment with  guidance  for  future  action. 

In  May,  the  director  appeared  on  the  NBC  television  and  radio  panel 
series,  "Georgetown  Forum,"  in  a  program  sponsored  by  Georgetown 
University  entitled  "Publishers,  Who  Needs  Them?"  The  panel  debated 
the  professional  and  social  roles  of  publishing. 

Managing  editor  Roger  Pineau  completed  his  editing  of  the  unpub- 
lished diary  maintained  by  Commodore  Matthew  C.  Perry  during  his 
Japan  Expedition  of  1852-1854.  Pineau  presented  a  number  of  il- 
lustrated lectures  on  the  Perry  Expedition  and  undertook  the  assembly 
of  various  objects  for  a  future  Smithsonian  exhibit  on  the  subject.  He 
took  leave  in  July- August  1967,  on  commission  of  Reader's  Digest,  for 
research  in  Japan  on  the  Russo-Japanese  War  of  1904-1905. 


SMITHSONIAN    INSTITUTION    PRESS 


49 


W.  H.  Auden,  detained  by  a  blizzard,  finally  reaches  Washington  for  the  recep- 
tion that  followed  the  ceremony  during  which  he  was  awarded  the  National 
Medal  for  Literature. 


Managing  designer  Stephen  Kraft  taught  a  year's  course  in  ad- 
vanced graphic  design  techniques  at  The  American  University.  On  11 
June  1968,  by  invitation  of  the  American  Association  of  State  and  Coun- 
ty Historical  Societies,  he  conducted  a  seminar  for  its  members  on  the 
design  and  production  of  printed  materials  at  Nashville,  Tennessee. 
Press  designer  Crimilda  Pontes  again  achieved  the  signal  honor  of  plac- 
ing her  work  among  the  25  best  university  press  book  designs  of  the 
year  through  selection  by  the  aaup  jury  of  her  design  for  Swiss  Drawings. 

Perhaps  nothing  better  expressed  recognition  of  the  Institution's 
role  as  a  publisher  than  the  National  Medal  for  Literature  ceremony 
held  at  the  Smithsonian  on  30  November  1967.  Following  the  Press 
director's  informal  offer  of  a  Smithsonian  site  for  the  event.  Secretary 
Ripley's  Invitation  was  accepted  by  the  sponsoring  National  Book  Com- 
mittee. A  buoyant  group  of  publishers,  literati,  and  government  admin- 
istrators beat  its  way  to  the  Museum  of  History  and  Technology  through 
a  Washington  blizzard  to  celebrate  presentation  by  National  Book 
Committee  chairman  William  I.  Nichols  of  the  medal  to  W.  H.  Auden 


50  PUBLIC    SERVICE    AND    INFORMATION 

for  lifetime  contributions  to  literature.  Speeches  were  made  by  Smith- 
sonian Secretary  S.  Dillon  Ripley,  by  Secretary  of  Health,  Education, 
and  Welfare  John  W.  Gardner,  and  by  Deputy  Librarian  of  Congress 
John  Lorenz.  Leo  Rosten  read  the  acceptance  speech  of  Mr.  Auden,  who 
was  detained  by  the  weather  but  who  appeared  later  in  the  evening 
at  an  enthusiastic  reception.  Mr.  Ripley  remarked,  "We  are 
not  daunted  by  this  occasion,  though  I  know  that  some  people  today 
question  whether  all  the  muses  are,  or  should  be,  welcome  in  a  mu- 
seum— the  very  institution  that  bears  their  name.  I  can  think  of  no 
better  place  and  no  better  time  to  state  my  belief  that  they  most  cer- 
tainly do  belong.  The  literary  character  of  the  Smithsonian  was  im- 
pressed on  us  by  Joseph  Henry,  whose  lively  intellect  translated  the 
word  'diffusion'  in  our  credo  to  'publication.'  The  Institution  was,  in 
fact,  begun  as  a  publishing  house  as  well  as  a  center  for  advanced  re- 
search, has  continued  as  such  without  interruption,  and  remains  so 
today  through  its  Smithsonian  Institution  Press." 
The  following  papers  were  published  by  the  staff : 

PiNEAU,  Roger.  "Okinawa."  In  volume  6,  no.  12  (pp.  2549-2554)  of  History 
of  the  Second  World  War.     London:  Purnell  and  Sons,  Ltd.,  1968. 

.  "Dr.  Beishu  Hara,  A  Living  Cultural  Treasure."  Japan  Reader's  Di- 
gest (February  1968),  p.  131. 


Smithsonian  Institution  Libraries 
Russell  Shank,  Director 

/~\  UTWARDLY,    THE    SMITHSONIAN    INSTITUTION    LIBRARIES    performed 

^-^  much  as  in  previous  years,  with  no  major  changes  in  collections. 
With  the  appointment  of  a  new  Director  in  September  1967,  however, 
the  Libraries  had  taken  a  major  step  in  the  change  of  the  library  function 
within  the  Institution.  Rather  than  passively  responding  to  the  demands 
of  individual  bureaus  and  divisions  with  disparate  collections  of  litera- 
ture, the  library  program  aims  to  create  an  innovative  and  totally 
responsive  integrated  system  of  Libraries  and  services  capable  of  serving 
the  goals  of  the  Institution  directly  through  research,  education,  and 
service  programs  of  its  own,  as  well  as  secondarily  through  its  support 
of  the  work  of  the  Institution's  professional  staff. 

The  work  of  the  ofhce  of  the  Director  focused  on  a  survey  of  the 
library  activity  within  the  Institution,  and  on  an  examination  of  deci- 
sions relating  to  their  daily  operations  for  relevance  to  the  functioning  of 
the  Libraries  as  a  system.  By  year's  end  a  program  statement  was  taking 
form  that  will  describe,  at  least  in  a  broad  and  general  view,  a  modern, 
visible,  serviceable,  and  creative  library  enterprise  at  the  Smithsonian. 

Library  materials  continue  to  be  acquired  at  a  rate  too  rapid  to  allow 
their  processing  completely  according  to  the  highest  standards  of  intel- 
lectual analysis  and  bibliographical  control.  The  Libraries  concentrated 
on  adding  materials  to  the  cataloged  collections  for  which  Library  of 
Congress  cards  were  readily  available.  The  collection  of  uncataloged 
material,  for  which  only  a  minimum  inventory  control  is  maintained, 
continues  to  grow.  The  net  result  is  an  increase  in  the  average  time  re- 
quired for  an  order  for  new  library  material  to  be  converted  to  a  book  on 
the  shelves  fully  ready  for  use. 

A  new  concept  of  operation  and  related  technology  is  required  that 
will  provide  hierarchies  of  control  for  access  to  the  collections,  each  tail- 
ored to  different  requirements  for  speed  and  precision  of  subject  ap- 
proach. Preliminary  steps  were  taken  to  establish  better  control  of 
access  by  users  to  new  materials  before  they  are  completely  cataloged. 
Late  in  the  year,  at  the  request  of  the  Director  of  Libraries,  the  In- 
formation   Systems    Division    developed    a    technique    for   creating   a 

51 


52  PUBLIC    SERVICE    AND    INFORMATION 

frequent  in-process  report,  using  the  computer-based  records  of  pur- 
chased materials.  That  report,  under  test  at  the  close  of  the  year,  will 
be  an  important  device,  both  to  notify  the  Smithsonian's  professional 
staff  of  the  status  of  the  processing  of  books  and  journals  they  have  had 
ordered  for  the  Libraries,  and  to  the  Libraries'  technical  service  staff 
for  management  control  of  the  various  stages  of  processing.  The  Librar- 
ies will  be  able  to  improve  the  quality  of  acquisitions  services  through 
the  analysis  of  the  same  basic  record  in  order,  for  example,  to  measure 
vendors'  performance  in  terms  of  speed  and  cost  of  fulfillment  of  orders. 

The  amount  of  library  material  available  for  acquisition  by  research 
libraries  has  expanded  in  recent  years  far  beyond  the  capacity  of  any 
research  library  to  acquire  it  all,  and  thus  to  become  self-sufficient. 
Cooperative  acquisitions,  shared  cataloging  on  both  a  national  and 
international  basis,  interlibrary  lending,  and  the  opening  of  otherwise 
restricted  resources  for  reasonable  use  by  all  qualified  scholars,  are  tech- 
niques that  have  assumed  commanding  importance  in  the  manage- 
ment of  research  library  enterprises.  At  the  Smithsonian,  for  example, 
the  circulation  during  the  year  of  materials  borrowed  from  other  librar- 
ies increased  at  a  greater  rate  than  the  circulation  of  the  Libraries'  own 
material.  The  Library  of  Congress  remains  the  single  most  important 
outside  source  for  these  materials. 

The  informal  networks  that  have  been  created  among  research 
libraries  for  interlibrary  lending  and  shared  cataloging  have  prospects 
of  becoming  more  formal,  and  of  increasing  the  power  of  their  inter- 
actions through  the  recent  development  by  the  Library  of  Congress  of 
a  machine-readable  format  with  which  to  distribute  among  libraries 
cataloging  information  on  computer  tapes.  The  first  tapes  to  be  dis- 
tributed by  the  Library  of  Congress  will  be  available  in  1968.  Because 
they  will  communicate  information,  at  first  only  for  a  limited  number  of 
English  language  titles,  for  which  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Libraries 
now  receive  free  printed  Library  of  Congress  cards,  the  Libraries  have 
begun  to  examine  carefully  their  service  requirements  in  order  to  assess 
tradeoffs,  while  making  administrative  decisions  with  regard  to  the 
introduction  of  computer-based  services. 

Problems  of  developing  and  managing  the  library  collection  assumed 
early  and  high  priority  in  the  office  of  the  Director.  Hitherto,  library 
materials  have  been  acquired  haphazardly  in  response  to  the  immediate 
and  urgent  needs  of  individual  professional  staff  members,  and  in  re- 
sponse to  the  offerings  of  agencies  and  individuals  throughout  the  world 
in  exchange  for  Smithsonian  publications.  The  Institution  now  faces 
the  task  of  examining  the  basis  for  decisions  on  the  selection  of  library 
materials,  of  coordinating  the  efforts  of  the  scientists  and  curators  in 
the  selection  processes,   and  of  providing  mechanisms  to  assure   the 


SMITHSONIAN    INSTITUTION    LIBRARIES  53 

availability  of  comprehensive,  basic,  research  collections  in  general 
areas  of  concern  to  the  Smithsonian.  Our  goal  is  to  give  the  Libraries  the 
ability  to  respond  quickly  to  specific  program  changes  within  the  In- 
stitution, and  to  modifications  of  bureau  and  departmental  organization. 

Dialogues  were  begun  in  midyear  with  the  librarians  of  several  major 
branches  to  search  for  the  fundamental  issues  that  will  serve  as  a  basis 
for  the  subsequent  preparation  of  policy  statements  on  collection  devel- 
opment. Miss  Jean  C.  Smith,  formerly  assistant  director  of  libraries, 
rejoined  the  staff  to  serve  as  a  special  assistant  to  the  Director  for 
biological  science  programs,  with  major  emphasis  on  matters  relating 
to  the  collections.  Work  was  begun  by  a  special  task  group  on  revi- 
talizing the  collections  of  the  branch  that  serves  the  Office  of 
Anthropology.  Duplicates  and  material  that  is  out  of  scope  are  being 
discarded.  The  whole  collection  will  be  integrated  through  recataloging 
according  to  the  Library  of  Congress  classification.  This  project  is  an 
outstanding  demonstration  of  the  manner  in  which  the  serviceability  of 
the  rest  of  the  Institution's  library  facilities  can  be  improved. 

The  Libraries  have  increased  their  service,  both  to  other  libraries 
and  to  the  community  of  scholars,  responding  to  more  than  66,000 
visitors,  phone  calls,  and  reference  letters  requesting  information  and 
publications,  an  increase  of  about  five  percent  over  the  previous  year. 
The  potential  for  federal  and  related  libraries  to  work  together  to  serve 
their  missions  more  fully  continues  to  be  enhanced  by  the  work  of  the 
Federal  Library  Committee.  The  Smithsonian  Institution  Libraries  in- 
creased their  involvement  with  the  Committee  to  include  representation 
on  task  forces  studying  the  role  of  libraries  and  information  centers,  and 
the  problems  of  education  for  federal  librarianship.  The  Committee's 
task  force  on  library  education,  chaired  by  the  Director,  assisted  the 
graduate  library  school  at  Catholic  University  in  its  sponsorship  of  an 
institute  for  library  school  faculty  members  on  federal  librarianship. 
The  task  force  led  the  way  for  the  establishment  of  a  curriculum  devel- 
opment study  for  training  federal  librarians.  During  National  Library 
Week  the  Smithsonian  served  as  the  platform  for  a  public  forum  on 
library  service  in  urban  slum  areas.  A  children's  art  exhibit,  prepared 
with  the  assistance  of  William  Walker,  librarian  of  the  National  Col- 
lection of  Fine  Arts/National  Portrait  Gallery  branch  library,  was  pre- 
sented in  the  Arts  and  Industries  building.  Secretary  Ripley  was  key- 
note speaker  at  the  annual  banquet. 

Most  large  research  libraries  are  conducting  research  and  develop- 
ment in  the  application  of  computers  to  what  is  loosely  called  library 
automation.  Computers  will  ultimately  play  a  large  role  in  supporting 
the  information  ser\dces  of  the  Smithsonian's  library  system.  Informa- 
tion science  and  technology,  however,  is  far  from  being  capable  of  sus- 


54  PUBLIC    SERVICE    AND    INFORMATION 

taining  the  operation  of  any  fully  automated,  large-scale,  broad  subject- 
based  research  library. 

As  resources  become  available,  the  Smithsonian  Libraries  will  join 
the  national  movement  among  libraries  to  develop  applications  of  com- 
puters to  the  intellectual  aspects  of  library  service.  A  major  goal  is  the 
creation  of  literature-based  information  services  that  will  be  linked  to 
the  new  data-processing  systems  being  developed  for  the  management 
and  analysis  of  the  collections  of  specimens  and  objects  in  the  museums. 
Meanwhile,  automation  efforts  aim  at  raising  the  level  of  quality  and  the 
economy  of  operation  of  basic  housekeeping  operations  such  as  book 
ordering  and  accounting,  process  control,  and  serials  inventory.  Recent 
projects  supporting  this  goal  are  mentioned  elsewhere  in  this  report. 

The  capability  of  the  Libraries  to  capitalize  on  the  new  technologies 
affecting  library  service  continues  to  be  strengthened  by  the  involve- 
ment of  its  staff  in  substantive  activities  of  the  library  world  in  which  the 
technologies  are  developing.  The  Director  served  during  the  year  as 
vice  president  of  the  information  science  and  automation  division  of 
the  American  Library  Association,  during  which  time  the  division  estab- 
lished a  new  research  journal  on  this  subject  and  approved  several  na- 
tional standards  for  computer-aided  cataloging.  Carol  Raney,  the  head 
of  the  Libraries'  cataloging  division,  was  elected  vice  president  and 
president-elect  of  the  resources  and  technical  services  division  of  the 
American  Library  Association.  That  division  developed  the  ALA  cata- 
loging code  which  serves  as  the  basis  for  the  Anglo-American  rules  for 
cataloging  used  by  research  libraries  throughout  the  world.  William 
Walker  worked  on  the  revision  of  the  fine  arts  section  of  the  Library 
of  Congress  classification  system  and  assistant  director  Mary  Huffer 
continued  to  lead  the  way  in  identifying  processes  in  the  libraries  that 
were  immediately  amenable  to  automation. 

The  Libraries'  year  may  thus  be  characterized  as  one  of  continued 
offerings  of  service  at  a  higher  level  of  output,  of  improving  performance 
capability  through  an  upgrading  of  automation  effort,  and  of  analysis 
of  future  directions  for  a  modern  museum  research  library  enterprise. 

The  following  papers  were  presented  or  published  by  the  staff: 

Goodwin,  J.  "Current  Bibliography  in  the  History  of  Technology  (1966)." 
Technology  and  Culture,  vol.  9,  pp.  277-327,  1968. 

Shank,  R.  Regional  Access  to  Scientific  and  Technical  Information:  A  pro- 
gram for  Action  in  the  New  York  Metropolitan  Area.  New  York:  New 
York  Reference  and  Research  Library  Agency,   1968. 

.  "The  Smithsonian  Institution  Libraries."  [Paper  presented  at  a  sym- 
posium on  national  library  services  to  the  public,  Eastern  College  Librarians 
Conference,  November  1967,  Columbia  University,  New  York,  N.Y.] 

Walker.  W.  "Another  Part  of  the  Iceberg :  Art  Library  Resources  at  the 
Smithsonian  Institution."     D.C.  Libraries,  vol.  38,  pp.  70-75,  1967. 


Information  Systems  Division 

Nicholas  J.  Suszynski^  Jr.^  Director 

TN  ANNOUNCING  THE  OFFICIAL  OPENING  of  the  ncw  Smithsonian  In- 

■^  formation  Systems  Division  Computer  Center,  Secretary  Ripley  said : 
No  product  of  modern  technology  has  as  much  potential  for  social, 
economic  and  cultural  benefits  as  does  the  digital  computer.  As 
an  instrument  of  social  change,  the  computer  provides  both  the 
impetus  behind  the  information  explosion  and  it  also  offers  the 
means  for  containing  and  recalling  information  when  needed  for 
the  solutions  of  specific  problems. 

The  Information  Systems  Division  serves  as  an  interpreter  and  a 
diagnostician  of  information  problems  within  the  Smithsonian 
Institution,  and  to  the  extent  that  its  resources  permit,  it  provides 
automatic  data  processing  and  systems  engineering  expertise  to  the 
museum  community  in  general. 

In  its  research  role,  the  Information  Systems  Division  engages  in 
experimentation  leading  to  better  information  retrieval  techniques 
and  better  understanding  of  the  man-machine  interaction,  par- 
ticularly as  applied  to  multicomputer  tele-processing  and  multi- 
programming environment. 
By  September  1968,  the  Smithsonian  Information  Systems  Center, 

on  the  third  floor  of  the  Arts  and  Industry  building's  southwest  court, 

will  have : 

A  Honeywell- 1250  computer  with  131,000  positions  of  memory. 

Six  high-speed  magnetic  tape  transports  (devices  for  "writing"  and  "read- 
ing" of  information  on  magnetic  tapes,  analogous  to  a  tape  recorder). 

Five  magnetic  disc  drives  (with  45  million  positions  for  directly  accessible 
data  storage. ) 

Card  punch  (for  recording  data  on  cards) 

Card  Reader  (for  transferring  data  from  cards  into  a  computer  or  to  tape 
or  to  a  printer) 

High-speed  printer  (950  lines,  or  100,000  characters,  per  minute) 

Data  plotter  manufactured  by  the  Electronic  Associates  Inc. 

In  addition  to  equipment,  the  Center  will  have  a  telecommunication 
access  to  the  CDC-6400  computer  at  the  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Ob- 
servatory in  Cambridge,  Massachusetts  (see  Year  1967,  p.  204).  Also, 


55 


56 


PUBLIC    SERVICE    AND    INFORMATION 


Honeywell- 12 50  computer  installation  in  the  Computer  Center. 


additional  computing  capabilities  on  an  IBM  360/30  computer  are 
available  at  the  Smithsonian  Science  Information  Exchange,  in  Wash- 
ington, D.C.,  and  on  a  UNIVAC  1108  at  the  Center  for  Computer 
Sciences  and  Technology  at  the  National  Bureau  of  Standards  in 
Gaithersburg,  Md. 

The  Honeywell-1250  computer  operates  continuously,  on  the  basis 
of  three  eight-hour  shifts  daily,  and  as  a  part  of  its  facilities,  the  Center 
offers  daily  data  preparation,  tabulating,  and  card  punching  services. 

The  Information  Systems  Center  is  comprised  of  an  information  re- 
trieval section,  a  mathematical  computation  section,  and  a  management 
systems  section.  The  Center,  in  addition  to  providing  systems  analysis, 
programming,  and  computer  time,  has  been  established  for  the  purpose 
of  planning,  coordinating  and  directing  the  preparation  of  systems,  pro- 
grams, and  uses  of  automatic  data  processing  equipment  for  the  Institu- 
tion. It  is  responsible  for  the  overall  review  of  automatic  data  process- 
ing (adp)  and  source  data  automation  requirements  of  the  various 
Smithsonian  activities  and  for  recommending  policies  and  programs  to 
meet  these  requirements. 

The  information  retrieval  section  is  concerned  with  information  sys- 
tems used  for  indexing  and  data  retrieval.  A  continuing  program  of 
research  and  development  in  these  techniques  is  carried  out  to  bring  to 
the  Institution  a  spectrum  of  indexing  and  retrieval  systems  that  pro- 
vide maximum  capability  and  utility  at  minimum  cost.  Various  tech- 
niques  for   randomizing,   set   theory   recovery,    hardware-independent 


INFORMATION    SYSTEMS    DIVISION 


57 


E^a 


HONEYWELL    '20 

ROCHESTER,   N.Y. 


UNIVAC   "08   (NBS) 
GAITHERSBURG,   MD.   (PLANNED) 


HONEYWELL  1  t'JO  (INFORMATION  SYSTEMS) 
WASHINGTON,  D.  C. 


OPERATES  USING  DIAL-UP  SYSTEM  TO  AND  FROM  HONEYWELL  1 JJO. 


OPERATES  USING  DIRECT-ACCESS  LINES  TO  THE  CDC  COMPUTER. 


Smithsonian  Institution  computer-communications  network. 


query,  synonymy  rectification,  coordinate  indexing,  concordance  compi- 
lation, and  dynamic  significance  redefinition,  and  for  providing  global 
reference  denominators  are  made  available  to  Smithsonian  museums 
and,  where  possible,  to  the  museum  community  in  the  United  States 
and  abroad.  For  example : 

An  information-retrieval  system  to  cross-index  any  collection  by 
200  key  categories  was  developed. 

A  concordance  index  containing  up  to  one  hundred  chapters  of 
key  terms  and  providing  cross-reference  indexing  to  any  collection  of 
specimens,  artifacts,  or  printed  records  was  implemented.  The  system 


315-997     O  -  69 


58  PUBLIC    SERVICE    AND    INFORMATION 

indexes  key-words  and  displays  fragments  of  text  (portraying  context  of 
use)  in  its  index. 

A  digital  code  with  associated  procedures  was  developed  that  per- 
mitted phylogenetic  sequencing  of  biological  data  as  processed  by  a 
computer.  The  system  solved  problems  associated  with  synonymy  and 
is  capable  of  hierarchical  data  retrieval. 

The  significance  of  data  parameters  often  changes  as  preliminary 
computer  output  is  reviewed.  Research  with  the  cobol  (Common 
Business  Oriented  Language)  compilation  system  provided  insight  into 
techniques  for  dealing  with  this  problem.  As  a  result  of  this  experi- 
mentation, a  procedure  was  developed  which  permits  dynamic  redefini- 
tion of  parameters  of  interest  for  query  and  is  independent  of  parameters 
used  in  describing  input  data. 

Several  generic  systems  were  developed  for  the  storage  and  retrieval 
of  data.  They  are  flexible  enough  to  be  of  specific  utility  to  particular 
requirements  and  are  general  enough  to  have  many  applications 
throughout  the  Institution.  The  retrieval  techniques  vary  with  the  re- 
quirements and  with  the  structure,  content,  and  orientation  of  the  data 
file  to  be  processed. 

The  mathematical  computations  section  provides  mathematical 
analysis  and  computer  programming  to  aid  Smithsonian  scientists  in 
presenting  and  interpreting  their  research  data.  The  analysis  ranges 
from  simple  correlation  and  regression  analysis  to  complex  multivariate 
statistical  analysis,  and  from  simple  formula  evaluation  to  the  building 
of  mathematical  models  to  simulate  biological  phenomena.  Systems 
design  and  computer  programming  are  also  provided  to  perform  mathe- 
matical computations  to  process  raw  data,  and  to  tabulate  and  graphi- 
cally present  the  results.  For  example : 

A  common  denominator  code  was  devised  to  interrelate  the  dis- 
parate but  traditional  conventions  used  in  expressing  locations  of  the 
globe.  Latitude-longitude  coordinates,  Marsden  quadrangles,  and  politi- 
cal and  geographic  names  are  all  transformed  into  a  common  code 
which  facilitates  retrieval  of  data. 

Computer  programs  were  developed  to  perform  data  reduction  and 
statistical  analysis  dealing  with  neutron  activation  experiments  (for  the 
Conservation  Analytical  Laboratory)  to  determine  the  amount  of  trace 
elements  present  in  the  archeological  artifacts,  thereby  establishing  if 
the  artifact  is  native  to  the  area  of  discovery. 

Statistical  analysis  employing  distance  coefficients,  cluster  analysis, 
and  analysis  of  variance  was  performed  for  the  Department  of  Paleobi- 
ology in  the  Museum  of  Natural  History. 


INFORMATION    SYSTEMS    DIVISION  59 

Fortran  computer  programs  were  implemented  to  perform  time- 
series  analysis  of  the  prices  of  commodities  in  the  trade-historical  data 
for  the  Museum  of  History  and  Technology. 

Computer  programs  were  developed  to  read  data  from  punched 
paper  tape  containing  data  quantifying  the  intensity  of  solar  radiation 
over  broad  frequency  bands.  This  data  is  edited  for  completeness  and 
correctness,  and  then  is  reduced,  plotted,  and  returned  to  the  Radiation 
Biology  Laboratory. 

The  management  systems  section  provides  support  to  the  adminis- 
trative, curatorial,  and  research  activities  that  require  automatic  data 
processing  of  business  or  fiscal  data.  In  addition,  it  provides  maintenance 
support  for  business  or  accounting  systems  already  in  operation.  During 
the  year,  systems  were  developed  and  initiated  in  a  number  of  areas. 
For  example,  the  Institution's  accounting  offices  were  provided  with 
completely  new  accounting  and  reporting  systems.  A  coordinated  system 
was  developed  to  handle  all  payrolls.  A  property  management  system 
was  developed  to  satisfy  the  needs  of  both  the  supply  division  and  the 
fiscal  offices,  and  action  was  initiated  to  develop  a  research  property 
system  that  will  provide  scientists  with  cataloged  information  as  to  the 
availability  of  research  equipment.  For  the  Smithsonian  Oceanographic 
Sorting  Center,  a  specimen  inventory  system  was  developed  to  provide 
an  up-to-date  inventory  of  specimens  collected  or  distributed.  For  the 
Office  of  Public  Affairs  a  consolidated  central  mailing  system  was  devel- 
oped to  provide  labels  for  mass  mailings  from  the  Institution. 

The  stafT  of  the  Information  Systems  Center  contains  experts  in  vari- 
ous areas  of  information  processing  who  participate  in  symposia,  tech- 
nical panels,  professional  conferences  and  present  papers  as  time  permits. 
This  group  provides  synergistic  cross-fertilization  which  makes  each  indi- 
vidual stronger  and  more  valuable  than  each  would  be  alone.  The 
recently  developed  "Global  Reference  Index"  is  an  example  of  such 
collaboration,  for  the  techniques  used  are  not  those  usually  associated 
with  the  natural  sciences.  To  produce  this  index  required  a  knowledge 
of  Boolean  Algebra,  of  algorithm  structure,  and  of  computer  techniques 
combined  with  a  knowledge  of  the  traditional  means  of  identifying  a 
point  on  the  globe. 

During  the  year,  the  Center  offered  several  training  programs  in 
computer  programming,  it  provided  self-study  material  for  the  sci- 
entific and  curatorial  staff,  and  established  a  library  of  statistical  pro- 
grams. Under  preparation  is  a  brooklet  describing  in  detail  the  facilities 
of  the  Center  and  relating  their  capabilities  to  the  activities  and  needs 
of  the  Institution. 


60  PUBLIC    SERVICE    AND    INFORMATION 

At  the  symposium  on  Information  Problems  in  Natural  Sciences, 
held  in  Mexico  City  in  December  1967,  Creighton,  Crockett,  and 
Suszynski  delivered  papers,  and  Suszynski  chaired  one  session.  They 
also  provided  the  symposium's  films,  as  well  as  educational  materials 
for  its  "Computer  Theater." 

Canadian,  British,  Mexican,  and  United  States  Museums  and  uni- 
versities expressed  interest  in  the  technological  aspects  of  data  processing 
and  information  storage  techniques  developed  at  the  Center.  Technical 
information  was  provided  to  the  following : 

Canada:  National  Museum  of  Canada.  England:  Sedgwick  Mu- 
seum, The  Royal  College  of  Art,  British  Museum,  H.  M.  Treasury,  and 
Office  for  Scientific  and  Technical  Information.  Mexico:  Centro  de 
Calculo  Electronico,  Mexico,  D.F.  Sweden:  Historiska  Museet, 
Narvavagen,  and  Upsala  Universitet.  United  States:  The  American 
Museum  of  Natural  History,  Colorado  School  of  Mines,  Museum  Com- 
puter Network  (a  consortium  of  primarily  New  York  City  museums  for 
th6  purpose  of  establishing  a  computerized  information  network),  Sys- 
tems Development  Corporation,  and  U.S.  Geological  Survey. 

Experts  from  the  Center  were  requested  to  visit  and  consult  with  staff 
members  of  the  National  Museum  of  Canada  and  the  Metropolitan 
Museum  of  Art,  and  the  Royal  College  of  Art  in  England  (the  last 
invitation  had  to  be  declined  for  lack  of  funds) . 

The  following  papers  were  presented  by  the  staff: 

Creighton,  Reginald  A.  An  Information  Storage  and  Retrieval  System  for 
Biological  and  Geological  Data,  Design  Consideration.  Presented  at  the 
Symposium  Sobre  Problemas  de  Informacion  en  Ciencias  Naturales,  Mexico, 
D.F.,  December  1967. 

Ahumada,  S.,  G.  G.  Shetler,  and  James  J.  Crockett.  An  Automated  Bibliog- 
raphy for  the  Flora  of  North  America.  Presented  at  the  Symposium  Sobre 
Problemas  de  Informacion  en  Ciencias  Naturales,  Mexico,  D.F.  December 
1967. 

Suszynski,  Nicholas  J.,  Jr.  Telecommunication  and  On-line  Access  to  Com- 
puters. Presented  at  the  Symposium  Sobre  Problemas  de  Informacion  en 
Ciencias  Naturales,  Mexico,  D.F.,  December  1967. 

•     Computer  Installation  Planning.     Presented  at  the  International  Data 

Processing  Management  Association  Conference  in  Washington,  D.C.,  June 
1968. 


Science  Information  Exchange 

Monroe  E.  Freeman,  Director 

"Q  EGISTRATION    WITH    THE    SCIENCE    INFORMATION    EXCHANGE    of    CUr- 

rent  research  projects  from  government  and  nongovernment 
research  reached  a  total  of  over  97,000  during  the  year.  Over  8,000 
questions  were  answered  for  individual  scientists.  Over  300,000  copies  of 
individual  research  summaries  were  made  available  to  the  national 
scientific  community  during  the  year. 

A  major  innovation  recently  implemented  by  the  sie  was  the 
establishment  of  a  randomly  accessible  data  bank  which  contains  all 
information  pertinent  to  the  research  notices  received  by  the  Exchange. 
It  represents  another  in  a  continuing  series  of  steps  to  realize  the  bene- 
fits which  the  modern  computer  has  made  available  and  to  provide 
a  highly  integrated  man-plus-machine  information  system  capable  of 
expeditiously  yet  inexpensively  fulfilling  the  sie  mission. 

Many  general  improvements  were  provided  with  the  initial  version  of 
the  system.  Previously  the  files  of  sie  had  been  updated  twice  monthly. 
Now  they  are  updated  daily  and  are  thus  able  to  provide  more  timely 
information.  Internally  the  new  system  has  reduced  the  elapsed  time 
required  for  documents  to  flow  through  various  stages  of  input  proc- 
essing. Capabilities  for  changing,  adding,  or  deleting  data  fields  have 
been  improved.  Input  and  indexing  functions  have  been  simplified  and 
the  keypunch  operations  have  been  significantly  reduced.  Three  stages 
of  input  editing  have  been  replaced  by  a  single  one  which  actually  assures 
more  accurate  data  on  file.  Finally  the  system  provides  the  capacity  to: 
( 1 )  Input  and  store  the  full  research  abstract  in  machine-readable  form, 
which  will  provide  iinproved  service  to  users  of  the  Exchange;  (2)  pro- 
vide online  access  to  all  sie  data  through  the  use  of  video  display  units,  an 
ultimate  objective  of  the  Exchange  system;  and  (3)  to  quickly  generate 
research  catalogs  from  sie  data  at  significantly  lower  cost  for  federal 
agencies. 

This  improved  system  required  some  eight  man-years  of  effort  and 
was  put  into  production  within  one  month  of  the  target  date,  predicted 
and  scheduled  over  18  months  previously. 

The  Exchange  will  begin  putting  the  full  text  of  its  research  notices 
in  machineable  form  in  July  1968,  via  an  ibm  administrative  terminal 

61 


62 


PUBLIC    SERVICE    AND    INFORMATION 


Director  Monroe  Freeman  of  the  Science  Information  Exchange 
presses  the  "start"  button  for  the  data  bank's  first  run  in  May. 


system.  When  all  the  information  is  in  machineable  form,  sie  can 
provide  full  text  records  for  government  agencies  and  for  the  govern- 
ment-wide inter-agency  Exchange. 

The  Exchange  has  continued  to  increase  its  coverage  of  research 
in  urban  planning.  A  compilation  of  current  studies  in  urban  planning 
provided  to  the  Office  of  Intergovernmental  Relations  and  Urban 
Programs  Coordination  was  well  received  by  urban  specialists.  It  is 
hoped  that  increased  registration  of  projects  in  this  most  important 
and  timely  area  will  be  encouraged. 

As  the  national  cataloging  center  for  water  resources  research,  sie 
prepared  volume  3  of  the  Water  Resources  Research  Catalog  for  the 
Office  of   Water  Resources   Research,   Department  of  the   Interior. 

Outdoor  Recreation  Research — A  Reference  Catalog — 1967  was 
also  prepared  for  the  Bureau  of  Outdoor  Recreation,  Department  of  the 
Interior. 

A  new  concept  for  compiling  and  tabulating  information  about  cur- 
rent research  activity  in  broad  research  programs  was  designed  and 
developed.  The  principle  advantage  is  the  display  of  condensed  infor- 
mation in  the  form  of  distribution  charts  for  the  more  convenient 


SCIENCE    INFORMATION    EXCHANGE  63 

inspection,  review,  and  analysis  of  broad  subject  fields.  Test  models  are 
now  in  the  hands  of  industrial  and  government  research  program 
administrators  and  managers  for  their  comments  and  suggestions.  If 
favorable,  the  process  can  be  highly  automated  and  made  widely  avail- 
able at  nominal  cost. 

The  following  papers  were  presented  or  published  by  the  staff. 

Freeman,  M.  E.  "Panel  on  The  Role  of  Federal  Government  Programs." 
Presented  before  Conference  on  Technology  Utilization  and  Economic 
Growth.  Sponsored  by  Aerospace  Research  Applications  Center  at  Indiana 
Memorial  Union,  Bloomington,  Indiana,  31   July— 4  August   1967. 

.      "National  Information  Needs  for  Urban  Transportation  Management 

Decision  Making."  Presented  before  Engineering  Foundation  Research 
Conference,  Proctor  Academy,  Andover,  New  Hampshire,  14-16  August. 
1967. 

.      "The    Science    Information    Exchange:    A    Registry   of    Research    in 

Progress."  Presented  at  California  Institute  of  Technology  (sponsored  by 
NASA-SBA),  12  October  1967. 

.  "Information  Strategy  of  Research  Management."  Research  Man- 
agement,-vol.  11,  no.  2  (March  1968). 

.  "Science  Information  Exchange."  Presented  before  the  52nd  Con- 
ference for  Eastern  College  Librarians,  Harkness  Theater,  Butler  Library, 
Columbia  University,  New  York,  New  York,  25  November  1967. 

.      "Scientific    Information   Storage   and   Retrieval   System."      Presented 

before  National  Council  of  University  Research  Administrators,  Mayflower 
Hotel,  Washington,  D.C.,  20  November  1967. 

.     "SIE — A   National    Inventory   of   Research   in   Progress."     Presented 

before  First  Annual  Aristotle  Symposium  sponsored  by  National  Security 
Industrial  Association,  Washington,  D.C.,  7  December  1967. 

.      "The   Science   Information   Exchange   as   a   Source   of   Information." 

Special  Libraries,  February  1968,  pp.  86-88. 

.      "Science   Information  Exchange."     Military  Medicine,  vol.    133,   no. 

3  (March  1968),  pp.  223-225. 

.  "Scope  and  Objectives  of  the  Science  Information  Exchange."  Pre- 
sented before  members  of  Science  and  Technology  Committee,  Chamber  of 
Commerce  of  the  United  States,  Sheraton-Carlton  Hotel,  Washington,  D.C., 
25  January  1968. 

.  "Science  Information  Exchange."  Presented  before  Technology  Util- 
ization Conference  at  Miami  University,  Oxford,  Ohio.  Sponsored  by 
representative  Donald  LuKens  (Ohio)  and  arranged  by  N.A.S.'V,  1  April 
1968. 

.     "Science  Information  Exchange  of  Smithsonian  Institution  Offers  New 

Services  to  Navy  Managers."     Navy-Management  Review,  April-June  1968. 

Hersey,  D.  F.  "Information  Exchanges  and  the  Research  Community."  Pre- 
sented to  the  Information  Retrieval  Workshop,  University  of  Wisconsin. 
Madison,  Wisconsin,  21-22  September  1967. 

.      "Chemistry  of  Viruses."      Presented  before  the  American  Institute  of 

Chemists  Meeting  of  the  D.C.  Chapter,  16  January  1968. 


64  PUBLIC    SERVICE    AND    INFORMATION 

.      "The    Role    of    the    Science    Information    Exchange    in    the    Nuclear 

Technology  Field."  Presented  before  Conference  on  Technology  Utiliza- 
tion, Seatde,  Washington,  25  April  1968. 

.      "Breaking    the    Information    Barrier."      Presented    before    the    Small 


Business   Administration  Training  Center,   Small  Business  Administration, 
Silver  Spring,  Maryland,  19  June  1968. 
Long,  Bill  L.      "A  National  Cataloging  Center  for  Water  Resources  Research." 
Journal  American  Water  Works  Association,  vol.  59,  no.  8  (August  1967), 
pp.  930-934. 


International  Exchange  Service 

J.  A.  Collins,  Director 

'"po  FACILITATE  THE  DISTRIBUTION  of  Smithsonian  publications  in  other 
-^  countries,  the  Institution  established  the  International  Exchange 
Service.  Agents  were  appointed  in  a  number  of  countries  to  distribute 
Smithsonian  publications  and  to  receive  in  return  publications  from  the 
foreign  organizations  for  transmission  to  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 
This  method  proved  so  satisfactory  that  other  non-profit  organizations  in 
the  United  States  were  permitted  to  utilize  the  Service,  and  later  Con- 
gress designated  the  Smithsonian  Institution  as  the  agency  through 
which  the  official  United  States  publications  would  be  exchanged  for  the 
official  publications  of  other  countries. 

Libraries,  scientific  societies,  educational  institutions,  and  individuals 
in  the  United  States  wishing  to  exchange  their  publications  with  similar 
organizations  in  other  countries,  send  addressed  packages  of  publica- 
tions to  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  where  they  are  sorted  according 
to  countries  of  destination  and  are  forwarded  to  one  of  the  37  exchange 
bureaus  in  other  countries  for  distribution,  or  are  sent  directly  to  the 
addressees  by  mail.  In  return  the  Service  receives  addressed  packages 
of  publications  from  the  foreign  exchange  bureaus  for  similar  distri- 
bution in  the  United  States. 

Addressed  packages  of  publications  weighing  844,413  pounds  were 
received  during  the  year  from  more  than  350  colleges,  universities, 
learned  societies,  and  other  organizations  in  the  United  States  for  trans- 
mission to  some  100  countries.  In  return  105,861  pounds  of  addressed 
packages  of  publications  were  received  from  the  foreign  bureaus  for 
distribution  in  the  United  States. 

Packages  of  publications  were  accepted  for  transmission  to  all  coun- 
tries except  the  mainland  of  China,  North  Korea,  and  North  Viet-Nam. 

During  the  year  the  United  States  official  publications  were  sent  to 
105  organizations  in  other  countries  in  exchange  for  their  official  docu- 
ments. A  partial  set  of  United  States  publications  is  now  being  sent  to 
the  Central  National  Library,  Seoul,  Korea,  in  exchange  for  the  official 
documents  of  Korea. 

The  daily  issues  of  the  Federal  Register  and  the  Congressional  Record 

65 


66  PUBLIC    SERVICE    AND    INFORMATION 

were  sent  to  136  foreign  libraries  in  exchange  for  their  parliamentary 
journals. 

The  Service  moved  to  new  quarters  during  the  year,  and  is  now 
located  at  1242  Twenty-Fourth  Street,  N.W.,  Washington,  D.C.  20037. 

PACKAGES   RECEIVED   FOR  TRANSMISSION   FROM   FOREIGN   AND 
DOMESTIC  SOURCES,  FISCAL  YEAR  1968 


Classification 


For  transmission  abroad 
by  the  Smithsonian 


Received  by  the 

Smithsonian  for 

distribution  in  the 

United  States 


Number  of      Weight  in     Number  of     Weight  in 
packages  pounds  packages  pounds 


U.S.  parliamentary  documents 

received  for  transmission 

abroad 817,236       373,537 

Publications  received  from  foreign 

sources  for  U.S.  parliamentary 

addressees -  -  9,  389  10, 045 

U.S.  departmental  documents  re- 
ceived for  transmission  abroad .        272,  552       254, 828  -  - 
Publications  received  from  foreign 

sources  for  U.S.  departmental 

addressees -  -         14,  1 18  17,  737 

Miscellaneous  scientific  and 

literary  publications  received 

for  transmission  abroad 150,  081       216,  048 

Miscellaneous  scientific  and 

literary  publications  received 

from  abroad  for  distribution  in 

the  United  States -  -         45, 409  78, 079 

Total 1,  239,  869       844,  413 

Total  packages  received ....    1 ,  308,  785  - 

Total  pounds  received -  - 


68,916    105,861 
950,  274 


Office  of  Public  Affairs 

Frederic  M,  Philips,  Director 

THE  OFFICE  OF  PUBLIC  AFFAIRS,  in  its  first  year  of  existence  as  an 
organizational  entity,  devoted  its  energies  to  broadening  and  enrich- 
ing the  many  channels  of  communication  through  which  the  Smith- 
sonian serves  both  its  visitors  and  the  public  at  large. 

The  major  operating  premise  of  this  Office  is  that  a  great  and  unique 
national  institution  such  as  the  Smithsonian  fully  performs  its  function 
only  when  it  broadly  informs  and  communicates  with  the  nation's 
public  by  all  practical  means.  The  Office  is  organized  to  this  end. 

With  the  cooperation  of  the  Office  of  Public  Affairs,  television  net- 
works, local  TV  stations,  USIA,  Westinghouse  Broadcasting  Company, 
the  British  Broadcasting  Corporation,  Japan  Broadcasting  Company 
and  others  produced  film  reports  concerned  whole  or  in  part  with 
Smithsonian  activities.  NBC  presented  the  documentary  "Man,  Beast 
and  the  Land"  on  the  work  of  Smithsonian  conservationists  Marty  and 
Lee  Talbot — the  ecology  of  East  Africa — and  on  conservation  of  wildlife 
in  the  Serengeti  plains.  The  NBC  Children's  Theater  presented  "The 
Enormous  Egg,"  the  story  of  a  dinosaur  who  comes  to  the  Smithsonian. 
Agreements  were  reached  with  producers  for  further  documentary 
specials  for  television. 

Radio  activities  were  carried  forward  through  such  programs  as 
"Master  Control,"  twelve  programs  on  Smithsonian  activities  for  broad- 
cast in  the  United  States  and  foreign  countries,  prepared  by  the 
Radio  Commission  of  the  Southern  Baptist  Convention,  the  concert  series 
"Music  From  the  Smithsonian"  on  station  WAMU,  and  broad  partici- 
pation in  interviews,  discussions,  and  panel  shows. 

Attendance  at  the  Smithsonian  Film  Theater,  which  presents  weekly 
educational  films  from  October  through  May,  increased  more  than 
fifty  percent,  with  a  total  attendance  of  18,100.  The  slides,  slide  lectures, 
and  films  available  on  loan  to  educational  institutions,  constantly  in 
demand,  continued  to  be  fully  booked  far  in  advance.  Special  film 
shows  were  arranged  throughout  the  year. 

Inauguration  of  a  TV  film-clip  service  broadened  the  Office's  news 
and  photography  programs.  In  more  traditional  news  activities,  206 

67 


68 


PUBLIC    SERVICE    AND    INFORMATION 


Public  affairs  activities.  A:  George  Berklacy  at  teletype  machine;  B:  Margaret 
Dress  dispensing  leaflets;  C:  Mary  Krug  working  on  the  Torch,  the  Smithsonian 
employees  newspaper;  D:  Fredric  M.  Philips  and  Mrs.  Morris  Cafritz  with  model 
of  a  Calder  sculpture  during  presentation  ceremony. 


news  releases,  1 1  in-depth  news  features,  and  35  radio  releases  covering 
all  areas  of  Smithsonian  activities  were  issued.  Major  events  requiring 
sustained  effort  included  the  first  annual  Folklife  Festival  in  July,  the 
opening  of  the  Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum  in  September,  and 
the  opening  of  the  National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts  in  May.  Nineteen 
press  previews  and  conferences  were  held. 

The  Torch  and  the  Associate,  two  monthly  news  publications,  have 
a  combined  circulation  of  10,000.  The  Smithsonian  Calendar  of  Events, 
which  now  features  a  new  and  expanded  press,  is  issued  to  more  than 
20,000  persons  monthly. 


PUBLIC    AFFAIRS 


69 


William  Grayson  and  Ann  Rushforth,  on  left,  screening  a  film;  center,  President 
Johnson,  former  Senator  William  Benton,  and  Secretary  Ripley  being  greeted  by 
Meredith  Johnson,  chief,  special  events;  on  right,  Marilyn  Banner  and  Mary  Ann 
Friend  posting  a  performance  at  the  Smithsonian  film  theater. 


Up-to-the-minute  information  on  daily  events  and  exhibits  was  pro- 
vided to  60,250  callers  on  the  recorded  telephone  service  Dial-A- 
Museum.  With  information  furnished  by  the  Smithsonian  Astrophysi- 
cal  Observatory,  the  Dial-A-Satellite  service  provided  135,250  indi- 
viduals with  information  enabling  them  to  view  artificial  satellites  as 
well  as  other  celestial  bodies. 

Smithsonian  special  events,  another  element  of  office  responsibility, 
covered  a  wide  area  of  presentations,  lectures,  openings,  musical  pro- 
grams, conferences,  movies  and  receptions.  In  all,  a  total  of  624  special 
events  were  organized  and  conducted  during  the  year.  In  addition  Secre- 
tary Ripley  was  host  to  the  diplomatic  corps,  co-host  with  Vice  Presi- 
dent Humphrey  at  a  luncheon  honoring  the  President  of  Iceland,  and 
co-host  with  the  Chief  Justice  at  luncheon  for  the  President  of  Tunisia. 
Smithsonian  facilities  are  becoming  increasingly  popular  for  use  by 
other  government  agencies  for  special  activities  that  this  )ear  included 
official  farewells  to  both  Assistant  Secretary  of  State  Frankel  and  Secre- 
tary of  Health,  Education  and  Welfare  Gardner  in  the  Museum  of 
History  and  Technology.  Other  diverse  events  included  celebration  of 
the  200th  anniversary  of  the  Encyclopaedia  Britannica,  in  which  Presi- 
dent Johnson  participated ;  presentation  by  the  Italian  Ambassador,  for 
the  City  of  Genoa,  of  a  medal  to  the  Vice  President;  induction  of  the 
officers  of  the  Women's  National  Press  Club;  and  presentation  of  the 
National  Medal  for  Literature  to  Wystan  Hugh  Auden.  Photographic 
coverage  is  provided  for  all  special  events. 

In  the  field  of  visitor  services,  weekend  tours  of  the  Museum  of  History 
and  Technology  were  organized  through  the  generous  cooperation  of 


70  PUBLIC    SERVICE    AND    INFORMATION 

the  Junior  League  of  Washington.  Building  guides  and  informative  leaf- 
lets were  provided  to  the  Institution's  millions  of  visitors.  The  process 
of  computerizing  the  Institution's  mailing  lists  to  facilitate  providing 
information  to  the  public  was  advanced  considerably.  In  addition,  the 
Office  responded  to  an  average  of  250  telephone  inquiries  a  day. 


Division  of  Performing  Arts 

James  Morris,  Director 

'T^HE   NEW  DIVISION   OF  PERFORMING  ARTS   waS  foimed  Oil   1   July   1967 

to  manage  and  produce  programs  which  increase  the  educational 
experience  of  the  museum  visitor.  The  "lively  arts"  are  vitally  important 
as  means  of  cultural  transmission,  and  the  selection  of  presentations  is 
largely  determined  by  the  need  for  illustrating  both  popular  and  little- 
known  aspects  of  human  expression.  Such  presentations  contribute 
significantly  to  the  greater  understanding  by  American  and  foreign 
visitors  of  the  esthetic  traditions  and  developments  of  our  national 
culture.  The  stafT  of  the  new  division  was  drawn  largely  from  members 
of  the  former  museum  services  division. 

The  first  annual  Festival  of  American  Folklife  was  developed  and 
presented  in  July  1967.  The  initial  program  drew  heavily  on  the  accu- 
mulated field  research  and  experience  of  Ralph  Rinzler,  Director  of 
Field  Programs  for  the  Newport  Foundation.  It  drew  some  431,000 
people  to  the  Mall  for  a  living  exhibition  of  folk  culture  with  demon- 
strations by  craftsmen  of  pottery,  basketry,  toy  making,  carv-ing,  and 
weaving;  and  by  live  performances  of  traditional  folk  music  and  dance. 
Rinzler  remained  on  the  staff  during  much  of  the  year  and  was  respon- 
sible for  developing  new  research  programs  in  numerous  areas  of  the 
United  States,  including  exploration  into  several  areas  which  had  previ- 
ously been  ignored  and  unrecorded.  During  the  year,  he  and  Director 
James  Morris  were  consulted  regarding  development  of  an  international 
jazz  festival  in  New  Orleans,  Louisiana,  a  folk  culture  center  in  Mt. 
View,  Arkansas,  and  other  programs  in  Virginia,  North  Carolina,  Texas, 
Alaska,  Washington  State,  and  Pennsylvania.  Extensive  effort  was  de- 
voted to  the  development  of  the  second  annual  Festival  of  American 
Folklife  with  emphasis  on  little-known  craft  processes  and  Indian  and 
Negro  culture.  Ten  speakers,  including  members  of  the  Smithsonian 
staff  and  scholars  from  abroad,  were  brought  together  for  a  10-week 
course  in  American  Folk  Culture  that  was  presented  for  members  of  the 
Smithsonian  Associates  in  spring  1968. 

During  the  fall  and  winter  season  several  programs  were  developed 
and  presented  for  the  Smithsonian  Associates.  Among  them  was  a  con- 
cert by  the  Gregg  Smith  Singers  presenting  the  vocal  music  of  Charles 

71 


72  PUBLIC    SERVICE    AND    INFORMATION 


Scene  from  the  Prague  mario- 
nette theater,  performed  in  the 
new  Smithsonian  puppet  theater. 


Ives,  one  of  America's  greatest,  yet  least-known,  composers.  It  was 
hailed  by  local  critics  as  one  of  the  most  significant  musical  events  of  the 
season.  Other  programs  included  traditional  music,  chamber  music,  a 
dramatized  reading  of  the  death  of  Socrates — featuring  the  renowned 
actgr  Walter  Abel — and  presentation  of  the  Kyogen  Theater  of  Japan 
on  its  visit  to  the  United  States.  During  the  Christmas  season,  a  produc- 
tion of  Masques,  A'limes  and  Miracles,  a  traditional  English  mummers 
play  of  16th-century  England,  was  oflFered  as  a  means  of  understanding 
a  past  culture  which  ultimately  manifested  great  influence  on  the 
English-speaking  people  of  the  new  world. 

Sound  and  Light,  a  production  featuring  the  recreation  of  history  by 
means  of  sounds,  voices,  and  highly  developed  lighting  techniques  con- 
tinued in  its  preproduction  stages,  with  final  presentation  scheduled  for 
1969.  Also  offered  as  a  means  of  enlivening  the  total  environment  of 
the  museums  and  the  surroundings  were  a  variety  of  summer  outdoor 
programs  which  included  a  series  of  Wednesday  evening  concerts,  Fri- 
day evening  barbershop  singing,  and  such  special  events  as  a  perform- 
ance by  the  Fife  and  Drum  Corps  of  Basel,  Switzerland,  and  a  modern 
dance  program  by  the  American  choreographer  Erick  Hawkins.  Two 
weeks  of  puppet  theater,  offered  audiences  an  opportunity  to  experience 
the  art  of  Jacques  Chesnais  Puppet  Theater  of  Paris  and  the  Czech 
Puppet  Theater.  The  overwhelming  popular  success  of  these  appear- 
ances encouraged  the  formation  of  the  Smithsonian  Puppet  Theater, 
which  offered  daily  performances  all  summer  in  a  gaily  colored  tent 
theater  on  the  Mall. 

In  March  the  division  produced  the  second  annual  Rites  of  Spring, 
an  occasion  celebrating  the  opening  of  the  museums  during  the  evening 
and  increased  public  service  to  the  visitor.  The  program  offered  examples 
of  the  use  of  the  outdoor  environment  for  city  parks  and  recreation 
centers  and  included  balloon  flights,  exhibitions,  demonstrations  of  poster 
painting  and  collage  construction,  music,  carousel  rides,  and  athletic 


PERFORMING   ARTS 


73 


The  Aylords,  a  rock-and-roll  group,  performing  at  the  second  annual  Rites  of 
Spring  held  on  the  Mall. 


demonstrations.  Congressman  Andrew  Jacobs  of  Indiana  commented  in 
the  Congressional  Record  (2  April  1968)  on  the  ".  .  .  genuine  sense  of 
community,  a  thriving  sense  of  involvement  in  the  heart  of  this  great  city. 
The  huge  crowd  was  friendly  and  polite,  reflecting  an  attitude  which 
comes  from  sharing  common  pleasures.  .  .  .  The  Institution  seems  to 
understand  that  culture  is  a  total  way  of  life  of  a  people,  not  merely  a 
treasure  house  for  academicians  or  a  plaything  for  the  elite." 

The  cultural  activities  events  of  the  National  Park  Service's  "Summer 
In  The  Parks"  program  were  also  conceived  and  mounted  by  this  divi- 
sion. Mobile  art  demonstrations,  jazz  and  folk  concerts,  puppet  theater, 
and  a  film  theater  were  held  in  20  parks  during  a  10-week  period 
throughout  Washington. 

A  total  of  604,500  people  attended  the  26  Smithsonian  productions  of 
this  year,  and  additional  hundreds  of  thousands  attended  the  "Summer 
In  The  Parks"  programs. 

Programs  Presented 

1-4  July  Festival  of  American  Folklife 

5  July  "Music  on  the  Mall,"  Washington  Ballet 

7  July  Barbershop  Concert,  The  Historyland  Chorus  and  the 

Manassanaires 


315-997      O  -  69  -  6 


74 


PUBLIC    SERVICE    AND    INFORMATION 


Masques,  Mimes,  and  Miracles,  a  mummers  play  of  the  Stuart  Restoration  period 
relating  the  story  of  St.  George  and  the  Dragon,  was  performed  during  the 
Christmas  season. 


12 

July 

14 

July 

19 

July 

21 

July 

23 

-28  July 

26 

July 

28 

July 

29 

JuIy-5  Aus 

2 

August 

4 

August 

9 

August 

9 

August 

18 

August 

26 

August 

15 

September 

24 

October 

7 

November 

27 

December- 

5  Jajiuary 

27 

February 

1 

Vlarch 

26 

March 

30- 

-31   March 

21 

May 

"Music  on  the  Mall,"  Jacob  Barkin,  soloist 

Barbershop  Concert,  Arlingtones,  and  the  Marylandaires 

"Music  on  the  Mall,"  Opera  and  Operatta 

Annual  Barbershop  Chorus  of  the  Potomac 

Puppet  Theater,  Jacques  Chesnais'  "Comediens  de  Bois" 

"Music  on  the  Mall,"  The  Summer  Symphony  Orchestra 

Barbershop  Concert,  The  Singing  Capital  Chorus 

Puppet  Theater,  The  Prague  Marionette  Theater 

"Music  on  the  Mall,"  Concerto  Night 

Barbershop  Concert,  The  Counts 

"Music  on  the  Mall,"  Jazz  Concert 

Fife  and  Drum  Hour,  Olympia  Society  from  Basel,  Switzerland 

Barbershop  Concert,  The  Jubil-aires 

Erick  Hawkins  Dance  Company 

Jazzmobile 

Gregg  Smith  Singers 

A  concert  of  "Folksong  and  Style  in  Southeastern  America" 

Masques,  Mimes  and  Miracles 

Victory  of  Socrates — Walter  Abel 

Kyogen  Japanese  Comic  Theater 

Smith  College  Choir  and  Trinity  College  Glee  Club 

Rites  of  Spring 

Chamber  Music  Concert 


Smithsonian  Associates 

Lisa  Suter,  Program  Director 

/^NE  MEASURE  OF  THE  SUCCESS  of  a  museum  is  its  ability  to  excite, 
^^  delight,  and  involve  its  visitors.  Through  the  Smithsonian  Associ- 
ates, the  Institution  has  been  able  to  transform  spectators  into  partici- 
pants and  to  reach  the  public  in  a  new  and  personal  way.  During  the  past 
year  15,000  members  (represented  by  6,500  individual  and  family  mem- 
berships) have  participated  regularly.  Perhaps  their  enthusiasm  for 
Smithsonian  activities  has  been  reflected  best  in  their  phenomenally  high 
renewal  rate  of  89  percent. 

The  membership  program  was  expanded  in  depth  and  breadth.  A 
wide  selection  of  activities  were  offered — dozens  of  lectures,  demonstra- 
tions, choral,  folk  and  chamber  concerts,  exhibition  previews,  films, 
drama,  field  trips,  tours,  mixed  media,  and  other  happenings.  The  Kite 
Carnival,  the  Zoo  Night,  and  the  Potomac  Cruise  were  repeated  by 
popular  request.  New  Film  and  Producer,  Young  Composers,  and  Cre- 
ative Persons  series  were  established.  Among  many  distinguished  guests 
were  Charles  Eames,  Constantinos  Doxiadis,  Walter  Abel,  and  Pauline 
Trigere,  who  designed  a  garment  for  her  spring  collection  on  the  stage. 
Lecture  shows  by  Donald  Brooks,  Bill  Blass,  and  Emanuel  Ungaro  were 
presented  in  cooperation  with  the  Washington  Fashion  Group. 

Highlights  of  the  junior  program  were  the  "Pied  Piper  of  Hamelin" 
and  "Rapunzel"  puppet  shows  by  Rod  Young;  Chekov's  The  Marriage 
Proposal  by  the  Garrick  Players;  brass,  string,  and  woodwind  concerts 
by  The  Dupont  Circle  Consortium;  "An  Introduction  to  Modern  Dance" 
by  the  Washington  Dance  Theatre;  a  "chalk  talk"  by  Robert  Baldwin, 
creator  of  "Freddy";  "A  Journey  to  the  Planets"  at  the  Rock  Creek 
Nature  Center,  and  a  sketch-in  at  the  Zoo.  Experimental  programs  for 
tiny  tots  continued.  Sea  life  workshops  followed  the  popular  Zoo  Morn- 
ing Talks  on  "What  is  a  Reptile?  A  Bird?  A  Mammal?"  Tickets  for 
children's  programs  were  regularly  distributed  to  local  orphanages. 

More  than  6,000  young  people  and  adults  were  enrolled  in  Associ- 
ates' seminars,  lectures,  and  workshops,  in  which  168  courses  were  of- 
fered in  54  subjects,  ranging  from  antiques  to  zoology.  The  curriculum 
was  expanded  to  include  creative  arts  workshops — drawing,  painting, 
design,    drama,    photography,    puppet-and-film    making.    Almost    500 

75 


76 


PUBLIC    SERVICE    AND    INFORMATION 


Smithsonian  Associates  mammals  workshop   where  members  learn  to  prepare 

study  skins. 


scholarships  were  made  available  through  the  kindness  of  the  Ladies 
Committee,  the  National  Space  Club,  and  members  of  the  Smithsonian 
stafT.  The  techniques  of  a  variety  of  age-old  crafts  and  their  potential 
for  contemporary  use  were  demonstrated  through  "Ancient  Crafts  Re- 
vived" workshops  on  stained  glass,  bookbinding,  raku,  mosaic,  and  batik. 

Two  special  week-end  seminars  were  presented  by  former  members  of 
the  Smithsonian  staff — "Connoisseurship"  by  G.  Carroll  Lindsay  of  the 
New  York  State  Museum  and  "The  Inca  State"  by  John  V.  Murra  of 
Cornell  University. 

The  Associates  and  the  Japan-America  Society  of  Washington 
brought  twelve  "national  treasures"  to  this  country  for  a  Japanese  Drama 
Festival,  which  featured  an  art  exhibition,  lectures,  films  and  perform- 
ances of  Kyogen  and  Noh  drama. 

Over  2,300  members  attended  Luncheon  Talks  on  the  Arts,  Sciences 
and  Humanities  and  Tea  Talks  on  American  Arts  and  Ideas.  The  pro- 
ceeds of  these  events  were  used  to  send  Smithsonian  speakers  to  hospi- 
tals, orphanages,  and  old-age  homes  and  to  provide  senior  citizens  with 
transportation  to  programs  here. 


SMITHSONIAN    ASSOCIATES 


77 


Smithsonian    curator    Paul    Desautels    lectures    on    minerals    at    an    Associates 

luncheon. 


The  Associates  and  the  Museum  Shops  co-sponsored  an  author's 
reception  and  eight  sales  exhibition  previews.  Members  were  invited  to 
the  grand  opening  of  the  National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts  as  well  as  a 
number  of  other  exhibitions. 

A  modest  travel  program,  in  which  3,500  Associates  participated, 
was  started  in  fall  with  Walking  Tours  of  Washington.  These  were 
followed  by  visits  to  significant  museums,  historic  houses  and  private  col- 
lections in  Baltimore,  Richmond,  Annapolis,  Winterthur,  Philadelphia, 
Charlottesville,  New  York,  and  Boston.  Guided  tours  were  arranged  of 
Hillwood,  the  Lindens,  the  Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum  and  the 
Smithsonian  buildings  on  the  Mall.  Also  included  were  camping  and 
field  trips — mushroom,  rock  collecting  and  fossil  hunts,  shore  strolls, 
insect,  geology  and  botany  walks,  industrial  and  salvage  archeology 
expeditions. 

The  Program  Director  presented  three  broadcasts  on  the  Smithsonian 
over  Voice  of  America,  wrote  an  article,  "A  Museum  in  Transition,"  for 
the  summer  1967  issue  of  Museologist,  and  talked  on  "The  Concept  of 


78  PUBLIC    SERVICE    AND    INFORMATION  | 

a  Living  Museum"  at  the  American  Association  of  Museum  meetings  in 
New  Orleans.  For  the  latter,  she  directed  and  produced  a  short  film  on 
Associates  activities. 


Smithsonian  Museum  Shops 

Carl  Fox,  Director 

'"p'HE  FIRST  YEAR  of  the  reorganized  Smithsonian  Museum  Shop  pro- 
-*-  gram  saw  the  construction  of  a  shop  in  the  Museum  of  Natural 
History  at  the  Constitution  Avenue  entrance  and  a  book  shop  at  the 
Mall  entrance,  the  installation  of  a  temporary  display  in  the  first  floor 
rotunda  of  the  Museum  of  History  and  Technology,  and  the  comple- 
tion of  a  book  shop  and  sales  exhibition  gallery  in  the  National  Collec- 
tion of  Fine  Arts.  Plans  were  completed  for  redesign  and  construction  of 
the  Arts  and  Industries  building  shop  and  a  book  shop  at  the  National 
Portrait  Gallery  for  early  summer  and  fall  of  1968. 

In  addition  to  the  customary  presentation  materials  selected  by  the 
Director  of  Museum  Shops,  sales  exhibitions  were  held  in  three  buildings 
and  on  the  Mall.  Visitors  to  the  Arts  and  Industries  building  saw  molas 
by  the  Cuna  Indians  of  San  Bias  Islands,  Panama;  19th-century  Japa- 
nese prints  and  drawings,  children's  embroideries  from  Peru,  and  Eski- 
mo prints  and  sculpture. 


79 


80 


PUBLIC    SERVICE    AND    INFORMATION 


,  Opening  of  the  new  museum  shop  in  the  Arts  and  Industries  building. 


During  the  first  annual  Folklife  Festival  on  the  Mall  traditional 
American  crafts  were  ofTered  from  many  parts  of  the  nation. 

At  the  Museum  of  History  and  Technology,  special  exhibitions  in- 
cluded a  Christmas  showing  of  toys  of  the  world,  Appalachian  crafts, 
Track  and  Road:  The  American  Trotting  Horse  (publication  by  Peter 
Welsh) ,  Botanical  Prints  of  Henry  Evans,  Japanese  arts  and  crafts,  and 
publications  by  Howard  Chapelle. 

The  first  exhibition  in  the  new  galleries  of  the  National  Collection  of 
Fine  Arts  was  a  collection  of  posters  assembled  by  Mrs.  Albert  List. 


Belmont  Conference  Center 

David  B.  Chase,  Director 

'~T^  HE  CONFERENCE  CENTER,  which  is  now  ill  its  second  year  of  operation, 
has  been  the  setting  for  forty  conferences  sponsored  by  thirty  priv- 
ate organizations  and  federal  commissions  and  agencies.  Requests  for 
bookings  during  the  more  popular  months  exceeded  the  capacity  of  the 
center  and  a  number  of  groups  which  were  late  in  applying  had  to  be 
turned  down.  With  a  large  number  of  advance  bookings  already  re- 
ceived, it  appears  likely  that  the  center  will  be  operating  at  capacity 
throughout  most  of  the  coming  year. 

Smithsonian  groups  which  held  conferences  at  Belmont  include  the 
Secretariat  and  Bureau  Heads,  the  National  Armed  Forces  Museum 
Advisory  Board,  the  Smithsonian  Council,  and  the  Foreign  Currency 
Advisory  Council.  Several  groups  of  Smithsonian  Associates  visited  Bel- 
mont on  guided  tours. 

Belmont  provides  a  facility  which  is  unique  in  the  Washington  area. 
It  affords  an  opportunity  for  small  conference  groups  to  enjoy  exclusive 
occupancy  of  a  comfortable  and  well-equipped  center.  The  340-acre 
property  provides  complete  seclusion  for  the  center  in  an  attractive  set- 
ting of  rolling  fields  and  woods.  Only  forty-five  minutes  by  car  from  the 
center  of  Washington,  Belmont  is  easily  accessible  from  the  city,  and  its 
situation  close  to  Friendship  International  Airport  makes  it  a  convenient 
center  for  people  coming  from  all  parts  of  the  countiy  as  well  as  from 
abroad. 

Improvements  to  the  center  continue  to  be  made.  Additional  air 
conditioning  has  been  installed,  and  recording,  slide  projection,  and 
duplicating  equipment  have  been  acquired.  Plans  have  been  completed 
for  the  installation  of  two  new  bathrooms  and  an  additional  bedroom 
in  the  main  house  during  the  coming  year  and  for  the  renovation  of 
two  smaller  houses  on  the  property. 


81 


\ 


Smithsonian  Activities 


Special  Museum  Programs 


special  Museum  Programs 

Frank  A.  Taylor,  Director  General  of  Museums 

T^'vvo  YEARS  AGO  CONGRESS  PASSED  the  National  Museum  Act.  Today, 
■*-  requests  for  assistance  from  museums  in  the  United  States  and 
abroad  have  increased  by  more  than  300  percent.  The  Smithsonian  now 
responds  to  requests  for  advice  and  aid  on  museum  projects  and  the 
training  of  museum  personnel  at  the  rate  of  more  than  1500  a  year. 
If,  to  this  are  added  the  requests  for  advice  on  preparing  and  conduct- 
ing special  exhibition  programs  and  for  the  loan  of  exhibits,  the  total 
approaches  5,000  inquiries  a  year. 

Many  requests  are  from  small  museums  which  frequently  are  the 
only  cultural  activities  in  their  communities.  Others  are  from  public 
spirited  individuals  seeking  help  to  start  museums  to  bring  intellectual 
activities  to  their  towns  or  inner-city  neighborhoods.  Many  wish  to  en- 
rich the  education  of  their  children  through  learning  experiences  be- 
yond the  classroom,  or  to  give  their  senior  citizens  opportunities  for 
intellectual,  cultural,  and  social  development  through  the  continuing 
education  programs  which  modem  museums  provide.  Community 
colleges,  for  example,  have  sought  advice  on  loan  exhibits,  on  college 
museums,  and  on  the  content  of  museum  technical  courses,  as  well  as 
on  museum-based  programs  of  service  to  their  community. 

By  far  the  greatest  rate  of  increase  has  been  in  requests  from  estab- 
lished museums,  including  some  of  the  largest  in  the  United  States  and 
abroad.  They  seek  advice  on  new  programs  as  well  as  consultation  on 
cooperative  solutions  of  continuing  problems  of  administration,  con- 
servation, and  collections  management.  These  requests  have  been  stimu- 
lated in  part  by  the  Museum  Act,  but  they  are  much  more  the  result  of 
the  favorable  notice  of  the  Smithsonian's  successful  experience  in  de- 
veloping new  museum  opportunities.  The  Institution's  pioneer  experi- 
ence with  the  Neighborhood  Museum,  its  folklife  programs  of  research 
and  festivals,  its  traveling  exhibition  program,  its  leadership  in  studies 
of  computerized  cataloging  and  collections  management,  its  Associates 
programs,  including  curator-conducted  instruction  for  adults  and  chil- 
dren, its  experiments  with  exhibits  incorporating  combinations  of  media 
appealing  to  all  the  senses,  its  programs  of  higher  education  and  of 
cooperation  with  the  schools,  and  its  developing  competence  in  the 

85 


86  SPECIAL    MUSEUM    PROGRAMS 

preservation  of  art  and  museum  objects,  have  attracted  many  requests 
for  detailed  advice,  for  the  training  of  museum  personnel,  and  for  co- 
operative studies  of  opportunities  and  problems. 

Universities  have  sought  advice  on  the  reorganization  of  their  mu- 
seums but  even  more  basically  on  the  experience  of  research  museums 
in  bringing  students  and  scholars  together  with  the  reference  materials 
required  for  their  studies.  They  also  are  interested  in  the  use  of  exhibi- 
tions to  stimulate  and  demonstrate  interdepartmental  involvement  with 
questions  of  national  concern  which  call  for  university-wide  attention. 
On  the  other  hand,  the  large  independent  research  museums  which  are 
affiliated  with  universities  supplying  teachers,  facilities,  essential  collec- 
tions, thesis  supervision,  and  examination  of  candidates  for  advanced 
degrees,  consult  on  how  to  convince  foundations  and  granting  agencies 
that,  as  institutions  of  higher  education,  they  are  equally  entitled  to 
direct  financial  support. 

Smithsonian  directors,  curators,  exhibits  designers,  conservators,  edu- 
cation specialists,  counsel,  and  administrative  officers  have  responded 
to  requests  from  practically  every  state  and  from  more  than  a  score  of 
foreign  countries.  They  have  traveled  to  Georgia,  California,  New  York, 
Michigan,  Washington,  West  Virgina,  Vermont,  Texas,  Kentucky,  New 
Jersey,  Virginia,  Ohio,  and  many  other  states  to  consult  with  museum 
directors  on  their  plans  for  museum  development.  Their  advice  has 
been  sought  by  international  organizations  such  as  unesco  and  the 
International  Council  of  Museums,  and  by  governments  or  govern- 
ment institutions  of  such  countries  as  Canada,  the  Republic  of  Korea, 
Thailand,  the  Republic  of  the  Philippines,  Okinawa,  several  African 
nations,  Israel,  Tunisia,  and  Ceylon.  The  subjects  of  the  requests  in- 
clude advice  and  guidance  on  administering  complexes  of  national 
museums,  on  planning  the  initial  installations  of  large  new  museums, 
and  for  assistance  in  circulating  significant  collections  of  national 
treasures. 

The  needs  of  the  museums  for  the  services  represented  in  these  re- 
quests were  recently  reaffirmed  by  the  conferees  assembled  to  provide 
answers  to  the  letter  of  20  June  1967  addressed  by  President  Johnson 
to  Secretary  Ripley  as  Chairman  of  the  Federal  Council  on  the  Arts  and 
Humanities  (see  1967  Annual  Report,  pages  14-15).  Of  the  needs 
identified  by  the  museum  directors  and  public  conferees  meeting  for  this 
purpose,  all  have  been  addressed  at  times  to  the  Smithsonian.  The 
study  of  all  these  needs  and  their  solutions,  as  well  as  the  financial 
support  of  training  and  conservation  services,  are  embraced  in  the  con- 
cept of  the  National  Museum  Act.  The  conferees  urged  that  the  Act 
be  extended  and  substantially  funded. 


OFFICE    OF    EXHIBITS  87 

OFFICE  OF  EXHIBITS 

The  Office  of  Exhibits — under  the  direction  of  chief  of  exhibits  John 
E.  Anglim  and  assistant  chief  Benjamin  W.  Lawless — developed  new 
and  diverse  techniques  in  1968  to  present  both  the  continuing  and  the 
dynamic  new  programs  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 

In  addition  to  acquitting  its  public-information  and  educational 
responsibilities  to  design,  produce,  and  install  pennanent  and  special 
exhibitions,  the  Office  responded  to  the  needs  of  the  Institution's  grow- 
ing scholarly  programs  by  creating  many-faceted  exhibits  supplements — 
notably  in  the  audiovisual,  motion-picture,  and  special-devices  realms. 
For  the  most  part,  these  new  activities  have  been  stafifed  from  existing 
organizational  units:  Eugene  F.  Behlen  has  directed  the  audiovisual 
program;  Karen  Loveland,  motion-picture  production;  RoUand  O. 
Hower  and  James  C.  Nyce,  special-devices  research  and  development; 
and  Carroll  B.  Lusk,  lighting  and  special  effects. 

The  Office  completed  73  new  units  in  8  permanent  exhibition  halls 
and  produced  42  special  exhibitions,  ranging  from  single-case  presenta- 
tions of  specialized  material  to  entire  galleries.  Among  the  special 
exhibitions  that  had  international  impact  were  "Peruvian  Silver," 
"Colonial  Art  from  Ecuador,"  "The  Art  of  Organic  Forms,"  and 
"Photography  and  the  City:  The  Evolution  of  an  Art  and  a  Science." 
The  latter — an  extraordinary  documentary  on  the  development  of  the 
camera  and  its  effects  on  society  (especially  virban  life) — was  designed 
by  Charles  Fames  at  the  request  of  Vice  President  Hvibert  H.  Humphrey 
and  was  produced  jointly  by  the  Fames  staff  and  the  exhibits  staffs  of 
the  Museum  of  History  and  Technology  and  the  Museum  of  Natural 
History.  The  great  wealth  of  visual  material  in  this  exhibit,  opened  in 
May  1968,  was  appropriate  to  the  facilities  of  the  revitalized  Arts  and 
Industries  building,  which  last  year  became  the  Institution's  exposition 
hall  for  exhibits  not  specifically  related  either  to  natural  history  or  to 
history  and  technology. 

For  the  Traveling  Exhibition  Service  the  Office  designed  several 
traveling  exhibits  and  edited  and  provided  printed  labels  for  24 
others.  The  Exhibits  staffs  also  prepared  exhibits  requested  by  the 
Offices  of  Education  and  Training,  of  International  Activities,  and  of 
Public  Information,  the  Smithsonian  Associates,  Museum  Shops,  and 
the  Smithsonian  Institution  Press.  With  industry,  the  Office  of  Exhibits 
also  worked  cooperatively,  as  for  example,  the  special  computer  ex- 
hibit done  jointly  with  International  Business  Machines  Corporation. 

In  the  many  special  operations  within  the  Office — including  the 
horticultural  section,  the  conservation  laboratories,  the  freeze-dry  labo- 
ratory, the  plastics  shops,  the  model  shops,  and  the  silk-screen  facili- 


"Photography  and  the  City:  The  Evolution  of  an  Art  and  a  Science,"  a  major 
exhibit  designed  by  Charles  Eames,  opened  in  the  Arts  and  Industries  building 
on  6  June.  It  depicts  the  development  of  the  camera  and  its  effects  on  society. 


A  focal  point  of  the  photography  and  the  city  exhibit  was  the  30-foot  balloon  in 
the  rotunda  of  the  Arts  and  Industries  building,  demonstrating  how  the  first  aerial 
photograph  in  the  United  States  was  taken.  Nearby,  the  photograph  of  Boston, 
which  was  the  first,  is  being  rigged  into  position.  Below,  left:  Charles  Eames 
organizes  photographic  materials  during  the  preparation  stage;  right,  exhibits 
specialists  Joan  Nicholson  and  Frank  Caldwell  working  with  one  of  Charles 
Eames'  designers. 


ties — scores  of  persons  were  trained  in  techniques  that  could  be  adapted 
to  their  local  needs.  Many  of  these  students  were  museum  professionals. 
Among  the  foreign  countries  from  which  trainees  came  were  Australia, 
Ceylon,  Denmark,  Ghana,  Nepal,  and  Nigeria.  The  Office  also  worked 
extensively  with  disadvantaged  young  adults  to  help  orient  them  to  the 
business  and  professional  worlds,  and  is  continuing  this  program  on 
an  even  broader  scale. 

Among  the  non-Smithsonian  museums  assisted  by  the  Office  of  Ex- 
hibits last  year  was  the  Children's  Museum  and  Planetarium  of  Charles- 
town,  West  Virginia,  where  a  workshop  seminar  was  conducted  by 
designer  Mrs.  Deborah  Bretzfelder,  special  projects  supervisor  Eugene 
F.  Behlen,  and  exhibits  specialist  Frank  Y.  Caldwell. 


90  SPECIAL    MUSEUM    PROGRAMS 

Assistance  was  also  given  to  the  orientation  courses  conducted  by 
the  Department  of  State  for  overseas  exhibits  coordinators,  and  to  the 
design  and  installation  of  a  foreign  crafts  fair  at  the  Department  of 
Commerce. 

The  exhibits  editor's  office,  under  its  new  chief,  Mrs.  Constance 
Minkin,  in  addition  to  its  primary  functions  of  editing  exhibits  labels 
and  overseeing  their  typography  and  printing,  participated  in  such 
exhibits-related  activities  as  preparing  the  scripts  for  the  audiovisual 
program,  and  prepared  or  assisted  with  such  items  for  the  visiting 
public  as  five  exhibition  brochures,  a  guide  map  to  the  Museum  of  Natu- 
ral History,  and  a  comprehensive  Smithsonian-wide  exhibits  direc- 
tory— all  published  last  year — and  completing  the  manuscript  for  a 
guidebook  to  the  hall  of  philately.  Also,  work  was  begun  on  a  guide- 
book for  the  Museum  of  Natural  History.  Of  the  7,614  labels  edited, 
5,880  were  printed  for  90  exhibitions  in  24  permanent  and  66  tempo- 
rary halls.  The  remainder  awaits  printing. 

To  other  Smithsonian  museums — the  National  Collection  of  Fine 
Arts,  the  National  Portrait  Gallery,  the  National  Armed  Forces  Museum 
Advisory  Board,  the  National  Air  and  Space  Museum,  the  John  F. 
Kennedy  Center  for  the  Performing  Arts — the  Office  contributed 
services  ranging  from  consultation  and  advice  to  actual  production 
assistance,  as  for  the  National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts,  which  opened  in 
May  its  new  galleries  in  the  renovated  Old  Patent  Office  building. 

The  year's  most  significant  and  gratifying  challenge  was  perhaps  the 
development  of  the  Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum  in  Southeast 
Washington.  Opening  in  September  1967,  this  very  special  museum 
was  the  outgrowth  of  Secretary  Ripley's  statement  to  museum  direc- 
tors, "We  ought  to  try  taking  museums  to  the  people."  The  Office 
of  Education  and  Training,  the  curatorial  staffs,  and  the  Office  of 
Exhibits  joined  with  neighborhood  leaders  to  provide  appealing,  learn- 
ing exhibits  to  members  of  the  Anacostia  community,  many  of  whom 
rarely  participated  in  Smithsonian  activities  in  downtown  Washing- 
ton. Designer  James  Gerald  Shelton,  created  eight  stimulating  science 
and  history  exhibits  calculated  to  appeal  to  the  young  residents  of 
Anacostia. 

Since  the  opening  of  the  museum,  many  modifications  have  oc- 
curred both  in  methods  of  presentation  and  in  the  subject  material 
exhibited,  as  both  the  community  and  the  Exhibits  Office  learn  how 
best  to  communicate  exciting  ideas  and  concepts  in  science  and 
history.  The  Exhibits  Office  quickly  discovered  that  what  appealed 
to  a  typical  museum  visitor  did  not  necessarily  strike  a  responsive 
note   in   Anacostia    and   adjusted   its   approach   to   the   requirements 


OFFICE    OF    EXHIBITS  91 

of  the  neighborhood  community.  Included  in  the  change  of  emphasis 
were  a  more  personal  participation  and  classes  in  such  subjects  as  clay- 
modeling,  painting,  and  casting.  A  pottery  wheel  was  installed  and 
instruction  given  in  the  field  of  ceramics.  Plans  are  ^vell  along  to 
instruct  adults  and  children  in  gem  stone  cutting.  The  equipment  for 
this  operation  has  been  already  acquired,  and  classes  will  soon  be 
started. 

While  these  activities  may  not  be  considered  standard  museum 
approaches,  they  were  initiated  in  response  to  the  expressed  desires 
of  the  community.  Exhibits  on  art,  history,  and  African  culture  con- 
tinue the  more  typical  aspects  of  a  museum,  and  in  the  planning 
stage  is  a  large  and  ambitious  exhibit  on  Negro  history  in  the  United 
States. 

The  experiences  in  Anacostia  may  well  serve  as  guideposts  for 
other  neighborhood  museums  to  follow. 

History  and  Technology  Laboratory 

The  exhibits  staff  assigned  to  the  Museum  of  History  and  Technology, 
under  the  direction  of  Benjamin  W.  Lawless,  continued  its  work  in 
the  permanent-exhibition  program,  but  diverted  most  of  its  manpower 
and  resources  in  1968  to  a  series  of  special  exhibition  and  exhibits- 
related  activities  dealing  with  science,  history,  and  technology. 

Special  exhibits  rarely  require  more  than  four  weeks  to  prepare  and 
rarely  last  more  than  six  weeks.  These  aspects — plus  the  fact  that  the 
exhibits  can  be  mounted  at  relatively  low  cost  per  square  foot  of  in- 
stalled space — make  special  exhibits  ideal  experimental  vehicles.  They 
can  return  far  more  than  their  original  investments  in  evaluating  the 
teaching  effectiveness  of  various  types  of  presentations  and  in  further 
understanding  the  special  relationships  of  exhibit  specimen,  curator, 
designer,  and  museum  public.  Significant  special  exhibitions  were 
"Three  Centuries  of  Peruvian  Silver"  and  "Copp  Textiles,"  both  de- 
signed by  Robert  B.  Widder,  coordinator  of  special  exhibits.  Prior  to  the 
former,  little  of  the  superb  viceregal  silverwork  had  been  seen  outside 
Peru.  The  work  reflected  Spanish  hammering,  etching,  and  chasing 
techniques,  employed  in  traditional  European  forms  but  transmuted 
by  native  craftsmen  into  distinctively  Peruvian  designs.  Religious,  do- 
mestic, and  equestrian  pieces  were  displayed  in  settings  suggesting  the 
ornate  cathedrals  and  the  dark,  cool  interiors  of  well-to-do  Peruvian 
homes.  The  Copp  textiles,  a  vast  collection  of  colonial  and  early  19th- 
century  household  furnishings  retained  by  several  generations  of  the 
Copp  family  of  Stonington,   Connecticut,   ranged   from   furniture   to 


92 


SPECIAL    MUSEUM    PROGRAMS 


kitchen  utensils.  In  settings  reminiscent  of  colonial  Connecticut  white 
clapboard  houses,  the  bedding,  table  linens,  and  handsome  needlework 
were  displayed.  Among  the  magnificent  fabrics  in  the  exhibition  was 
an  indigo-dyed  cotton  coverlet,  quilted  in  the  traditional  pineapple 
pattern. 

Introductory  exhibits  were  installed  in  the  hall  of  musical  instruments 
and  in  the  nuclear  energy  area.  Designed  by  the  new  chief  designer 
Richard  Virgo  the  musical  instruments  exhibition  (open  for  special 
concerts  and  meetings)  featured  primarily  17th-  and  18th-century  in- 
struments. An  ancillary,  but  striking,  feature  was  the  use  of  stereophonic 
lounge  chairs  in  which  visitors  could  hear  music  recorded  from  the:' 
instruments  on  exhibit. 

Alfred  McAdams,  also  new  to  the  design  staff,  developed  several 
exhibit  units  that  will  ultimately  become  part  of  the  permanent  hall 
of  nuclear  energy. 

Permanent  exhibition  halls  in  progress  have  continued  to  reflect  ex- 
perience gained  from  the  special  exhibits  program.  Six  permanent  halls 
were  designed  and — under  the  guidance  of  design-office  manager  and 
contracts  supeivisor  John  Brown — construction  contracts  were  ready  to 
be  let  for  two  of  them. 

Production  facilities  are  under  the  direction  of  William  M.  Clark, 
assisted  by  Stanley  M.  Santoroski;  Robert  L.  Klinger  supervises  the 
model  shop. 


SPECIAL   EXHIBITS 


Exhibit 
Copp  Textiles 
Peruvian  Silver 
Masques,  Mimes  and  Miracles 
Mexican  Prints 
Enrico  Fermi 
Computers 
Chicago  Architecture 
Political  Cartoons 
Tractor  Jubilee 
Presidential  Pastimes 
Father  Point's  Paintings 
Excellence  in  Engineering 
Scan-O-Groves 
Comic  Art 
Bye  Watercolors 
Danish  Glass 
Celestial  Globe 


Location 
Museum  of  History 
and  Technology 


Designer 
Robert  Widder 
Robert  Widder 
Eugene  Behlen 
Kenneth  Young 
Alfred  McAdams 
Nadya  KayalofF 
Robert  Widder 
Kenneth  Young 
John  Clendening 
Barbara  Fellows 
Robert  Widder 
Benjamin  Lawless 
James  Shelton 
John  Clendening 
Kenneth  Young 
Kenneth  Young 
Nadya  KayaloflF 


OFFICE    OF    EXHIBITS 


93 


Exhibit 
Honeywell-Emmett  Computer 
Musical  Instruments 
Israel  Philately 
Historic  Sewing  Machines 
American  Medallic  Art 
Explorer's  New  Zealand 
N.C.F.A.  Opening 
■'Golden  Spike"  Railroad 

Exhibit 
Resolute  Desk 
Recent  Acquisitions,  I 
Italian-American  Show 
Baltimore  Dental  Collection 
Folk  Art  (Cafeteria) 
Halem  Ceramics 
Organ  Making 
Appalachian  Poverty 
Recent  Acquisitions,  II 
German  Posters 
Photos  of  Iran 

Erie  Canal 
Metal:  Germany 
NAFMAB  Art 
Children's  Art 
Photography  and  the  City 
Paintings  by  Tuculescu 

(Romanian) 
Rhode  Island  Recreation 
Finnish  Graphics 
Hirshhorn  Museum  Model 
Brooks-Beason  Exhibition 

World  Craft  Fair 


Location 
Museum  of  History 
and  Technology 


Arts  and  Industries 
Building 


Smithsonian  Building 
Old  Senate  Office 

Building 
Department  of 

Commerce 


Designer 
Nadya  KayalofT 
Richard  Virgo 
John  Clendening 
James  Shelton 
Steve  Makovenyi 
Kenneth  Young 
Robert  Widder 
Kenneth  Young 

Nadya  KayalofT 
Robert  Widder 

John  Clendening 
Benjamin  Lawless 
Kenneth  Young 
Barbara  Fellows 
Benjamin  Lawless 
Kenneth  Young 
Steve  Makovenyi 
Robert  Widder  and 

Kenneth  Young 
Kenneth  Young 
Kenneth  Young 
John  Clendening 
Barbara  Fellows 
Charles  Eames 
Kenneth  Young 

Barbara  Fellows 
Kenneth  Young 
Kenneth  Young 
William  Haase 

Benjamin  Lawless 


PERMANENT    EXHIBITS    IN    PROGRESS 


Hall 
Autos  and  Coaches 
Textiles 
Electricity,  II 
Physics,  II 
Photography 
Musical  Instruments 
Nuclear  Energy 
Wood  Technology 


Location 
Museum  of  History 
and  Technology 


Designer 
John  Clendening 
William  Haase 
Nadja  KayalofT 
John  Clendening 
James  Shelton 
Richard  Virgo 
Alfred  McAdams 
Benjamin  Lawless 


94  SPECIAL    MUSEUM    PROGRAMS 

Museum  of  Natural  History  Laboratory 

The  Museum  of  Natural  History  Exhibits  staff,  under  the  direction 
of  John  E.  Anglim,  assisted  by  Gilbert  A.  Wright,  completed  the  cul- 
tures of  Africa  and  Asia  hall,  which  was  fully  opened  to  the  public  in 
August  1967.  Designed  by  Lucius  Lomax,  the  final  section  of  the  hall 
included  a  Lundi  life  group  depicted  in  an  initiation  dance;  the  realistic 
foreground  was  prepared  by  the  models,  dioramas,  and  accessories  sec- 
tion under  the  supervision  of  John  Babyak.  Another  fascinating,  inno- 
vative feature  was  a  life  group  in  a  kitchen  setting — complete  with 
kitchen  scents  facsimilated  by  the  research  and  development  section — 
under  RoUand  O.  Hower's  direction. 

In  the  adjoining  peoples  of  the  Pacific  and  Asia  hall,  a  new  life  group 
of  New  Guinea  was  installed.  The  background  was  developed  by  chief 
illustrator  Christopher  Reinecke,  and  the  figures  by  John  Weaver. 

A  newly  acquired  spectacular  gold  chalice  was  added  to  the  gem  hall 
(to  be  shown  intermittently,  by  arrangement  with  the  donor).  A  new 
complex  of  gem  cases  was  planned  by  designer  Dorothy  Guthrie,  and 
special  exhibits  were  installed  for  the  mammoth  Lesotho  diamond, 
twinned  diamond  crystals,  a  31 -carat  heart-shaped  blue  diamond,  and 
a  collection  of  jade  carvings.  Nearly  half  of  the  exhibits  have  been  com- 
pleted for  the  hall  of  physical  geology,  designed  by  Mrs.  Guthrie  and 
produced  and  installed  under  the  direction  of  Frank  Nelms,  chief  of 
the  production  section,  and  assistant  chief  Charles  W.  Mickens. 

Work  continued  in  new  sections  of  the  cold-blooded  vertebrates  hall, 
designed  by  James  Speight,  and  on  the  balcony  of  the  dinosaur  hall, 
where  a  large  diorama  depicting  Cretaceous  reptile  life  was  completed 
by  Jay  Matternes.  A  new  exhibit  on  restorations  of  the  skull  and  soft 
parts  of  prehistoric  Zinjanthropus  was  added  to  the  hall  of  physical 
anthropology.  For  the  future  hall  of  Quaternaiy  vertebrates,  designed 
by  Lucius  E.  Lomax,  Vernon  Rickman  completed  reduced-scale  sculp- 
tures of  two  sloths,  a  mammoth,  an  American  elk,  and  an  American 
bison.  A  life-sized  figure  for  the  Cocapa  Indian  group,  in  the  hall  of 
American  Indians,  was  also  completed. 

Peter  Farb  and  designer  Joseph  Shannon  have  further  developed  the 
expanded  concept  of  the  discovery  of  natural  history  hall,  which  will 
be  far  more  comprehensive  than  the  originally  planned  insect  hall, 
embracing  basic  biologic  principles  underlying  the  development  of  life 
on  earth.  Biologic  films  for  the  hall  were  made  by  Kjell  Sandved  during 
two  months  at  the  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute  on  Barro 
Colorado  Island. 

Among  the  many  dramatic  special  exhibitions  produced  by  the 
Natural  History  Laboratory  staff  was  "The  Art  of  Organic  Forms,"  de- 


OFFICE    OF    EXHIBITS 


95 


William  Roberts  employs  a 
rapid  sediment  analyzer  in  his 
research  in  paleobiology.  This 
instrument  for  scientific  research 
was  built  in  the  plastics  labor- 
atory of  the  Office  of  Exhibits, 
Museum  of  Natural  History. 


signed  by  Lomax;  an  exhibition  on  the  religious  art  of  Ecuador,  de- 
signed by  Mrs.  Guthrie;  "Data- Processing  in  Systematic  Zoology,"  de- 
signed by  Speight;  and  "Artwork  by  School  Children  of  Brasilia," 
which  was  prepared  for  the  Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum  and  later 
circulated  in  District  of  Columbia  schools. 

Much  of  the  material  was  completed  for  the  huge  endangered  species 
exhibit,  which  will  open  shortly  in  the  foyer.  Designed  by  Speight,  the 
exhibit  was  coordinated  by  Joseph  C.  Britton,  assistant  to  Richard  S. 
Cowan,  Director  of  the  Museum  of  Natural  History;  Britton  served  for 
much  of  the  year  as  the  liaison  between  the  exhibits  staff  and  the  cura- 
torial and  administrative  staff". 

The  varied  resources  of  the  plastics  laboratory  section,  supervised  by 
John  Widener,  contributed  importantly  to  the  exhibits  programs.  As- 
sisting other  museums  as  well  as  serving  the  Museum  of  Natural  His- 
tory, this  laboratory  produced  faithful  replicas  of  irreplaceable  museum 
specimens  such  as  meteorites,  plant  fossils,  and  rare  bones  of  prehistoric 
animals,  as  well  as  of  intricately  carved  ivory  chess  sets;  and  fabricated 
intricate  scientific  instrumentation;  and  it  made  durable  casts  of  sculp- 
tured sloths  and  of  human  forms  (including  manikins  for  the  first 
ladies'  hall  in  the  Museum  of  History  and  Technology),  and  plaques 
of  Assyrian  bas-reliefs. 


Exhibit 
Encyclopaedia  Britannica 


Early  Religious  Art  of 

Mexico 
Art  of  Organic  Forms 


SPECIAL    EXHIBITS 

Location 
Museum  of  History  and 
Technology 


Museum  of  Natural 
History 


Designer 

Commercial  designer 
Stowe  Myers,  with 
assistance  from 
Lucius  Lomax 

Dorothy  Guthrie 

Lucius  Lomax 


96 


SPECIAL    MUSEUM    PROGRAMS 


Exhibit 
Museum  Data  Processing 
Using  the  Freeze-dry 

Technique  for  Museum 

Exhibition 
Art  Work  of  School 

Children  of  Brasilia 
Flora  and  Fauna  of 

Chesapeake  Bay 


Location 
Baltimore  Civic  Center 
University  of  Maryland 


Anacostia  Neighborhood 

Museum 
Chesapeake  Bay  Center 

for  Field  Biology 


Designer 
James  A.  Speight 
Rolland  O.  Hower 


James  A.  Speight 


Morris  Pearson 


Hall 

African-Asian  Ethnology 

(14  exhibits) 
Pacific-Asian  Ethnology 
Gems  (4  exhibits) 
Life  in  the  Sea  ( 1  exhibit) 
Physical  Anthropology 

(2  exhibits) 
North  American  Indians 

(1  exhibit) 


PERMANENT   EXHIBITS 

Location 
Museum  of  Natural 
History 


Designer 
Lucius  Lomax 

Lucius  Lomax 
Dorothy  Guthrie 
Lucius  Lomax 
Joseph  Shannon 

Morris  Pearson 


TRAVELING  EXHIBITION  SERVICE 

In  1968  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Traveling  Exhibition  Service  com- 
pleted its  seventeenth  year  of  operation.  From  a  beginning  of  touring 
exhibitions  generally  limited  to  the  fine  arts,  it  has  gradually  enlarged  its 
scope  to  include  design  and  crafts,  photography,  architecture,  history, 
and  science. 

Exhibitions  circulated  by  sites  are  assembled  from  many  sources  in 
this  country  and  abroad — from  museums,  institutions  public  and  pri- 
vate, and  collectors — and  each  year  more  of  these  lending  sources 
accept  sites  as  a  means  of  sharing  their  treasures  with  a  wider  public. 
At  the  same  time,  under  the  Director  General  of  Museums,  sites  is 
increasing  its  ability  to  aid  public  museums,  community  colleges,  science 
museums,  libraries  and  other  educational  institutions  in  developing  pro- 
grams for  using  their  temporary  exhibition  space.  One  result  of  this  has 
been  that  the  current  catalog  lists  19  more  exhibitions  than  were  in 
last  year's  issue. 

Notable  among  those  requesting  assistance  are  school  systems  project 
officers  conducting  educational  exhibitions  programs  funded  under 
Title  III  of  the  Elementary  and  Secondary  Education  Act  of  1965.  In 
Lock  Haven,  Pennsylvania,  for  example,  sites  provided  13  exhibitions 
for  periods  of  one  to  three  months,  to  be  circulated  within  the  Title  III 
area.  These  exhibitions,  it  is  estimated,  went  to  40  schools  and  were 


SMITHSONIAN    TRAVELING   EXHIBITION    SERVICE 


97 


Two  foreign  exhibitions  shown  at  the  Smithsonian  and  later  circulated  by  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  traveling  exhibition  service  were,  above,  "140  Years  of 
Danish  Glass,"  and,  below,  "Metal:  Germany,"  with  Frank  A.  Taylor,  Director 
General  of  Museums,  Dorothy  Van  Arsdale,  Chief  of  the  Smithsonian  Travel- 
ing Exhibition  Service,  and  German  Ambassador  Heinrich  Knappstein  viewing 
a  metal  candelabra. 


viewed  by  90,000  students.  And  more  and  more  the  State  Arts  Coun- 
cils are  taking  over  the  task  of  circulating  exhibitions  within  their  states. 
The  Council  on  Leaders  and  Specialists  has  referred  many  foreign 
museum  specialists  to  sites  for  briefings  on  its  operation,  and  requests 
from  these  people  for  loans  of  exhibits  prepared  from  Smithsonian  col- 
lections represent  a  potential  widening  of  the  services  now  ofTered,  pro- 
vided funds  could  be  obtained  for  preparing  the  exhibits.  The  requests 


A  special  exhibit  of  the  colonial  art  of  Ecuador  was  opened  on  15  April  in 
the  Museum  of  Natural  History  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution  traveling  exhibi- 
tion' service  in  collaboration  with  the  government  of  Ecuador.  Entrance  to  the 
exhibition  hall  is  shown  on  left. 


predominantly  seek  science,  history,  and  technological  materials,  dem- 
onstrating that  areas  of  human  endeavor  and  accomplishment  other 
than  fine  arts  play  a  major  role  in  cultural  exchange  programs. 

Increasing  support  from  the  Department  of  State  and  other  federal 
agencies  has  been  received  in  the  form  of  consulting  services,  leader 
grants  to  visiting  curators,  and  general  liaison  assistance.  In  return 
SITES  has  reciprocated  by  exhibiting  the  Tuculescu  paintings  from 
Romania  at  the  Smithsonian  and  subsequently  in  Ohio  and  California, 
as  called  for  in  a  cultural  exchange  agreement  between  Romania  and 
usiA.  Another  exhibition,  "Tapestries  from  Yugoslavia,"  is  now  cir- 
culating and  the  next  will  probably  be  of  naive  paintings  from  Yugo- 
slavia, due  in  winter  1968;  this  latter  is  the  third  under  a  five-year 
proposal. 

About  a  third  of  sites'  exhibitions  are  lent  by  foreign  countries. 
Among  them,  "Art  Treasures  of  Turkey,"  "Swiss  Drawings,"  and 
"Henry  Moore"  were  returned.  "Tunisian  Mosaics"  continues  for 
another  year,  and  Ecuador  has  launched  its  first  United  States  traveling 
exhibition,  "Colonial  Art  from  Ecuador."  Other  foreign  exhibitions 
now  circulating  are  "140  Years  of  Danish  Glass,"  "Popular  Art  from 
Peru,"  and  "Metal:  Germany." 

Dorothy  Van  Arsdale  and  program  assistant  Frances  Smyth,  were 
official  guests  of  the  governments  of  Switzerland,  Romania,  and  Czecho- 
slovakia for  discussions  of  new  exhibitions  for  the  United  States,  and 


« 


Colonial  art  of  Ecuador. 


Donald  McClelland  of  the  National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts  organized 
other  exhibitions  for  sites  while  traveling  in  Ceylon  and  India. 

Cooperation  with  unicef  in  New  York  resulted  in  two  exhibitions 
there,  with  a  third  scheduled  for  fall  1968,  and  cooperation  with 
UNESCO  in  Paris  resulted  in  one  exhibition  currently  on  tour  and  another 
scheduled  for  fall  1968.  The  two-year-old  "Abu  Simbel"  exhibition  will 
be  updated  and  continued  on  tour. 

Once  again  sites  was  honored  by  the  American  University  Presses; 
its  catalog  Swiss  Drawings,  produced  by  Frances  Smyth  and  designed 
by  Crimilda  Pontes,  was  selected  as  one  of  the  top  25  publications  of 
the  year.  Other  catalogs  published  this  year  are  Finnish  Graphics  Today, 


100  SPECIAL    MUSEUM    PROGRAMS 

Colonial  Art  from  Ecuador,  140  Years  of  Danish  Glass,  Graphic  Art 
from  Yugoslavia,  and  Yugoslavian  Tapestries. 

An  increasing  number  of  sites  shows  open  at  Smithsonian  Museums. 
This  year  they  included  "German  Posters,"  "Finnish  Graphics  Today," 
"Metal:  Germany,"  "Colonial  Art  from  Ecuador,"  "140  Years  of 
Danish  Glass,"  and  "The  Explorer's  New  Zealand."  Installation  of  all 
these  shows  was  by  the  Office  of  Exhibits,  under  the  direction  of  John  E. 
Anglim.  "Swiss  Drawings"  opened  at  the  National  Gallery  of  Art. 

Carried  over  from  prior  years  were  68  exhibitions;  29  were  initiated, 
and  42  were  dispersed.  The  1968-1969  catalog,  published  in  May  1968, 
lists  116  exhibitions. 

Exhibitions  Initiated  in  1968 

Painting  and  Sculpture 

Radius  5;  Colonial  Art  from  Ecuador;  The  American  Landscape:  A  Living 
Tradition;  Eyewitness  to  Space,  II;  Contemporary  Art  of  India  and  Iran;  Isleta 
Pueblo  Paintings;  Swiss  Drawings. 

Drawings  and  Prints 

Antique  Maps;  Contemporary  American  Drawings,  III;  Cross-section  of  Con- 
temporary Graphics :  American,  European,  and  Japanese ;  Finnish  Graphics 
Today;  Master  Prints  of  the  15th  and  16th  Centuries:  Contemporary  Mexican 
Prints;  Ornamental  Pen  Drawings. 

Architecture 

The  Grand  Design;  Ten  Italian  Architects;  The  Stencil  Ornaments  of  Louis 
Sullivan. 

Design   and   Crafts 

Metal:  Germany;  140  Years  of  Danish  Glass;  Wood  Turnings  from  India; 
Kaleidoscope  Orissa:  Folk  Art  from  India;  Popular  Art  from  Peru;  Yugo- 
slavian Tapestries. 

History 

The  Carvings  of  Sanchi. 

Children's  Art 
Paintings  by  Children  of  Many  Lands,  II ;  Tunisian  Children's  Art. 

Natural  History  and  Science 

Transformation  of  Space. 

Photography 

A  Photographer  Looks  at  Africa;  Australia:  The  Sunburnt  Country;  Laos:  The 
Land  and  the  People. 


CONSERVATION-ANALYTICAL    LABORATORY  101 

Exhibitions  Continued  from  Prior  Years 

1966-1967:  Islamic  Art  from  the  Collection  of  Edwin  Binney  3rd;  Henry 
Moore;  Sources  for  Tomorrow:  50  Paintings  from  the  Michener  Collection;  Naive 
Art  from  Haiti;  Tunisian  Mosaics;  Italian  Architectural  Drawings;  Graphic  Art 
from  Yugoslavia;  Graphics  '67;  Albers:  Interaction  of  Color;  Cape  Dorset:  The 
Arts  of  an  Eskimo  Community;  Empire  Profile;  Fiber,  Fabric  and  Form;  German 
Posters;  Living  with  Wood;  Victorian  Needlework;  Color  and  Light  in  Painting; 
The  Explorer's  New  Zealand;  The  People's  Choice;  Les  Enfants  de  Paris;  Paint- 
ings by  Children  of  Many  Lands,  I;  Things  and  Other  Things;  Tokyo  Children 
Look  at  the  Olympic  Games;  Animal  Behavior;  Minerals  Magnified;  Prehistoric 
Paintings  of  France  and  Spain;  Ten  in  Focus. 

1965-1966:  Eyewitness  to  Space;  Action-Reaction;  Contemporary  Dutch 
Graphics;  Polish  Graphic  Art;  Six  Danish  Graphic  Artists;  Art  in  Urban  Archi- 
tecture; Early  Chicago  Architecture;  Folk  Toys  from  Japan;  Jazz  Posters;  Posters 
from  Denmark;  Rugs  from  the  McMullan  Collection;  Early  Monuments  and 
Architecture  from  Ireland;  Danish  Children  Illustrate  Hans  Chri-stian  Andersen; 
Embroideries  by  Children  of  Chijnaya;  Museum  Impressions;  The  Preservation 
of  Abu  Simbel;  New  Names  in  Latin  American  Art. 

1964-1965:  Bridges,  Tunnels  and  Waterworks;  Eskimo  Graphic  Art  III;  Pier 
Luigi  Nervi;  American  Costumes;  American  Furniture;  The  American  Flag; 
Colors  and  Patterns  in  the  Animal  Kingdom;  The  Stonecrop  Family:  Variations 
on  a  Pattern ;  The  Color  of  Water. 

1963-1964:  Alvar  Aalto;  Contemporary  American  Landscape  Architecture; 
Birds  of  Asia;  Hearts  and  Flowers;  Religious  Themes  by  Old  Masters,  I  and  II; 
Eero  Saarinen;  Swiss  Posters. 

1962-1963:     Craftsmen  of  the  City;  Paintings  by  Young  Africans. 
1961-1962:     Physics  and   Painting;   unesco   Watercolor   Reproductions;   Con- 
temporary Italian  Drawings;  The  Face  of  Viet  Nam;  Le  Corbusier;  Robert  Capa: 
Images  of  War. 

CONSERVATION-ANALYTICAL  LABORATORY 

The  productive  activities  of  the  Conserx^ation-Analytical  Laboratory 
were  directed  toward  both  conservation  and  analysis  in  proportion  to  the 
manpower  available. 

Conservation  consisted  largely  of  providing  information,  advice,  and 
tested  materials  to  various  departments  engaged  in  safeguarding  their 
own  collections,  together  with  emergency  action  in  connection  with  spe- 
cial exhibitions. 

One  minor  activity  contributing  to  the  welfare  of  the  collections  was 
surveillance  of  the  relative  humidity  in  various  areas  of  the  Museum  of 
History  and  Technology  by  means  of  25  continuously  recording  hygro- 
thermographs.  Close  cooperation  with  the  engineers  responsible  for  air 
conditioning  resulted  in  a  reasonably  stable  environment  at  levels  suited 
to  the  various  materials. 

Materials  tested  for  compatibility  with  museum  objects  included 
paper,  board,  adhesives,  and  plastic  foils  intended  for  mounting  graphic 


i 

102  SPECIAL    MUSEUM    PROGRAMS  " 

art;  paint  for  the  decoration  of  rooms  in  which  silver  objects  are  stored; 
and  insecticide  for  use  in  rooms  containing  metal  objects. 

Emergency  action  was  taken  to  deal  with  wood  borers  and  flying 
termites  originating  from  exhibits  in  special  exhibitions. 

About  150  objects  received  various  forms  of  treatment,  and  analysis 
was  undertaken  on  some  one  hundred  objects  of  wide  variety,  including 
ancient  Chinese  bronze  ceremonial  vessels  and  belt  hooks,  gold  coins, 
slag  from  an  archeological  dig,  and  a  corrosion  product  found  to  be 
hindering  operation  of  one  of  the  Museum's  working  models. 

Most  of  these  analyses  were  spectrographic,  made  on  ten-milligram 
samples,  and  were  semiquantitative  in  nature,  but  some  of  them  were 
made  with  greater  precision  by  x-ray  fluorescence  analysis.  Identifica- 
tion of  minerals  that  occur  in  the  gesso  on  easel  paintings,  in  artists'  pig- 
ments, and  as  corrosion  products  on  buried  or  sunken  objects  have  been 
made  by  x-ray  diffraction  analysis.  Artists'  pigments  have  also  been  char- 
acterized by  infrared  absorption  spectrophotometry  which  has  served 
additionally  to  identify  organic  materials  such  as  the  adhesives  used  on 
commercial  binding  tapes  suggested  for  use  in  mounting,  the  finish 
applied  in  earlier  times  to  a  celestial  globe  that  was  recently  acquired, 
and  the  varnish  found  on  political  campaign  buttons  in  the  collection. 

Another  investigation,  still  in  progress,  was  of  the  use  of  neutron- 
activation  analysis  for  the  characterization  of  sources  of  English  and 
American  pottery  from  the  colonial  period  found  here.  A  technique  for 
the  elemental  analysis  of  small  samples — less  than  100  micrograms  in 
weight — by  use  of  the  electron  microprobe  is  being  refined  in  conjunction 
with  the  division  of  meteorites.  This  method,  applied  to  ink,  may  prove 
to  be  useful  in  investigations  involving  the  attribution  of  old  documents. 

Aside  from  directly  productive  activity,  the  Laboratory  was  engaged 
in  reorganization  of  its  procedures  and  in  filling  minor  gaps  in  equip- 
ment with  a  view  to  increasing  its  effectiveness  in  handling  the  many 
and  varied  tasks  presented  from  six  museums,  each  having  different  types 
of  collections.  As  subsidiary  gains,  this  reorganization  is  expected  to 
facilitate  access  by  other  members  of  the  Smithsonian  staff  to  technical 
literature  on  conservation  available  in  the  laboratory  and  to  the  testing 
equipment  that  has  been  acquired  for  the  purpose  of  monitoring  and 
facilitating  conservation  treatments  carried  out  in  other  laboratories  in 
the  Smithsonian  museum  complex. 


OFFICE    OF   THE    REGISTRAR  103 

OFFICE  OF  THE  REGISTRAR 

The  energetic  pursuits  of  the  many  branches  and  organizations  under 
the  Smithsonian  have  had  their  impact  on  the  Office  of  the  Registrar 
this  year.  Mail  volume  increased  about  forty  percent  over  1967,  offering 
concrete  evidence  of  increased  staff  activity  and  the  heightened  public 
awareness  of  the  Institution  and  its  varied  programs.  In  the  words  of  one 
correspondent,  they  are  "unavoidably  interested  in  ...  ,  send  me  any 
information." 

Eight  clerks  handled  more  than  1,492,000  pieces  of  mail.  Daily, 
approximately  800  deliveries  are  made  in  the  four  buildings  on  the 
Mall,  and  two  truck  deliveries  service  the  seven  buildings  in  other  parts 
of  the  city. 

A  branch  mail-shipping  office  was  set  up  this  year  to  service  the  newly 
opened  Fine  Arts-Portrait  Gallery  building  and  was  amply  justified  by 
the  timely  service  provided  in  receiving  and  shipping  large  exhibits  in 
connection  with  the  establishment  and  opening  of  the  building.  Total 
shipping  activity,  is  shown  below : 

Pieces  Pounds 

Freight  (surface  and  air)  15,  366         1,  740,  705 

Express  (surface  and  air)  1,  724  89,  829 

Parcel  Post  (surface  and  air)  1,  184  10,  358 

The  nations  of  the  Middle  East  and  Africa,  particularly  North  and 
East  Africa,  drew  an  increasing  number  of  travelers.  For  all  countries 
they  totaled  297  and  required  the  processing  of  745  passports  and  other 
documents. 

An  important  role  played  by  the  Office  of  the  Registrar  primarily  for 
the  benefit  of  the  scientific  and  professional  staff  of  the  Museums  of 
Natural  History  and  of  History  and  Technology  is  the  recording  of 
accessions  to  the  collections  and  maintaining  and  searching  the  central 
files.  The  statistical  tables  showing  the  totals  and  distribution  of  speci- 
mens are  given  on  pages  149  and  392-393. 


Smithsonian  Activities 
History  and  Art 


315-997     O  -  69 


American  Studies  Program 

The  AMERICAN  STUDIES  PROGRAM  of  the  Department  of  American 
Studies  was  carried  on  in  cooperation  with  universities  in  the  local  area. 
For  the  third  consecutive  year  an  orientation  seminar  was  given  in  the 
spring  semester,  this  time  organized  around  the  theme  of  life  in  the 
period  of  the  American  Revolution.  It  was  taught  by  staff  members 
of  various  Smithsonian  museums,  with  nine  graduate  students  from 
George  Washington  University  and  four  from  the  University  of  Mary- 
land participating.  In  addition,  two  graduate  students  from  George 
Washington  University  and  three  from  the  University  of  Maryland  took 
individual  reading  courses  with  staff  members  of  the  Museum  of  History 
and  Technology  and  the  Museum  of  Natural  History.  Portions  of  com- 
prehensive examinations  were  written  and  graded  for  three  graduate 
students,  and  doctoral  dissertation  direction  was  carried  out  for  two 
students. 

The  chairman  prepared  a  paper  on  "Speech  Communication  and 
Politics"  for  an  Interdisciplinary  Colloquium  on  Speech  Communica- 
tion, in  10-12  October  1967,  sponsored  by  the  Speech  Association  of 
America  and  the  United  States  Office  of  Education  in  cooperation  with 
the  Johnson  Foundation.  He  participated  in  a  conference  at  Austin, 
Texas,  sponsored  by  the  American  Association  of  University  Presses 
and  the  National  Endowment  for  the  Humanities,  to  identify  areas  in 
the  history  of  exploration  and  discovery  in  need  of  support  for  research 
and  publication.  He  also  participated  in  meetings:  the  Commandant's 
Advisory  Committee  on  Marine  Corps  History  22-27  July  1967;  the 
Society  for  Historical  Archaeology;  the  Organization  of  American  His- 
torians; and  the  International  Commission  for  the  History  of  Parlia- 
mentary and  Representative  Institutions. 

Continuing  his  research  in  various  areas  of  American  history,  he  saw 
published  during  the  year  the  following : 

Washburn,  Wilcomb  E.  "The  Smithsonian's  Graduate  Program  in  American 
Civihzation."  Smithsonian  Journal  of  History,  vol.  2,  No.  2  (Summer 
1967),  pp.  64-67. 

.  "Indian  Removal  Policy:  Administrative,  Historical  and  Moral  Cri- 
teria for  Judging  its  Success  or  Failure."  Ethnohistory,  vol.  12,  No.  3 
(Summer  1965),  pp.  274-278.  [This  issue  of  Ethnohistory  did  not  appear 
in  published  form  until  1967.] 

.      "Joseph  Henry's  Conception  of  the  Purpose  of  the  Smithsonian  Insti- 

tion."  Pages  106-166  in  A  Cabinet  of  Curiosities:  Five  Episodes  in  the 
Evolution  of  American  Museums.  Charlottesville:  The  University  Press 
of  Virginia,  1967. 

107 


The  Amoskeag  millyard,  Manchester,  New  Hampshire.  Aerial  view  made  from 
a  helicopter  loaned  by  the  state  National  Guard.  Such  views  are  of  far  greater 
value  than  conventional  aerial  photos  which  of  necessity  must  be  taken  from 
much  higher  altitudes.  Here,  the  relationship  between  the  various  mill  buildings, 
the  river,  the  power  canal,  and  the  corporation  housing,  is  made  clear  in  a  way 
that  would  be  possible  by  no  other  means.  The  Amoskeag  complex  expanded 
steadily  from  1838  until  construction  of  the  last  major  mill  in  1915. 


Museum  of  History  and  Technology 

Robert  P.  Multhauf,  Director 


T  ATiTHiN  PRACTICALLY  EVERY  SUBJECT  FIELD  embraced  by  the  Mu- 
'  '  seum  of  History  and  Technology,  beyond  those  of  object  and 
manuscript-material  collection  which  conventionally  occupy  the  profes- 
sional stafT,  there  are  vast  areas  that  could  lend  themselves  to  exploration 
by  the  curator.  The  most  pressing  of  these,  in  terms  of  rapidly  disappear- 
ing historical  evidence  is  the  area  of  physical  remains.  While  of  less  im- 
portance and  incidence  in  areas  where  the  end  objects  themselves  are 
small  and  easily  collectible — coins,  stamps,  the  artifacts  of  domestic  and 
craft  culture — most  engineering  and  technological  objects  generated  by 
man's  ingenuity  and  construction  are  large,  uncollectible,  and  with  few- 
exceptions,  not  susceptible  to  a  formalized  preservation  process  except  on 
their  own  foundations.  Thus,  it  becomes  the  technological  historian's 
obligation  to  devote  as  much  energy  to  the  direct  study  of  the  material 
remains  of  original  structures  in  the  field — the  primary  documents — as  to 
the  analysis  of  that  development  on  the  basis  of  essentially  secondary, 
paper  documents,  for  each  provides  understanding  of  the  other.  Acutely 
aware  of  this,  historians  in  the  Museum  of  History  and  Technology  have 
turned  their  attention  to  industrial  archeology. 

INDUSTRIAL   ARCHEOLOGY  AT  THE    SMITHSONIAN 

Because  of  its  traditional  orientation  toward  historical  interpretation 
based  almost  wholly  upon  objects  and  documents  that  could  conven- 
iently be  gathered  within  its  \valls,  the  Smithsonian's  Museum  of  His- 
tory and  Technology  has  been  relatively  late  in  embracing  the  field  of 
industrial  archeology — the  on-site  investigation  of  physical  remains  of 

109 


no 


MUSEUM    OF    HISTORY   AND   TECHNOLOGY 


C.  p.  Bradway  Machine  Works,  West 
StafiFord,  Connecticut,  employed  a 
group  of  standard  machine  tools,  some 
built  or  drastically  modified  on  the 
premises  and  none  made  after  1900,  to 
manufacture  water  turbines.  Except 
for  the  lighting  fixture  and  chain 
hoists,  the  scene  is  typical  of  any  one 
of  a  dozen  small  late  19th-century 
shops  in  the  industry.  The  works,  now 
moribund,  will  probably  be  razed 
shortly. 


factory-based  manufacturing,  processing,  and  extractive  industries,  the 
works  of  civil  engineering,  and  the  less-mobile  structures  of  the  mechani- 
cal engineer  such  as  stationary  power-producing  machinery,  canal  locks, 
and  the  like,  but  excluding  those  objects  and  areas  conventionally  treated 
in  and  by  museums.  The  industrial  archeologist,  because  of  the  relative 
immobility  of  the  structures  in  his  domain  and  the  fact  that  a  few  paper 
records  have  survived,  is  primarily  a  field  investigator. 

Interest  in  industrial  archeology  has  existed  in  this  country  for  about 
thirty  years,  primarily  among  a  small  group  of  dedicated  buffs  and  on 
an  organized  level  in  the  National  Park  Service.  As  a  result  of  their 
efforts  such  significant  industrial  sites  have  been  acquired  and  restored 
as  the  18th- 19th-century  ironworking  complex  at  Hopewell,  Pennsyl- 
vania; more  recently  the  Edison  Laboratories  in  East  Orange,  New 
Jersey;  and  the  right-of-way  and  remaining  structures  of  the  famed 
Allegheny  Portage  Railway. 

In  this  field  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  because  of  its  organizational 
structure,  for  the  present  can  best  concentrate  on  the  recording  aspects  of 
industrial  archeology.  This  is  an  important  contribution,  however,  be- 
cause only  a  small  portion  of  the  finest  and  most  important  of  industrial 
monuments  stand  a  chance  of  being  preserved.  Unlike  residential  build- 
ings, where  adaptive  use  is  feasible,  it  is  only  the  rare  industrial  struc- 
ture— bridge,  canal,  or  mill  building — that  can  easily  be  adapted  for  a 
purpose  other  than  that  for  which  it  was  originally  intended,  and  if 
it  occupies  a  valuable  site  or  is  large  and  expensive  to  maintain,  which 


INTRODUCTION  111 

it  usually  is,  demolition  is  almost  certain  once  it  has  become  uneconomic. 
Thus,  while  a  detailed  graphic  record  may  be  a  poor  substitute  for  the 
object,  it  is  better  than  no  record  at  all. 

Formal  recording  of  industrial  structures  in  the  United  States  began 
in  the  Great  Depression  when  the  vvpa  established  the  Historic  Ameri- 
can Buildings  Survey,  under  which  unemployed  architects  were  hired  to 
make  accurate  measured  drawings  and  photographs  of  a  large  group  of 
significant  buildings.  Although  established  as  a  purely  architectural 
project,  HABS  also  recorded  a  number  of  bridges,  small  mills,  and  fac- 
tories. Today  it  continues  this  work  under  the  National  Park  Service, 
with  an  increasing  attempt  to  document  industrial  remains. 

About  three  years  ago  the  Smithsonian's  division  of  mechanical  and 
civil  engineering,  aware  that  the  rate  of  abandonment  and  demolition 
was  increasing  as  a  result  of  obsolescence,  urban  sprawl,  highway  con- 
struction, and  other  disruptive  economical  and  physical  factors,  under- 
took a  series  of  recording  surveys  to  increase  the  breadth  of  this  direct 
documentation  of  American  industrial  survivals.  In  the  first  survey,  in 
July  1965,  the  C.  P.  Bradway  Machine  Works  was  thoroughly  recorded. 
This  small  Connecticut  factory  had  just  ceased  the  manufacture  of 
water  turbines.  Its  buildings,  production  machinery,  and — most  im- 
portantly— its  manufacturing  methods  were  an  unusual  survival  of  a 
typical  late- 19th-century  machine  manufactory,  for  since  its  founding  in 
1889,  few  of  its  major  physical  or  operational  elements  had  been 
drastically  altered.  The  three-man  party  that  surveyed  it  in  one  week 
made  complete  measurements  of  the  building  and  its  contents.  With  a 
tape  recorder  and  35-mm.  camera,  they  produced  a  step-by-step  account 
of  the  entire  turbine-manufacturing  sequence  as  recounted  by  Mr. 
Bradway,  the  elderly  owner  and  son  of  the  firm's  founder.  It  was 
virtually  a  craft  process,  and  most  of  the  dimensional  and  manufacturing 
information  existed  nowhere  but  in  Mr.  Bradway's  memory,  an  ex- 
tremely common  method  of  record  keeping  in  the  early  days  of  the 
turbine  and  other  light,  limited-production  machine  industries. 

Summer  1966  saw  a  similar  survey  made  of  Dudley  Shuttles,  Inc., 
a  small  shop  in  Wilkinsonville,  Massachusetts,  which  still  manufactures 
wood  shuttles  for  power  looms.  In  1900  this  was  an  industry  of  perhaps 
thirty  manufacturers,  but  today  the  bulk  of  the  business  is  concentrated 
in  the  hands  of  two  or  three  large  firms,  with  the  Dudley  firm  as  the 
sole  remaining  small  producer.  The  firm's  significance  lies  in  the  fact 
that  much  of  its  production  machinery  was  designed  and  built  on  the 
premises,  some  as  early  as  1885,  and  thus  represents  an  unusual  example 
of  a  manufacturer's  own  ingenuity  being  used  to  meet  his  requirements 
for  a  group  of  highly  specialized,  largely  single-function  machines. 


112 


MUSEUM    OF    HISTORY   AND   TECHNOLOGY 


Finished  survey  drawing  of  one  of  the  specialized,  "homemade,"  shuttle-manu- 
facturing machines  at  Dudley  Shuttles,  Inc.  The  machine's  function  is  to  round 
off  the  ends  of  the  rough  shuttle  blanks  to  permit  smooth  passage  through  the 
warp  threads  in  the  weaving  process. 


Here,  as  in  the  Bradway  survey,  it  should  be  noted,  is  exhibited 
one  of  the  basic  principles  for  determining  priorities  in  industrial 
archeology — the  threat  of  extinction — for  the  advent  of  the  high-speed, 
shuttleless  loom,  will  in  several  decades  make  the  shuttle  largely  obsolete. 

In  the  Dudley  survey,  in  which  habs  cooperated,  the  buildings  were 
fully  measured.  The  greatest  part  of  the  work,  however,  was  devoted 
to  recording  the  unique  production  machinery  and  the  manufacturing 
process.  The  Dudley-built  machines  were  measured  and  fully  photo- 
graphed and  the  sequence  of  production  photographed  and  described, 
from  the  raw  persimmon-wood  block  to  the  finished  shuttle — which  is 
a  deceptively  simple  looking  but  highly  sophisticated  device. 

During  this  1965-1966  period  a  number  of  minor  surveys  were  also 
conducted  by  the  division.  Most  of  these  covered  a  series  of  iron  bridges 
of  the  era  1850-1875  when  the  development  of  shop-built,  prefabricated 
iron  railway  and  highway  bridges  was  in  its  infancy.  Of  the  thousands 
of  those  spans  that  once  existed,  very  few  remain,  and,  with  one  or  two 
exceptions,  these  are  in  anything  but  secure  positions. 

These  beginning  efforts  culminated,  in  summer  1967,  in  the  New  Eng- 
land Textile  Mill  Survey,  organized  by  the  division  of  mechanical  and 


INTRODUCTION 


113 


The  Crown  Mill,  North  Uxbridge, 
Massachusetts.  A  strikingly  handsome 
building,  built  in  1823  during  a  period 
of  enormous  growth  of  the  cotton  tex- 
tile industry  in  New  England,  it  is 
diminutive  in  comparison  to  the  huge 
brick  mills  in  the  urban  textile  centers 
like  Lowell  and  Manchester.  The 
Crown  is  typical  of  the  hundreds  built 
along  the  region's  lesser  rivers  and 
streams,  and  is  one  of  very  few  which 
have  survived  unaltered.  The  site  is 
shared  with  a  twin  mill,  the  Eagle, 
built  in  1827.  As  their  fate  at  the 
moment  is  in  doubt,  the  urgency  of 
their  recording  by  the  New  England 
Textile  Mill  Survey  is  clear. 


■ns 

Mfctl 


civil  engineering  and  co-sponsored  by  habs  and  the  Merrimack  Valley 
Textile  Museum  of  North  Andover,  Massachusetts.  Goal  of  the  survey 
was  to  produce  a  full-scale  graphic  record  of  a  selected  group  of  early 
textile-mill  buildings  in  New  England,  the  cradle  of  the  industry  in 
America. 

As  the  first  industry  in  this  country  to  be  systematically  organized  on 
the  factory  system — with  all  operations  from  raw  material  to  finished 
product  carried  out  under  one  roof — it  seemed  to  be  the  logical  starting 
point  for  a  series  of  "industry"  surveys,  for  while  the  machinery  and 
operational  aspects  of  the  industry  have  been  analyzed  and  the  artifacts 
preserved,  little  has  been  done  to  determine  how  the  physical  plant  that 
housed  the  machinery  evolved  from  its  late- 18th-century  beginnings  to 
about  1900,  by  which  time  mill  design  had  become  practically 
standardized. 

The  survey  team  consisted  of  five  architectural  students,  from  univer- 
sities around  the  country  and  as  far  away  as  Hawaii,  who  both  measured 


114 


MUSEUM    OF    HISTORY   AND    TECHNOLOGY 


SCALE    IN    FEET 


Sectional  drawing  through  one  of  the  Lawrence  mills  covered  by  the  1967  New 
England  Textile  Mill  Survey  project.  The  Pemberton,  built  in  1860-61  as  a 
cotton  mill,  remains  in  use  today  as  a  plumbing  supply  warehouse,  and  has  a 
fairly  high  probability  of  long  life.  A  change  in  the  economics  of  either  the 
industry  or  the  particular  firm,  however,  could  result  in  the  building's  obso- 
lescence and  demolition  overnight. 


the  buildings  and  produced  the  finished  drawings.  One  of  the  students 
also  acted  as  photographer.  Much  of  summer  1967  was  devoted  to 
recording  a  number  of  mills  in  the  Manchester,  New  Hampshire,  com- 
plex of  the  former  Amoskeag  Manufacturing  Company,  once  the  larg- 
est textile  producer  in  the  United  States  on  a  single  site.  Most  of  the 
Amoskeag  buildings  remain  as  they  were  at  the  time  the  company  was 
liquidated  in  1936,  and  are  now  occupied  by  a  wide  variety  of  other 
industries.  The  Amoskeag  site,  the  earliest  buildings  of  which  date  from 
1838,  is  important  as  the  only  one  of  the  half-dozen  major  New  England 


INTRODUCTION  115 

textile  centers  that  remains  largely  intact.  Others  such  as  that  at  Lowell 
have  been  ravaged  by  urban  renewal  and  highway  projects  which 
destroyed  much  of  their  value  as  total  records,  and  even  the  Amoskeag 
complex  is  now  threatened  by  an  urban-renewal  scheme — the  main 
reason  for  beginning  the  survey  there. 

A  group  of  large  mills  at  Lawrence,  Massachusetts,  was  similarly 
recorded,  as  were  two  small  rural  mills  in  Rhode  Island  and  southeastern 
Massachusetts — a  type  fully  as  important  in  the  development  of  the 
textile  industry  as  the  great  mills  clustered  in  the  major  centers.  The 
50  drawings  and  approximately  500  photographs  produced  by  the  1967 
survey  have  been  permanently  deposited  in  the  habs  collections  in  the 
Library  of  Congress,  where  they  are  available  for  study  and  use. 

In  summer  1968  the  sur\'ey  is  being  continued  among  a  group  of 
mills  remaining  in  the  once-important  textile  cities  of  Fall  River,  Massa- 
chusetts, and  Woonsocket,  Rhode  Island.  These  will  be  treated  as 
individual  structures  rather  than  as  parts  of  a  unit  complex,  as  was 
done  at  Manchester.  In  addition,  it  is  planned  to  record  as  completely 
as  possible  the  entire  small  mill  village  of  Harrisville,  New  Hampshire,  a 
remarkable  survival  of  the  company  town,  that  peculiar  American 
industrial-economic-social  phenomenon  which  characterized  a  large 
segment  of  the  textile  industry  in  New  England  throughout  most  of  its 
active  history.  Few  remain  as  cohesive  units,  but  in  Harrisville,  the 
woolen  mill  is  still  in  operation,  with  most  of  the  village  dependent  upon 
it.  As  in  the  previous  summer's  work,  use  will  be  made  of  such  tech- 
niques as  low-level  aerial  photography  from  a  helicopter  for  recording 
interrelationships  between  buildings  and  site  elements,  and  of  aerial 
photography  from  higher  flying  planes  where  building  details  are 
inaccessible  or  complex. 

With  this  documentation  of  the  textile  industry  in  hand  it  will  be 
possible  to  achieve  an  overall  view  of  a  single  class  of  structure  which, 
regardless  of  the  geographical  location  or  time  of  construction,  was 
designed  to  meet  a  specialized  requirement,  and  by  this  means  to  ob- 
serve changes  in  the  relationship  between  the  functions  served  and  the 
structural  solutions  to  the  problems  these  changes  presented. 

As  we  noted,  only  a  few  states  and  private  institutions  are  actively 
investigating  industrial  remains  within  their  own  provinces.  It  is  a 
source  of  regret  that  interest  in  such  activity  is  not  more  widespread, 
for  the  present  effort  is  not  enough  to  keep  pace  with  the  accelerating 
destruction  of  even  the  most  important  industrial  monuments. 

Some  encouragement  is  to  be  found  in  the  increasing  number  of  grad- 
uate courses  in  material  culture  being  offered  by  American  universities, 


'r^^x'¥: 


A  team  of  Smithsonian  staff  members,  George  Washington  University  graduate 
students,  and  "friends  of  the  Museum"  on  a  preliminary  survey  of  the  remains 
of  the  early  19th-century  iron  works  at  Principio  Furnace,  Maryland,  in  April 
1968.  A  major  survey  is  planned  of  18th-century  workings  on  the  site  in  conjunc- 
tion with  the  Museum's  participation  in  historical  studies  connected  with  the 
Bicentennial  of  the  American  Revolution. 


particularly  in  the  Middle  Atlantic  States.  In  at  least  three  universi- 
ties— George  Washington,  Delaware,  and  Pennsylvania — these  courses 
strongly  emphasize  fieldwork  that  can  and  often  does  include  work  in 
industrial  archeology. 

The  Smithsonian,  by  means  of  its  interdisciplinary-cooperative  pro- 
gram with  George  Washington  University,  has  been  able  to  influence 
in  this  direction,  a  small  but  avid  group  of  students  who,  over  the  past 
year  or  so,  have  taken  part  in  several  of  our  formal  surveys  and  have 
conducted  several  of  their  own  under  Museum  staff  guidance,  making 
it  possible  to  record  a  number  of  sites  and  structures  in  the  Washing- 
ton area  which  otherwise  could  have  been  lost.  It  is  in  such  methods 
that  the  greatest  hope  lies  for  interesting,  encouraging,  and  training  the 
coming  generation  of  historians  to  have  a  proper  perspective  of  the  work- 
ing relationship  that  should  exist  between  the  physical  and  paper  docu- 
mentation of  American  technology. 

Robert  M.  Vogel^  Curator 

Division  of  Mechanical  and  Civil  Engineering 


Research  and  Publications 
OFFICE  OF  THE  DIRECTOR 

Robert  P.  Multhauf  spent  a  part  of  the  past  year  on  sabbatical  leave  at 
Heidelberg  where  he  continued  his  research  on  the  history  of  the  con- 
cept of  specific  gravity  and  on  the  development  of  industrial  chemistry 
from  1750  to  1850. 

A  book-length  history  of  early  American  navigational  instruments,  en- 
titled The  Sign  of  the  Quadrant,  by  Silvio  A.  Bedini,  was  completed  for 
the  press.  This  is  the  first  of  a  three-volume  study  in  preparation  on  early 
American  mathematical  practitioners.  During  the  past  year  several  of 
his  papers  on  scientific  instruments  and  experiments  with  the  measure- 
ment of  time  have  appeared  in  American  and  Italian  publications. 

The  research  efTorts  of  the  section  of  mathematics  this  year  were 
concentrated  on  the  development  of  the  modern  computer.  With  the  sup- 
port of  the  American  Federation  of  Information  Processing  Societies,  the 
section,  under  Uta  C.  Merzbach's  direction,  intensified  its  efforts  in 
this  field,  embarking  on  a  long-range  study  with  special  emphasis 
on  the  period  1935  to  1955.  This  year's  activities  centered  about  the  de- 
velopment of  relay  computers  and  mechanical  differential  analyzers. 

Supplementing  its  overall  research  efforts  in  the  history  of  mathe- 
matical instruments,  the  section  greatly  expanded  its  bibliographical  ref- 
erence file  on  mathematical  instruments.  A  chronological  file  covering 
the  period  from  1890  to  1945  is  now  available  to  scholars. 

SCIENCE  AND  TECHNOLOGY 

Jon  Eklund  joined  the  staff  as  assistant  curator  of  chemistry  and  Audrey 
Davis  as  assistant  curator  of  medicine.  Eklund  is  working  on  early  19th- 
century  experimental  techniques;  Mrs.  Davis  is  studying  the  develop- 
ment of  medical  chemistry  in  the  17th  century.  Deborah  Warner  was 
appointed  assistant  curator  of  astronomy  and  meteorology  and  is  con- 
tinuing her  research  on  late- 19th-century  astrophysics.  Assistant  curator 
Sandra  Herbert  worked  on  new  methods  of  presenting  the  history  of 
science  in  exhibits. 

The  department's  activities  in  graduate  training  this  year  reached  a 
point  at  which  the  need  for  a  somewhat  more  organized  program  be- 
came apparent.  Hopefully  this  can  be  arranged  without  losing  the  in- 

117 


118  MUSEUM    OF    HISTORY   AND    TECHNOLOGY 

formality  of  curator-student  relations  in  a  matrix  of  course  credits  and 
organized  seminars.  In  addition  to  having  curators  act  as  the  principal 
academic  advisers  for  graduate  projects,  the  department  sponsored  a 
one-day  Atlantic  Coast  conference,  primarily  for  graduate  students,  orga- 
nized by  Bernard  Finn;  it  was  well  received  and  will  be  repeated  next 
year.  The  division  of  medical  sciences  will  be  host  next  year  for  the  well- 
established  mid-Atlantic  seminar  on  the  history  of  medicine.  The  Amer- 
ican Academy  of  the  History  of  Dentistry  met  here  in  October. 

Our  program  of  visiting  professors  at  the  University  of  Pennsylvania 
continues ;  Bernard  Finn  was  in  residence  in  Philadelphia  during  the  fall 
semester,  and  Edwin  Battison  during  the  spring.  Melvin  Jackson  and 
Sami  Hamarneh  will  go  to  Pennsylvania  next  year.  Several  members 
of  the  staff  participated  in  the  teaching  program  in  American  Studies. 

Both  the  history  of  theoretical  science  and  the  history  of  technology 
have  aroused  student  interest,  the  former  more  especially  with  Univer- 
sity of  Pennsylvania  students  and  the  latter  in  the  industrial  archeologi- 
caL projects  directed  here  by  Robert  Vogel.  Any  coordinated  program 
will  have  to  face  the  problem  of  whether  these  very  different  subjects 
can  be  put  together  meaningfully  for  students,  or  if  indeed  they  should 
be. 

A  beginning,  at  least  to  the  point  of  bringing  the  history  of  theory 
and  experiment  together,  has  been  made  in  the  division  of  electricity. 
Finn  continued  his  experiments  on  the  actual  performance  of  historic 
telephone  and  radio  equipment.  John  Miller  spent  the  year  as  a  pre- 
doctoral  fellow  studying  the  work  of  Henry  Rowland,  including  tests 
on  the  Rowland  apparatus  here.  This  is  a  very  distinct  way,  albeit  a 
methodologically  difficult  one,  in  which  Museum  collections  can  offer 
areas  of  historical  research  which  are  not  available  to  most  university 
scholars.  Several  other  curators  are  discussing  similar  possibilities  in  their 
subjects. 

In  the  growing  area  of  industrial  archeology,  several  field  projects 
were  conducted  or  sponsored  by  the  division  of  engineering.  Vogel  spent 
the  summer  of  1967  directing  an  architectural  survey  of  a  representative 
group  of  early  New  England  textile  mills,  preparing  graphic  records 
which  will  survive  the  now  rapid  demolition  of  such  buildings.  Re- 
cording the  material  remains  of  a  particular  industry  rather  than  those 
of  a  specific  area  is  a  relatively  new  practice  in  the  United  States.  The 
survey  was  jointly  sponsored  and  funded  by  the  Smithsonian  through  its 
Research  Foundation,  by  the  Historic  American  Buildings  Survey  of  the 
National  Park  Service,  and  by  the  Merrimack  Valley  Textile  Museum 
of  North  Andover,  Massachusetts.  The  survey  will  continue  in  the 
summer  of  1968. 


I 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATIONS ARTS    AND    MANUFACTURES       119 

In  winter  the  cutting  building  of  an  early  quarry  at  Seneca,  Mary- 
land, was  measured  and  documented  by  a  group  of  students;  the  results 
have  been  deposited  in  the  habs  archives  at  the  Library  of  Congress. 
A  student  recorded  a  fine  grist  mill  in  the  area.  Several  stafT  members 
made  a  preliminary  survey  of  the  Principio  Furnace  site  in  Cecil  County, 
Maryland,  preparatory  to  more  extensive  work.  Vogel  chaired  sessions 
on  industrial  archeology  at  meetings  of  the  Society  of  the  History  of 
Technology  and  the  Society  for  Historical  Archaeology ;  and  in  October 
he  was  appointed  by  Governor  Spiro  Agnew  of  Maryland  to  the  Gov- 
ernor's Consulting  Committee  on  Historic  Landmarks.  He  is  a  con- 
sultant to  American  Heritage  for  their  Smithsonian  Series  book  on 
American  bridges,  canals,  and  tunnels. 

An  impressive  scholarly  publication  is  John  White's  American  Loco- 
motives, An  Engineering  History  1830-1880,  being  published  by  the 
Johns  Hopkins  Press.  This  large,  handsome  book  (528  pages  and  240 
illustrations)  is  the  climax  of  ten  years  of  research  by  White  and  is 
the  most  comprehensive  work  on  the  subject  yet  published.  Articles  by 
Finn  and  Cannon  in  the  Smithsonian  Journal  of  History  illustrate  the 
breadth  of  our  research  interests  in  the  history  of  the  physical  sciences. 

Sami  Hamarneh  returned  from  a  year  of  sabbatical  leave  during 
which  he  studied  Arabic  manuscripts  on  medicine  and  pharmacy, 
principally  in  Egypt.  His  paper  delivered  at  the  International  Symposium 
on  the  Histor)'  of  Medical  Education  in  Los  Angeles  offered  a  significant 
reinterpretation  of  the  role  of  some  major  Islamic  scientists. 

The  division  of  transportation  has  revised  its  railroad  hall  leaflet  and 
produced  a  new  vehicle  hall  leaflet.  A  recording  of  the  sounds  of  the 
1401  locomotive,  made  with  the  assistance  of  a  grant  from  the  Southern 
Railway,  is  available  at  the  Museum  Shops.  The  descriptive  catalog  of 
the  automobile  and  truck  collection  was  revised  and  expanded  by  Don 
Berkebile,  and  will  soon  be  available  to  the  public.  Melvin  Jackson  is 
working  with  the  Office  of  Exhibits  on  an  educational  film,  "The 
Workings  of  the  Wind  Ships." 

ARTS  AND  MANUFACTURES 

Chairman  Philip  W.  Bishop  continued  research  into  the  distribution  of 
economic  resources  in  the  United  States  prior  to  the  Civil  War  as  back- 
ground to  the  development  of  manufacturing  technology.  An  educational 
booklet  was  prepared  to  provide  visitors  to  the  hall  of  petroleum  with 
a  general  context  for  the  exhibits. 

As  a  member  of  the  government-industry  committee  organized  by  the 
Bureau  of  Mines  to  celebrate  the  centennial  of  the  discovery  of  helium, 


120 


MUSEUM    OF    HISTORY   AND    TECHNOLOGY 


Demonstrations  in  the  spinning  area  were  an  important  part  of  the  "Copp  Family 
Textiles"  exhibit  which  opened  in  March. 


Bishop  developed  the  design  for  a  commemorative  exhibit  and  or- 
ganized the  collection  of  material  to  be  sealed  into  the  time  columns  of 
the  Amarillo  memorial  structure. 

During  the  year,  the  research  on  "Living  Historical  Farms,"  conducted 
under  a  grant  from  Resources  for  the  Future  and  in  cooperation  with  the 
Department  of  Agriculture  and  the  Department  of  the  Interior,  was 
completed  by  the  professional  research  staff  of  the  division  of  agriculture 
and  forest  products.  A  technical  report,  "The  Past  in  Action,"  was 
prepared  in  November  and  an  illustrated  report  will  be  published  by  the 
Smithsonian  Institution  Press  in  the  coming  year. 

In  October  a  gathering  of  scholars  representing  both  the  biological 
sciences  and  the  humanities  attended  a  three-day  symposium  at  the 
Smithsonian  to  exchange  information  on  the  topic,  "Eighteenth-Century 
Agriculture:  Science,  Technology,  Life,  Customs,  and  Politics."  The 
symposium  was  jointly  sponsored  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  the 
Agricultural  History  Society,  and  the  Accokeek  Foundation.  Scientists 
and  historians  from  both  the  United  States  and  Europe  delivered  papers 
dealing  with  a  number  of  aspects  of  18th-century  agriculture.  The 
symposium  papers  will  be  published  in  the  coming  year  as  a  special  issue 
of  the  Agricultural  History  Journal. 

In  cooperation  with  Clyde  T.  Lowe  of  the  Department  of  Agriculture, 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATIONS ARTS    AND    MANUFACTURES        121 


At  the  "Copp  Family  Textiles"  exhibit,  Mrs.  Helene  Bress,  a  local  weaver,  dem- 
onstrates how  a  blue  and  white  check  linen  was  made.  At  right,  fringes  and 
the  implements  used  in  their  making. 


the  division  is  attempting  to  provide  working  plans  of  19th-century 
agricultural  implements  that  would  be  suitable  for  introduction  into  the 
more  primitive  agricultural  areas  of  Thailand.  This  is  an  informal  pilot 
project  which  the  division  hopes  will  pave  the  way  for  more  ambitious 
projects  in  the  future. 

Research  continues  on  a  general  history  of  American  agriculture, 
1607-1967.  In  anticipation  of  the  Bicentennial  of  the  American  Revolu- 
tion, the  division  is  undertaking  a  major  study  of  American  agriculture 
during  the  period  1775-1783  with  particular  reference  to  the  impact 
of  the  Revolution  on  American  agriculture. 

The  professional  staff  of  the  division  of  ceramics  and  glass  concen- 
trated on  several  major  research  programs.  Paul  V.  Gardner,  curator, 
completed  the  manuscript  for  his  biography  of  Frederick  Carder, 
founder  of  the  Steuben  Glass  Works.  He  spent  six  weeks  in  Europe 
studying  ceramic  and  glass  objects  in  museums  and  private  collections, 
checking  data  on  Carder's  early  life  in  England,  and  making  preliminary 
arrangements  for  an  exhibition  of  Carder  glass  at  Pilkington's  Glass 
Museum  to  coincide  with  the  publication  of  the  Carder  biography.  He 
spent  a  week  in  mid-December  at  the  University  of  Wisconsin  acting  as 
advisor  to  graduate  students  in  glass  technology  and  ceramics. 


315-997     O  -  69 


122  MUSEUM    OF    HISTORY    AND    TECHNOLOGY 

Associate  curator  J.  Jefferson  Miller  II  completed  his  research  on 
ceramics  from  the  18th-century  site  of  Fort  Michilimackinac,  Michigan. 

Gardner  and  Miller  continued  work  on  the  catalog  and  research  on 
objects  in  the  Hans  Syz  collection  of  18th-century  European  porcelain. 
As  board  members  of  the  Wedgwood  International  Seminar,  both  as- 
sisted in  the  13th  Wedgwood  International  Seminar  held  at  Charlotte, 
North  Carolina.  They  also  chaired  ceramic  and  glass  sessions  at  Penns- 
bury  Manor  Americana  Forum,  Morrisville,  Pennsylvania. 

Elizabeth  Harris,  who  had  been  a  consultant  in  the  division  of  graphic 
arts  since  1966,  was  appointed  assistant  curator  in  November  and  has 
continued  to  work  on  a  catalog  of  the  photomechanical  collection.  In 
collaboration  with  museum  technician  James  Spears,  she  has  been 
studying  the  construction  of  old  wooden  printing  presses  and  preparing 
the  plans  of  a  working  model  for  a  future  exhibit. 

On  his  return  from  a  research  trip  to  Lacock  Abbey,  England,  an- 
cestral home  of  William  Henry  Fox  Talbot,  curator  of  photography 
Eugene  Ostroff  began  work  on  an  illustrated  catalog  of  the  large 
Lacock  Abbey  collection  of  photographs  and  other  items  related  to  the 
work  of  Fox  Talbot.  He  is  also  writing  a  monograph  on  this  scientist 
and  his  photographic  and  photomechanical  inventions.  Under  a  Smith- 
sonian Research  Foundation  grant,  two  special  assistants  worked  full 
time  with  Ostroff"  on  these  extensive  projects.  He  also  continued  his 
studies  on  the  preservation  and  restoration  of  photographs,  including 
the  earliest  processes,  and  summarized  the  care  of  all  types  of  photo- 
graphs in  his  article  "Preservation  of  Photographs,"  in  The  Photo- 
graphic Journal. 

Associate  curator  of  manufactures  and  heavy  industries  John  N.  Hoff- 
man continued  his  research  on  the  history  of  canal  transportation  in  rela- 
tion to  the  development  of  the  coal  industries  of  Pennsylvania,  and  the 
mechanization  of  the  coal  industry. 

Associate  curator  of  textiles  Rita  J.  Adrosko  continued  her  research 
on  shawls  and  European  folk  origins  of  American  coverlets  with  one 
month's  official  leave  in  England,  Scotland,  Belgium,  Germany,  and 
The  Netherlands.  She  also  examined  important  manuscripts  on  weaving 
and  dyeing  in  Pennsylvania  collections.  Mrs.  Grace  R.  Cooper,  curator, 
examined  numerous  spinning  wheels  in  New  England  collections  in 
her  research  on  the  spinning  wheel  in  America.  She  also  initiated  work 
on  a  second  volume  on  the  history  of  sewing  machines;  this  one  to 
continue  the  history  from  1875  to  1925.  Museum  specialist  Doris  M. 
Bowman  was  on  one  month's  official  leave  researching  the  collections 
and  libraries  of  New  England  in  her  continuing  study  of  lace  and 
needlework. 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATIONS CIVIL    HISTORY  123 

CIVIL  HISTORY 

This  year  has  been  marked  by  the  increasing  integration  of  research, 
education,  exhibition,  and  collecting.  There  has  been  a  broadening, 
also,  of  such  recently  innovative  research  techniques  as  historical  arche- 
ology and  data-retrieval  systems.  Involvement  with  graduate-level  edu- 
cation programs;  development  of  improved  methods  of  communicating 
to  the  public,  such  as  by  musical  performances,  television,  radio,  or 
film;  and  participation  in  social-action  programs,  such  as  the  Anacostia 
Neighborhood  Museum  and  activities  on  the  Mall,  have  exemplified 
the  Smithsonian's  response  to  changing  contemporary  needs. 

The  advancement  in  April  of  Richard  H.  Rowland  to  the  position 
of  Special  Assistant  to  the  Secretary  left  vacant  the  position  of  chairman. 
This  had  been  filled  on  an  acting  basis  by  C.  Malcolm  Watkins,  curator 
of  cultural  history. 

Watkins  returned  from  a  sabbatical  leave,  during  which  he  studied 
American  folk  pottery  under  a  grant  from  the  Smithsonian  Research 
Foundation.  In  a  collaborative  project  related  to  these  studies,  Mrs. 
Jacqueline  Olin,  research  chemist  in  the  conservation  analytical  lab- 
oratory, has  been  at  the  Brookhaven  National  Laboratory  conducting 
neutron-activation  analysis  of  sherds  from  certain  historic  sites. 

Salvage  archeology,  continued  in  Alexandria,  Virginia,  by  arche- 
ological  aide  Richard  J.  Muzzrole,  has  been  extended  to  two  sites  in  the 
District  of  Columbia — the  Third  Street  freeway  tunnel  across  the  Mall 
and  the  area  being  excavated  for  the  FBI  building  on  Pennsylvania 
Avenue.  The  recovery  in  the  latter  site  of  a  copper  box  revealed  a 
minor  historical  event  regarded  as  important  in  an  earlier,  more  inno- 
cent Washington.  The  box,  containing  old  newspapers  and  other  docu- 
ments, was  bulldozed  from  the  cornerstone  of  the  long-forgotten 
Temperance  Hall  on  E  Street,  NW.,  and  retrieved  by  Muzzrole.  Re- 
search by  him  and  by  students  in  the  Smithsonian  graduate  program 
in  American  Studies  has  disclosed  that  the  dedication  of  this  cornerstone 
and  its  contents  on  4  July  1843,  was  the  occasion  of  parades,  speeches, 
naval  gun  salutes,  and  the  joining  of  white  and  free  Negro  associations 
in  a  great  celebration.  The  recovery  of  the  box  exemplifies  the  arche- 
ologist's  capacity  to  resurrect  the  immediacy  and  reality  of  the  past  in 
small  fragments  which  can  be  joined  together  in  a  meaningful,  historical 
mosaic. 

Associate  curator  Richard  E.  Ahlborn  conducted  intensive  studies  in 
areas  of  Spanish-American  cultural  history.  After  collecting  specimens 
in  Peru  for  the  exhibition,  "Three  Centuries  of  Peruvian  Silver,"  he 
traveled  to  California  and  New  Mexico  to  study  Spanish  colonial  col- 


124 


MUSEUM    OF    HISTORY    AND    TECHNOLOGY 


Above  left,  entry  to  exhibition  of  "Three  Centuries  of  Peruvian  Silver"  held  in 
November;  right,  associate  curator  Richard  Ahlborn  of  the  Smithsonian,  Sra.  Sara 
de  LaValle,  curator  of  the  Museo  del  Arte  in  Lima,  and  collector  Sr.  Constante 
Larco  Hoyle  of  Peru  unpack  and  catalog  the  more  than  200  pieces  for  the  exhibit. 
Below,  a  portion  of  the  silver  exhibit. 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATIONS CIVIL    HISTORY 


125 


Museum  technician  Betty  Wal- 
ters posting  cards  on  the  Terma- 
trex  machine  for  a  multi-index 
file,  part  of  cultural  history  divi- 
sion's Termatrex  data-retrieval 
system. 


lections  in  museums  and  churches.  His  resources  have  been  increased 
by  Mrs.  Otto  Pike's  generous  gift  of  her  card-file  notes  on  the  material 
culture  of  Puerto  Rico. 

Mrs.  Betty  Walters  completed  a  manuscript  on  patented  desks  and 
other  specialized  office  furniture  made  in  the  third  quarter  of  the 
19th  centur)^  The  Termatrex  data-retrieval  program,  which  she  has 
furthered,  now  covers  more  than  5,900  objects,  permitting  the  use  of 
this  system  to  provide  immediate  information  in  many  combinations. 

Associate  curator  Rodris  Roth  continued  her  investigations  of  fur- 
niture shown  at  the  Centennial  Exhibition  in  Philadelphia,  while 
collaborator  Joan  Pearson  Watkins  added  many  new  photographs  to 
her  pictorial  document  of  California  vernacular  architecture. 

Curator  Peter  C.  Welsh  completed  an  introduction  for  David  Mac- 
bride's  1778  essay  "An  Improved  Method  of  Tanning  Leather,"  which 
will  be  reprinted  in  The  Smithsonian  Journal  of  History.  He  continued 
his  research  on  the  subject  of  American  folk  art  and  on  the  Harry  T. 
Peters  lithography  collection  with  special  focus  on  the  political  prints 
of  Henry  Robinson.  For  the  Cooperstown  graduate  program  in  history, 
museum  training,  and  American  folk  culture,  Welsh  conducted  a  six- 
week  course  on  "Material  Aspects  of  Naive  Art."  In  August,  Welsh 
was  appointed  editor  of  The  Smithsonian  Journal  of  History.  He  was 
a  member  of  the  program  committee  for  the  1968  annual  meeting  of 
I  the  American  Association  for  State  and  Local  History  and  served  as 
a  consultant  for  the  Franklin  Delano  Roosevelt  Warm  Springs  Museum 
and  Little  White  House.  In  January  he  began  a  year's  sabbatical  leave. 

Assistant  curator  Anne  C.  Golovin  completed  a  paper  "Daniel  Trotter, 


126  MUSEUM    OF    HISTORY    AND    TECHNOLOGY 

Eighteenth-Century  Philadelphia  Cabinetmaker,"  which  has  been  ac- 
cepted for  publication  in  the  Winterthur  Portfolio.  She  continued  her 
research  on  the  Harral-Wheeler  House  of  Bridgeport,  Connecticut,  and 
its  gothic-revival  furnishings. 

Museum  technician  Anne  Marie  Serio  pursued  her  study  of  the  1848 
national  convention  of  the  Free  Soil  Party  and  related  political  carica- 
tures in  the  Harry  T.  Peters  lithography  collection. 

Associate  curator  Keith  E.  Melder  continued  research  on  women's 
status  in  the  United  States  and  on  educational  reform  in  the  19th  cen- 
tury. His  major  investigations  centered  on  events  between  1765  and 
1770  leading  up  to  the  American  Revolution  and  on  the  general  cultural 
and  technical  history  of  the  Revolutionary  period.  Associate  curator 
Margaret  B.  Klapthor  did  additional  research  on  White  House  history, 
particularly  on  the  study  of  china  from  all  administrations.  She  and 
assistant  curator  Herbert  R.  Collins  progressed  in  their  joint  research 
on  presidential  inaugurations.  Collins  continued  his  study  of  American 
political  campaign  bandannas  and  kerchiefs  and  began  research  on 
campaign  headgear. 

An  important  contribution  to  numismatic  studies  was  made  by  cura- 
tor V.  Clain-Stefanelli,  who  completed  research  on  the  ancient  gold 
coinages  of  Kallatis.  The  results  of  this  project  were  read  by  associate 
curator  Elvira  Clain-Stefanelli  in  August  to  the  International  Numis- 
matic Congress  in  Copenhagen.  The  paper  will  be  published  in  Museum 
Notes  of  the  American  Numismatic  Society. 

In  October  Mrs.  Clain-Stefanelli  participated  as  United  States  rep- 
resentative in  the  12th  Congress  of  the  International  Federation  of 
the  Medal  in  Paris  and  arranged  for  an  exhibit  at  the  Paris  Mint  of 
medals  engraved  by  38  American  artists  in  the  period  1960-1967. 
Her  proposal  to  publish  "Medailles"  as  a  bilingual  periodical  with  French 
and  English  texts,  thus  contributing  to  a  larger  distribution  in  English- 
speaking  countries,  was  adopted  by  the  Congress.  The  first  bilingual 
issue  is  in  preparation. 

John  Fesperman,  curator  of  musical  instruments,  produced  an  arti- 
cle describing  the  Smithsonian  collections  and  musical  program  for 
the  spring  issue  of  Current  Musicology.  He  is  continuing  his  research 
on  organs  in  Guanajuato  and  Mexico  City,  and  on  the  four  chamber 
organs  of  John  Snetzler  in  the  United  States.  Associate  curator  Cynthia 
A.  Hoover  is  completing  a  paper  on  a  trumpet  battle  at  Niblo's  Pleasure 
Gardens  to  be  read  at  the  national  American  Musicological  Society 
meetings  at  Yale  University  in  December  1968.  Conservator  Scott  Odell 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATIONS CIVIL    HISTORY  127 

is  working  on  a  description  of  the  restoration  of  the  Stehlin  harpsichord. 

Carl  H.  Scheele,  associate  curator  in  charge  of  philately  and  postal 
history,  continued  research  on  devices  for  handling  and  processing 
developed  and  adopted  by  the  Post  Office  Department,  touching  upon 
the  pneumatic-tube  service,  the  Chicago  tunnel  system,  canceling  ma- 
chines, office-building  mail  chutes,  and  wagon  and  automobile  services. 
In  May  he  participated  in  Washington  meetings  held  in  connection 
with  the  fiftieth  anniversary  of  the  United  States  airmail  system.  Dur- 
ing the  winter  he  prepared  a  commentary  based  on  original  research 
for  the  President's  Commission  on  Postal  Organization. 

Scheele  was  appointed  chairman  of  the  committee  to  select  the  best 
article  to  be  published  in  the  forthcoming  Thirty-Fourth  American 
Philatelic  Congress  Book  for  the  Walter  McCoy  memorial  award.  He 
served  as  a  juror  for  selecting  the  design  of  the  1968  migratory  bird 
hunting  stamp  issued  by  the  Department  of  the  Interior,  and  lectured 
locally  on  rare  stamps  in  the  division's  collection. 

Assistant  curator  Reidar  Norby  continued  his  study  of  postal  con- 
nections between  the  United  States  and  Scandinavian  countries  during 
the  19th  century  and  began  research  on  the  counterfeited  Kansas  and 
Nebraska  overprinted  United  States  postage  stamps,  in  cooperation 
with  the  Bureau  of  Engraving  and  Printing. 

Claudia  B.  Kidwell,  assistant  curator  in  charge  of  the  section  of  Ameri- 
can costume,  pursued  a  study  of  19th-century  dressmaker's  drafting 
tools  as  well  as  continuing  her  research  on  19th-century  costume 
accessories. 

There  has  been  increasing  participation  by  research  grantees  and 
outside  investigators.  Frederick  Fried,  an  authority  on  American  folk 
sculpture  in  wood,  provided  a  detailed  report  and  analysis  of  folk  carv- 
ings in  the  collections.  Mrs.  Maureen  Cole,  a  member  of  the  stafT  of 
the  Henry  Francis  duPont  Winterthur  Museum,  spent  most  of  the  year 
photographing  and  recording  18th-century  objects  for  the  Winterthur 
Museum's  nationwide  index  of  American  decorative  arts.  Research 
fellow  Carroll  Greene  participated  in  the  research  and  exhibition  pro- 
gram commemorating  the  American  Revolution  and  collaborated  in 
planning  exhibits  on  Afro-American  culture. 

Associate  curator  Margaret  B.  Klapthor  advised  the  White  House  on 
the  design  and  production  of  the  new  Johnson  White  House  china. 

Many  staff  members  participated  in  seminars  and  orientation  lec- 
tures in  the  Smithsonian  graduate  program  in  American  Studies,  as 
well  as  counseling  reading  students  in  the  program. 


128  MUSEUM    OF    HISTORY    AND    TECHNOLOGY 

ARMED  FORCES  HISTORY 

Research  in  underwater  exploration  techniques  and  documentation  of 
historical  underwater  sites  continued  as  the  major  project  of  chairman 
Mendel  Peterson.  Under  a  grant  from  the  Explorers  Research  Corpora- 
tion, an  intensive  electronic  survey  of  Bermuda  waters  was  made  in 
cooperation  with  the  government  of  Bermuda  and  Edward  Tucker. 
Large  areas  of  the  outlying  reefs  and  fringing  coral  reefs  were  swept 
with  a  late-model  proton  magnetometer. 

On  the  south  coast  of  the  islands  a  new  deposit  of  material  from  the 
Virginia  Merchant  was  discovered.  This  ship,  bound  for  the  Virginia 
colony,  was  dashed  on  the  rocks  and  sunk  in  1660.  The  same  search  pro- 
cedures were  employed  in  Castle  Harbor  in  a  search  for  the  Warwick 
which  sank  in  a  violent  storm  in  1619.  After  several  days  of  sweeping,  a 
strong  impulse  indicating  deposits  of  iron  was  received  from  an  area 
lying  on  the  south  shore  of  the  harbor  near  the  property  of  Clay  Frick. 
Subsequent  exploration  of  the  site  with  the  airlift  proved  that  the 
Warwick  remains  had  been  found  and  that  they  lay  in  deep  silt  in  twenty 
feet  of  water.  A  permit  to  explore  the  site  was  issued  and  it  is  hoped  that 
funds  will  be  forthcoming  to  explore  the  remains  of  the  vessel  in  the 
fall  of  1968. 

Peterson  continued  research  into  the  marking  and  decoration  of 
muzzle-loading  guns  and  other  armament  recovered  from  underwater 
sites.  He  completed  two  chapters  for  a  book  on  marine  archeology  to 
be  published  by  unesco  in  Paris,  a  chapter  on  marine  archeology  in 
a  general  work  on  oceanography  to  be  published  in  the  winter  of  1968, 
and  a  chapter  on  early  shipping  in  the  New  World  for  a  book  on  man 
and  his  seafaring  which  is  being  edited  by  George  Bass  of  the  University 
of  Pennsylvania. 

Museum  specialist  Alan  B.  Albright  continued  his  investigation  of 
methods  of  preservation  of  materials  recovered  from  underwater  sites. 
The  appointment  of  Joseph  M.  Young  as  laboratory  assistant  has  aided 
this  project. 

Curator  of  military  history  Edgar  M.  Howell  and  museum  specialist 
Donald  E.  Kloster  of  the  division  of  military  history  continued  work 
on  a  multivolume,  descriptive,  critical,  and  documentary  catalog  of 
United  States  Army  dress  to  include  uniforms,  headgear,  and  footwear. 
The  first  volume  of  this  project.  United  States  Army  Headgear  to  1854, 
is  scheduled  for  publication  in  September  1968.  Much  of  the  research 
and  writing  for  the  second  and  third  volumes — United  States  Army 
Uniforms  to  1857  by  Kloster  and  United  States  Army  Headgear,  1855 
to  Date  by  Howell — is  complete  and  work  is  continuing.  This  project  is 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATIONS— ARMED    FORCES    HISTORY  129 


Dana  M.  Wegner,  a  summer  intern, 
taking  the  hull  lines  off  a  half-model 
of  an  unidentified  monitor. 


being  performed  in  conjunction  with  a  comprehensive  recataloging  and 
documenting  of  the  uniform  collections.  It  is  a  highly  significant  under- 
taking in  that  the  uniform  collections  of  the  division  are  the  most 
comprehensive  in  America.  In  connection  with  the  project,  Kloster 
performed  research  in  the  New  York  Historical  Society  and  the  Museum 
of  the  City  of  New  York. 

Howell  continued  his  study  of  contemporary  military  graphics  and 
completed  an  article  on  the  combat  art  of  Harvey  Dunn  for  publication 
in  The  Smithsonian  Journal  of  History. 

Associate  curator  Craddock  R.  Coins,  Jr.,  concentrated  on  the  prepa- 
ration of  a  detailed  documentary  catalog  of  patent  models  in  the  firearms 
collection,  assembling  patent  drawings,  specifications,  affidavits,  and 
other  documentary  material  from  the  National  Archives  and  the 
Patent  Office. 

In  support  of  the  American  Studies  Program,  Howell  lectured  on  the 
Revolutionary  Army. 

Naval  curator  Philip  K.  Lundeberg  published  an  extended  article 
m  which  he  demonstrated  that  mine  and  submarine  warfare  during 
World  War  I  exerted  a  crippling  influence  upon  the  Allies'  peripheral 
strategy,  frustrating  Western  efforts  via  the  Dardanelles  and  the  Baltic 


130  MUSEUM    OF    HISTORY    AND    TECHNOLOGY 

to  establish  a  common  maritime  front  with  Tsarist  Russia.  He  also  pub- 
lished a  study  on  the  United  States  response  to  tonnage  warfare. 

Museum  specialist  Howard  P.  Hoffman  continued  work  on  a  superbly 
detailed  model  of  the  Continental  gondola  Philadelphia,  plans  of  which 
will  appear  in  a  forthcoming  publication  on  Benedict  Arnold's  Cham- 
plain  squadron.  Besides  assisting  the  Japanese  television  industry  in 
preparing  footage  for  a  centennial  series  commemorating  the  Mejii 
Restoration,  the  division  of  Naval  History  sponsored  a  lecture  by  Rear 
Admiral  John  D.  Hayes  on  "Sea  Power  in  the  Civil  War  and  Today: 
the  Du  Pont  Letters,"  in  cooperation  with  the  Naval  Historical  Founda- 
tion and  the  American  Military  Institute. 


Staff  Publications 

OFFICE    OF    THE    DIRECTOR 

Bedini,  Silvio  A.   "The  Aerial  Telescope."     Technology  and  Culture,  vol.  8, 

no.  3  (July  1967),  pp.  395-401,  1  pi. 
.     "Galileo  Galilei  and  the  Measure  of  Time."     Pages  1-40  (13  illustr. ) 

in   Saggi   Su   Galileo   Galilei    (Comitato   Nazionale   per   le   Manifestazioni 

Celeb rative  del  IV  Centenario  della  Nasciti  di  Galileo  Galilei).     Florence: 

G.  Barbera,  1967. 
.      "The  Perspective  Machine  of  Wentzel  Jamnitzer."     Technology  and 

Culture,  vol.  9,  no.  2  (April  1968),  pp.  197-202,  2  pis. 
.     "The  Instruments  of  Galileo  Galilei."     Chapter  13   (pp.  256-292)  in 

Galileo,  Man  of  Science.     Edit.  Ernan  McMullin.     New  York:  Basic  Books, 

Inc.,   1968.  7  pis. 


SCIENCE    AND    TECHNOLOGY 

Cannon,  Walter  F.  "P.  S.  If  I  Find  Out  What  Truth  Is,  I'll  Drop  You  a 
Line."  Smithsonian  Journal  of  History,  vol.  2,  no.  2,  (summer  1967),  pp. 
1-24. 

.     "Darwin's  Vision  in  On  The  Origin  of  Species."     Pages  154—173  in 

The  Art  of  Victorian  Prose,  edit.  George  Levine  and  William  Madden.  New 
York:  Oxford  Univ.  Press,  1968. 

Chapelle,  Howard  I.  Search  for  Speed  Under  Sail,  1700-1855.  New  York: 
W.  W.  Norton  &  Co.,  Inc.,  1967.  453  pp.,  illustr. 

Finn,  Bernard  S.  "Alexander  Graham  Bell's  Experiments  with  the  Variable- 
Resistance  Transmitter."  Smithsonian  Journal  of  History  (Winter  1967), 
vol.  1,  no.  4,  pp.  1-16. 

.  "Electronic  Communications."  Chapter  19  (pp.  293-309)  in  Technol- 
ogy in  Western  Civilization. 

.     "Thomson's  Dilemma."     Physics  Today   (September  1967),  vol.   20, 


pp.  54-59. 
Hamarneh,    Sami   K.     History    of   Arabic   Medicine   and   Pharmacy.     88   pp. 
(English  text),  112  pp.  (Arabic  text).     Cairo:    al-Mahasin  Press,  1967. 


STAFF    PUBLICATIONS  131 

.  "Modem  historiography  and  medieval  Arabic  pharmaceutical  litera- 
ture." Pharmaceutical  Historiography,  Proceedings  of  a  Colloquium  Spon- 
sored by  the  American  Institute  of  the  History  of  Pharmacy,  pp.  53-69, 
124-126,  1967. 

.     "The  National  Library  at  Cairo,  the  greatest  center  of  learning  of  its 


kind  in  the  Middle  East."     Mid  East,  vol.  7,  no.  8   (October  1967),  pp. 

11-16. 
VoGELj  Robert  M.      "Industrial  Archaeology  at  the  Smithsonian  Institution: 

An  Interim  Report."      Technology  and  Culture,  vol.  8,  no.  3,  6  illustr.,  1967. 
.     "Industrial  Archaeology — A  Continuous  Past."  Historic  Preservation, 

vol.  19,  no.  2,  pp.  68-75,  4  illustr.,  1967. 
.     "The  New  England  Textile  Mill   Survey."     Historical  Archaeology, 


vol.  l,no.  l,pp.  34-36,  1968. 

Warner,  Deborah  J.  "The  American  Photographical  Society  and  the  Early 
History  of  Astronomical  Photography  in  America."  Photographic  Science 
and  Engineering,  vol.  11,  no.  5   (September-October  1967),  pp.  342-347. 

White,  John  H.  "Septimus  Norris  and  the  Origins  of  the  Ten  Wheel  Loco- 
motive."    Technology  and  Culture,  vol.  9,  no.  1  (January  1968),  pp.  55-62. 

.      "Old   Ironsides,   Baldwin's   First  Locomotive."     Bulletin    118   of   the 

Railway  and  Locomotive  Historical  Society  (April  1968),  pp.  85-87. 

.      "The  Janus:    A  Locomotive's  History  Revised."     American  Railroad 

Journal,  vol.  2  (1967-1968),  pp.  8-15.  (Reprinted  from  Journal  of  Trans- 
port History,  pp.  9-15.) 


ARTS    AND    MANUFACTURES 

Adrosko,  Rita  J.  Natural  Dyes  in  the  United  States.  (U.S.  National  Museum 
Bulletin  281),   159  pp.   Washington:    Smithsonian  Institution  Press,   1968. 

Cooper,  Grace  R.  The  Invention  of  the  Sewing  Machine.  U.S.  National 
Museum  Bulletin,  no.  254,  162  pp.  Washington:  Smithsonian  Institution 
Press,  1968. 

Harris,  Elizabeth  M.  "Sir  William  Congreve  and  his  Compound-Plate  Print- 
ing. Paper  71  in  Contributions  from  the  Museum  of  History  and  Tech- 
nology (U.S.  National  Museum  Bulletin,  no.  252),  pp.  69-88.  Washington: 
Smithsonian  Institution  Press,  1967. 

Hoffman,  John  N.  "Anthracite  in  the  Lehigh  Valley  of  Pennsylvania,  1820- 
45."  Paper  72  in  Contributions  from  the  Museum  of  History  and  Tech- 
nology (U.S.  National  Museum  Bulletin,  no.  252),  pp.  91-141.  Wash- 
ington: Smithsonian  Institution  Press,  1968. 

McHuGH,  Maureen  C.  "Conservation  Challenge:  A  Seventh-Century  Linen 
Handkerchief".     Museum  News,  vol.  46,  no.  6  (February  1968),  p.  47-51. 

Miller,  J.  Jefferson  II.  "A  Tournay  Portrait  Bust."  Smithsonian  Journal  of 
History,  vol.  2,  no.  1  (Spring  1967),  p.  67. 

Ostroff,  Eugene.  "Preservation  of  photographs."  The  Photographic  Jour- 
nal, vol.  107,  no.  10  (October  1967),  pp.  309-314. 

Peterson,  Gale  E.  "The  Discovery  and  Development  of  2,  4— D."  Agri- 
cultural History  (July  1967),vol.  41,  pp.  243-253. 

.     "Living  Historical  Farms :  A  Feasibility  Study."     Smithsonian  Journal 

of  History,  vol.  2,  no.  2  (Summer  1967),  pp.  72-76. 


132  MUSEUM    OF    HISTORY    AND    TECHNOLOGY 

ScHLEBECKER,  JoHN  T.     "Agrarianlsm."     Handbook  of  World  History.     New 
York:   Philosophical  Library,  1967. 

.      "Gild    system."     Handbook    of    World   History.     New   York:    Philo- 
sophical Library,  1967. 

.      "Populism."     Handbook  of  World  History.     New  York:  Philosophical 

Library,  1967. 

.     "Agriculture  in   Western   Nebraska,    1906-1966."     Nebraska  History 

(Autumn  1967),  vol.  48,  p.  249-266. 

"Henry  Ford's  Tractor."     Smithsonian  Journal  of  History,  vol.  2,  no.  2 


(Summer  1967),  pp.  63-64. 

Wessel,  Thomas  R.  "Agrarian  reform."  Handbook  of  World  History.  New 
York:  Philosophical  Library,  1967. 

.  "Squirearchy."  Handbook  of  World  History.  New  York:  Philo- 
sophical Library,  1967. 

.      "The  Honey  Bee."      (Smithsonian  Information  Leaflet  482)    16  pp., 

1967. 

.  "Commerce."  Handbook  of  World  History.  New  York:  Philosophi- 
cal Library,  1967. 

CIVIL    HISTORY 

Ahlborn,  Richard  E.  "Death  Cart."  Smithsonian  Journal  of  History,  vol.  2, 
no.  1  (Spring  1967),  pp.  74-76. 

.     "Robards  Collection  of  Retablos."     Smithsonian  Journal  of  History, 

vol.  2,  no.  2  (Summer  1967),  pp.  67-69. 

.     Three    Centuries    of   Peruvian   Silver.     Exhibition   catalogue.   Edited 

catalogue,  provided  title  article  and  checklist  of  objects,  pp.  33-36,  41-62. 
Lima,  Peru.  November  1967. 

.      "The   Pentente   Moradas   of  Abiquiu."      Paper   63    in    Contributions 

from  the  Museum  of  History  and  Technology  (U.S.  National  Museum  Bul- 
letin, no.  250),  pp.  121-167.  Washington:  Smithsonian  Institution  Press, 
1967. 

.      "Survivals  of  Spanish  Crafts  in  New  Mexico."     Pages  13-14  in  1968 


Festival  of  American  Folklife.     Washington:  Smithsonian  Institution,  1968. 
Clain-Stefanelli,  Elvira.      "The  United  States,  Canada,  Central  and  South 

America."     Pages  210-217  in  vol.  3  of  .4  Survey  of  Numismatic  Research 

1960-1965.     Copenhagen,  1967. 
.      "Etats-Unis."     Pages    97-114    in    Exposition    internationale    de    la 

medaille  actuelle.  Paris,  1967. 
Clain-Stefanelli,  Vladimir.      "Numismatics  Re-Examined."     The  Canadian 

Numismatic  Journal,  pp.  361-364,  1967.  Reprinted  with  minor  changes  in 

Coin  and  Medal  News  (Johannesburg),  1967,  pp.  9-11;  and  the  Australian 

Coin  World,  1968,  pp.  97-100. 
.      "Coins  and  Coin  Collecting."      Pages  374-375  in  The  New  Book  of 

Knowledge.     New  York:  Grolier. 
Fesperman^    John     T.     "Report    from     Washington."      Current    Musicology 

(Spring  1968),  no.  6,  pp.  63-65. 
GoLoviN,  Anne  C.      "William  Wood  Thackara,  Volunteer  in  the  War  of  1812." 

The  Pennsylvania  Magazine  of  History  and  Biobgraphy,  vol.  91,  no.  3,  pp. 

299-325,  1967. 


STAFF    PUBLICATIONS  133 

Gordon,  Leo.  "Early  Russian  Periodicals  at  the  Smithsonian  Institution." 
The  Journal  of  Rossica  Society  of  Russian  Philately,  no.  72,  pp.  58-62, 
(1967). 

Hoover,  Cynthia  Adams.  "Barak  Norman  Viol."  Journal  of  the  Viola  da 
Gamba  Society  of  America,  vol.  4,  pp.  50-52,  3  pi.,  1967. 

.     "Music  at  the  Smithsonian."     Smithsonian  Journal  of  History,  vol.  2, 

no.  1  (Spring  1967),  pp.  55-66,  13  illustr. 

Klapthor,  Margaret  B.  "Maryland's  Presidential  First  Ladies  from  Calvert 
County."     17  pp.     Calvert  County  (Maryland)  Historical  Society,  1967. 

.     "White  House  China  of  the  Lincoln  Administration."     Paper  62  in 

Contributions  from  the  Museum  of  History  and  Technology  (U.S.  National 
Museum  Bulletin,  no.  250),  pp.  109-120.  Washington:  Smithsonian 
Institution  Press,  1967. 

Melder,  Keith  E.  "Forerunners  of  Freedom:  the  Grimke  Sisters  in  Massa- 
chusetts." Essex  Institute  Historical  Collections,  vol.  103,  pp.  223-249, 
July  1967. 

.     "Ladies   Bountiful:    Organized  Women's   Benevolence   in  Early   19th 

Century  America."     New  York  History,  vol.  48,  pp.  231-254,  July  1967. 

NoRBY,  Reidar.  "Norwegian  "Local"  Stamps — on  Madagascar."  The  Post- 
horn,  vol.  24,  no.  3  (July  1967),  pp.  41-50.  Reprinted  in  Society  of 
Philatelic  Americans  Journal,  vol.  30,  no.  4  (December  1967),  pp.  221-231. 

.     "Finnish    'Colonists'    in    Sweden."     The    Posthorn,    vol.    24,    no.    4 

(September  1967),  p.  72. 

.     "An  Answer  to  the  Stamp  Theft  Problem."     The  Posthorn,  vol.  25, 

no.   1    (February  1968),  pp.  1-6. 

.     "The  Swedish  Lbr  Cancellations."     Scandinavian  Scribe,  vol.  4,  no.  4 

(March  1968),  pp.  64-65. 

.     "Norway — Coat  of  Arms  Issue,  1863-66:   One  Original  Drawing  for 

all  Denominations."  The  Posthorn,  vol.  25,  nos.  1  and  2  (February  and 
AprU  1968),  pp.  7-18,  31-42. 

.     "The   Scandinavian   Stamp   Lexicon."     Scandinavian   Scribe,  vol.   3, 


(1967),  pp.  173-176,  195-198;  vol.  4  (1968),  pp.  7-10,  27-30,  47-50, 
89-92. 

Odel,  J.  Scott.  "The  Appalachian  Dulcimer."  Pages  30-31  in  1968  Festival 
of  American  Folklife.     Washington:  Smithsonian  Institution,  1968. 

Roth,  Rodris.  Floor  Coverings  in  18th-Century  America.  Paper  59  in  Con- 
tributions from  the  Museum  of  History  and  Technology  (U.S.  National 
Museum  Bulletin,  no.  250),  pp.  1-64.  Washington:  Smithsonian  Institution 
Press,  1968. 

.     "A  Room  from  Martha's  Vineyard  at  the  Smithsonian   Institution." 

The  Dukes  County  Intelligencer,  vol.  9,  no.  1   (August  1967),  pp.  1-22. 

Scheele,  Carl  H.  The  First  Air  Mail.  Smithsonian  Journal  of  History,  vol.  1, 
no.  4  (Winter  1967),  pp.  74-75. 

.      "On    the    'Wilderness'    of   Philatelic    Scholarship."     Pages    13-21    in 

Thirty-Third  American  Philatelic  Congress  Book,  1967. 

.  Owney,  Mascot  of  the  Railway  Mail  Service.  Smithsonian  Informa- 
tion Leaflet  506,  7  pp.,  1967. 

.     "The  National  Postage  Stamp  Collection :    Smithsonian   Institution." 

Minkus  Stamp  Journal,  vol.  2,  no.  3,  pp.  3-10,  1967. 


134  MUSEUM    OF    HISTORY    AND    TECHNOLOGY 

WatkinSj  C.  Malcolm.  "The  Cultural  History  of  Marlborough,  Virginia." 
United  States  National  Museum  Bulletin,  no.  253,  225  pp.,  1968. 

■ -.      "The  Historic  Roots  of  American  Folk  Life."     Pages  10-11  in  1968 

Festival  of  American  Folklife.     Washington:  Smithsonian  Institution,  1968. 

Watkins,  C.  Malcolm,  and  Ivor  Noel  Hume.  "The  Poor  Potter  of  York- 
town."  Paper  54  in  Contributions  from  the  Museum  of  History  and 
Technology  (U.S.  National  Museum  Bulletin,  no.  249),  pp.  73-112. 
Washington:    Smithsonian  Institution  Press,  1967. 

Welsh,  Peter  C.  Track  and  Road.  200  pp.,  illustr.  Washington:  Smith- 
sonian Institution  Press,  1967. 


ARMED    FORCES    HISTORY 

LuNDEBERG,  Philip  K.  "Undersea  Warfare  and  Allied  Strategy  in  World  War  I" 
(Part  II:  1916-1918).  Smithsonian  Journal  of  History,  vol.  2,  no.  4 
(Winter  1966-1967),  pp.  49-72. 

.  "Japanese  Prints  of  Perry  Expedition."  Smithsonian  Journal  of  His- 
tory, vol.  2,  no.  1  (Spring  1967),  pp.  70-74. 

.     "The  USS  Constitution.^^     Pages  153-158  in  The  Great  Age  of  Sail, 


edit.  J.  Jobe.     Lausanne,  1967. 

— .      "La  Replique  des  £tats-unis  a  la  guerre  au  tonnage."  Revue  d'His- 
toire  de  la  Deuxieme  Guerre  Mondiale  (January  1968),  pp.  67-96. 


The  Collections 

CARE     AND     CONSERVATION— GIFTS     AND     ADDITIONS 

Mathematical  items  added  to  the  collections,  aside  from  miscellaneous 
single  mathematical  instruments,  consisted  mainly  of  documentary  ma- 
terial related  to  digital  computers.  Among  various  individuals  and  cor- 
porations who  donated  materials,  Grace  Murray  Hopper  provided  a 
variety  of  important  items  related  to  the  history  of  programming,  and 
the  Rand  Corporation  contributed  a  large  quantity  of  technical  manuals 
and  other  descriptive  materials. 

Science  and  Technology 

In  medical  sciences,  new  additions  were :  an  early  Julius  H.  Hess  infant 
oxygen  unit  for  premature  infants;  a  rare  Egyptian  sacred  amulet 
with  multiple  eyes  (about  600  B.C.),  gift  from  E.  R.  Squibb  &  Sons, 
Inc.;  an  original  prototype  dermatone  for  cutting  skin  grafts  in  the 
treatment  of  severe  wounds  and  similar  injuries,  invented  by  George  J. 
Hood  in  cooperation  with  Earl  C.  Padgett;  a  1925  Tycos  recording 
sphygmomanometer  for  measuring  blood  pressure  in  the  arteries;  an 
original  stapling  apparatus  for  small  blood  vessels  invented  by  Dr. 
Julian  A.  Sterling;  and  about  45  Japanese  medical,  pharmaceutical,  and 
dental  antiques  from  the  Tokugawa  Shogunate  period  ( 1603-1867) . 

A  handsome  oil  painting  by  J.  Shreeve  in  about  1855,  showing  two 
firemen  of  the  Northern  Liberties  Fire  Company  of  Philadelphia,  was 
given  to  the  Museum  for  the  division  of  transportation  by  the  Society 
of  Oldest  Inhabitants  of  Washington,  D.C.  Reynolds  Metals  Company 
presented  a  fine  scale  model  of  an  aluminum  hopper  car  which  illus- 
trates the  novel  design  and  construction  of  the  modern  freight  car.  The 
marine  collection  was  enriched  by  a  half-model  of  the  famous  clipper 
ship  Flying  Cloud,  a  gift  of  Henry  G.  Currier. 

Notable  additions  to  the  collections  in  engineering  were:  the  Bathe 
Collection  of  steam-engine  models,  literature,  and  manuscript  material ; 
the  Willans  high-speed  steam  engine  and  generator,  circa  1880,  the 
first  and  most  widely  used  engine  for  direct  coupling  to  electric  genera- 
tors; 15  watercolors  of  American  railroad  stations  by  Ranulph  Bye; 
an  oil  painting,  "Harlequin,"  by  Lili  Rethi,  showing  the  Verrazano- 

135 


Three  Red  Lines,  by  George 
Warren  Rickey,  at  west  end  of 
the  Museum  of  History  and 
Technology.  Kinetic  sculpture 
of  welded  stainless  steel,  painted. 
The  blades,  32  feet  long,  taper 
in  width  from  8  inches  to  % 
inch.  From  the  Joseph  H.  Hirsh- 
horn  Collection. 


Narrows  Bridge  under  construction;  a  17th-century  striking  and  alarm 
clock  with  Gothic  decorative  elements;  a  Massachusetts  shelf  clock  by 
Aaron  Willard ;  and  a  very  unusual  lighthouse  clock  patented  by  Simon 
Willard. 

As  the  opening  of  the  hall  of  electricity  appeared  to  be  drawing  nearer, 
increased  emphasis  was  placed  on  obtaining  objects  that  would  fill  im- 
portant gaps  in  the  collections.  Of  particular  note  was  a  collection  of 
tubes  and  notebooks  from  his  early  work  received  from  television  pioneer 
Philo  T.  Farnsworth.  Another  item  was  a  1939  Scott  FM  radio  receiver 
from  Charles  A.  Curtze  which  will  be  used  in  a  demonstration  to  help 
illustrate,  through  actual  operation,  the  relative  merits  of  AM  versus 
FM  broadcasting  at  the  time  FM  was  introduced.  In  June,  curator 
Finn  made  a  field  trip  to  Newfoundland  to  investigate  the  early  tele- 
graph equipment  still  extant  in  the  Atlantic-cable   landing  stations. 


THE  COLLECTIONS SCIENCE    AND    TECHNOLOGY 


137 


Philo  Farnsworth  in  about  1934, 
holding  a  dissector-multiplier 
tube  like  one  in  a  group  given 
to  the  Smithsonian. 


Meggers  infra-red  spectrograph, 
from  the  Bureau  of  Standards. 

Below,  18th-century  British  the- 
odolite by  J.  Sisson.  This  prob- 
ably documents  a  development 
toward  smaller  size  for  greater 
stability. 


Eighteenth-century  circumfer- 
entor  by  Thomas  Wright,  a 
standard  British  surveying  in- 
strument. 


These  stations  have  recently  been  taken  out  of  service,  and  Western 
Union  International  has  indicated  its  desire  to  make  some  of  the  equip- 
ment available  to  the  Museum. 

There  were  significant  accessions  in  the  physical  sciences  in  the  field  of 
spectroscopy.  The  Meggers  infrared  spectroscope  has  just  been  retired 
to  us  by  the  Bureau  of  Standards.  It  is  scheduled  to  be  an  impressive 
operating  exhibit  of  the  precision  equipment  used  by  a  modern  phys- 
icist. Two  spectroscopes  used  by  the  pioneer  American  astrophysicist 


315-997     O  -  69  -  10 


138  MUSEUM    OF    HISTORY    AND    TECHNOLOGY 

Charles  A.  Young  in  his  studies  of  the  sun  were  donated  by  the  Princeton 
University  Observatory.  One,  made  by  Alvan  Clark  and  Sons  in  1877, 
is  equipped  with  a  diffraction  grating  ruled  on  a  Lewis  M.  Rutherford 
engine;  the  other,  holding  up  to  six  prisms,  was  made  by  Grubb  of 
London. 

Two  18th-century  English  surveying  instruments,  a  theodolite  by  J. 
Sisson,  and  a  circumferentor  by  Thomas  Wright,  were  acquired.  It 
seems  likely  that  study  of  the  former  will  lead  to  significant  results  with 
respect  to  the  development  of  basic  surveying  instruments. 

The  division  of  physical  sciences  is  making  a  serious  effort  to  acquire 
works  of  art  related  to  science.  Pride  of  place  goes  to  the  contemporary 
art  form  called  "Astralite  III"  donated  by  the  artist,  Adam  Peiperl, 
which  features  ever-changing  colors  floating  in  a  globe.  A  number  of 
18th-century  prints  and  engravings  were  also  acquired. 

Arts  and  Manufactures 

John  Deere  Company  of  Moline,  Illinois,  presented  a  John  Deere  gar- 
den tractor.  A  1908  Fitzhenry-Guptill  power  sprayer  was  given  by  the 
Department  of  Agriculture;  a  1921  truck  and  1921  tractor  seat  by 
Bostrom  Corporation,  Milwaukee,  Wisconsin;  a  one-way  disk  plow 
by  Francis  Angell,  Plains,  Kansas;  and  a  1961  experimental  gas-turbine 
tractor  by  the  International  Harvester  Company,  Chicago,  Illinois. 

To  the  ceramics  and  glass  collections  came  20  pieces  of  18th-century 
European  and  Oriental  porcelain  from  Dr.  Hans  Syz;  especially  note- 
worthy was  a  fine  Chantilly  bowl,  circa  1740,  decorated  in  Kakiemon 
style.  Mrs.  Florence  E.  Bushee  donated  27  rare  19th-century  European 
and  American  paperweights,  and  The  Academy  of  Natural  Sciences  of 
Philadelphia  donated  a  splendid  collection  of  sixty  20th-century  porce- 
lain birds  manufactured  by  Edward  Marshall  Boehm,  Trenton,  New 
Jersey.  The  latter  collection,  originally  given  to  the  Academy  of  Natural 
Sciences  of  Philadelphia  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Morris  Gastwirth,  was  trans- 
ferred to  the  Smithsonian  Institution  with  their  kind  permission. 

From  Mrs.  Harold  G.  Duckworth  came  a  unique  collection  of  720 
19th-century  American  pressed-glass  cup  plates  which  comprise  an  index 
collection  and  are  most  important  in  documenting  the  history  of  the 
American  glass  industry.  From  Eugene  D.  Buchanan,  five  important 
1 8th-century  ceramics  were  received,  including  an  extremely  interesting 
Leeds  cream-colored  earthenware  teapot;  and  from  Mr.  and  Mrs. 
Edward  M.  Pflueger,  five  pieces  of  18th-century  European  porcelain 
and  faience.  Outstanding  in  this  gift  is  a  Hochst  porcelain,  Italian 
comedy  figure  dating  about  1755.  From  Mrs.  Nathan  Cummings  came 
a  most  unusual  English  Jackfield  jug,  circa  1750,  beautifully  painted 


THE    COLLECTIONS ARTS    AND    MANUFACTURES 


139 


English  salt-glazed  stoneware  drinking 
vessel  in  the  form  of  a  bear,  shown 
above.  At  right,  English  cream-colored 
earthenware  figure  of  a  musician, 
Neale  &  Company,  about  1790. 


with  birds  and  flowers;  from  Dr.  Lloyd  E.  Hawes,  16  pieces  of  English 
earthenware  and  stoneware  dating  from  the  18th  and  early  19th  cen- 
turies; from  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Laverne  G.  Wagner,  five  pieces  of  Carder 
Steuben  glass;  from  Mrs.  William  A.  Sutherland,  8  pieces  of  18th-cen- 
ture  English  porcelain,  including  an  especially  fine  Worcester  pitcher 
painted  with  exotic  birds;  from  Samuel  L.  Zeigen,  a  splendid  pair  of 
Meissen  figures  with  baskets,  circa  1 740 ;  from  Marshall  Zeigen,  a  very 
important  set  of  three  Bow  vases,  circa  1755;  from  Lyle  N.  Perkins,  a 
fine,  large  reduction-fired  slab  pot. 

A  long-range  program  of  cataloging  and  cross-referencing  the  print 
collection  by  subject  matter  was  begun  in  the  division  of  graphic  arts. 

Accessions  included  the  Scan-A-Graver  559,  one  of  the  first  electronic 
halftone  engraving  machines,  the  gift  of  Fairchild  Graphic  Equipment; 
and  a  set  of  printing-roller  casting  equipment  dating  from  around  1900. 
Among  additions  to  the  print  collection  were  28  bound  volumes  of 
cartoons  by  Martin  Branner,  from  the  artist;  some  300  original  cartoon 
drawings  by  contemporary  artists  from  the  Newspaper  Comics  Council; 
prints  by  Saul  Steinberg,  Anders  Zorn,  John  Sloan,  Nalle  Werner,  Rune 
Pettersson,  Jean-Henry  Marlet,  Gordon  Grant,  and  Ralph  Nankivell; 
and  photogl)'phic  etchings  by  William  Henry  Fox  Talbot. 


140 


MUSEUM    OF    HISTORY    AND    TECHNOLOGY 


Museum  technician  Horace 
Randolph  operates  a  densitom- 
eter in  order  to  determine  if  arti- 
ficial aging  has  altered  the 
transmission  density  of  a  photo- 
graphic negative. 


Notable  additions  to  the  history  of  photography  collection  included 
an  autograph  letter  of  1852  from  W.  H.  Fox  Talbot  to  Abbe  Moigno, 
defending  his  priority  in  the  invention  of  paper  photographic  prints; 
and  an  autograph  letter  from  the  scientist  Sir  John  Herschel  to  the 
photographer  Julia  Margaret  Cameron,  and  a  group  of  graphic  arts 
prints  and  watercolors  depicting  early  photography. 

In  England,  Eugene  Ostroff  procured  materials  related  to  the  life 
and  work  of  W.  H.  Fox  Talbot,  for  display  in  a  reconstruction  of  Tal- 
bot's laboratory  in  the  new  hall  of  photography.  These  items  include 
photographic  apparatus,  furniture,  and  a  walking  stick  owned  and  used 
by  Talbot. 

Gifts  of  special  interest  were  a  tricolor  "one-shot"  Color-Scout  camera 
from  Fairchild  Graphic  Equipment;  an  early  Ives  Kromskop  three- 
color  stereoscopic  viewer  with  a  set  of  Kromogram  color-separation 
slides,  from  Mrs.  Herbert  E.  Ives.;  and  four  cameras  built  for  specialized 
applications  in  high-speed  photography,  from  their  designer,  a  pioneer 
in  the  field  of  high-speed  photography,  J.  S.  Courtney-Pratt.  The  pho- 
tographer Daniel  Farber  also  donated  a  group  of  his  dye-transfer  color 
prints,  and  five  prints  were  acquired  from  the  photographer  John  Brook. 

David  Haberstich,  museum  specialist,  continued  his  project  of  clas- 
sifying and  arranging  the  history  of  photography  collection,  recatalog- 
ing  specimens  when  necessary  and  performing  background  research 
in  order  to  expand  specimen  records.  He  revised  the  classification  and 
cross-indexing  system  for  the  collection,  and  produced  a  guide  to  cata- 
loging and  other  aspects  of  the  section's  work  in  order  to  standardize 
procedures.  With  museum  technician  Horace  Randolph,  who  joined 


THE    COLLECTIONS ARTS    AND    MANUFACTURES 


141 


"Orpheus  and  the  Animals"  on  linen 
damask  napkin,  shown  above,  with 
mythological  scenes  in  border,  was 
woven  in  Haarlem,  Holland,  about 
1650.  At  right,  18th-century  linen 
press. 


the  staff  in  1967,  Haberstich  supervised  the  repair  and  restoration  of 
apparatus  specimens  intended  for  the  hall  of  photography.  In  addition, 
Randolph  rearranged  the  section's  apparatus  storage  areas  to  produce 
greater  accessibility,  and  inventoried  and  rearranged  all  photographic 
items  stored  at  the  Silver  Hill  facility,  and  started  making  photographic 
records  of  previously  unphotographed  specimens,  indexing  with  photo- 
graphs and  diagrams  the  location  of  all  items. 

A  number  of  important  textile  items  were  located  and  acquired  for 
exhibition  in  the  new  hall  of  textiles.  Among  these  were  a  collection  of 
17th-  and  18th-century  damask  napkins  from  the  C.  A.  Burgers  collec- 
tion, weavers'  pattern  and  account  books,  an  18th-century  linen  press, 
loom  and  weaving  accessories  from  Deerfield,  New  Hampshire,  18th-cen- 
tury quilt  and  canvas  embroidery,  several  excellent  printed  textiles  of 
the  18th  and  19th  centuries,  and  a  number  of  textile  implements. 

The  staff  continued  the  cleaning,  repairing,  and  special  mounting 
of  textiles  for  both  a  special  exhibit  on  Copp  family  textiles  and  the 


142 


MUSEUM    OF    HISTORY   AND    TECHNOLOGY 


> 


Weaver's  pattern  book,  early  19th  century. 


forthcoming  permanent  hall.  Ellen  Rae  Best,  an  undergraduate  research 
assistant  completed  the  initial  phase  of  a  project  on  adhesives  for  mount- 
ing fragile  textiles.  The  limitations  of  this  type  of  mounting  were  clearly 
demonstrated  in  her  study.  Numerous  requests  for  advice  on  these  prob- 
lems are  answered  by  the  staff  each  year. 

The  division  of  manufacturers  and  heavy  industries  received  a  fine 
full-scale  reconstruction  of  "Lady  Godiva,"  a  small  prompt-burst  reac- 
tor which  was  developed  at  Los  Alamos  Scientific  Laboratory  of  the 
University  of  California.  This  nuclear  reactor  is  authentically  unique, 
historically  significant,  and  a  comprehensive  symbol  of  nuclear  energy. 
Kiwi-A,  the  prototype  of  the  nuclear  engines  being  developed  for  space 
transjxxrtation,  was  presented  for  inclusion  in  the  nuclear-energy  col- 
lections. An  important  group  of  brewmaster  instruments  was  received 
as  well  as  a  substantial  library  on  the  art  of  brewing.  Engineering  draw- 
ings representing  anthracite  mining  activities  in  Pennsylvania,  a  gift 
from  the  trustees  of  the  Tench  Coxe  estate,  were  added  to  the  coal- 
mining reference  collections.  Also,  several  other  small  donations  of 
coal-mining  tools,  safety  lamps,  and  photographs  were  received. 


THE  COLLECTIONS CIVIL  HISTORY 


143 


Civil  History 

Important  broadening  of  the  scope  of  the  collections  has  resulted  from 
associate  curator  Richard  E.  Ahlbom's  research  in  Spanish  colonial 
areas.  The  gift  by  Mrs.  Otto  Pike  of  47  religious  figures  by  the  Puerto 
Rican  folk  sculptor,  Pedro  de  Arce,  enriched  a  group  of  nearly  100  other 
Puerto  Rican  carved  santos  also  acquired  this  year.  From  New  Mexico 
came  several  examples  of  native  religious  sculptures  and  Penitente  cult 
objects,  including  a  19th-century  death  cart  used  in  Penitente  cere- 
monies. Staff  members  of  the  Museum  of  New  Mexico  restored  several 
retablos  and  a  rare  18th-century  Franciscan  hide  painting  of  San  An- 
tonio that  has  been  in  the  Smithsonian  collections  for  nearly  a  century. 
These  additions  and  upgradings  of  our  Spanish  colonial  materials  are 
significant  of  the  Smithsonian's  increasing  recognition  of  America's 
cultural  diversity. 

Mrs.  Marjorie  Merriweather  Post's  gift  of  a  gold  chalice  encrusted 
with  more  than  1,350  diamonds,  made  in  St.  Petersburg  by  Iver  Winfeldt 
Buch  in  1791  for  Catherine  the  Great,  belongs  among  the  Museum's 
most  splendid  rarities.  In  connection  with  curator  C  Malcolm  Watkins' 
research  numerous  examples  of  19th-century  American  folk  pottery, 
including  many  decorative  stoneware  pieces  from  New  York  State,  were 
acquired  for  the  collections  by  collaborator  Joan  Pearson  Watkins.  A 
group  of  contemporary  baskets  showing  residual  African  culture  traits, 
made  at  John's  Island,  South  Carolina,  was  collected  by  research  fel- 
low Carroll  Greene. 

In  November  the  false-front  facade  of  a  Victorian  butcher  shop  in 
Olema,  California,  was  acquired  for  future  exhibit  installation.  The 


False-front  facade  of  Victorian  butcher  shop  in  California  before  and  during 
dismantling  for  future  Smithsonian  exhibit. 


144 


MUSEUM    OF    HISTORY    AND    TECHNOLOGY 


Archeological  aide  Richard  Muzzrole  completing  the  restoration 
of  a  Queen's  ware  pitcher  of  about  1800,  one  of  many  specimens 
recovered  from  salvage  work  in  Alexandria,  Virginia. 


dismantling  at  the  site  was  conducted  by  contractor  George  H.  Watson 
and  his  carpenter  Charles  H.  Rowell,  under  supervision  of  curator 
Watkins.  The  painstaking  process  of  dismantling  was  filmed  by  the  Uni- 
versity of  California  Extension  Media  Film  Unit,  under  the  direction 
of  Ernest  Rose.  In  Washington,  collaborator  Joan  Pearson  Watkins 
working  with  the  Smithsonian  exhibits  department's  film  unit,  began 
filming  the  subsequent  preparation  and  re-erection  of  the  facade  in 
the  Museum.  The  completed  film  will  demonstrate  Watson's  unique 
skills  and  the  Smithsonian's  standards  of  accurate  restoration. 

Archeological  aide  Richard  E.  Muzzrole  advised  "Ancient  Pema- 
quid,"  an  organization  engaged  in  excavating  the  site  of  the  17th-century 
settlement  of  Pemaquid,  Maine,  in  setting  up  an  archeological  labora- 
tory, and  conducted  a  training  course  at  Pemaquid  in  the  conservation 
and  restoration  of  artifacts. 

Among  numerous  items  associated  with  the  Wheeler  family  of  Bridge- 
port, Connecticut,  donated  by  Miss  Ellen  Wheeler,  were  nine  impor- 
tant architectural  drawings  for  the  Harral- Wheeler  House  by  the  19th- 
century  architect  Alexander  Jackson  Davis.  Two  side  chairs  and  a  sofa 
in  the  gothic-revival  style  from  this  house  were  given  by  Mrs.  William 
P.  Finney. 


THE  COLLECTIONS CIVIL  HISTORY 


145 


GARNER 


i)>ROTECTI 


Ralph  E.  Becker  and  assistant  curator  Herbert  R.  Collins  looking 
at  a  portion  of  the  Ralph  E.  Becker  collection  of  political  Amer- 
icana which  Mr.  Becker  has  been  donating  to  the  Smithsonian 
since  1960. 


The  collection  of  American  costume  was  enhanced  by  the  addition 
of  204  specimens,  and  work  was  begun  on  a  project  directed  by  assistant 
curator  Claudia  Kidwell  to  catalog  and  mount  an  extensive  collection 
of  19th-century  fashion  plates. 

Ralph  E.  Becker  of  Washington,  D.C.,  continuing  his  generous  contri- 
butions to  the  political-history  collections,  gave  a  gold  pocket  watch, 
tie  chain,  and  poker  chips  used  by  Franklin  D.  Roosevelt.  Other  dona- 
tions of  Presidential  memorabilia  were  a  black  woolen  shawl  worn  by 
Abraham  Lincoln,  gift  of  Mrs.  Shirley  Wood;  a  book  of  trout  flies 
used  by  Grover  Cleveland,  given  by  his  son  Richard  Cleveland;  and  a 
cup  and  saucer  used  by  William  McKinley  just  before  his  assassination 
in  1901,  gift  of  Mrs.  Louis  Antonsanti.  From  the  Society  of  the  Oldest 
Inhabitants  of  Washington,  D.C.,  came  an  original  1819  desk  used  in 
the  House  of  Representatives  and  a  double  desk  of  the  House  of  Repre- 
sentatives designed  by  Thomas  U.  Walter  in  1857.  Other  objects  in- 
cluded a  gold  lorgnette  and  vanity  case  owned  by  Mary  Todd  Lincoln, 
gift  of  Lincoln  Isham ;  a  dress  worn  by  Harriet  Lane  Johnston,  niece  and 
hostess  for  James  Buchanan,  1857-1861,  gift  of  the  Misses  Elizabeth 
Gray,  Juliana  Paca,  and  Margaret  Beverly  Taylor;  and  the  brooch  "Our 
Mineral   Heritage,"   given   by   the   executive   committee  of  the    1967 


146  MUSEUM    OF    HISTORY   AND   TECHNOLOGY 

National  Gem  and  Mineral  Show.  A  portrait  of  Emily  Donelson,  hostess 
for  Andrew  Jackson,  by  R.  E.  W.  Earle,  was  lent  by  Mrs.  Charlton 
Henry,  and  a  portrait  of  Maria  Monroe  Gouvemeur,  daughter  of 
James  Monroe,  by  an  unknown  artist,  was  lent  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Harris 
E.  Kirk,  Jr. 

Portraits  of  James  and  Dolley  Madison  and  of  Mrs.  Catherine  Crop- 
per were  restored,  and  the  recording  of  dresses  of  the  First  Ladies  con- 
tinued with  the  completion  of  patterns,  muslin  models,  and  sewing 
instructions  for  the  dresses  of  Mrs.  Ellen  Wilson  and  Mrs.  Edith 
Roosevelt. 

Among  important  musical  instruments  acquired  this  year  were  an 
18th-century  English  violin  and  bow  made  by  John  Marshall  and  John 
(Kew?)  Dodd  respectively,  and  a  19th-century  Chickering  square  piano. 
A  harpsichord  by  Benoist  Stehlin,  made  in  Paris  and  dated  1760,  was 
restored  by  conservator  Scott  Odell  with  the  help  of  museum  specialist 
Robert  Sheldon,  and  members  of  the  restoration  laboratory  staff  in  the 
National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts,  who  assisted  with  cleaning  the  lid 
painting  and  case. 

The  restoration  of  a  small  church  organ,  made  by  Jacob  Hilbus  about 
1811-12  for  Christ  Church,  Alexandria,  was  completed  in  the  shop  of 
C.  B.  Fisk  of  Gloucester,  Massachusetts.  The  first  organ  in  the  collec- 
tions to  be  restored  to  playing  condition,  it  is  used  periodically  for  con- 
certs and  informal  demonstrations  in  the  hall  of  musical  instruments. 

The  continued  interest  of  Willis  H.  duPont  in  the  numismatic  collec- 
tions was  generously  expressed  in  his  gift  of  an  authoritative  series  of 
coins  struck  during  the  reign  of  Tsar  Alexander  H  of  Russia  from  1855 
to  1881.  Significant  additions  to  the  section  of  ancient  coins  include  a  col- 
lection of  206  Greek  bronze  pieces  from  Asia  Minor  donated  by  the 
Messrs.  Stack  and  three  rare  fractional  silver  coins  from  Lydia  and  Per- 
sia contributed  by  Harvey  Stack,  who  also  has  acquired  recent  foreign 
issues  for  the  collections.  The  Messrs.  Stack  also  filled  gaps  in  our  mod- 
em foreign  series  through  the  gift  of  1,609  pieces. 

The  receipt  from  Mr.  Jon  Holtzman  of  a  hoard  consisting  of  1,502 
early  15th-century  Ottoman  akchehs  was  one  of  the  determining  factors 
in  establishing  a  special  Islamic  section  with  the  help  of  Raymond 
Hebert. 

Significant  additions  to  the  United  States  series  included  a  collection 
of  109  Connecticut  18th-century  cents  (dated  1785-1788)  donated  by 
Theodore  L.  Craige.  Mrs.  F.  C.  C.  Boyd  gave  a  rare  gold-assay  ingot 
of  Knight  and  Company,  Marysville,  California,  bringing  to  three  the 
number  of  American  ingots  in  the  Smithsonian  collections. 


THE  COLLECTIONS CIVIL  HISTORY 


147 


Organ  made  by  Jacob  Hilbus  of 
Washington,  D.C.,  for  Christ 
Church  in  Alexandria  about 
1811-12.  Restored  to  playing 
condition  in  1967. 


J.  B.  Longacre's  original  design  of  1861  for  a  double  eagle  with  the 
motto,  "Our  Trust  is  in  God,"  as  well  as  other  related  documentation  for 
the  introduction  of  the  motto,  "In  God  We  Trust,"  on  our  coinage,  was 
a  most  important  gift  from  the  Messrs.  Stack,  as  was  an  original  artist's 
working  model  of  a  proposed  design  for  the  Washington-head  quarter 
dated  1932.  Harvey  Stack  presented  trial  impressions  on  cardboard  of 
dies  prepared  by  United  States  Mint  engraver  Charles  E.  Barber  for 
commemorative  gold  dollars. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Mortimer  Neinken  donated  58  mostly  very  rare  19th- 
century  treasury  bills  issued  by  German  states  and  banking  institutions  as 
well  as  1 1 2  notes  which  fomierly  circulated  in  German  colonies  and  a 
specialized  collection  of  968  German  post- World  War  I  "pegged-value" 
currency  issues,  which  are  of  great  importance  to  students  of  financial 
history. 

One  of  the  earliest  bank  notes  issued  in  the  Western  World,  a  Swedish 


148 


MUSEUM    OF    HISTORY   AND   TECHNOLOGY 


Embossed  revenue  stamp  issued 
by  the  colonial  government  of 
Massachusetts,  applied  to  a  doc- 
ument on  the  first  effective  day 
of  the  act,  1  May  1755. 


certificate  of  credit  for  25  dalers  in  silver  issued  in  1666  by  the  Stock- 
holm Bank,  was  given  by  Joseph  B.  Stack. 

From  the  Library  of  Congress  were  obtained  685  medals  and  badges 
and  194  medals,  and  511  dies  were  given  by  the  Gorham  Corporation, 
illustrating  the  contributions  to  American  medallic  art  made  during 
nearly  one  century  by  this  company.  The  National  Commemorative  So- 
ciety (Philadelphia)  and  the  Societe  Commemorative  de  Femmes  Cele- 
bres  (Wynnwood)  gave  an  impressive  series  of  18  platinum  strikings  of 
the  medals  issued  by  them.  Through  a  donation  received  from  Willis 
H.  duPont,  the  series  of  Russian  medals  was  increased  by  287  silver  and 
bronze  pieces  of  the  19th  and  20th  centuries. 

The  tasks  of  identifying  and  cataloging  numismatic  material  in  the 
custody  of  the  division  continued  as  a  matter  of  routine,  although 
frequently  interrupted  by  construction  and  installation  of  devices  to 
improve  security. 

In  the  areas  of  philately  and  postal  history,  the  Reverend  Floyd  S. 
Leach's  collection  of  1,454,604  stamps  and  covers  was  acquired  as  a 
bequest  from  the  estate  of  Mrs.  Harriett  M.  Leach.  It  includes  three 
volumes  of  rare  American  Expeditionary  Force  covers  from  North 
Russian  and  Siberia,  1918-1920;  a  significant  group  of  covers  carried  by 
balloons  during  the  siege  of  Paris,  1870-1871,  together  with  three 
rare  "pellicules" — microfilm  messages — carried  by  pigeons  during  the 
siege ;  and  a  very  extensive  collection  of  United  States  stamps  and  postal 
markings.  John  F.  Rider,  again  enriching  the  European  postal-history 
portion  of  the  collections,  donated  a  letter  posted  in  Barcelona  in  1344. 
An  embossed  revenue  stamp  issued  by  the  colonial  government  of  Mas- 
sachusetts, applied  to  a  document  on  the  first  efTective  date  of  the  act — 


THE  COLLECTIONS CIVIL  HISTORY  149 

1  May  1755 — was  a  gift  from  the  Milton  A.  Holmes  Memorial  Fund 
and  E.  M.  Moore. 

Assistant  curator  Reidar  Norby,  museum  specialists  Francis  E.  Welch 
and  Victor  H.  Weill,  and  museum  technician  Frank  Berek  were  all 


SPECIMEN  TRANSACTIONS— FISCAL  YEAR  1968 


Accessions 

Trans- 

Lent for 

(transac- 

ferred to 

study  to 

tions) 

Exch 

anged 

other  Gov- 

investigators 

1968 

Received 

with 

other 

ernment 

and  other 

Specimens 

Departments 

(new) 

on  loan 

institutions 

agencies 

institutions 

identified 

Science  and 

Technology  .    . 

120 

1 

69 

0 

181 

3 

Arts  and  Manu- 

factures    .    .    . 

195 

80 

0 

0 

56 

3,205 

Civil  History   .    . 

525 

96 

6 

2 

2,388 

13,821 

Armed  Forces 

History     .    .    . 

89 

11 

0 

2 

63 
2,688 

875 

Total  .    .    . 

929 

188 

75 

4 

17,904 

SPECIMENS  IN  THE  NATIONAL  COLLECTIONS,  31   MAY  1968 

Department  OF  Science  AND  Technology 105,865 

Physical  Sciences 4,  732 

Mechanical  and  Civil  Engineering 12,  767 

Electricity 8,227 

Transportation 43,  186 

Medical  Sciences 36, 953 

Department  OF  Arts  AND  Manufactures 157,150 

Textiles 36,603 

Ceramics  and  Glass 19,  253 

Graphic  Arts 54,  167 

Manufactures  and  Heavy  Industries 36,  436 

Agriculture  and  Forest  Products 10,691 

Department  OF  Civil  History 12,061,899 

(Section    of    American    Costume    count    separated 
from  Political  History  this  year) 

Political  History r-r"^^   37,  023 

Cultural  History       26, 604 

Philately  and  Postal  History       11,658,056 

Musical  Instruments 57 

Numismatics 327,  121 

American  Costume      13, 038 

Department  of  Armed  Forces  History 59,  060 

Military  History 45,  225 

Naval  History 1 3,  835 

Total 12,383,974 


150  MUSEUM    OF    HISTORY   AND    TECHNOLOGY 

engaged  in  reorganizing  and  cataloging  the  philatelic  collections,  so 
that  the  tremendously  widespread  interest  of  the  public  can  be  efficiently 
served. 

Work  continued  on  the  information-retrieval  system  which  is  being 
developed  for  the  United  States  cover  collection.  Improved  security 
was  provided  for  the  reference-collection  area. 

Armed  Forces  History 

The  laboratory  for  the  preservation  of  underwater  finds  continued 
treatment  of  materials  from  underwater  sites.  These  processes  included 
treatment  of  organic  materials  with  polyethylene  glycol,  the  direct-cur- 
rent reduction  of  iron  artifacts,  and  reconstruction  of  ceramic  vessels. 

Most  important  accessions  to  the  underwater  collections  were  organic 
materials  recovered  from  the  sites  of  the  Warwick  and  the  Virginia 
Merchant  in  Bermuda. 

An  unusually  comprehensive  collection  of  shoulder-sleeve  insignia 
were  received  from  David  N.  Epstein.  Also  received  were  a  rare  Revolu- 
tionary-period cartridge  box  and  an  unusually  fine  example  of  a  Brown 
Bess  musket  marked  "29th  Regt,"  elements  of  which  unit  participated 
in  the  "Boston  Massacre." 

Notable  additions  to  the  national  collection  of  naval  uniforms  in- 
cluded a  white  service  dress  uniform,  worn  by  Seaman  Harry  T.  Ben- 
nett during  the  Civil  War.  Enlisted  men's  uniforms  of  the  Spanish- 
American  War  era  were  received  from  Mrs.  Caroline  W.  Budinger, 
Mrs.  James  E.  Ross  and  Herbert  L.  Crook.  Mrs.  Ethel  R.  Edson  donated 
the  uniforms  of  Major  General  Merritt  A.  Edson,  USMC. 

The  national  collection  of  warship  models  was  enriched  by  the  dona- 
tion of  an  original  half-model  (alternate  lift  style)  of  a  Passaic-clsiss 
monitor  by  Thomas  A.  Burdick  and  family. 

Naval  history  continued  restoration  of  navigation  instruments  in  the 
Weems  collection  and  prepared  a  series  of  uniforms  for  exhibit  in  the 
hall  of  the  armed  forces. 


Educational  Activities 

The  thrust  of  the  Smithsonian  in  recent  years  has  been  toward  involve- 
ment with  a  wider  range  of  people  in  a  wider  area  of  activities.  Specifi- 
cally, this  has  brought  the  Smithsonian  and  the  staffs  of  its  museums 
into  closer  cooperation  with  the  academic  world,  both  teaching  and 
student,  and  with  the  visiting  public,  principally  Washington  area 
residents  and  the  Smithsonian  Associates. 

This  activity  has  supplemented  the  ongoing  program  of  lectures, 
symposiums,  seminars,  workshops,  concerts,  and  recitals  that  have 
brought  the  public  to  the  Museum,  often  during  periods  when  it  nor- 
mally would  have  been  closed. 

Staff  members  have  also  been  increasingly  active  in  the  presentation 
of  lectures  and  scholarly  papers  to  groups  of  their  colleagues  in  cities 
and  universities  both  in  this  country  and  abroad. 

Listed  below  are  some  of  the  more  important  of  these  events  and 
their  participants. 

Adrosko,  Rita  J.  "Early  European  and  American  Handlooms."  The  New 
England  Weavers'  Seminar,  held  on  10  July  at  the  University  of  Massa- 
chusetts, Amherst,  Massachusetts. 

Ahlborn,  Richard  E.  "Spanish  New  Mexican  Crafts."  Paper  delivered  in 
April  at  Third  Annual  Symposium  for  Historic  Preservation  (The  Southern 
Frontier),  co-sponsored  by  Houston  Baptist  College  and  National  Trust  for 
Historic  Preservation. 

.     "Ecclesiastic    Silver   of   Colonial   Mexico"    and    "Domestic    Silver   of 

Colonial  Mexico."  Two  papers  delivered  in  March  at  the  Fourteenth 
Annual  Winterthur  Conference  on  Museum  Operation  and  Connoisseurship. 
"Silver  in  Colonial  Peruvian  Life."     Paper  delivered  in  January  at 


the  Museum  of  History  and  Technology  on  the  occasion  of  the  special 
exhibition,  "Three  Centuries  of  Peruvian  Silver." 

Battison,  Edwin  A.  "Repair  vs.  Restoration"  Lecture  delivered  in  June  to 
the  National  Association  of  Watch  and  Clock  Collectors,  Philadelphia, 
Pennsylvania. 

.     "Water  Turbines  and  Machine  Tools,"  consultant  to  New  York  State 

Council  on  the  Arts  and  Jefferson  County  Historical  Society.     May  1968. 

Brooks,  Philip  C,  Jr.  "Political  Campaign  Exhibits  at  Presidential  Libraries 
and  at  the  National  Archives."  Paper  delivered  in  June  at  the  Twelfth 
Annual  Institute  of  Pennsylvania  Life  and  Culture,  Lancaster,  Pennsylvania. 

Cannon,  Walter  F.  "In  Which  Charles  Lyell  is  Permitted  to  Speak  for  Him- 
self." Paper  delivered  in  September  at  the  White  Mountain  Conference 
on  the  History  of  Geology. 

151 


152  MUSEUM    OF    HISTORY   AND    TECHNOLOGY 

.      "The  Scientist  and  the  New  Civil  Servant:  John  Herschel  at  the  Mint, 


1851-1854."     Paper  delivered  in  December  at  the  History  of  Science  Society 

annual  meeting. 
ChapellEj   Howard   I.     "Colonial   Ship  Building."     Paper  delivered   in  July 

at  the  Munson  Institute,  Mystic,  Connecticut. 
.     "Maritime    Museums."     Paper   delivered    in    February   at    the   New 

Orleans  Propeller  Club. 

"Small   Sailing  Craft  on  the  Bay."     Paper  delivered  at  Washington 


Coast  Guard,  April;  Maryland  Historical  Society,  May;  and  Annapolis  Yacht 
Club,  May. 

Clain-Stefanelli,  Elvira.  "L'evolution  artistique  de  la  medaille  dans  les 
Etats  Unis."  Paper  read  18  October  in  Paris,  at  the  12th  International 
Congress  of  the  "Federation  Internationale  de  la  Medaille." 

Clain-Stefanelli,  Vladimir.  "Ancient  Gold  Coinage  of  Kallatis."  Paper 
read  29  August  by  Mrs.  Clain-Stefanelli  at  the  International  Numismatic 
Congress,  Copenhagen. 

.     "Numismatics   Re-Examined."     Official   address   given   in   September 

at  Canadian  Numismatic  Association  Convention  and  Centennial  Celebra- 
tion, Ottawa. 

.     "The   Importance  of  the  Study  of  Numismatics,  Gold  as  a  Coinage 


Metal,  and  the  Josiah  K.  Lilly  Collection  of  Gold  Coins."     Statement  on 

27  September  before  Subcommittee  No.  2  of  the  House  Committee  on  the 

Judiciary  on  H.R.   12941,  and  identical  bills,  "For  the  relief  of  the  estate 

of  Josiah  K.  Lilly."      (A  32-page  research  paper.) 
Collins,    Herbert    R.     "The   Lust   for   Office — The    Remains."     Paper  and 

seminar  in  June  organized  for  the  Twelfth  Annual  Institute  of  Pennsylvania 

Life  and  Culture,  Lancaster,  Pennsylvania. 
Hamarneh,    Sami.     "Medical    Education    and    Practice    in   Medieval    Islam." 

Paper  delivered  5  February  at  the  International  Symposium  on  the  History 

of  Medical  Education,  Los  Angeles,  California. 
Jackson,  Melvin  H.     Project  400  D.  C.  Education  Department — a  series  of 

weekly  lectures   on   marine   history  as  part  of  the   curriculum-enrichment 

program. 
.      "Naval  Arms  and  Armament  of  the  Revolution."     Lecture  delivered  in 

March  for  the  .\merican  Studies  program. 
Klapthor,  Margaret  B.      "The  First  Lady  Image."     Paper  presented  in  May  to 

the  History  Department,  Mount  Holyoke  College. 
Merzbach,   Uta  C.     "Leibniz   and   Nineteenth-Century  Mathematics."     Col- 
loquium lecture  presented  in  April  at  Yale  University. 
Norby,  Reidar.     "The  Smithsonian  Institution  and  its  Role  in  Philately."     Lec- 
ture delivered   17  July  to  the  Philadelphia  Scandinavian  Collectors  Club, 

Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 
.     "The   Smithsonian    Institution   and   its   Role   in   Philately."     Lecture 

delivered   in   October  to   the   National   Institutes   of  Health   Stamp   Club, 

Bethesda,  Maryland. 
.     "The    Smithsonian's    Philatelic    Treasures."     Lecture    delivered    24 

October  to  the  Washington  Scandinavian  Collectors  Club,  Washington,  D.C. 
.     "Project  Smithsonian."     Lecture  delivered  16  November  to  the  North 

Jersey  Scandinavian  Collectors  Club,  Upper  Montclair,  New  Jersey. 


EDUCATIONAL   ACTTVITIES  153 

.      "The  Smithsonian  Institution  and  its  Role  in  Philately."      Illustrated 

lecture  delivered  12  June  to  the  Wilmington  Stamp  Club,  Wilmington, 
Delaware. 

OsTROFF,  Eugene.  "The  Invention  of  Photomechanical  Reproduction."  Paper 
presented  24  May  at  the  American  Association  of  Museums  meeting,  at  New 
Orleans,  Louisiana;  scheduled  for  publication  in  Museum  News. 

.      "The  Photomechanical  Image  and  Its  Origin."     Paper  presented  23 

April  to  the  Society  of  Photographic  Scientists  and  Engineers,  at  Washington, 
D.C. 

Peterson,  Mendel  L.  "Techniques  of  Underwater  Exploration  and  Research." 
Series  of  four  lectures  delivered  in  February  under  the  sponsorship  of  the 
University  of  Texas  at  El  Paso. 

Roth,  Rodris.  "Centennial  Taste:  American  Furniture  at  the  1876  Phila- 
delphia Exposition."  Paper  delivered  in  September  at  Pennsbury  Manor 
Americana  Forum,  Pennsbury  Manor,  Morrisville,  Pennsylvania. 

ScHEELE,  Carl  H.  "The  Post  Office  Department  and  Urban  Congestion,  1893- 
1953."  Paper  presented  in  December  at  the  Eighty-Second  Annual  Meet- 
ing of  the  American  Historical  Association,  Toronto,  Canada. 

VoGEL,  Robert  M.  The  New  England  Textile  Mill  Survey.  Paper  delivered 
in  July  at  the  Manchester  Rotary  Club,  Manchester,  N.H. 

.     "Prelude  to  Progress — Victorian  Manchester  and  the  Future."     First 

session  of  series,  November,  sponsored  by  the  Manchester  Historic  Associ- 
ation and  the  Currier  Gallery  of  Art,  "The  Dark  Satanic  Mill,"  Manchester, 
New  Hampshire. 

.     "Industrial    Archeology,    the    Off    Side   of   the   American    Heritage." 

Paper  delivered  in  November  at  the  Society  of  Architectural  Historians, 
Washington  Chapter,  Washington,  D.C. 

.      "The  Place  of  Industrial  Archeology."     Paper  delivered  in  January  at 

the  Society  for  Historical  Archaeology,  Williamsburg,  Virginia. 

.      "Industrial  Archeology:    A  New  Field  of  History."     Paper  delivered 


in  April  at  the  Virginia  History  Federation,  Fairfax,  Virginia. 

Welsh,  Peter  C.  "A  Century  of  Technological  Change,  1750-1851."  A 
series  of  lectures  delivered  at  the  1967  Annual  Seminars  on  American  Cul- 
ture sponsored  by  the  New  York  State  Historical  Association. 

White,  John  H.  "Cincinnati  Incline  Planes  and  Hilltop  Houses."  Paper 
delivered  in  December  before  the  Cincinnati  Historical  Society. 

Musical  Events 

The  division  of  musical  instruments  is  distinguished  uniquely  from 
other  units  of  the  department  in  its  ability  to  communicate  aurally  as 
well  as  visually.  As  in  previous  years,  its  musical  performances  and  dem- 
onstrations of  early  instruments  have  added  a  dynamic  dimension  to  the 
exhibit  function.  During  the  course  of  the  year,  the  following  concerts 
were  performed : 

Tower  Music,  weekly — July  through  August  (evening  performances 
on  brass  instruments  from  the  crenelated  roof  of  the  main  portico 
of  the  Smithsonian  Building) . 

315-997     O  -  69  -  11 


154  MUSEUM    OF    HISTORY   AND    TECHNOLOGY 

Amsterdam  Baroque  Trio — 14  July  1967. 

Frans  Brueggen,  recorder — 25  October  1967. 

Baroque  Players  of  New  York — 14  November  1967. 

Alan  Curtis,  harpsichord — 5  December  1967. 

Jean  Hakes,  soprano;  John  Fesperman,  organ — 18  January  1968. 

Sonya  Monosoff,  violin;  James  Weaver,  harpsichord — 12-13  Febru- 
ary 1968. 

Albert  Fuller,  harpsichord — 16  April  1968. 

Flore  Wend,  soprano;  Frank  Bowen,  flute;  James  Weaver,  harpsi- 
chord—14  May  1968. 

Tower  Music,  weekly — 3-24  June.  Augmented  by  tympani. 

Each  concert,  except  for  Tower  Music,  was  preceded  by  a  lecture 
relating  to  instruments,  repertoire,  and  performance  conventions  heard 
in  the  performance. 


I 


Exhibits 

A  special  mathematical  exhibit  on  the  development  of  the  modern 
computer  opened  in  late  August.  This  opening  was  timed  to  coincide 
with  the  twentieth  annual  meeting  of  the  Association  of  Computing 
Machinery,  which  convened  in  Washington,  D.C.  The  exhibit  featured 
representative  historic  items  in  the  digital  and  analog  field,  as  well  as 
a  "reading  table"  at  which  visitors  were  able  to  study  at  leisure  codes 
and  programs  of  the  late  1940s  and  early  1950s. 

A  special  exhibit  was  shown  between  October  and  April  on  the 
telephone  experiments  of  Alexander  Graham  Bell.  This  drew  in  large 
part  on  the  researches  published  by  curator  Bernard  Finn;  the  exhibit 
concentrated  on  the  year  1876,  showing  the  progress  of  the  inventor 
through  his  experimental  equipment,  his  notebook  entries,  and  his  later 
courtroom  testimony. 

In  February,  the  division  of  engineering  sponsored  a  showing  of 
American  artist  Ranulph  Bye's  watercolors  of  19th-century  railroad 
stations.  Mr.  Bye  has  presented  15  of  the  paintings  to  the  Museum.  They 
are  not  only  accurate  architectural  documents,  but  of  great  artistic 
merit  as  well.  An  outstanding  spring  event  was  the  joint  sponsorship  by 
the  division  and  the  Society  of  Architectural  Historians  (Washington 
chapter)  of  a  lecture:  "Industrial  Archeology — Whose  Benefit,  Whose 
Responsibility?"  by  Kenneth  Hudson  of  the  Bath  University  of  Tech- 
nology. The  lecture  was  followed  by  a  joint  Smithsonian-Historic  Amer- 
ican Buildings  Survey  show  of  drawings  and  photographs  tided  "Recent 
Projects  in  Industrial  Archeology." 

Two  special  shows  were  completed  during  the  year.  The  Nautical 
Research  Guild's  25th-anniversary  ship-model  show  was  held  in  the 
hall  of  American  merchant  shipping.  The  Winton  transcontinental  auto- 
mobile panel  was  installed  in  the  front  hall  of  the  museum. 

In  cooperation  with  the  committee  on  the  history  of  dentistry  of  the 
American  Dental  Association,  an  exhibition  on  "Early  American  Den- 
tistry" was  installed  at  the  medical  gallery,  featuring  the  original  denture 
set  of  President  George  Washington,  paintings,  certificates,  tools,  and 
dental  equipment  from  the  collection  of  the  University  of  Maryland, 
College  of  Dentistry,  in  Baltimore. 

The  75th  anniversary  of  the  invention  of  the  internal-combustion 
tractor  was  marked  in  1967.  A  special  exhibit,  depicting  the  growth 

155 


156 


MUSEUM    OF    HISTORY   AND   TECHNOLOGY 


A  special  exhibit  marked  the  75th  anniversary  of  the  invention  of  the  internal- 
combustion  tractor. 


and  technological  changes  in  the  internal-combustion  tractor  and  the 
significance  of  the  tractor  to  American  agriculture,  was  displayed  for 
six  weeks  in  September  and  October. 

From  2  March  through  15  April  the  ceramics  of  Judith  and  Henry 
Halem — a  talented  husband-and-wife  team  of  ceramists  from  Fred- 
ericksburg, Virginia — were  shown  in  the  Museum.  From  12  April 
through  2  June  the  products  of  the  Kastrup-Holmegaard  Glassworks 
were  displayed  in  an  exhibition  entitled  "140  Years  of  Danish  Glass." 
This  exhibition  featured  the  finest  works  of  a  major  Scandinavian  glass 
factory  and  documented  the  evolution  of  design  and  technique  from 
traditional  forms  to  advanced  concepts  in  glassmaking. 

Regular  demonstrations  of  19th-century  hand  printing  have  been 
started  at  the  Columbian  press  in  the  hall  of  graphic  arts.  It  is  planned 
to  expand  the  demonstrations  to  show  printing  at  an  18th-century 
wooden  press  and  a  late- 19th-century  platen  press. 

A  traveling  exhibition  of  prints  by  Mexican  artists  had  its  inaugural 
showing  in  the  graphic  arts  gallery  from  December  1967  to  February 
1968.  Original  cartoon  drawings  selected  from  the  Newspaper  Comics 


EXHIBITS 


157 


Museum  technician  James  Spears  demonstrating  hand  printing  at  the    1865 
Columbian  press  in  the  hall  of  graphic  arts. 


Council's  gift  to  the  Smithsonian  were  shown  from  November  to  De- 
cember 1967. 

Planning  for  the  permanent  hall  of  photography  was  greatly  acceler- 
ated, and  consequently  no  new  temporary  displays  were  scheduled  dur- 
ing the  year. 

The  section  of  photography  assisted  and  advised  Charles  Eames  in 
the  preparation  of  the  special  exhibition  "Photography  and  the  City," 
which  opened  5  June  in  the  Arts  and  Industries  Building.  Numerous 
photographs,  cameras,  and  other  items  from  the  photography  collection 
were  included  in  the  display. 

With  the  assistance  of  Alfred  McAdams,  the  temporary  exhibit  of 
nuclear-energy  equipment  was  modified  to  provide  a  better  sample  of 
some  of  the  significant  items.  Work  was  commenced  on  the  erection 
of  the  full-scale  model,  a  part  of  CP-1,  the  first  nuclear  reactor  devel- 
oped by  Enrico  Fermi  at  Chicago  in  1942. 

"The  Copp  Family  Textiles,"  a  special  six-month  exhibition,  was 
opened  on  15  March.  The  collection  from  the  Copp  family  of  Stoning- 


158 


MUSEUM    OF    HISTORY   AND    TECHNOLOGY 


Mrs.  Alice  Roosevelt  Longworth,  daughter  of  President  Theodore  Roosevelt,  and 
assistant  curator  Herbert  R.  Collins  at  the  opening  of  the  "Pastimes  of  the 
Presidents"  exhibit,  15  September  1967.  In  the  foreground  is  a  Nile  Lechwi,  a 
type  of  antelope,  brought  down  by  Theodore  Roosevelt  during  a  Smithsonian 
expedition  to  Africa. 


ton,  Connecticut,  was  presented  to  the  Museum  in  1896,  and  includes 
a  rare  cross-section  of  the  types  of  household  and  furnishing  textiles 
used  by  one  New  England  family  from  1750-1850.  Daily  demonstra- 
tions of  the  processing  of  flax  and  wool  fibers  and  of  weaving  checked- 
linen  bed  furnishings  are  given  by  Mrs.  Helene  Bress,  a  local  craftsman, 
and  Mrs.  Lois  Vann  of  the  division  staff. 

A  one-unit  exhibit  on  "American  Sewing  Machines,"  a  brief  introduc- 
tion to  the  Museum's  collection,  was  opened  in  the  first-floor  rotunda 
in  May. 

Work  with  the  designer  on  the  layouts  and  graphics  for  the  permanent 
hall  of  textiles  continued,  and  the  hall  is  scheduled  to  open  in  January 
1970. 

A  notable  special  exhibition,  "Three  Centuries  of  Peruvian  Silver," 
brought  to  the  Smithsonian  210  pieces  of  ecclesiastic,  domestic,  and 
equestrian  silver  of  the  17th,  18th,  and  19th  centuries  never  before 
seen  in  the  United  States.  Opened  on  19  December  and  continuing 
until  15  February,  the  exhibition  was  made  possible  through  the  cooper- 
ation of  El  Patronato  del  Peru,  El  Museo  del  Peru,  and  the  Peruvian 
Embassy  in  Washington,  Antonio  Lulli,  Minister  Counselor. 


EXHIBITS 


159 


Webb  C.  Hayes  III,  great-grandson  of  President  Rutherford  B.  Hayes,  Smith- 
sonian Secretary  S.  Dillon  Ripley,  and  William  Howard  Taft  HI,  great-grandson 
of  President  William  Howard  Taft,  at  the  opening  of  the  "Resolute"  desk  exhibit, 
16  November  1967.  The  desk  was  given  to  President  Hayes  in  1880  and  deposited 
in  the  Smithsonian  Institution  by  the  White  House. 


In  January  a  period  room  from  Martha's  Vineyard,  Massachusetts, 
was  installed  under  the  direction  of  associate  curator  Rodris  Roth  in 
the  hall  of  everyday  life  in  the  American  past.  Once  the  parlor  of  Ed- 
mund and  Deliverance  Crowell's  house  in  Vineyard  Haven,  it  bears  the 
date  of  its  construction,  1808,  and  features  a  remarkable  primitive  land- 
scape painting  built  into  the  paneling  over  the  fireplace  mantel. 

One  of  the  exhibit  highlights  of  the  year  was  the  "Pastimes  of  the 
Presidents,"  opened  in  September,  which  depicted  leisure-time  and  rec- 
reational activities  of  the  Presidents  from  George  Washington  to  Lyndon 
B.  Johnson.  Using  original  associational  objects,  the  content  of  the 
exhibit  ranged  from  John  Quincy  Adams'  original  poetry,  philatelic 
interests  of  Franklin  D.  Roosevelt,  and  horseback  riding  by  several 
Presidents,  to  the  strenuous  sports  indulged  in  by  Abraham  Lincoln, 
John  F.  Kennedy,  and  others.  Portions  of  the  "Pastimes"  exhibit  were 
later  shown  at  the  Anacostia  Neighborhood  Museum.  The  Resolute  desk, 


160  MUSEUM    OF    HISTORY   AND    TECHNOLOGY 

given  by  Queen  Victoria  to  President  Rutherford  B.  Hayes  and  last 
used  by  President  John  F.  Kennedy,  was  placed  on  exhibition  in  Novem- 
ber. Its  deposit  in  the  Smithsonian  Institution  as  a  historic  object  was 
authorized  by  President  Lyndon  B.  Johnson. 

Another  in  a  series  of  special  exhibits  commemorating  events  leading 
up  to  the  American  Revolution  and  opened  in  June,  was  "The  Glorious 
Cause  of  Liberty,"  dealing  with  American  colonial  resistance  to  the 
Townshend  Acts  in  the  years  1767-69,  and  featuring  original  documents 
and  objects  from  the  period. 

In  January  an  exhibit  of  photos  and  artifacts  dealing  with  18th-  and 
19th-century  organbuilding  was  presented  in  conjunction  with  a  concert 
and  a  lecture  by  Miss  Barbara  Owen.  An  experimental  temporary 
exhibit  representative  of  musical  instruments  from  the  collection  marks 
the  beginning  of  a  docent  program  and  of  trials  for  several  new  exhibit 
techniques.  These  include  the  use  of  chairs  equipped  with  stereophonic 
speakers  through  which  concert  tapes  are  played. 

A,  radio  series  broadcast  for  13  weeks  over  educational  station 
WAMU-FM  began  on  4  June.  These  programs  consist  of  tapes  made 
during  Smithsonian  concerts. 

The  "Retrospective  Exhibit  of  the  American  Medal,"  sponsored  by 
the  Medallic  Art  Company  in  New  York,  set  up  under  the  direction  of 
Mrs.  E.  Clain-Stefanelli,  marked  the  celebration  of  the  75th  anniversary 
of  the  National  Sculpture  Society. 

Ephraim  Evron,  Minister  of  the  Embassy  of  Israel,  and  Moshe  Cohen, 
Director  of  Philatelic  Services  in  Jerusalem,  participated  in  the  formal 
opening  of  a  one-month  special  exhibit  of  postage  stamps  on  20  May 
to  commemorate  the  20th  anniversary  of  the  founding  of  the  State  of 
Israel.  Also,  during  the  same  month,  the  rare  24-cent  United  States 
airmail  issue  of  1918,  with  inverted  vignette,  together  with  certified 
proofs  from  the  two  plates  which  were  used  to  produce  that  issue,  were 
placed  on  special  exhibition  in  the  Arts  and  Industries  Building  during 
the  week  which  marked  the  50th  anniversary  of  the  United  States  air- 
mail service. 

Planning  and  design  of  the  hall  of  armed  forces  history,  1 865  to  date, 
occupied  the  staff  during  the  year.  Particular  emphasis  was  placed  on 
two  period  rooms  to  be  installed. 

Exhibits  specialist  Donald  Hoist  constructed  five  finely  detailed  mili- 
tary figures  for  the  model  of  the  Continental  gondola  Philadelphia  being 
built  by  Howard  P.  Hoffman. 


National  Air  and  Space  Museum 

S.  Paul  Johnston,  Director 


■QLANS  FOR  OPTIMUM  UTILIZATION  of  the  authorized  ( 1966)  but  as  yet 
-'-  unbudgeted  National  Air  and  Space  Museum  are  under  constant 
review,  and  a  special  nasm  Task  Group  meets  periodically  to  assess 
programs  for  the  education  and  inspiration  of  the  American  people 
concerning  the  past  accomplishments,  present  attainments,  and  future 
potentials  of  flight. 

In  this  respect,  the  Museum  is  now  less  concerned  with  displays  of 
"famous  firsts"  in  air  and  space  than  with  the  continuously  changing 
presentations  of  the  impact  of  man-flight  on  the  cultural  life  of  Amer- 
ica, and  is  envisioned  as  part  of  a  great  public  educational  facility  in 
which  visitors  may  gain  new  knowledge  of  the  world  around  them  and 
clues  as  to  what  the  future  may  hold. 

For  these  reasons,  planning  for  nasm  during  the  past  years  has 
concentrated  on  two  major  areas:  On  the  development  of  creative 
and  stimulating  exhibits  which  reveal  to  the  layman  and  the  specialist 
where  we  have  been,  why  we  are  here,  and  where  we  are  going  in  man's 
quest  for  mastery  of  the  air  and  of  space;  and  on  pioneering  in  the 
history  of  flight,  both  as  a  branch  of  the  history  of  science  and  tech- 
nology and  as  a  determinant  in  the  history  of  man  as  a  social  animal. 
Despite  current  budgetary  limitations  and  personnel  restrictions, 
a  number  of  programs  were  initiated  or  continued  which  are  designed 
to  provide  firm  foundations  for  future  development  in  these  areas. 

161 


Main  reference  files  and  indexes 
of  photographic  and  film  col- 
lections are  readily  available  for 
researchers. 


Thousands  of  bound  volumes 
include  complete  files  of  re- 
search and  periodical  aero- 
space technical  and  historical 
literature  from  all  over  the 
world. 


Drawings,  technical  litera- 
ture, photographs,  and  bibli- 
ographic files  are  maintained 
in  readily  available  form. 


Great  progress  was  made  in  the 
physical  arrangements  and  the 
consequent  utility  of  the  muse- 
um's research  center.  A  large 
backlog  of  unsorted  material 
still  exists,  but  the  bulk  of  the 
most  needed  documentary  and 
photographic  material  is  shelved 
and  readily  retrievable. 


Historical  Research 

Progress  was  made  by  curator  Robert  B.  Meyer  on  his  monograph  on 
the  development  of  Professor  Langley's  remarkable  engines  of  1900- 
1903,  and  by  assistant  director  Paul  E.  Garber  and  George  Conner  on 
their  comprehensive  history  of  the  early  years  of  air  mail  in  the  United 
States.  Curator  Louis  C.  Casey  continued  his  research  on  the  contribu- 


HISTORICAL   RESEARCH  163 

tions  of  Glenn  Curtis  to  aviation,  and  assistant  director  Frederick  C. 
Durant  III  his  in-depth  studies  on  nasm's  contributions  to  modern 
rocketry  and  space  flight  and  on  the  development  of  Congreve's  and 
Hale's  19th-century  rockets.  The  latter  brought  to  the  Museum  copies 
of  archival  material  on  these  two  pioneers. 

Research  and  editorial  supp>ort  was  furnished  to  a  number  of  au- 
thors whose  books  are  scheduled  for  publication  during  1968.  Support 
was  also  rendered  to  others  on  such  diverse  research  as  16th-century 
studies  of  rocketry  and  19th-century  lifesaving  and  whaling  rockets. 

As  a  result  of  participation  in  the  organization  of  international  sym- 
posiums on  the  history  of  rockets  and  astronautics,  a  series  of  thirteen 
memoirs,  presented  at  Belgrade  in  1967,  are  being  edited  by  the  astro- 
nautics department  and  prepared  for  publication  by  the  Smithsonian 
Institution  Press. 

An  in-depth  study  of  naval  aviation  development  during  the  first 
decade  after  World  War  I,  focusing  on  the  contributions  of  Admiral 
William  Moff"ett  and  DeWitt  C.  Ramsey,  is  being  undertaken  by  his- 
torian Richard  K.  Smith.  This  is  the  first  historical  research  project 
to  be  supported  by  the  Admiral  DeWitt  C.  Ramsey  memorial  fund, 
which  came  to  the  National  Air  and  Space  Museum  in  the  form  of  a 
substantial  bequest  from  Mrs.  Ramsey's  estate. 

The  Guggenheim  project,  under  a  grant  from  Harry  Guggenheim, 
was  established  in  August.  Guggenheim  Fellow  Alexis  Doster  is  inves- 
tigating the  impact  of  the  Guggenheim-founded  aeronautical  labora- 
tories and  schools  during  the  1920s  and  1930s  on  the  subsequent  de- 
velopment of  air  and  space  technology. 

Research  files  were  established  containing  biographies  of  over  six 
hundred  graduates  and  faculty  members  of  the  seven  schools  founded 
by  the  Guggenheim  Fund  for  the  promotion  of  aeronautics.  Of  these, 
twenty  who  made  outstanding  contributions  to  the  advancement  of 
aeronautics  and  space  technology  were  chosen  as  representative  of 
those  who  have  been  influenced  by  the  Guggenheim  schools,  and 
ihe  contributions  of  each  will  be  described  and  evaluated. 

The  oral  history  project  of  the  nasm  research  center,  under  the 
direction  of  E.  W.  Robischon,  added  new  tape  recordings,  bringing 
the  total  recordings  to  the  tape  bank  to  180.  Notable  among  those 
people  recorded  were  Floyd  L.  Thompson,  Director  of  the  nasa 
Langley  Laboratory;  Admiral  Edwin  C.  Parsons,  USN,  (Ret.),  member 
of  the  Lafayette  Escadrille  in  World  War  I;  Arthur  E.  Raymond, 
designer  of  the  Douglas  DC-1  transport;  and  Waldo  Waterman,  an 
early  aviation  designer.  A  program  of  interviews  on  a  nationwide  scale 
was  inaugurated  to  insure  inclusion  of  all  remaining  pioneers  who  have 
made  important  contributions  to  aviation  and  space  flight. 


Paul  Garber  discussing  kites  after  his  lecture  1 1  March  on  the  nationalities,  types, 
practical  uses,  and  the  role  of  kites  in  the  development  of  aircraft.  Sponsored  by 
the  Smithsonian  Associates,  the  lecture  was  followed  later  by  a  workshop,  a 
prelude  to  the  second  annual  Smithsonian  kite  carnival.  Kite  on  left  is  a  type 
used  in  Bermuda;  center,  a  traditional  newspaper  kite;  and,  right,  copy  of  an 
early  American  kite  shown  in  a  book  printed  in  1836. 


Educational  Activities 

Assistant  director  Paul  E.  Garber  made  a  major  contribution  to  the 
education  program  through  his  lecture  program  to  school  groups  and 
outside  organizations,  in  which  he  gave  95  talks  on  aeronautical  history 
and  allied  subjects  to  an  estimated  12,500  persons. 

The  information  and  education  department,  working  with  the  Federal 
Aviation  Administration  in  its  teacher  workshop  programs  for  elementary 
and  secondary  schools,  is  presently  developing  a  new  program  for 
teacher  education  in  which  Louis  S.  Casey  and  Robert  B.  Meyer,  Jr., 
have  been  active.  A  program  for  secondary  school  students  is  being 
developed  at  the  nasm  facility  at  Silver  Hill,  where  students  may  have 
actual  contact  with  significant  air  and  space  artifacts. 

In  conjunction  with  the  Smithsonian  Institution  office  of  academic 
programs,  a  three-day  tour  and  seminar  was  conducted  for  a  group 
of  fifteen  students  from  St.  Albans  School.  .\  decent  educational  program 
is  planned  for  the  near  future. 

At  weekly  lunch-box  seminars,  held  in  the  nasm  conference  room. 


EDUCATIONAL    ACTIVITIES THE    COLLECTIONS  165 

Staff  members  are  apprised  of  information  on  subjects  related  to  air 
and  space  technology  by  speakers  from  industry,  private  corporations, 
and  other  government  agencies. 

Local  chapters  of  the  following  organizations  met  on  a  regular 
basis  at  the  Historical  Research  Center  (figures  in  parentheses  indicate 
the  number  of  meetings  held):  Antique  Airplane  Association  (4), 
American  Aviation  Historical  Society  (9),  International  Plastic 
Modelers  Society  (3),  Experimental  Aircraft  Association  (1),  Ninety- 
Niners  (3) .  The  Center  staff  served  a  total  of  966  visitors  and  answered 
5,760  telephone  and  letter  requests  during  the  year. 

The  Collections 

EXHIBITS    AND    SPECIAL    EVENTS 

The  following  exhibits  and  special  events  took  place  at  the  Smithsonian 
(or  elsewhere,  as  indicated)  during  the  year: 

Lockheed  "Vega"  aircraft  used  by  Amelia  Earhart,  on  the  occasion  of  the  40th 
anniversary  of  her  round-the-world  flight  ( July) . 

Charles  and  Anne  Lindbergh's  "Sirius"  (Dulles  Airport,  National  Aviation  Day, 
August). 

Exhibit  on  Santos-Dumont;  paintings  by  John  McCoy,  "Painting  Aviation 
History";  DeHaviland  DH-4  (Langley  Research  Center)  and  Langley  aero- 
drome model   (National  Academy  of  Science)    (September). 

Installation  of  ibm  and  nasa  "Gemini"  exhibit,  and  "Paris  Air  Show"  and 
NASA  "Project  Mercury"  exhibits   (October). 


At  the  opening  of  a  one-man  show  of  John  McCoy's  historical  painting,  Paul 
Garber,  right,  discusses  the  original  Wright  flight  at  Kitty  Hawk  with  the  artist 
and  Astronaut  John  Glenn. 


166 


NATIONAL    AIR    AND    SPACE    MUSEUM 


Part  of  the  growing  collection  of 
spacecraft  and  related  material 
now  in  the  museum's  custody 
under  an  agreement  with  NASA. 
(Photo  courtesy  United  Press 
International,  Inc.) 


Paintings  by  John  Desatoff  of  TRW,  Inc.,  "U.S.  and  Foreign  Spacecraft";  and 

presentation  of  Kennedy  family  plane  Caroline  (November) . 
Huff-Daland  crop  duster  aircraft  (January) . 
"Bios  11"   satellite  and   paintings  by  Henry  Farre,   "Sky  Fighters   of   France" 

(February). 
Rocket  motors  from  Aerojet  General  Corporation;  McDonnell  F-4A  aircraft, 

Gemini  7  spacecraft,  and  Bell  H-13  helicopter  (on  the  Mall)    (April). 
Presentation  of  the  Collier  Trophy,  ceremony  for  50th  Anniversary  of  the  Air 

Mail,  rebuilt  DH-4  installed  United  States  Air  Force  exhibit,  F9F  aircraft 

installed  at  Anacostia  playground  (May). 
Scientific  balloon  payloads  and  Air  Force  exhibit  (June). 

The  Silver  Hill  facility  under  the  supervision  of  Donald  K.  Merchant, 
transported,  relocated,  or  prepared  for  shipment  to  exhibitions  in  the 
United  States  and  Europe  some  25  full-size  aircraft,  spacecraft,  or  their 
major  components. 

The  visual  presentations  division  at  the  24th  Street  facility,  under 
the  supervision  of  Harry  Hart,  completed  the  installation  of  photo- 
graphic, silkscreen,  and  carpenter  shops  and  supported  more  than  19 
temporary  exhibits  and  special  activities. 


CARE   OF    COLLECTIONS 

A  new  warehouse  was  accepted  by  the  nasm  and  designated  for  speci- 
mens of  the  astronautics  department.  The  first  installation  of  efficient, 
heavy-duty  storage  racks  was  completed.  Specimens  are  being  stored 
there  on  an  instant-retrievability  basis.  On  acceptance  of  the  new  build- 
ing, NASM  vacated  two  similar  warehouses  which  have  been  assigned 
to  other  Smithsonian  activities. 

The  preservation  and  restoration  crew  also  handled  several  hundred 


EDUCATIONAL   ACTIVITIES THE    COLLECTIONS  167 

additions  to  the  collections  which  were  stored  at  Silver  Hill.  New  speci- 
mens of  all  types  received  at  Silver  Hill  totaled  229,136  pounds. 

Museum  specialist  Winthrop  S.  Shaw,  made  great  progress  in  identify- 
ing, cataloging,  and  warehousing  specimens  at  the  24th  Street  facility. 
The  model  collection  is  now  in  good  order  and  progress  was  made  in 
organizing  the  artwork  and  memorabilia,  medals,  and  miscellaneous 
artifacts. 

ACCESSIONS 

Implementation  of  the  agreement  on  artifacts  between  the  National 
Aeronautics  and  Space  Administration  and  the  museum  brought  to  the 
latter  title  to  and  responsibility  for  preservation  and  exhibit  of  15  Mer- 
cury and  8  Gemini  spacecraft,  as  well  as  astronaut  space  suits  and  hun- 
dreds of  significant  space-related  items.  Some  spacecraft  were  placed  on 
long-term  loan  for  display  at  nasa  centers,  others  were  exhibited  for 
short  periods  in  the  United  States  and  Europe.  Still  others  are  under- 
going restoration  and  preparation  for  exhibit.  Other  spacecraft  acces- 
sions include  flight  items  and  engineering  mock-ups  of  Surveyor,  Lunar, 
Orbiter,  and  Ranger.  Liaison  with  nasa  field  centers  continued,  and  the 
NASA  contract  covering  this  work  was  extended  an  additional  year,  with 
no  increase  in  funds. 

Additions  to  the  collections  received  and  recorded  during  the  year  to- 
taled 636  specimens  in  93  separate  accessions,  as  listed  below.  Those 
from  government  departments  are  entered  as  transfers;  others  were 
received  as  gifts. 

Aerojet  General  Corp.:  Wyld  rocket  motor;  paintings,  "The  Earth  from 
Space"  and  "Portrait  of  T.  von  Karman"  (nasm  1833).  Liquid  propellant 
rocket  engines:  25  ALD  World  War  II  unit,  LR  63-AJ-l  unit,  Aerobee  thrust 
chamber,  Nike  thrust  chamber,  YLR-63-AJ-3  and  YLR-45-AJ-1  thrust 
chambers,  15  KS  1000  smokeless  unit,  12  NS  250  Junior  jato  unit,  Genie 
motor,  Delta  with  gimbal  unit,  F-86  unit  propulsion  tank,  Apollo  chamber  and 
injector,  first  American  jato  (Boushey  flight),  14  AS  1000  unit,  miscellaneous 
tubing  (nasm  1940).  Injectors  from  the  Apollo  service  module  engine 
(nasm  1871).  Fuel  turbopump  rotating  assembly  (nasm  1952). 

Air  Force,  United  States:  Ballistic  Missile  Division:  Photo  of  earth  and  stars; 
Atlas  missile  (nasm  1837).  Hill  AFB,  Ogden,  Utah:  Rocket  engine  assembly, 
experimental  model  (nasm  1847).  Hollman  AFB,  New  Mexico:  Rocket  sled 
(nasm  1813).  Rocket  sled  and  Tarzon  bomb  (nasm  1814).  Air  Materiel 
San  Bernardino,  California:   Titan  I  first  stage  rocket  engines   (nasm  1805). 

Army,  United  States,  Ft.  Meade,  Maryland :  Jupiter  propulsion  system  trainer 
(nasm  1843).  Depot,  Anniston,  Alabama:  Nike-Zeus  target  reentry  vehicle 
(nasm  1804)  ;  Ft.  Wingate,  Gallup,  New  Mexico:  Rocket  sled  (nasm  1815). 

Beech  Aircraft  Corp.:  Model  Beechcraft  King  Air  A  90  (nasm  1877). 

Bell  Aerosystems  Co.:  Minuteman  II  post-boost  propulsion  system  (nasm 
1949). 


168 


NATIONAL    AIR    AND    SPACE    MUSEUM 


Pilot-constructor  William  Hack- 
barth  turns  over  DH-4  mail 
plane  "Old  247"  to  NASM 
director  S.  Paul  Johnston  at  the 
fiftieth-anniversary  ceremony  of 
the  United  States  airmail  serv- 
ice. 


Clark  Co.,  David:  Astronauts'  clothing  patterns  (nasm  1824  and  nasm  1825). 

Culver,  Mrs.  Paul:  Magnetic  compass  and  map  of  D.C.-Norfolk,  Virginia; 
used  by  Paul  Culver  in  flying  the  mail,  1918  (nasm  1941). 

Delta  Airlines:  Huff -Daland  aircraft  (nasm  1839). 

De  Weldon,  Felix:  Bust  of  John  Glenn  (nasm  1927). 

Ford  Motor  Co.  Aeronutronic  Division:  Far  side  rocket  (nasm  1811). 

General  Electric  Co.:  Biosatellite  mock-up  (nasm  1950).  Model  of  Nimbus 
II,  meteorological  satellite  (nasm  1834).  Engine,  cutaway,  GE  turbosuper- 
charger,  Type  B-2  (nasm  1800). 

Guggenheim,  Harry:  Collection  of  174  aeronautical  cartoons  and  prints 
(nasm  1827). 

Hackbarth,  William:  Airplane,  reproduction  of  DH-4  mailplane  (nasm 
1942). 

Hercules,  Inc.:  Rocket  motor  assembly  (X-259)  (nasm  1844).  Vanguard 
rocket  motor  (nasm  1951).  Rocket  engine  mock-up  of  BE-3-B1  (nasm 
1850). 

Ken-AiRj  Inc.:  Convair  240,  John  F.  Kennedy's  campaign  aircraft  Caroline 
(nasm  1840). 

Machado,  Mrs.  Anesia  Pinheiro:  Memorabilia  of  Santos  Dumont  (nasm 
1836). 

Malina,  Frank  J. :  Kinetic  painting,  "Polaris  I"  (nasm  1830) . 

Martin  Co. :  Space  tools  (nasm  1820). 

McDonnell  Douglas  Corp.:  Spacecraft  batteries  (nasm  1849).  Miscella- 
neous hardware,  Gemini  program  (nasm  1943  and  nasm  1944).  Apollo  heat- 
shield,  service  module  beams,  barometric  pressure  indicator  (nasm  1945). 
Digital  elapsed  time  clock,  manual  data  readout  unit,  attitude  director  indi- 
cator (nasm  1946).  Mirror  assembly  for  installation  in  GT-10  (nasm  1864). 
Heat-shield  remains  and  storage  batteries  from  Gemini  8  (nasm  1955).  Storage 
batteries  from  Gemini  9  (nasm  1956).  Log  books  for  spacecrafts  9  and  10 
(nasm  1948). 

Meyer,  Robert  B.,  Jr.:  Aero  engine.  Continental  A-40,  series  4  (nasm  1873). 

MiKESH,  Major  Robert  C:   Vietnamese  birds  kite   (nasm  1841). 

Minnesota  Mining  and  Manufacturing  Co.:  Paintings,  "Tiros,"  "Mariner," 
and  "Polaris"  (nasm  1835). 


EDUCATIONAL    ACTIVITIES THE    COLLECTIONS  169 

National  Aeronautics  and  Space  Administration  :  Static  test  module 
(nasm  1812).  Accutron  clock  and  whip  antenna  for  Gemini  9  (nasm  1819). 
Digital  computer  (nasm  1821).  Gemini  crew  station  mock-up  (nasm  1954). 
Spacecraft  Gemini  10  (nasm  1857).  Model  of  Surveyor  spacecraft  (nasm 
1867).  Ellington  AFB,  Texas:  Spacecraft  Mercury  17  and  Mercury  19  (nasm 
1947).  Langley  Research  Center,  Virginia:  Spacecraft  Mercury  18  (nasm 
1851).  Manned  Spacecraft  Center,  Houston,  Texas:  Gemini  hand  con- 
troller (nasm  1832).  Ventilation  unit  for  space  suit  (nasm  1826). 
Mercury  spacecraft  5  and  chimpanzee  couch,  ballistic  flight,  "Ham"  aboard 
(nasm  1854).  Mercury  spacecrafts  15b,  9,  10,  8  and  12b;  Mercury  spacecraft 
wiring  mock-up,  Mercury  spacecraft  "Big  Joe";  instrument  mock-up,  static 
test  article  #2,  drop  test  vehicle,  adapter  sections,  storage  tank,  heatshield 
and  retro  package;  Gemini  parachute  and  couch  parts  (nasm  1845).  Space 
suit  and  helmet  of  astronaut  Collins  (nasm  1865).  Space  suits  and  helmets  of 
astronauts  Cernan,  Schirra,  Staff'ord,  Cooper,  Lovell,  Conrad,  Armstrong,  and 
Grissom  (nasm  1866).  Chimpanzee  couches.  Mercury  retro  rocket  package, 
Gemini  systems  demonstrator,  Mercury  abort  engine  and  nozzle,  Mercury 
rendezvous  and  recovery  section,  decompression  chamber,  procedural  trainer 
couch  assemblies  for  astronauts  Cooper,  Shepard,  Glenn,  Slayton,  and  Car- 
penter (nasm  1859).  Space  helmet  and  suit  of  astronaut  Young  (nasm  1861). 
Gemini  spacecraft  7,  water  gun,  astronaut  food,  eva  gear,  helmet  of  John 
Glenn,  hatch  cover  and  periscope  cover  from  Friendship  7  (nasm  1858). 
Astronaut  Borman's  space  suit,  parachute,  helmet,  boots,  visor  cover  and  gloves 
(nasm  1818).  Spacecraft  hatches  (nasm  1823).  Personnel  parachutes,  non- 
flight  (nasm  1855).  Marshall  Space  Flight  Center,  Alabama:  Internal  com- 
bustion engine,  Jupiter  missile  (nasm  1808).  Rocket  engines  RL-10  and  H-1 
(nasm  1810).  St.  Louis  Missouri:  Orbit  attitude  and  maneuvering  system 
(nasm  1846).  Gemini  spacecraft  11  with  tilting  cradle  (nasm  1848).  Gemini 
spacecraft  6  and  12  (nasm  1853).  Computer  Gemini  8  (nasm  1852).  Inertial 
maneuvering  unit  (nasm  1856).  Indeterminate  hardware,  nonflight  items 
(nasm   1862). 

Navy,  United  States  :  Bat  missile,  Rigel  missile,  two  Gorgon  missiles  and  jato 
bottle  (nasm  1831).  Mechanicsburg  Defense  Depot,  Pennsylvania:  Petrel 
missiles  (nasm  1822).  Naval  Air  Development  Center,  Johnsville,  Pennsyl- 
vania: Human  centrifuge,  used  in  training  astronauts  (nasm  1869).  Naval 
Air  Station,  Point  Mugu,  California:  Terrier  missile  with  rails  (nasm  1953). 
Navy  Yard,  Washington,  D.C. :  Vanguard  launch  vehicle  (nasm  1806). 
USNCBC,  Port  Hueneme,  Calif.:    Corporal  missile   (nasm   1809). 

North  American  Rockwell  Corp.:  Apollo  heatshield,  service  module  beams, 
barometric  pressure  indicator  (nasm  1945). 

Page,  Mrs.  Stanley  H.  :  Control  wheel  with  column,  lever  and  collection  of 
spark  plugs;  from  the  Page  Flying  Boat,  1918-1923  (nasm  1870). 

Pendray,  G.  Edw^ard:  Propellant  valve,  section  of  Shasta  four-nozzle  rocket; 
World  War  I  helmets  (nasm  1828). 

Purdue  University:   Walter  rocket  engine  (nasm  1801). 

Rodenberry,  Gene:  Pilot  film  of  television  program  "Star  Trek"  (nasm  1838). 

Rolls-Royce,  Ltd.:  Rolls-Royce  RB-108  direct  lift  turbojet  engine  (nasm 
1878). 

Royal   Artillery   Institute:    Hale  and  Congreve  rockets   (nasm   1816). 

Sicard,  Pierre:    Painting  "Depart  du   Missile"    (nasm   1829). 


315-997     O  -  69  -  12 


170 


NATIONAL   AIR    AND    SPACE    MUSEUM 


Smithsonian  Institution:    United  States  National  Museum:  Bronze  head  of 

Charles  A.  Lindbergh  (nasm  1872). 
Sperrv  Watch  Co.:   Full-scale  model  of  Sergeant  missile   (nasm  1802). 
Stevenson,   Gordon:    Letter  and   envelope  from  Hiram  Maxim  to  Edward 

Hewitt  dated  28  June  1892  (nasm  1842). 
Thiokol  Chemical  Corp.:   Ars  test  stand   (nasm  1817). 
United  Aircraft  Corporate  Systems  Center:  Reentry  vehicle  (nasm  1807). 
Waters,  Colonel  Don:  Machine  gun,  Lewis  .303  caliber,  1914  (nasm  1879). 
Welsh,  E.  C:  Oil  portrait  of  Edward  Christy  Welsh  by  Hoessein  (nasm  1863). 

The  Museum's  Historial  Research  Center  was  greatly  enriched  during 
the  year  with  valuable  research  materials.  The  cooperation  of  the  follow- 
ing persons  and  organizations  in  providing  this  material  is  gratefully 
acknowledged : 


Aerospace  Industries  Association 

Aero  Publishers 

Baldwin,  Leonard 

Beilstein,  Christian  W. 

Bent,-  John  T. 

Bentley,  J.  Roger 

Bermuda  News  Bureau 

Bleecker,  M.  B. 

Blue,  Allen 

Boeing  Company,  The 

Bueschel,  Howard  A. 

Caproni,  Giovanni 

Culver,  Mrs.  Paul  H. 

Czechoslovakia,  Embassy  of 

Dean,  C.  Thomas 

Delta  Air  Lines,  Inc. 

Diehl,  William 

Edelson,  Burton  I. 

Gathmann,  Mrs.  Elam 

General  Precision,  Inc. 

Generales,  C.  D.  J.,  Jr. 

Greer,  R.  D.,  Jr. 

Hall,  Mrs.  Wesley  C. 

Hartung,  Walter  M. 

Hay,  N.  W. 

Hickey,  John  E. 

Hiller,  Stanley,  Sr. 

Hirsch,  R.  S. 

Hunsaker,  J.  C. 

Johnson,  Jesse  G. 

Lech,  Andrew  F. 

Lindbergh,  Mrs.  Charles  A. 

Ludholm,  Joseph  G.,  Jr. 

Miller,  W.  Tom 

Miller,  Warren  C. 


Mirkil,  Mrs.  Beatrice 

Molson,  Kenneth  M. 

National  Aeronautics  and  Space  Ad- 
ministration, AP/2  and  FAD-2 

Newhouse,  Raymond  R. 

Ninety  Nines,  Inc.,  The 

Oleson,  C.  P. 

Parrish,  Robert  L. 

Pettit,  H.  H. 

Protzman,  Lee 

REA  Express 

Robischon,  Ernest  W. 

Rockefeller,  W.  C. 

Rockwell,  W.  F. 

Rust,  Robert  E. 

Scott,  Shelia 

Smith,  Richard  K. 

Spader,  Daniel  L. 

Spare,  Leland  P. 

Towie,  Tom 

Townshend,  Jesse  F.,  Jr. 

Trauger,  Robert 

United  Aircraft  Corp.,  Pratt  and  Whit- 
ney Division 

United  States  Navy,  Aviation  Safety 
Center,  Norfolk,  Virginia 

United  States  Navy,  Naval  Air  Facility, 
Norfolk,  Virginia 

Vilar,  Mrs.  Yvonne 

Wieczarek,  Leonard  H. 

Wiesley,  Keith 

Wilford,  Burke 

Wilkinson,  Paul  H. 

Zapelloni,  Fererico 


National  Armed  Forces  Museum 
Advisory  Board 

Colonel  John  H.  Magruder  m,  usmc,  Director 


/Congressional  action  is  pending  on  legislation  which  would  au- 
^^thorize  the  Smithsonian  Institution  to  acquire  necessary  land 
for  the  site  of  the  proposed  National  Armed  Forces  Museum  Park  in  the 
Fort  Foote  area  of  Prince  George's  County,  Maryland.  Pursuant  to  a 
recommendation  by  the  Board  of  Regents  on  25  January  1967,  identical 
bills  for  this  purpose— Senate  Bill  S.  2510  and  House  Bill  H.R.  14853— 
were  introduced,  respectively,  by  Smithsonian  Regents  Senator  Clinton 
Anderson  (for  himself  and  Senator  J.  William  Fulbright)  on  6  October 
1967  and  Representative  Michael  J.  Kirwan  on  25  January  1968. 

Under  the  broad  concept  expressed  in  Public  Law  87-186,  the 
National  Armed  Forces  Museum  Park  is  to  consist,  in  part,  of  a  study 
center  for  scholarly  research  into  the  meaning  of  war  and  its  effect  on 
civilization.  Addressing  this  subject,  the  Advisory  Board  during  the  year 
sought  the  advice  of  academicians  and  museologists  in  an  efTort  to  define 
objectives  and  programs  of  the  study  center  and  to  determine  its  rela- 
tionship with  the  museum  proper.  On  4-6  December  1967  the  Board 
sponsored  a  conference  of  distinguished  historians  to  consider  and  make 
specific  recommendations  regarding  these  matters.  The  group,  which  met 
at  the  Belmont  Conference  Center  under  the  chairmanship  of  Smith- 
sonian Regent  John  Nicholas  Brown,  permanent  chairman  of  the 
Advisory  Board,  consisted  of  Philip  A.  Crowl,  chairman.  Department  of 
History,  University  of  Nebraska;  Colonel  Trevor  N.  Dupuy,  USA 
(Ret.),  president  and  executive  director,  Historical  Evaluation  and 
Research  Organization;  Archibald  Hanna,  Jr.,  curator,  Yale  Collection 

171 


General  Leonard  F.  Chapman,  Jr.,  Commandant  of  the  United  States  Marine 
Corps,  and  Colonel  John  H.  Magruder  III,  USMC,  director  of  the  Smithsonian's 
National  Armed  Forces  Museum  Advisory  Board,  view  John  Groth's  painting 
"Stampeded"  at  the  February  opening  of  the  art  exhibition,  "The  Armed  Forces 
of  the  United  States  as  seen  by  the  Contemporary  Artist." 


of  Western  Americana,  Yale  University;  Richard  M.  Leighton,  professor 
of  national  security  affairs,  Industrial  College  of  the  Armed  Forces; 
Louis  Morton,  professor  of  history,  Dartmouth  College;  Harold  L. 
Peterson,  chief  curator,  National  Park  Service,  Department  of  the 
Interior;  and  Theodore  Ropp,  professor  of  history,  Duke  University. 
The  recommendations  of  the  Belmont  group,  approved  by  the 
Advisory  Board  and  the  Board  of  Regents  on  25  January  1968,  called 
for — 

Early  appointment  of  a  senior  scholar  to  serve  as  chairman  of  study 
center  activities,  responsible  for  establishing  the  nucleus  of  a  staff 
and  organizing  initial  programs,  and  to  assist  in  planning  the  role 
the  museum  and  study  center  would  play  in  commemorating  the 
Bicentennial  of  the  American  Revolution,  and 
Establishment  of  a  committee  of  eminent  scholars  in  the  field  of 
military  history  to  provide  a  closer  link  between  the  Smithsonian 
Institution  and  the  academic  world.  Such  a  group  would  comple- 
ment the  functions  of  the  Advisory  Board  by  enlisting  the  active 
participation  of  the  intellectual  community. 
From  2  February  through  9  March  1968,  in  the  rotunda  and  south 
hall  of  the  Arts  and  Industries  building,  the  Advisory  Board — in  cooper- 
ation  with   the   Army,   Marine   Corps,   Navy,   Air   Force,   and   Coast 
Guard — presented  an  exhibition  of  art  entitled  "The  Armed  Forces  of 


,j55ji*£i 


General  surface  view  of  dredging  operations  at  the  site  of  the  sunken  Civil  War 
monitor  USS  Tecumseh,  in  Mobile  Bay,  Alabama,  on  13  July  1967.  A  suction 
dredge  removes  mud  and  sand  from  around  TecumseKs  bow.  Small  diving  barge 
in  center  foreground  is  moored  to  the  monitor's  stern.  The  dark  pentagonal 
structure  close  to  the  beach  is  Fort  Morgan,  the  batteries  of  which  constituted 
a  major  obstacle  to  Rear  Admiral  David  G.  Farragut's  entry  into  the  bay  on 
5  August  1864. 


the  United  States  as  Seen  by  the  Contemporary  Artist."  The  exhibition 
drew  primarily  upon  the  collections  of  the  Armed  Forces  but  also 
included  selections  from  holdings  of  several  Smithsonian  bureaus  and 
outside  establishments  such  as  the  Library  of  Congress  and  the  Libraries 
of  Princeton  and  Yale  universities.  Comprised  of  196  art  works  in 
almost  all  media,  representing  the  work  of  85  artists,  and  pro- 
viding a  kaleidoscopic  view  of  Armed  Forces  activities  present  and  past, 
the  exhibition  attracted  much  favorable  comment,  including  a  four- 
page  pictorial  presentation  in  U.S.  News  and  World  Report  of  18  March 
1968. 

During  July  1967  a  team  composed  of  staff  members  of  the  Advisory 
Board  and  of  the  Oflfice  of  the  Supervisor  of  Salvage,  Department  of  the 
Navy,  conducted  an  engineering  examination  of  the  Civil  War  monitor 
U.S.S.  Tecumseh,  lying  capsized  and  almost  wholly  buried  under  mud 
and  sand  on  the  bottom  of  Mobile  Bay,  Alabama,  where  she  was  lost  in 
battle  in  1864.  With  the  aid  of  a  suction  dredge,  a  considerable  portion 
of  Tecumseh'?,  hull  was  uncovered,  enabling  divers  to  remove  samples 
of  the  iron  plating.  Subsequent  laboratory  analysis  by  the  Navy  estab- 
lished that  the  historic  ship  retains  enough  of  her  structural  strength 
to  permit  her  salvaging  intact  and,  after  restoration,  her  e\entual  display 


174  ARMED    FORCES    MUSEUM    ADVISORY    BOARD 

in  the  proposed  Armed  Forces  Museum  Park.  Artifacts  recovered  in 
the  course  of  the  examination  include  one  of  Tecumseh's  one-ton 
anchors  and — brought  out  of  a  partially  open  wardroom  hatch — several 
pieces  of  dinnerware,  a  bronze  floor  ventilator,  and  part  of  a  pewter 
cruet  holder. 

Battle  damage  uncovered  during  the  examination  disposed  of  a 
century-old  controversy  regarding  the  circumstances  of  Tecumseh's  loss, 
namely,  whether  she  was  sunk  by  the  explosion  of  an  underwater  "tor- 
pedo" (mine)  or  by  gunfire  from  shore  batteries  as  claimed  by  some 
Confederate  eyewitnesses.  Divers,  inspecting  the  bottom  of  the  hull 
directly  beneath  the  turret,  found  an  area  of  depressed  plates  about 
five  feet  wide  by  seven  feet  long.  Here  the  explosion  of  a  "torpedo" 
ruptured  several  seams  and  forced  one  plate  inward,  leaving  an  opening 
approximately  two  feet  wide  by  three  feet  long — ample  to  send  Tecumseh 
with  almost  all  her  crew  beneath  the  waves  in  something  like  a  minute. 

Through  the  year,  -the  Advisory  Board  staff  acquired  from  various 
agencies  of  the  Armed  Forces,  from  the  General  Services  Administration, 
and  others,  a  wide  variety  of  military  and  naval  objects  desired  for 
the  collections  of  the  proposed  National  Armed  Forces  Museum  Park. 
Two  major  components — the  float  and  the  Krupp-made  gondola — of 
the  bathyscaphe  Trieste  I,  acquired  from  the  Department  of  the  Navy, 
arrived  in  the  Washington,  D.C.,  area  (the  gondola  via  Expo-67)  from 
the  Naval  Electronics  Laboratory,  Point  Loma,  San  Diego,  California. 
As  the  year  ended,  plans  were  being  made  for  temporary  outdoor  exhi- 
bition of  the  bathyscaphe  in  the  vicinity  of  the  Mall,  preliminary  to  her 
eventual  display  in  the  Armed  Forces  Museum  Park.  In  cooperation 
with  the  Smithsonian  library,  the  Advisory  Board  staff  continued  to 
acquire  from  Armed  Forces  historical  agencies  and  elsewhere  military 
and  naval  historical  publications  for  use  in  current  studies  and  to  serve 
as  a  nucleus  of  the  study-center  library  of  the  Museum  Park. 


Freer  Gallery  of  Art 

John  A.  Pope^  Director 


A  s  IN  PAST  YEARS,  the  Freer  Gallery  of  Art,  continues  to  function  as 
"^^  a  research  center  for  the  civilizations  of  Asia  and  to  add  objects  of 
significant  quality,  whenever  they  become  available,  to  its  collection  of 
Oriental  art.  The  staff  members  are  engaged  in  research  projects  which 
relate  to  the  cultural  origins  of  the  objects  in  the  collection.  To  further 
this,  they  travel  at  home  and  abroad  to  see  collections  and  study  related 
material  and  exchange  views  with  colleagues  working  on  similar  proj- 
ects. Established  scholarship  programs  exist,  and  students  of  Oriental 
art  are  encouraged  and  assisted  in  working  with  objects  in  the 
collection. 

Gifts  and  Grants 

The  Freer  Gallery  of  Art  received  a  grant  from  the  Ford  Foundation 
to  assist  in  the  publication  of  volume  1  of  The  Freer  Chinese  Bronzes. 
The  Felix  and  Helen  Juda  Foundation  contributed  travel  funds  to  be 
used  in  the  technical  research  area.  The  Ellen  Bayard  Weedon  Foun- 
dation provided  a  grant  for  library  purchases.  Kevorkian  Foundation 


Jade,  Chinese,  Chou  dynasty  (late  Eastern) .  5th-3rd  century  B.C.  (68.38) . 

175 


176 


FREER    GALLERY    OF    ART 


Hu,  with  cover,  Chinese  bronze, 
Han  dynasty,  2nd-lst  century 
B.C.  (67.27). 


funds  given  in  March  1967  were  used  again  toward  the  purchase  of  Near 
Eastern  art  volumes. 

The  Collection 

Among  the  many  objects  of  exceptional  quality  added  to  the  collection 
were,  in  Chinese  art,  a  fine  jade  incised  blade  dating  from  the  Late  East- 
em  Chou  dynasty  (68.38),  presented  by  Mrs.  Eugene  Meyer  in  ac- 
cordance with  the  will  of  Charles  Lang  Freer,  and  a  bronze  hu  of  the 
Han  dynasty  (67.27).  In  Japanese  art  were  added  an  unusual  pair  of 
paintings  of  mynah  birds  by  the  Nanga  school  artist  Yosa  Buson  (1716- 
1783)  (67.18-67.19)  and  a  large,  shallow  dish,  an  exceptional  example 
of  Kutani  ware,  dating  from  the  Edo  period,  17th  century  (68.13)  ;  and 
in  Near  Eastern  art,  a  rare  pair  of  Persian  bowls  from  Kashan,  early 
13th  century,  with  representations  of  a  king  and  queen  (67.24-67.25) . 
Under  the  terms  of  paragraph  4  of  the  first  codicil  to  the  last  will  and 
testament  of  the  late  Charles  Lang  Freer,  the  following  40  objects  were 
presented  by  Mrs.  Eugene  Meyer: 


BRONZE 
Chinese,  Chou  dynasty.     Kuei,  on  high  foot  ring,  two  handles  with  rams'  heads; 

greenish  patina.      (68.28) 
Chinese,  Chou  dynasty.      Kuei,  on  high  foot  ring,  four  handles  with  deer  head 

masks;  greenish  patina  with  malachite  crust.      (68.29) 


Mynah  birds  and  plum  tree.  Japanese  painting,  Edo 
period,  18th  century,  Nanga  School,  by  Yosa  Buson 
( 1716-1783) .  (67.18) .  One  of  a  pair:  67.19. 


178 


FREER   GALLERY    OF  /lRT 


Dish,  Japanese  pottery,  Edo  period,  17th  century,  Kutani 
(68.13). 


Bowl,  Persian  pottery,  Kashan,  early  13th  century  A.D. 
(67.24) .  One  of  a  pair:  67.25. 


THE    COLLECTIONS  179 

Chinese,  Chou  dynasty.     Hu,  with  Hd,  on  high  foot  ring;  round  body,  tapering 

tall  broad  neck;  decorated  with  abstract  motifs  (Changsha).      (68.32) 
Chinese,   Chou  dynasty.     Bowl,  on  high  foot  ring,   two  mask  handles  holding 

loose  rings.      (68.33) 
Chinese,  Chou  dynasty.     Vessel,  on  three  high  legs,  in  form  of  a  bear.      (68.34) 
Chinese,  Chou  dynasty.     Hu,  square,  with  lid,  two  mask  handles.      (68.35) 
Chinese,  Han  dynasty.     Expanding  open-work  foot  of  a  po-shan-lu  with  dragons; 
gilded.      (68.49) 

JADE 

Chinese,  Shang  dynasty.  Tsung,  plain,  brownish  black  nephrite  square  with 
open  cylindrical  center.      (68.24) 

Chinese,  Shang  dynasty.  Battle-axe  pi  disc,  buff  colored  jade  with  darker 
mottling.      (68.48) 

Chinese,  Chou  dynasty.  Tsung,  brownish  gray  nephrite  square  with  open  cylin- 
drical center.      (68.30) 

Chinese,  Chou  dynasty.  Tsung,  brownish  buff  patina,  square  body  with  open 
cylindrical  center;  corners  notched.      (68.36) 

Chinese,  Ch'ing  dynasty.  Form  of  stylized  tiger,  both  sides  identically  engraved, 
reddish  brown  jade  with  translucent  greenish  spots.      (68.37) 

PAINTING 

Chinese,  T'ang  style,  attributed  to  Ho  Chen.     Winter  landscape;  two  groups  of 

figures,   "Calling  on   a  Friend  with  a  Harp."   Painted  in  polychrome   on 

silk.      (68.17) 
Chinese,  T'ang  dynasty,  by  Wang  Wei.     Landscap>e  after  a  snowfall.  Mountainous 

background    with    large    valley,    hamlet,    and    flights    of   geese.     On    silk. 

(68.27) 
Chinese,  Sung  dynasty,  by  Li  Kung-lin.     Scene  depicting  a  tipsy  monk  with  as- 
sistants. Ink  and  light  colors  on  paper.      (68.18) 
Chinese,  Sung  dynasty,  attributed  to  Li  Kung-lin.     Manifestation  of  the  Arhats 

depicting   seven   mudras   of   Buddha   and   various   Lohans   and   guardians. 

Painting  on  paper.      (68.19) 
Chinese,    Sung   dynasty,    attributed    to   Li   Kung-lin.     Hunting   scene.    Ink   on 

paper.      (68.20) 
Chinese,  Sung  dynasty,  by  Li  Kung-lin.     "Laotze  Delivering  His  Canons."  Ink 

on  paper.      (68.21) 
Chinese,  Sung  dynasty,  by  Su  Shih   (Su  Tung-p'o).     Depicts  bamboo.  Ink  on 

silk.     (68.25) 
Chinese,   Sung   dynasty,   attributed   to   Li   Kung-lin.      "The   Eighteen  Lohans: 

Cho-Se  Shih-Pa  Lo-Han  T'u."  Ink  and  colors  on  paper.      (68.26) 
Chinese,  Sung  dynasty,  by  Ma  Yiian.     Mountainous  landscape,  rocks  and  trees. 

Painting  on  silk.      (68.43) 
Chinese,  Sung  dynasty,  by  Chii-jan.     "T'ao  YiJan-ming  Returning  to  Secluded 

Life."  Painting  on  silk.      (68.47) 
Chinese,   Sung  dynasty,  attributed   to  Mi  Fei.      "Mist  and  Rain  on  the  Ch'u 

River."  Ink  on  silk.      (68.52) 
Chinese,  Yiian  dynasty.   "Nymph  of  the  Lo  River."    (Copy  of  early  version,  cf. 

Sung  dynasty  14.53.)  Ink  on  paper.  (68.12) 
Chinese,  Ming  dynasty.     "Ladies  in  Concert."  Ink  and  color  on  paper.      (68.23) 


180  FREER   GALLERY   OF    ART 

Chinese,  attributed  to  Chia  Kue.     Mountainous  landscape  on  misty  morning. 

Ink  on  silk.      (68.44) 
Chinese,  attributed  to  Lu  T'an-Wei.     "The  Return  of  Duke  Wen  of  Chin  to 

His  Own  State."  Ink  on  paper.      (68.22) 
Chinese,  copy  of  "Prince  Tung  Tan's  Return  to  Tartary."     Unsigned.  Colophon 

by  Ju  Yen  dated  1424.  Painting  on  silk.      (68.46) 
Japanese,   Edo   period,    17th   century.     Embossed   flower  chariot  under  willow 

trees  of  gold  leaf.  Six-fold  screen;  one  of  a  pair:  68.40.      (68.39) 
Japanese,   Edo   period,    17th   century.     Embossed   flower  chariot  under  willow 

trees  on  gold  leaf.  Six-fold  screen;  one  of  a  pair:  68.39.      (68.40) 

POTTERY 

Chinese,  Wei  dynasty.  Terra-cotta  flat  brick,  tomb  lining;  two  men  and  un- 
mounted horse;  high  relief.      (68.55) 

Chinese,  T'ang  dynasty.  Standing  warrior,  head  turned  to  right;  one  of  a 
pair:  68.42.      (68.41) 

Chinese,  T'ang  dynasty.  Standing  warrior,  head  turned  to  left;  one  of  a  pair: 
68.41.     (68.42) 

Chinese,  Sung  dynasty,  Tz'u-chou  ware.  Jar;  floral  sprays,  black  gackground. 
(68.16) 

Chinese,  Sung  dynasty,  Tz'u-chou  ware.  Vase  with  ovoid  body,  short  neck, 
everted  lip  rim.      (68.31) 

Chinese,  Yiian  dynasty,  Tz'u-chou  ware.  Vase  on  expanding  foot  ring;  high 
bulbous  shoulder,  short,  wide  neck;  figures  and  floral  decoration.      (68.50) 

STONE    SCULPTURE 

Chinese,  Wei  dynasty.     Seated  Buddha  and  two  standing  bodhisattvas ;  dragons, 

tigers,  and  men  on  side;  high  relief.      (68.53) 
Chinese,  Wei  dynasty.     Standing  Buddha  and  two  bodhisattvas;  floral  motif;  high 

relief.      (68.54) 
Chinese,  Northern  Ch'i  dynasty.     Standing  bodhisattva,  high  crown,  head  raised, 

long-lobed  ears,  holding  lotus  bud;  dark  gray  granite.      (68.45) 

TEXTILE 

Chinese,  Ch'ing  dynasty.  Jehol  cut  velvet  hanging  tapestry;  swastikas,  flowers 
and  dragons,  large  peonies  and  foliage  on  blue  ground;  K'ang-hsi.      (68.51) 

Purchased  for  the  collection  were: 

LACQUER 

Chinese,  Sung  dynasty,  960-1280.     Dish  with  round  base  and  cavetto,  flattened 

rim  with  small  vertical  lip  of  chrysanthemum  shape,  flat  countersunk  base ; 

brownish  red.      (67.13) 
Chinese,  Sung  dynasty,  960-1280.     Dish  with  five-lobed  base,  cavetto,  rim  and 

foot;  thin  brass  binding  on  lip;  brownish  black.      (67.14) 
Chinese,  Sung  dynasty,  960-1280.      Shallow  dish  with  six-Iobed  rim  bound  in 

metal,    low    foot;    brownish    red,'   dark    brcwn    inside    foot    and    on    base. 

(68.14) 


THE    COLLECTIONS  181 


METALWORK 

Japanese,  Kamakura,  ca.  1300.  Iron  kettle  with  lid;  Ashiya  type;  design  of 
pine  trees,  shells,  and  beach.      (67.20) 

PAINTING 

Japanese,  Edo  period,  Ukiyoe  school,  by  Hokusai,   1760-1849.   Nobleman  and 

party.  "Hyakunin  Isshu  Ubaga  Etoki"  series  poem  by  Ki-no-Tsurayuki.  Ink 

on  paper.      (68.56) 
Japanese,    Edo    period,    Ukiyoe    school,    by    Hokusai,    1760-1849.    Workmen 

hauling  tree  through  a  gate.  "Hyakunin  Isshu  Ubaga  Etoki"  series  poem  by 

Ise  Taiyu.  Ink  on  paper.      (68.57) 
Japanese,   Fujiwara  period,   900-1185.     Buddhist  sutra,   the  Kan  Fugen  Kyo. 

Gold  and  silver  on  paper.      (68.60) 

POTTERY 

Chinese,  Southern  Sung  dynasty,  1127-1280,  Tz'u-chou  ware.  Deep  cup- 
shaped  bowl,  low  foot  ring;  gray  stoneware,  transparent  glaze  over  white 
slip;  vertical  fluting  two  thirds  of  the  way  down.      (67.28) 

Chinese,  Annamese  type,  13th  century.  Bowl  vrith  compressed,  thin,  slightly 
flaring  rim;  flat,  slightly  concave  base;  fine  grain,  buff  stoneware;  thin 
yellowish  green  celadon  glaze ;  crackle.      ( 68.59 ) 

Japanese,  Momoyama  period,  16th  century,  Shino  ware.  Water  pot  with 
arching  handle,  spout  and  cover;  coarse  gray  stoneware  fired  reddish  in 
spots;  grayish  semi-opaque  glaze;  crackle;  trellis,  ivy  motif,  ferns  on  cover. 
(67.16) 

Japanese,  Momoyama  period,  16th  century,  Mino-Karatsu  ware.  Water  jar; 
uneven  cylindrical  shape  with  turned-in  lip,  two  horizontal  loop  handles; 
coarse  dark  brownish  gray  stoneware;  unevenly  mottled  gray  and  tan  glaze; 
willow  and  cherry  trees  in  brown  slip.      (67.17) 

Japanese,  Momoyama  period,  16th  century,  Oribe  ware.  Tray,  square  with 
vertical  sides,  arching  diagonal  handle,  four  loop  feet;  coarse  buff  stone- 
ware ;  transparent  white  and  green  glaze ;  curtain  design  underglaze  in 
brown  and  white  slip.      (67.21) 

Japanese,  Momoyama  period,  16th  century,  Hagi  ware.  Shallow  bowl  with 
arching  handle  and  high  foot  with  two  notches;  coarse,  buff  stoneware 
fired  reddish;  opaque  grayish  white  glaze;  uneven  crackle.      (68.15) 

Japanese,  Edo  period,  17th  century,  Kutani  ware  Large,  deep  dish  with  wide, 
flaring  rim;  white  porcelain;  milky  white  glaze;  overglaze  enamels  of  "tor- 
toise shell"  pattern  on  rim,  each  scale  framing  an  object,  bird  in  landscape 
in  octagonal  frame  in  center,  floral  scrolls  outside.      (67.15) 

Japanese,  Edo  period,  17th  century,  Banko  ware.  Dish  with  arching  handle  and 
everted  foliate  lip ;  buff  stoneware  fired  reddish  on  foot  rim ;  light  tan  glaze ; 
crackled ;  overglaze  enamels  of  bird  on  a  hydrangea  branch,  red  "dewdrop" 
pattern  on  rim,  red  lines  and  clouds  on  handle.      (67.22) 

Japanese,  Edo  period,  17th  century,  Kutani  ware.  Large,  shallow  dish  with 
plain  rim,  flat  brown  lip;  coarse  whitish  porcelain  fired  brownish;  mustard 
yellow,  green,  aubergine,  lavender  glaze;  chrysanthemums  and  bird  on  yel- 
low ground,  lavender  foreground  and  brown  scrolls  inside.      (67.23) 


182  FREER    GALLERY    OF    ART 

Japanese,  Edo  period,  18th  century,  Nabeshima  ware.  Dish  on  high  foot,  flat- 
tened rim;  fine  white  porcelain;  transparent  glaze;  underglaze  blue  and 
overglaze  enamel  colors;  outside  three  "six-coin"  groups,  comb  pattern  on 
foot;  rocks  and  peonies  inside  center.      (68.58) 

Persian,  probably  Gurgan,  13th  century.  Elephant  with  howdah  and  two  fig- 
ures; fine,  buff-colored  earthenware;  clear  turquoise  glaze  with  silvery 
iridescent  decay;  painted  in  cobalt  blue  underglaze.      (67.26) 

The  Gallery  was  able  to  acquire  by  purchase,  and  through  the  kind 
offer  of  Professor  Alban  G.  Widgery  of  Winchester,  Virginia,  the  fol- 
lowing paintings  from  his  collection : 

Burmese,  18th  century.  Royal  personage  with  four  attendants.  Painted  in  col- 
ors and  gold  on  paper.  Inscriptions  in  black  nasta'llq  script.      (68.5) 

Indian,  set  of  20  paintings  mounted  in  glass.  Signs  of  the  zodiac  and  planets. 
Painted  in  colors  on  paper.  Inscriptions  in  black.      (68.1 ) 

Indian,  Deccani,  late  18th  century.  Seated  ruler  with  four  attendants.  Painted 
in  colors  and  gold  on  paper.  Inscription.      (68.7) 

Indian,  Deccani,  early  18th  century.  Lady  with  attendants  on  terrace.  Painted 
in  colors  and  gold  on  paper.  Worn  inscription  in  black.      (68.9) 

Indian,  Mughal,  18th  century.  Ascension  of  the  Prophet  (on  horseback)  sur- 
rounded by  angels.  Painted  in  colors  and  gold  on  paper.  Text  and  inscrip- 
tions in  red  and  gold  nasta'llq  script.  One  of  a  pair:  68.3.      (68.2) 

Indian,  Mughal,  18th  century.  The  Higher  Regions  of  Paradise  and  Heaven. 
Painted  in  colors  and  gold  on  paper.  Text  and  inscriptions  in  red  and  gold 
nasta'llq  script.  One  of  a  pair:  68.2.      (68.3) 

Indian,  Mughal,  18th  century.  The  Iranians  under  Rustan  defeating  the 
Turanians  under  Afrasiyab.  Painted  in  colors  and  gold  on  paper.  Text 
and  inscriptions  in  black  and  gold  nasta'llq  script.      (68.4) 

Indian,  Mughal,  18th  century.  The  Virgin  Mary  and  the  Miracle  of  Changing 
Water  into  Wine.  Painted  in  colors  and  gold  on  paper;  European  style. 
(68.10) 

Indian,  Mughal,  18th  century.  Amatory  scene  with  three  figures.  Painted  in 
color  and  gold  on  paper.  Painting  unfinished.  (For  reverse,  see  68.11a.) 
(68.11b) 

Indian,  Rajput,  early  18th  century.  Krishna  with  gopis.  Painted  in  color 
and  gold  on  paper.      (68.6) 

Persian,  17th  century,  style  of  16th  century.  Shah  Tahmasp  I  seated  on  rock, 
holding  bottle  and  cup;  a  goat  dancer  in  the  background.  Painted  in 
gold  and  black  on  paper.      (For  reverse,  see  68.11b.)      (68.11a) 

Turkish,  17th  century.  Abraham  in  the  fire  watched  by  Nimrud.  Painted  in 
colors  and  gold  on  paper.  Calligraphy  in  gold,  blue,  and  black.      (68.8) 

Care  of  the  Collections 

The  technical  laboratory  examined,  cleaned,  and  repaired,  as  necessary, 
137  Freer  objects.  In  addition,  20  objects  under  consideration  for  pur- 
chase were  examined  and  33  objects  were  examined  or  repaired  for 
other  museums  and  individuals. 


CARE    OF    THE    COLLECTIONS CURATORIAL    ACTIVITIES  183 


Takashi  Sugiura,  the  Gallery's  mounter  of  oriental  pictures,  and  an  assistant, 
Mrs.  Kumi  Kinoshita,  select  a  mounting  cloth  for  a  Japanese  painting. 


Ten  Chinese  and  Japanese  paintings  and  screens  were  restored,  re- 
paired, or  remounted  by  Takashi  Sugiura  and  his  assistant  Makoto 
Souta.  Illustrator  F.  A.  Haentschke  remounted  22  Burmese,  Persian, 
Indian,  and  Turkish  paintings. 

Museum  specialist  Martin  Amt  made  250  exhibition  changes:  42 
were  American,  72  Chinese,  35  Christian,  85  Japanese,  and  16  Near 
Eastern.  All  the  necessary  equipment  for  these  changes  was  provided 
by  the  cabinet  shop  under  the  direction  of  building  superintendent 
Russell  C.  Mielke,  who  has  also  maintained  the  building  in  its  usual 
immaculate  and  sound  condition. 


Curatorial  Activities 

Director  John  A.  Pope,  in  collaboration  with  Robert  B.  Fox,  chief 
archeologist  of  the  Philippine  National  Museum,  organized  the  Manila 
Trade  Pottery  Seminar  which  took  place  in  Manila  18-25  March  1968. 
Some  thirty  of  the  leading  authorities  on  Chinese  ceramics  from  Amer- 
ica, Europe,  China,  and  Japan  were  invited  to  participate  and  funds 


184  FREER    GALLERY    OF    ART 

were  raised  to  transport  them  to  Manila.  The  combined  knowledge 
and  experience  of  these  scholars  was  brought  to  bear  on  the  problem  of 
identifying  and  classifying  some  40,000  fragments  and  whole  pieces  of 
Chinese  pottery  that  have  been  excavated  in  the  Philippines  over  the 
last  half  century.  Members  of  the  seminar  visited  the  Museum  and  the 
private  collections  in  Manila  and  some  of  the  archeological  sites  where 
this  material  had  been  found.  Plans  are  underway  to  publish  the 
proceedings. 

Officials  of  the  National  Palace  Museum  in  Taiwan  invited  members 
of  the  seminar  to  Taipei,  where  they  took  part  in  another  seminar 
dealing  with  some  of  the  problems  relating  to  the  Imperial  wares  in 
that  collection.  The  opportunity  to  study  such  a  wide  variety  of  export 
wares  and  the  finest  existing  collection  of  Imperial  wares  within  a  short 
period  of  time  was  a  rare  one,  and  all  agreed  that  the  two  seminars 
together  were  a  most  worthwhile  undertaking. 

On  the  way  to  Manila,  Pope  visited  the  East  African  countries  of 
Kenya  and  Tanzania.  In  medieval  times  their  seacoasts  were  largely 
inhabited  by  Arabs  who  built  large  cities  and  mosques  and  imported 
great  quantities  of  Chinese  porcelains  for  decorative  purposes  and,  also, 
apparently  for  daily  use.  Thousands  of  fragments  of  this  porcelain  and 
a  few  whole  pieces  have  come  to  light  in  the  past  twenty  years  or  so  as 
British  archeologists  have  excavated  and  reconstructed  these  early  Arab 
cities.  Most  of  the  material  is  divided  among  the  British  Institute  for 
History  and  Archaeology  in  East  Africa  at  Nairobi,  the  Museum  at 
Dar  es  Salaam,  and  Fort  Jesus  at  Mombasa.  The  material  studied  in 
these  places  will  form  the  basis  of  an  important  chapter  in  the  history 
of  the  early  trade  in  Chinese  porcelain  and  also  throw  new  light  on  the 
function  of  the  Indian  Ocean  as  an  early  trading  area. 

On  the  way  home,  Pope  spent  a  month  in  Japan,  continuing  his 
study  of  the  early  history  of  Japanese  porcelain  and  again  visiting  mu- 
seums and  private  collections,  as  well  as  many  of  the  early  kiln  sites  in 
Saga  Prefecture  on  the  island  of  Kyushu. 

Poj>e  was  appointed  by  the  Trustees  for  Harvard  University  a  mem- 
ber of  the  Board  of  Advisors  of  Dumbarton  Oaks  Research  Library 
and  Collection. 

Assistant  Director  Harold  P.  Stern  continued  his  work  as  a  member 
of  the  United  Nations  Educational  Scientific  and  Cultural  Organiza- 
tion Expert  Committee  for  the  Preparation  of  an  Exhibition  and  Album 
on  Mutual  Influences  of  Japanese  and  Western  Art  following  his  par- 
ticipation at  the  meeting  in  Paris  in  June  1967.  The  exhibition  and 
publication  will  be  a  major  attempt  to  show  the  cross-cultural  art  ex- 


CURATORIAL   ACTIVITIES  185 

change  between  East  and  West  and  the  project  should  reach  fruition  in 
1968,  the  Meiji  Centennial  year. 

From  September  until  January  Stern  studied  Japanese  paintings  and 
drawings  in  European  and  British  collections  and  initiated  a  survey  of 
early  Japanese  lacquer  as  utilized  in  European  furniture.  Special  em- 
phasis was  given  to  the  work  of  the  Ukiyoe  and  Yamatoe  schools  and 
the  artists  Katsushika  Hokusai  and  Kawanabe  Gyosai.  (The  Freer  Gal- 
lery has  the  world's  most  extensive  holdings  of  Hokusai.)  In  addition 
he  attended  the  International  Institute  for  Conservation  of  Historic 
and  Artistic  Works  London  Conference  and  assisted  Takashi  Sugiura, 
of  the  Freer  staff,  in  presenting  a  session  devoted  to  Far  Eastern  paper- 
conservation  techniques. 

Plans  continued  to  move  forward  for  the  Master  Prints  of  Japan 
Exhibition  to  be  held  at  the  University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles  in 
April  1969,  sponsored  by  the  Art  Council.  Stem  was  asked  to  organize 
the  exhibition,  select  the  prints,  and  write  the  book  which  will  ac- 
company it.  The  show  will  be  the  largest  and  most  comprehensive  early 
Japanese  woodblock  print  exhibition  ever  held  on  the  West  Coast.  He 
also  was  called  upon  in  April  by  the  Department  of  State  to  organize, 
for  the  delegates  to  the  United  States-Japan  Conference  on  Cultural 
and  Educational  Interchange,  an  exhibition  of  Meiji  period  art  to  be 
displayed  at  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Museum  of  History  and 
Technology. 

Progress  was  made  on  his  study  of  the  Gallery  paintings  of  the  Ukiyoe 
school,  with  their  publication  the  object.  In  addition  Stem  was  selected 
a  trustee  of  the  Japan-America  Society  of  Washington  and  was  asked 
to  serve  on  the  executive  committee. 

Head  curator  Rutherford  J.  Gettens  of  the  technical  laboratory 
devoted  his  major  effort  to  the  continued  preparation  of  volume  2  of 
The  Freer  Chinese  Bronzes,  now  in  galley  proof. 

In  July  1967,  at  the  invitation  of  Rene  Sneyers,  deputy  director  of  the 
Institut  Royal  du  Patrimoine  Artistique,  he  s{3ent  the  summer  in  Brus- 
sels as  "visiting  specialist"  observing  practices  in  technical  study  and 
conservation  in  Belgium,  and  in  writing  and  editing  three  articles  on 
the  identification  of  pigments,  to  be  published  in  Studies  in  Conserva- 
tion. He  also  gathered  further  material  in  Europe  for  the  pigment 
identification  series  and  participated  in  the  one-week  conference  of 
International  Council  of  Museums  Committee  on  Conservation  in 
Brussels.  At  the  International  Institute  for  Conservation  of  Historic 
and  Artistic  Works  Conference  on  Museum  Climatology,  in  London,  he 
was  honored  as  the  Forbes  Prize  lecturer. 

315-997     O  -  69  -  13 


186  FREER    GALLERY    OF    ART 

In  addition  to  being  appointed  coordinator  of  the  working  group  on 
"reference  materials"  for  the  icom  Committee  on  Conservation,  Gettens 
was  elected  in  March  1968  to  a  three-year  term  as  president  of  the  iic. 

Assistant  conservator  W.  Thomas  Chase  of  the  technical  laboratory 
continued  to  assist  Rutherford  J.  Gettens  in  the  preparation  of  the 
manuscript  for  the  forthcoming  publication  on  technical  studies  of 
Chinese  bronze  vessels  and  his  manuscript  on  two  Chinese  bronze  weap- 
ons with  meteoritic  iron  blades.  He  also  carried  forward  his  investiga- 
tion of  Chinese  bronze  belt-hooks  for  a  projected  future  publication. 

Chase  assisted  Professor  Oleg  Grabar  of  the  University  of  Michigan 
in  organizing  the  Sassanian  Silver  Conference  held  at  the  Freer  28-29 
February  1968. 

Assistant  curator  of  Chinese  art  Thomas  Lawton  was  concerned  with 
a  complete  reexamination  of  all  objects  in  the  Chinese  collection.  Colo- 
phons, seals,  and  inscriptions  on  paintings  were  studied  and  new  infor- 
mation added  to  the  Gallery's  research  materials.  His  organization  of 
information  and  selection  of  representative  objects  from  the  collections 
for  a  Gallery  handbook  are  now  well  under  way. 

Staff  Changes 

The  Gallery  regretfully  announced,  on  30  April  1968,  the  retirement 
of  Rutherford  J.  Gettens  as  head  of  the  technical  laboratory  after  seven- 
teen years  at  the  Gallery.  He  will  continue  to  serve  as  a  consultant. 

In  August  1967  Donald  Kelman  and  Yoshiaki  Shimizu  completed 
their  summer  intern  studies  at  the  Gallery. 

William  Trousdale  resigned  as  associate  curator  of  Chinese  art  in 
September  1967  to  accept  a  position  in  the  Office  of  Anthropology, 
Museum  of  Natural  History.  Thomas  Lawton  reported  for  duty  as  as- 
sistant curator  of  Chinese  art. 

In  May  1968  Morris  Rossabi  reported  for  a  one-year  predoctoral 
research  internship. 

Library 

Library  acquisitions  this  year  included  337  volumes,  2,338  photographs, 
and  2,928  slides. 

A  total  of  296  scholars,  students,  and  visitors  used  the  library  for 
research,  and  10  graduate  library  students  interviewed  the  librarian 
for  infonnation  on  the  administration  and  organization  of  the  library. 

Through  the  generosity  of  the  Weedon  Foundation,  the  library  was 
able  to  acquire  additional  material,  among  which  were : 

Toyozo  Arakawa.     Shino.  Osaka,  1967. 

Idemitsu  Bijutsu  Sensho.     Tokyo:  Idemitsu  Bijutsukan,  1966-1968. 

Wang  Shih-chieh  (compiler) .     Garland  of  Chinese  Painting.     Hong  Kong,  1967. 


LIBRARY PUBLIC    SERVICES  187 

Books  purchased  from  the  Kevorkian  Foundation  grant  included : 

Louis  Frederic.     Art  of  India:  Temples  and  Sculptures.     New  York,  1959. 
Kanwar  Lai.     Immortal  Khajuraho.     Delhi,  1965. 

Public  Services 

The  Gallery  was  open  to  the  public  daily,  except  Christmas,  from  9 :  00 
a.m.  to  4:30  p.m.  A  total  of  169,533  individuals  visited  the  exhibits 
(the  August  attendance  of  28,652  was  the  highest  of  any  month)  of 
which  2,417  visited  the  office  for  general  information,  to  submit  objects 
for  examination  and  inscriptions  for  translation,  to  consult  with  staff 
members,  to  take  photographs  or  sketch  in  the  galleries,  to  study  in  the 
library,  and  to  examine  objects  in  storage.  Members  of  the  staff  examined 
7,685  objects  and  652  photographs,  and  translated  788  Oriental  lan- 
guage inscriptions  for  individuals  and  institutions.  Objects  in  storage 
were  shown  to  506  persons.  By  request,  45  groups,  totaling  92 1  persons, 
were  given  docent  tours  through  the  exhibition  galleries,  and  8  groups 
of  105  individuals  were  given  docent  ser\-ice  in  the  storage  areas.  Among 
the  visitors  were  255  distinguished  scholars  in  Far  and  Near  Eastern 
art  or  persons  holding  official  positions  who  came  here  to  study  museum 
administration  and  practices;  of  this  number,  138  were  from  other 
countries. 

On  26  October  1967,  a  ceremony  celebrating  the  coronation  of  His 
Imperial  Majesty  Mohammad  Reza  Pahlavi,  Shahanshah  of  Iran,  and 
Her  Imperial  Majesty  The  Empress  Farah  Diba  was  held  in  the  audi- 
torium. Vice  President  Hubert  H.  Humphrey  and  Ambassador  of  Iran 
and  Mrs.  Ansary  attended,  along  with  many  other  distinguished  guests. 
Following  this,  a  special  exhibition  of  Iranian  art  was  opened  in  the 
galleries. 

The  auditorium  was  used  by  12  outside  organizations  for  22  meetings 
with  a  total  of  3,447  individuals  attending. 

The  fifteenth  annual  series  of  illustrated  lectures,  held  in  the  audi- 
torium, included: 

"Ceramic  Wares  of  Siam."  Dr.  Charles  N.  Spinks,  American  University 
(October  1967). 

"The  Artistic  Program  of  Ajanta."  Professor  Walter  M.  Spink,  The  University 
of  Michigan  (November  1967). 

"A  Newly  Discovered  Medieval  City  in  the  Syrian  Desert."  Professor  Oleg 
Grabar,  University  of  Michigan  (January  1968) . 

"Musicial  Instruments  in  Japanese  Art."  Professor  David  B.  Waterhouse,  Uni- 
versity of  Toronto  (February  1968). 

"Indian  and  Iranian  Elements  in  Early  Japanese  Art."  Professor  Benjamin 
Rowland,  Harvard  University  (March  1968). 

The  photographic  laboratory,  under  the  supervision  of  Raymond 
Schwartz,  processed  a  total  of  17,061  items  during  the  year  of  both 


188  FREER    GALLERY   OF    ART 

Freer  Gallery  objects  and  those  submitted  from  other  sources;  these  in- 
cluded negatives,  photographs,  color  slides,  color-sheet  films,  polaroid 
prints,  and  album  and  registration  prints. 

The  sales  desk  sold  113,154  items  consisting  of  5,353  publications  and 
107,801  reproductions  (including  postcards,  slides,  photographs,  and 
reproductions  in  the  round) . 


Publications 

GettenSj  Rutherford  J.  "Joining  Methods  in  the  Fabrication  of  Ancient 
Chinese  Bronze  Ceremonial  Vessels."  Pages  205-217  in  Proceedings  of 
the  Seminar  on  Application  of  Science  in  Examination  of  Works  of  Art. 
Boston,  September  1965. 

Gettens,  Rutherford  J.,  Hermann  Kuhn,  and  W.  T.  Chase.  "Lead 
White."     Studies    in    Conservation,    vol.    12,    no.    4,    pp.    125-139,    1968. 

Lawton,  ThomaSj  and  Chu-tsing  Li.  "The  New  Chinese  Landscape."  Art 
]ournal,vo\.  27,  no.  2  (Winter  1967-1968),  pp.  142-150. 

Pope,  John  A.,  Rutherford  J.  Gettens,  James  Cahill,  and  Noel  Barnard. 
The  Freer  Chinese  Bronzes.  Vol.  1,  catalogue.  Washington:  Freer  Gal- 
lery of  Art  (Smithsonian  Institution  Publication  4706),  1967. 

Stern,  Harold  P.  Moonlight  Revelry.  Text  for  a  Springbok  Puzzle. 
Thompsonville,   1968. 

.      "Traditional   Japanese   Art."     Asahi  Evening  News,   Tokyo.,   March 

1968. 


National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts 

David  W.  Scott,  Director 


'"T'HE  NEW  GALLERY  OF  THE  National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts  was 
-'■  opened  in  the  belief  that  what  it  has  to  offer  is  profoundly  needed 
at  this  time.  It  is  both  a  resource  and  a  force.  As  a  resource  it  plays  a 
vital  role,  never  more  important  than  during  an  age  of  rapid  change 
and  reassessment.  When  we  are  struck,  as  we  are  so  vividly  today,  by 
the  realization  that  change  is  of  the  essence,  we  tend  to  forget  the 
opposite  and  equal  truth  that  continuity,  as  well,  is  of  the  essence.  One 
of  the  most  profound  maladies  of  our  time  is  our  emphasis  on  change 
itself,  to  the  exclusion  of  continuity,  as  a  life  principle.  This  overvalua- 
tion strikes  at  the  foundations  of  orderly  growth  and  evolution.  The 
arts  record  the  spiritual  voyage  of  our  nation  and  tell  us  whence  we 
have  come  and  what  values  and  beliefs  have  guided  and  sustained  us, 
in  short — who  we  are.  As  a  major,  continuing  repository  for  significant 
American  Art,  the  National  Collection  is  thus  a  vitally  important 
resource. 

And  the  Collection  is  a  force.  In  the  terms  of  today's  activists,  it 
represents  the  march  of  the  American  spirit.  It  reflects  our  inquiry  and 
our  energy,  our  doubt  and  our  affirmation.  Enormous  strength,  courage, 
and  faith  emanate  from  the  monumental  building,  from  the  paintings 
in  its  halls,  from  the  sculpture  in  its  court.  Here  we  see  process  and 
creativity,  discipline  and  imagination,  the  bridging  from  the  past  and 
from  the  present  toward  the  future,  the  formulation  of  change,  the  con- 
frontation with  and  embracing  of  the  new. 

And  this  action  operates  not  only  within  the  walls  of  the  building — 
although  works  of  art  from  all  over  the  country  and  visitors  from  all 
over  the  world  meet  in  this  arena.  The  National  Collection  and  the 

189 


190 


NATIONAL    COLLECTION    OF    FINE    ARTS 


President  Lyndon  B.  Johnson  dedicates  the  nation's  newest,  and  oldest,  museum, 
the  National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts,  on  3  May  in  the  sculpture  court  of  the 
renovated  Old  Patent  Office  Building.  Below,  the  8th  and  G  Streets  entrance 
ablaze  with  light  for  the  3,318  guests  who  attended  the  formal  dedication 
ceremonies. 


OPENING    THE    NEW    GALLERIES  191 

exhibits  it  assembles  project  their  efTects  outward — to  the  schools  of 
the  District  of  Columbia,  to  the  White  House,  to  small  libraries  and 
community  colleges  throughout  the  land,  and  to  the  nation's  largest 
museums.  Throughout  Latin  America,  Europe,  Afiica,  and  Asia  the 
National  Collection's  International  Art  Program  sends  exhibits  and 
curators,  and  it  co-sponsors  art  workshops.  The  Collection  communicates 
through  lectures,  slides,  prints,  publications,  periodicals,  radio,  and 
television.  It  encourages  scholarship  and  trains  museum  technicians.  It 
is  a  lively  part  of  that  great  national  university,  the  Smithsonian  Institu- 
tion. Its  aim  is  to  project  and  to  share  the  American  experience  as  a 
fundamental  part  of  the  universal  experience.  Its  faith  is  founded  on  a 
belief  in  the  creative  energies  of  man  and  the  ultimate  integrity  of  the 
human  spirit. 

Opening  of  the  New  Galleries 

The  dedication  ceremony  for  the  new  galleries  of  the  National  Collec- 
tion of  Fine  Arts  took  place  at  9 :  30  p.m.,  3  May.  Seated  under  the  elms 
in  the  courtyard  on  that  warm  spring  evening  were  3,318  guests.  The  Sec- 
retary, having  recounted  the  history  of  the  National  Collection,  intro- 
duced President  Johnson,  who  characterized  himself  as  feeling  "very 
much  like  a  proud  uncle  to  the  National  Collection."  He  added,  "If  I 
will  never  be  remembered  as  a  patron  of  the  arts,  I  should  be  delighted 
to  be  known  as  an  uncle  of  the  arts  ...  one  who  doesn't  visit  often  but 
likes  his  relatives  to  do  well."  Then  the  President  and  Mrs.  Johnson 
were  escorted  through  the  galleries  by  the  Secretary  and  Mrs.  Ripley. 
The  red-coated  Marine  Corps  Band  played  for  the  moonlit  courtyard 
ceremony,  and,  during  the  reception  following  the  formal  dedication, 
the  New  England  String  Quartet  played  in  the  assembly  room. 

On  the  following  morning,  a  scholarly  symposium  was  held  on  the 
topic,  "Directions  for  the, National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts."  Charles 
Sawyer,  Chairman  of  the  Smithsonian  Art  Commission,  served  as  mod- 
erator. The  three  principal  speakers,  all  distinguished  members  of  the 
Smithsonian  Art  Commission,  were:  Edgar  P.  Richardson,  who  com- 
mented on  research  in  art  history,  Bartlett  Hayes,  Jr.,  on  art  education, 
and  Lloyd  Goodrich,  on  the  subject  of  government  encouragement  of 
the  arts.  Discussants  were  Wayne  Andrews  of  the  Wayne  State  Univer- 
sity, and  John  B.  Hightower,  executive  director  of  the  New  York  State 
Council  of  the  Arts.  A  prepared  statement  was  also  read  by  Alfred 
Frankenstein,  San  Francisco  art  critic  and  art  historian. 

The  new  galleries — which  display  some  600  examples  of  American 
painting,  graphic  arts,  and  sculpture — opened  to  the  public  on  Monday, 
6  May.  They  have  already  enjoyed  widespread  popular  and  critical 


192  NATIONAL    COLLECTION    OF    FINE    ARTS 

success.  The  National  Collection  presents  both  continuing  and  chang- 
ing exhibitions  in  some  fourteen  halls  and  galleries,  with  more  exhibit 
areas  to  open  subsequently.  It  shares  with  the  National  Portrait  Gallery 
an  extensive  library  and  conservation  laboratory  established  as  centers 
for  training  and  research. 

Response  to  the  opening  has  been  most  gratifying.  Widespread 
Smithsonian  support  provided  essential  assistance  and  a  boost  to  the  mo- 
rale of  the  Collection's  staff.  All  the  major  national  news  and  art  peri- 
odicals, press  services,  and  television  information  services  covered  the 
event,  which  was  also  carried  by  such  media  as  special  displays  and  a 
unique  poster  program  sponsored  by  the  List  Foundation.  Interest  in  the 
new  museum  brought  ten  thousand  visitors  in  the  first  five  days  of 
operation. 

Smithsonian  Art  Commission 

At  the  forty-fifth  annual  meeting  of  the  Smithsonian  Art  Commis- 
sion, held  in  Washington  on  5  December  recommendations  were  made 
for  the  reappointment  of  Page  Cross,  Lloyd  Goodrich,  Walker  Han- 
cock, and  Bartlett  H.  Hayes,  Jr.  for  the  usual  four-year  term.  The  fol- 
lowing officers  were  elected:  Charles  H.  Sawyer,  chairman;  Walker 
Hancock,  vice-chairman;  and  S.  Dillon  Ripley,  secretary.  Appointed  to 
the  executive  committee  were:  David  E.  Finley,  chairman;  Ogden  M. 
Pleissner,  Henry  P.  Mcllhenny,  Charles  H.  Sawyer  (ex  officio).  Walker 
Hancock  (ex  officio),  and  S.  Dillon  Ripley  (ex  officio).  The  resigna- 
tion of  Gilmore  D.  Clarke  was  regretfully  accepted. 

Under  provisions  of  the  revised  bylaws,  which  were  approved  by  the 
Smithsonian  Board  of  Regents  in  January,  the  following  new  members 
were  announced  at  the  spring  meeting  of  the  Commission  on  3  May: 
William  A.  M.  Burden,  Regent  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  and  art 
collector;  Martin  Friedman,  Director  of  the  Walker  Art  Center; 
Thomas  Howe,  Director  Emeritus  of  the  Palace  of  the  Legion  of  Honor ; 
Mrs.  J.  Lee  Johnson,  President  of  the  Board  of  the  Amon  Carter  Mu- 
seum of  Western  Art;  Samuel  C.  Johnson,  business  executive,  collector, 
and  patron;  and  Mrs.  Otto  L.  Spaeth,  writer,  collector,  and  patron. 
The  resignations  of  Paul  Mellon  and  Stow  Wengenroth  were  also  an- 
nounced at  the  special  spring  meeting. 

At  both  the  December  and  May  meetings.  Commission  members 
reviewed  works  of  art  which  had  been  submitted  during  the  year  and 
recommended  their  acceptance  or  rejection  for  the  National  Collection 
of  Fine  Arts. 

The  immediate  past  Chairman  of  the  Commission,  Edgar  P.  Richard- 
son, was  the  honored  recipient  of  the  second  Smithson  Medal,  formally 


Survey  of  American  Art  exhibited  in  the  Lincoln  Gallery  which  served  as  a 
Civil  War  hospital  and  was  the  setting  for  President  Lincoln's  second  inaugural 
ball  and  banquet. 


presented  3  May  at  a  ceremony  in  the  great  hall  of  the  Smithsonian 
Institution  building. 

The  Collections 

An  outstanding  gift  to  the  National  Collection  was  that  of  Emil  J. 
Arnold,  which  included  works  by  Jacob  Epstein,  Louis  Eilshemius,  Karl 
Knaths,  and  Louise  Nevelson.  Orrin  Wickersham  June  donated  works 
by  Bierstadt,  Kroll,  Kensett,  and  other  artists.  Following  the  death  of 
William  Zorach,  the  artist's  children  deposited  with  ncfa  an  important 
group  of  sculptures,  paintings,  and  drawings  by  this  artist  as  a  nucleus 
by  which  his  life  work  may  be  studied  in  depth. 

Received  as  a  transfer  from  the  Harmon  Foundation  were  more  than 
eleven  hundred  paintings,  watercolors,  drawings,  and  prints  by  the 
Negro  artist  W.  H.  Johnson.  These  were  cataloged  and  photographed 
under  curator  Adelyn  D.  Breeskin's  direction.  Fifty  pieces  were  selected 
to  be  retained  by  ncfa  as  a  nucleus  of  the  artist's  best  works,  and  the 
principal  Negro  colleges  and  the  Museum  of  African  Art  each  selected 
a  dozen  of  this  artist's  works  for  their  art  and  educational  programs. 

The  most  important  purchase  of  the  year  was  the  entire  surviving 
contents  of  the  studio — -in  Florence,  Italy — of  the  eminent  19th-centur\' 
American  sculptor  Hiram  Powers.  It  comprises  160  pieces  of  sculpture 
and  over  six  thousand  letters  between  the  artist  and  major  British  and 
American  personalities — including  three  United  States  Presidents — on 


Top,  left:  Hiram  Powers  (1805-1873),  Eve  Tempted,  modeled  1839;  pur- 
chased in  memory  of  Ralph  Cross  Johnson.  Top,  right:  Frederick  MacMonnies 
(1863-1937),  Bacchante  and  Infant  Faun,  bronze,  1894,  Below,  left:  Alexander 
Archipenko  (1887-1964),  King  Solomon,  bronze,  1963;  gift  of  Frances  Archi- 

penko.  Below,  right:  Chaim  Gross  (1904 ),  jfudith,  rosewood,  n.d.;  gift  of 

the  artist. 


THE    COLLECTIONS 


195 


the  political,  artistic,  and  literary  scene.  Included  were  two  major  mar- 
ble statues.  Eve  Tempted,  purchased  in  memory  of  Ralph  Cross  John- 
son, and  The  Last  of  the  Tribe.  Other  purchases  include  Niagara  Falls 
( 1820)  by  Alvan  Fisher  ( 1967.85) ,  the  second  of  a  pair  of  paintings  by 
this  artist,  and  a  bronze  Bacchante  by  Frederick  MacMonnies. 

The  Registrar  reports  that  1,425  works  of  art  were  submitted  for 
accessioning,  including  142  paintings,  278  pieces  of  sculpture  (includ- 
ing 160  pieces  by  Hiram  Powers),  989  prints  and  drawings,  and  16 
decorative  arts  objects.  These  works  were  given  by  124  donors  or  partly 
purchased  through  ncfa  funds.  The  museum  sent  out  337  items  to 
other  museums  and  institutions  for  exhibitions. 

Four  pieces  of  brass  jewelry  designed  for  his  wife  by  Alexander  Calder 
were  donated  by  the  artist;  and  Atelier  Mourlot  gave  a  number  of 
prints.  The  following  were  also  included  in  gifts  received  during  the 
year: 


Artist 
Romaine  Brooks 
Jasper  F.  Cropsey 
Gene  Davis 
Louis  Eilshemius 

a/Ralph  Earl 

Helen  Frankenthaler 
Thomas  George 
Cleve  Gray 
Hans  Hofmann 
Eugene  Higgins 
Lester  Johnson 
William  H.  Johnson 
Alexander  Liberman 
George  L.  K.  Morris 
Lowell  Nesbitt 
Henry  Lyman  Sayen 
Maurice  Sterne 
Adja  Yunkers 


PAINTINGS 

Title 
(14  paintings) 
Greenwood  Lake 
Gothic  Jab 
Standing  and  Reclining 

Nymphs 
(pair  of  portraits  of 

clockmaker  and  wife) 
Small's  Paradise 
Painting  #21 
Ceres  I 
Untitled 

The  Black  Cloud 
Three  Graces 
Flower  to  Teacher 
Green  Diagonal 
Industrial  Landscape 
Ben  Berns'  Studio  1967 
(14  paintings) 
Benares  on  the  Ganges 
Aegean  II 


Donor 
The  artist 
Ellen  Wheeler 
The  artist 
Roy  Neuberger 

Orrin  W.  June 

George  L.  Erion 

The  artist 

The  artist 

Harry  Kreindler 

Ranger  Fund 

Martha  Jackson  Gallery 

The  Harmon  Institute 

The  artist 

Anonymous 

The  artist 

The  artist 

Ranger  Fund 

The  artist 


PRINTS,  DRAWINGS,  AND  WATERCOLORS 

Artist  Title  Donor 

Romaine  Brooks  (drawings,  watercolors)        The  artist 


William  Gropper 
Chaim  Gross 

Alfred  Maurer 


(5  drawings)  The  artist 

( 1 9  drawings,  watercolors.  The  artist 

and  prints) 

Portrait  of  a  Girl  George  P.  Blundell 


Hans  Hoffman  (1880-1966),  untitled.  Tempera  on  canvas,  n.d.  Gift  of  Harry  E. 

Kreindler, 


Artist 
Raphael  Soyer 
Abraham  Walkowitz 


Title 
(10  drawings) 
(watercolor) 


Donor 
Emil  J.  Arnold 
Emil  J.  Arnold 


Alexander  Calder 
Sue  Fuller 
Charles  Grafly 
Chaim  Gross 

Alexander  Liberman 
Victor  Millonzi 

Bernard  Rosenthal 
Theodore  Roszak 


SCULPTURE 

Nenuphar 

String  Composition  #534 
Meade  Memorial 
Three  Acrobats  on  a 

Unicycle 
Equipoise 
Mellow  Yellow 

The  Smithsonian  Column 
Construction  in  White 


The  artist 
The  artist 
Dorothy  Grafly 
Harris  J.  Klein 

The  artist 

Robert  and  Eleanor 

Millonzi  Foundation 
The  artist 
The  artist 


During  the  year  the  lending  program  of  the  National  Collection 
organized  a  number  of  special  exhibits  for  the  White  House,  gov- 
ernment agencies,  and  the  District  of  Columbia  schools.  A  limited 


Henry  Lyman  Sayen    (1875-1918),  Valley  Falls.  Oil  on  canvas,   1915. 
Gift  of  H.  Lyman  Sayen. 


George  Bellows  (1882-1925),  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Philip  Wase.  Oil  on  canvas, 
1924.  Gift  of  Paul  Mellon. 


198  NATIONAL    COLLECTION    OF    FINE    ARTS 

number  of  loans  were  made  to  federal  agencies  and  approved  educa- 
tional institutions.  Approximately  900  works  of  art  are  on  loan,  includ- 
ing over  100  paintings  and  prints  to  the  White  House,  most  of  which 
represent  American  art  of  this  century.  Also  organized  was  the 
Third  White  House  Fellows  Seminar  on  American  Art  which  was 
attended  by  the  Fellows  and  members  of  the  President's  staff.  Works  of 
art  were  purchased  for  government  agencies,  and  numerous  private 
collections  were  inspected  with  reference  to  gifts  for  the  collection.  The 
Barney  lending  collection  was  reorganized  and  moved  into  new  quarters 
under  the  supervision  of  Jean  Lewton. 

The  conservation  laboratory  examined  some  500  works  in  the  collec- 
tion, and  by  May  more  than  80  paintings  had  received  treatment 
ranging  from  varnishing  to  cleaning  and  lining.  During  the  year  32 
pieces  of  sculpture  were  restored  or  cleaned.  Rostislav  Hlopoff,  con- 
servator for  the  Frick  Collection  in  New  York,  came  for  six  weeks  to 
restore  and  clean  six  large  works  for  the  opening.  Preventive  conserva- 
tion was  given  emphasis  during  the  year,  instruments  were  obtained  to 
monitor  relative  humidity  and  light  intensity,  and  increasing  attention 
was  given  to  safe  handling  and  storage  procedures. 

Exhibitions 

The  last  outpost  of  ncfa  occupancy  in  the  Museum  of  Natural  History 

building  was  evacuated  in  January.  As  the  new  building  was  not  to  be 

opened  to  the  public  until  May,  the  year's  exhibitions  were  limited  to 

a  six-month  period.  They  included  the  following : 

Treasures  from  the  Cooper  Union  Museum  (13  July  through  24  Sep- 
tember 1967),  which  numbered  250  items — a  small  selection  in  re- 
lation to  the  scale  and  variety  of  the  Cooper  Union  Museum's  col- 
lection of  fine  and  decorative  arts.  Objects  displayed  ranged  from 
panels  of  wall  paper  to  paintings  by  Winslow  Homer,  bird  cages  to 
brocades,  Japanese  sword  fittings  to  jewelry.  An  extraordinary  exhibi- 
tion, it  did  honor  to  the  Cooper  Union,  one  of  the  great  museums  of 
America. 

George  Caleb  Bingham:  1811-1879  ( 19  October  1967  through  1  January 
1968)  J  which  brought  together  35  portrait,  genre,  and  narrative  paint- 
ings and  51  drawings  by  one  of  America's  foremost  delineators  of  the 
life  of  her  own  people.  Organized  by  ncfa,  the  exhibition  was  also 
presented  at  the  Cleveland  Museum  of  Art  and  the  Art  Galleries  of 
the  University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles. 

William  Zorach:  1887-1966  (21  September  through  5  November  1967), 
a  selection  of  57  sculptures,  paintings,  and  drawings  from  a  large 
group  of  the  artist's  work  given  to  ncfa  by  his  children. 


EXHIBITIONS INTERNATIONAL    ART    PROGRAM  199 

The  Graphic  Art  of  Mary  Cassatt  (22  November  1967  through  7  Jan- 
uary 1968),  a  definitive  collection  of  Cassatt's  etchings  and  litho- 
graphs. 

Personal  Impressions  by  Alice  Pike  Barney  (19  October  1967  through 
1  January  1968),  a  group  of  12  pastel  portraits. 

In  addition  50  examples  of  work  done  by  children  in  art  classes,  provided 
by  several  American  museums,  were  selected  from  exhibitions  being 
sent  abroad  under  sponsorship  of  ncfa's  International  Art  Program 
and  shown  ( 14  July  through  4  September  1967) . 

International  Art  Program 

The  principal  activity  in  the  earlier  part  of  the  year  was  the  organiza- 
tion and  preparation  of  the  American  exhibition  at  the  IX  Sao  Paulo 
Bienal.  This  major  show,  containing  a  memorial  exhibition  of  the  works 
of  Edward  Hopper  and  a  show  of  younger  painters  entitled  "Environ- 
ment USA,"  was  both  a  popular  and  a  critical  success  in  Sao  Paulo. 
One  of  the  Bienal  prizes  went  to  American  painter  Jasper  Johns.  The 
International  Art  Program  (iap)  prepared  an  extensive  catalog,  now 
on  the  commercial  market,  to  accompany  the  exhibition. 

In  the  fall  of  1967,  the  iap  collaborated  with  the  Pasadena  Museum  in 
preparing  the  American  representation  to  the  V  Paris  Biennial  for 
Young  Artists.  The  show  was  composed  of  four  west-coast  painters,  one 
of  whom,  Llyn  Foulkes,  won  the  grand  prize  for  painting. 

One  of  the  most  successful  ventures  of  the  year  was  a  traveling  print 
workshop,  organized  by  iap  and  sent  to  Pakistan  for  a  three-month 
period.  Printmaker  Michael  Ponce  de  Leon  received  a  Department  of 
State  grant  in  order  to  conduct  the  workshop.  Enthusiastic  reports  from 
Karachi  indicated  that  it  made  a  significant  contribution  to  the  artistic 
life  of  Pakistan. 

"Communication  Through  Art,"  an  exhibition  of  contemporary  graph- 
ic art,  is  now  in  India.  Through  Grey  Foundation  support,  the  Depart- 
ment of  State  provided  a  grant  for  New  York  City  artist  Clayton  Pond 
to  travel  to  East  Africa  with  the  exhibition  and  conduct  the  serigraph 
workshop.  "New  Expressions  in  American  Printmaking,"  shown  for 
eight  months  in  Germany,  was  lauded  as  the  best  United  States  exhi- 
bition of  its  kind  ever  circulated  there. 

In  Februar)',  the  iap  sent  a  small  collection  of  contemporary  United 
States  art  to  New  Delhi  as  the  official  American  entry  to  the  First  India 
Triennale  of  Contemporary  World  Art.  A  generous  grant  from  the  Ben 
and  Abby  Grey  Foundation  in  St.  Paul,  Minnesota,  made  this  possible. 
Here  again,  American  artists  received  prizes,  a  gold  medal  in  sculpture 
going  to  Joseph  Cornell  and  honorable  mention  to  Donald  Judd.  In 


200  NATIONAL    COLLECTION    OF    FINE    ARTS 

April,  a  collection  of  twenty  contemporary  prints  was  sent  to  the  Third 
Print  Biennial  in  Santiago,  Chile.  The  American  collection  won  the 
award  as  the  best  country  entry,  while  Joseph  Albers  received  a  prize 
as  the  best  individual  printmaker.  The  year's  activities  culminated  with 
the  preparation  and  installation  in  Venice  of  the  American  exhibition 
at  the  XXXIV  Venice  Biennale.  This  show,  organized  in  collaboration 
with  the  University  of  Nebraska,  contains  the  works  of  ten  artists  and 
is  built  around  the  theme,  "The  Figurative  Tradition  in  Recent  Ameri- 
can Art." 

Library 

The  library's  plan  to  develop  a  study  center  for  American  art  in 
Washington  comes  closer  to  realization  as  a  result  of  the  year's  events. 
The  total  number  of  3400  reference  uses  made  of  the  library  represents 
an  increase  of  57  percent  over  the  figure  reported  during  the  previous 
fiscal  year.  Notable  additions  to  the  library  collections  were  received 
from  Mrs.  Adelyn  D.  Breeskin,  Stefan  Munsing,  Dr.  and  Mrs.  David 
Scott,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Tessim  Zorach,  and  the  Washington  Gallery  of 
Modern  Art. 

Curatorial  and  Other  Staff  Activities 

The  activities  of  the  department  of  painting  and  sculpture  were  re- 
flected in  the  final  selection  of  art  works  shown  at  the  opening  of  the 
NCFA  as  well  as  in  their  documentation,  conservation,  photographing, 
and  placement.  Inspection  of  works  of  art  brought  in  for  identification 
and  opinion,  the  solicitation  of  new  objects  to  be  added  to  the  collections 
by  gift  and  purchase,  extending  help  and  advice  to  researchers  in 
American  art,  and  the  devising  of  new  programs  continued  at  a  steadily 
accelerating  rate. 

Director  David  W.  Scott  participated  as  a  juror  in  the  Armed  Forces 
Exhibition  in  Washington,  D.C.,  and  in  the  Ninth  Annual  Eight-State 
Exhibition  of  Painting  and  Sculpture  in  Oklahoma  City.  He  served  also 
as  a  judge  in  the  third  annual  Arts  and  Crafts  Festival  sponsored  by  the 
St.  Augustine  Arts  and  Crafts  Council  in  St.  Augustine,  Florida,  and 
was  a  panel  member  in  a  workshop  "to  evaluate  revival  and  develop- 
ment of  Northwest  Coast  Indian  Art"  in  Port  Chilkoot-Haines,  Alaska. 

Curator  of  painting  and  sculpture  Richard  P.  Wunder  spent  much 
of  his  time  on  the  transfer  of  the  Cooper  Union  Museum  to  the  Smith- 
sonian, which  officially  took  place  30  June.  The  negotiation  for  the 
acquisition  and  eventual  transfer  to  Washington  of  the  Hiram  Powers 
sculpture  studio  necessitated  two  trips  to  Italy.  He  also  lectured  before 


CURATORIAL   ACTIVITIES  201 

the  Third  White  House  Fellows  Seminar  conducted  by  ncfa,  the  Ma- 
terial Culture  Seminar  conducted  by  the  Department  of  American 
Studies,  the  Smithsonian  Associates,  and  the  Third  Pennsbury  Manor 
American  Forum,  Morrisville,  Pennsylvania. 

Curator  of  contemporary  art  Adelyn  D.  Breeskin  collected  67  paint- 
ings and  42  sculptures,  exclusive  of  the  Johnson  collection,  from  outside 
ncfa  for  the  opening.  She  engaged  in  the  organizing  of  the  comprehen- 
sive exhibition  of  prints  and  drawings  by  Mary  Cassatt,  which  traveling 
show  will  visit  nine  museums  throughout  the  country,  and  she  also  con- 
ducted two  all-day  art  tours  to  Philadelphia  and  to  Baltimore,  and 
taught  a  ten-week  course  on  "The  Art  of  Seeing,"  for  Smithsonian  As- 
sociates, as  well  as  jurying  shows  in  Norfolk,  Alexandria,  and  Baltimore. 

The  curator  of  prints  and  drawings  Jacob  Kainen  selected  work  rep- 
resenting high  points  in  American  art  from  the  18th  century  to  the 
present,  and  new  accessions  were  made  with  a  view  to  filling  historical 
gaps  in  the  collection.  He  lectured  on  18th-century  artist  Canaletto  at 
the  National  Gallery  of  Art  and  at  the  Museum  of  History  and  Tech- 
nology. He  also  delivered  a  series  of  lectures,  "Art  Without  History," 
for  the  Smithsonian  Associates. 

The  associate  curator  in  charge  of  the  lending  program  Donald  R. 
McClelland,  traveled  to  the  Orient  to  select  an  exhibition  of  paintings 
by  the  Ceylonese  artist  Justin  Daraniyagala  and  to  develop  an  exhibi- 
tion of  Mogul  art  from  Banaras,  India.  He  delivered  several  lectures  on 
American  art  in  Japan,  Ceylon,  and  India,  as  well  as  at  The  Little 
White  House,  Warm  Springs,  Georgia;  High  Museum,  Atlanta, 
Georgia;  the  National  Chapter  of  the  Daughters  of  the  American  Revo- 
lution, Washington,  D.C.;  and  at  the  White  House  Fellows  Seminars. 
He  juried  shows  at  the  Fairfax  County  Art  Association,  the  Virginia 
Museum  Show  (Alexandria),  and  the  Gunston  Hall  Art  Fellowship. 

Curator  of  exhibits  Harry  Lowe  led  an  art  tour  for  the  Smithsonian 
Associates  to  Richmond,  Virginia,  and  was  host  for  the  tour  to  the 
Valentine  Museum  and  Virginia  Museum  of  Fine  Arts.  He  also  served 
on  the  five-man  committee  appointed  to  select  the  art  works  comprising 
the  Tennessee  Painting  Today  collection;  selected  the  exhibition  for 
"Norio  Azuma-Maltby  Sykes:  New  Processes  in  Printmaking,"  for  the 
Tennessee  Fine  Arts  Center  in  Nashville;  organized  and  conducted  an 
art  tour  of  New  York  City  for  the  Smithsonian  Associates;  delivered  the 
commencement  address  at  the  Memphis  Academy  of  Art,  "Destruc- 
tion as  a  Positive  Force";  and  gave  a  lecture,  "The  Museum:  Large  or 
Small?"  at  the  annual  meeting  of  Telfair  Academy  of  Arts  and  Sciences 
at  Savannah,  Georgia. 

315-997     O  -  69  -  14 


Summer  by  Mrs.  W.  H.  Holmes  covered  by  an  opaque  bloom  caused  b 
steam  pipe;  right,  after  cleaning  and  revarnishing  in  the  conservation  la 


Above,  left:  Conservator  Norvell  Jones  cleaning  8xl0-foot  glass-top 
used  for  lining  paintings;  right,  plaster  head  by  Hiram  Powers,  showing  < 
half  finished.  Below,  left:  assistant  conservator  Elizabeth  McDonald  wo 
"II  Penseroso"  by  Mozier;  right,  museum  technician  Alden  Jackson  apply 
leaf  to  a  period  frame  in  the  museum's  frame  shop.  (Photo  by  Peter  Fi; 
York  City.) 


CURATORIAL    ACTIVITIES  203 

Chief  of  the  International  Art  Program  Lois  Bingham  and  assistant 
Betty  Jo  Abel  traveled  to  Brazil  twice,  to  install  and  to  dismantle  the 
American  exhibition  at  the  IX  Sao  Paulo  Bienal.  Miss  Bingham  made 
survey  trips  to  Latin  American  countries  to  arrange  for  circulation  of 
the  exhibition,  "The  New  Vein,"  and  in  Italy,  with  deputy  chief  Mar- 
garet Cogswell,  she  installed  the  American  exhibition  at  the  XXXIV 
Venice  Biennale.  In  Czechoslovakia  and  Romania  she  arranged  for  the 
show,  "The  Disappearance  and  Re-Appearance  of  the  Image,"  which 
was  in  Romania  under  the  United  States-Romanian  Cultural  Exchange 
Agreement  for  1968.  She  also  juried  the  annual  exhibition  of  the  Acad- 
emy of  Fine  Arts  in  Easton,  Maryland. 

Head  conservator  Charles  Olin  gave  slide  lectures  to  a  number  of 
groups  including  the  National  Trust  for  Historic  Preservation,  the 
Jewish  Community  Center,  and  the  84th  Congress  Wives'  Club.  He 
spent  three  days  at  Dickinson  College  giving  lectures  and  seminars  on 
conservation,  and  was  guest  lecturer  for  the  George  Washington  Uni- 
versity museum  training  course. 

Under  Mrs.  Mary  Nell  Sherman,  special  service  activities  focused  on 
the  NCFA  opening  and  included  a  community  relations  program,  under 
which  the  Director's  preview  tour  for  over  thirty-five  commercial 
neighbors  resulted  in  twenty  imaginative  store  windows  honoring  the 
opening.  The  plans  for  the  opening  provided  for  invitations,  hostesses, 
a  press  room,  establishing  complete  invitational  lists,  as  well  as  a  White 
House  tour  for  major  donors,  and  dinner  parties  at  the  Italian  and 
Brazilian  Embassies  for  out-of-town  guests. 

The  volunteer  staff  for  the  opening  included  Miss  Ruth  Oviatt,  a 
retired  writer  and  editor  who  wrote  the  major  part  of  the  press  kit; 
Mrs.  John  Durrell,  who  worked  on  community  relations;  Mrs.  Huston 
Coiner  III,  who  carried  out  a  new  liaison  program  with  guidebooks, 
convention  bureaus,  usis  missions  and  map  companies;  Mrs.  Ellis 
Lyons,  who  planned  an  extensive  educational  program  for  schools  and 
libraries;  Mrs.  Robert  Kintner,  who  organized  pre-opening  dinner  par- 
ties for  350  out-of-town  guests;  and  Mrs.  Angel  Byrne,  who  aided  with 
the  logistics  of  the  opening.  Two  dozen  additional  volunteers,  most  from 
the  Smithsonian  Ladies  Committee,  accomplished  vital  work  such  as 
addressing  invitations  and  mailing  posters  to  museums. 

The  Office  of  Special  Services  programmed  the  openings  for  the 
George  Caleb  Bingham  and  Mary  Cassatt  exhibitions  in  the  Musuem 
of  Natural  History;  prepared  press  kits  for  the  Biennials  in  Sao  Paulo 
and  Venice;  arranged  a  four-part  lecture  series  in  cooperation  with  the 
Washington  Print  Club;  planned  a  series  of  teas  for  Congressional  and 
Ambassadorial  wives;  and  prepared  a  continuing  program  of  private 
tours  for  distinguished  visitors. 


204  NATIONAL    COLLECTION    OF    FINE    ARTS 

The  docent  program  was  initiated  during  the  year  and  has  been 
greatly  expanded.  This  first  summer  will  see  two  tours  daily  during  the 
week,  and  one  tour  each  day  on  the  weekend. 

Research 

A  number  of  research  projects  were  carried  on  despite  the  heavy  de- 
mands of  preparation  for  opening  the  museum.  Mrs.  Pamela  AUara  pre- 
pared a  paper  on  the  art  career  of  the  National  Collection's  first  director, 
William  Henry  Holmes.  Curator  Adelyn  D.  Breeskin  made  important 
progress  on  her  monumental  study  of  Mary  Cassatt  and  hopes  to  com- 
plete her  "Catalogue  Raisonee"  by  the  end  of  the  year.  She  also  began 
intensive  study  of  Milton  Avery's  paintings  in  preparation  for  next 
year's  exhibition. 

The  department  of  painting  and  sculpture  is  working  toward  a  final 
catalog  of  the  National  Collection's  holdings  of  American  painting  and 
sculpture.  Curator  Richard  Wunder  has  been  transcribing  and  analyz- 
ing the  correspondence  of  19th-century  sculptor  Hiram  Powers,  prepar- 
atory to  publishing  a  definitive  monograph.  Volunteers  from  the  Junior 
League  of  Washington  have  assisted  in  transcribing  the  letters.  Wunder 
is  also  gathering  data  on  American  expatriate  artist  Romaine  Brooks  in 
anticipation  of  the  National  Collection's  exhibition  of  her  paintings  and 
publication  of  her  memoirs,  and  on  Emanuel  Leutze  for  the  ncfa 
exhibition  planned  for  the  summer  of  1969. 

Assistant  curator  William  Truettner  followed  up  his  study  of  Frederic 
Edwin  Church's  19th-century  paintings  of  the  Far  North  with  an 
article,  "The  Genesis  of  Frederic  Edwin  Church's  Aurora  Borealis,"  to 
be  published  in  the  October  Art  Quarterly.  He  also  completed  research 
on  Gilbert  Stuart's  18th-century  portraits  of  naval  officers,  and  his 
article,  "Portraits  of  Stephen  Decatur  After  Gilbert  Stuart,"  was  sub- 
mitted for  publication. 

Research  assistant  Robert  Hunter  worked  extensively  on  paintings  in 
the  National  Collection  by  early  19th-century  landscape  artists  Alvan 
Fisher  and  Thomas  Cole. 

Curator  of  prints  and  drawings  Jacob  Kainen  is  nearing  completion 
of  a  history  of  the  Works  Progress  Administration  graphic  arts  project 
in  New  York  City,  for  an  organization  sponsored  by  the  National 
Foundation  of  the  Arts.  Kainen  also  wrote  forewords  to  various  books 
and  catalogs.  Research  assistant  Caril  Dreyfuss  completed  studies  on 
the  history  of  the  Washington  Workshop  and  the  Color  School  which 
developed  from  it,  and  did  preliminary  research  on  American  engraver 
Stanley  William  Hayter. 


RESEARCH PUBLICATIONS  205 

In  addition,  scholars  were  brought  to  the  National  Collection  of  Fine 
Arts  for  special  projects.  A  study  of  exterior  sculpture  in  the  District  of 
Columbia  by  Bruce  Moore  and  Michael  Richmann  was  carried  to  a 
conclusion.  Professor  William  Gerdts  made  a  study  of  the  19th-century 
American  sculpture  in  the  National  Collection.  Mrs.  Selma  Rein  re- 
searched 19th-  and  20th-century  legislation  on  the  planning,  erecting, 
and  maintaining  of  the  Old  Patent  Office  building,  as  source  material 
for  a  small  booklet  on  the  monumental  building  which  now  houses  the 
Collection. 

Publications  by  the  staff  include  the  following : 

Breeskin,  Adelyn  D.      The  Graphic  Art  of  Mary  Cassatt.      1 1 1  pp.     New  York 

and  Washington:   The  Museum  of  Graphic  Art  and  Smithsonian  Institution 

Press,  1967. 
Kainen,  Jacob.     [Foreword  to]   Raphael  Soyer — Fifty  Years  of  Print  Making 

1917-1967.     Compiled  and  edited  by  Sylvan  Cole,  Jr.     New  York:  Da  Capo 

Press,  1967. 
Lowe,  Harry.     [Essay  in]  Norio  Azuma-Maltby  Sykes:  New  Processes  in  Print 

Making.     Nashville,  Tennessee:   Tennessee  Fine  Arts  Center,  1968. 
McClelland,    Donald    R.     "Sudanese    Perspective."     Mid-East — A    Middle 

East-North  African  Review,  vol.  7,  no.  9  (November  1967),  pp.  14-18. 
Olin,    Charles.      "Conservation    at    the    National    Collection   of   Fine    Arts." 

Arts  Magazine,  vol.  42,  no.  8  (June/Summer  1968),  pp.  67-68. 
Scott,  David  W.      "New  Home  for  the  Nation's  Oldest  Collection."     Art  Edu- 
cation, Journal  of  the  National  Art  Education  Association,  vol.  21,  no.  5  (May 

1968),  pp.  10-13,  5  illustr. 
.      "The  National  Collection."     The  Art  Gallery,  vol.   11,  no.   8    (May 

1968),  pp.  21-30,  16  illustr. 
Wunder,  Richard  P.      "Charles  Michel-Ange  Challe:  A  Study  of  His  Life  and 

Work."     Apollo,  vol.  87,  no.  71  (January  1968),  pp.  22-35. 
.      "The    Smithsonian    Institution's   National   Collection   of   Fine   Arts." 

The  Connoisseur,  vol.  168,  no.  675  (May  1968),  pp.  49-54. 

Publications 

Publications  prepared  under  the  auspices  of  the  National  Collection  of 
Fine  Arts  as  follows : 

George  Caleb  Bingham  1811-1879.  Text  by  E.  Maurice  Bloch.  99  pp.,  36 
illustr.     Washington:    Smithsonian   Institution  Press   (publ.  4725),   1967. 

Highlights  of  the  National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts.  Introd.  by  David  W.  Scott; 
essays  by  Richard  P.  Wunder,  Adelyn  Breeskin,  and  Jacob  Kainen;  descrip- 
tions by  William  Truettner  and  Caril  Dreyfuss.  64  pp.,  48  illustr.  Wash- 
ington: Smithsonian  Institution  Press  (publ.  4737),  1968. 

National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts-National  Portrait  Gallery  [the  story  of  the 
building].  Introd.  by  David  W.  Scott,  remarks  by  Charles  Nagel,  architec- 
tural statement  by  Waldron  Faulkner.  16  pp.,  12  illustr.  Washington: 
National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts.  Smithsonian  Institution  Press,   1968. 


206  NATIONAL    COLLECTION    OF    FINE    ARTS 

National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts  [Gallery  plan,  for  free  distribution].  4  illustr., 
map.  Washington:  National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts,  Smithsonian  Institu- 
tion Press,  1968. 

Sao  Paulo  9:  United  States  of  America — Edward  Hopper — Environment  U.S.A.: 
1957-1967.  Essays  by  Lloyd  Goodrich  and  William  C.  Seitz.  165  pp.,  75 
illustr.,  text  in  English  and  Portuguese.  Washington:  Smithsonian  Institu- 
tion Press,  1967. 

Venice  34,  The  Figurative  Tradition  in  Recent  American  Art.  By  Norman  A. 
Geske.  131  pp.,  70  illustr.  (Preceded  by  text  in  Italian,  59  pp.)  Wash- 
ington: Smithsonian  Institution  Press,  1968. 

Treasures  from  the  Cooper  Union  Museum  [catalog  of  the  exhibition].  Fore- 
word by  David  W.  Scott;  introduction  by  Christian  Rohlfing.  48  pp.,  1  illustr. 
Washington:  National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts,  Smithsonian  Institution  Press, 
1967. 

William  Zorach  1887-1966  [catalog  of  the  exhibition].  Foreword  by  David  W. 
Scott.  4  pp.  Washington:  National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts,  Smithsonian 
Institution  Press,  1967. 

Four  large  reproductions  and  four  postcards  of  paintings  in  the  Col- 
lection were  printed  through  the  Kefauver  memorial  fund.  Postcards 
from  the  S.  C.  Johnson  &  Sons  gift  collection  were  reprinted  for  the 
opening  of  ncfa. 


National  Portrait  Gallery 

Charles  Nagel^  Director 


TTenry  Inman,  a  19th-century  artist  of  note  and  himself  an  excellent 

painter  of  portraits,  once  prophesied :   ".  .  .  The  time  will  come 

when  the  rage  for  portraits  will  give  way  to  a  higher  and  purer  taste." 

Whether  a  higher  and  purer  taste  is  characteristic  of  our  times  is 
perhaps  debatable,  but  the  "rage  for  portraits"  has  given  way  to  the 
point  that  few  artists  are  still  interested  in  the  mastery  of  this  long- 
esteemed  skill.  Today  the  creating  of  a  portrait  which  is  at  the  same 
time  a  work  of  art  is  not  what  it  was  in  18th-  or  even  19th-century 
America. 

Among  the  duties  of  the  National  Portrait  Gallery,  the  collection  of 
likenesses  of  our  country's  great  people  is  no  doubt  a  primary  one.  An- 
other should  be  to  encourage  the  creation  of  outstanding  likenesses  by 
commissioning  contemporary  portraits  of  men  and  women  who  have 
been  judged  desirable  subjects  for  Gallery  collections.  Such  a  program 
might  well  begin  with  portraits  of  our  presidents,  a  matter  of  prime 
importance  since  that  roster  is  by  no  means  complete. 

We  have  been  fortunate  in  receiving  from  the  artist  Peter  Hurd  his 
impressive  likeness  of  President  Lyndon  Baines  Johnson.  This  generous 
gift  is  a  singular  stroke  of  good  fortune  for  a  gallery  with  extremely 
limited  purchase  funds,  and  we  are  greatly  indebted  to  the  artist  for 
a  fine  addition  which  brings  our  presidential  series  up  to  date.  There 
are  still  many  gaps — fifteen  to  be  exact — many  of  them,  alas,  among 
our  earlier  presidents.  This  points  up  the  need  for  a  special  fund  for 
presidential  likenesses,  one  which  would  enable  the  Gallery  to  com- 
mission a  portrait  by  an  artist  of  its  choice  early  in  each  administration. 

207 


208 


NATIONAL    PORTRAIT    GALLERY 


President  Lyndon  Baynes  Johnson,  by  Peter  Hurd, 
contemporary  American  artist.  Egg  tempera.  Gift  of 
the  artist.  (NPG  68.14) 


Eventually,  this  might  lead  the  way  to  the  establishment  of  similar 
funds  to  be  devoted  to  such  sj^ecial  fields  as  the  arts  and  letters,  the 
stage,  and  science.  It  is  discouraging  to  find  how  few  people  of  note 
but  not  necessarily  of  means  have  sat  for  a  fine  portrait.  And  of  the  few 
that  have  been  done,  most  are  usually  already  owned  by  some  other 
institution,  and  are  available  to  us  only  for  temporary  showing.  It 
should  be  our  duty  to  ensure  that  this  situation  is  corrected  for  the 
future. 

The  National  Portrait  Gallery  affirms  the  continuing  need  for  fine 
portraits  in  all  media.  It  is  our  belief  that  artists  who  are  skilled  in  pro- 
ducing distinguished  likenesses  deserve  to  be  encouraged,  and  we  are 
willing  to  take  part  in  developing  an  American  renascence  of  fine  por- 
traiture as  soon  as  necessary  funds  become  available. 

By  the  time  the  Gallery  opens  we  shall  have  been  in  the  building 
twenty  months.  In  this  relatively  short  time  our  numerically  limited  staff 
has  performed  prodigiously. 


PERSONNEL  209 

The  task  of  equipping  the  building  has  been  formidable.  We  were 
fortunate,  however,  to  have  received  some  ten  thousand  dollars,  con- 
tributed in  his  memory  by  friends  and  former  clients  of  the  late  Victor 
Proetz.  This  sum  enabled  us  to  secure  a  number  of  18th-  and  19th- 
century  antiques.  These  give  a  special  air  to  the  administrative  suite 
which  has  been  made  a  memorial  to  Mr.  Proetz,  who  was  its  designer. 
Also,  from  drawings  of  furniture  designed  by  him  selections  were  made 
for  manufacture  by  his  cabinet  maker  of  many  "working  pieces"  for 
the  commission  room,  the  Reception  Room,  and  the  offices.  Four  hand- 
some cases  for  large  books — two  high  and  two  low — were  willed  to  the 
Gallery  and  serve  as  theme  pieces.  These,  from  the  hand  of  Mr.  Proetz, 
for  many  years  had  graced  his  apartment.  They  now  add  greatly  to  the 
character  of  the  reception  room.  For  her  help  in  securing  both  antique 
and  contemporary  pieces,  we  are  much  indebted  to  Miss  Elinor  Merrell 
of  New  York  who  was  generous  to  us  in  every  way  in  this  felicitous 
achievement. 

One  early  idea  concerning  the  Gallery  was  that  people  should  realize 
this  country  is  a  consolidation  of  the  early  holdings  of  many  different 
lands.  It  therefore  seemed  appropriate  to  secure  contemporary  likenesses 
of  the  sovereigns  of  nations  which  had  colonial  interests  in  America. 
The  Victor  Proetz  Fund  has  made  it  possible  to  obtain  engravings  of  a 
number  of  these  monarchs.  These  prints  all  hang  on  the  third  floor 
where  they  are  presided  over  by  the  handsome  marble  effigy  of  William 
Pitt,  Earl  of  Chatham,  an  early  champion  of  the  rights  of  our  country. 
They  contribute  much  to  the  Gallery's  air  of  being  primarily  a  museum 
of  history.  Similar  efTorts  will  continue,  perhaps  next  with  early  ex- 
plorers such  as  LaSalle,  Sir  Walter  Raleigh,  de  Soto,  Sebastian  Cabot, 
and  Verazzano. 

Gradually  the  exhibition  areas  of  the  Gallery  are  being  properly 
equipped  under  the  direction  of  curator  of  exhibits  Riddick  Vann. 
Meanwhile,  the  collections  have  been  slowly  growing  in  size  and  sig- 
nificance by  gift  and  purchase  under  the  watchful  eye  of  curator 
Robert  G.  Stewart,  and  his  research  assistant,  Monroe  Fabian.  These 
holdings  are  being  kept  in  prime  condition  with  the  help  of  conservator 
Charles  Olin. 

Personnel 

During  the  six  months  of  the  past  year  that  historian  Daniel  J. 
Reed  was  absent  on  leave  as  deputy  director  of  the  National 
Advisory  Commission  on  Libraries,  his  duties  were  ably  assumed  by  his 
assistant,  Mrs.  Virginia  Purdy.  She  has  since  been  made  acting  keeper 
of  the  catalogue  and  has  rendered  valiant  service  in  the  preparation  of 


210  NATIONAL    PORTRAIT    GALLERY 

material  to  be  used  in  the  catalogues  for  our  opening  exhibition.  As  the 
Gallery's  administrative  officer,  Joseph  A.  Yakaitis  has  contributed 
much  to  its  smooth  and  efficient  day-to-day  operation. 

The  Gallery  may  consider  itself  fortunate  in  having  secured  for  a 
year,  which  began  in  September  1967,  the  services  as  Assistant  Director 
of  J.  Benjamin  Townsend,  from  the  University  of  the  State  of  New 
York  at  Buflfalo.  Toward  the  end  of  the  year  he  assumed  responsibility 
for  the  two  catalogues  being  issued  by  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Press 
for  the  opening  exhibition,  "This  New  Man :  A  Discourse  in  Portraits" 
and  a  "Catalogue  of  American  Presidents."  His  seasoned  judgment  has 
been  of  inestimable  value,  and  his  intellectual  qualities,  wit,  and  good 
humor  won  the  respect  of  the  entire  staff.  His  return  to  Buffalo  after 
his  year  with  us  will  be  a  major  loss  to  the  Gallery. 

The  permanent  staff  reached  a  total  of  twenty-three  members  with 
the  addition  of  Jon  Danning  Freshour  as  research  assistant  in  the 
Curator's  office.  The  addition  of  a  number  of  "700-hour"  appointees 
has  proved  most  valuable. 

Nine  volunteers  have  continued  to  help  at  various  tasks  in  the  Gallery 
and  library:  Mrs.  Marian  Carroll,  Mrs.  Helen  Elder,  Mrs.  Helen  Jones, 
Mrs.  Cynthia  McKelvie,  Mrs.  Charles  Nagel,  Miss  Gabrielle  Pirandoni, 
Mrs.  Bryson  Brennan  Rash,  Mrs.  Tobie  Savoie,  and  Mrs.  Stuart 
Symington.  It  is  hoped  that  this  number  of  most  welcome  workers  will 
be  increased  in  the  fall  by  a  group  of  volunteer  docents  with  whom 
preliminary  orientation  discussions  have  already  begun. 

Only  one  major  change  in  our  small  staff  has  taken  place :  Mrs.  Helen 
Maggs  Fede,  who,  as  keeper  of  the  catalogue,  came  to  the  Gallery  in 
November  with  a  fine  record  of  curatorial  and  research  duties  per- 
formed at  Mt.  Vernon,  the  Museum  of  History  and  Technology,  and 
Blair  House,  after  only  two  months  on  the  staff,  died  suddenly,  in 
February  1968,  of  a  heart  attack.  It  is  seldom  that  one  finds  a  person 
whose  qualifications  and  duties  coincide  so  completely  and  her  loss  is 
keenly  felt. 

National  Portrait  Gallery  Commission 

In  the  course  of  the  year  the  makeup  of  the  Commission  has  remained 
unchanged,  those  whose  appointments  expired  having  been  reappointed. 

MEMBERSHIP 

John  Nicholas  Brown,  Chairman 
Mrs.  Catherine  Drinker  Bowen 
Julian  P.  Boyd 
Lewis  Deschler 


THE    COLLECTIONS 


211 


President  Benjamin  Harrison,  on  left,  by  Eastman  Johnson  (1824-1906).  Draw- 
ing heightened  with  chalk,  ca.  1889.  (NPG  68.4)  Right,  Henry  Cabot  Lodge,  by 
John  Singer  Sargent  (1856-1925).  Oil  on  canvas,  1890.  Gift  of  the  Honorable 
and  Mrs.  Henry  Cabot  Lodge,  Jr.  (NPG  68.58) 


David  E.  Finley 

Wilmarth  S.  Lewis 

E.  P.  Richardson 

Richard  H.  Shryock 

Frederick  P.  Todd,  Colonel,  USA  (Ret.) 

Ex-Officio 

Chief  Justice  of  the  United  States,  Earl  Warren 
Director  of  the  National  Gallery  of  Art,  John  Walker 
Secretary  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  S.  Dillon  Ripley 


The  Collections 

The  fifty-one  accessions  for  the  year  again  show  a  variety  of  ap- 
proaches to  the  making  of  a  hkeness :  painting,  sculpture,  and  drawing 
as  well  as  a  few  scattered  examples  of  other  media.  While  space  does 
not  permit  detailed  consideration  of  all  these,  a  few  are  worthy  of 
special  mention. 

Four  additions  were  made  to  the  presidential  series:  Chester  A. 
Arthur  by  O.  H.  P.  Boiling  was  the  gift  of  Margaret  Garber  Blue; 
Ulysses  S.  Grant,  also  by  Boiling,  was  purchased  through  the  Museum 


Gertrude  Stein,  on  left,  by  Jo  Davidson  (1883-1952).  Terra-cotta.  (NPG  68.8) 
Right,  Robert  (King)  Carter,  by  unknown  American  artist,  ca.  1701-1719. 
Oil  on  canvas.  (NPG  68.18.) 


Fund;  Benjamin  Harrison  is  represented  by  one  of  the  really  fine  draw- 
ings in  the  collection  by  Eastman  Johnson  and  also  came  to  us  by  pur- 
chase; and,  finally,  the  portrait  of  President  Johnson  by  Peter  Hurd, 
which  came  as  a  gift  of  the  artist,  as  previously  mentioned. 

A  bust  of  the  late  Helen  Keller,  by  Jo  Davidson,  was  one  of  a  series 
of  fine  likenesses  purchased  from  the  estate  of  the  artist;  Henry  Cabot 
Lodge  depicted  by  John  Singer  Sargent  was  an  important  gift  from 
the  grandson  of  the  Senator  and  his  wife,  the  Honorable  and  Mrs.  Henry 
Cabot  Lodge.  Mrs.  Alice  Silliman  Hawkes  gave  us  a  portrait  of  Ben- 
jamin Silliman,  the  distinguished  early  19th-century  scientist  and 
nephew-in-law  of  John  Trumbull,  the  painter  of  this  small  portrait. 
Finally,  a  painting  of  Daniel  Webster  by  Chester  Harding  came  to  the 
collections  as  a  most  welcome  gift  from  Mrs.  Gerald  Burwell  Lambert. 

David  Finley  has  continued  his  interest  in  building  up  a  collection  of 
decorative  arts  to  ornament  our  exhibition  areas  by  presenting  a  pair 
of  handsome  Duncan  Phyfe  chairs  to  complement  the  card  table  he 
presented  last  year. 

Conservator  Charles  H.  Olin  has  been  much  occupied  with  readying 
the  collections  of  the  National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts  for  their  opening 
last  May,  but  he  managed  as  well  to  take  care  of  several  portraits  in  the 
Gallery's  collection.  To  have  his  conservation  laboratory  located  in  the 
building  is  a  tremendous  aid  to  the  smooth  operation  of  the  Gallery. 


THE    COLLECTIONS 


213 


The  curatorial  staff  has  spent  most  of  the  year  establishing  opera- 
tional procedures  for  exhibitions  and  in  locating  portraits  for  the  open- 
ing exhibition,  and  on  Labor  Day  the  entire  collection  was  moved  from 
the  exhibition  area  in  the  Arts  and  Industries  building,  and  from  other 
Smithsonian  storage  areas,  to  the  new  Portrait  Gallery. 

In  the  course  of  the  year,  additions  were  made  to  the  collections,  and 
loans  granted  and  accepted,  as  follows : 


PAINTINGS  ADDED  TO  THE  COLLECTIONS 


Subject 

Adams,  Franklin  P. 
Alcott,  Louisa  May 
Arthur,  Chester  A. 

Auerbach-Levy,  William 
Cannon,  Joseph  Gurney 
Carey,  Henry  C. 

Carter,  Robert 
Darrow,  Clarence 
Depew,  Chauncey  M. 
Eastman,  George 
Emerson,  Ralph  Waldo 
George,  Henry 
Gibbs,  William  Francis 
Goddard,  Robert 
Godwin,  Parke 
Grant,  Ulysses  S. 

Hampden,  Walter 
Harrison,  Benjamin 
Harrison,  William  Henry 


Hoover,  Herbert 
Hunt,  Richard  Morris 
James,  Henry 

Johnson,  Lyndon  Baines 
Jones,  John  Paul 
Joseph,  Chief 
Keller,  Helen 
Kennedy,  John  P. 
Kent,  James 
Kent,  Mrs.  James 

Lewis,  Sinclair 
Lindberg,  Charles 


Artist 

Zoss  Melik 

Frank  Edwin  Elwell 

Ole  Peter  Hansen 

Balling 
William  Auerbach-Levy 
Jo  Davidson 
T.  Henry  Smith 

Unknown 

Jo  Davidson 

Adolfo  Muller-Ury 

Paul  Nadar 

Daniel  Chester  French 

George  DeForest  Brush 

Malvina  Hoffman 

Emily  Burling  Waite 

Eastman  Johnson 

Ole  Peter  Hansen 
Balling 

William  J.  Glackens 

Eastman  Johnson 

Denison  Kimberly  and 
Oliver  Pelton,  after 
Albert  Gallatin  Hoit 

Douglas  Chandor 

Karl  Bitter 

Emile  Blanche 

Peter  Hurd 
J.  E.  Haid 
Cyrenius  Hall 
Jo  Davidson 
Eastman  Johnson 
Daniel  Huntington 
Daniel  Huntington 

Jo  Davidson 
Jo  Davidson 


Donor  or  Fund 

Museum  Fund 
Alcott  Farrar  Elwell 
Margaret  Garber  Blue 

Max  Levy 

Museum  Fund 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Henry  Lea 

Hudson 
Museum  Fund 
Museum  Fund 
Jessica  Dragonette 
George  Eastman  House 
Museum  Fund 
Museum  Fund 
Anonymous  Donor 
Anonymous  Donor 
Museum  Fund 
Museum  Fund 

Museum  Fund 
Museum  Fund 
Museum  Fund 


Museum  Fund 
Museum  Fund 
Katherine  Dexter 

McCormick 
Peter  Hurd 
Museum  Fund 
Museum  Fund 
Museum  Fund 
Museum  Fund 
Museum  Fund 
Kennedy  and  Knoedler 

Galleries 
Museum  Fund 
Museum  Fund 


214 


NATIONAL    PORTRAIT    GALLERY 


Subject 
Lodge,  Henry  Cabot 


London,  Jack 
Millay,  Edna  St.  Vincent 
O'Keeffe,  Georgia 
O'Neill,  Eugene 
Peabody,  George 
Pershing,  John  Joseph 


Phillips,  Wendell 
Rogers,  WUl 
Sherwood,  Robert  E. 
Silliman,  Benjamin 
Stein,  Gertrude 
Stowe,  Harriet  Beecher 

Toscanini,  Arturo 
Webster,  Daniel 

Wimar,  Carl 
Winthrop,  Theodore 
Whitney,  Gertrude 

Vanderbilt 
Wollcott,  Alexander 
Young,  Brigham 


Artist 
John  Singer  Sargent 


Finn  Frolich 
John  Ellis 
Una  Hanbury 
Zoss  Melik 
Unknown 
William  Orpen 


Martin  Millmore 
Jo  Davidson 
Zoss  Melik 
John  Trumbull 
Jo  Davidson 
Alanson  Fisher 

Boris  Lovet-Lorski 
Chester  Harding 

Carl  Wimar 
Samuel  Rowse 
Jo  Davidson 

Zoss  Melik 
Hartwig  Bornemann 


Donor  or  Fund 

The  Honorable  and 
Mrs.  Henry  Cabot 
Lodge,  Jr. 

Irving  Shepard 

Norma  Millay  Ellis 

Museum  Fund 

Museum  Fund 

Museum  Fund 

International  Business 
Machines  Corpora- 
tion 

Museum  Fund 

Museum  Fund 

Museum  Fund 

Alice  Silliman  Hawkes 

Museum  Fund 

Kathryn  and  GUbert 
Miller  Fund 

Anonymous  donors 

Mrs.  Gerard  Burwell 
Lambert 

Martin  Kodner 

Winslow  Ames 

Museum  Fund 

Museum  Fund 
The  Church  of  Jesus 

Christ  of  Latter-Day 

Saints 


DECORATIVE  ARTS  ADDED  TO  THE  COLLECTIONS 


Object 

Pair  of  American  Empire  side  chairs 

Pair  of  American  Empire  side  chairs 

One  blue  and  white  delft  vase;  pair  of  bronze 
Egyptian-style  girandoles  with  crystal  arms  and 
pendants;  one  19th-century  marble  and  bronze 
urn  with  lid 

Pair  of  Leeds  plates  with  pierced  rims 

Smithsonian  owl,  stamp  collage 


Donor 

David  E.  Finley 
Museum  Fund 
Elinor  Merrell 


Mr.  and  Mrs.  Charles 

Nagel 
Emily  Milliken  Wilson 


WORKS  OF  ART  ON  LOAN  TO  THE  GALLERY 

Subject  Artist  Owner 

Acheson,  Dean  William  Zorach  National  Collection  of 

Fine  Arts 
Adams,  John  Thomas  Spear  University  of  Michigan 


THE    COLLECTIONS 


215 


Subject 
Choate,  Rufus 

Churchill,  Winston 
Conway,  William  Augustus 
Elliott,  Charles  Loring 
Everett,  Edward 
Forrest,  Edwin 
Fremont,  John  Charles 
Gompers,  Samuel 

Greenwood,  Grace 

Hall,  James 
Harding,  Chester 
Harper,  Joseph  Wesley 
Henry,  Joseph 

Henry,  Joseph 

Henry,  Joseph 

Henry,  Joseph 

Henry,  Joseph 

Holbrook,  John  Edwards 
Hunt,  William  Morris 
Ives,  Herbert  E. 
Kemble,  Gouverneur 
Lincoln,  Abraham 
Lloyd,  James 
Longfellow,  Henry 

Wadsworth 
Madison,  James 

Morrill,  Justin  Smith 

Otis,  Bass 
Pettigru,  James 
Pickens,  Andrew 

Foe,  Edgar  Allan 

Prescott,  William 

Ranson,  Alexander 

Roosevelt,  Franklin  D. 
Sothern,  Julia  Marlowe 


Artist 

Attributed  to  Henry  or 

William  Willard 
Unknown 
James  Herring 
William  S.  Mount 
Attributed  to  Bass  Otis 
David  Johnson 
Bass  Otis 
Moses  Wainer  Dykaar 

Attributed  to  Cephas 

Giovanni  Thompson 
Daniel  Huntington 
Chester  Harding 
Eastman  Johnson 
Herbert  Adams 

Walter  Ingalls 

Clark  MUls 

Theodore  Mills 

W.  W.  Story 

Daniel  Huntington 
Thomas  B.  Lawson 
Chester  Warner  Slack 
Asher  B.  Durand 
Frederick  W.  Halpin 
Gilbert  Stuart 
Thomas  Buchanan  Read 

Attributed  to  James 

Frothingham 
Preston  Powers 

Attributed  to  Bass  Otis 
Thomas  Spear 
Unknown 

Edith  Woodman 

Burroughs 
Attributed  to  James 

Harvey  Young 
Attributed  to  Alexander 

Ranson 
Jo  Davidson 
Irving  R.  Wiles 


Owner 
University  of  Michigan 

Louis  E.  Shecter 
National  Gallery  of  Art 
National  Gallery  of  Art 
University  of  Michigan 
National  Gallery  of  Art 
University  of  Michigan 
National  Collection  of 

Fine  Arts 
University  of  Michigan 

National  Gallery  of  Art 
National  Gallery  of  Art 
National  Gallery  of  Art 
National  Collection  of 

Fine  Arts 
National  Collection  of 

Fine  Arts 
National  Collection  of 

Fine  Arts 
National  Collection  of 

Fine  Arts 
National  Collection  of 

Fine  Arts 
National  Gallery  of  Art 
National  Gallery  of  Art 
Mrs.  Herbert  E.  Ives 
National  Gallery  of  Art 
Mrs.  Robert  McCormick 
National  Gallery  of  Art 
Mrs.  Thomas  Curtis 

University  of  Michigan 

National  Collection  of 

Fine  Arts 
University  of  Michigan 
University  of  Michigan 
Colonel  Francis  Pickens 

Miller,  USA  (retired) 
Louis  E.  Shecter 

University  of  Michigan 

University  of  Michigan 

Louis  E.  Shecter 
National  Gallery  of  Art 


216 


NATIONAL    PORTRAIT    GALLERY 


Subject 


Artist 


Owner 


Sousa,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  John     Harry  Franklin  Waltman     Mrs.  Helen  Sousa  Abert 

PhUip 
Tuckerman,  Henry  Daniel  Huntington  National  Gallery  of  Art 

Theodore 
Van  Rensselaer,  Stephen 
Washington,  George 
Wayland,  Francis 


Gilbert  Stuart 
Gilbert  Stuart 
Attributed  to  Thomas 
Spear 


National  Gallery  of  Art 
Erick  Kauders 
University  of  Michigan 


WORKS  OF  ART  LENT  BY  THE  GALLERY 
To  Subject  Artist 

Bethune,  Mary  McLeod       Betsy  Graves  Reyneau 


American  Museum  of 

Negro  History 
American  Museum  of 

Negro  History 
American  Museum  of 

Negro  History 
Blair  House 
Anacostia  Neighborhood 

Museum 
William  Penn  Memorial 

Museum 
American  Museum  of 

Negro  History 
Montreal  Museum  of 

Fine  Arts 
Deerfield  Academy 
American  Museum  of 

Negro  History 
Deerfield  Academy 
National  Collection  of 

Fine  Arts 
Saint  Paul  Art  Center 


Drew,  Charles 

DuBois,  William 

Grant,  Ulysses  S. 
Harmon  Collection 


Betsy  Graves  Reyneau 
Laura  Wheeler  Waring 
Samuel  Waugh 


Helmuth,  Justus  Henry       John  Eckstein 
Christian 


Marshall,  Thurgood 

Pocahontas 

Pope,  John  Russell 
Robeson,  Paul 

Root,  Elihu 
Sherman,  William  T. 

Stevenson,  Adlai  E. 


Betsy  Graves  Reyneau 

Unknown 

Augustus  Vincent  Tack 
Betsy  Graves  Reyneau 

Augustus  Vincent  Tack 
George  Peter  Alexander 

Healy 
Edward  Weiss 


Other  Activities 

Preparations  for  the  opening  exhibition  have  constituted  a  major  part 
of  the  work  of  the  history  department  in  the  past  year.  Having  selected 
for  it  the  title,  "This  New  Man :  A  Discourse  in  Portraits,"  the  historians 
have  worked  with  Mr.  Townsend  on  the  selection  of  sitters  to  develop 
the  theme,  and  with  Curator  Robert  G.  Stewart  on  what  portraits  were 
available  for  the  show.  The  catalogue,  which  is  to  be  a  beautiful  book  of 
lasting  importance,  has  entailed  considerable  biographical  research. 
Under  the  editorial  supervision  of  Mr.  Townsend,  a  caption  for  each 
sitter  as  well  as  introductory  statements  for  each  gallery  and  group  of 


ACTIVITIES 


217 


galleries  were  written  by  the  history  department  staff  and  a  smaller  cata- 
logue of  the  thirty-five  presidential  portraits  was  also  prepared. 

The  Catalogue  of  American  Portraits,  now  housed  in  convenient 
storage  units,  is  being  used  by  the  staffs  of  this  Gallery  and  other  Smith- 
sonian bureaus  as  well  as  by  occasional  visiting  scholars.  In  addition, 
the  number  of  reference  letters  grows.  Equipment  has  been  installed  to 
prepare  the  data  in  the  Catalogue  for  computer  processing.  After  the 
sudden  death  of  Mrs.  Fede,  Mrs.  Virginia  C.  Purdy  became  acting 
keeper.  Mrs.  Mona  C.  Dearborn,  a  permanent  though  part-time  cata- 
loguer of  the  Catalogue  of  American  Portraits,  has  been  assisted  in  her 
work  by  one  volunteer,  Mrs.  McKelvie,  and  several  able  temporary 
employees. 

Historian  Daniel  J.  Reed  returned  from  a  year's  leave  of  absence  in 
January  1968.  Offprints  of  his  article,  "The  Catalogue  of  American 
Portraits,"  which  appeared  in  the  July  1967  issue  of  the  American 
Archivist,  were  sent  to  the  mailing  lists  of  a  number  of  groups  as  well  as 
to  many  individuals.  In  addition,  notes  about  it  appeared  m  the  Na- 
tional Trust's  Preservation  News,  in  Picturescope,  and  in  the  April  1968 
issue  of  American  Notes  and  Queries.  The  response  has  been  splendid, 
and  negotiations  are  in  progress  with  county,  state,  and  national  his- 
torical organizations  interested  in  undertaking  portrait  surveys  in  coop- 
eration with  the  Catalogue  of  American  Portraits.  He  also  edited  "Man- 
uscripts on  Microfilm,"  for  the  Quarterly  Journal  of  the  Library  of 
Congress. 

He  is  serving  as  chairman  of  the  local  arrangements  committee  for 
the  1968  convention  of  the  American  Association  for  State  and  Local 
History  which  meets  in  Washington  in  September  1968.  He  is  also  a 
member  of  the  professional  advisory  committee  of  the  Archives  of 
American  Art.  He  and  Mrs.  Purdy  attended  the  Museum  Computer 
Conference  in  April  at  the  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art  in  New  York 
City. 

Curator  Robert  G.  Stewart  again  taught  his  course  in  "Principles  of 
Museum  Work"  at  George  Washington  University,  and  an  article  by 
him  on  a  recent  bequest  to  the  Gallery — the  portrait  of  Noah  Webster 
by  James  Herring — was  accepted  for  future  publication  by  the  Smith- 
sonian Journal  of  History.  Monroe  H.  Fabian  published  an  article, 
"Some  Moravian  Paintings  in  London,"  in  Pennsylvania  Folklife  (vol. 
17,No.  20,  1967-1968). 

Mrs.  Virginia  Purdy  was  the  author  of  "The  Catalogue  of  American 
Portraits"  published  in  Picturescope  (vol.  15,  1967),  and  prepared  a 
new  edition  of  the  general  brochure  on  the  Gallery.  Director  Charles 


315-997      O  -  69  -  15 


218  NATIONAL    PORTRAIT    GALLERY 

Nagel  served  as  a  member  of  the  Fine  Arts  Committee  of  Blair  House 
during  the  year,  and  he  and  Townsend  both  delivered  lectures  on  the 
Gallery  to  local  groups. 

The  prints  and  photographs  collection  was  augmented  by  prints, 
given  to  the  National  Portrait  Gallery  by  the  Library  of  Congress,  from 
4000  glass-plate  negatives  made  by  Harris  and  Ewing.  Mrs.  Genevieve 
Kennedy  Stephenson  incorporated  these  into  the  collection  with  the 
volunteer  assistance  of  Mrs.  Cynthia  McKelvie,  Mrs.  Charles  Nagel, 
and  Mrs.  Stuart  Symington. 

For  performing  the  doubly  onerous  duties  in  connection  with  a  large 
opening  exhibition,  we  are  indebted  to  all  the  staff,  but  particularly  to 
registrar  Thomas  Girard,  who  has  performed  miracles  of  thoughtful 
and  efficient  service  in  the  complicated  task  of  assembling  the  opening 
exhibition,  and  to  Lewis  Mclnnis  who  has  likewise  functioned  quietly 
and  effectively  behind  the  scenes  in  the  performance  of  a  multitude  of 
tasks. 

Library 

The  library  enlarged  its  physical  facilities  considerably  this  year,  replac- 
ing old  and  inadequate  shelving  with  new  wood  and  steel  stacks  and 
adding  other  basic  equipment.  The  use  of  the  library  represents  an  in- 
crease of  57  percent  over  the  figure  previously  reported.  Additions  to  the 
collection  came  largely  through  donations:  Mrs.  Adelyn  Breeskin,  Stefan 
Munsing,  Dr.  David  Scott,  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Tessrin  Zorach,  and  the  Wash- 
ington Gallery  of  Modern  Art.  During  the  year,  one  publication  ex- 
change mailing  consisting  of  five  National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts  publi- 
cations and  two  National  Portrait  Gallery  titles  were  sent  to  248 
institutions  here  and  abroad. 

Librarian  William  Walker  gave  six  orientation  lectures  on  various 
aspects  of  the  Gallery  and  its  library,  both  in  the  library  and  in  Barney 
House. 


Joseph  H.  Hirshhom 
Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden 

Abram  Lerner,  Director 


'~|~'HE  JOSEPH  H.  HiRSHHORN  MUSEUM,  undcr  Director  Abram 
-*■  Lerner,  moved  with  accelerated  momentum  toward  three  related 
goals :  the  acquisition  of  new  paintings  and  sculptures,  the  development 
of  plans  and  programs  for  the  new  Museum  on  the  Mall  being  designed 
by  architect  Gordon  Bunshaft,  and  the  continuation  of  its  services  to 
scholars  and  institutions  involved  in  the  history  of  modern  American 
and  European  art.  Mr.  Hirshhorn's  generosity  led  to  the  acquisition  this 
year  of  more  than  five  hundred  new  paintings  and  sculptures,  all  of 
which  were  received  and  cataloged  into  the  Collection.  Assisting  the 
Director  was  a  staff  of  three:  Frances  Shapiro,  executive  secretary, 
Myron  O'Higgins,  registrar,  and  Cynthia  Jaffee,  assistant  curator. 

The  Collection 

Born  of  one  man's  unique  passion  for  art,  the  Hirshhom  Collection  is 
deeply  concerned  with  major  developments  in  the  fields  of  contemporary 
painting  and  sculpture.  Its  2,500  sculptures  range  historically  from  an- 
tiquity to  the  works  of  today's  young  creators.  To  its  renowned  group 
of  European  and  American  sculptures  of  the  nineteenth  and  twentieth 
centuries,  the  Collection  in  1968  added  such  significant  works  as: 

Artist  Title 

Bourdelle,  Emile  Hommage  a  Daumier 

Chryssa  Study  for  the  "Gates"  No.    15    (Flock  of  Morning 

Birds  from  Iphigenia  in  Aulis  by  Euripides) 

219 


220  HIRSHHORN    MUSEUM    AND    SCULPTURE    GARDEN 


Cubi  XII,  by  David  Smith  (American,  1906-1965).  Stainless 
steel,  110  inches  high,  1963. 


Artist 
Dubuffet,  Jean 
Gabo,  Naum 
Lachaise,  Gaston 
Lichtenstein,  Roy 
Miro,  Joan 
Pevsner,  Antoine 
Rodin,  Augusta 
von   Schlegell,   David 
Smith,  David 
di  Suvero,  Mark 


Title 
Le  Verre  d'Eau  II 
Vertical  Construction  No.  1 
The  King's  Bride 

Modern  Sculpture  with  Black  Shaft 
Oiseau  Lunaire 
Composition  (Woman's  Head) 
Celle  qui  fut  la  Belle  Heaulmiere 
Leda 
Cubi  XII 
The  A  Train 


The  Collection's  paintings  focus  on  the  twentieth  century.  From  the 
works  of  precursors  such  as  Thomas  Eakins  and  Winslow  Homer  to  the 
canvases  of  today,  the  course  of  painting  in  America  is  covered  in  depth. 


THE    COLLECTION 


221 


Le  Verre  d'eau  II,  by  Jean  Dubuffet 

(French,  1901 ).  Polyester,  9414 

X  42 '/8  X  4  inches,  1966. 


Oiseau  lunaire,  by  Joan  Miro  (Span- 
ish, 1893 ).  Bronze,  921/8  x  823/4  x 

6I1/2  inches,  1966. 


Triptych,  by  Joan  Miro  (Spanish,  1893 ).  Oil  on  masonite,  54  x  70  inches, 

1937. 


Complementing  the  American  section  is  a  strong  selection  of  paintings 
by  modem  European  masters  and  young  contemporaries.  Notable  paint- 
ings added  to  the  Collection  in  1968  include : 


Artist 
Agam,  Yaacov 
Diller,  Burgoyne 
Dubuffet,  Jean 
Ernst,  Max 
Frankenthaler,  Helen 
Miro,  Joan 
Mondrian,  Piet 
Pollock,  Jackson 
Ruscha,  Edward 
Still,  ClyflFord 
Vasarely,  Victor 
Zox,  Larry 


Title 
Transparence  of  Rythmes  II 
No.  2,  First  Theme 
Paysage  au  Caniche 
Belle  de  Nuit 
Indian  Summer 
The  Circus  Horse 

Composition  No.  2,  Blue  and  Yellow 
Number  3 

Los  Angeles  County  Museum  on  Fire 
Painting:  January  1951 
Mizzar 
Trobriand 


For  the  past  decade  Mr.  Hirshhorn  has  been  known  as  one  of  the 
nation's  most  generous  lenders.  The  Collection  is  a  major  source  for 
museums  and  art  historians  preparing  retrospective  exhibitions,  biogra- 
phies, or  catalogues  raisonnes  of  twentieth-century  artists.  In  1968  more 


m 

■ 

3 

>•■- 

,1 

Composition  No.  2,  Blue  and  Yellow,  by  Piet  Mondrian   (Dutch,  1872-1944). 
Oil  on  canvas,  283/4  x  271/2  inches,  1935. 


than  fifty  requests  were  received  weekly  for  research  information,  loans, 
photographs,  or  permission  to  view  specific  works.  Despite  the  limited 
physical  facilities,  more  than  three  hundred  visiting  scholars,  artists,  and 
officials  were  greeted  at  the  Collection  office  and  warehouse  in  New 
York,  and  more  than  five  hundred  paintings  and  sculptures  from  the 
Collection  were  loaned  to  museums  and  galleries  throughout  the  world. 
The  following  loans  were  representative: 


Artists 
Giacometti;  Magritte; 
Masson;  Miro;  Pollock 


Works  on  Loan 
1  sculpture 
4  paintings  and 
drawings 


To  Exhibition  or  Recipient 
"DAD A,  Surrealism  &  Their 
Heritage" :   Museum  of 
Modern  Art,  New  York; 
Los  Angeles;  Chicago 


224 


HIRSHHORN    MUSEUM    AND    SCULPTURE    GARDEN 


Number  3,  by  Jackson  Pollock  (American,  1912-1956).  Oil  and  mixed  media  on 
canvas,  61  13/16  x  31  5/16  inches,  1949. 


Artists 
de  Kooning,  Willem 


Hepworth,  Barbara 
Hopper,  Edward 


Bacon;  de  Kooning; 

Hartley;  Kokoschka; 

Munch;  Rattner;  Weber 
Gorky,  Arshile 


Anuszkiewicz;  Bontecou; 

Rauschenberg;  Soto; 

Williams 
Calder;  Giacometti;  Man 

Ray;  Masson;  Miro 
Bauermeister;  Matta 

Bellows;  Eilshemius;  Luks; 
Walkowitz 


Works  on  Loan         To  Exhibition  or  Recipient 

15  paintings  de  Kooning  Retrospective: 

and  drawings        Amsterdam;  London;  Museum 

of  Modern  Art,  New  York ; 

Los  Angeles;  Chicago 
3  sculptures  Hepworth  Retrospective: 

Tate  Gallery,  London 
3  paintings  Hopper  Retrospective:  IX 

Sao  Paulo  Bienal,  Brazil; 

Brandeis  University 
8  paintings  "International  Expressionism": 

Marlborough-Gerson  Gallery, 

New  York 

1  painting  Opening  Exhibition:  National 

Collection  of  Fine  Arts, 

Smithsonian  Institution 

3  paintings  Pittsburgh  International: 

2  sculptures  Carnegie  Institute  Museum 

of  Art 

2  sculptures  "Space  and  Dream":  M. 

3  paintings  Knoedler  &  Co.,  New  York 
1  sculpture  "The  Art  of  Organic  Forms" : 
1  painting                 Smithsonian  Institution 

4  paintings  "The  Lower  East  Side:  Portal 
and  drawings        to  American  Life  (1870- 

1924)":  Smithsonian 
Institution 


STAFF    ACTIVITIES PUBLICATIONS  225 

Artists  Works  on  Loan         To  Exhibition  or  Recipient 

Tovish,  Harold  5  sculptures  Tovish  Retrospective:  Solomon 

5  drawings  R.  Guggenheim  Museum, 

New  York 
Hopper,  Edward  1  painting  United  States  Embassy,  Paris 

In  1968  the  130  monumental  sculptures  at  the  Hirshhorn  Sculpture 
Garden  in  Greenwich,  Conntecticut,  were  seen  by  3,000  visitors  who 
attended  the  30  benefit  tours  scheduled  for  educational,  cultural,  and 
philanthropic  organizations.  The  Garden  Clubs  of  America  and  Channel 
13  (National  Educational  Television)  issued  publications  in  conjunction 
with  their  visits. 

The  Museum 

On  17  May  1966,  the  President  requested  that  Congress  enact  legis- 
lation to  authorize  acceptance  of  the  Hirshhorn  Collection  as  a  gift  to 
the  United  States.  By  the  Act  of  7  November  1966  (P.L.  89-788,  89th 
Cong.,  S.  3389),  Congress  provided  a  site  on  the  Mall,  bounded  by  7th 
and  9th  Streets,  Independence  Avenue  and  Madison  Drive,  and  pro- 
vided statutory  authority  for  the  appropriation  of  construction  and  oper- 
ating funds. 

In  1968  the  90th  Congress  provided  contract  authority  as  well  as  an 
initial  appropriation  of  $2,000,000  for  construction  of  the  Hirshhorn 
Museum  and  Sculpture  Garden.  Under  architect  Gordon  Bunshaft,  of 
Skidmore,  Owings  &  Merrill,  plans  for  the  Museum  neared  completion. 
Construction  on  the  site  is  scheduled  for  early  1969. 

Staff  Activities 

Director  Abram  Lerne'r  traveled  to  London,  Rome,  Venice,  and  Milan 
to  confer  with  artists,  gallery  directors,  and  museum  officials.  He  and 
Assistant  Curator  Cynthia  JafTee  attended  the  Vernissage  and  Opening 
of  the  XXXIV  Venice  Biennale. 

On  25  May,  Mr.  Lerner  was  interviewed  by  WCBS-TV  News  on 
"Art  Collecting  Today."  In  1968,  among  other  activities,  he  continued 
to  serve  on  the  New  York  Advisory  Board  of  the  Archives  of  American 
Art.  Miss  JafTee  served  as  a  consultant  to  the  New  York  State  Council 
on  the  Arts.  In  April,  all  staflF  members  attended  the  Museum  Computer 
Conference  at  the  Metropolitan  Museum  of  Art. 

Publications 

Lerner,  Abram.  "Thomas  Eakins"  and  "Edward  Hopper."     Essays  in  exhibi- 
tion catalog,  From  El  Greco  to  Pollock.     Baltimore  Museum  of  Art,  1968. 


226  HIRSHHORN    MUSEUM    AND    SCULPTURE    GARDEN 

.   "The  Hirshhorn  Collection."     The  Museum  World:  Arts  Yearbook  9 


(New  York),  pp.  62-66,  1967. 

"The  Joseph  H.  Hirshhorn  Sculpture  Garden."  The  Garden  Clubs  of 


America  Fifty-Fifth  Annual  Meeting,  1968. 
.    "Mr.    Hirshhorn   and   his   Collection."     Foreword   to   The  Friends  of 


Channel  13  Tour  of  the  Hirshhorn  Gardens,  1968. 
Jaffee,   Cynthia.    "Reuben  Nakian."    Biographical   note  and   bibliography  in 
Venice  34,  The  Figurative  Tradition  in  Recent  American  Art.     Washington: 
Smithsonian  Institution  Press,  1968. 


National  Gallery  of  Art 

John  Walker,  Director 


Sir  :  Submitted  herewith  on  behalf  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  is  the  re- 
port of  the  National  Gallery  of  Art  for  the  fiscal  year  ended  30  June 
1968.  This,  the  Gallery's  thirty-first  annual  report,  is  made  pursuant  to 
the  provisions  of  section  5(d)  of  Public  Resolution  No.  14,  75th  Con- 
gress, 1st  session,  approved  24  March  1937  (50  Stat.  51;  United  States 
Code,  title  20,  sec.  75  (d) ) . 

Organization 

The  National  Gallery  of  Art,  although  established  as  a  bureau  of  the 
Smithsonian  Institution,  is  an  autonomous  and  separately  administered 
organization  and  is  governed  by  its  own  Board  of  Trustees.  The  statu- 
tory members  of  the  Board  are  the  Chief  Justice  of  the  United  States,  the 
Secretary  of  State,  the  Secretary  of  the  Treasury,  and  the  Secretary  of 
the  Smithsonian  Institution,  ex  officio.  The  five  general  trustees  con- 
tinuing in  office  during  the  fiscal  year  ended  30  June  1968  were  Paul 
Mellon,  John  Hay  Whitney,  Franklin  D.  Murphy,  Lessing  J.  Rosen- 
wald,  and  Stoddard  M.  Stevens.  On  2  May  1968  Paul  Mellon  was 
reelected  by  the  Board  of  Trustees  to  serve  as  President  of  the  Gallery, 
and  John  Hay  Whitney  was  reelected  Vice  President. 

227 


228  NATIONAL  GALLERY  OF  ART 

The  executive  officers  of  the  Gallery  as  of  30  June  1968  were  as 
follows : 

Chief  Justice  of  the  United  States,  Earl  Warren,  Chairman. 

Paul  Mellon,  President. 

Ernest  R.  Feidler,  Secretary  and  Treasurer. 

John  Walker,  Director. 

E.  James  Adams,  Administrator. 

Ernest  R.  Feidler,  General  Counsel. 

Perry  B.  Cott,  Chief  Curator. 

J.  Carter  Brown,  Assistant  Director. 

The  three  standing  committees  of  the  Board,  as  constituted  at  the 
annual  meeting  on  2  May  1968  were  as  follows: 

EXECUTIVE    COMMITTEE 

Chief  Justice  of  the  United  States,  Earl  Warren,  Chairman. 

Paul  Mellon,  Vice  Chairman. 

Secretary  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  S.  Dillon  Ripley. 

John  Hay  Whitney. 

Franklin  D.  Murphy. 

FINANCE    COMMITTEE 

Secretary  of  the  Treasury,  Henry  H.  Fowler,  Chairman. 

Paul  Mellon. 

Secretary  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  S.  Dillon  Ripley. 

John  Hay  Whitney. 

Stoddard  M.  Stevens. 

ACQUISITIONS    COMMITTEE 

Paul  Mellon,  Chairman. 
John  Hay  Whitney. 
Lessing  J.  Rosenwald. 
Franklin  D.  Murphy. 
John  Walker. 

Personnel 

At  the  close  of  fiscal  year  1968,  full-time  Government  employees  on 
the  permanent  staff  of  the  National  Gallery  of  Art  numbered  323. 
The  United  States  Civil  Service  regulations  govern  the  appointment  of 
employees  paid  from  appropriated  funds. 

Appropriations 

For  the  fiscal  year  ended  30  June  1968  the  Congress  of  the  United 
States,  in  the  regular  annual  appropriation,  and  in  a  supplemental 
appropriation  required  for  pay  increases,  provided  $3,082,000  to  be 
used  for  salaries  and  expenses  in  the  operation  and  upkeep  of  the 
National  Gallery  of  Art,  the  protection  and  care  of  works  of  art  acquired 
by  the  Board  of  Trustees,   and  all  administrative  expenses  incident 


APPROPRIATIONS ATTENDANCE THE    COLLECTIONS 


229 


The  Much  Resounding  Sea,  by  Thomas  Moran  (American,  1837-1926).  Canvas, 
26  X  62  inches.  Gift  of  the  Avalon  Foundation. 


thereto,  as  authorized  by  the  basic  statute  establishing  the  National 
Gallery  of  Art,  that  is  the  Public  Resolution  No.  14,  75th  Congress, 
1st  session,  approved  24  March  1937  (50  Stat.  51 ;  United  States  Code, 
title  20,  sees.  71-75). 

The  following  obligations  were  incurred : 


Personnel  compensation  and  benefits 
All  other  items 


Total  obligations 


$2,  462,  864.  89 
570,423.96 

$3,033,288.85 


Attendance 


Visitors  to  the  Gallery  numbered  1,267,028  during  the  year.  Average 
daily  attendance  was  3,500. 

The  Collections 

There  were  1,878  accessions  to  the  collections  by  the  National  Gallery 
of  Art  as  gifts,  loans,  or  deposits  during  the  year.  The  following  gifts 
or  bequests  were  accepted  by  the  Board  of  Trustees : 


Donor 

Artist 

Title 

Avalon  Foundation 

Moran 

The  Much  Resounding  Sea 

Mrs.  Julia  Feininger 

Feininger 

Storm  Brewing 

Colonel  and  Mrs.  Edgar 

G.  W.  Mark 

The  Swamp  Fox 

W.  Garbisch 

230 


NATIONAL   GALLERY    OF    ART 


Mrs.  Metcalf  Bowler,  by  John  Singleton  Copley  (American,  1738-1815).  Canvas, 
50  X  40 '/4  inches.  Gift  of  Louise  Allda  Livingston.  At  right,  Portrait  of  a  Woman, 
artist  unknown  (American,  painted  about  1840).  Canvas,  30  x  34  inches.  Gift 
of  Edgar  William  and  Bernice  Chrysler  Garbisch. 


Donor 

Artist 

Title 

Colonel  and  Mrs.  Edgar 

F.  R.  Mullen 

Confederate  Blockade 

W.  Garbisch 

Runner  and  Union 
Man-of-War 

<( 

Unknown 

A  City  of  Fantasy 

cc 

cc 

Portrait  of  a  Man 

C( 

cc 

Portrait  of  a  Woman 

<< 

cc 

Still  Life :  Fruit  and  Painted 
Box  on  Table 

" 

cc 

Stylized  Landscape 

Louise  Alida  Livingston 

Copley 

Mrs.  Metcalf  Bowler 

" 

Sharpies 

John  Bard 

« 

cc 

Mrs.  John  Bard 
Dr.  John  Bard 

G.  Grant  Mason,  Jr. 

Lawrence 

Lady  Hertford 
Marquis  of  Hertford 

Eugene  and  Agnes  E. 

Renoir 

Nude 

Meyer 

National  Gallery  of  Art, 

Jan  van  der  Heyden 

An  Architectural  Fantasy 

Ailsa  Mellon  Bruce  Fund 

" 

Juan  de  Fl; 

andes 

The  Temptation  of  Christ 

cc 

Panini 

Interior  of  Saint  Peter's, 

Rome 


THE    COLLECTIONS 


231 


An  Architectural  Fantasy,  by  Jan  van  der  Heyden  (Dutch,  1637-1712).  Wood, 
185/2  X  27y2  inches.  Ailsa  Mellon  Bruce  Fund. 


Donor 

Artist 

Title 

Mrs.  Sigourney  Thayer 

Kensett 

SCULPTURE 

Landing  at  Sabbath  Day 
Point 

Avalon  Foundation 

Rimmer 

Dying  Centaur 

Eugene  and  Agnes  E. 

Barye 

Tiger  Killing  a  Deer 

Meyer 

" 

Brancusi 

Bird  in  Flight 

" 

ce 

Agnes  E.  Meyer 

Cf 

Despiau 

Agnes  E.  Meyer 

" 

Rodin 

The  Sphinx 

National  Gallery  of  Art, 

Maillol 

Bather  with  Raised  Arms 

Ailsa  Mellon  Bruce  Fund 

{( 

Prou 

GRAPHIC    ARTS 

Charles,  Due  de  Berry 

Frank  Eyerly 

Kuniyoshi 

Bombed  Out 

" 

Marin 

The  Sea,  #3 

Colonel  and  Mrs.  Edgar 

Various 

7  watercolors 

W.  Garbisch 

The  Heller  Foundation 

Beckmann 

5  drypoints 

The  Temptation  of  Christ,  by  Juan  de  Flandes  (Hispano- 
Flemish,  active  1496-ca.  1519).  Wood,  8V4  x  6V4  inches. 
Ailsa  Mellon  Bruce  Fund. 


Donor 

Artis 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  George  B. 

Catesby 

Green 

Louise  Alida  Livingston 

Saint-Memin 

" 

L'Aubin 

Eugene  and  Agnes  E. 

Marin 

Meyer 

National  Gallery  of  Art, 

Haseltine 

AUsa  Mellon  Bruce  Fund 

National  Gallery  of  Art, 

Various 

Andrew  Mellon  Fund 

Mrs.  Harold  Ober 

Marin 

C( 

Meryon 

Mrs.  Helen  Haseltine 

Haseltine 

Plowden 

" 

Haseltine 

Title 


13  etchings 


Commodore  Tingy 
Mrs.  Tingy 
5  watercolors 

A  Venetian  Lagoon 

22  prints  and  drawings 

Quai  d'lvry 

The  Old  Gate  of  the 

Palace  of  Justice 
The  Admiralty 
House  in  Venice 

Mount  Tacoma 


THE    COLLECTIONS 


233 


Donor 
Mrs.  Fred  Rieth 
Lessing  J.  Rosenwald 


Artist 
Various 
Claude  Lorrain 
Corot 
G6ricault 
Rembrandt 


Various 


Title 
23  prints 

Return  of  the  Herds 
40  prints 

Etudes  de  chevaux 
The  Artist  Drawing  from 

a  Model 
A  Woman  Reading 
The  Goldweigher's  Field 
4  prints  (from  proceeds  of 

sale  of  duplicate  prints) 


WORKS    OF    ART    ON    LOAN    TO    THE    GALLERY 


The  following  works  of 
on  loan: 

Donor 
Nathan  Cummings 
Colonel  and  Mrs.  Edgar 

VV.  Garbisch 
Jerome  Hill 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  David 

Lloyd  Kreeger 


art  were  received  on  loan,  or  were  continued 


Mr.  and  Mrs.  Paul  Mellon 


Artist 
Prendergast 
Hicks 

Delacroix 
Bonnard 

Cezanne 

Degas 

Gauguin 

Monet 

Maillol 

Stubbs 

Stubbs 

Various  French 

artists 
Various  English 

artists 
Prendergast 
Degas 


Title 
Cove  with  Figures 
Peaceable  Kingdom 

Lion  Devouring  a  Goat 
After  Lunch 

Road  near  Auvers 

Woman  Brushing  Her  Hair 

Landscape 

The  Seine  near  Giverny 

Pomona 

Lion  Attacking  a  Deer 

Lion  Attacking  a  Horse 

68  paintings 

137  drawings  and  water- 
colors 
Salem  Willows 
1 3  wax  sculptures 
1  bronze  sculpture 


WORKS    OF    ART    ON    LOAN    RETURNED 


Donor 

Artist 

Title 

Nathan  Cummings 

Prendergast 

Cove  with  Figures 

Colonel  and  Mrs.  Edgar 

Hicks 

Peaceable  Kingdom 

W.  Garbisch 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  David 

Bonnard 

After  Lunch 

Lloyd  Kreeger 

Cezanne 

Road  near  Auvers 

Degas 

Woman  Brushing  Her  Hair 

Gauguin 

Landscape 

Monet 

The  Seine  near  Giverny 

Maillol 

Pomona 

315-997     O  -  69  -  16 

234 


NATIONAL    GALLERY    OF    ART 


WORKS    OF    ART    LENT    BY    THE    GALLERY 


To 

Artist 

Title 

Akron  Art  Institute 

Demuth 

Chimney  and  Water  Tower 

American  Federation 

Various 

35  paintings 

of  Arts 

State  of  Arkansas 

Catlin 

18  paintings 

Blair  House 

Various 

6  paintings 

The  Brooklyn  Museum 

Homer 

Hound  and  Hunter 

(( 

Whistler 

Head  of  a  Girl 

Art  Institute  of  Chicago 

Whistler 

White  Girl 

California  Palace  of  the 

Homer 

Hound  and  Hunter 

Legion  of  Honor 

<( 

Whistler 

Head  of  a  Girl 

Deerfield  Academy 

Tack 

Charles  Evans  Hughes 

Drury  College 

Various 

4  paintings 

Georgia  Museum  of  Art 

Various 

14  paintings 

State  of  Illinois 

Stuart 

Sir  John  Dick 

(( 

Zeliff 

The  Barnyard 

Joslyn  Art  Museum 

Catlin 

35  paintings 

Lakeview  Center  for  the 

Catlin 

28  paintings 

Arts  and  Sciences 

Munson-Williams- Proctor 

Whistler 

White  Girl 

Institute 

University  of  Maryland 

Cropsey 

Autumn  on  the  Hudson 
River 

Mint  Museum  of  Art 

Copley 

The  Death  of  the  Earl  of 
Chatham 

« 

West 

Self-Portrait 

(C 

Various 

17  paintings 

National  Art  Museum  of 

Toole 

Skating  Scene 

Sport,  Inc. 

National  Collection  of 

Quidor 

The  Return  of  Rip  Van 

Fine  Arts 

Winkle 

National  Society  of 

Stuart 

Betsey  Hartigan 

Colonial  Dames 

<( 

(( 

Unknown  Man 

National  Portrait  Gallery 

Various 

13  paintings 

Norfolk  Museum  of  Arts 

Various 

7  paintings 

and  Sciences 

Pennsylvania  Academy  John 

of  the  Fine  Arts 

Portland  Art  Museum  Homer 

Museum  of  Fine  Arts,  St.  Various 

Petersburg,  Fla. 

Smithsonian  Institution  Various 

State  University  College,  Church 

Geneseo,  New  York 

Society  of  the  Four  Arts  Various 

Tampa  Bay  Art  Center  Various 

Triton  Museum  of  Art  Various 

United  States  Capitol  Lambdin 


Joseph  E.  Widener 

Right  and  Left 

4  paintings 

5  paintings 
Morning  in  the 

Tropics 
17  paintings 

6  paintings 
35  paintings 
Daniel  Webster 


GIFTS EXHIBITIONS 

To 

Artist 

TiUe 

United  States  Capitol 

Courter 

Lincoln  and  His 
Son  Tad 

United  States  Department 

Various 

4  paintings 

of  Justice 

United  States  Department 

Catlin 

7  paintings 

of  State 

United  States  Supreme 

Hesselius 

Thomas  Johnson 

Court 

Virginia  Museum  of  Fine 

Homer 

Hound  and  Hunter 

Arts 

<c 

Whistler 

Head  of  a  Girl 

The  White  House 

Various 

3  paintings 

Whitney  Gallery  of 

Catlin 

72  paintings 

Western  Art 

Other  Gifts 

235 


Gifts  of  money  and  securities  were  made  by  Avalon  Foundation; 
Mrs.  Angier  Biddle  Duke;  J.  I.  Foundation,  Inc.;  Mrs.  Ailsa  Mellon 
Bruce;  H.  Arthur  Klein;  Samuel  H.  Kress  Foundation;  Medici  Society, 
Ltd.;  The  A.  W.  Mellon  Educational  and  Charitable  Trust;  Paul  Mel- 
lon; Old  Dominion  Foundation;  Lila  Acheson  Wallace  Fund,  Inc.;  and 
others. 

Exhibitions 

The  following  exhibitions  were  held  at  the  National  Gallery  of  Art: 


Fifteenth-  and  Sixteenth-Century  German  Prints  (continued  from  the 

previous  year  through  3  August  1967). 
Eighteenth-Century  Drawings  and   Watercolors  from   the   Collection 

of  Rear  Admiral  and  Mrs.  H.  W.  Chanler  (continued  from  the  pre- 
vious year  through  9  October  1967) . 
Gilbert  Stuart,  Portraitist  of  the  Young  Republic  (continued  from  the 

previous  year  through  20  August  1967) . 
French    Nineteenth-Century   Prints   from    the    Rosenwald    Collection 

(3  August  through  7  December  1967) . 
Fifteenth-    and   Sixteenth-Century   European    Drawings    (27    August 

through  24  September  1967). 
Swiss  Drawings:  Masterpieces  of  Five  Centuries   (8  October  through 

29  October  1967). 
Portraits  from  the  Graphic  Arts  Collection  of  the  National  Gallery  of 

Art  [2b  October  1967  through  8  February  1968) . 
Fifteenth-Century  Engravings  of  Northern  Europe  from  the  Collection 

of  the  National  Gallery  of  Art  (3  December  1967  through  7  January 

1968). 


236  NATIONAL  GALLERY  OF  ART 

The  Temptation  of  Christ  by  Juan  de  Flandes  (14  December  1967  to 

continue  into  the  next  fiscal  year) . 
Exhibition  of  Christmas  Prints  (7  December  1967  through  22  January 

1968). 
Renderinss  from  the  Index  of  American  Design  (22  January  through 

8  April  1968) . 
Painting  in  France  1900-1967  (18  February  through  17  March  1968). 
The  Etchings  of  Charles  Meryon   (1  April  through  28  April  1968). 
Prints  by  Mark  Catesby  (1  April  through  28  April  1968). 
Paintings  from  the  Albright-Knox  Art  Gallery,  Buffalo,  New  York  (19 

May  1968  to  continue  into  the  next  fiscal  year) . 
Twentieth-Century  French  Prints  and  Drawings  from  the  Rosenwald 

Collection,  the  Chester  Dale  Collection,  and  the  Frank  Crownin- 

shield  Collection  (8  April  through  25  June  1968) . 
Prints  of  the  Danube  School  (25  June  1968  to  continue  into  the  next 

fiscal  year) . 

Traveling  Exhibitions 

Graphic  Arts  from  the  National  Gallery  of  Art  collections  were  included 
in  two  traveling  exhibitions,  and  special  loans  were  made  to  32  museums, 
universities,  schools,  and  art  centers  in  the  United  States  and  abroad. 

Curatorial  Activities 

Under  the  direction  of  chief  curator  Perry  B.  Cott,  the  curatorial 
department  accessioned  164  gifts  to  the  Gallery.  Advice  was  given  with 
respect  to  1,691  works  of  art  brought  to  the  Gallery  for  expert  opinion, 
and  50  visits  to  collections  were  made  by  members  of  the  staff  in  con- 
nection with  offers  of  gifts. 

The  registrar's  office  issued  130  permits  to  copy  and  70  permits  to 
photograph.  About  4,000  inquiries,  many  of  them  requiring  research, 
were  answered  orally  and  by  letter.  There  were  about  350  visitors  to 
the  graphic  arts  study  room,  and  permits  for  reproduction  involving 
100  photographs  were  issued. 

Material  in  the  Index  of  American  Design  was  used  during  the  year 
by  471  persons.  Their  interests  included  securing  slides  and  exhibits, 
doing  special  research  and  designing,  and  gathering  illustrations  for 
publications. 

Assistant  chief  curator  William  P.  Campbell  served  as  a  member  of 
the  Special  Fine  Arts  Committee  of  the  Department  of  State;  he  judged 
one  exhibition. 

Curator  of  painting  H.  Lester  Cooke  was  appointed  consulting  editor 
of  American  Artist  magazine;  he  judged  two  exhibitions.  A  combat 
artist  in  Viet  Nam,  he  continued  as  art  consultant  for  nasa,  visiting 


Interior  of  St.  Peter's,  Rome,  by  Giovanni  Paolo  Panini    (Italian,  ca.   1692- 
1765/8).  Canvas,  61  x  77'/2  inches.  Ailsa  Mellon  Bruce  Fund. 


Cape  Kennedy  with  artists.  He  organized  an  art  exhibit  for  nasa's 
tenth  anniversary,  and  appeared  on  several  television  shows  during 
the  year. 

David  Rust,  museum  curator,  judged  three  art  exhibitions. 

Assistant  registrar  Diane  Russell  taught  two  courses  at  The  American 
University. 

The  Richter  Archives  received  and  cataloged  200  photographs  on 
exchange  from  museums  here  and  abroad;  1,176  photographs  were 
purchased  and  about  2,000  reproductions  were  added  to  the  Archives. 
1 ,000  photographs  were  added  to  the  Iconographic  Index. 


Restoration 

Francis  Sullivan,  resident  restorer  of  the  Gallery,  made  regular  and 
systematic  inspection  of  all  works  of  art  in  the  Gallery  and  on  loan  to 
government  buildings  in  Washington,  periodically  removing  dust  and 
bloom  as  required.  He  relined,  cleaned,  and  restored  ten  paintings;  gave 
special  treatment  to  sixty-eight;  and  X-rayed  eighteen  as  an  aid  in 
research.  He  continued  experiments  with  synthetic  materials  as  sug- 
gested by  the  National  Gallery  Fellowship  at  the  Mellon  Institute  of 
Industrial  Research,  Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania.  Technical  advice  was 
given  in  response  to  237  telephone  inquiries.  Special  treatment  was  given 


238  NATIONAL  GALLERY  OF  ART 

to  works  of  art  belonging  to  government  agencies  including  the  United 
States  Capitol  and  the  Supreme  Court.  Sullivan  appeared  on  the  NBC 
television  broadcast  "The  American  Profile — The  National  Gallery  of 
Art." 

Publications 

Katharine  Shepard,  assistant  curator  of  graphic  arts,  contributed  a 
book  review  to  the  American  Journal  of  Archaeology.  Hereward  Lester 
Cooke  wrote  a  book  on  Painting  Lessons  from  the  Great  Masters,  which 
won  the  Art  Book  of  the  Year  award  from  the  Art  Publishers  Guild.  Wil- 
liam P.  Campbell  edited  the  catalog  of  the  Stuart  exhibition.  Perry  B. 
Cott  wrote  the  introduction  to  a  book  on  Italian  paintings  in  the 
National  Gallery  of  Art. 

Publications  Service 

The  Publications  Service  placed  on  sale  nine  new  publications:  Nico- 
las Poussin  by  Sir  Anthony  Blunt,  the  A.  W.  Mellon  Lectures  in  the  Fine 
Arts  for  1958;  Painting  Lessons  from  the  Great  Masters  by  Hereward 
Lester  Cooke;  On  Quality  in  Art  by  Jakob  Rosenberg,  the  A.  W.  Mellon 
Lectures  in  the  Fine  Arts  for  1964;  Renaissance  Medals  from  the  Sam- 
uel H.  Kress  Collection  by  G.  F.  Hill  and  Graham  Pollard;  the  second 
book  in  the  National  Gallery  of  Art's  Kress  Foundation  Studies  in  the 
History  of  European  Art,  French  Painting  in  the  Time  of  Jean  de  Berry 
(two  volumes)  by  Millard  Meiss;  Going  Places  with  Children  (a  guide- 
book to  Washington,  D.C.)  ;  Art  and  the  Spirit  of  Man  by  Rene  Huyghe, 
Kress  Professor  in  Residence  at  the  National  Gallery  of  Art;  Historia 
Illiistrada  del  Arte  Occidental  by  Erwin  O.  Christensen;  Bernini  by 
Howard  Hibbard. 

Six  new  catalogs  of  special  exhibitions  were  placed  on  sale:  Gilbert 
Stuart  {1755-1828) ,  Portraitist  of  the  Young  Republic;  Fifteenth-  and 
Sixteenth-Century  European  Drawings;  Swiss  Drawings:  Masterpieces 
of  Five  Centuries;  Painting  in  France,  1900-1967 ;  Paintings  from  the 
Albright-Knox  Art  Gallery;  Fifteenth-Century  Engravings  of  Northern 
Europe  by  Alan  Shestack,  the  second  volume  on  graphic  art  in  the  col- 
lection of  the  National  Gallery  of  Art. 

A  second  edition  of  the  catalog  listing  items  sold  by  the  Publications 
Service  was  published.  A  catalog  with  black-and-white  illustrations 
of  48  Christmas  cards,  using  reproductions  of  paintings,  sculptures,  and 
prints  from  Gallery  collections  was  published,  and  55,000  were  dis- 
tributed. Over  360,000  cards  were  sold. 

The  following  new  color  reproductions  were  made  available  during 
the  year:  twelve  subjects  in  the  22"  x  28"  format;  fourteen  subjects 
in  11"  X  14"  letterpress  format;  twenty-one  subjects  (for  the  first  time) 


PUBLICATIONS EDUCATIONAL    PROGRAM  239 

in  the  11"  x  14"  offset-lithography  format;  thirty-four  color  postcards; 
and  seventy  2"  x  2"  color  slides. 
Number  of  customers  served : 

Over  the  counter  337,012 

By  mail  14,  464 


1967 

1968 

22,  126 

19,  384 

9,  166 

9,711 

13,396 

13,836 

15,095 

14,  533 

22,  733 

25,  325 

74,  327 

63,  674 

820 

646 

Total  number  of  customers  351,  476 

Educational  Program 

The  program  of  the  education  department  was  carried  out  under  the 
direction  of  Margaret  Bouton,  curator  of  education.  Attendance  fig- 
ures for  the  series  of  lectures,  tours,  and  special  talks  continued  by  the 
department  are  shown  below. 

Type  of  Tour 
Introduction  to  the  collection 
Tour  of  the  Week 
Painting  of  the  Week 
Sunday  lectures 
Special  appointments 
Scheduled  visits  for  area  school  children 
Pre-school  children 

Total  public  response  157,  663     147,  109 

Special  appointments  for  tours,  lectures,  and  conferences  were  made 
for  groups  from  government  agencies  such  as  the  Department  of  State, 
the  Foreign  Students  Council,  and  the  Armed  Forces,  and  for  club 
and  study  groups  from  all  parts  of  the  country. 

The  program  of  training  volunteer  docents  continued,  and  volunteers 
from  the  Junior  League  of  Washington,  D.C.,  and  the  American 
Association  of  University  Women  conducted  tours  for  children  from 
public  and  private  schools  in  the  District  of  Columbia  and  surrounding 
counties  of  Maryland  and  Virginia.  This  year  a  Saturday  program 
was  inaugurated  by  the  Junior  League  docents  to  provide  tours  for 
Scout  groups  and  others. 

The  program  for  pre-school  children,  begun  last  year  in  connection 
with  the  cooperative  nursery  schools  supervised  by  the  District  of 
Columbia  Department  of  Recreation,  continued;  and  fifteen  volunteer 
docents  (mothers  who  regularly  help  in  the  nursery  schools)  con- 
ducted tours  of  the  Gallery  for  children  from  twenty-seven  schools. 

On  Sunday  afternoons  fifty  lectures  with  slides  or  films  were  given 
in  the  auditorium.  There  were  thirty-five  guest  lecturers.  Among  these, 
the  Andrew  W.  Mellon  Lecturer  in  the  Fine  Arts,  Stephen  Spender, 
gave   five   lectures   entitled    "Imaginative   Literature   and   Painting." 


240  NATIONAL  GALLERY  OF  ART 

Seven  lectures  were  given  by  members  of  the  staff  of  the  education 
department,  two  by  other  Gallery  staflf  members,  and  there  were  two 
full-length  film  presentations. 

The  slide  library  now  has  a  total  of  51,567  slides  in  its  permanent 
and  lending  collections.  During  the  year  1,893  slides  were  borrowed 
by  446  persons,  and  it  is  estimated  that  the  slides  were  seen  by  26,769 
viewers. 

Education  department  staff  members  prepared  texts  for  thirty-nine 
leaflets  to  accompany  reproductions  of  the  Painting  of  the  Week  sold 
in  the  Publications  Rooms.  Thirty-six  radio  talks  were  produced  for 
broadcast  during  intermission  periods  at  the  National  Gallery  Sunday 
concerts.  One  new  LecTour  tape  was  recorded,  and  an  Acoustiguide  text 
was  written  and  recorded  for  the  exhibition  of  paintings  from  the 
Albright-Knox  Gallery.  Five  pages  of  text  were  prepared  for  the  Spanish- 
language  Acoustiguide  tour. 

Dr.  Bouton  gave  five  lectures  over  the  telephone  to  classrooms  in 
schools  in  Arlington,  Virginia,  and  in  Youngstown,  Ohio.  Slides  of 
Gallery  paintings  had  been  sent  to  the  schools.  Question  and  answer 
periods  followed  the  telephone  lectures. 

A  calendar  of  events  listing  National  Gallery  activities  and  mailed 
to  approximately  11,800  names  each  month  was  prepared  by  the 
education  department.  In  January  this  duty  was  transferred  to  the 
Public  Information  Office. 

John  Brooks  taught  art  courses  for  the  University  of  Maryland.  John 
Hand  delivered  three  lectures  for  the  Virginia  Museum  and  lectured 
on  Oriental  Art  at  the  Graduate  School,  Department  of  Agriculture. 
Raymond  S.  Stites,  Assistant  to  the  Director  for  educational  services, 
delivered  twenty  talks  outside  the  Gallery.  These  included  lectures 
at  ten  universities  and  colleges  delivered  in  six  states. 

Extension  Service 

The  Office  of  Extension  Service  circulates  to  the  public  traveling 
exhibitions,  films,  slides,  and  filmstrip  lectures.  These  materials  are  lent 
free  of  charge  except  for  shipping  expenses.  During  the  fiscal  year 
this  program  reached  approximately  2,176,000  persons — an  increase 
of  approximately  396,000  over  last  year. 

Traveling  exhibitions  were  viewed  by  an  estimated  1,018,000.  These 
figures  include  viewers  of  thirteen  exhibits  which  are  on  loan  to  other 
organizations  and  are  circulated  by  them.  One  hundred  and  forty-four 
prints  of  three  films  on  the  National  Gallery  of  Art  were  circulated  in 
1,299  bookings  and  were  seen  by  approximately  142,000  persons.  This 
represents    an    increase   in    bookings    of   576    (approximately   63,000 


EXTENSION    SERVICE LIBRARY  241 

viewers)  over  last  year  when  eighty  prints  of  films  were  circulated. 

A  total  of  2,403  slide  lectures  were  circulated  in  9,487  bookings  and 
were  seen  by  over  711,500  persons.  This  represents  an  increase  in 
viewers  of  close  to  81,500  over  last  year. 

The  special  sHde  lecture  project  of  placing  sets  of  slides  on  long-term 
loan  with  school  systems  was,  in  this  its  second  year,  expanded  and  in- 
creased so  that  fifty  additional  slide  sets  were  placed  in  thirty-two  school 
systems,  with  nine  state  directors  of  art,  and  in  five  colleges.  The  total 
number  of  schools  now  included  in  this  special  project  is  fifty-six.  An 
incomplete  report  from  the  schools  (thirty-one  schools  reporting)  shows 
4,123  bookings  with  an  estimated  309,225  viewers. 

To  increase  the  efTectiveness  of  the  Extension  Service  and  to  keep 
abreast  of  new  developments  in  the  audiovisual  field,  the  curators,  Grose 
Evans  and  George  Kuebler,  attended  conferences  and  conventions  in 
various  states,  speaking  about  the  National  Gallery  of  Art  and  displaying 
teaching  materials  available  from  the  Gallery. 

The  National  Gallery  of  Art  again  cooperated  with  the  United  States 
Office  of  Education  and  the  George  Washington  University  in  a  sum- 
mer institute  entitled  "The  Art  Museum  and  the  Teacher."  Thirty-six 
teachers  and  supervisors  from  various  parts  of  the  country  participated 
in  this  program,  which  was  designed  to  strengthen  their  knowledge  of 
art  history  and  criticism  and  to  develop  new  teaching  techniques.  The 
institute  was  held  from  26  June  to  1 1  August  1967. 

Library 

The  library,  under  the  direction  of  Anna  M.  Link,  accessioned 
by  gift,  exchange,  and  purchase  1,723  books,  pamphlets,  and  periodi- 
cals; processed  993  {publications;  filed  4,442  cards  in  the  main  catalog 
and  shelf  list;  received  by  gift,  exchange,  or  purchase  3,301  periodicals; 
charged  to  staff  members  4,821  books;  shelved  8,320  books;  and  bor- 
rowed through  interlibrary  loan  facilities  569  books,  of  which  536  were 
borrowed  from  the  Library  of  Congress. 

Under  the  exchange  program  the  library  distributed  538  National 
Gallery  of  Art  publications  to  foreign  and  domestic  institutions  and 
received  554  publications  in  exchange.    —     ""^ 

The  library  is  the  depository  For  black-and-white  photographs  of  the 
works  of  art  in  the  Gallery's  collections.  These  are  maintained  for  use 
in  research  by  the  stafT,  for  exchange  with  other  institutions,  for  repro- 
duction in  approved  publications,  and  for  sale  to  the  public.  Approxi- 
mately 5,571  photographs  were  added  to  the  stock  in  the  library,  and 
1,323  orders  for  6,046  photographs  were  filled,  including  400  permits 
for  reproduction  of  906  subjects. 


242  NATIONAL  GALLERY  OF  ART 

Index  of  American  Design 

The  Index  of  American  Design  circulated  32  exhibitions  in  74  bookings 
in  15  states  and  the  District  of  Columbia.  The  Index  also  circulated  154 
sets  of  color  slides  (7,636  slides)  throughout  the  country;  735  photo- 
graphs of  Index  subjects  were  used  for  exhibits,  study,  and  for  publica- 
tion. The  photograph  file  has  been  increased  by  42  negatives  and  192 
prints.  The  Index  received  471  visitors  who  studied  the  material  for 
research  purposes  and  to  collect  material  for  design  and  publication. 
Twenty-one  permits  were  issued  to  reproduce  Index  subjects  (354 
subjects)  for  publication.  All  these  categories  showed  an  increase  by 
use  and  activity  over  1967. 

One  special  exhibition  was  prepared  for  display  in  the  Gallery,  and  a 
selection  of  Index  watercolors  was  on  view  in  certain  areas  of  the  Gal- 
lery during  the  entire  year. 

Two  exhibits  from  the  Index  were  circulated  by  the  Smithsonian 
Institution  and  one  was  borrowed  for  a  year  by  the  National  Foundation 
on  the  Arts  and  Humanities. 

Operation  and  Maintenance  Activities 

The  Gallery  building,  mechanical  equipment,  and  grounds  were  main- 
tained throughout  the  year  at  the  established  standards. 

Alterations  in  the  west  wing  corridor  on  the  ground  floor  were  com- 
pleted ;  a  large  unfinished  area  was  floored  and  prepared  for  occupancy 
by  the  Extension  Service  and  the  Index  of  American  Design ;  additional 
general  and  art  storage  facilities  were  constructed;  various  improve- 
ments were  made  in  the  restoration  studio,  photographic  laboratory. 
Constitution  Avenue  entrance,  and  greenhouse.  Alterations  necessary  to 
provide  more  efficient  facilities  for  the  sale  of  publications  were  com- 
menced. 

The  Gallery  greenhouse  produced  flowering  and  foliage  plants  in 
sufficient  quantities  to  meet  all  of  the  decorative  needs  of  special  open- 
ings, holiday  periods,  and  the  daily  requirements  of  the  garden  courts. 

Pre-Recorded  Tours 

The  Gallery  radio-tour  system,  LecTour,  and  Acoustiguide,  a  small 
tape-playback  device  ofTering  a  45-minute  highlight  tour,  were  used  by 
44,707  visitors. 

Music 

Under  the  supervision  of  Richard  H.  Bales,  Assistant  to  the  Director 
in  charge  of  music,  thirty-seven  concerts  were  given  on  Sundays  in  the 
east  garden  court.  Thirty-two  of  these  concerts  were  financed  by  funds 


MUSIC RESEARCH  243 

bequeathed  to  the  Gallery  by  William  Nelson  Cromwell,  and  six  of  the 
seven  programs  in  the  twenty-fifth  American  Music  Festival  were  pro- 
vided by  funds  received  from  the  J.  I.  Foundation,  Inc. 

The  National  Gallery  Orchestra,  conducted  by  Richard  H.  Bales, 
played  ten  of  the  concerts.  Two  programs  were  made  possible  in  part 
by  grants  from  the  Music  Performance  Trust  Fund  of  the  Recording 
Industry.  All  the  concerts  were  broadcast  in  their  entirety  by  radio 
station  WGMS.  Music  critics  of  the  local  newspapers  continued  cover- 
age of  the  concerts. 

The  orchestra  performed  at  special  concerts,  including  a  performance 
at  the  White  House  following  a  State  dinner  in  honor  of  Chancellor  of 
the  Federal  Republic  of  Germany  and  Mrs.  Kiesinger,  on  15  August 
1967;  and  at  the  dedication  of  restored  Ford's  Theater  on  21  January 
1968. 

Two  one-hour  color  television  concerts  by  the  National  Gallery  Or- 
chestra were  telecast  locally  on  WTOP  on  28  November  1967  and  20 
February  1968.  The  Gallery  Orchestra  and  television  station  WTOP 
received  an  award  from  the  Metropolitan  Area  Mass  Media  Commis- 
sion of  the  American  Association  of  University  Women  for  these  con- 
certs. 

Richard  H.  Bales  was  in  residence  at  the  University  of  Rochester  for 
the  summer  as  conductor  of  the  Eastman  Chamber  Orchestra  and  as 
instructor  in  conducting  at  the  Eastman  School  of  Music.  He  also  ap- 
peared as  guest  conductor  of  the  Peninsula  Symphony  Orchestra  in 
Newport  News,  Virginia;  he  lectured  several  times  before  clubs  and 
music  groups.  A  number  of  his  compositions  were  performed  during 
the  season  not  only  by  the  Gallery  Orchestra  but  also  by  the  Philadelphia 
Symphony  Orchestra  and  by  orchestras  in  other  cities.  This  year  marks 
his  twenty-fifth  year  in  charge  of  music  activities  at  the  Gallery,  and  as 
conductor  of  the  National  Gallery  Orchestra.  During  this  quarter  cen- 
tury he  has  compiled  a  record  of  which  the  National  Gallery  of  Art 
is  justly  proud. 

Research  Project 

Generous  grants  from  the  Old  Dominion  and  Avalon  Foundations 
have  made  possible  the  continued  long-range  program  of  research  on 
artists'  materials  sponsored  by  the  National  Gallery  of  Art  at  Carnegie- 
Mellon  University's  Mellon  Institute  in  Pittsburgh.  One  phase  of  the 
present  investigations  concerns  a  broad  spectrum  of  studies  regarding 
the  deteriorating  effects  of  light  on  museum  collections.  Another  phase, 
just  initiated,  concerns  the  application  of  nuclear  methods  to  the  charac- 
terization of  materials. 


244  NATIONAL  GALLERY  OF  ART 

The  past  year  marked  the  completed  development  of  a  method  that 
can  provide  an  indication  of  the  age  of  white  lead  in  paintings,  based 
on  measurement  of  the  equilibrium  between  the  natural  radioactive 
isotopes  present  in  the  lead,  lead-210  and  radium-226.  In  its  latest  de- 
velopment, the  method  permits  estimation  of  the  probability  that  the 
lead  in  pigment  samples  was  refined  in  the  twentieth  century  or  in  an 
earlier  time.  An  article  in  Science  describes  new  procedures  which  were 
devised  to  circumvent  possible  interference  by  impurities,  and  presents 
data  demonstrating  conclusively  that  modem  white  lead  had  been  used 
in  a  number  of  paintings  in  the  style  of  Vermeer  and  Hals  which  have 
generally  been  considered  forgeries.  Furthermore,  data  obtained  regard- 
ing two  questioned  paintings,  attributed  to  Vermeer,  at  the  National 
Gallery  of  Art  showed  that  the  lead  in  these  paintings  was  indeed  old, 
thereby  tending  to  confirm  the  attribution. 

A  new  three-year  project  jointly  financed  by  the  Gallery  and  the 
Atomic  Energy  Commission  will  explore  further  applications  of  nuclear 
technology  to  problems  in  characterizing  artists'  materials.  Chief  among 
these  will  be  the  application  of  neutron  activation  analysis  to  establish 
concentration  profiles  of  trace  impurities  in  pigments  used  by  major 
artists.  Such  data  may  establish  what  amounts  to  "fingerprints"  of  the 
artist,  his  studio,  or  contemporary  locale  which  would  be  virtually  im- 
possible for  any  forger  to  duplicate. 

To  probe  the  various  hazards  of  exposure  to  light,  the  Research  Proj- 
ect has  initiated  studies  of  the  rate  at  which  certain  traditional  pigments 
may  fade.  Early  in  this  investigation,  special  attention  was  given  to  the 
phenomenon  of  chalking,  a  lightening  of  the  color  of  paints  which  may 
easily  be  mistaken  for  deterioration  of  pigment  but  which  is  caused 
instead  by  the  deterioration  of  the  vehicle.  Although  frequently  encoun- 
tered in  accelerated  testing,  this  form  of  deterioration  can  also  occur  in 
paintings  on  a  gallery  wall.  Through  analysis  of  the  spectrophotometric 
reflectance  curves  of  a  paint  before  and  after  exposure,  it  has  proved 
possible  to  distinguish  chalking  from  true  fading  of  the  colorant. 

Vermilion  is  a  peculiar  artists'  pigment  that  darkens  rather  than  fades 
upon  exposure  to  light ;  in  so  doing  it  undergoes  a  physical  change  rather 
than  a  chemical  one.  In  the  examination  of  this  problem,  the  Research 
Project  has  studied  in  detail  the  nearly  forgotten  writings  and  patents 
published  by  Alexander  Eibner  fifty  years  ago  in  which  the  causes  of  this 
transformation  and  directions  for  the  preparation  of  lightfast  pigment 
are  presented.  Laboratory  experiments  revealed  that  vermilion  made 
according  to  Eibner's  directions  is  more  lightfast  than  many  currently 
available  varieties.  The  extent  of  conversion  of  the  red  to  the  black 


OTHER    ACTIVITIES  245 

form  depends  upon  the  amount  of  visible  and  near  ultraviolet  radiation 
that  strikes  the  sample.  As  a  consequence,  the  traditional  technique  of 
placing  alizarin  and  carmine  glazes  over  vermilion  provides  protection 
from  darkening.  Moreover,  in  watercolor  and  polymer-emulsion  paints 
that  scatter  the  light  considerably,  vermilion  will  not  darken  so  much  as 
it  will  in  oil. 

Illumination  may  also  cause  damage  through  heat.  To  monitor  the 
temperature  of  paintings  being  photographed  under  high-intensity 
illumination,  infrared-sensing  thermometers  have  been  introduced 
which  operate  at  a  distance  and  need  not  touch  the  object.  A  published 
report  covering  both  the  theoretical  and  practical  aspects  of  the  prob- 
lem describes  the  beneficial  efifects  of  dichroic-reflector  lamps,  infrared- 
reflecting  glass,  and  refrigerated  air. 

The  research  results  have  been  shared  widely  through  the  publications 
in  the  attached  list  as  well  as  through  numerous  lectures,  including 
invited  papers  given  in  London  and  Siena  in  September  1967. 

Feller,  R.  L.      "Barytes  Found  in  Blanched  Paint."     Bulletin  of  the  American 

Group-IIC,  vol.  8,  no.  1,  p.  10,  1967. 
.      "Felt-tipped   Markers   and   the  Need   for  Standards  of  Lightfastness 

for   Artists'    Colorants."     Bulletin    of    the    American    Group-IIC,    vol.    8, 

no.   1,  pp.   24-26,   1967;  Inter-Society  Color  Council  Newsletter,  no.    192 

(January-February  1968),  pp.  10-11. 
.     "Solubility     Parameter."     Bulletin     of     the     American     Group~IIC, 

vol.  8,  no.  2,  pp.  20-24,  1968. 

"Control  of  Deteriorating  Effects  of  Light  on  Museum  Objects:  Heat- 


ing Effects  of  Illumination  by  Incandescent  Lamps."  Museum  News,  vol. 
46,  no.  9  (May  1968),  Technical  Supplement. 

Johnston,  R.  M.,  and  R.  L.  Feller.  "Optics  of  Paint  Films:  Glazes  and 
Chalking."  Pages  86-95  in  Application  of  Science  in  the  Examination  of 
Works  of  Art.     Boston:   Museum  of  Fine  Arts,  1967. 

Keisch,  B.  "Discriminating  Radioactivity  Measurements  of  Lead:  New  Tool 
for  Authentication."  Curator,  vol.  10,  no.  1,  p.  41,  1968. 

.  "Scientific  Evidence  in  Art  Authentication:  Problems  in  Interpreta- 
tion."    Lex  et  Scientia,  vol.  5,  no.  2,  p.  66,  1968. 

.     "Dating  Works  of  Art  through  Their  Natural  Radioactivity:  Improve- 


ments and  Applications."     Science,  vol.  160,  p.  413,  1968. 

Other  Activities 

The  National  Gallery  of  Art  provided  facilities  for  the  ceremony  held 
by  the  Post  Office  Department  on  2  November  1967 — the  first  day  of 
issue  of  a  postage  stamp  in  the  Fine  Arts  Series.  The  stamp  is  based 
on  the  painting  by  Thomas  Eakins,  The  Biglin  Brothers  Racing,  which 
was  given  to  the  Gallery  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Cornelius  Vanderbilt  Whitney. 


246  NATIONAL  GALLERY  OF  ART 

Henry  Beville,  head  of  the  photographic  laboratory,  and  his  assistants 
processed  234,037  items  including  slides,  negatives,  prints,  color  trans- 
parencies, and  color  slides.  This  is  a  90  percent  increase  over  the  activity 
in  1967. 

Audit  of  Private  Funds 

An  audit  of  the  private  funds  of  the  Gallery  will  be  made  for  the 
fiscal  year  ended  30  June  1968  by  Price  Waterhouse  and  Co.,  public 
accountants.  A  report  of  the  audit  will  be  forwarded  to  the  Gallery. 


John  F.  Kennedy  Center  for  the 
Performing  Arts 

Roger  L.  Stevens 
Chairman,  Board  of  Trustees 


W^^^^^^^_ 


'T~'HE  KENNEDY  center's  STEEL  SUPERSTRUCTURE,  bcgun  in  September 
1967,  is  now  extravagantly  visible.  As  of  30  June  1968  the  steelwork 
was  more  than  three-quarters  complete.  The  drive  up  Rock  Creek- 
Potomac  Parkway  now  passes  under  the  steel  framework  of  the  River 
Terrace.  The  skeletal  outlines  of  the  Concert  Hall,  the  Opera,  the 
Theater,  the  impressive  Grand  Foyer,  and  the  twin  Halls — The  Hall 
of  Nations  and  Hall  of  States — are  clearly  visible. 

Equally  important  to  the  Center's  progress,  though  less  visually  spec- 
tacular, were  the  appointments  of  William  McCormick  Blair,  Jr.,  as 
General  Director  of  the  Kennedy  Center  and  Julius  Rudel  as  Music 
Advisor. 

The  Kennedy  Center,  which  has  long  been  a  workable  challenge  for 
those  close  to  it,  is  now  becoming  a  physical  reality.  The  building  is 
expected  to  open  for  performances  in  1970.  As  construction  has  pro- 
gressed, so  too  has  interest  and  curiosity  about  the  Center.  In  addition 
to  the  customary  "sidewalk  superintendents,"  the  Center  was  host  to 
diverse  groups  of  visitors,  including  Washington  school  children,  4-H 
honor  students  from  Nebraska,  architects  from  Italy  and  Greece,  and 
engineering  students  from  Sweden  and  the  University  of  Virginia.  The 
Trustees  responded  to  this  increased  interest  by  approving  a  plan  for 
an  information  center,  a  temporary  structure  to  be  located  at  the  site. 

247 


248  JOHN    F.    KENNEDY    CENTER 

Organization 

Although  it  was  the  intent  of  the  founders  of  the  nation's  capital  that 
the  city  be  both  the  political  and  cultural  center  of  the  United  States, 
only  in  recent  years  was  positive  action  taken  to  provide  adequate 
facilities  for  the  performing  arts  in  Washington,  D.C. 

When  compared  with  other  major  capital  cities  of  the  world,  Wash- 
ington has  lagged  far  behind.  The  lack  of  a  showplace  in  the  city  for 
the  finest  achievements  in  music,  drama,  dance,  and  cinema  from  this 
nation  and  from  abroad  has  been  a  continuing  embarrassment. 

The  establishment  of  a  national  center  for  the  performing  arts  has 
had  the  active  support  of  the  last  three  Presidents,  and  the  encourage- 
ment of  three  previous  Presidents.  President  Eisenhower  signed  the 
legislation  authorizing  the  National  Cultural  Center  in  1958  (P.L.  85- 
874,  85th  Cong.,  2  September  1958).  President  Kennedy  encouraged 
national  support  of  the  project  and  in  1963  signed  amending  legislation 
which  extended  the  fund-raising  deadline  and  increased  the  member- 
ship of  the  Board  of  Trustees  to  45. 

On  23  January  1964  President  Johnson  signed  into  law  a  bipartisan 
measure  designating  the  National  Cultural  Center  the  sole  official  memo- 
rial in  the  nation's  capital  to  President  Kennedy,  renaming  it  the  John 
F.  Kennedy  Center  for  the  Performing  Arts  (P.L.  88-260').  The  law 
also  authorized  $15.5  million  in  matching  Federal  funds,  and  granted 
the  Trustees  the  authority  to  issue  revenue  bonds  to  the  Secretary  of  the 
Treasury  to  a  value  not  greater  than  $15.4  million.  These  funds  were 
designated  for  construction  of  the  1600-car  underground  garage  and 
are  payable  from  the  revenues  accruing  to  the  Board. 

BOARD    OF    TRUSTEES 

Pursuant  to  the  John  F.  Kennedy  Center  Act,  the  Board  of  Trustees 
is  made  up  of  15  members  who  serve  ex-officio  and  30  general  Trustees. 

During  the  past  year,  through  resignations,  membership  in  the  Board 
has  changed.  Wilbur  J.  Cohen  succeeded  John  W.  Gardner  as  Secretary 
of  Health,  Education,  and  Welfare.  Edward  D.  Re  succeeded 
Charles  Frankel  as  Assistant  Secretary  of  State  for  Educational  and 
Cultural  AfTairs.  Walter  E.  Washington  succeeded  Walter  N.  Tobriner 
as  Commissioner  of  the  District  of  Columbia.  William  H.  Thomas  suc- 
ceeded William  H.  Waters,  Jr.,  as  Chairman  of  the  District  of  Columbia 
Recreation  Board. 

Vacancies  in  the  Board  of  Trustees  were  created  by  the  sudden  deaths 
of  Senator  Robert  F.  Kennedy  and  Howard  F.  Ahmanson. 


ORGANIZATION 


249 


At  the  annual  meeting  of  the  Board  of  Trustees  on  29  January  1968 
the  following  officers  were  elected : 

Roger  L.  Stevens,  Chairman 

Robert  O.  Anderson,  Vice  Chairman 

Sol  M.  Linowitz,  Vice  Chairman 

Ralph  E.  Becker,  General  Counsel 

Robert  C.  Baker,  Treasurer 

K.  LeMoyne  Billings,  Secretary 

Philip  J.  Mullin,  Assistant  Secretary  and 

Assistant  Treasurer 
Herbert  D.  Lawson,  Assistant  Treasurer 
Kenneth  Birgfeld,  Assistant  Treasurer 
Paul  J.  Bisset,  Assistant  Treasurer 
Henry  C.  Heine,  Assistant  Treasurer 

Previous  to  the  annual  meeting  Daniel  W.  Bell  notified  Mr.  Stevens 
that  he  was  retiring  as  Treasurer,  a  position  Mr.  Bell  had  held  since 
the  establishment  of  the  Center.  At  the  annual  meeting,  Mr.  Bell  was 
elected  Treasurer  Emeritus,  an  office  created  in  recognition  of  his 
"dedication,  counsel  and  tireless  work  since  1958."  Mr.  Bell  was  for- 
merly Assistant  Secretary  of  the  Treasury  and  returned  to  private  life 
to  serve  as  president  and  chairman  of  the  board  of  the  American  Se- 
curity and  Trust  Company  of  Washington. 

Under  the  bylaws  the  following  officers  continue  to  serve  as  mem- 
bers of  the  Executive  Committee : 

Roger  L.  Stevens,  Chairman  Ralph  E.  Becker,  General  Counsel 

Robert  O.  Anderson,  Vice  Chairman  Robert  C.  Baker,  Treasurer 

Sol   M.   Linowitz,   Vice   Chairman  K.    LeMoyne   Billings,    Secretary 

From  the  Board,  the  Chairman  appointed  to  the  Executive  Com- 
mittee the  following  persons,  who  are  presently  serving: 

Mr.  Justice  Fortas  S.  Dillon  Ripley  II 

George  B.   Hartzog,   Jr.  Arthur  Schlesinger,  Jr. 

Mrs.  John  F.  Kennedy  Mrs.  Jouett  Shouse 

Mrs.  Albert  D.  Lasker  Mrs.  Stephen  E.  Smith 

Erich  Leinsdorf  Walter    E.    Washington 

Edward  D.  Re  Jack  Valenti 

At  the  annual  meeting  Mrs.  George  A.  Garrett,  Mrs.  Albert  D.  Lasker, 
and  Mrs.  Jouett  Shouse,  Trustees  of  the  Center,  were  reappointed, 
to  serve  on  the  National  Council  of  the  Friends  of  the  Kennedy  Center. 

The  death  of  two  individuals  who  had  devoted  their  time  and  ener- 
gies to  the  Kennedy  Center  was  acknowledged  by  memorial  resolu- 


315-997     O  -  69  -  17 


250  JOHN    F.    KENNEDY    CENTER 

tions  adopted  at  the  annual  meeting.  The  two  were:  Murray  Preston, 
executive  vice  president  of  the  American  Security  and  Trust  Com- 
pany, Washington,  who  had  served  as  Treasurer  of  the  Friends  of 
the  Kennedy  Center;  and  Mrs.  Ann  Smolian  Jacobson  of  Birmingham, 
Alabama,  who  was  active  in  promoting  the  Kennedy  Center  both  na- 
tionally and  in  Alabama. 

At  the  close  of  the  fiscal  year  the  membership  of  the  Board  of  Trustees 
of  the  John  F.  Kennedy  Center  was  as  follows : 

Richard  Adler  George  Meany 

Floyd  D.  Akers  Robert  I.  Millonzi 

Robert  O.  Anderson  L.  Quincy  Mumford 

Ralph  E.  Becker  Edwin  W.  Pauley 

K.  LeMoyne  Billings  Arthur  Penn 

Mrs.  Thomas  W.  Braden  Charles  H.  Percy 

Edgar  M.  Bronfman  Edward  D.  Re 

Mrs.  George  R.  Brown  Frank  H.  Ricketson,  Jr. 

Joseph  S.  Clark  S.  Dillon  Ripley  II 

Wilbur  J.  Cohen  Richard  Rodgers 

Ralph  W.  Ellison  Arthur  Schlesinger,  Jr. 

Mr.  Justice  Fortas  Mrs.  Jouett  Shouse 

Peter  H.  B.  Frelinghuysen  Mrs.  Stephen  E.  Smith 

J.  William  Fulbright  Roger  L.  Stevens 

Mrs.  George  A.  Garrett  William  H.  Thomas 

Leonard  H.  Goldenson  Frank  Thompson,  Jr. 

George  B.  Hartzog,  Jr.  Jack  ValentI 

Harold  Howe  II  William  Walton 

Mrs.  Albert  D.  Lasker  Walter  E.  Washington 

Robert  Lehman  Edwin  L.  Weisl,  Sr. 

Erich  Leinsdorf  James  C.  Wright,  Jr. 
Sol  M.  Linowitz 

Mrs.  Lyndon  B.  Johnson,  Mrs.  John  F.  Kennedy,  and  Mrs.  Dwight 
D.  Eisenhower  continue  to  serve  as  honorary  co-chairmen  of  the 
Center. 

On  31  January  1968  the  Chairman  annodnced  the  appointments 
of  Ambassador  William  McC.  Blair,  Jr.,  as  General  Director  and 
Julius  Rudel  as  Music  Advisor  to  the  Center. 

Mr.  Blair,  who  assumed  duties  on  1  April,  most  recently  served 
as  United  States  Ambassador  to  the  Philippines.  As  General  Direc- 
tor, he  is  responsible  for  administration,  including  budget,  congres- 
sional  relations,   promotion,   fund-raising,   and   educational   activities. 

Mr.  Rudel,  who  has  been  chief  conductor  and  general  conductor 
of  the  New  York  City  Opera  since  1957,  will  review  the  musical 
program  for  the  Center  and  will  be  responsible  for  the  final  recom- 
mendations to  the  Trustees  of  the  artistic  groups  that  will  appear 
in  the  concert  hall  and  opera. 


CONSTRUCTION    PROGRESS  251 

During  his  long  association  with  the  New  York  City  Opera,  Mr.  Rudel 
has  gained  a  reputation  for  championing  contemporary  works  to  a 
degree  unique  among  operatic  enterprises.  The  opera  company  is  also 
known  for  its  excellent  Mozart  repertoire. 


The  Kennedy  Center  lost  one  of  its  most  dedicated  and  effective  sup- 
porters in  the  tragic  death  on  6  June  of  Senator  Robert  F.  Kennedy. 
Appointed  to  the  Board  of  Trustees  by  President  Johnson  in  1964, 
Senator  Kennedy  took  an  active  interest  in  the  progress  of  the  Center 
and  had  been  a  member  of  both  the  Executive  Committee  and  the 
Development  Committee. 

The  Kennedy  Center  suffered  another  grievous  loss  in  the  sudden 
death  on  17  June  of  Howard  F.  Ahmanson,  who  was  appointed  a  trus- 
tee in  1963  by  President  Kennedy.  Mr.  Ahmanson,  a  noted  California 
financier,  philanthropist,  and  art  collector,  was  principal  owner  of  the 
Los  Angeles-based  Home  Savings  and  Loan  Association. 


Construction  Progress 

At  the  end  of  fiscal  year  1968  the  steel  superstructure  was  92  percent 
complete  and  the  Center,  overall,  stood  25  percent  complete.  At  the  end 
of  the  last  fiscal  year  the  general  contract  and  seven  subcontracts  repre- 
senting over  $22  million  (steel,  electrical,  mechanical,  steel  testing, 
reinforcing  steel  placement,  marble  fabricating  and  marble  erection), 
had  been  awarded  and  about  a  third  of  the  marble  had  arrived  from 
Italy. 

During  the  year  subcontracts,  amounting  to  nearly  $9  million, 
were  awarded.  Total  expenditures  for  architectural  and  construction 
work,  representing  approximately  25  percent  of  the  total  estimated  cost, 
reached  $15.7  million  of  which  $14.6  million  were  federal  funds. 

Once  the  drilling  for  footings  and  caissons  was  finished,  the  joining  of 
concrete  and  steel  forming  the  sub-  and  superstructures  progressed  rap- 
idly. Soon  electrical  and  mechanical  contractors  were  able  to  begin 
their  work,  and  by  June  the  more  than  500  people  regularly  employed  at 
the  site  represented  all  the  building  trades. 

Shipments  of  marble  continued  from  the  Bufalini,  Henraux,  and 
Montecatini  quarries  near  Carrara.  The  marble  for  the  interior  and 
exterior  facing  was  shipped  directly  to  Brandywine,  Maryland,  where 
it  will  be  fabricated  into  blocks  and  then  moved  to  the  site  for 
installation. 


252 


JOHN    F.    KENNEDY    CENTER 


The  first  steel  girders  were  put  into  place  early  in  September  1967.  By  December 
the  Center  had  begun  to  take  shape,  as  can  be  seen  from  this  view,  looking  up 
the  Potomac  toward  Rock  Creek  Park. 


At  the  end  of  June  the  steel  framework  of  the  Center  was  more  than  ninety  per- 
cent complete.  Up-river,  the  entrance  to  Rock  Creek  Park  can  be  seen  behind 
the  nearby  Watergate  apartment  complex,  under  construction. 


CONSTRUCTION    PROGRESS 


253 


All  the  marble,  a  gift  of  the  people  of  Italy,  is  being  shipped  in  Amer- 
ican vessels.  American  Export-Isbrandtsen  Lines  transported  over  1,600 
tons  of  the  approximate  total  of  3,500  tons  without  charge  to  the  Center. 
The  remaining  tonnage  is  being  carried  to  Baltimore  by  the  Prudential 
and  American  President  Lines,  also  as  a  contribution  to  the  Center.  The 
oceanic  transportation  of  this  fragile  commodity,  a  most  valued  dona- 
tion, undoubtedly  set  records,  for  breakage  was  held  to  between  two 
and  three  percent  of  total  weight  compared  to  the  usual  five  or  more 
percent. 

Subcontracts  awarded  during  the  year  were : 

Furnish  and  erect  concrete  plank — Anning-Johnson  Co.,  of  Alexandria,  Virginia, 

$49,700. 
Dampproofing    and    elastomeric    waterproofing — Prospect    Associates,    Inc.,    of 

Arlington,  Virginia,  $253,099. 
Furnish  and  install  22  elevators  and  6  escalators — Otis  Elevator  Company,  of 

Washington,  D.C.,  $913,500. 
Unload,  hoist,  place,  set,  and  tie  reinforcing  steel  and  mesh — M.  J.  Byorick,  Inc., 

of  Washington,  D.C.,  $440,145. 
Miscellaneous  metal  and  wire  mesh  work — Potomac  Iron  Works,  Inc.,  of  Hyatts- 

ville,  Maryland,  $697,131. 
Architectural  metal  work — Usona  Manufacturing  Co.,  of  St.   Louis,  Missouri, 

$867,200. 


1lL..i* 


Down  river,  toward  the  Roosevelt  Island  Bridge,  the  Center's  River   Terrace 
overhanging  Rock  Creek  Potomac  Parkway  can  be  seen. 


254  JOHN    F.    KENNEDY   CENTER 

Marble,  paving,  interior  and  miscellaneous — Peter  Bratti  Assoc,  Inc.,  of  New 

York  City,  $490,000. 
Metallic  waterproofing — Washington  Ply-Rite  Co.,  of  Washington,  D.C.,  $19,592. 
Furring,    lathing,    and   plastering,    acoustical   plaster   and   fire   protection — The 

Brazier  Co.,  of  East  St.  Louis,  Illinois,  $1,056,000. 
Steel  floor  and  roof  deck — -Inland  Steel  Products  Co.,  of  Baltimore,  Maryland, 

$75,560. 
Furnishing  and   delivering  hollow  metal — Firedoor  Corp.  of  America,  of  New 

York  City,  $118,500. 
Furnishing  finish  hardware — Webb  Builders  Hardware,  Inc.,  of  Arlington,  Texas, 

$131,521. 
Roof  insulation,  roofing  system,  sheet  metal — Warren-Ehret-Linck  Co.,  of  Rock- 

ville,  Maryland,  $219,600. 
Thermal    insulation — Armstrong    Contracting    &    Supply   Co.,    of   Washington, 

D.C.,  $238,500. 
Masonry — Costello  Company,  Inc.,  of  Cumberland,  Maryland,  $1,639,000. 
Furnish  and  install  acoustical  units  and  sound  insulation — Bilton  Insulation  & 

Supply,  Inc.,  of  Ariington,  Virginia,  $725,000. 
Acoustical  doors  and  frames — Overly  Mfg.  Co.,  of  Greensburg,  Pennsylvania, 

$413,350. 
Furnish  and  install  manually  operated  monorail  system — E.  L.  Seward  &  Asso- 
ciates, Inc.,  of  Baltimore,  Maryland,  $22,800. 
Steel   roll-up   power   operated   doors — Capital    Products,    Inc.,   of   Washington, 

D.G.,  $8,191. 
Stage    equipment — Joseph    Vasconcellos,    Inc.,    of   West   Babylon,    New   York, 

$506,960. 

The  Watergate  Development  applied  for  a  permit  to  build  its  plan- 
ned Building  No.  1  of  the  complex  last  summer.  As  a  result,  the  Cen- 
ter's Trustees  reaffirmed  their  position  that  the  height  of  this  building, 
only  300  feet  to  the  north  of  the  Center,  should  be  substantially  re- 
duced or  that  the  building  should  not  be  constructed  at  all.  Their  views 
were  presented  before  the  District  of  Columbia's  planning  and  zoning 
agencies  in  the  fall  and  winter. 

On  22  April,  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior,  who  had  moderated  ne- 
gotiations between  Watergate  and  Kennedy  Center  officials,  announced 
that  a  compromise  had  been  reached.  Based  partially  on  the  results  of 
a  study  undertaken  by  the  National  Capital  Planning  Commission,  the 
compromise  solution  called  for  rotating  the  proposed  building  to  in- 
crease its  distance  from  the  Center,  and  for  reducing  its  height  and 
increasing  its  width.  As  of  30  June  1968  the  amended  plans  were  await- 
ing approval  by  the  District's  zoning  agencies. 

Friends  of  the  Kennedy  Center 

The  Friends  of  the  Kennedy  Center,  a  national  auxiliary  organization 
chartered  by  the  Trustees  in  1966,  now  has  a  founding  membership  of 
1,115,  representing  45  states. 


FRIENDS    OF    THE    KENNEDY   CENTER 


255 


The  many  visitors  to  the  Kennedy  Center  construction  site  during  the  year 
included  these  third  graders  from  LaSalle  Elementary  School  in  Washington, 
D.C.,  who  were  especially  interested  in  the  Center's  Tom  Sawyer  fence-painting 
project. 


Their  second  annual  meeting  was  held  in  Washington  on  8  and  9 
May,  opening  with  a  buffet  dinner  at  Ford's  Theatre  and  attendance 
at  a  performance  of  "She  Stoops  to  Conquer." 

The  next  day's  session  at  the  Smithsonian  Institution  included  a  busi- 
ness meeting,  speeches  by  William  McC.  Blair,  Jr.,  and  Miss  Peggy 
Wood,  and  a  panel  discussion,  "The  Performing  Arts  and  the 
Community."  Members  of  the  panel,  which  was  chaired  by  Mr. 
Ralph  Burgard,  Director  of  Associated  Council  of  the  Arts,  were  Mrs. 
William  Mitchell,  Chairman  of  the  Education  Program  of  the  Chicago 
Lyric  Opera,  Mrs.  Agnew  Hunter  Bahnson,  Jr.,  President  of  the  North 
Carolina  State  Art  Society,  Miss  Gladys  Douglas-Longmore,  Director  of 
the  Hospitalized  Veterans  Service  of  the  Musicians  Emergency  Fund, 
and  Miss  Katherine  Dunham,  dancer  and  educator. 

The  Tom  Sawyer  Project,  one  of  the  Friends'  programs,  now  in- 
cludes on  the  fence  surrounding  the  Center  painted  panels  representing 
27  foreign  countries,  41  states,  5  United  States  territories  and  trusts, 
and  the  District  of  Columbia. 

The  Speakers  Bureau,  under  the  joint  chairmanship  of  Mrs.  Eugene 
Carusi  and  Mrs.  Frederick  Mascioli,  fulfilled  engagements  to  organiza- 
tions not  only  in  the  District  but  as  far  away  as  Louisiana  and  North 
Carolina.  A  slide  lecture  was  presented  at  a  meeting  of  sixty  foreign 


256 


JOHN    F.    KENNEDY   CENTER 


Erich  Leinsdorf,  music  director  of  the  Boston  Symphony  Orchestra  and  a 
Trustee  of  the  Center,  spoke  during  the  ceremony  on  29  January  celebrating 
completion  of  the  steel  framework  of  the  Concert  Hall.  Left  to  right  are  Ralph 
E.  Becker,  General  Counsel  and  a  Trustee  of  the  Center;  Ambassador  Arne 
Gunneng  of  Norway  whose  country  has  presented  crystal  chandeliers  for  the 
Concert  Hall;  Mrs.  Polk  Guest,  chairman  of  the  Friends  of  the  Kennedy  Center; 
Mr.  Leinsdorf;  and  (partially  hidden)  Daniel  W.  Bell,  Treasurer  Emeritus  of 
the  Center. 


drama  professors,  directors,  and  playwrights,  with  comments  simul- 
taneously translated  in  four  languages,  and  another  was  given  before  a 
committee  of  architects  and  city  officials  from  Italy. 

On  2 1  May  the  Executive  Committee  of  the  Friends  of  the  Kennedy 
Center  met  to  elect  new  officers.  They  are: 

Mrs.  Polk  Guest,  Chairman 

Mrs.  Norris  A.  Dodson,  Vice  Chairman 

Mr.  Philip  Bonsai,  Treasurer 

One  major  project  of  the  Friends  is  the  American  College  Theatre 
Festival  to  be  held  in  Washington  27  April  to  12  May  1969  at 
Ford's  Theatre  and  at  a  theatre  on  the  Mall.  The  Friends'  participa- 
tion as  a  co-sponsor  with  American  Airlines  and  the  Smithsonian  In- 
stitution was  undertaken  at  the  suggestion  of  Mr.  Stevens.  It  was  felt 
that  the  Festival  reflected  both  artistic  and  educational  aspects  and 
was  an  ideal  pilot  program  for  the  Friends.  A  total  of  192  colleges  and 
universities  have  entered  the  contest. 


SPECIAL    EVENTS    AND    PROJECTS 


257 


Completion  of  the  steel  framework  of  the  Center's  Concert 
Hall  was  marked  with  the  hoisting  of  a  specially  built  bass 
viol,  cut  out  in  steel,  to  the  high  point  of  construction. 
The  ceremony  was  held  29  January. 


The  Friends  recently  created  two  new  membership  categories:  or- 
ganizational membership,  with  annual  dues  of  twenty-five  dollars  and 
annual  membership,  with  dues  of  five  dollars.  Founder  memberships  will 
also  remain  renewable. 


Special  Events  and  Projects 

A  "topping  out"  ceremony  was  held  at  the  construction  site  on  29 
January  1968  to  celebrate  completion  of  steel  construction  of  the  Cen- 
ter's Concert  Hall.  Bethlehem  Steel,  the  steel  contractors,  prepared  an 
eleven-foot-long  steel  replica  of  a  bass  viol  for  the  ceremony.  Following 
remarks  by  the  Chairman  and  Erich  Leinsdorf,  a  Trustee  and  Music 
Director  of  the  Boston  Symphony  Orchestra,  the  bass  viol  was  hoisted 


258  JOHN    F.    KENNEDY   CENTER 

and  welded  to  the  steel  framework  near  the  high  point  of  the  Concert 
Hall.  Among  those  attending  the  ceremony  were  major  donors  to  the 
Concert  Hall,  Center  officials,  and  representatives  of  General  Services 
Administration  and  Bethlehem  Steel. 

Gifts  and  Memorials 

The  Center's  seat  endowment  program  provided  an  opportunity  for 
various  groups  to  honor  great  men  of  foreign  nationalities.  The  Polish 
Veterans  in  Exile  Association  held  its  annual  benefit  ball  in  January 
with  proceeds  going  to  endow  a  chair  to  honor  Ignacy  J.  Paderewski, 
Polish  statesman  and  pianist.  In  May,  the  annual  Gala  Ball  of  the 
American  Hungarian  Cultural  Center  provided  funds  to  endow  a  chair 
to  honor  Bela  Bartok,  Hungarian  composer. 

During  a  testimonial  dinner  held  last  January  for  Patrick  Hayes, 
Washington  impressario,  it  was  announced  that  Mr.  Hayes'  friends  had 
collected  $2,500  to  decorate  in  his  honor  the  green  room  of  the  Concert 
Hall.  The  green  room  is  a  reception  room  near  the  stage  placed  at  the 
disposal  of  guest  artists. 


Smithsonian  Activities 


Natural  Sciences 


Natural  Sciences 

HPhe  scientific  faculty  of  the  SMITHSONIAN  has  traditionally  been 
concerned  with  man's  environment.  The  "natural  history"  of  the 
early  days  included  much  of  what  is  now  called  ecology,  and  the  Institu- 
tion's second  Secretary,  Spencer  F.  Baird,  because  of  his  interest  in  the 
biology  of  the  sea  and  his  pioneering  efforts  to  establish  long-term  and 
far-ranging  programs  for  study  of  the  marine  environment  and  its  biolog- 
ical components,  may  be  considered  one  of  the  first  of  our  oceanog- 
raphers.  His  work  and  that  of  his  successors  take  on  a  special  impor- 
tance in  light  of  today's  urgent  drive  to  exploit  our  environment,  for  it  is 
basic  to  the  fundamental  research  that  must  be  continued  and  enlarged 
if  destructive  exploitation  is  to  be  avoided.  Our  constantly  improving 
technology  enables  us,  unfortunately,  to  make  rapid  and  effective 
changes  in  the  environment.  Thus  it  is  doubly  important  that  any  such 
disturbance  be  evaluated  in  advance,  so  that  well-considered  predictions 
can  be  made  of  the  possible  long-term  efTects. 

It  was  to  provide  a  basis  for  such  prediction  and  evaluation,  by  coor- 
dinating the  information  gathered  from  our  collections  and  from  the 
research  based  on  them,  that  the  Smithsonian  Institution  established 
the  Office  of  Ecology  and  the  Office  of  Oceanography  and  Limnology. 
These  offices  work  closely  with  our  science  faculty,  and  also  with 
mission-oriented  governmental  agencies  and  industry,  to  insure  that  the 
most  effective  use  of  our  research  knowledge  can  be  made  with  the  mini- 
mum of  delay. 

Additional  research  being  instituted  among  the  scientific  groups  in 
the  Smithsonian  Institution  includes  a -program  for  the  use  of  satellites 
m  the  tracking  of  large  migratory  animals:  the  Smithsonian  Astro- 
physical  Observatory  has  examined  the  present  state  of  the  art  in  bio- 
telemetry  and  has  developed  an  inexpensive  and  feasible  system  which 
can  be  used  with  satellites  following  the  appropriate  orbit.  Information 
gained  by  this  tracking  system  will  permit  mammalogists  and  ornitholo- 
gists to  study  in  detail  for  the  first  time  the  day-to-day  migrations  and 
other  movements  of  these  animals. 

A  major  problem  besetting  our  mission,  "to  increase  and  diffuse 
knowledge  among  men,"  involves  communications.  During  the  current 
year,  the  Smithsonian  has  established  a  Council  on  Communication 
which  serves  the  Secretary  as  well  as  the  community  as  a  whole  in  assess- 

261 


262  NATURAL    SCIENCES 

ing  the  impact  of  communications  on  societal  problems.  It  seeks  to 
establish  broad  perspectives  on  communication,  including  the  rapidly 
advancing  technology  itself,  and  it  attempts  to  identify  the  problems  that 
must  be  resolved  to  facilitate  communication  among  all  sectors  of  the 
community. 

Further  evidence  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution's  commitment  for  the 
enhancement  of  communications  is  our  contractual  association  with  the 
New  York  Academy  of  Sciences  and  its  Interdisciplinary  Communica- 
tions Program.  Under  this  program  interdisciplinary  conferences  are 
convened  to  examine  fundamental  scientific  problems  that  transcend 
individual  disciplines  and  that  require  the  cooperative  efforts  not  only 
of  scientists  but  also  of  humanists  who  can  view  the  impact  on  society 
of  scientific  advances.  Conference  series  on  the  following  topics  are  in 
progress : 

Information  and  Control  Processes  in  Living  Systems 
Biology  of  Hard  Tissues 
Origins  of  Life 
Population 

SMITHSONIAN    INSTITUTION 
CENTER    FOR    SHORT-LIVED    PHENOMENA 

In  January  1967,  Dr.  Sidney  Caller,  Assistant  Secretary  (Science)  of  the 
Smithsonian  Institution,  wrote  a  memo  to  Dr.  Fred  L.  Whipple,  Direc- 
tor, Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory,  in  which  he  stated: 

"There  is  a  growing  need  for  an  international  science  mobilization  cen- 
ter that  would  enable  preselected  teams  of  experts  to  fly  into  places  where 
momentous  but  short-lived  environmental  changes  are  occurring.  Vol- 
canoes, both  on  land  and  underseas,  earthquakes,  tidal  waves,  cyclones, 
etc.,  offer  unusual  opportunities  for  gathering  fundamental  data  if  the 
scientist  equipped  with  the  measuring  and  collecting  equipment  can  be 
brought  to  the  scene  while  events  are  taking  place." 

In  response  to  this  need,  the  Smithsonian  Institution  Center  fori 
Short-Lived  Phenomena  was  established  on  1  January  1968  under  the 
direction  of  Robert  A.  Citron. 

The  purposes  of  the  Center  are  to  assist  Smithsonian  scientists  in  their 
investigation  of  short-lived  phenomena  and  to  provide  a  reporting  and 
information  service  for  use  by  the  general  scientific  community.  The 
Center  serves  as  a  clearinghouse  for  the  receipt  and  dissemination  of 
information  concerning  rare  natural  events  that  might  otherwise  go  un- 
observed or  uninvestigated,  such  as  remote  volcanic  eruptions  and  earth- 
quakes, the  birth  of  new  islands,  the  fall  of  meteorites,  and  sudden 
changes  in  biological  and  ecological  systems.  The  Smithsonian  Institu- 
tion hopes  thus  to  effect  major  opportunities  for  research. 


CENTER    FOR    SHORT-LIVED    PHENOMENA  263 

A  group  of  Smithsonian  Institution  scientists  representing  a  number 
of  disciplines,  including  biology,  astrophysics,  ecology,  oceanography, 
anthropology,  archeology,  and  geology,  are  members  of  a  scientific  com- 
mittee that  determines  policy  for  the  Center.  The  Center  itself  is  oper- 
ated by  an  Administrative  Office  responsible  for  carrying  out  these 
policy  decisions  and  for  implementing  its  programs.  The  Administrative 
Office  is  located  at  the  Astrophysical  Observatory  and  utilizes  the 
Observatory's  communications,  publications,  operations,  logistic,  and 
administrative-support  facilities  to  carry  out  the  work  of  the  Center. 

Event  reports  are  received  from  a  number  of  sources,  including  news 
media,  private  citizens,  individual  scientists,  and  scientific  observatories. 
These  reports  are  immediately  communicated  to  correspondents  in  se- 
lected disciplines  around  the  world.  The  method  of  communication 
(telephone,  cable,  or  airmail)  depends  on  the  nature  of  the  event  and 
and  on  the  correspondent's  ability  to  respond  to  the  event.  The  Center 
has  established  communications  with  a  network  of  people  and  organiza- 
tions to  be  alerted  when  events  occur.  Ties  have  been  established  with 
scientific  institutions  and  individual  scientists  interested  in  short-lived 
phenomena.  The  Center  now  has  over  400  correspondents  located  in 
71  countries,  representing  major  disciplines  that  might  involve  short- 
lived phenomena.  Correspondents  include  mission-oriented  groups  with 
rapid-response  capabilities  and  individual  scientists  and  organizations 
interested  in  developing  portable  instrument  kits  that  will  enable  teams 
to  make  measurements  in  event  areas  while  environmental  changes  are 
occurring.  These  scientists  and  organizations  may  be  asked  to  cooperate 
with  the  Center  by  reporting  events,  obtaining  additional  information 
about  events  that  occur  in  their  areas,  and  providing  assistance  to  re- 
search teams  that  might  be  sent  to  investigate  events  in  their  areas. 

The  Administrative  Office  maintains  a  log  of  events  reported  to  the 
Center,  notifies  correspondents  of  these  events  and  of  significant  devel- 
opments in  event  areas,  and  issues  periodic  status  reports  on  each  active 
event  and  final  reports  when  the  activities  close.  In  addition,  the  Center 
is  seeking  to  determine  areas  of  interest  and  investigation  to  which  it 
might  contribute  or  concerning  which  it  might  cooperate  with  or  bene- 
fit from  the  work  of  other  agencies ;  it  is  also  making  informal  contacts 
in  the  countries  and  areas  of  the  world  where  occurrences  of  particular 
phenomena  are  most  frequent  and  is  initiating  informal  public  informa- 
tion programs  designed  to  make  the  public  conscious  of  the  Center,  its 
goals,  accomplishments,  and  interests. 

During  its  first  six  months,  the  Center  was  concerned  with  18  geo- 
physical, astrophysical,  and  biological  events  (see  table)  and  collected 
information  on  11  additional  events.  In  each  case  the  Center  was  in 
contact  \vith  observers  in  the  event  area,  interviewed  pertinent  witnesses 


264 


NATURAL    SCIENCES 


and  specialists,  collected  photographic  and  cinematographic  documenta- 
tion, issued  event-notification  reports  to  correspondents  of  the  Center, 
maintained  current  status  reports,  and  released  information  to  those 
persons  and  organizations  actively  involved  and  interested  in  the 
phenomena. 

Of  the  18  events  that  the  Center  participated  in  between  1  January 
and  30  June  1968,  there  were  five  volcanic  eruptions,  four  major 
earthquakes  (greater  than  magnitude  7.0),  four  large  fireballs,  two 
major  oil  spills,  and  two  important  fish  kills. 


Birth  of  an  island — Metis  Shoal,  Tonga  Islands.  Photograph  (left)  was  taken 
14  December  1967,  the  third  day  of  the  27-day  submarine  volcanic  eruption 
that  built  an  island  700  meters  long  and  100  meters  wide.  It  remained  above  the 
surface  for  58  days  before  wave  action  eroded  it  below  water  level.  Photo- 
graphs, films,  eyewitness  reports,  and  fresh  lavas  were  collected  to  document 
and  describe  this  rare  short-lived  event  in  nature. 


^ 


266 


NATURAL    SCIENCES 


In  addition,  the  Center  coordinated  activities  for  one  field  recon- 
naissance mission  (to  the  Tonga  Islands)  and  two  scientific  field 
expeditions  (to  the  Mayon  volcanic  eruption,  Philippines,  and  the 
Fernandina  volcanic  eruption,  Galapagos  Islands) .  The  Center  arranged 
transportation  and  coordinated  logistics  and  communications  for  these 
missions. 

The  Center  obtained  Air  Force  transportation  support  for  the 
Mayon  expedition  as  well  as  systematic  aerial  photographic  reconnais- 
sance and  motion  picture  camera  team  participation  during  the  peak 
activities  of  the  Mayon  eruption. 

The  Center  also  obtained  U.S.  Air  Force  air  transportation  from 
Panama  to  the  Galapagos  Islands  for  a  team  of  seven  scientists  to  in- 
vestigate the  effects  of  the  Fernandina  eruption  on  the  physical 
environment  and  the  island  ecosystem. 

In  addition,  the  Center  assisted  in  dispatching  scientific  observers  or 
investigation  teams  to  four  event  areas  while  the  events  were  still  in 
progress.  The  Center  published  three  final  Event  Reports,  on  the  Metis 
Shoal  and  the  Mount  Mayon  volcanic  eruptions  and  on  the  Fernandina 
Caldera  collapse,  as  well  as  preprints  of  scientific  papers  dealing  with 
these  three  events.  The  Metis  Shoal  report  represents  a  rare  documenta- 
tion of  the  birth  and  death  of  an  island  and  the  report  on  Fernandina 
documents  the  first  observed  caldera  collapse  in  historic  times. 


EVENTS  COVERED  BY  THE  CENTER  FOR  SHORT-LIVED  PHENOMENA 


Num- 
ber Name  oj  event 

1-67  Deception  Island  eruption 

2-67  Metis  Shoal  eruption 

1-68  Sicily  earthquake 

2-68  Polo  fireball 

3-68  Ocean  Eagle  spill 

4—68  Dayton  fireball 

5-68  Veracruz  fireball 

5A-68  Schenectady  meteorite 

6-68  Mount  Mayon  eruption 

7-68  Tokachi-Oki  earthquake 

8-68  Inangahua  earthquake 

9-68  Fernandina  Caldera  collapse 

10-68  World  Glory  spill 

1 1-68  Etna  eruption 

12-68  Moyobamba  earthquake 

13-68  Florida  fish  kill 

14-68  California  fish  kill 

15-68  Huntington  fireball 


Place 
Antarctica 
Tonga 
Sicily 

Eastern  U.S. 
Puerto  Rico 
Eastern  U.S. 
Mexico 

(New  York)  U.S. 
Philippines 
Japan 

New  Zealand 
Galapagos 
South  Afirica 
Sicily 
Peru 
U.S. 
U.S. 
(Pennsylvania)  U.S. 


Date 
6  December  1967 

1 1  December  1967 

15  January  1968 

26  February  1968 
3  March  1968 

3  March  1968 

27  March  1968 

12  April  1968 
20  April  1968 

16  May  1968 
23  May  1968 
11  June  1968 

14  June  1968 

15  June  1968 

19  June  1968 

20  June  1968 

28  June  1968 
30  June  1968 


Office  of  Oceanography  and  Limnology 

I.  Eugene  Wallen,  Head 

THE  OFFICE  OF  OCEANOGRAPHY  AND  LIMNOLOGY  aCtcd  tO  brOadcn  the 
ability  of  tiie  biological  oceanographers  of  this  country  to  respond 
to  national  needs. 

Working  closely  with  the  National  Commission  on  Marine  Sciences, 
Engineering  and  Resources  and  with  the  National  Council  on  Marine 
Resources  and  Engineering  Development,  the  Oflfice  participated  in 
many  of  their  committees  and  panels.  Responding  to  the  requests  of  the 
Departments  of  the  Interior,  Navy,  State,  Army,  Transportation,  and 
Commerce,  and  to  those  of  the  National  Science  Foundation  and  the 
Atomic  Energy  Commission,  the  Office  provided  consultation  and 
advice  in  regard  to  problems  within  their  areas  of  responsibility. 

The  Office  also  served  as  a  focal  point  for  bringing  the  scientific 
expertise  of  the  Smithsonian  to  bear  on  problems  of  estuarine  pollution, 
the  Great  Lakes,  environmental  prediction,  polar  research,  the  National 
Buoy  Program,  Food  from  the  Sea,  the  proposed  international  coopera- 
tive studies  of  the  Mediterranean  and  Caribbean,  data  processing, 
the  national  programs  of  such  countries  as  Iran,  Taiwan,  and  the 
Philippines,  and  the  President's  proposed  International  Decade  of 
Exploration. 

Research  Activities 

Arrangements  were  made  with  the  National  Science  Foundation  to  send 
a  four-man  team,  consisting  of  Robert  H.  Gibbs,  Jr.,  and  Roland  H. 
Brown  (Smithsonian),  Herbert  E.  Kumpf  (National  Aquarium),  and 
Edward  L.  Foss  (Southern  Maine  Vocational  Technical  Institute), 
on  an  Eltanin  cruise  from  San  Francisco  to  New  Zealand,  13  November 
to  20  December  1967,  to  obtain  midwater  trawl  and  plankton  samples 
for  processing  by  the  Smithsonian  Oceanographic  Sorting  Center 
( sosc )  and  for  study  by  scientists. 

The  sosc  assistant  supervisor  for  algae,  Ernani  G.  Mefiez,  collected 
in  the  Philippines  assemblages  of  plants  and  animals  associated  with 
two  algal  genera,  Eucheuma  and  Caulerpa.  Working  with  Maxwell  S. 
Doty  of  Hawaii,  Mefiez  brought  the  collections  to  sosc  for  sorting, 
and  the  ecological  information  obtained  will  be  used  to  increase  pro- 
duction of  these  commercial  species. 

267 


268  NATURAL    SCIENCES 

In  December  1965  the  Office  of  Oceanography  received  the  43-foot 
yawl  Ellida  as  part  of  a  package  gift  from  a  private  donor.  On  request 
of  the  Smithsonian  Ships  Operations  Committee,  Smithsonian  curator 
Richard  H.  Benson  worked  with  Ellida  from  February  through  August 
1966  to  train  sailing  scientists  and  to  test  her  capability  for  shallow  wa- 
ter marine  ecological,  biogeographical,  and  sedimentological  research. 
After  a  tryout  cruise  through  Chesapeake  Bay  it  was  concluded  that  she 
was  unsatisfactory  for  the  uses  proposed,  and  in  November  the  vessel 
was  returned  to  private  ownership. 

During  February  a  research  diving  program  was  carried  out  in 
Tongue  of  the  Ocean,  Bahamas,  by  Smithsonian  curator  Clyde  F.  E. 
Roper  and  Richard  E.  Young  (University  of  Miami),  who  made  six 
dives  (including  one  tethered  dive)  mostly  along  the  cliff  faces.  Two 
or  three  species  of  snails  were  seen  in  their  native  but  previously  unknown 
habitats,  and  the  abundance  of  midwater  organisms  observed  at  night 
was  far  greater  than  had  been  anticipated.  Walter  C.  Starck  (University 
of  Miami)  and  Robert  I.  Wicklund  (Bureau  of  Sport  Fisheries  and 
Wildlife)  made  the  second  series  of  nine  dives.  Along  the  steep  cliffs, 
ledges  and  caves  were  numerous,  and  in  the  rich  areas  were  an  abun- 
dance of  algae,  sponges,  hydroids,  stony  corals,  alcyonareans,  black  corals, 
bryozoans,  and  crinoids.  Starck  and  Wickland  believe  that  they  collected 
seven  previously  undescribed  fish  species,  including  one  and  possibly 
two  new  genera  and  three  new  records  for  the  Bahamas.  Giles  W.  Mead 
and  Sylvia  Earle  Mead  (Harvard  University),  a  third  team,  made  five 
dives  between  20  February  and  1  March.  Observations  of  marine  plants 
to  depths  of  600  feet  and  of  depth  distribution  in  fishes  were  recorded. 

For  the  program  Edwin  A.  Link  contributed  his  time  and  that  of  his 
oceanographic  ship  Sea  Diver.  J.  Seward  Johnson  contributed  his  time 
and  his  ship,  Ocean  Pearl,  and  Ocean  Systems,  Inc.,  loaned  the  Deep 
Diver  vehicle.  Support  for  the  program  also  came  from  the  Office  of 
Naval  Research,  the  National  Geographic  Society,  and  the  agencies 
regularly  employing  the  participating  scientists. 

On  behalf  of  the  Smithsonian,  Joseph  B.  Maclnnis  of  Ocean  Systems, 
Inc.,  arranged  for  J.  Seward  Johnson  to  use  Ocean  Pearl  in  support  of 
two  diving  projects  in  the  Florida  Atlantic  University  underseas  habi- 
tat off  West  Palm  Beach,  Florida.  These  two  dives  permitted  Maclnnis, 
R.  F.  McAllister  (Florida  Atlantic  University),  Robert  I.  Wicklund, 
Alan  R.  Emery  and  Martin  Gowan  (graduate  students  in  fishes.  Uni- 
versity of  Miami),  to  observe  the  "reef  effect"  of  Hydrolah,  an  under- 
water habitat  that  was  established  about  six  months  ago  in  a  biologi- 
cally barren  area  and  now  has  accumulated  associated  organisms  includ- 
ing about  300  fishes. 


Vessels  Used 
For  Oceanographic  Research 

National  Science  Foundation  vessel 
Eltanin  ( 1 ) ,  in  the  edge  of  the  Antarc- 
tic ice,  served  as  a  base  for  studies  of 
midwater  organisms  by  Robert  H. 
Gibbs  and  associates. 
Ocean  Systems,  Inc.,  Deep  Diver  (2), 
oai  Edwin  A.  Link's  oceanographic 
yacht  Sea  Diver  in  the  Bahamas,  was 
used  in  underwater  experiments  by 
Clyde  F.  E.  Roper  and  associates. 
J.  Seward  Johnson's  yacht  Ocean 
Pearl  (3),  in  the  straits  of  Florida, 
was  used  as  a  diver  support  vessel  with 
Deep  Diver  in  underwater  experiments 
of  Clyde  F.  E.  Roper  and  associates. 
University  of  Maryland  vessel  Orion 
(4),  in  Chesapeake  Bay,  was  used  by 
Miss  McLaughlin  and  associates  for 
curatorial  research  in  the  Sorting 
Center. 


wfmirmmmHifHjKmii 


t 


10 


Grace  Lines  S.S.  Santa  Sophia  (5),  in 
the  Atlantic,  served  as  a  base  for  col- 
lections by  Kenneth  M.  Towe  and  Nor- 
man K.  Sachs  in  electron  microscope 
studies  of  Foraminifera. 
Bureau  of  Commercial  Fisheries  vessel 
Alosa  (6),  in  Chesapeake  Bay,  served 
Martin  A.  Buzas  and  associates  for  col- 
lections of  Foraminifera. 
Smithsonian  vessel  Phykos  ( 7 ) ,  with 
University  of  Pennsylvania  submersible 
Asherah  on  her  deck,  in  New  London, 
Connecticut.  In  1968  Phykos  was  used 
as  a  training  vessel  by  the  Southern 
Maine  Vocational  Technical  Institute. 
Duke  University  vessel  Eastward  (8), 
in  the  Western  Atlantic,  was  utilized 
by  Jack  W.  Pierce  and  associates  in 
studies  of  sedimentology. 
Department  of  Commerce  Environ- 
mental Sciences  Service  Administration 
vessel  Oceanographer  (9),  in  the 
Atlantic.  She  was  used  in  a  sampling 
study  by  Richard  E.  Pieper  and  asso- 
ciates in  the  Indian  Ocean. 
Florida  Atlantic  University's  under- 
seas  house  Hydro-Lab  (10),  off  West 
Palm  Beach,  was  used  by  Robert  I. 
Wicklund  and  associates  in  two  experi- 
ments on  behalf  of  the  Smithsonian 
Institution. 

University  of  Rhode  Island  vessel  Tri- 
dent (11),  off  the  Rhode  Island  coast, 
was  utilized  by  Robert  H.  Gibbs,  Clyde 
Roper,  and  associates  for  studies  of  the 
behavior  of  midwater  organisms. 
American  Mail  Line  vessel  S.S.  Wash- 
ington Mail  (12),  in  the  North  Pacific 

11 


Ocean,  was  used  by  George  A.  Ander- 
son and  associates  in  studies  of  phyto- 
plankton  productivity  on  behalf  of  the 
Smithsonian. 

Department  of  Transportation  Coast 
Guard  vessel  Rockaway  (13),  in  the 
Atlantic,  three  two-week  cruises  for 
Daniel  J.  Stanley  and  Jack  W.  Pierce 
in  studies  of  the  geology  of  Wilmington 
Canyon. 

The  Smithsonian's  Sally-Anne  (14),  in 
Chesapeake  Bay,  served  in  training 
staff  members  and  students  from  the 
Smithsonian  and  cooperating  local 
universities. 

Mrs.  Mariel  King's  yacht  Pele  (15), 
loading  at  a  Polynesian  port,  served 
as  a  support  ship  for  collections  of  mol- 
lusks  by  Harald  A.  Rehder. 
Westinghouse  submersible  Deep  Star 
4000  (16),  on  a  demonstration  dive, 
was  made  available  by  the  Naval 
Oceanographic  Office  to  Robert  H. 
Gibbs  and  associates  for  familiarization 
and  fisheries  research  dives  in  the 
Northwest  Atlantic. 
Edwin  A.  Link's  oceanographic  yacht 
Sea  Diver  (17),  in  the  Bahamas,  was 
used  in  a  diving  project  involving 
about  20  scientists  under  the  opera- 
tional direction  of  I.  E.  Wallen. 
University  of  Miami  R/V  Pilsbury 
(18),  was  used  by  H.  Adair  Fehlman 
and  David  M.  Damkaer  for  plankton 
collection  in  June  1968.  The  Mote 
Marine  Laboratory  R/V  Rhincodon, 
used  for  research  on  shark  parasites, 
is  shown  on  page  334. 

18 


|MMjg|y||d||||M^^ 


14 


15 


16 


17 


^A^         JHKSf^iS^kk^ 


'f^ 


1 

*     .     \  / 


•T" 


272  NATURAL    SCIENCES 

The  Scientific  Committee  on  Oceanic  Research  of  the  International 
Council  of  Scientific  Unions  and  unesco  established  Working  Group 
23  (WG  23)  on  methods  for  preserving  zooplankton  samples  for  taxo- 
nomic  study  and  for  biomass  determination.  Consisting  of  A.  Fleminger 
(for  J.  R.  Beers,  United  States),  G.  J.  Fliigel  (Germany),  B.  Kimor 
(Israel),  H.  F.  Steedman  (England),  T.  Tokioka  (Japan),  M.  E. 
Vinogradov  (Union  of  Soviet  Socialist  Republics),  and  V.  K.  Hansen 
(Chairman,  Denmark),  this  committee  met  in  closed  sessions  at  the 
Smithsonian  25-30  March  to  discuss  the  state  of  preservation  of  plank- 
ton samples  and  to  design  experiments  to  be  conducted  on  a  worldwide 
basis.  At  the  request  of  the  unesco  group,  the  Office  of  Oceanography 
and  Limnology  agreed  to  undertake  "main  responsibility  for  such  tests 
and  experiments  proposed  by  WG  23"  and  to  use  as  advisors  during  the 
curatorial  research  a  coordinating  group  (Steedman,  Beers,  and  Toki- 
oka) from  WG  23.  For  this  study  H.  Adair  Fehlmann  and  David  M. 
Damkaer  took  a  two-week  cruise  to  the  Caribbean  to  collect  standard 
plankton  samples. 

As  part  of  a  Public  Law  480  project.  Deputy  Head  William  I.  Aron 
spent  the  period  10-15  March  in  Israel  considering  the  movement  of 
plants  and  animals  through  the  Suez  Canal.  It  has  been  found,  as  a 
result,  in  part,  of  about  60  recent  field  trips  and  from  the  more  than 
2,000  collections — including  plankton,  dredge  hauls,  grab  samples, 
trawls,  and  Scuba  collections  in  the  eastern  Mediterranean,  Red  Sea,  and 
the  Suez  Canal — that  more  than  150  species  occurring  in  the  eastern 
Mediterranean  are  migrants  from  the  Red  Sea.  One,-  and  possibly  two, 
species  are  found  to  be  migrants  in  the  reverse  direction.  Professor  H. 
Steinitz  of  Israel  visited  the  Smithsonian  in  May  and  presented  a  lecture 
detailing  the  most  recent  findings. 

Aron,  Gibbs,  and  Roper  of  the  Smithsonian,  William  Krueger  and 
Ted  Napora  of  the  University  of  Rhode  Island,  Brooke  G.  Farquhar 
of  the  Naval  Oceanographic  Office,  and  Charles  L.  Brown  of  the  Navy 
Underwater  Sound  Laboratory,  developed  a  joint  project  for  intensive 
long-term  studies  of  a  selected  ocean  area — the  "ocean  acre."  The  main 
objective  of  these  studies — expected  to  last  for  at  least  three  to  five 
years — is  to  bring  together  a  detailed  understanding  of  the  biology  and 
acoustical  properties  of  the  area.  The  acoustical  studies  will  be  under- 
taken by  the  Navy  and  the  biological  work  will  be  conducted  under  the 
supervision  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution  with  the  cooperation  of  the 
University  of  Rhode  Island  and  Navy  biologists.  With  funds  from  the 
Navy,  at  least  40  days  of  ship-time  are  anticipated  to  be  spent  each  year 
and  the  necessary  instrumentation  and  technical  support  will  be  pro- 
cured. An  area  just  north  of  Bermuda  was  tentatively  selected  as  the 


OFFICE    OF    OCEANOGRAPHY    AND    LIMNOLOGY 


273 


Summer  trainee  John  Romack  is  given  instructions  in  fish  sorting  by  deputy 
supervisor  Leslie  W.  Knapp  at  the  Smithsonian  Oceanographic  Sorting  Center. 


study  site,  an  exploratory  cruise  was  taken  in  March,  and  the  second 
starts  about  1  July. 

From  Ocean  Systems,  Inc.,  the  Office  was  awarded  funds  for  a 
conference  on  underwater  archeology  in  Boston  on  29  December  1967. 
Co-chaired  by  Smithsonian  curator  Gus  Van  Beek  and  I.  E.  Wallen,  it 
was  attended  by  32  representatives  of  universities,  private  institutions, 
government,  museums,  industry,  and  a  professional  society.  There  was 
general  agreement  that  prehistoric  town  sites,  which  might  include  sub- 
merged buildings,  were  unlikely  to  be  found  at  depths  greater  than  50 
feet,  but  that  maritime  paleolithic  habitats  of  ages  up  to  15,000  years 
may  be  available  at  depths  of  up  to  at  least  350  feet  in  the  ocean,  probably 
located  in  caves  fronting  on  what  were  once  natural  terraces  with  an 
ocean  view.  Archeologists  showed  a  strong  desire  to  take  advantage  of 
modern  underseas  vehicles  and  tools  for  their  research,  and  the  possibility 
of  future  archeological  activities  is  being  pursued. 

Training  is  an  important  part  of  the  activities  of  the  Office.  Annual 
programs  in  undergraduate  research  participation  continue  to  involve 
20-25  United  States  college  students,  ordinarily  after  their  junior  year. 
These  work  with  marine  scientists  on  individual  projects  in  relation  to 
the  work  of  their  supervisors  in  order  to  get  some  feeling  for  possible 
careers  in  the  marine  sciences.  In  another  program,  many  new  employ- 
ees of  the  Oceanographic  Sorting  Center  are  selected  from  the  Depart- 


274  NATURAL    SCIENCES 

ment  of  Labor  unemployed  list  and  are  given  on-the-job  training  under 
close  supervision.  Many,  after  several  weeks,  become  proficient  in  the 
required  technical  skills,  and  often  are  led  to  other  positions  for  which 
the  training  has  been  useful  preparation.  Certificates  of  achievement 
were  awarded  by  the  Secretary  in  January  to  54  sosc  employees  who 
had  completed  the  minimum  time  in  training. 

The  Army  Corps  of  Engineers  was  asked  to  undertake  a  study  of 
wastes-disposal  sites  located  off  New  York  Harbor,  and  the  Coastal 
Engineering  Research  Center  of  the  Corps,  under  instructions  to 
"prepare  a  plan  of  study,"  turned  to  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  With 
the  help  of  Smithsonian  curator  M.  Grant  Gross,  the  Office  convened 
a  committee  of  eight  scientists  to  examine  the  problem.  The  report  sub- 
mitted to  the  Corps  listed  the  investigations  needed  to  evaluate  the 
oceanic  conditions  and  the  biology  of  the  wastes-disposal  areas,  and 
indicated  their  priorities.  Emphasis  was  placed  on  literature  surveys 
and  comparative  studies  of  benthic  communities,  especially  organisms 
and  sediments  in  the  areas  affected  by  the  disposals. 

On  invitation  from  the  Navy  and  the  British  Royal  Society,  sosc 
supervisor  H.  A.  Fehlmann  and  museum  technician  Charles  F.  Rhyne 
spent  July  and  August  on  Diego  Garcia  and  Aldabra  Islands  making  col- 
lections for  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 

On  behalf  of  the  Office,  Smithsonian  curator  Kenneth  M.  Towe  and 
Norman  K.  Sachs  of  the  Geological  Survey,  spent  January  on  board  the 
Grace  Line  ship  Santa  Sofia  cruising  the  Caribbean.  This  represented 
the  first  Smithsonian  ships-of-opportunity  cruise  taking  advantage  of 
merchant  ships  on  their  normal  trade  runs.  The  main  emphasis  was 
on  sampling  radiolarians,  both  to  study  their  distribution  and  to  obtain 
materials  of  high  quality  for  studies  of  micros tructure.  This  arrange- 
ment was  found  to  be  highly  practical  by  Towe  and  Sachs.  The  study 
involved  the  cooperation  and  support  of  the  Naval  Oceanographic 
Office,  the  Office  of  Naval  Research,  and  the  Grace  Line. 

As  another  Smithsonian-encouraged  ships-of-opportunity  program, 
George  C.  Anderson  of  the  University  of  Washington  completed  a  series 
of  transects  of  the  North  Pacific  in  American  Mail  Line  ships  between 
Seattle  and  Yokohama  early  in  March.  Anderson  collected  seawater 
samples  for  phytoplankton  and  chemical  analyses,  pyroheliometer  read- 
ings, and  zooplankton,  and  examined  the  possibilities  of  employing  the 
ship's  officers  in  making  these  collections  on  subsequent  cruises.  Al- 
though Anderson  found  the  officers  cooperative  and  capable  of  taking 
the  required  observations,  he  felt  that  a  technician  should  accompany 
the  ship  and  be  specifically  charged  with  the  sampling  program. 

While  in  Japan,  Anderson  also  visited  a  number  of  laboratories  to 


OFFICE    OF    OCEANOGRAPHY    AND    LIMNOLOGY 


275 


assess  Japanese  interest  in  the  program.  There  appears  to  be  real  poten- 
tial for  the  development  of  an  international  program  involving  the 
Japanese  and  Canadian  (specifically,  T.  R.  Parsons'  productivity  group 
at  the  Fisheries  Research  Board  of  Canada  Station  in  Nanaimo) ,  and 
the  United  States,  to  be  funded  in  part  by  the  National  Science  Founda- 
tion via  the  Japan-United  States  Scientific  Cooperative  Treaty.  In  the 
meantime  the  Office  of  Naval  Research  provided  support  for  Anderson 
to  continue  the  work,  and  two  additional  ships  were  equipped — the 
S.S.  Philippine  Mail  (departed  Seattle  4  March)  and  the  S.S.  Oregon 
Mail  (departed  Seattle  in  late  March) . 

Use  of  the  Coast  and  Geodetic  Survey  vessel  Oceanographer  as  a 
biological  ship-of-opportunity  was  completed  during  this  fiscal  year 
and,  with  support  from  the  Office  of  Naval  Research,  the  samples  are 
being  studied  by  scientists. 

The  agreement  with  the  Southern  Maine  Vocational  Technical  Insti- 
tute for  their  operation  of  the  Smithsonian  research  vessel  Phykos  was 
continued. 

Smithsonian  Oceanographic  Sorting  Center 

Serving  as  a  national  referral  service  in  biological  oceanography,  the 
Center  is  involved  in  all  kinds  of  specimen-based  activities,  from  field 
collecting  to  the  deposition  of  identified  species  in  permanent  study 
museums.  Staff  members  of  the  Center  engaged  in  field  collecting  at 
Diego  Garcia  and  Aldabra  Islands  in  the  Indian  Ocean,  on  various 
Philippine  Islands,  during  a  trans-Pacific  cruise  to  the  Antarctic,  during 
a  trans-Caribbean  cruise,  on  several  cruises  in  the  Mediterranean,  and 
from  vessels  in  the  Chesapeake  Bay.  These  collections  were  made  to  assist 


H.  Adair  Fehlmann  col- 
(ected  fish  for  the  Smith- 
sonian at  Aldabra  Island, 
off  Madagascar. 


276  NATURAL    SCIENCES 

specific  research  projects,  with  the  expectation  of  adding  substantial 
unique  material  to  that  already  available  to  the  257  taxonomic  special- 
ists using  the  services  of  the  Center. 

An  automatic  data-processing  system  has  been  initiated  for  records 
of  natural  history  specimens.  Many  of  the  manual  operations  of  data 
processing — including  preparation  of  labels,  inventory  cards,  and  in- 
voices— have  been  automated.  The  same  system  provides  labels  and 
a  record  suitable  for  entry  into  a  computerized  data  storage  and  re- 
trieval system.  Two  high-speed  automatic  typewriters  have  been  in- 
stalled, each  of  which  is  programmed  to  code  and  punch  the  typed  data 
onto  a  paper  tape  at  the  same  time  as  labels  and  invoices  are  prepared. 
Data  from  the  punched  tape  are  accepted  by  another  machine  which 
stores  the  information  as  an  inventory  on  the  magnetic  tape  of  a 
computer. 

The  inventory  is  designed  to  list,  along  with  the  taxa  from  the  label, 
essential  identifying  and  sampling  data,  such  as  vessels,  collectors,  sta- 
tion numbers,  positions,  dates,  depths,  and  type  of  gear.  Data  retrieval 
can  be  made  on  one  or  any  combination  of  these  parameters.  As  taxa  are 
shipped  to  specialists,  invoices  are  prepared  which  are  programmed 
to  update  the  information  on  the  location  of  the  specimens.  Similarly, 
provision  has  been  made  for  entry  of  species  names  as  specialists  pro- 
vide such  identifications.  The  inventory  provides  a  necessary  record  of 
the  Center's  activities  and  eventually  will  become  a  useful  tool  for 
studies  of  ecological  communities  and  distribution  of  taxonomic  groups. 

Although  programming  is  not  complete,  data  from  the  basic  programs 
have  been  entered  to  include  nearly  10,000  records.  Much  of  the  im- 
petus for  the  development  of  the  records  system  resulted  from  fulfill- 
ment of  contract  obligations,  to  the  National  Science  Foundation's  Office 
of  Antarctic  Programs,  which  provide  for  compilation  and  maintenance 
of  files  of  all  collections  taken  from  the  Antarctic,  both  old  and  recent. 
Requirements  of  this  project  have  made  especially  urgent  the  obtaining 
of  accurate  specimen  files  from  throughout  the  United  States. 

During  the  past  year  the  Center  received  4,476  samples,  coming  from 
all  oceans.  From  these  and  the  other  samples  on  hand,  3,475,283  speci- 
mens were  sorted.  Totals  of  629,867  specimens  and  4,422  unsorted  lots 
were  shipped  to  the  257  scientists  from  27  countries  presently  being 
served  by  the  Sorting  Center.  The  principal  function  of  the  Center 
is  the  painstaking  process  of  separating  discrete  units  of  the  collections 
and  sending  these  units  to  taxonomic  specialists  who  identify  the  species, 
describing  newly  collected  forms  and  publishing  the  taxonomic  and  re- 
lated environmental  data.  Shipment  to  specialists  continues  to  take  place 
more  slowly  than  sorting  for  many  reasons,  including  the  following: 


OFFICE    OF    OCEANOGRAPHY    AND    LIMNOLOGY  277 

A  particular  taxonomic  unit  should  have  a  variety  and  relatively 
large  number  of  individuals  before  being  of  critical  size  to  justify 
attention  by  a  specialist. 
All  shipments  of  specimens  are  made  subject  to  prior  arrangements 

with  the  specialist  for  acceptance  and  study. 
All  specialists  must  have  had  review  of  their  qualifications  by  a 

Center  advisory  committee  for  related  taxonomic  groups. 
Taxonomists  are  in  short  supply  and  those  who  meet  our  quality 
standards  are  busy,  so  that  their  handling  of  specimens  from  the 
Center  must  be  correlated  with  that  of  specimens  obtained  from 
other  sources. 
When  a  student  requests  specimens  for  use  in  meeting  degree  re- 
quirements, he  or  the  Center  must  find  an  experienced  taxonomist 
to  serve  as  his  sponsor  and  to  accept  responsibility  for  maintain- 
ing the  condition  of  the  collection. 
After  the  specimens  have  been  identified  and  returned  the  Center 
selects  as  a  repository  a  suitable  study  museum,  which  must  agree  to  keep 
them  in  good  condition  and  to  make  them  available  for  reference  by 
qualified  investigators. 

Innovative  concepts  of  the  staff,  its  advisors,  and  any  visitor  to  the 
facility  are  continually  under  review.  Efforts  to  interest  commercial 
suppliers  in  the  developing  of  adequate  containers  and  closures  led  to 
the  manufacture  of  difTerent-sized  jars  with  uniform  mouth  openings, 
and  of  polypropylene  closures  to  fit  a  variety  of  glass  containers  com- 
monly used  for  other  purposes  in  industry.  Commercially  available  ma- 
terials of  an  elementary  nature  which  have  been  adapted  for  specific 
laboratory  purposes  include  a  square  of  black  glass,  which  under  the  mi- 
croscope stage  provides  a  background  against  which  organisms  are  more 
easily  seen,  and  a  special  adhesive  mixture  used  to  seal  vials  and  bottles 
before  shipment,  thus  avoiding  the  problem  of  leakage  common  to  many 
biological  containers. 

The  Plastic  Peel-a-Way  Blood  Sampler  provides  a  quick  and  rea- 
sonably accurate  method  of  obtaining,  holding,  and  shipping  aliquots  of 
phytoplankton ;  and  it  eliminates  contamination,  and  the  chance  of  loss 
owing  to  breakage.  Multipurpose  biological  trays  were  adopted  for 
washing  and  rinsing  marine  macroscopic  algae.  Use  of  different  mesh 
openings  avoids  the  loss  of  minute  filamentous  algae  formerly  carried 
away  in  the  water  overflow. 

For  smaller  marine  animals,  the  use  of  a  plastic  tray  with  a  numbered 
grid  of  12x1 2-mm  compartments  to  facilitate  handling  and  sorting  was 
found  less  cumbersome  than  the  use  of  a  larger  maze  of  dividers.  An 
enlarged  version  of  the  Folsom  Plankton  Splitter  can  handle  the  greater 


278 


NATURAL    SCIENCES 


Walter  Sorrell  of  the  Museum  of  Natural  History  plastics  laboratory  inspects  one 
of  the  numerous  plankton  splitters  fabricated  by  the  Office  of  Exhibits  for 
research  at  the  Smithsonian  Oceanographic  Sorting  Center.  The  production  of 
such  precision  scientific  instruments  is  an  important  contribution  of  the  plastics 
laboratory  to  Smithsonian's  research  program. 


volume  of  midwater-trawl  specimens  per  sample.  Small  desk  fans  that 
direct  a  confined  stream  of  air  across  the  top  of  the  sorting  tray  help  to 
prevent  the  sorter's  inhaling  preservative  fumes  without  causing  a  draft 
on  him.  Miniature  egg  boxes  were  used  to  facilitate  storage  of  specimens 
in  five-dram  vials. 

Several  methods  were  experimented  with  to  handle  the  most  fragile 
specimens :  thistle  tubes  with  ultra-fine  mesh  netting  were  used  to  draw 
off  fluid  from  samples  without  removing  the  microscopic  organisms; 
a  scoop-type  device  was  developed  to  pick  up  fragile  animals  without 
injury,  while  for  separating  and  sorting  the  use  of  fine,  flexible  forceps, 
Irwin  loops,  and  broaches  was  found  more  satisfactory  than  the  stiffer 
jeweler's  forceps  previously  used. 


OFFICE    OF    OCEANOGRAPHY    AND    LIMNOLOGY  279 

Two  devices  adapted  for  more  efficient  record-keeping  are  the  banks 
of  multiple  counters,  which  reduce  hand  movement  in  enumeration  of 
animals  by  taxa,  and  a  metal  plate  1/50  the  area  of  the  sorting  tray, 
used  to  estimate  copepods  when  their  numbers  would  cause  prohibitive 
loss  of  time  if  an  organism-by-organism  count  were  made. 

Use  of  various  solutions  in  processing  marine  organisms  at  the  time  of 
collection  and  in  the  laboratory  is  a  continuing  concern.  Experiments 
were  conducted  with  formalin  in  natural  sea  water,  artificial  salt  water, 
and  fresh  water  to  determine  the  most  satisfactory  solution  for  preserva- 
tion of  animals  and  for  handling  large  numbers  of  specimens.  For  exam- 
ple, it  was  found  that  lonol  is  useful  in  preserving  color,  but  it  causes 
organisms  to  stick  together  and  makes  sorting  more  difficult.  Its  use  also 
resulted  in  the  destruction  of  certain  plastic  containers  in  the  laboratory. 

The  use  of  mechanical  sorting  devices  to  speed  tedious  and  time- 
consuming  manual  sorting  is  under  investigation.  A  modified  sorter 
based  on  the  mechanical  sorter  (McGowan  and  Fraundorf,  1964), 
was  designed  and  built  to  utilize  the  organisms'  specific  gravity  in  a  given 
"sorting  solution."  When  fully  developed,  it  should  substantially  in- 
crease for  certain  groups  of  pelagic  organisms  the  volume  of  material 
sorted  per  man-hour. 

At  the  Center,  geology  this  year  has  developed  into  a  full  partnership 
with  biology;  and  although  emphasis  is  placed  on  oceanic  rocks,  sediment 
samples  also  are  accepted  and  processed,  and  bottom  photographs  are 
described  and  made  available  to  scientists.  A  single,  rapid  tour  of  a  few 
research  laboratories  established  a  user  list  of  more  than  twenty  scientists 
who  needed  access  to  various  oceanic  rocks  to  satisfy  their  research  inter- 
ests in  the  oceanic  crust. 

The  Center  plans  to  participate  in  collecting  oceanic  rocks,  but  much 
material  can  be  accumulated  by  advertising  the  willingness  to  accept  and 
distribute  collections  of  others,  for  experience  has  shown  that  potential 
users  often  do  not  know  about  the  activities  of  potential  collectors. 

Favorable  reviews  of  this  activity  have  resulted  in  joint  support  from 
the  National  Science  Foundation,  and  by  year's  end  the  Center  had  in 
being  a  petrographic  laboratory  with  equipment  and  supplies  for  rock 
identification,  an  automated  rock  inventory  system,  a  staff  trained  for 
the  tasks  required,  and  continuing  communication  with  requesters  and 
suppliers  of  oceanic  rocks  and  information. 

During  the  year  583  negatives  and  36  log  sheets  were  received  from 
Eltanin  cruises.  Primarily  for  scientific  research,  2,854  black-and-white 
prints  and  131  color  slides  were  distributed  and  190  black-and-white 
negatives  were  loaned.  Data  on  photographic  techniques,  the  camera, 
and  the  camera-to-bottom  geometry  were  gathered  to  assist  specialists  in 


280  NATURAL    SCIENCES 

determining  the  size  of  objects  which  they  study  on  the  bottom  photo- 
graphs. Since  the  camera  often  points  obliquely  at  the  bottom,  the  scale 
of  the  resulting  photograph  may  vary  through  the  field  of  view.  Assum- 
ing a  horizontal  sea  floor  and  a  vertical  camera  rig  to  be  the  ideal  situ- 
ation, criteria  are  being  developed  to  recognize  departure  from  this,  and 
a  grid  now  can  be  supplied  to  facilitate  making  measurements  on  oblique 
photography. 

Mediterranean  Marine  Sorting  Center 

Established  and  maintained  in  Tunisia  using  Public  Law  480  excess 
currency  funds,  the  Mediterranean  Marine  Sorting  Center  (mmsc) 
is  directed  by  an  American  (David  M.  Damkaer  during  its  first  year  and 
Neil  C.  Hulings  during  its  second  year) .  Patterned  after  the  Smithsoni- 
an Oceanographic  Sorting  Center,  mmsc  differs  only  by  emphasizing 
Mediterranean  samples  and  in  giving  first  consideration  to  Mediterrane- 
an-based scientists  wishing  to  work  on  the  specimens.  Recognizing  the 
world  shortage  of  taxonomists,  mmsc  coordinates  its  specialist  list  and 
advisory  committees  with  other  specimen  centers,  but  develops  both  of 
these  facilities  to  fit  its  own  needs.  It  assists  with  all  aspects  of  taxonomy, 
from  the  collecting  of  specimens  through  their  processing  for  identifi- 
cation and  their  deposition  in  appropriate  study  museums.  Emphasis 
during  the  year  was  on  quality  control  and  training.  In  this  connection 
a  total  of  27  consultants  from  Tunisia,  Italy,  Yugoslavia,  Austria, 
France,  Algeria,  the  United  States,  and  two  United  Nations  Organiza- 
tions (fao  and  unesco)  visited  the  Center  and  advised  on  speci- 
men handling,  while  mmsc  staff  members  visited  Malta,  Italy,  Yugo- 
slavia, Lebanon,  Libya,  Cyprus,  England,  Denmark,  the  United  States, 
and  Canada. 

During  the  year  mmsc  received  1579  samples  from  Tunisia,  Malta, 
Italy,  France,  Romania,  Yugoslavia,  and  United  States  expeditions 
in  the  Mediterranean.  From  these  1,070,726  specimens  were  sorted 
and  135,840  were  sent  to  14  specialists  from  Tunisia,  Italy,  Yugoslavia, 
and  the  United  States,  representing  seven  institutions.  Twenty-one  spe- 
cialists have  formally  requested  material  from  among  the  nearly  400 
who  have  expressed  an  interest  in  mmsc.  A  reference  collection — 
mostly  identified  to  species  and  now  consisting  of  507  specimens  of  ma- 
rine benthos,  algae,  and  fishes — has  been  developed  at  mmsc  for  as- 
sistance with  training.  Most  of  these  museum  specimens  are  from  Tu- 
nisia. A  series  of  15  advisory  committees,  averaging  four  members  each, 
are  in  the  final  process  of  being  established  to  consider  requests  for 
specimens  and  to  approve  depositories  for  them. 


OFFICE    OF    OCEANOGRAPHY    AND    LIMNOLOGY  281 


Recording    (left)    and   sorting    of    marine    biological    collections    is    done    by 
Tunisians  at  the  Mediterranean  Marine  Sorting  Center. 


At  present  the  director,  benthos  supervisor  Jose  M.  Stirn,  and  Mme.  J. 
H.  Heldt,  permanent  consultant,  are  training  the  technicians  in  all  cate- 
gories of  sorting.  Among  the  technicians  recently  employed  are  two 
who  will  fill  supervisory  positions.  One,  Mme,  Hedia  Baccar,  earned  a 
D.Sc.  from  University  of  Lausanne  in  1967.  The  other,  Mr.  Abdeloud 
Ghanem,  has  a  degree  in  the  natural  sciences  from  the  University  of 
Tunis.  These  two  plus  Mme.  Fafani  Ouachi,  who  also  has  a  natural 
science  degree  from  the  University  of  Tunis,  make  it  possible  for  three 
of  the  four  supervisory  positions  at  mm  so  to  be  filled  by  Tunisians.  Two 
Tunisians,  Hassouni  Zaoui  and  Mohamed  Shili,  are  being  trained  to 
occupy  subsupervisory  positions. 

Excellent  relations  have  been  established  not  only  with  in  stop  but 
also  with  the  Faculty  of  Sciences  of  the  University  of  Tunis,  the  biology 
faculty  of  which  has  aided  mmsc  in  selecting  employees. 

In  honoring  requests  by  foreign  scientists  to  provide  specific  collections 
of  Tunisian  marine  organisms,  mmsc  depends  upon  and  works  directly 
with  IN  STOP,  and  when  such  collections  are  made,  a  representative 
number  of  specimens — identified  and  properly  preserved — are  always 
deposited  with  instop. 

Since  mmsc  is  interested  in  the  total  marine  environment,  the 
Center  has  been  involved  in  a  wide  variety  of  activities.  Personnel  and 
financial  support  were  provided  for  a  two-week  Mediterranean  Associ- 
ation of  Marine  Biology  and  Oceanology  (mambo)  course  in  marine 
biology  fisheries.  The  countries  represented  and  the  number  of  partici- 
pants were:  Algeria  2,  Cyprus  2,  Italy  2,  Lybia  1,  Malta  1,  Romania  2, 
Spain  2,  Tunisia  7,  Turkey  1,  and  Yugoslavia  2.  In  addition.  Professor 
Stirn  spent  six  full  days  lecturing,  leading  field  trips,  and  directing 

315-997     O  -  69  -  19 


282  NATURAL    SCIENCES 

laboratory  work.  Other  organizations  participating  in  the  course  in- 
cluded FAO,  UNESCO,  INSTOP,  the  Swedish  International  Development 
Association,  and  the  University  of  Tunis. 

The  staff  of  mmsc  participated  in  a  number  of  conferences  in  the 
Mediterranean  region,  including  the  Third  International  Colloquium 
on  Medical  Oceanography  in  Nice,  France ;  the  General  Fisheries  Coun- 
cil for  the  Mediterranean  in  Split,  Yugoslavia;  the  Sixth  International 
Conference  on  Food  from  the  Sea  in  Ponza,  Italy;  and  the  mambo 
training  course  in  Malta.  In  addition,  numerous  conferences  were  held 
with  representatives  of  many  institutions  regarding  mmsc  activities 
and  future  operations. 

Publications 

FehlmanNj  H.  a.      "Role  of  the  Smithsonian  Oceanographic  Sorting  Center  in 

Antarctic  Research."  Antarctic  Journ.  of  the  U.S.,  vol.  2,  no.  5,  pp.  205-206, 

1967. 
HuLiNGS,  Neil  C.      "A  Review  of  Recent  Marine  Podocopid  and  Platycopid 

Ostracods  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico."     Contr.  in  Mar.  Sci.,  vol.  12,  pp.  80- 

100,  July  1967. 
.      "Marine  Ostracoda  from  the  Western  North  Atlantic  Ocean:  Labrador 

Sea,  Gulf  of  St.  Lawrence  and  oflF  Nova  Scotia."     Crustaceana,  vol.  13,  pt. 

3,  pp.  310-328,  1  pi.,  1967. 
Landrum,  Betty  J.     "The  Antarctic  Records  Program,  1966-1967."     Antarc- 
tic Journ.  of  the  U.S.,  vol  2,  no.  5,  p.  206,  1967. 
SiMKiN,  Tom.      "Flow  Differentiation  in  the  Picritic  Sills  of  North  Skye."     Pages 

64-69  in  Ultramafic  and  Related  Rocks,  edit.  P.  J.  Wyllie.     New  York:  John 

Wiley  &  Sons,  1967. 
.     "Zoned  Olivines  and  the  Cooling  History  of  a  Picritic  Sill."     Geol. 

Sac.  Amer.  Spec.  Paper,  no.  101,  pp.  202-203,  1967. 
,  and  J.  V.  Smith.     "Minor  Element  Variation  in  Olivine."     Geol.  Soc. 


Amer.  Spec.  Paper,  no.  101,  p.  203,  1967. 
Wallen,    I.    E.     "Smithsonian   Institution    Participation   in   Eltanin    Cruises." 

Antarctic  Journ.  of  the  U.S.,  vol.  2,  no.  5,  p.  202,  1967. 
.      "Cooperative    Systematic    Studies   in    Antarctic    Biology."     Antarctic 

Journ.  of  the  U.S.,  vol.  2,  no.  5,  p.  203,  1967. 


Smithsonian  Office  of  Ecology 

Helmut  K.  Buechner,  Head 

TjRiMARY  GOAL  OF  THE  OFFICE  OF  ECOLOGY  is  to  Contribute — through 
"*■  the  promotion  of  research,  through  education,  and  through  the 
communication  of  knowledge — to  the  development  of  a  new  science 
of  man  and  his  total  environment:  ecosystem  ecology.  In  its  tradi- 
tional disciplinary  sense,  ecology  is  concerned  mostly  with  the  environ- 
mental relationships  of  the  various  components  of  relatively  undisturbed 
natural  ecosystems.  The  new  emphasis  is  with  interdisciplinary  studies 
that  advance  the  scientific  understanding  of  how  whole  ecological 
systems  are  put  together  and  how  they  work  in  nature  with  man  as  an 
integral  component  of  the  system. 

Such  are  the  complexities  of  man's  contemporary  ecological  prob- 
lems that  not  only  the  various  disciplines  of  the  natural  sciences,  but 
also  those  of  the  behavioral  sciences  and  of  the  humanities  must  ulti- 
mately be  brought  to  bear  on  them.  Since  the  foundation  of  such 
studies  lies  partly  in  traditional  ecology,  the  Office  of  Ecology  supports 
research  of  this  nature  while  it  builds  toward  the  new  science.  Funda- 
mental to  all  ecological  studies,  of  course,  is  systematic  biology,  and 
the  Office  also  encourages  and  supports  interdisciplinary  studies  among 
systematists  and  ecologists  in  order  to  expand  and  spread  basic  scientific 
knowledge  about  the  living  components  of  ecosystems  involving  man. 

Development  of  a  strong  program  of  ecosystem  ecology  at  the 
Smithsonian  Institution,  a  principal  center  for  the  study  of  biosystem- 
atics,  is  particularly  appropriate  and  important,  for  the  Institution 
provides  an  ideal  focal  point  from  which  to  motivate,  encourage,  and 
develop  biosystematics  relevant  to  today's  ecological  problems. 

Significant  changes  in  the  basic  staff  occurred  during  the  year.  Lee  M. 
Talbot  became  deputy  head  of  the  Office  of  Ecology  on  6  May,  with 
special  responsibility  for  the  international  program.  As  the  Smithsonian 
field  representative  for  international  affairs  in  ecology  and  conservation, 
a  title  which  he  retains,  Talbot  has  been  on  special  assignment  as  the 
international  field  coordinator  for  the  conservation  section  of  the  Inter- 
national Biological  Program.  In  this  capacity  he  has  been  instrumental 
in  the  establishment  of  various  projects  in  Africa,  Asia,  Europe,  and  the 

283 


284 


NATURAL    SCIENCES 


Americas  involving  biological  research,  survey,  the  establishment  of 
field  research  stations  and  reserves,  the  organization  of  conferences  and 
symposia,  and  the  international  exchange  of  scientific  and  conservation 
personnel.  All  programs  and  projects  of  the  Office  of  Ecology  supported 
from  the  Foreign  Currency  Program  and  other  sources  are  now  admin- 
istered by  Talbot. 

Francis  S.  L.  Williamson  was  appointed  by  Secretary  Ripley  as  the 
new  Director  of  the  Chesapeake  Bay  Center  for  Field  Biology,  effective 
1  July  1968.  Director  Williamson  came  to  the  Smithsonian  with  ten 
years  of  intensive  ornithological  research  in  Alaska  where  he  was  em- 
ployed by  the  Public  Health  Service,  Arctic  Health  Research  Center,  to 
investigate  the  ecology  of  Alaskan  birds  with  special  relationship  to 
the  epizootiology  of  animal-borne  diseases.  He  also  conducted  extensive 
studies  on  the  ecology,  distribution,  speciation,  and  faunal  relationships 
of  Alaskan  birds,  the  results  of  which  have  been  published  in  about  30 
research  papers. 

INTERNATIONAL    PROGRAM 

The  research  program  now  under  way  in  Ceylon,  a  study  of  the  behavior 
and  ecology  of  elephants,  is  in  its  second  year,  and  a  series  of  projects 
on  primates  has  been  started.  It  is  under  the  direction  of  John  F.  Eisen- 
berg,  resident  scientist  of  the  National  Zoological  Park  and  associate 
ecologist  of  the  Office  of  Ecology,  who  joined  the  field  team  in  Ceylon 


Elephants  at  Lahugula  Tank    (a  former  reservoir  about   1000  years  ago)    in 
Ceylon.  Photographed  5  November  1967. 


OFFICE    OF    ECOLOGY 


285 


in  June  to  direct  the  projects  and  conduct  ethological  research  for  a 
year.  Based  on  the  weights  and  linear  measurements  of  21  female  and 
16  male  elephants  examined  while  they  were  assembled  for  the  annual 
Kandy  Perahera  procession,  a  system  for  estimating  ages  of  Ceylonese 
elephants  was  developed.  This  system  provided  a  foundation  both  for 
Fred  Kurt's  post-doctoral  research  on  individual  and  group  behavior, 
population  structure,  and  reproduction,  and  for  George  McKay's  pre- 
doctoral  research  on  food  habits,  relationships  to  vegetation,  and  energy 
flow.  Suzanne  Ripley  joined  the  team  to  investigate  the  interrelationships 
between  man  and  tame  elephants,  with  special  reference  to  the  use  of 
the  elephant  as  a  work  animal  and  the  role  which  the  elephant  plays  in 
the  Ceylonese  culture.  Knowledge  of  the  cultural  significance  of  the 
elephant  will  provide  important  background  for  a  program  of  educa- 
tion and  training  to  insure  continued  conservation  of  the  Ceylonese 
elephant. 

Two  students  at  the  University  of  Ceylon  in  Peradiniya,  veterinarian 
A.P.W.  Nettasinghe  and  zoologist  Anil  Jayasuriya,  will  use  segments  of 
this  research  on  elephants  for  their  M.S.  degrees.  In  October,  Clinton 
Gray,  veterinarian  of  the  National  Zoological  Park,  determined  the 
dosage  of  M99  for  immobilizing  the  Ceylonese  elephant,  and  with 
unqualified  success  captured,  marked,  and  released  three  large  male  ele- 
phants in  the  wild,  thus  demonstrating  a  means  by  which  the  Ceylonese 
government  can  move  elephants  to  new  locations.  During  the  month  of 
January,  Kurt,  McKay,  and  Ripley  journeyed  to  India  for  observations 
on  the  elephant  round-up  in  the  State  of  Mysore,  an  event  known  as  a 
"keddah,"  which  is  held  every  ten  years  to  capture  wild  elephants  for 
domestic  use.  Valuable  information  was  obtained  on  behavior  during 
capture,  on  normal  behavior  (observed  at  50-meter  range  from  the 
backs  of  tame  elephants) ,  and  on  age  structure  of  the  wild  population. 
The  accomplishments  proved  so  worthwhile  that  a  second  trip  was  made, 
this  time  with  Nettasinghe  and  Jayasuriya.  These  trips  also  laid  the 
foundation  for  the  future  development  of  a  project  on  elephants  in 
Mysore. 

Dieter  Mueller-Dombois,  who  is  conducting  botanical  studies  in 
Ceylon,  intensified  his  cooperation  with  the  elephant  studies  by  estab- 
lishing a  series  of  vegetation  transects  in  the  Yala  National  Park,  develop- 
ing a  vegetation  classification  system  for  relating  the  daily  and  seasonal 
behavior  of  elephants  to  vegetation  types  and  for  aiding  in  identifying 
plants  utilized  as  food.  Both  Mueller-Dombois  and  the  elephant  team  are 
gathering  information  on  the  relationship  of  buffalo,  sambar  deer,  and 
axis  deer  to  elephants  through  their  influence  on  the  vegetation,  particu- 
larly at  Yala  where  there  is  an  overabundance  of  deer.  By  the  close  of 


286  NATURAL    SCIENCES 

these  studies  next  year  a  broad  foundation  will  have  been  established 
for  long-range  action  in  the  conservation  of  the  Ceylonese  elephant. 

The  primate  studies  initiated  by  Eisenberg  include  the  macaque  (two 
races),  the  gray  langur  (one  race),  and  the  purple-faced  langur  (four 
races) .  They  involve  comparisons  between  species  and  between  races  of 
the  same  species  to  elucidate  the  variations  in  individual  morphology, 
social  forms,  and  distribution  in  relationship  to  climate,  diet,  and  habitat 
utilization.  Cooperating  investigators  in  these  studies  include  Suzanne 
Ripley,  whose  doctoral  dissertation  was  on  the  gray  langur  in  Ceylon; 
Theodore  I.  Grand  of  the  Oregon  Regional  Primate  Research  Center; 
and  Claude  M.  Hladik  of  the  University  of  Paris.  The  overall  goal  is  to 
determine  the  modes  of  exploitation  of  the  environment  by  the  different 
species  and  races  of  primates,  which  is  to  be  accomplished  by  relating 
data  on  ecology,  sociology,  energy  budget,  and  form  and  function  of  the 
primates  to  relevant  differences  in  the  environment. 

The  survey  of  opportunities  for  overseas  ecological  research  initiated 
last  year  with  support  from  the  Smithsonian  Foreign  Currency  Program 
continued  with  promising  results.  A  large  portion  of  the  survey  activity 
was  concentrated  in  India.  Two  post-doctoral  students,  Robert  L. 
Fleming  from  Michigan  State  University  and  Robert  H.  Horwich  from 
the  University  of  Maryland,  completed  a  year  surveying  the  present  state 
of  ecological  research  in  India.  They  also  examined  research  opportuni- 
ties and  disseminated  widely  information  on  the  Smithsonian  research 
objectives.  One  immediate  result  of  the  survey  was  to  prepare  a  trip  to  the 
United  States  for  India's  leading  plant  ecologist,  Ramdeo  Misra,  pro- 
fessor of  botany,  Banaras  Hindu  University,  to  seek  support  and  col- 
laboration in  studies  of  primary  and  secondary  productivity  of  repre- 
sentative ecosystems  in  central  India.  George  A.  Petrides,  professor  of 
zoology  at  Michigan  State  University,  formulated  a  well-conceived  plan 
for  ecological  research  in  southern  Nepal.  With  assistance  from  his  uni- 
versity and  from  the  Smithsonian,  an  interdisciplinary  program  is  being 
developed,  based  on  the  Rapti  Valley  of  Nepal,  a  relatively  undisturbed 
area  that  is  accessible  to  ecologists  and  students  from  many  parts  of  the 
subcontinent. 

Richard  D.  Taber,  professor  of  forestry  at  the  University  of  Montana, 
and  post-doctoral  student  Mirza  Beg,  laid  the  groundwork  for  ecological 
research  in  Pakistan,  project  proposals  for  which  are  now  being  prepared, 
with  emphasis  on  the  population  ecology  of  animals  (such  as  the  wild 
boar)  that  damage  agricultural  crops. 

Lawrence  B.  Slobodkin,  formerly  professor  of  zoology  at  the  University 
of  Michigan  and  now  chairman  of  the  department  of  biological  sciences 
at  the  State  University  of  New  York  at  Stony  Brook,  began  a  five-year 


OFFICE    OF    ECOLOGY 


287 


study  of  diversity,  spacial  distribution,  and  interspecific  relationships  of 
corals,  and  of  the  behavior  and  ecology  of  reef  fishes,  at  the  Eilat  coral 
reef  in  Israel. 

Frank  B.  Golley  of  the  University  of  Georgia's  Institute  of  Ecology 
visited  Poland  for  the  Smithsonian  to  develop  a  joint  ecological  research 
project,  on  the  bioenergetics  of  small  mammals,  with  Kazimierz 
Petrusewicz,  the  Director  of  the  Polish  Academy  of  Science's  Institute 
of  Ecology. 

Lee  M.  Talbot  made  three  trips  to  Tunisia,  where  he  initiated  a  wide 
and  promising  research  program  on  arid-land  ecology  in  conjunction 
with  the  government  of  Tunisia.  The  principal  study  site  will  be  that 
government's  research  station  at  Bou  Hedma  in  southern  Tunisia.  This 
project  is  being  developed  as  part  of  the  International  Biological  Pro- 
gram, and  it  is  envisioned  that  information  from  this  study  will  find 
application  in  other  North  African  nations. 

Kai  Curry-Lindahl  and  Walter  Leuthold  completed  a  highly  success- 
ful survey  of  opportunities  for  limnological  and  terrestrial  ecological 
research  in  the  Republic  of  the  Congo  (Kinshasa).  From  the  Congo 
Leuthold  traveled  to  Kenya  to  gather  information,  contact  government 
and  university  officials,  and  to  prepare  a  long-term  program  of  compara- 
tive studies  on  territoriality,  reproduction,  and  ecology  of  several  East 
African  antelopes.  This  program  is  to  be  an  expansion  of  the  earlier 
research  by  Buechner  and  Leuthold  on  territorial  behavior  in  the 
Uganda  kob. 


Elephants  at  Lahugula  Tank.  Two  babies  can  be  seen,  one  of  which  is  nursing. 
Photographed  5  November  1967. 


'M 


'^:% 


288  NATURAL    SCIENCES 

The  ecological  studies  that  have  been  supported  for  nearly  two  years 
by  the  Office  of  Ecology  in  the  DMZ  study  area,  which  is  contiguous 
with  the  demilitarized  zone  of  Korea,  were  brought  to  a  temporary 
standstill  by  the  increased  activities  of  infiltrators  that  threaten  the 
lives  of  the  investigators.  A  five-year  plan  was  developed  for  a  Korean 
Center  for  Environmental  Studies,  within  which  an  integrated  program 
of  research  and  education  in  ecosystem  ecology  can  be  undertaken  at 
some  point  in  time  when  the  military  and  political  situation  in  Korea  has 
eased  and  financial  support  becomes  available. 

In  most  regions  of  the  world  outside  of  the  United  States,  ecosystem 
ecology  is  in  its  infancy,  and  it  is  important  to  make  preliminary  sur- 
veys in  these  areas  to  identify  significant  problems  and  to  initiate  effec- 
tive plans  to  carry  out  research  projects.  Preliminary  research  usually 
can  be  accomplished  on  initial  trips,  and  the  Office  of  Ecology  supports 
such  introductory  studies  in  ecosystem  ecology  and  environmental  phys- 
iology under  a  contract  with  the  Air  Force  Office  of  Scientific  Research. 
Since  April  1967,  some  40  scientists  have  been  supported,  many  of  whom 
have  worked  in  Latin  America  at  the  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research 
Institute  and  at  Belem,  Brazil,  where  the  Smithsonian  cooperates  in  a 
research  program  with  the  Instituto  des  Pesquisas  and  Experimehta^ao 
Agropecuarias  do  Norte  14  (ipean). 

CHESAPEAKE   BAY   CENTER   FOR   FIELD   BIOLOGY 

Development  of  facilities  for  the  Chesapeake  Bay  Center  for  Field 
Biology  continues.  The  Center's  headquarters  with  the  assistance  of  a 
grant  from  the  Old  Dominion  Foundation,  was  remodeled  to  provide 
offices,  a  small  dormitory  with  dining  facilities,  a  conference  room,  and 
a  library.  A  maintenance  vehicle  and  two  small  boats  to  be  used  in 
freshwater  and  estuarine  research  were  acquired.  All  necessary  road 
work  was  completed  and  a  precise  grid  system  for  the  location  and  re- 
cording of  observations  was  established. 

Three  students  began  research  for  the  summer  at  the  Center  in 
June  1968.  Paul  E.  M.  Fine  initiated  studies  on  avian  blood  parasites, 
William  W.  Wiggins  started  on  intensive  bird-banding  project  to  de- 
termine the  special  distribution  of  birds  in  the  mature  forest,  and  Mary 
A.  Feagin  began  studies  of  aquatic  animals  in  Muddy  Creek  under 
the  guidance  of  I.  Eugene  Wallen. 

The  Office  of  Ecology  made  available  the  234-page  manual,  "An 
Ecologically  Annotated  Checklist  of  the  Vascular  Flora  at  the  Chesa- 
peake Bay  Center  for  Field  Biology,  with  Keys,"  by  Daniel  Higman. 
This  checklist  is  backed  by  herbarium  specimens  collected  at  the  Cen- 
ter since  August  1965,  and  after  the  keys  have  been  tested  through 
use,  it  will  be  published. 


OFFICE    OF    ECOLOGY  289 

EDUCATION 

The  efficacy  of  reorienting  liberal  education  on  an  ecological  basis  to 
achieve  greater  contemporary  relevance  in  higher  education  was  dis- 
cussed at  a  seminar  organized  by  the  Office  of  Ecology  and  held  at  the 
White  Memorial  Foundation,  Litchfield,  Connecticut,  28  September- 
1  October.  This  seminar,  "The  Quality  of  Man's  Environment^ — A 
Challenge  to  Liberal  Education,"  was  jointly  sponsored  by  the  Office 
of  Ecology,  the  Union  for  Research  and  Experimentation  in  Higher 
Education  (urehe),  the  United  States  Office  of  Education,  and  the 
White  Memorial  Foundation,  with  a  supporting  grant  from  the  Esso 
Education  Foundation. 

As  a  result  of  this  conference,  the  10  liberal  arts  colleges  of  urehe 
are  developing  interdisciplinary  approaches  for  an  educational  pro- 
gram centered  on  man  and  his  total  environment. 

"Man,  Beast,  and  The  Land,"  a  color  documentary  film  of  research 
begun  in  1959  in  East  Africa  by  Lee  M.  and  Martha  H.  Talbot,  ap- 
peared on  NBC  television,  16  May.  The  Nielsen  rating  of  33.5,  repre- 
senting nearly  30  million  viewers,  was  remarkably  high  for  a  documen- 
tary and  indicated  keen  public  interest  in  the  wildlife  and  ecology  of 
the  Serengeti-Mara  plains  of  Tanzania  and  Kenya.  The  high  quality 
of  this  film  sets  a  standard  for  future  films  documenting  research  by 
Smithsonian  scientists. 

Charles  Elton,  who  became  the  second  Smithsonian  Fellow,  subse- 
quent to  his  recent  retirement  from  the  Directorship  of  the  Bureau  of 
Animal  Population,  which  he  founded  at  O.xford  University  35  years 
ago,  arrived  in  Washington,  4  April.  As  Sir  Alister  Hardy  said  of 
Elton  in  his  foreword  to  the  commendatory  issue  of  the  Journal  of  Ani- 
mal Ecology  (February  1968)  :  "Elton  in  fact  set  out  to  turn  natural 
history  into  science,  and  that,  of  course,  is  what  ecology  is:  the  quanti- 
tative and  experimental  study  of  living  organisms  in  relation  to  their 
environments.  He  blazed  a  pioneering  trail  in  this  new  domain  of  ter- 
restrial animal  ecology.  He  had  the  courage  to  remain  in  university 
life,  to  sally  forth  from  the  laboratories  into  the  field,  and  so  was  one 
of  the  very  first  to  bring  the  principles  of  animal  ecology,  which  he 
himself  was  largely  making,  into  the  academic  world  to  influence  future 
students." 

The  visit  of  Elton  to  the  Smithsonian  for  a  five-month  period,  ini- 
tially sponsored  by  Philip  S.  Humphrey,  will  include  two  months  of  field 
research  at  the  ipean  rain  forest,  Belem,  Brazil,  where  ecological  re- 
search was  organized  in  1966  by  Humphrey  with  financial  support  from 
the  Office  of  Ecology.  During  an  earlier  brief  visit  to  Belem,  Elton  was 
impressed  by  the  scarcity  of  rain-forest  animals;  his  recent  research 


290  NATURAL    SCIENCES 

has  centered  on  population  density  and  species  diversity  of  the  rain- 
forest fauna,  comparisons  being  made  with  the  fauna  at  Oxford  Uni- 
versity's estate  at  Wytham  Woods  which  he  has  studied  intensively 
over  the  past  20  years. 

The  stimulation  of  Elton's  visit,  particularly  through  his  informal 
talks,  has  led  to  the  incorporation  of  some  of  his  ideas,  methodology,  and 
guidelines — evolved  at  Wytham  Woods — into  the  long-range  program 
of  the  developing  Chesapeake  Bay  Center  for  Field  Biology. 

Staff  Papers  Presented  or  Published 

Barbehenn^  Kyle  R.  "The  EflFect  of  Community  Organization  on  Estimating 
Small  Mammal  Populations."  Paper  presented  at  the  47th  Annual  Meet- 
ing of  the  American  Society  of  Mammalogists,  Nags  Head,  North  Carolina, 
1967. 

.      "Host-Parasite  Relationships  and  Species  Diversity  in  Mammals:   An 

Hypothesis."     Paper   presented   at  the  Annual  Meeting  of  the   Ecological 
Society  of  America,  University  of  Wisconsin,  Madison,  Wisconsin,  1968. 

BuECHNER,  Helmut  K.,  and  Frank  B.  Golley.  "Preliminary  Estimates  of 
Energy  Flow  in  Uganda  Kob."  Pages  243-254,  in  vol.  1  of  Secondary 
Productivity  of  Terrestrial  Ecosystems  {Principles  and  Methods),  edit.  K. 
Petrusewicz.  Warsaw:  Polish  Academy  of  Sciences,  Institute  of  Ecology, 
International  Biological  Programme  PT,  1967. 

BuECHNER,  Helmut  K.,  and  Harland  W.  Mobsman.  "The  Opening  Between 
the  Allantoic  Vesicle  and  the  Uterine  Cavity  in  the  Uganda  Kob  Con- 
ceptus."  Paper  presented  at  the  International  Symposium,  Biology  of 
Reproduction  in  Mammals,  University  College  Nairobi,  Kenya,  April  1968. 

TalboTj  Lee  M.  "Background  and  Organization  of  the  IBP."  Transactions 
of  the  Thirty-second  North  American  Wildlife  and  Natural  Resources  Con- 
ference, 1967.  Volume  32,  pp.  275-278. 

.      "The  Herbivore- Vegetation-Nomad  Complex:    Recent  Research  and 

Its    Implications."    Paper   presented   at   the    IBP-CT   Technical   Meeting, 
Hammamet,  Tunisia,   24-29  March   1968. 

■ .  "Wildlife  in  a  Changing  World:  A  Conservation  Challenge."  Key- 
note address,  joint  sectional  meeting  of  American  Society  of  Range  Man- 
agement, the  Society  of  American  Foresters,  and  the  Soil  Conservation 
Society  of  America,  Utah  State  University,  Logan,  Utah,  1967. 

.      "Ecology  of  East  African  Savanna."     Lecture  series.  College  of  Natural 

Resources  Conservation  Week,  Utah  State  University,  Logan,  Utah,  1967. 

.  "Wildlife  in  Developing  Countries."  Pages  46-49  in  Wildlife  Re- 
sources in  a  Changing  World.  Washington,  D.C. :  The  Conservation 
Foundation,  1968. 

"Ecological    Considerations   in    Water   Development    Projects   in    the 


Middle  East."  Paper  presented  at  the  Conference  on  the  Middle  East: 
Horizons  in  Science  and  Technology,  The  Middle  East  Institute,  Wash- 
ington, D.C,  1967. 
Talbot,  Lee  M.,  and  Martha  H.  Talbot,  editors.  Conservation  in  Tropical 
Southeast  Asia.  lUCN  Publications,  new  series,  no.  10,  550  pp.  Morges, 
Switzerland :  International  Union  for  Conservation  of  Nature  and  Natural 
Resources,  1968. 


Museum  of  Natural  History 

Richard  S.  Cowan,  Director 


T  EARNING  IS  FUN!  So  Say  the  hundreds  of  children  who  clamber  over 
-'— '  a  life-size  model  of  a  prehistoric  dinosaur  Triceratops  under  the 
trees  in  front  of  the  Museum,  and  then  flock  into  the  exhibit  on  dinosaurs 
in  strikingly  larger  numbers  than  ever  before.  The  same  mood  is  ex- 
pressed by  the  young  and  old  who  crowd  informal  classroom  areas  all 
over  the  Museum  where  scientific  staff  members  teach  Smithsonian  Asso- 
ciates classes  on  many  natural  history  subjects.  This  is  learning  at  its 
best ;  but  it  does  not  stop  there,  for  there  is  a  burgeoning  interest  among 
the  Museum  staff"  to  bridge  the  former  gap  between  the  Smithsonian 
and  academic  institutions  across  the  country. 

Some  of  the  research  scientists  are  actively  involved  in  giving  courses 
and  seminars  at  nearby  and  distant  univ^ersities,  but  many  more  are  in- 
volved in  cooperative  research  training  with  students  who  are  working 
in  the  seven  departments  of  the  Museum  under  the  direction  and  super- 
vision of  our  professionals.  Dissertations  for  advanced  degrees  are  in 
progress  or  were  completed  in  most  of  the  natural  history  disciplines, 
and  summer  intern  students  undertook  a  wide  variety  of  limited  research 
projects  in  the  departments.  In  addition,  growing  numbers  of  post- 
doctoral investigators  are  spending  substantial  periods  of  time  in  res- 
idence in  the  Museum. 

The  depth  of  interest  and  concern  for  educational  matters  by  the 
scientific  staff  is  well  demonstrated  by  the  number  of  them  involved  in 
teaching  at  all  levels.  The  joint  development  of  an  almost  unique 
curriculum  for  paleontology  students  at  a  local  university  by  members 
of  our  department  of  paleobiology  is  an  especially  good  example  of 
the  interest  in  higher  education  in  the  Washington  area. 

291 


292 


MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 


Summary  of  Publications  by  the  Staff 
(Including  Honorary  Members) 


Department 

1964 

1965 

1966 

1967 

1968 

Anthropology 

30 

31 

35 

41 

48 

River  Basin  Surveys* 

- 

1 

13 

15 

17 

Botany 

54 

51 

50 

69 

89 

Entomology 

38 

25 

30 

55 

53 

Invertebrate  Zoology  f 

67 

39 

35 

68 

60 

Mineral  Sciences 

2 

18 

15 

21 

25 

Paleobotany 

13 

29 

39 

41 

103 

Vertebrate  Zoology  f 

- 

28 

56 

60 

81 

370 


476 


Totals  204  222  273 

*Prior  to  1965  under  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology. 

flnvertebrate  and  vertebrate  zoology  were  one  department  through  1964.  The 
figure  for  1964  represents  both. 


INTRODUCTION  293 

The  continuing  annual  increase  in  research  papers  represented  by  the 
tabulation  opposite,  has  taken  place  despite  an  actual  decrease  in  the 
size  of  the  professional  stafT.  This  is  most  gratifying,  for  in  addition, 
few  national  and  international  meetings  occur  in  which  Smithsonian 
scientists  are  not  involved,  often  as  contributors  of  papers  reporting 
results  of  original  research,  and  they  also  present  lectures  to  their  col- 
leagues and  to  students  in  academic  seminars.  These  represent  an 
important  part  of  the  scholarly  output  of  the  staff,  and  are  listed  on 
page  397.  From  these  impressive  accomplishments,  one  may  conclude 
that,  research,  as  a  form  of  learning,  is  one  the  staff  finds  most  satisfying. 

The  increase  in  interdisciplinary  projects  implies  effective  com- 
munication between  scientists  who  recognize  the  benefits  of  collabora- 
tion: A  petrologist  joins  a  specialist  on  Foraminifera  to  study  the 
history  of  the  mid- Atlantic  sea-floor;  a  specialist  on  sharks  and  one 
on  the  parasitic  micro-invertebrates  pool  their  efforts  to  illuminate  the 
evolutionary  development  of  their  respective  groups;  and  a  botanical 
systematist  links  his  interests  with  those  of  an  entomologist  to  understand 
the  biological  interrelationships  between  flowers  and  their  pollinators. 
Notable  as  such  collaborative  efforts  are,  an  even  more  important  re- 
search development  is  appearing. 

Because  of  the  size  and  extent  of  the  national  collections  of  natural 
history  objects  and  of  the  interests  of  the  research  staff,  the  Museum 
has  always  had  a  unique  role  of  collecting,  organizing,  and  synthesizing 
biological  data  to  be  presented  in  monographs  and  revisions  of  both 
fossil  and  Recent  groups.  This  responsibility  to  the  scientific  community 
is  still  recognized  and  discharged,  as  it  must  always  be,  for  such  basic 
information  is  the  foundation  for  the  understanding  we  must  acquire 
of  the  living  world  if  man  is  to  continue  to  live  in  harmony  with  it. 
There  is  evident,  however,  a  new  concern  for  the  question,  regularly 
addressed  by  researchers  in  the  academic  environment,  of  how  this  basic 
information  relates  to  the  development  of  our  understanding  of  such 
biological  processes  as  evolution  and  environmental  relationships — the 


Although  the  learning  process  is  not  altogether  understood,  most  of  us  agree 
that  LEARNING  IS  FUN!  The  pleasure  of  learning,  so  evident  in  the  faces  of 
children,  also  motivates  the  graduate  student  and  the  professional  scientist. 
Museums  are,  or  should  be,  fun  because  they  are  places  for  learning,  whether 
by  clambering  over  a  model  dinosaur,  assisting  scientists  as  summer  interns,  or 
by  researching  the  mysteries  of  the  world  about  us.  The  Smithsonian  Museum  of 
Natural  History,  with  things  and  ideas,  exists  to  excite  and  encourage  the  fun 
of  discovery.  As  the  national  museum  of  the  United  States  and  the  largest  museum 
complex  in  the  world,  the  Smithsonian  is  constantly  seeking  new  ways  to  carry 
out  its  historic  mission  of  public  enlightenment. 


INTRODUCTION 


295 


Twenty  exhibit  halls  in  the  Museum  of  Natural  History  are  visited  by  millions 
of  people  each  year,  many  of  them  school  children.  The  efforts  of  artists,  de- 
signers, model-makers,  and  other  exhibits  specialists  catch  the  interest  of  young 
visitors.  A  Junior  Natural  Science  Library  is  being  organized  as  a  tool  for  bring- 
ing learner  and  knowledge  together  in  an  environment  that  takes  advantage  of 
the  excitement  exhibits  generate.  Through  experiments  with  new  exhibition  tech- 
niques, the  Smithsonian  discovers  ever  more  effective  ways  to  arouse  interest 
and  to  facilitate  the  learning  that  is  the  hallmark  of  museums. 


Behind  the  scenes,  Smithsonian  and  visiting  research  scientists  with  their  assist- 
ants, volunteer  helpers,  and  students  learn  about  the  nature  of  man  and  his 
cultures,  about  the  millions  of  living  and  fossil  plants  and  animals,  and  about 
meteorites  and  the  origin  of  our  solar  system.  Young  volunteer  students  are 
trained  in  skills  that  prepare  them  for  a  challenging  career  or  an  exciting  life- 
long avocation. 


INTRODUCTION 


297 


As  the  official  caretaker  of  the  Nation's  collections  of  natural  history,  the 
Museum  maintains  and  conducts  studies  of  the  more  than  50  million  specimens 
of  plants,  animals,  rocks,  gems,  and  human  artifacts.  The  Smithsonian's  vast 
collections  have  long  constituted  a  kind  of  national  referral  center  upon  which 
biologists  have  learned  to  rely  for  the  basic  information  they  need  for  under- 
standing thi^  living  world.  By  encouraging  scientists,  scholars,  and  students  to 
pursue  research  among  its  collections  and  libraries,  the  Smithsonian  contributes 
to  the  national  efifort  to  strengthen  academic  science  and  scholarship. 


315-997      O  -  69  -  20 


298  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 

interpretive  aspects  of  systematic  biology.  This  direction  suggests  that 
the  research  staff  of  the  Museum  will  ultimately  include  three  general, 
interdependent  classes  of  scholars — those  concerned  solely  (often  neces- 
sarily by  the  nature  of  the  group)  with  monographic  studies,  those  who 
combine  monographic  with  interpretive  interests,  and  those  who  are 
largely  interpreters,  drawing  on  and  collaborating  with  individuals  and 
teams  representing  the  first  two  classes.  The  result  can  be  a  highly 
stimulating,  increasingly  relevant  environment  in  which  the  parts  inter- 
act, each  providing  and  receiving  research  direction  not  otherwise  at- 
tainable to  the  same  extent.  Future  stafT  growth  will  have  this  as  its  goal. 

But  research  at  any  of  these  levels  depends  ultimately  on  the  collec- 
tions, a  unique  asset  and,  at  the  same  time,  a  unique  responsibility  of 
the  Smithsonian  Institution.  As  the  caretakers  and  users  of  the  nation's 
natural  history  collections,  the  charge  to  make  them  available  to  any 
serious,  reputable  scientist  elsewhere  is  not  neglected  in  the  emphasis 
on  an  increase  in  research  productivity,  both  quantitatively  and  quali- 
tatively. The  move  of  the  department  of  entomology  back  into  the 
natural  history  building  (started  this  year),  coupled  with  an  annual 
increase  of  about  one  million  specimens,  necessitates  careful  long-range 
planning  to  provide  storage  space  for  the  collections.  Space  must  be 
found  outside  the  Museum  for  this  purpose  and  two  kinds  of  planning 
were  initiated  during  the  year:  a  policy  to  guide  curators  regarding 
what  kinds  of  specimens  are  to  be  added  to  the  national  collections,  and 
a  statement  of  the  requirements  for  an  "ofT-campus"  storage  facility 
that  will  maintain  the  collections  in  an  available-for-study  status.  Long- 
range  plans  were  advanced  for  the  use  of  recently  acquired  space  in 
Alexandria,  Virginia,  and  for  the  construction  of  new  structures  within 
a  few  minutes  of  the  Mall.  Adequate  physical  protection,  space  for 
visiting  researchers,  and  sufficient  curatorial  assistance  are  assumed  to 
be  basic  requirements  of  any  collections-storage  location  outside  the 
Museum. 

Since  the  results  of  Museum  actions  with  respect  to  both  research 
and  care  of  the  collections  are  important  to  the  scientific  community 
generally,  ad  hoc  advisory  committees  were  convened  during  the  year 
to  assist  the  members  of  each  of  the  seven  departments  and  the  Office 
of  Systematics  in  an  evaluation  of  past  performance  and  future  poten- 
tials. The  assistance  of  these  groups,  composed  of  the  most  highly  quali- 
fied scientists  available,  has  been  of  inestimable  importance  and  it  is 
gratefully  acknowledged. 

The  accompanying  photographic  essay  illustrates  some  of  the  interests 
of  the  Museum  of  Natural  History  today.  The  reports  of  the  most  sig- 
nificant activities  in  each  of  the  departments  is  the  substance  of  past 
progress  and  the  basis  for  an  enormously  optimistic  future. 


Research  and  Publication 
OFFICE  OF  SYSTEMATICS 

In  June  the  second  Summer  Institute  in  Systematics,  this  one  for  botani- 
cal systematists,  was  initiated  with  the  collaboration  of  the  American 
Society  of  Plant  Taxonomists  and  with  support  provided  by  the  National 
Science  Foundation  and  the  Air  Force  Office  of  Scientific  Research. 
Curator  of  plant  anatomy  Richard  H.  Eyde  served  as  the  director  of  the 
symposium  with  Mrs.  Sally  W.  Yochelsbn  as  the  administrative  assistant. 

From  more  than  100  applicants  a  Society  selection  committee  chose 
25  participants,  all  of  whom  are  occupied  during  the  year  with  both 
teaching  and  systematic  research  in  colleges  and  universities  across  the 
country.  Fifteen  especially  stimulating  speakers,  including  one  from 
overseas,  provided  the  focus  for  extensive  discussion  each  day  and  some 
individual  participants  presented  their  own  research  problems  for  dis- 
cussion in  the  afternoons.  Chemotaxonomy,  numerical  taxonomy,  cyto- 
genetics, systematics  of  cultivated  plants,  and  floral  biology  were  a  few 
of  the  lecturers'  topics.  The  Institute  was  attended  not  only  by  the 
participants  but  by  botanists  and  zoologists  of  the  metropolitan  Wash- 
ington area. 

Because  of  financial  stringencies,  no  new  programs  were  initiated  by 
the  Office  and  ancillary  support  of  miscellaneous,  but  important,  research 
projects  was  necessarily  reduced.  The  Office  was  able,  however,  to  con- 
tinue minimal  support  of  the  development  of  the  program  in  prima- 
tology.  This  multifaceted  program  will  fill  critical  gaps  in  our  knowledge 
of  primates  generally,  but  it  will  be  especially  concerned  with  those  of 
biomedical  importance. 

The  federal  Office  of  Science  and  Technology's  Evironmental  Quality 
Committee  established  in  November  a  special  panel  on  systematics  and 
taxonomy.  R.  S.  Cowan,  Head  of  the  Smithsonian  Office  of  Systematics, 
was  appointed  the  chairman  to  guide  the  efforts  of  representatives  from 
all  the  federal  agencies  concerned  with  systematic  biology.  The  purpose 
of  the  panel  is  to  prepare  a  report  that  will  identify  the  role  of  syste- 
matics in  federal  science,  its  present  health  and  needs,  as  well  as  its 
future  development  and  the  requirements  to  meet  anticipated  involve- 
ment in  national  and  international  programs.  A  first  draft  of  the  report 
was  completed  at  the  end  of  the  year  and  will  be  submitted  early  in  the 
new  fiscal  period. 

299 


300  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 

OFFICE  OF  ANTHROPOLOGY 

The  special  programs  initiated  last  year  have  continued  to  develop  under 
the  guidance  of  professor  Sol  Tax,  special  advisor  to  the  Secretary  for 
Anthropology.  With  assistance  from  program  coordinator  Sam  Stanley 
and  other  staff  members,  Tax  prepared  a  report  outlining  present  and 
future  program  development  for  the  Office  of  Anthropology  and  dis- 
cussing the  three  major,  current  programs:  urgent  anthropology.  Hand- 
book of  North  American  Indians,  and  ancient  technology.  In  addition, 
a  number  of  new  concepts  were  proposed — establishment  of  a  national 
archives  of  anthropology,  a  national  library  of  anthropology,  a  world- 
wide teaching  cooperative  program,  an  anthropological  information 
exchange,  adjunct  staff  appointments,  and  planning  for  the  eventual  ^ 
establishment  of  a  museum  of  man. 

One  of  the  recommendations  of  an  ad  hoc  committee  of  distinguished 
anthropologists  that  was  convened  during  the  year  was  that  the  programs 
be  emphasized  by  the  creation  of  a  center  for  the  study  of  human  sci- 
ences. Professor  Tax  was  asked  by  the  Secretary  to  draw  up  plans  for 
implementing  this  recommendation,  and  in  June  the  creation  of  the 
Center  for  the  Study  of  Man  was  announced.  It  will  be  the  focus  for  a 
number  of  broad,  interdisciplinary  programs  involving  scientists  from 
other  departments  and  bureaus  of  the  Smithsonian  and  from  aca- 
demic centers  elsewhere. 

Though  William  Sturtevant,  editor  of  the  Handbook  of  North  Amer- 
ican Indians,  is  spending  the  year  in  England,  work  on  various  phases 
of  the  Handbook  continued  under  Stanley's  direction.  Most  of  the 
volumes  have  been  tentatively  planned  and  these  outlines  are  being  criti- 
cally reviewed  by  colleagues  outside  the  Institution.  The  appointment, 
as  research  associate,  of  William  S.  Willis,  Jr.,  with  his  profound  knowl- 
edge of  the  ethnohistory  of  the  Southeastern  United  States,  adds  an 
important  dimension  to  the  program. 

A  number  of  colleagues  on  every  continent  assisted  in  carrying  out 
exigent  field  research  under  the  small  grants  program  for  urgent  anthro- 
pology. This,  as  the  words  suggest,  provides  modest  funds  for  conducting 
field  studies  of  extreme  urgency  that  can  be  carried  out  before  scientifi- 
cally important  data  are  lost  forever.  The  catalogue  of  urgent  research 
projects  was  published  in  Current  Anthropology  for  October. 

In  collaboration  with  the  Smithsonian's  division  of  performing  arts, 
Stanley  explored  the  development  of  a  folklife  studies  program  to  sys- 
tematically record  rapidly  disappearing  American  folk  history.  He  dis- 
tributed to  a  large  number  of  concerned  persons  a  questionnaire,  the 
results  of  which  will  be  discussed  at  a  conference  later  next  year. 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATION:     ANTHROPOLOGY  301 

Under  the  co-direction  of  Clifford  Evans  and  Gus  W.  Van  Beak,  the 
objectives  of  the  ancient  technology  program  were  advanced  with  the 
study  of  several  hundred  additional  pre-Columbian  metal  artifacts  by 
means  of  metallographic  and  spectrochemical  techniques  under  a  special 
contract  with  Battelle  Memorial  Institute.  A  similar  study  was  begun  on 
southern  Arabian  specimens.  Data  from  these  metal  studies,  made  on 
grave  lots  from  the  pre-Columbian  culture  of  coastal  Ecuador,  will  be 
collated  with  the  other  associated  materials — pottery,  stone,  shell,  wood, 
and  textile  artifacts — and  programmed  for  cluster-analysis  study  on 
computers. 

Research  associate  Theodore  A.  Wertime  is  conducting  a  pyrotechni- 
cal  reconnaissance  of  Afghanistan,  southern  and  western  Iran,  and 
Turkey  as  a  follow-up  of  his  study  last  year  of  the  ancient  technology 
of  tin  of  Iran.  The  preliminary  results  of  that  work  were  published  in  a 
lead  article  in  Science  for  1  March. 

The  study  of  disappearing  traditional  crafts,  industries,  and  technolo- 
gies of  South  Asia  continued,  in  collaboration  with  the  University  of  New 
South  Wales,  Australia,  under  support  from  Public  Law  480  and  Smith- 
sonian research  funds.  Professor  Hans  Wulff,  accompanied  by  Donald 
Godden  and  Charles  F.  Walton,  began  field  work  in  November  in  Paki- 
stan. In  December  Dr.  Wulff  died  of  a  cerebral  hemorrhage  in  Khairpur, 
but  Godden  and  Walton  continued  the  expedition.  These  projects  to 
gather  collections  and  obtain  data  on  the  pre-industrial  crafts  of  South 
Asia  have  been  so  successful  that  Chancellor  Baxter  of  the  University 
of  New  South  Wales  was  asked  to  name  Professor  L.  M.  Haynes,  who  is 
head  of  the  Department  of  Industrial  Arts,  as  principal  field  investigator 
to  carry  out  the  long-range  collaboration  and  fieldwork.  Plans  were 
developed  for  fieldwork  in  Ceylon  by  Professor  Haynes,  and  in  Pakistan 
by  Godden  and  Walton  on  one  team  and  by  Smithsonian  curator  Eugene 
Knez  on  another. 

With  Hrdlicka  fund  support,  J.  Lawrence  Angel  extended  his  field- 
work  in  Turkey  on  the  health,  energy,  fertility,  and  genetic  patterns 
of  the  earliest  farming  peoples.  He  confirmed  that  their  smaller  body 
size  and  poorer  dental  health  in  contrast  to  those  of  the  meat-eating 
successful  hunters  of  latest  Paleolithic  times,  was  a  consequence  of 
chronic  falciparum  malaria  (indicated  by  anemia-produced  thickening 
of  the  skull  vault)  and  their  carbohydrate  diet.  Yet  the  fanners'  greater 
certainty  of  food  supply  allowed  a  slight  increase  in  longevity  and  in 
fecundity. 

Donald  J.  Ortner's  bone  biology  program  has  its  current  emphasis  on 
the  effects  of  aging  on  microstructural  units,  and  the  coordination  of 
micromorphology  with  electron  microprobe  analysis  of  mineral  concen- 


302 


MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATION  :     ANTHROPOLOGY 


303 


First  results  of  the  long-range  Ancient  Technology  Program  were  obtained  by 
a  team  headed  by  the  late  professor  Hans  WulfiF  in  Iran,  where  they  located  and 
recorded  a  variety  of  fast-disappearing  crafts,  such  as  drawing  gold  wire,  shown 
here,  and  wrapping  thread  with  gold  leaf  (lower  right,  opposite)  for  weaving 
gold  brocade.  Machines  and  tools  were  collected,  along  with  samples  of  the 
products  made  on  them.  Other  teams  have  been  working  in  Pakistan  and  Ceylon. 


tration.  Ortner  will  shortly  begin  studying  age-related  changes  in  the 
organic  fraction  of  single  microstructural  units.  During  the  1968-1969 
academic  year,  he  will  complete  the  requirements  for  his  doctorate  at 
the  University  of  Kansas  under  a  Smithsonian  graduate  scholarship. 

One  application  of  both  gross  and  microchemical  changes  in  the 
physiological  biography  of  each  individual  is  identification  of  skele- 
tons by  the  division  of  physical  anthropology  as  consultant  to  the  FBI, 
State  medical  examiners,  and  local  police.  The  physical  anthropologist 
looks  for  clues  to  physiological  shift  from  the  usual  and  for  stress,  injury, 
or  trauma  which  may  distort  "norms."  After  cremation  identification  is 
much  more  difficult  and  here  is  where  the  anthropologist  finds  himself 
in  court  as  an  expert  witness ;  in  one  such  case  a  5-cm  piece  of  the  back 
of  the  shinbone  matched  a  hospital  X-ray  of  the  supposed  victim  taken 
when  he  had  broken  his  ankle,  and  led  to  a  conviction. 

Senior  physical  anthropologist  T.  Dale  Stewart,  su,pervised  Lawrence 


304  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 

G.  Quade,  from  the  University  of  Texas,  one  of  the  summer  students 
accepted  under  the  nsf  undergradute  research  participation  program, 
in  a  survey  of  frontal  lesions  in  American  Indian  skulls.  They  presented 
a  paper  on  the  subject  at  the  annual  meeting  of  the  American  Associa- 
tion of  Physical  Anthropologists  in  Detroit. 

Stewart  in  December  visited  Trinity  University,  San  Antonio,  for 
the  purpose  of  examining  some  newly  recovered  skeletal  remains  from 
a  chimney-type  cavern  outside  the  city.  These  proved  to  be  of  interest 
mainly  because  they  date  back  to  the  Archaic  Period.  In  January  he 
was  in  California  representing  the  Committee  on  Research  and  Explora- 
tion of  the  National  Geographic  Society  at  a  conference  on  L.S.B. 
Leakey's  search  for  early  man  in  the  Calico  Hills.  It  was  determined 
that  no  satisfactory  objective  evidence  for  man's  considerable  antiquity 
here  has  yet  been  obtained. 

Senior  archeologist  Waldo  R.  Wedel,  accompanied  by  museum 
specialist  George  Metcalf  in  June,  began  further  excavations  of  cere- 
monial structures  associated  with  certain  early  historic  Indian  village 
sites  in  central  Kansas.  Eight  students  from  various  educational  insti- 
tutions, including  the  state  universities  of  Iowa,  Kansas,  and  New  Mex- 
ico, were  employed  as  field  helpers. 

Operations  were  centered  on  two  so-called  council  circles  described 
last  year.  Located  about  a  mile  apart,  they  are  believed  to  date  from 
the  very  beginning  of  European  contact  between  the  natives  and  the 
Spanish  under  Coronado.  At  the  Hayes  council  circle,  previously  tested 
in  1966,  it  was  determined  that  the  circle  consisted  of  two  concentric 
sets  of  native  excavations.  An  inner  set  of  oblong  basins  may  have  been 
the  remains  of  semisubterranean  houses.  Three  of  these  were  cleared 
as  completely  as  ground  and  weather  conditions  permitted.  Then,  owing 
in  part  to  saturation  of  the  ground  by  heavy  and  protracted  rains,  op- 
erations were  transferred  to  the  Paul  Thompson  council  circle.  Here  the 
south  half  of  a  circle  complex  about  100  feet  in  diameter  was  opened. 
As  at  Hayes  and  Tobias,  dug  in  1940  and  1965,  the  circle  of  inner  struc- 
tures was  surrounded  by  a  ditch  or  a  series  of  outer  basins.  The  two 
opened  basins  had  fireplaces  in  a  line  down  the  center,  postmolds,  stor- 
age pits,  and  much  trash  on  the  floor — clear  evidence  that  they  had 
been  used  as  habitations.  Much  refuse  of  human  occupation  was  col- 
lected from  the  pit  fill,  but  there  was  no  human  bone,  whole  or  fragmen- 
tary, in  this  circle. 

The  finding  of  some  12  to  15  human  skeletons  in  the  fill  of  one  of  the 
house  pits  at  the  Hayes  site  is  of  particular  interest,  because  no  burial 
grounds  have  been  found  with  these  village  sites.  Most  of  the  skeletons 
had  been  carelessly  interred,  sometimes  in  very  incomplete  condition. 
Yet  there  was  a  surprising  amount  of  cultural  material  scattered  among 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATION:     ANTHROPOLOGY 


305 


Ancient  Technology  Program:  A  steatite  (soapstone)  pot  is  roughed  out  and 
then  shaped  on  a  primitive  lathe  hand-powered  in  the  manner  of  an  Indian 
bow-drill.  Wulff  carefully  recorded  and  photographed  each  step  of  these  processes, 
which  in  a  very  few  years  will  become  lost  skills,  such  is  the  impact  of  cheap 
imports  from  Japan  and  mainland  China. 


306 


MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATION:    ANTHROPOLOGY  307 

Pride  of  hand-craftsmanship  is  obvious  in  this  series  showing  steps  in  the  making 
of  bone-inlay  artifacts  in  Iran.  The  hundreds  of  tools  and  machines  already 
collected  by  the  Ancient  Technology  Program,  with  associated  descriptions  of 
their  use  and  operation  and  of  the  processes  involved,  constitute  a  unique  his- 
torical record  of  the  beginnings  of  modern  technology. 


the  bones  and  in  the  fill  immediately  above.  From  this  it  is  suspected 
that  the  skeletons  represent  hastily  interred  bodies  of  individuals  be- 
longing to  the  local  community,  who  may  have  come  to  violent  ends. 

The  trade  relationships  between  these  communities  and  the  pueblo 
towns  on  the  Rio  Grande  500  miles  to  the  southwest  are  manifested  in 
the  artifact  inventory.  Finally,  sunset  observations  made  on  21  June  1967, 
including  photographs,  show  that  the  inferred  alignment  of  the  Thomp- 
son and  Hayes  circles  with  solstitial  horizon  points  is  a  certainty. 

Paul  H.  Voorhis  completed  for  publication  the  revision  of  his  doc- 
toral dissertation  on  Kickapoo  Indian  grammar.  Three  brief  papers, 
including  native  textual  material,  on  Kickapoo  subjects — whistle  speech, 
standard  orthography,  and  transcription  problems — were  also  completed. 
In  March  he  began  a  six-month  field  trip  to  the  Mesquakie  settlement 
near  Tama,  Iowa,  to  collect  new  data  on  the  Mesquakie  language, 
emphasizing  the  intonation  system,  unrecorded  inflections,  new  vocabu- 
lary and  texts,  and  to  recheck  differences  between  the  Mesquakie  and 
Kickapoo  dialects. 

Richard  B.  Woodbury  completed  a  report  on  the  prehistoric  water- 
control  systems  in  the  Tehuacan  Valley,  Mexico,  in  collaboration  with 
James  A.  Neely,  University  of  Arizona,  as  part  of  the  Tehuacan  project 
of  the  R.  S.  Peabody  Foundation,  Andover,  Massachusetts.  He  and  Mrs. 
Woodbury,  who  is  a  research  associate,  in  August  and  September  in- 
itiated in  the  Zuni  Valley,  New  Mexico,  an  intensive  archeological 
reconnaissance  designed  to  examine  the  ecology  of  prehistoric  and 
recent  use  of  land  and  resources. 

William  C.  Sturtevant  was  on  sabbatical  leave  as  a  Fulbright  pro- 
fessor at  the  Institute  of  Social  Anthropology,  University  of  Oxford, 
for  the  current  academic  year.  This  afforded  him  opportunities  for  the 
study  of  collections  of  early  eastern  North  American  Indian  specimens 
in  public  and  private  collections,  and  of  archival  material  on  American 
Indian  history  and  culture,  especially  of  the  Southeast. 

In  July  curator  Clifford  Evans  and  research  associate  Betty  J.  Meggers 
presented  at  the  Second  International  Congress  for  the  Study  of  Pre- 
Columbian  Cultures  in  the  Lesser  Antilles,  held  at  the  Barbados  Museum 
in  Barbados,  a  contribution  to  the  methodology  of  ceramic  analysis  and 
reported  on  their  archeological  work  in  1966  on  Dominica. 


308  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 

The  archeological  survey  in  Brazil  under  the  direction  of  Evans  and 
Meggers  completed  its  third  year  of  field  work  with  funds  from  a 
Smithsonian  research  award  and  with  the  official  collaboration  of  the 
Conselho  Nacional  de  Pesquisas  of  Brazil.  The  eleven  Brazilian  arche- 
ologists  involved  are  accumulating  significant  and  extensive  data,  and 
a  conference  is  scheduled  for  the  end  of  the  third  year  of  field  work 
to  allow  all  participants  and  the  principal  investigators  to  correlate 
and  synthesize  the  results  into  general  period  divisions  and  to  recon- 
struct the  movement  of  the  aboriginal  cultures. 

Under  the  direction  of  Professor  Ramiro  Matos,  and  in  collaboration 
with  Evans  and  Meggers,  three  field  parties  commenced  similar  survey 
work  in  the  coordinated  archeological  research  training  program  for 
highland  Peru.  This  was  made  possible  by  the  generosity  of  Kaiser  Jeep 
International,  W.  R.  Grace  and  Company,  and  the  Wenner-Gren  Foun- 
dation for  Anthropological  Research. 

Robert  M.  Laughlin  brought  two  native  informants  to  work  for  two 
months  in  Washington,  to  aid  in  the  analysis  of  linguistic  material 
previously  gathered  for  his  Tzotzil-English,  English-Tzotzil  dictionary. 

Analysis  of  ethnological  information  and  specimens  collected  in  the 
course  of  fieldwork  in  Botswana  and  Southwest  Africa  in  earlier  years, 
and  the  comparative  study  of  these  data  and  published  reports,  occu- 
pied curator  Gordon  D.  Gibson  much  of  the  year.  He  completed  a 
narrated  research  film  on  the  Himba,  a  pastoral,  Bantu-speaking  people 
of  Southwest  Africa,  in  which  the  motion  picture  record  he  made  in 
1960-1961  is  reproduced  in  its  entirety.  Work  was  also  begun  on  a 
shortened,  edited  version  of  the  film  intended  for  educational  and 
general  purposes. 

Gibson  continued  the  translation  from  the  Portuguese  of  one  volume 
of  an  important  three-volume  work  on  the  enthnography  of  the  south- 
western Bantu,  Etnografia  do  Sudoeste  de  Angola  by  Padre  Carlos  Ester- 
mann  (Lisbon,  1957-1961 ) .  With  partial  support  provided  by  an  anony- 
mous benefactor,  translations  of  the  other  two  volumes  are  also  being 
obtained. 

Gibson  joined  discussions  to  develop  at  the  Smithsonian  an  archive  for 
anthropological  motion  picture  records  and,  in  April,  attended  a  con- 
ference at  the  Wenner-Gren  Foundation  in  New  York  to  explore  with 
other  anthropologists  and  interested  educators  some  of  the  problems  of 
developing  a  unified  anthropological  film  program. 

Upon  his  return  in  July  from  the  previous  year's  fieldwork  in  the 
Caroline  Islands,  Saul  H.  Riesenberg  assumed  his  duties  as  chairman 
of  the  Office  of  Anthropology.  The  study  at  Puluwat,  centering  around 
the  maritime  life  of  the  natives,  revealed  the  existence  of  a  unique  and 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATION  :     ANTHROPOLOGY  309 

extremely  complex  set  of  methods  of  inter-island  navigation.  Successful 
graduates  of  the  native  navigation  schools  are  required  to  memorize 
thousands  of  items  of  information,  organized  for  mnemonic  purposes 
by  principles  of  logic  different  from  those  familiar  to  Western  scientists. 
The  complex  of  social  and  political  activities  and  relationships  which 
support  the  very  important  seafaring  life  was  also  studied.  Since  his 
return  Riesenberg  completed  the  revision  of  his  monograph  on  the 
native  polity  of  Ponape,  and  a  paper  on  James  F.  O'Connell,  a 
picaresque  adventurer  in  the  Pacific  in  the  1830s. 

During  the  past  year  associate  curator  William  Trousdale,  who  trans- 
ferred from  the  Freer  Gallery  in  August,  was  involved  in  preparing  pre- 
liminary reports  on  the  University  of  Michigan  expedition,  of  which  he 
is  assistant  director,  to  Qasr  al-Hayr.  This  is  the  third  season  on  the 
project,  and  three  more  seasons  are  projected.  He  worked  in  Syria  for 
a  period  of  three  weeks  in  June,  on  an  early  Islamic  palace  and  city, 
founded  A.D.  728-729,  in  the  Syrian  desert  about  70  miles  northeast 
of  Palmyra.  During  the  last  part  of  the  year  he  collected  information 
from  the  archives  of  several  British  institutions  relative  to  archeological 
history  of  Sistan  in  Afghanistan  and  plans  to  visit  there  in  the  coming 
year  for  the  purpose  of  continuing  field  surveys,  and  negotiating  with 
Afghan  officials  for  permission  to  conduct  a  larger  expedition  to  this 
region.  His  other  interests  included  the  study  of  Chinese  jade  and  the 
nomadic  cultures  of  Central  Asia  and  southern  Siberia,  especially  with 
respect  to  material  culture. 

A  selected  and  annotated  bibliography  of  Korean  anthropology,  by 
Eugene  I.  Knez  and  Chang-su  Swanson,  now  in  press,  emphasizes  the 
contributions  of  Asian  scholars  to  this  subject  and  will  facilitate  the  use 
of  their  publications  by  Western  students.  Another  manuscript,  "Korean 
People,  Their  Traditions  and  Language,"  compiled  and  edited  by  Knez, 
with  translation  assistance  by  Willie  Song,  is  in  preparation.  Most  of  the 
scientific  illustrations  for  the  manuscript.  "A  Study  of  Korean  Material 
Culture,"  by  Knez,  have  been  completed  by  Edward  G.  Schumacher  of 
the  staff.  """ 

The  long-range  project  of  archeological  research  at  Carthage,  planned 
by  Gus  W.  Van  Beek  was  canceled,  owing  to  our  inability  to  meet  the 
Tunisian  government's  demands  for  a  program  of  archeological  restora- 
tion unrelated  to  the  scientific  objectives  of  the  expedition.  Following 
the  conclusion  of  negotiations  in  Tunisia,  Van  Beek  visited  Ethiopia, 
Saudi  Arabia,  and  Lebanon  where  he  discussed  with  officials  of  the 
respective  Departments  of  Antiquities  the  possibilities  for  archeological 
programs  and  visited  archeological  sites.  This  led  to  the  development 
of  a  long-range  archeological  program  in  Saudi  Arabia,  of  which  the 


310 


MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 


Curator  Eugene  I.  Kner  examines  specimens  in  the  outstanding  collection  of 
Japanese  artifacts  assembled  by  General  Horace  Capron,  former  U.S.  Commis- 
sioner of  Agriculture,  when  he  and  a  staff  of  45  American  economists  and 
engineers  were  advisors  to  the  Japanese  Government,  1871-1875.  One  of  Capron's 
responsibilities  was  the  development  of  Hokkaido — the  large  northernmost 
island  of  Japan.  This  fall  the  Japanese  will  honor  him  as  the  "Father  of  Modern 
Farming"  in  a  special  television  documentary  film. 


first  fieldwork  had  already  been  initiated,  involving  an  intensive  archeo- 
logical  survey  of  the  regions  known  as  the  'Asir,  Nejran,  and  the 
Tihamah,  an  area  which  has  never  been  visited  by  an  archeologist.  The 
survey  is  expected  to  contribute  to  our  understanding  of  its  cultural 
history  in  pre-Islamic  times  and  its  political,  economic,  and  cultural 
relations  with  the  high  cultures  of  ancient  southern  Arabia  and  the 
various  cultures  of  the  fertile  crescent. 

During  the  past  year,  Van  Beek  completed  the  manuscript  of  "Hajari 
Bin  Humeid :  Archeological  Investigations  at  a  Pre-Islamic  Site  in  South 
Arabia."  To  be  published  by  the  Johns  Hopkins  Press  for  the  Study  of 
Man  series,  the  volume  presents  a  cross-section  of  a  southern  Arabian 
farming  town  and  trading  center  during  the  first  millennium  B.C.  and 
the  early  centuries  A.D. 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATION:     ANTHROPOLOGY  311 

Senior  ethnologist  John  C.  Ewers  completed  for  publication  by  the 
Smithsonian  Press  his  "Jean  Louis  Berlandier's  Indians  of  Texas  in 
1830,"  and  gathered  materials  for  an  exhibit  on  the  same  subject.  He 
also  wrote  an  article  on  Thomas  M.  Easterly's  pioneer  daguerreotypes 
of  Plains  Indians  in  the  collections  of  the  Missouri  Historical  Society, 
St.  Louis,  and  the  Smithsonian  Office  of  Anthropology.  These  da- 
guerreotyes  of  prominent  Iowa  Indians,  taken  in  1846  or  1847,  com- 
prise the  earliest  known  photographic  portraits  of  Plains  Indians. 

During  the  year  Ewers  also  began  research  for  a  book  on  the  field 
drawings  of  Gustavus  Sohon,  a  unique  series  of  portraits  of  the  Indian 
chiefs  who  signed  the  first  treaties  between  their  tribes  and  the  United 
States  in  1855,  scenes  of  the  treaty  council  proceedings,  and  the  only 
on-the-spot  sketches  of  actions  in  the  Cayuse  War  of  1858,  as  well  as 
other  historically  significant  views  of  the  construction  of  the  Mullan 
Road,  the  first  wagon  road  over  the  Northern  Rockies. 

Some  of  the  North  American  Indian  objects  in  the  national  collec- 
tions may  date  back  to  the  second  decade  of  the  19th  century,  when 
Thomas  L.  McKenney,  superintendent  of  the  Office  of  Indian  Trade  in 
Georgetown,  began  to  collect  ethnological  materials  from  Indian  Fac- 
tories in  the  field,  and  it  is  certain  that  there  are  a  number  of  specimens 
collected  by  field  officers  of  the  Army  Medical  Corps  in  the  Great  Plains 
and  Southwest  during  the  Indian  Wars  of  the  1860s.  Retrieving  a  speci- 
men record  of  the  types  of  weapons  and  equipment  employed  by  Indians 
in  the  dramatic  Indian  Wars  of  the  American  West  during  the  post- 
Civil  War  years  would  be  important  to  both  ethnological  and  historical 
research.  Therefore,  a  documentation-retrieval  project  was  inaugurated 
to  provide  more  precise  and  more  detailed  information  on  ethnological 
specimens  in  the  collections  of  the  Office  of  Anthropology  which  were 
transferred  to  the  Smithsonian  from  the  War  Department  and  the  Army 
Medical  Museum.  This  project  is  under  Ewers'  direction,  with  the  able 
assistance  of  William  K.  Jones,  who  holds  a  National  Foundation  for  the 
Humanities  Fellowship,  and  Herman  Viola  of  The  National  Archives. 

At  the  commencement  ceremonies  of  his  alma  mater,  Dartmouth  Col- 
lege, in  June,  Ewers  was  awarded  the  honorary  degree  of  Doctor  of 
Science. 

Donald  Fowler,  who  held  a  National  Research  Council  visiting  post- 
doctoral associateship  at  the  Smithsonian  this  past  year  and  a  grant 
from  the  National  Endowment  for  the  Humanities,  worked  on  several 
research  subjects,  including  editing  the  ethnographic  notes  and  manu- 
scripts on  Great  Basin  Indians  made  in  the  1870s  and  1880s  by  John 
Wesley  Powell,  describing  the  available  parts  of  the  collections  of  ethno- 
graphic artifacts  from  the  Great  Basin  gathered  by  Powell  during  the 


312 


MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 


Tikis  in  the  recently  acquired  Henry  collection.  These  unique  carved  wooder 
figurines  from  the  Marquesas  Islands  date  from  the  early  18th  century. 


same  period,  and  gathering  archival  material  toward  a  book  on  Povvel 
and  the  beginnings  of  the  Bureau  of  American  Ethnology. 

Research  associate  Olga  Linares  de  Sapir  has  in  press  her  complete 
analysis  of  the  archeological  material  from  the  Casemance,  Senegal 
which  she  excavated  in  1966.  The  results  will  be  of  much  interest  tc 
West  African  specialists  because  the  Casemance  has  been  postulated  as 
a  secondary  center  for  the  indigenous  domestication  of  cereal  grains. 

Museum  specialist  (supervisory)  George  Metcalf  completed  a  papei 
on  wooden  scraper  handles  from  the  Great  Plains,  and  is  currently  en- 
gaged in  preparing  a  report  on  two  Paiute  burials  with  their  associated  j 
grave  goods  which  have  been  in  the  collections  of  the  Museum  for  nearly 
a  hundred  years. 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATION:     ANTHROPOLOGY  313 


Staff  Publications 


(Papers,   lectures,   and   seminars   given   by  members   of   the   staff  are  listed  on 

page  397.) 

Angel,  J.  Lawrence.  "Porotic  Hyperostosis  or  Osteoporosis  Symmetrica." 
Chapter  29  in  Don  Brothwell  and  A.  T.  Sandison,  eds..  Diseases  in  An- 
tiquity. Springfield,  Illinois:   Charles  C.  Thomas,  xix  +   766  pp.,  1967. 

.      "Ecological  Aspects  of  Palaeodemography."     Pages  263—270  in  Don 

Brothwell,  ed.,  The  Skeletal  Biology  of  Earlier  Human  Populations.      Ox- 
ford: Pergamon  Press,  1968. 

Crocker,  William  H.  "The  Canela  Messianic  Movement:  An  Introduction." 
Atas  do  Simposio  sobre  a  Biota  Amazonica,  Rio  de  Janeiro,  vol.  2  (Antro- 
pologia),pp.  69-83,  1967. 

.     "Ethnology:  South  America."     Handbook  of  Latin  American  Studies, 

no.  29,  Univ.  of  Florida  Press,  pp.  128-155,  1967. 

Evans,  Clifford.  "Amazon  Archeology — A  Centennial  Appraisal."  Atas  do 
Simposio  sobre  a  Biota  Amazonica,  Rio  de  Janeiro,  vol.  2  (Antropologia), 
pp.   1-12,   1967. 

.      "The  Lack  of  Archeology  on  Dominica."     Proceedings  of  the  Second 

International   Congress  for   the  Study   of  Pre-Columbian   Cultures  in   the 
Lesser  Antilles,  Barbados,  July  24-28,  1967,  pp.  93-102,  2  figs.,  1968. 

.      [Obituary]  "Rafael  Larco  Hoyle :   1901-1966."     American  Antiquity, 

vol.  33,  no.  2,  pp.  233-236,  April  1968. 

"Archeology   and    Diplomacy   in   Latin   America."     Foreign    Service 


Journal,  vol.  45,  no.  6,  pp.  35-37,  June  1968. 

Evans,  Clifford,  and  Betty  J.  Meggers  (contributing  editors).  "Archae- 
ology: South  America."  Handbook  of  Latin  American  Studies,  no.  29, 
Univ.  of  Florida  Press,  pp.  75-104,  1967. 

Ewers,  John  C.  Indian  Life  on  the  Upper  Missouri.  Univ.  of  Oklahoma 
Press,  222  pp.,  48  pis.,  1968. 

(editor  and  author  of  "Introduction"  to  Centennial  Edition).      George 

Catlin's  0-kee-pa:  A  Religious  Ceremony  and  Other  Customs  of  the  Man- 
dans.     Yale  Univ.  Press,  104  pp.,  12  color  pis.,  1967. 

.     "The   Horse   Complex  in   Plains   Indian   History."     Chapter  in   The 

North  American  Indians:  A  Sourcebook,  edit.  Roger  C.  Owen,  James  J.  F. 
Deetz,  and  Anthony  D.  Fisher.     New  York:  The  Macmillan  Co.,  1967. 

.      "The   Opening   of   the   West."     Chapter    (pp.   42-68,   31    pis.,   8   in 

color)  in  The  Artist  in  America,  edited  by  the  editors  of  Art  in  America. 
New  York:  W.  W.  Norton  and  Co.,  Inc.,  1967. 

.  "An  Appreciation  of  Father  Nicolas  Point,  Pioneer  Recorder  of  In- 
dian Life  in  the  Northwest."  Foreword  (pp.  vii-ix)  to  Wilderness  King- 
dom: The  Journals  and  Paintings  of  Father  Nicolas  Point,  transl.  and  ed. 
by  Joseph  P.  Donnelly,  S.  J.  New  York:  Holt,  Rinehart  and  Winston, 
1967. 

.      "William  Clark's  Indian  Museum  in  St.  Louis,  1816-1838."     Chapter 

in  A  Cabinet  of  Curiosities:  Five  Episodes  in  the  Evolution  of  Museums, 
ed.  by  Walter  Muir  Whitehill.     The  Univ.  Press  of  Virginia,  1967. 

■ .     "Cyrus  E.  Dallin,  Master  Sculptor  of  the  Plains  Indian."  Montana: 

Magazine  of  Western  History,  vol.  18,  no.  1,  pp.  34-43,  9  pis.,  January  1968. 


315-997      O  -  69  -  21 


314  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 

.  "Plains  Indian  Painting:  The  History  and  Development  of  an  Ameri- 
can Art  Form."  The  American  West,  vol.  5,  no.  2,  pp.  4—15,  74—76,  15  pis., 
6  in  color,  March  1968.  [Reprinted  as  "Introduction"  to  Howling  Wolf,  a 
Cheyenne  Warrior's  Graphic  Interpretation  of  His  People,  by  Karen  Peterson, 
American  West  Publishing  Co.,  pp.  3-15,  1968.] 

.   "The  White  Man's  Strongest  Medicine."  Bulletin  Missouri  Historical 

Society,  St.  Louis,  vol.  24,  no.  1,  pp.  36-46,  1967. 

[Introduction   to   Exhibition  Catalog]    Westward   the  Artist.     Peoria, 


111.:  Lakeview  Center  for  the  Arts  and  Sciences,  1968. 

Gibson,  Gordon  D.  The  Himba,  1960-1961 .  [A  research  cinema  film,  on  de- 
posit in  Smithsonian  film  archives.] 

HOLLAND;,  C.  G.  "The  Elvin  Graves  Rockshelter,  Madison  County,  Virginia." 
Quarterly  Bulletin,  Archeological  Society  of  Virgina,  vol.  21,  no.  2,  pp.  98- 
112,  1967. 

.  "A  Linguistic  Analysis  of  Weetoppen."  Quarterly  Bulletin,  Archeol- 
ogical Society  of  Virgina,  vol.  22,  no.  2,  pp.  81-83,   1967. 

Meggers,  Betty  J.  "The  Archeological  Sequence  on  the  Rio  Napo,  Ecuador, 
and  Its  Implications."  Atas  do  Simposio  sobre  a  Biota  Amazonica,  Rio  de 
Janeiro,  vol.  2,  pp.  145-152,  1967. 

.      "Environmental  Limitation  on  the  Development  of  Culture"  [complete 

reprint].  Page  19-44,  in  Environments  of  Man,  Jack  B.  Bresler,  ed.  Read- 
ing, Mass.:  Addison- Wesley  Publishing  Co.,  1968. 

.      "The  Theory  and  Purpose  of  Ceramic  Analysis."     Proceedings  of  the 

Second  International  Congress  for  the  Study  of  Pre-Columbian  Cultures  in 
the  Lesser  Antilles,  Barbados,  July  24-28,  1967,  pp.  9-20,  4  figs.,  1968. 

■   (editor).     Anthropological  Archeology  in  the  Americas.     Washington, 


D.C.:  Anthropological  Society  of  Washiungton,  xi  +  151  pp.,  1968. 
MetcalFj  George.     "Archeology:    Western  Hemisphere."       Page  62  in  The 

Americana  Annual.     New  York,  1968. 
Ornter,    Donald   J.      "Description   and    Classification   of   Degenerative   Bone 

Changes  in  the  Distal  Joint  Surfaces  of  the  Humerus."     American  Journ. 

Phys.  Anthrop.,  n.s.,  vol.  28,  no.  3,  pp.  1-13,  1968. 
Riesenberg,  Saul  H.     "The  Ngatik  Massacre."     Micronesian  Reporter,  vol. 

14,  no.  5,  pp.  9-12,  29-30,  1966. 
Smith,  Watson,  Richard  B.   Woodbury,  and  Nathalie  F.   S.   Woodbury. 

"The  Excavation  of  Hawikuh  by  Frederick  Webb  Hodge,  Report  of  the 

Hendricks-Hodge      Expedition,      1917-1923."     Contributions     from      the 

Museum   of  the  American  Indian,  Heye  Foundation,  New  York,  vol.  20, 

470  pp.,  1967. 
Stewart,  T.  D.,  and  John  R.  Groome.      "The  African  Custom  of  Tooth  Muti- 
lation in  America."     American  Journ.  Phys.  Anthrop.,  vol.  28,  pp.  31-42, 

1968. 
Stewart,  T.  D.,  and  Alexander  Spoehr.      "Evidence  of  the  Paleopathology  of 

Yaws"   [reprint  of   1952   article].     Pages   307-319   in  Don  Brothwell   and 

A.  T.  Sandison,  eds.,  Diseases  in  Antiquity.     Springfield,  111.:    Charles  C. 

Thomas,   1967. 
Sturtevant,    William    C.      "Catalog    of    Early    Illustrations    of    Northeastern 

Indians."     Ethnohistory,  vol.   12,  no.  3,  pp.  277-278,   1967. 
.      "Urgent   Anthropology:     1,    Smithsonian-Wenner-Gren    Conference." 

Current  Anthrop.,  vol.  8,  no.  4,  pp.  355-359,  361,  1967. 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATION:    ANTHROPOLOGY  315 

.     Guide  to  Field  Collecting  of  Ethnographic  Specimens.      (Smithsonian 

Institution  Information  Leaflet  503),  41  pp.,  1967. 

.     "Anthropology,  History,  and  Ethnohistory."     Chapter  18,  pp.  421-475, 

in  Introduction  to  Cultural  Anthropology:  Essays  in  the  Scope  and  Method 
of  the  Science  of  Man,  edit.  James  A.  Clifton.  Boston:  Houghton  Mifflin 
Co.,  1968.     [Also  in  Ethnohistory,  vol.  13,  1-2,  pp.  1-51,  1967.] 

— -.     "Lafitau's  Hoes."     American  Antiquity,  vol.  33,  no.  1,  pp.  93-95,  1968. 

— .      "Categories,    Percussion,  and  Physiology."     Man,  n.s.,  vol.   3,  no.    1, 


pp.  133-134,  1968. 
Trousdale,  William.   "Land  of  the  Sistan  Sands."  Mid  East:  A  Near  East, 

North  African  i?ei;.,  July/August  1967. 
.     "Yang  Kuei-fei  Learning  to  Play  the  Flute."      In  Man  Through  His 

Art,  vol.  5.     Paris:  unesco,  1968. 

.      "A  Possible  Roman  Jade  from  China."      Oriental  Art,  summer  1968. 

.      "Chinese  Jade  in  the  Dayton  Art  Institute."      Oriental  Art,  autumn 


1968. 
Van  Beek,  Gus  W.  "The  Monuments  of  Axum  in  the  Light  of  South  Arabian 

Archeology."     Journal  of  the  American  Oriental  Society,  vol.  87,  pp.  113- 

122,  1967. 
Wedel,   Waldo  R.,   Wilfred  M.   Husted,  and  John  H.  Moss.     "Mummy 

Cave:   Prehistoric  Record  from  Rocky  Mountains  of  Wyoming."     Science, 

vol.  160,  no.  3824,  pp.  184-186,  1968. 
Wertime,  Theodore.     "Argonauts  in   the   Persian  Desert."     Foreign   Service 

Journal,  vol.  45,  no.  6,  pp.  19-23,  60,  June  1968. 
.     "A  Metallurgical  Expedition  through  the  Persian  Desert."     American 

Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science,  vol.  159,  no.  3818,  pp.  927-935, 

March  1968. 
Woodbury,  Richard  B.  "The  Teaching  of  Archaeological  Anthropology — Pur- 
poses and  Concepts."     Pages  179-188   in  The  Teaching  of  Anthropology, 

abridged  edition,  edit.  D.  G.  Mandelbaum,  G.  W.  Lasker,  and  E.  M.  Albert. 

Univ.  California  Press,   1967. 
.     Archeology:    The    Field.     In    Encyclopedia    of    the    Social   Sciences. 

New  York:  Macmillan  and  Free  Press,  1968. 

River  Basin  Surveys 

Research  and  laboratory  activities  carried  forward  at  the  Lincoln, 
Nebraska,  headquarters  of  the  River  Basin  Surveys  included  the  process- 
ing of  specimens  that  now  number  in  excess  of  one  and  three-quarters 
million.  A  program  of  microfilming,  initiated  during  the  year,  will  ulti- 
mately produce  an  indexed  storage  copy  of  all  site  records  on  the  more 
than  3,700  sites  to  be  processed.  Staff  archeologists  concentrated  upon 
the  analysis  of  data  from  a  number  of  major  excavated  sites,  chiefly  in 
the  Dakotas,  but  also  in  Wyoming  and  the  Hells  Canyon  district  of  the 
Northwest. 

Four  River  Basin  Surveys  field  operations  were  conducted  during 
the  1967  season. 


^1-> 


>l^       4. 


River  Basin  Surveys  field  camp,  in  the  middle  distance,  near  the  site  of  the  rock 
shelter  excavation  in  the  Cottonwood  Springs  Reservoir  in  the  southern  Black 
Hills,  South  Dakota.  Below,  excavation  crew  at  work  in  Capes  Cave  in  the 
Cottonwood  Springs  Reservoir  area. 


«^^--iis*ies'T!-s[p-.^''s»'»  .-v 


'n. 


'  ^      '.  M 


•»•*»*• 

#' 

^^\ 

-'--I>  . 

:^ 


"  * 


C» 


-jr-  - 


Archeologist  Richard  E.  Jensen  records  data  uncovered  in  a  house  excavation  at 
the  Medicine  Creek  Site  in  central  South  Dakota.  Although  a  part  of  the  remains 
have  fallen  into  the  Big  Bend  Reservoir  as  a  result  of  erosion  and  slumping,  the 
work  produced  a  good  sample  of  data. 


1.  A  four-man  survey  party  spent  several  days  examining  sites  in 
the  Garrison  Diversion  Project  in  North  Dakota,  but  when  it  was  learned 
that  Bureau  of  Reclamation  construction  activities  had  been  delayed  a 
year,  further  archeological  reconnaissance  was  deferred. 

2.  The  same  party  made  a  survey  of  the  Cottonwood  Springs  Res- 
ervoir and  environs  in  the  southern  Black  Hills.  Thirty-six  new  sites 
were  recorded  and  excavation  conducted  over  a  period  of  three  weeks 
in  a  small  rock  shelter. 

3.  Another  party  examined  two  sites  at  the  mouth  of  Medicine 
Creek  in  the  Big  Bend  Reservoir  in  South  Dakota.  Evidence  of  three 
cultural  horizons  was  uncovered,  including  a  small  form  of  the  typical 
early  long  rectangular  houses  known  from  elsewhere  in  central  South 
Dakota. 

4.  A  third  party  returned  to  the  South  Cannonball  Village  in 
the  upper  Oahe  Reservoir  in  North  Dakota  for  a  second  season  of  ex- 
cavation. Three  of  the  thirty-four  large,  rectangular  houses  of  the  settle- 
ment were  excavated  and  although  the  structures  were  generally  like 
those  at  related  villages,  some  important  differences  were  noted  which 
suggest  strong  ties  with  the  Big  Bend  country  250  or  more  miles  to  the 
south. 


318  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 

Two  Smithsonian  undergraduate  summer  research  assistants  partici- 
pated in  the  fieldwork,  first  with  the  Cottonwood  Springs  party  then 
with  the  crew  at  Medicine  Creek.  At  the  close  of  the  field  season,  they 
returned  to  the  Lincoln  facility  of  the  River  Basin  Surveys  and  during 
the  remaining  three  weeks  of  their  assignment  made  an  analysis  of  a  site 
complex  in  South  Dakota,  including  the  compilation  of  a  manuscript 
describing  the  site  and  its  materials. 

The  following  list  includes  all  issues  to  date  of  Publications  in  Sal- 
vage Archeology,  a  series  published  in  Lincoln,  Nebraska,  by  the  Smith- 
sonian River  Basin  Surveys  to  provide  a  publication  outlet  for  staff 
members  and  cooperators  following  the  demise  of  the  Bureau  of  Ameri- 
can Ethnology  and  their  publication  of  River  Basin  Surveys  Papers  in 
the  Bulletin  series  of  the  Bureau. 

1.  The  Fire  Heart  Creek  Site,  by  D.  J.  Lehmer,  115  pp.,  1966. 

2.  The  Black  Partizan  Site,  by  W.  W.  Caldwell,  145  pp.,  1966. 

3.  The  Hitchell  Site,  by  R.  B.  Johnston,  113  pp.,  1967. 

4.  Molstad  Village,  by  J.  J.  Hoffman,  123  pp.,  1967. 

5.  Pony  Creek  Archeology,  by  L.  A.  Brown,  121  pp.,  1967. 

6.  Hells  Canyon  Archeology,  by  W.  W.  Caldwell  and  O.  L.  Malloy,  153  pp., 
1967. 

7.  Arikara  Archeology:   The  Bad  River  Phzise,  by  D.  J.  Lehmer,  and  D.  T. 
Jones,  169  pp.,  1968. 

8.  The  Two  Teeth  Site,  by  C.  S.  Smith  and  A.  E.  Johnston,  84  pp.,  1968. 

9.  Big  Bend  Historic  Sites,  by  C.  H.  Smith,  111  pp.,  1968. 

10.     Bibliography  of  Salvage  Archeology  in  the  United  States,  by  J.  E.  Petsche, 
162,  pp.   1968. 

Staff  Publications 

(Staff  publications  for  the  years  July  1964  through  June  1967  are  listed  in  the 
Appendix  to  the  Separate  of  this  report.) 

Brown,  Lionel  A.  and  J.  J.  Hoffman.     "The  Bad  River  Phase."     Plains  An- 
thropologist, vol.  12,  no.  37,  pp.  323-343,  1967. 

.     'Tony  Creek  Archeology."     Smithsonian  Institution,  River  Basin  Sur- 
veys, Publications  in  Salvage  Archeology,  no.  5,  87  pp.,  16  plates,  1967. 

.     "Toggle  Head  Harpoons  of  the  Central  Plains."     Plains  Anthropol- 
ogist, vol.  12,  no.  38,  pp.  356-362,  1967. 

.     "Archeology  of  the  Rathbun  Reservoir,  Iowa."     Journ.  Iowa  Archeol. 

Soc,  vol.  14,  pp.  1-36,  1967. 

"The  Gavins  Point  Site  (39YK203)  :  An  Analysis  of  Surface  Artifacts." 


Plcdns  Anthropologist,  vol.  13,  no.  40,  pp.  118-131,  1968. 
Caldwell,  Warren  W.     "The  Later  Occupations:  A  Summary."     Pages  107- 

114  of  vol.   12   (Loess  and  Related  Eolian  Deposits  of  the  World,  edit.  C. 

Bertrand  Schultz  and  John  C.  Frye)  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  VII  Congress 

of  the  International  Association  for  Qjuarternary  Research,  1968. 
Caldwell,  Warren  W.,  John  J.  Hoffman,  Richard  E.  Jensen,  Richard  B. 

Johnston  (ed.),  and  G.  Hubert  Smith.     Lake  Sharpe,  Big  Bend  Dam: 

Archeology,  History,  Geology.     Omaha:  Corps  of  Engineers,  46  pp.,  June 

1967. 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATION:     BOTANY  319 

Caldwell,  Warren  W.,  and  Oscar  L.  Mallory.  Hells  Canyon  Archeology. 
Smithsonian  Institution,  River  Basin  Survey,  Publications  in  Salvage  Arche- 
ology, no.  6,  153  pp.,  28  figs.,  25  pis.  1967. 

.  "An  Unusual  Pottery  Object  from  South  Dakota."  Plains  Anthropol- 
ogist, vol.  13,  no.  39,  pp.  29-30,  1968. 

HusTEDj  Wilfred  M.  (see  also,  Waldo  R.  Wedel,  p.  315). 

.     "The  Probable  Age  of  the  Altithermal  on  the  Western  Plains."      Pages 

101-106  in  vol.  12  (Loess  and  Related  Eolian  Deposits  of  the  World,  edit. 
C.  Bertrand  Schultz  and  John  C.  Frye),  of  the  Proceedings  of  the  VII  Con- 
gress of  the  International  Association  for  Quaternary  Research,  1968. 

Johnston,  Richard  B.  "The  Thomas  Riggs  Site  (39HU1)  Revisited,  Hughes 
County,  South  Dakota."  American  Antiquity,  vol.  32,  no.  3,  pp.  393-395, 
1967. 

-.     "River  Basin  Surveys:   Publishing  is  Prolific."     Science,  vol.  156,  no. 

3783,  p.  1685,  1967. 

.     "Salvaging  the  Past."     GeoScience  News,  vol.  1,  no.  5,  1968. 

.      "The  Archaeology  of  the  Serpent  Mounds  Site."     Occas.  Paper  10, 


Art  and  Archaeology,  Royal  Ontario  Museum,  98  pp.,  plates,  1968. 


BOTANY 

The  main  program  of  research  in  botany  is  the  taxonomy  of  phanero- 
gams in  tropical  America,  the  richest  and  least  explored  area  for  plant 
life  in  the  world  and  one  that  has  long  been  of  interest  to  the  Museum. 
A  major  project,  now  nearing  completion,  in  this  area  is  the  revision 
of  the  Melastomataceae  of  Venezuela  by  curator  John  J.  Wurdack. 
Curator  Velva  Rudd  completed  revisions  of  several  large  groups  of 
legumes  in  Mexico,  and  senior  botanist  Lyman  B.  Smith  continued 
his  extensive  program  on  the  Bromeliaceae,  in  part  with  collaborative 
studies  by  associate  curator  Harold  E.  Robinson  on  stomatal  structure. 
Smith  also  collaborated  with  research  associate  Floyd  A.  McClure  in 
a  revision  of  the  bamboos  of  Santa  Catarina,  Brazil. 

Field  studies  under  the  Bredin-Archbold-Smithsonian  Biological  Sur- 
vey of  Dominica  have  now  largely  been  completed.  Associate  curators 
Dan  H.  Nicolson  and  Wallace  R.  Ernst  have  made  substantial  progress 
this  year  in  labeling  and  organizing  materials  in  preparation  for  compil- 
ing a  flora  of  Dominica.  Ernst  also  began  a  revision  of  the  genus  Lam- 
ourouxia,  a  small  but  distinctive  group  of  western  and  tropical  plants.  He 
is  analyzing  development  and  variation  in  floral  characters  as  part  of  a 
biosystematic  approach.  Nicolson  continued  work  in  the  Araceae,  ready- 
ing a  manuscript  on  Aglaonema  and  clarifying  the  status  of  several 
poorly  known  genera. 

Associate  curator  Stanwyn  G.  Shetler  continued  development  of  the 
Flora  of  North  America  project.  The  accomplishments  of  the  past  year 


320  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 

include  a  computerized  list  of  genera  of  North  American  plants  taken 
from  selected  floras ;  trial  computerization  of  dichotomous  keys  with  the 
aid  of  a  summer  undergraduate  participant,  L.  Morse;  and  prepara- 
tion of  a  format  for  an  automated  bibliography  with  the  assistance  of 
research  assistant  P.  Morisset. 

Associate  curator  Thomas  R.  Soderstrom,  in  collaboration  with  re- 
search assistant  C.  Calderon,  is  extending  our  knowledge  of  the  Olyreae 
grass  related  to  bamboo,  with  emphasis  on  anatomical  studies  of  em- 
bryos, leaves,  and  stems.  Two  new  genera  and  several  new  species  were 
discovered  among  Costa  Rican  collections  made  by  Calderon. 

Curator  Conrad  V.  Morton  published  the  first  part  of  a  basic  series  on 
fern  types,  utilizing  literature,  herbarium,  and  photographic  studies  in 
European  herbaria.  He  also  published  a  revision  of  the  difficult  fern 
genus  Grammitis  in  Ecuador.  Of  particular  interest,  too,  is  his  report  on 
the  history  of  the  Red  River  Expedition  of  1806.  Associate  curator  David 
B.  Lellinger  completed  study  of  his  fern  collections  from  Costa  Rica 
with  the  aim  of  preparing  an  updated  list  that  will  include  about  1,000 
species. 

Associate  curator  Richard  H.  Eyde  published  a  comprehensive  study 
of  the  flowers  and  fruits  of  the  Alangiaceae  and  is  now  engaged  in  paral- 
lel research  on  the  fossil  record  of  this  family.  Associate  curator  Edward 
S.  Ayensu  has  clarified  by  means  of  anatomical  study  the  systematic 
position  of  several  genera  in  the  Bromeliaceae  and  Velloziaceae.  Char- 
acteristics of  vascular  bundles  in  the  leaves,  which  had  never  been  ade- 
quately investigated,  provide  a  reliable  base  for  delimiting  both  families 
and  genera  in  these  groups.  Ayensu  made  considerable  progress  on  his 
studies  of  vasculature  in  the  yam  family. 

Flora  Neotropica  is  an  international  project  to  encourage  and  pub- 
lish monographic  work  on  Neotropical  plant  families  or  large  genera. 
The  Smithsonian  Institution  and  the  New  York  Botanical  Garden  are 
the  organizational  centers  for  this  activity,  with  scientists  from  both 
institutions  contributing  to  the  program.  The  first  monograph,  issued  by 
the  Hafner  Publishing  Company,  appeared  in  May,  a  study  of  the  leg- 
ume genus  Swartzia  by  Richard  S.  Cowan.  Research  associate  Jose 
Cuatrecasas  completed  a  monograph  on  the  Brunelliaceae  and  Lyman 
B.  Smith  is  completing  one  on  the  pineapple  family,  the  Bromeliaceae. 

Research  associate  F.  Raymond  Fosberg,  assisted  by  geologist  Marie 
H.  Sachet,  coordinated  ecological-systematic  studies  in  Ceylon,  with 
the  cooperation  of  the  University  of  Ceylon.  A  small  team  is  working 
on  the  plants  associated  with  behavaor  of  the  Ceylonese  elephant,  cor- 
relating these  data  with  weather  and  soil  information. 

The  Smithsonian  Foreign  Currency  Program  approved  a  five-year 
project  on  the  flora  of  Ceylon  with  Fosberg  as  principal  investigator. 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATION:     BOTANY  321 

Participating  specialists  in  various  plant  families  will  be  sent  to  Ceylon 
to  make  collections,  to  study  those  in  the  herbarium  at  Peradeniya,  and 
to  prepare  family  revisions  for  a  new  Handbook  of  the  Flora  of  Ceylon, 
first  published  by  Trimen  in  1893.  The  first  participant  spent  four 
months  in  Ceylon  in  1968,  and  two  more  joined  him  in  early  June.  Be- 
cause many  Linnaean  types  of  widespread  tropical  plants  are  from  Cey- 
lon, it  is  hoped  that  the  collections  will  help  in  clarifying  their  identity, 
besides  being  the  basis  of  the  revision  of  the  Trimen  Handbook. 

As  member  of  a  Royal  Society  Expedition,  Fosberg  spent  over  two 
months  in  early  1968  on  the  raised  coral  island  of  Aldabra  in  the  Indian 
Ocean.  It  is  known  for  its  relatively  unaltered  vegetation,  with  a  flora 
including  several  endemic  species,  its  endemic  birds,  and  a  large  popu- 
lation of  giant  tortoises.  Observations  were  made  on  the  vegetation,  ef- 
fects of  tortoises  on  it,  tortoise  food  plants,  and  the  origin  of  various  geo- 
morphological  features  influencing  vegetation.  Just  over  a  thousand 
numbers  of  plants  were  collected,  in  large  series  of  duplicates.  Smaller 
collections  were  made  also  on  the  nearby  islands  of  Astove  and  Cos- 
moledo,  and  in  Kenya  and  Ceylon.  Several  manuscripts  are  in  various 
stages  of  preparation  and  a  card  catalog  of  the  flora  is  being  completed. 

Staff  Publications 

(Papers,   lectures,   and   seminars  given  by  members  of   the   staff  are  listed  on 

page  398.) 
AyensUj    Edward  S.      "Anatomy  of  Barbaceniopsis:    A  New  Genus   Recently 
Described  in  the  Velloziaceae."     American  Journ.  Bot.,  vol.  55,  pp.  399-405, 
1968. 

.      "Ecosystem  Studies  in  Ghana."     Assoc.  Trop.  Biol.  Newsletter,  no.  9, 

pp.  3-6,  1968. 

"Comparative  Vegetative  Anatomy  of  the  Stemonaceae    (Roxburgh- 


iaceae) ."     Bot.  Gaz.,  vol.  129,  no.  2,  1968. 
BuECHNERj  H.   K.,   and   F.   R.   Fosberg.      "A   Contribution   Toward  a   World 

Program  in  Tropical  Biology."     Bioscience,  vol.  17,  pp.  532—538,  1967. 
Calderon,  Cleofe  E.,  and  Thomas  R.  Soderstrom.      "Las  gramineas  tropi- 

cales  afines  a  Olyra  L."     Atas  do  Simposio  sobre  a  Biota  Amazonica,  vol.  4, 

pp.  67-76,  1967. 
Cowan,  Richard  S.     "Swartzia  (Leguminosae,  Caesalpinioideae,  Swartziae)." 

Fl.  Neotrop.,  Monogr.,  no.  1,  pp.  1-228,  1968. 
CuatrecasaSj     J.      "Estudios     sobre     plantas     andinas."      Caldasia,     vol.      10, 

pp.  3-26,  1967. 
.      "Moraceae."      In   Steyermark,    "Flora   del    Auyan-tepui,    Venezuela." 

Acta  Botanica  Venezuelica,  vol.  2,  pp.  202-205,  1967. 
.      "Revision  de  las  especies  colombianas  del  genero  Baccharis."     Rev. 


Acad.  Colomb.  Cienc. ,  vol.  13,  pp.  5-102,  1967. 
Evde^  Richard  H.      "Flowers,  Fruits,  and  Phylogeny  of  AJangiaceae."     Journ. 

Arnold  Arbor.,  vol.  49,  no.  2,  pp.  167-192,  1968. 
Fosberg,  F.  R.      "Miscellaneous  Notes  of  Hawaiian  Plants,  4."      Occ.  Pap.  Bishop 

Mus.,  vol.  23,  pp.  129-138,  1966. 


322  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 

.      "The    Correct    Name    for    the    Horseradish    (Cruciferae)."     Baileya, 


vol.  14,  p.  60,  1966. 
.      "Vascular  plants."     In  Doty,  M.  S.  and  D.  Mueller-Dombois,  Atlas 

for  Bioecology  Studies  in  Hawaii  Volcanoes  National  Park,  pp.   153-238, 

1966. 
.     "Opening    Remarks;    Island    Ecosystem    Symposium."     Micronesica, 

vol.  3,  pp.  3,4,  1967. 
.     "The  Smithsonian  Tropical  Biology  Program:   Presidential  Address  at 

Symposium  on  Recent  Advances  in  Tropical  Ecology."     6  pp.     Varanasi, 

India,  1967. 

.      "Unique  Aldabra."     ^</aw<zc  A^a^,  vol.  22,  pp.  160-165,  1967. 

.     "The  Cult  of  the  Expert  and  Numerical  Taxonomy."     Taxon,  vol.  16, 

pp.  369-370,  1967. 
.     "Some  Ecological  Effects  of  Wild  and   Semi-Wild  Exotic  Species  of 

Vascular  Plants."     International  Union  for  the  Conservation  of  Nature  and 

Natural  Resources  Publ.,  n.s.,  vol.  9,  pp.  98-109,  1967. 
.      "A   Classification   of   Vegetation    for   General    Purposes."     In   G.    F. 


Peterken,  Guide  to  the  Check  Sheet  for  IBP  Areas  (IBP  Handbook  no.  4), 

pp.  73-120,  1967. 
FosBERG,   F.R.,  E.   W.   Groves,  and  D.   C.   Sigee.     "List  of  Addu  Vascular 

Plants."     Atoll  Res.  Bull.,  vol  116,  pp.  75-92,  1966. 
Gould,  F.  W.,  and  T.  R.  Soderstrom.      "Chromosome  Numbers  of  Tropical 

American  Grasses."     Amer.  Journ.  Bot.,  vol.  54,  no.  6,  pp.  676-683,  1967. 
Hale,  Mason  E.,  Jr.      "New  Taxa  in  Cetraria,  Parmelia,  and  Parmeliopsis." 

Bryologist,  vol.  70,  no.  4,  pp.  414-422,  1967. 
.     "The   Biology   of  Lichens."     viii   +    176  pp.,   60   figs.,    16   pis.     Ed. 

Arnold,   1967. 
.     "A  Synopsis  of  the  Lichen  Genus  Pseudevernia."     Bryologist,  vol.  71, 


no.  l,pp.  1-11,  1968. 
Hale,  Mason,  E.,  Jr.,  and  H.  A.  McCullough.     "Parmelia  alabamensis,  a 

New   Species   of  Lichen  from  Alabama."     Bryologist,  vol.   71,  no.    1,  pp. 

44,  45,  1968. 
Hall,  Carlotta  C,  and  David  B.  Lellinger.     "A  Revision  of  the  Fern  Genus 

Mildella."     American  Fern  Journ.,  vol.   57,   no.  3,  pp.   113-134,   1967. 
Imle,    E.    p.,    and    J.    Cuatrecasas.     "Plant    Introduction    with    Theobroma 

cacao."     Proceed.  Intern.  Symposium  on  Plant  Introd.,  Tegucipalpa,  pp. 

137-145,   1967. 
King,  Robert  M.      "Studies  in  the  Eupatorieae,   (Compositae)   I-III."     Rho- 

dora,  vol.  69,  no.  777,  pp.  35-47,  1967. 
.      "Studies  in  the  Eupatorieae   (Compositae)   IV,  Hofmeisteria."     Rho- 

dora,  vol.  69,  no.  779,  pp.  352-371,  1967. 
.     "Studies    in    the    Compositae-Eupatorieae,    V:    Notes   on    the    Genus 

Piqueria."     Sida,  vol.  3,  no.  2,  pp.  107-109,  1967. 
.     "Studies  in  the  Eupatorieae   (Compositae),  VII:    Key  to  Genera  of 

Subtribe  Piquerinae."     Sida,  vol.  3,  no.  3,  pp.  163,  164,  1967. 
.      "Studies    in    the    Eupatorieae    Composite),    VI."     Brittonia,   vol.    20, 


no.  1,  pp.  11,  12,  1968. 
King,  Robert  M.,  and  Harold  E.  Robinson.     "Multiple  Pollen  Forms  in  Two 
Species  of  the  Genus  Stevia  (Compositae) ."     Sida,  vol.  3,  no.  3,  pp.  165-169, 
1967. 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATION:    BOTANY  323 

Lellinger,  David  B.     "Pterozonium   (Filicales:    Polypodiaceae)."     In  B.  Ma- 

guire   and   collaborators,    "The    Botany   of    the   Guayana   Highland — Part 

VII."  Mem.  New  York  Bot.  Card.,  vol.  17,  no.  1,  pp.  2-23,  1967. 
Lellinger,  David  B.,  and  C.  V.  Morton.     "Enterosora  integra."     In  Steyer- 

mark,  Flora  del  Auyan-tepui.     Acta  Bot.  Venezuelica,  vol.  2,  no.  5-8,  pp. 

123,  124,  1968. 
Morton,  C.  V.     "On  the  Publication  of  Names  by  Means  of  Illustrations  with 

Analyses."     Taxon,  wo\.  16,  no.  2,  pp.  119-121,  1967. 
.     "Studies  of  Fern  Types,  I."     Contr.  U.  S.  Nat.  Herb.,  vol.  38,  no.  2, 

pp.  29-83,  1967. 
.      "Freeman  and  Custis'  Account  of  the  Red  River  Expedition  of  1806, 

an  Overlooked  Publication  of  Botanical  Interest."     Journ.  Am.  Arb.,  vol. 

48,  no.  4,  pp.  431-459,  1967. 
.     "Selaginella  apus  or  apoda?"     American  Fern  Journ.,  vol.  57,  no.  3, 

pp.  104-106,  1967. 
■ .      "The  Genus  Grammitis  in  Ecuador."      Contr.   U.S.  Nat.  Herb.,  vol. 

38,  no.  3,  pp.  85-123,  1967. 
.     The  Genus  Kohleria  in  Mexico  [Gesneriaceae]."     Baileya,  vol.  15,  no. 

2,  pp.  61-78,  1967. 
.      "A  New  Kohleria  from  Costa  Rica  in  Cultivation   [Gesneriaceae]." 

Baileya,  vol.  15,  no.  2,  pp.  79-81,  1967. 
.      "The  Fern  Herbarium  of  Andre  Michaux."     American  Fern  Journ., 

vol.  57,  no.  4,  pp.  166-182,  1967. 
.      "Two  Epiphytic  Gesneriaceae  of  Western  Mexico."     Baileya,  vol.  15, 


no.  3,  pp.  119-123,  1968. 
— .      "The  Peruvian  Species  of  Besleria  [Gesneriaceae]."      Contr.  U.S.  Nat. 


Herb.,  vol.  38,  no.  4,  pp.  125-151,  1968. 
Morton,  C.  V.,  and  David  B.  Lellinger.      "Notes  on  the  Ferns  of  Dominica 

and  St.  Vincent."  Amer.  Fern  Journ.,  vol.  57,  no.  2,  pp.  66-77,  1967. 
Nicolson,  Dan  H.      "Selection  of  Lectotype  Species  for  Genera  of  the  Family 

Araceae."     Taxon,  vol.  16,  pp.  514-519,  1967. 
.      "New  Combinations  in  Cultivated  Agleonema   (Araceae)."     Baileya, 

vol.  15,  pp.  124-126,  1968. 
.      "A  New  Proposal  to  Conserve  the  Generic  Name  Monstera  (Araceae) ." 


Taxon,yo\.  17,  p.  230,  1968. 
Reed,  Clyde  F.,  and  Harold  E.  Robinson.     "Contribution  to  the  Bryophytes 

of  Thailand,  I."     Phytologia,  vol.  15,  no.  1,  pp.  61-70,  1967. 
.      "Contribution  to  the  Bryophytes  of  Thailand,  II."     Phytologia,  vol. 

15,  no.  6,  pp.  447-452,  1967. 
Reeder,  John  R.,  and  T.  R.  Soderstrom.      "Gramineae."      In  A.  Love,  "lOPB 

Chromosome  Number  Reports."     Taxon,  vol.  17,  no.  2,  pp.  203-204,  1968. 
Robinson,  Harold  E.      "Six  New  Bryophytes  from  South  America."     Bryologist, 

vol.  70,  no.  3,  pp.  317-322,  1967. 
.      "A   New   Moss   Species   and   Three   New   Records   from   Maryland." 

Bryologist,  vol.  70,  no.  3,  pp.  323-325,  1967. 

"Musci."     In  Steyermark,  "Flora  del  Auyan-tepui."     Acta  Botanica 


Venezuelica,  vol.  2,  no.  5-8,  pp.  99-109,  1967. 
Rudd,  Velva  E.     "Supplementary  Studies  in  Aeschynomene,  II:  Series  Pleuro- 

nerviae."     Phytologia,  vol.  15,  no.  2,  pp.  114-119,  1967. 
.      "Oxyrhynchus   and   Monoplegma    (Leguminosae) ."      Phytologia,   vol. 

15,  no.  5,  pp.  289-294,  1967. 


324  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 

.     "A   Resume   of   Ateleia   and    Cyathostegia    (Leguminosae) ."     Contr. 

U.S.  Nat.  Herb.,  vol.  32,  pt.  6,  pp.  385-41 1,  9  pis.,  1968. 
.      "Mimosa  albida  and  its  Varieties."     Phytologia,  vol.  16,  no.  5,  pp.  435- 


441,  1968. 
Shetler,  Stanwyn  G.     The  Komarov  Botanical  Institute:  250  Years  of  Russian 

Research,     xiv   +    240    pp.      Washington,   D.C.:    Smithsonian    Institution 

Press,  1967. 
— .      "Carnivorous  Plants."     Encyclopaedia  Britannica,  pp.  938,   938A-D, 

939,  1968. 

"The  Computer  in  the  Flora  North  America  Project"  [abstract].     ASB 


PP 


Bulletin,  vol.  15,  no.  2,  p.  54,  1968. 
Smith,  Lyman  B.     "Notes  on  Bromeliaceae,  XXVI."     Phytologia,  vol.  15,  no.  3, 
pp.  163-200,  1967. 

"Streptocalyx  williamsii."     Bromeliad  Society  Bulletin,  vol.  17,  no.  5, 
99,  100,  1967. 

"Dry  It  and  I  Will  Name  It."     Bromeliad  Society  Bulletin,  vol.   17, 
6,  pp.  126,  127,  1967. 
"A  identificaqao  de  Bromeliaceas  estereis."     Sellowia,  no.  19,  pp.  119- 
123,  1967. 

.      "Bromeliaceae,    etc."      In    Margaret    Mee,    Flowers    of    the  Brazilian 

Forests,  pis.  8,  9,  10,  24,  25,  26,  27,  28,  29,  31,  32,  with  text  and  family 
descriptions.     London:  The  Tryon  Gallery,  1968. 

.     "Notes  on  Bromeliaceae  XXVII."     Phytologia,  vol.  16,  no.  2,  pp.  62- 

86,  1968. 

.      "Xyridaceae."     In  Julian  A.   Steyermark,   "Flora   del   Auyan-tepui." 

Acta  Bot.  Venezuelica,  vol.  2,  nos.  5,  6,  7,  &  8,  pp.  146-150,  1968. 

.      "Bromeliaceae."     Acta  Bot.  Venezuelica,  pp.  155-163,  figs.  6,  7,  1968. 

.      "Begoniaceae."     Acta  Bot.  Venezuelica, -p.  254,  1968. 

.      "Tillandsia  subgenus   Tillandsia."     Bromeliana   of   the   Greater  New 

York  Chapter  of  the  Bromeliad  Society,  vol.  5,  no.  2,  pp.  8-1 1,  1968. 

.     "Padre  Raulino  Reitz."     Bromeliad  Society  Bulletin,  vol.   18,   no.   2, 

pp.  32,  33,  1968. 
.      "Bromeliaceas  del  Uruguay."     Comunicaciones  Botanicas  del  Museo 


de  Historia  Natural  de  Montevideo,  no.  47,  pp.  1,  2,  1967. 
Smith,    Lyman    B.,    and    F.    A.    McClure.     "Gramineas — Suplemento    Bam- 

buseas."     Flora  Ilustrada  Catarinense,  pt.  1,  fasc.  gram-supl.,  pp.  1-78,  pi. 

1-12,   1968. 
Smith,    Lyman    B.,   and    C.    S.    Pittendrigh.     "Bromeliaceae."     In   Flora   of 

Trinidad  and  Tobago,  vol.  3,  part  2,  pp.  35—91,  1967. 
Smith,  Lyman  B.,  and  J.  A.  Steyermark.     "Dos  especies  Bromeliaceae  nuevas 

para  la  ciencia."     Acta  Bot.  Venezuelica,  vol.  2,  nos.  5,  6,  7  &  8,  pp.  380— 

382,  1968. 
SoDERSTROM,  Thomas   R.      "Taxonomic  Study  of  Subgenus    Podosemum   and 

Section    Epicampes    of   Muhlenbergia    (Gramineae)."      Contr.    U.S.    Nat. 

Herb.,  vol.  34,  pt.  4,  pp.  75-189,  14  pis.,  9  figs..  1967. 
SoDERSTROM,    Thomas    R.,    and    John    H.    Beaman.      "The    Genus    Bromus 

(Gramineae)    in    Mexico    and    Central    America."        Publ.    Mus.    Michi- 
gan  State    Univ.,   Biol.   Ser.,   vol.    3,   no.    5,   pp.    465-520,    1968. 
Tomlinson,     p.    B.,    and    E.    S.    Ayensu.      "Morphology    and    Anatomy    of 

Croomia     paucifiora      (Stemonaceae) ."     Journ.     Arnold     Arb.,     vol.     49, 

pp.  260-277,  1968. 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATION:     ENTOMOLOGY  325 

.      "Notes    on     the    Vegeative     Morphology    and    Anatomy    of    Peter- 

manniaceae."      Proc.  Linn.  Soc,  vol.  179,  no.  2,  1968. 
Turner,  B.  L.,  A.  M.  Powell,  and  J.  Cuatrecasas.     "Chromosome  Numbers 

in  Compositae,  XI:   Peruvian  Species.*'     Ann.  Missouri  Bot.  Card.,  vol.  54, 

pp.  172-177,  1967. 
Wasshausen,  Dieter  C.      "Acanthaceae."      In  C.  L.  Lundell,  Flora  of  Texas, 

vol.  l,pt.  3,  pp.  223-282,  1966. 
WuRDACK,   J.    J.     "Melastomataceae."      In    "Plants   Collected   in    Ecuador   by 

W.  H.  Camp."  Mem.  New  York  Bot.  Card.,  vol.  16,  pp.  1-45,  1967. 
.      "The     Cultivated     Glorybushes,     Tibouchina      (Melastomataceae)." 

Baileya,  vol.  15,  no.  1,  pp.  1-6,  1967. 
.      "Melastomataceae."     In  Steyermark,  "Flora  de  Auyan-tepui."     Acta 

Botanica  Venezuelica,  vol.  2,  nos.  5-8,  pp.  258-271,  1967. 
.      "Notes  on  Melastomataceae."     Acta  Bot.  Venezuelica,  vol.  2,  nos.  5-8, 

pp.  371-378,  1967. 
.     "Certamen   Melatomataceis,    XII."     Phytologia,   vol.    16,   no.    3,   pp. 

169-183,  1968. 
.      "Melastomataceae."      In  Margaret  Mee,  Flowers  of  the  Brazilian  For- 


ests, 2  pp.  [unnumbered],   1  fig.     London:   The  Tryon  Gallery,  1968. 

ENTOMOLOGY 

The  most  important  event  for  the  future  of  the  department  is  that  space 
in  the  Museum  of  Natural  History  was  allocated  for  the  collections  and 
the  combined  Smithsonian  and  usda  stafTs,  and  the  move  will  take  place 
during  the  next  year.  For  increased  security,  the  segregated  collection  of 
holotype  specimens  was  moved  during  April  to  a  temporary  storage 
area  in  the  Natural  History  building. 

The  department  was  host  for  two  special  events  during  the  year.  The 
first  of  these  was  a  seminar,  "Systematics  in  Relation  to  the  Geographical 
Distribution  of  Insects  in  the  Pacific,"  4-8  December.  Arranged  under 
the  United  States-Japan  Cooperative  Science  Program  and  supported 
in  part  by  a  grant  from  the  National  Science  Foundation,  it  brought 
together  17  eminent  American  and  Japanese  participants  and  9  ob- 
servers from  the  United  States,  who  reviewed  and  evaluated  recent 
developments  in  the  field  of  systematic  entomology  which  have  con- 
tribtued  to  an  improved  understanding  of  the  zoogeography  of  insects 
in  the  Pacific  area,  and  identified  the  more  critical  problems,  of  mutual 
interest  to  Japan  and  the  United  States,  which  still  require  solution. 
Seminar  organizers  were  Karl  V.  Krombein  (Smithsonian)  and  Paul 
Oman  (Oregon  State  University)  for  the  United  States  and  Keizo 
Yasumatsu  for  Japan. 

The  second  event  was  the  nineteenth  annual  meeting  of  the  Lepi- 
dopterists'  Society,  15-18  June,  at  which  the  division  of  Lepidoptera 
and  Diptera  was  host.  Invitational  addresses  were  presented  by  Dr. 
H.  B.  D.  Kettlewell  of  Oxford,  England,  and  by  Dr.  H.  E.  Hinton  of 


326 


MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 


P.  J.  Spangler,  netting  elusive  tiger  beetles  on  sandy  bank  of  OHfants  River, 
Kruger  National  Park,  Republic  of  South  Africa. 


Bristol,  England.  The  program,  under  the  direction  of  associate  curator 
Donald  R.  Davis  emphasized  the  phenomenon  of  polymorphism  in 
Lepidoptera.  In  addition,  an  organizational  meeting  was  held  to  discuss 
the  possibility  of  initiating  a  synoptic  catalog  of  New  World  Lepidoptera. 
About  70  specialists  were  in  attendance,  including  the  four  lepidopter- 
ists  on  our  staff. 

Oscar  L.  Cartwright  was  in  the  final  stages  of  preparing  a  revisional 
study  of  the  American  species  of  Rhyparus,  a  genus  not  previously 
known  from  the  Western  Hemisphere,  and  he  also  made  considerable 
progress  on  a  revision  of  the  species  of  North  American  Ataenius,  the 
first  of  a  proposed  series  of  papers  covering  the  world  fauna  of  this  large 
aphodiine  genus.  Field  study  of  this  group  was  accomplished  by  a  col- 
lecting trip  to  the  Tall  Timbers  Research  Station  in  Georgia  and  the 
Archbold  Biological  Station  in  Florida. 

Paul  J.  Spangler's  monograph  of  the  hydrophilid  water  beetle  genus 
Tropisternus  neared  completion  with  the  recent  addition  of  incorpo- 
rated new  information  on  types  and  distributional  data  on  4,800  speci- 
mens identified  during  the  year.  He  also  initiated  a  cooperative  revision- 
ary  study  of  the  waterpenny  family  Psephenidae  with  Chad  Murvosh 
of  Nevada  Southern  University,  and  a  collaborative  study  with  biochem- 
ists from  the  Department  of  Agriculture  on  the  chemical  constituents 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATION  :     ENTOMOLOGY 


327 


HH^    /J^ 

r.ff,y^^ /''{,: 

'^k-'^^'i^--'": 

>f^■  ■'  - 

l^j^l 

H 

"_    "  AV-'^„-   '"•     ^    /' 

Sir,    *■  ■    '                  /    . 

^Hr*'^i^C>i^||^Bki^.  v 

^ 

sc^> 

^^^^Hb^ 

^^■e 

jL 

,ii=««^.v^.. 

■1'^ 

1 

/'v 

7J' 

1 

f  AtSJ^T^  ^dT  *TB[ 

f  ^^■■ 

y^  U 

"^KSI^^P  • 

.■  -• 

-X- 

Karl  V.  Krombein  collecting  in  Malaise  trap  in  coastal  jungle  south  of  Mombasa, 

Kenya. 


of  hormones  produced  from  the  prothoracic  glands  of  several  genera 
of  dystiscid  water  beetles. 

Curator  Richard  C.  Froeschner  directed  most  of  his  research  effort 
toward  completion  of  his  manual  of  the  lacebug  genera  of  the  world 
and  studies  of  certain  families  of  true  bugs  collected  during  the  Bredin- 
Archbold-Smithsonian  Biological  Survey  of  Dominica.  Treatments  of 
about  a  third  of  the  more  than  250  genera  of  lacebugs  were  completed, 
as  were  about  175  dorsal  habitus  sketches  to  illustrate  them.  The  Do- 
minica studies  completed  the  text  of  two  papers  covering  four  families, 
the  cicadas,  spittlebugs,  treehoppers  and  lacebugs.  The  nineteen  species 
treated,  of  which  nine  are  new,  show  an  afhnity  to  tropical  forms  in  Cen- 
tral and  South  America  rather  than  to  the  geographically  closer  Greater 
Antilles. 

Department  chairman  Karl  V.  Krombein  collaborated  with  mammal- 
ogist  Dale  J.  Osbom  of  the  Field  Museum  of  Natural  History  to  com- 
plete a  paper  discussing  habitats,  fiora,  mammals,  and  wasps  of  the 
remote  Gebel  Uweinat  in  the  Libyan  Desert  at  the  juncture  of  Egypt, 
Libya,  and  Sudan,  an  area  which  they  explored  in  spring  1967.  By  year- 
end  he  had  almost  completed  a  revisional  study  of  the  Melanesian  spe- 
cies of  the  wasp  genus  Cerceris,  the  species  of  which  are  predaceous  on 
solitary  bees  and  various  kinds  of  beetles. 


328  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 

In  his  research  on  the  biosystematics  of  solitary  bees,  assistant  curator 
Gerald  I.  Stage  placed  principal  emphasis  on  completion  of  his  mono- 
graph of  the  genus  Hesperapis,  on  a  field  and  laboratory  study  of  the 
pollinators  and  pollination  of  the  loasaceous  genera  Eucnide  and 
Mentzelia,  and  a  survey  of  the  bee  fauna  of  Dominica.  Assistance  by 
graduate  student  W.  L  Krinsky  enabled  Stage  to  initiate  fieldwork  on 
the  pollinators  of  the  primulaceous  genus  Lysimachia. 

Research  associate  G  F.  W.  Muesebeck,  in  addition  to  continuing  his 
valuable  role  as  translation  editor  for  the  Russian  journal  Entomological 
Review,  is  bringing  to  completion  an  illustrated  revision  of  the  North 
American  braconid  genus  Orgilus,  an  important  group  of  caterpillar 
parasites.  In  it  are  more  than  100  North  American  species,  of  which  80 
w^ill  be  described  as  new. 

Senior  entomologist  J.  F.  Gates  Clarke  completed  the  manuscripts 
for  volumes  7  and  8  of  his  monumental  catalog  of  the  Meyrick  types 
of  Microlepidoptera.  Substantial  progress  also  was  made  on  his  review 
of  the  Microlepidoptera  of  the  Pacific  Island  of  Rapa.  With  the  aid  of 
a  Smithsonian  Research  Foundation  grant,  Clarke,  with  the  assistance 
of  his  wife,  continued  his  studies  of  the  microlepidopterous  fauna  of 
selected  Pacific  Islands,  by  extended  fieldwork  for  one  month  each  on 
Nuku  Hiva,  Hiva  Oa,  and  Fatu  Hiva  in  the  Marquesas  Islands,  French 
Polynesia,  and  for  a  brief  period  at  Fangatau  Island  in  the  Tuomotus. 

Donald  R.  Davis  completed  a  systematic  revision  of  the  American 
moths  of  the  family  Carposinidae  as  well  as  a  shorter  revisionary  study 
of  the  genus  Acanthopteroctetes.  A  continuation  of  his  Smithsonian  Re- 
search Foundation  grant  enabled  Davis  to  make  very  substantial  progress 
on  his  monograph  of  the  Nearctic  Tineidae  through  the  employment 
of  an  illustrator,  Choon  Y.  Chung,  who  prepared  a  number  of  genitalic 
and  head  drawings.  In  connection  with  his  tineid  and  incurvariine  proj- 
ects, he  studied  types  in  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  the  Amer- 
ican Museum  of  Natural  History,  and  the  Canadian  National 
Collections. 

Associate  curator  W.  Donald  Duckworth,  continuing  his  long-term 
study  of  the  Neotropical  stenomid  moths,  completed  a  manuscript  on  the 
West  Indian  species  for  inclusion  in  the  Bredin-Archbold-Smithsonian 
Biological  Survey  of  Dominica  series.  A  systematic  study  of  the  Pelepoda 
complex  in  the  Oecophoridae,  nearing  completion,  will  fix  the  family 
assignment  for  this  anomalous  and  heretofore  poorly  known  group  of 
moths. 

Associate  curator  William  D.  Field  whose  revision  of  the  butterfly 
genus  Phulia  and  worldwide  review  of  the  genus  Vanessa  are  near  com- 
pletion, continued  work  on  his  catalog  of  New  World  Lycaenidae,  add- 
ing 7,300  new  entries.  With  the  assistance  of  Donald  R.  Frazier,  a 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATION:     ENTOMOLOGY  329 

Youth  Opportunity  Program  employee,  Field  initiated  a  bibliography  of 
Lepidoptera  as  a  divisional  working  tool.  More  than  27,000  entries  have 
been  placed  on  cards,  providing  virtually  complete  coverage  for  the 
last  three  decades. 

Curator  Ralph  E.  Crabill,  Jr.,  completed  ten  papers  on  systematics 
and  evolution  of  centipedes.  The  most  important  of  these  was  an  analysis 
of  the  Himantariidae,  utilizing  the  tracheation  as  a  character  of  primary 
importance,  the  first  time  that  this  internal  system  has  been  so  used. 
The  other  papers  deal  with  evolution  of  the  Oryidae  and  descriptions 
of  new  genera  and  species,  a  suprageneric  revision  of  the  Gonibregma- 
tidae  with  proposal  of  a  new  subfamily,  descriptions  of  new  species 
of  the  schendylid  genera  Mcsoschcndyla  and  Schendylurus,  revisions 
of  the  Neogeophilidae  and  of  Arenophilus  in  the  Geophilidae,  descrip- 
tion of  a  new  himantariid,  and  descriptions  of  one  new  and  one  old 
species  of  the  chilenophilid  genus  Eurytion.  Other  research  projects  in 
progress  were  aided  by  field  collecting  trips  to  western  and  southcentral 
New  York  and  to  southern  Virginia  and  adjacent  areas  in  North  Caro- 
lina, and  by  the  study  of  types  in  the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology. 

In  the  division  of  neuropteroids,  curator  Oliver  S.  Flint,  Jr.,  completed 
his  third  summer's  fieldwork  in  Central  America  under  nsf  support,  col- 
lecting primarily  in  Costa  Rica  and  Panama.  His  collections  there  point 
up  the  distinctness  and  greater  richness  of  the  caddisfly  fauna  of  southern 
Central  America  as  compared  to  that  of  northern  Central  America  and 
Mexico,  areas  which  he  has  surveyed  in  earlier  years.  Manuscripts  com- 
pleted during  the  year  included  systematic  studies  of  adult  Trichoptera 
from  Dominica  for  the  Bredin-Archbold-Smithsonian  survey  and  from 
Masatierra,  Islas  Juan  Fernandez,  and  a  study  on  the  immature  stages  of 
a  Neotropical  Barypenthus. 

Research  associate  K.  C.  Emerson  completed  studies  of  the  Anoplura, 
or  sucking  lice,  collected  in  Mozambique  and  Southwest  Africa,  and  in 
the  Democratic  Republic  of  the  Congo,  and  is  currently  studying  col- 
lections of  Anoplura  and  Mallophaga  (bird  lice)  made  in  Nepal,  Vene- 
zuela, southeast  Asia,  and  Nigeria,  Madagascar,  Senegal,  Pakistan,  and 
Botswana. 

Research  associate  Robert  Traub  and  his  associates  from  the  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland  Medical  School  continued  to  collaborate  closely 
with  the  Smithsonian.  They  are  studying  the  chigger  mites  and  fleas 
collected  in  overseas  programs  on  viral  and  rickettsial  infections,  while 
the  host  mammals  are  sent  to  the  division  of  mammals. 

The  Southeast  Asia  Mosquito  Project  (seamp)  under  the  direction 
of  Botha  de  Meillon,  a  cooperative  venture  between  the  Smithsonian  and 
the  Department  of  the  Army,  continued  work  on  the  mosquitos  of  that 
critical  area.  Assistant  investigator  John  E.  Scanlon  has  nearly  com- 

315-997      O  -  69  -  22 


330  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 

pleted  his  revisional  study  of  the  anopheline  fauna  of  Thailand. 
Mercedes  Delfinado,  who  left  seamp  in  October  for  a  position  at  the 
University  of  Hawaii,  completed  a  study  of  the  powelli  group  of 
Tripteroides. 

Staff  Publications 

(Papers,  lectures,  and   seminars  given  by  members  of   the   staff  are  listed  on 

page  399.) 

Blake,  Doris  H.      "Some  New  and  Old  Species  of  Colaspis  in  the  West  Indies." 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Washington,  vol.  69,  pp.  225-237,  14  figs.,  1967. 
.     "Ten  New  Chrysomelid  Beetles  from  Dominica  and  Jamaica."     Proc. 

Ent.  Soc.  Washington,  vol.  70,  pp.  60-67,  10  figs.,  1968. 
Bram,   R.   a.     "Contributions  to  the  Mosquito  Fauna  of  Southeast  Asia,   II: 

The  genus  Culex  in  Thailand."     Contrib.  American  Ent.  Inst.,  vol.  2,  no. 

1,  pp.  1-296,  1967. 
.      "Lectotype  Assignments  for  Several  Species  of  the  Genus  Culex  in 

Southeast    Asia     (Diptera:     Culicidae)."     Proc.    Ent.    Soc.     Washington, 

vol.  69,  p.  327,  1967. 
.      "A  Redescription  of  Culex  (Acalleomyia)   obscurus  (Leicester)    (Dip- 


tera: Culicidae)."     Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Washington,  vol.  70,  p.  52,  1968. 

Carriker,  Melbourne  A.  Carriker  on  Mallophaga:  Posthumous  Papers,  Cata- 
log of  Forms  Described  as  New,  and  Bibliography.  Edit.  K.  C.  Emerson. 
(U.S.  Nat.  Mus.  Bull.  248),  150  pp.,  1967. 

Cartwright,  Oscar  L.  "A  New  Thyce  from  Georgia  (Coleoptera:  Scarabaei- 
dae)."     Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Washington,  vol.  69,  pp.  238-240,  1967. 

.      "Two  New  Species  of  Cartwrightia  from  Central  and  South  America 

(Coleoptera:  Scarabaeidae :  Aphodiinae)."  Proc.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol. 
124,  no.  3632,  8,  pp.  3  figs.,  1967. 

.      "Field  Notes."     Coleopterists'  Bull,  vol.  22,  p.  27,  1968. 


Clarke,  J.  F.  Gates.  "The  Correct  Name  for  the  Mimosa  Webworm  (Lepidop- 
tera:  Glyphipterygidae) ."  Ann.  Ent.  Soc.  America,  vol.  61,  pp.  228-229, 
1  map,  1968. 

.     "Neotropical  Microlepidoptera  XVI:   A  New  Genus  and  Two  New 

Species  of  Oecophoridae  (Lepidoptera) ."  Proc.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  125, 
no.  3654,  8  pp.,  2  pi.,  3  figs,  1968. 

Crabill,  R.  E.  "Identities  of  Gosiphilus  and  Chomatophilus."  Ent.  News, 
vol.  79,  pp.  108-112,  1968. 

Daly,  Howell  V.,  Gerald  I.  Stage,  and  Timothy  Brown.  "Natural  Ene- 
mies of  Bees  of  the  Genus  Ceratina  (Hymenoptera:  Apoidea)."  Ann.  Ent. 
Soc.  America,  vol.  60,  pp.  1273-1282,  1967. 

Delfinado,  Mercedes.  "Contributions  to  the  Mosquito  Fauna  of  Southeast 
Asia,  I:  The  Genus  Aedes,  Subgenus  Neomacleaya  Theobald  in  Thailand." 
Contri.  American  Ent.  Inst.,  vol.  1,  no.  8,  pp.  1-56,  1967. 

.     "Contributions  to  the  Mosquito  Fauna  of  Southeast  Asia,  III:    The 

Genus  Aedes,  Subgenus  Neomacleaya  Theobald  in  Southeast  Asia."  Con- 
tri. American  Ent.  Inst.,  vol.  2,  no.  4,  pp.  1-74,  1968. 

DE  Meillon,  B.,  et  al.  "15  Papers  on  Biology  of  Culex  pipiens  fatigans  in 
Rangoon,  Burma."  Bull.  World  Health  Org.,  vol.  36,  pp.  7-100,  163-176, 
1967. 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATION:     ENTOMOLOGY  331 

Duckworth,   W.   D.      "Neotropical   Microlepidoptera,   XV:    Review  of  genus 

Thioscelis   (Lepidoptera:    Stenomidae) ."     Proc.   U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.   123, 

no.  3620,  8  pp.,  1  pi.,  12  figs.,  1  map,  1967. 
Emerson,  K.  C,  and  R.  D.  Price.     "A  New  Species  of  Somaphantus  (Meno- 

ponidae:    Mallophaga)    from  Thailand."     Florida  Ent.,  vol.  50,  pp.   103- 

105,  1967. 
.     "A   New   Species  of  Fulicoffula    (Mallophaga:    Philopteridae)    from 

Thailand."     Ent.  News,  vol.  78,  pp.   163-166,   1967. 
.     "A  New  Species  of  Suricatoecus  (Mallophaga:  Trichodectidae)  from 


the  Congo."     Journ.  Kansas  Ent.  Soc,  vol.  40,  pp.  608-609,  1967. 
Field,  W.   D.     Butterflies  of  the  New  Genus   Calystryma    (Lycaenidae:    The- 

clinae,  Strymonini)."     Proc.   U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.   123,  no.  3611,  31   pp., 

23  figs.,  3  pis.,  1967. 
Flint,  Oliver  S.,  Jr.      "Studies  of  Neotropical  Caddis  Flies,  IV:   New  Species 

from  Mexico  and  Central  America."     Proc.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.   123,  no. 

3608,  24  pp.,  1967. 
.     "Studies  of  Neotropical  caddis  flies,  V :  Types  of  the  Species  Described 

by  Banks  and  Hagen."     Proc.  U.S.  Natl.  Mus.,  vol.  123,  no.  3619,  37  pp., 

1967. 
.     "Studies  of  Neotropical  Caddis  flies,  VI :  On  a  Collection  from  North- 
western Mexico."     Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Washington,  vol.  69,  pp.  162-178,  1967. 
.      "The  First  Record  of  the  Paduniellini  in  the  New  World   (Trichop- 


tera:  Psychomyiidae)."  Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Washington,  vol.  69,  pp.  310-311, 
1967. 

Froeschner,  Richard  C.  "The  Burrower  Bugs  Collected  by  the  Noona  Dan 
Expedition  Mainly  in  the  Philippines  and  Bismarck  Islands  (Hemiptera: 
Cydnidae)."     Ent.  Medd.,  vol.  35,  pp.  11-22,  1967. 

.  "Revision  of  the  Cactus  Plant  Bug  Genus  Hesperolabops  (Hemip- 
tera: Miridae)."  Proc.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  123,  no.  3614,  11  pp.,  1967. 
'Comments  on  the  Proposed  Designation  of  Neotypes  for  Four  Hemi- 


pteran  Species,  Z.  N.  (S.)  1732."  Bull.  Zool.  NomencL,  vol.  24,  pp.  195-96, 
1967. 

Knight,  K.  L.  "Contributions  to  the  Mosquito  Fauna  of  Southeast  Asia,  IV: 
Species  of  the  Subgroup  chrysolineatus  of  Group  D.,  Genus  Aedes,  Subgenus 
Finlaya  Theobald."  Contr.  American  Ent.  Inst.,  vol.  2,  no.  5,  pp.  1-45, 
1968. 

Krombein,  Karl  V.  "Hymenoptera."  In  Encyclopedia  of  Science  and  Tech- 
nology, vol.  6,  pp.  573-583,  illus.     McGraw-Hill,  1967. 

.      "A  New  Collembola-Hunting  Microstigmus  with  Notes  on  M.  guian- 

ensis  Rohwer.,"  Ent.  News,  vol.  78,  pp.  253-256,  1967. 

.     "Studies  in  the  Tiphiidae,  X:   Hylomesa,  a  New  Genus  of  Myzinine 

Wasp  Parasitic  on  Larvae  of  Longicorn  Beetles."  Proc.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus., 
vol.  124,  no.  3644,  22  pp.,  5  figs.,  1  pi.,  1968. 

.     "Records  and  Descriptions  of  Additional  Scoliidae  from  New  Guinea, 


Bismarck  Archipelago  and  Solomon  Islands."  Proc.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol. 
125,  no.  3659,  19  pp.,  1968. 
Lofgren,  C.  S.,  J.  E.  Scanlon,  and  V.  Isoangura.  "Evaluation  of  Insecti- 
cides Against  Aedes  aegypti  (L.)  and  Culex  pipiens  quinquefasciatus  Say 
(Diptera:  Culicidae)  in  Bangkok,  Thailand."  Mosq.  News,  vol.  27,  p. 
16,  1967. 


332  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 

MuESEBECK,  C.  F.  W.     "A  New  Braconid  Parasite  of  the  Potato  Tuberworm." 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Washington,  vol.  69,  pp.  177-178,  1967. 
.      "Three  New  Reared  Braconidae    (Hymenoptera) ."     Ent.  News,  vol. 

78,  pp.  135-139,  1967. 
MuESEBECK,  C.  F.  W.,  and  Lumbomir  Masner.     The  Types  of  Proctotrupoidea 

{Hymenoptera)  in  the  United  States  National  Museum.      (U.S.  Nat.  Mus. 

Bull.  270),  143  pp.,  1968. 
Price,  R.  D.,  and  K.  C.  Emerson.     "Two  New  Species  of  Colpocephalum  (Mal- 

lophaga:  Menoponidae)  from  Neotropical  Ciconiiformes."     Ann.  Ent.  Soc. 

America,  vol.  60,  pp.  875-878,  1967. 
.     "Additional    Synomyies   Within    the   Amblyceran   Bird   Lice    (Mallo- 

phaga)."     Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Washington,  vol.  69,  pp.  248-251,  1967. 
Rawson,  George  W.     "Study  of  Fluorescent  Pigments  in  Lepidoptera  by  Means 

of   Paper   Partition   Chromatography."     Journ.   Lepid.   Soc,   vol.    22,   pp. 

27-40,  3  pis.,  1968. 
Robinson^  Harold  E.     "New  Species  of  Dolichopodidae  from  the  United  States 

and  Mexico  (Diptera)."     Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Washington,  vol.  69,  pp.  114-127, 

1967. 
.     "Revision   of   the    Genus   Harmstonia    (Diptera:    Dolichopodidae)." 

Proc.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  123,  16  pp.,  1967. 
.      "Neoparentia,  a  New  Genus  of  American  Dolichopodidae  (Diptera)." 

Proc.  Ent.  Soc.  Washington,  vol.  69,  pp.  252-259,  1967. 
.     "A  Revision  of  the  Subfamily  Stolidosominae    (Diptera:    Dolichopo- 
didae)."    Ann.  Ent.  Soc.  America,  vol.  60,  pp.  892-903,  1967. 

"New  Species  of  Micromorphus  from  the  United  States  and  Mexico 


(Diptera:    Dolichopodidae).     Proc.    Ent.   Soc.    Washington,   vol.    69,    pp. 
329-334,  1967. 

ScANLON,  J.  E.  "Control  of  Aedes  aegypti  in  Southeast  Asia."  Jap.  Journ. 
Med.  Sci.  Biol.,  vol.  20,  p.  108,  1967. 

Spangler,  Paul  J.  "A  New  Psephenus  and  Its  Larva  from  Mexico  (Coleop- 
tera:  Psephenidae) ."     Ent.  News,  vol.  79,  pp.  91-97,  11  figs.,  1968. 

Spangler,  Paul  J.,  J.  H.  Falls,  O.  F.  Bodenstein,  G.  D.  Mills,  and  C.  G. 
Durbin.  "Laboratory  and  Field  Evaluations  of  Abate®,  Against  a  Back- 
swimmer,  Notonecta  undulata  Say  (Hemiptera:  Notonectidae)."  Mosq. 
News,  vol.  28,  pp.  77-81,  1968. 

Traub,  R.,  and  T.  M.  Evans.  "Notes  and  Descriptions  of  Some  Leptopsyllid  I 
Fleas  (Siphonaptera)."  Journ.  Med.  Ent.,  vol.  4,  pp.  340-359,  50  figs., 
1967. 

.     "Descriptions  of  New  Species  of  Hystrichopsyllid  Fleas,  with  Notes  on 

Arched  Pronotal  Combs,  Convergent  Evolution  and  Zoogeography  (Siphon- 
aptera)."    Pacific  Insects,  vol.  9,  pp.  603-677,  107  figs.,  1967. 

Traub,  R.,  and  M.  Nadchatram.  "Chiggers  of  the  Subgenus  Trombiculindus 
Radford,  1948,  Known  from  Malaysia  (Acarina:  Trombiculidae ;  Lepto- 
trombidium) ."     Journ.  Med.  Ent.,  vol.  4,  pp.  419-442,  103  figs.,  1967. 

.     "Three  New  Species  of  Leptotrombidium  from  Southeast  Asia   (Aca-- 

rina:   Trombiculidae)."     Journ.  Med.  Ent.,  vol.  4,  pp.  483-489,  23  figs., 
1967. 

Woodruff,  R.  E.,  and  O.  L.  Cartwright.  "A  Review  of  the  Genus  Euparixia 
with  Description  of  a  New  Species  from  Nests  of  Leaf-Cutting  Ants  in 
Louisiana  (Coleoptera:  Scarabaeidae) ."  Proc.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  123, 
No.  3616,  21  pp.,  17  figs.,  1  map,  1967. 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATION:     INVERTEBRATE    ZOOLOGY  333 

INVERTEBRATE  ZOOLOGY 

J.  Laurens  Barnard  completed  his  visit  to  Hawaii  as  Smithsonian 
Fellow  in  invertebrate  zoology  at  the  Bernice  P.  Bishop  Museum,  which 
provided  partial  support  to  him.  While  there  he  prepared  a  review  of  the 
shallow-water  gammaridean  Amphipoda  of  the  Hawaiian  Islands.  He 
then  spent  six  months  in  fieldwork  in  New  Zealand  in  association  with 
the  New  Zealand  Oceanographic  Institute.  At  year  end  he  was  in  Perth, 
Western  Australia,  on  the  last  leg  of  his  two-year  journey;  while  in 
Western  Australia  he  will  concentrate  on  making  research  collections 
from  littoral  habitats. 

A  report  on  relict  populations  of  the  copepods  Limnocalanus  macrurus 
grimaldii  and  Drcpanopus  hungci  from  Lake  Tuborg  and  Disraeli  Bay, 
Ellesmere  Island,  was  prepared  by  Thomas  E.  Bowman  and  Austin  Long, 
Radiation  Biology  Laboratory.  They  concluded  that  brackish  water  was 
widespread  in  the  Arctic  about  3,000  years  ago,  at  which  time  Lake 
Tuborg  was  isolated  from  the  sea  by  movement  of  a  glacier.  Bowman, 
with  Rudolph  Prins  and  Byron  Morris,  also  completed  an  analysis  of 
distribution  patterns  and  biology  of  two  species  of  the  harpacticoid 
copepod  Attheyella  commensal  with  crayfishes. 

In  collaboration  with  Horton  H.  Hobbs,  Jr.,  Fenner  A.  Chace,  Jr., 
completed  a  study  of  the  freshwater  and  terrestrial  decapod  crustaceans 
of  the  West  Indies.  He  also  finished  the  study  of  eight  families  for  a  re- 
view of  the  shallow-water  shrimps  of  the  West  Indies,  based  on  the 
collections  made  by  four  Smithsonian-Bredin  Caribbean  expeditions.  In 
addition,  he  submitted  the  text  for  a  chapter  on  shrimps  in  an  illustrated 
guide  to  the  shallow-water  marine  invertebrates  of  California. 

Roger  F.  Cressey,  Jr.,  made  three  study  trips  to  the  Mote  Marine 
Laboratory,  Sarasota,  Florida,  to  continue  his  research  on  copepods 
parasitic  on  sharks  from  the  west  coast  of  Florida.  A  study  in  cooperation 
with  Bruce  Collette,  Ichthyological  Laboratory,  Bureau  of  Commercial 
Fisheries,  of  the  copepods  parasitic  on  needlefishes  has  resulted  in  the 
recognition  of  several  new  species  and  has  produced  significant  informa- 
tion on  host  specificity.  He  also  completed  a  survey  of  the  stomach  con- 
tents of  echineid  fishes,  in  cooperation  with  Ernest  Lachner,  division  of 
fishes,  which  demonstrated  the  role  the  echineids  play  as  cleaner  fishes 
of  their  shark  hosts  and  other  pelagic  fishes.  Cressey  also  assumed  the 
duties  of  editor  for  the  Biological  Society  of  Washington. 

John  C.  Harshbarger,  Director  of  the  Registery  of  Tumors  in  Lower 
Animals,  a  cooperative  project  with  the  National  Cancer  Institute,  con- 
tmued  to  broaden  the  scope  of  activities  of  the  Registry.  Numerous  ex- 
amples of  tumors  and  suspected  tumors  from  poikilothermic  vertebrates 


334 


MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 


Roger  F.  Cressey  and  Perry 
Gilbert  onboard  R/V  Rhin- 
codon  at  Mote  Marine  Lab- 
oratory, Sarasota,  Florida, 
where  Cressey  was  engaged 
in  research  on  shark  para- 
sites. 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATION:     INVERTEBRATE    ZOOLOGY  335 

and  invertebrates  were  processed  by  the  Registry,  including  a  tumor 
from  an  oyster,  the  first  from  an  invertebrate  sharing  criteria  with  known 
mammahan  tumors.  In  June  1968,  the  symposium  "Neoplasia  of  Inver- 
tebrate and  Primitive  Vertebrate  Animals,"  attended  by  over  100  spe- 
cialists, was  held  in  Washington  under  the  sponsorship  of  the  National 
Cancer  Institute  and  the  Smithsonian. 

Consulting  zoologist  Robert  P.  Higgins,  Wake  Forest  College,  com- 
pleted his  analysis  of  kinorhynchs  from  the  Indian  Ocean  and  began  the 
study  of  collections  of  kinorhynchs  from  Peru  and  Chile.  Early  in  1968 
he  was  appointed  acting  resident  systematist,  under  the  systematics- 
ecology  program  of  the  Marine  Biological  Laboratory,  Woods  Hole. 
During  the  summer  of  1967  he  served  as  co-director  of  the  Summer 
Institute  in  Systematics  held  at  the  Smithsonian  with  the  support  of 
the  National  Science  Foundation  and  the  U.S.  Air  Force  Office  of 
Scientific  Research. 

A  manuscript  dealing  with  the  distribution  and  phylogeny  of  the  genus 
Cambarus,  with  an  appended  generic  revision,  was  prepared  by  Horton 
H.  Hobbs,  Jr.,  for  a  conference  on  the  distributional  history  of  the  biota 
of  the  southern  Appalachians.  Fieldwork  was  conducted  on  Dominica, 
and  approximately  a  month  was  spent  collecting  crayfishes  in  Alabama, 
Georgia,  and  Mississippi.  Studies  on  entocytherid  ostracods,  in  collab- 
oration with  Miss  Margaret  Walton,  were  continued  at  the  Mountain 
Lake  Biological  Station.  Hobbs,  Percy  C.  Holt,  and  Miss  Walton  were 
the  co-recipients  of  the  J.  Shelton  Horsely  Research  Award  of  the  Vir- 
ginia Academy  of  Science,  in  recognition  of  their  joint  paper,  "The 
crayfishes  and  their  epizootic  ostracod  and  branchiobdellid  associates 
of  the  Mountain  Lake,  Virginia,  region." 

Research  during  the  past  year  by  W.  Duane  Hope  has  been  predom- 
inantly on  the  fine  structure  of  muscles  of  marine  nematodes.  He  spent 
six  months  at  the  University  of  Toronto  working  with  Kenneth  A. 
Wright  on  the  ultra-structure  of  ornamentation  in  the  cuticle  of  a 
marine  nematode.  He  was  elected  President  of  the  American  Society 
of  Meiobenthologists  at  the  AAAS  meetings  in  December. 

During  the  summer  of  1967,  Meredith  L.  Jones  participated  as  in- 
tructor  in  the  invertebrate  course  at  the  Marine  Biological  Laboratory, 
Woods  Hole.  While  there  he  continued  observations  on  Magelona 
and  other  polychaetous  annelids  and  initiated  a  survey  of  the  electro- 
phoretic  patterns  of  various  polychaete  tissue  components.  The  latter 
program  will  be  continued  during  the  summer  of  1968.  Observations 
were  also  made  on  the  systematics,  morphology,  and  zoogeography  of 
Caobangia,  an  aberrant  freshwater  polychaete  of  southeast  Asia. 

Myodocopid  ostracods  of  the  deeper  waters  of  the  Gulf  of  Mexico 


336  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 

are  virtually  unknown.  Louis  S.  Komicker  described  six  new  bathyal 
species  from  a  small  collection  made  by  Texas  A&M  University.  He 
also  described  a  new  genus  comprising  four  new  species  from  deeper 
waters  of  the  Antarctic,  Atlantic  and  Indian  Oceans,  based  on  materials 
collected  by  the  Lamont  Geological  Observatory  and  the  Woods  Hole 
Oceanographic  Institution.  A  report  on  ostracods  found  in  Texas  bays 
and  lagoons  was  completed  with  Charles  E.  King  of  East  Texas  State 
University. 

Raymond  B.  Manning  continued  his  studies  of  stomatopod  crusta- 
ceans; during  the  year  particular  emphasis  was  placed  on  working  up 
small  collections  from  the  Indo-west  Pacific  region.  He  also  completed 
reports  on  some  species  from  the  Gulf  of  Guinea  and  the  eastern  Pacific 
region.  With  L.  B.  Holthuis,  Rijksmuseum  van  Natuurlijke  Historic, 
Leiden,  he  completed  a  report  on  the  porcellanid,  hippid,  and  albuneid 
crabs  collected  in  the  Gulf  of  Guinea  in  1964  and  1965  by  R/V  Pillsbury. 

J.  P.  E.  Morrison  made  collections  from  near  Lima,  Peru,  and  Rio 
de  Janeiro,  Brazil,  in  an  extension  of  previous  studies  of  brackish  and 
fresh  water  mollusks  from  North  America.  In  addition,  he  studied  the 
species  of  Donax  and  Hastula  from  certain  western  Atlantic  sand 
beaches. 

David  L.  Pawson  was  engaged  between  April  and  January  in  teach- 
ing in  the  Zoology  Department  at  Victoria  University  of  Wellington, 
New  Zealand.  Some  fieldwork  was  conducted  at  the  Portobello  Marine 
Laboratory,  Dunedin,  and  at  the  Edward  Percival  Marine  Laboratory, 
Kaikoura,  and  at  museums  in  Sydney  and  Melbourne,  Australia,  were 
visited.  A  monograph  of  the  New  Zealand  holothurians  and  papers  on 
the  holothurians  of  Macquarie  Island  and  some  ophiuroids  from  New 
Zealand  were  submitted  for  publication.  A  study  of  Chilean  holothu- 
rians, based  on  collections  made  by  the  Lund  University  Chile  Epedi- 
tion  1948-49,  was  completed,  and  a  monograph  of  Antarctic  holothu- 
rians based  on  numerous  "Operation  Deepfreeze"  and  Eltanin  collec- 
tions, among  others,  is  currently  in  preparation. 

Marian  H.  Pettibone  worked  on  a  rep>ort  on  some  species  of  errant 
polychaetes,  including  representatives  of  six  families,  collected  by  the 
Siboga  Expedition,  completing  the  study  started  by  the  late  Hermann 
Augener.  The  study  includes  revisions  of  Leocrates  (Hesionidae)  and 
of  Gymnonereis  (Nereidae) . 

A  long-term  research  project  on  Polynesian  marine  moUuskus  was  con- 
tinued by  Harald  A.  Rehder  who  spent  two  months  in  the  Marquesas 
Islands,  the  Tuamotu  Islands,  and  at  Pitcairn  Island  as  scientific  leader 
of  the  National  Geographic-Smithsonian  Institution-Bishop  Museum 
Marquesas  Expedition.  Much  important  material  in  all  groups  of  marine 
invertebrates  was  collected  by  dredging,  diving,  and  shore  collecting  in 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATION:    INVERTEBRATE    ZOOLOGY  337 


Barry  R.  Wilson  of  Western  Australian  Museum  pries  loose  a  Tridacna  shell  in 
the  lagoon  of  Rangiroa  Atoll,  Tuamotus,  on  expedition  led  by  Harold  A.  Rehder. 

this,  the  first  comprehensive  survey  ever  made  of  the  marine  inverte- 
brate fauna  of  the  geographically-isolated  Marquesas  Islands. 

Mary  E.  Rice  worked  at  Isla  Margarita,  Venezuela,  and  Curasao 
between  September  and  December,  collecting  sipunculid  worms  and 
making  laboratory  observations  on  their  development.  Further  observa- 
tions on  sipunculid  development  were  made  following  her  return  to 
Washington,  where  she  completed  a  manuscript  on  the  comparative 
development  of  three  species.  In  May  she  joined  the  Atlantis  II  of  the 
Woods  Hole  Oceanographic  Institution  in  Angola  for  a  cruise  to  Senegal. 

Studies  on  the  cephalopods  were  extended  by  Clyde  F.  E.  Roper  who 
participated  in  the  Ocean  Acre  Project,  a  long-term,  cooperative  efTort 
designed  to  delineate  the  macrofauna  of  a  selected  oceanic  area  and 
to  determine  its  daily  and  seasonal  activities,  relative  abundance,  bathy- 
metric  distributions,  etc.  The  initial  cruises  were  conducted  in  an  area 
east  of  Bermuda  in  October  and  March.  A  series  of  dives  aboard  the 
research  submersible  Deep  Diver  was  conducted  in  early  February  in 
Tongue  of  the  Ocean,  Bahamas.  Cooperative  studies  on  Antarctic  and 
Atlantic  cephalopods  were  continued  at  the  Institute  of  Marine  Scien- 
ces, University  of  Miami,  in  late  January  and  February. 

During  March  and  April,  Joseph  Rosewater  visited  nine  institutions 
in  Europe  where  he  studied  primary  type-specimens  of  littoral  Indo- 
Pacific  gastropods  ( Littorinidae )  prior  to  completing  the  monographic 


338 


MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 


Klaus  Ruetzler  examining  young  sponge  culture  at  Laboratory  dock  of  Lerner 
Marine  Laboratory,  Bimini,  Bahamas. 


study  and  an  annotated  worldwide  catalog  of  the  family.  Working  with 
Kennth  J.  Boss,  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  and  Florence  A. 
RuhofT,  he  helped  to  complete  and  submit  for  publication  a  catalog  of 
the  nearly  5,500  taxa  described  by  William  H.  Dall. 

Klaus  Ruetzler  continued  his  studies  of  sponges  from  the  Caribbean 
and  Adriatic  Seas.  During  July  and  August,  he  worked  on  sponges  at  the 
Lerner  Marine  Laboratory,  Bimini,  Bahamas,  at  the  invitation  of  the 
American  Museum  of  Natural  History.  From  January  to  July,  Ruetzler 
was  in  Europe  perfecting  and  testing  equipment  for  measuring  ecological 
parameters  in  marine  microhabitats.  The  equipment  was  constructed 
at  the  Department  of  Zoology,  University  of  Innsbruck,  Austria,  and  at 
Bari,  Italy.  It  was  used  to  study  the  relationships  between  sponges  and' 
symbiotic  algae  by  means  of  a  study  of  light  intensity  and  the  process ' 
of  photosynthesis.  In  collaboration  with  Helmut  Forstner,  he  prepared 
a  paj>er  describing  the  construction  and  use  of  the  equipment. 

Zoologist  emeritus  Waldo  L.  Schmitt,  with  the  help  of  Edward  David- 
son and  Lucile  McCain,  continued  his  review  of  American  pinnotherid 
crabs;  a  synonymy  of  pinnotherids  was  prepared  for  the  Crustaceorum 
Catalogus.  Schmitt  also  devoted  much  time  to  his  duties  as  co-editor 
of  the  Antarctic  Research  Series. 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATION:    INVERTEBRATE    ZOOLOGY  339 

In  addition  to  the  research  activities  of  the  staff  and  the  research  as- 
sociates in  residence  at  the  Museum,  the  department  was  host  to  several 
visiting  investigators  during  the  year  who  materially  broadened  its 
overall  research  program.  Three  were  in  residence  for  parts  of  the  year 
under  the  National  Academy  of  Sciences-National  Research  Council 
fellowship  program :  Perry  C.  Holt,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute,  com- 
pleted a  review  of  the  branchiobdellid  worm  genus  Pterodrilus,  as  well 
as  an  analysis  of  the  branchiobdellid  fauna  of  the  southern  Appalachians ; 
Alan  J.  Kohn,  University  of  Washington,  completed  part  4  of  a  long- 
term  study  of  the  type  specimens  and  identity  of  the  described  species 
of  the  gastropod  genus  Conus,  and  he  also  studied  the  application  of 
objective,  quantitative  methods  to  the  taxonomic  study  of  the  genus; 
Marvin  C.  Meyer,  University  of  Maine,  worked  with  the  leech  collec- 
tions of  the  late  J.  Percy  Moore,  preparing  them  for  permanent  deposit, 
and  he  also  completed  a  review  of  the  taxa  introduced  by  Moore. 

Dr.  Georgiana  B.  Deevey,  Yale  University,  a  Visiting  Investigator 
in  the  Division  of  Crustacea,  completed  an  account  of  six  new  species 
belonging  to  a  new  genus  of  halocyprid  ostracod  from  the  stomach 
contents  of  fish  taken  in  deep  water  in  the  Gulf  of  Mexico.  In  addition, 
she  has  continued  work  on  two  other  projects,  the  problem  of  the  iden- 
tity of  the  cladoceran  Bosmina  from  the  southern  hemisphere  and  its 
seasonal  cyclomorphosis,  and  a  year-round  qualitative  and  quantitative 
study  of  the  plankton  of  the  Sargasso  Sea. 

Staff  Publications 

(Pai>ers,  lectures,  and   seminars  given  by  members  of  the   staff  are   listed   on 

page  399.) 

Barnard,    J.    Laurens.     Bathyal   and   Abyssal    Gammaridean    Amphipoda    of 

Cedros   Trench,  Baja   California.    (U.S.   Nat.   Mus.   Bull.    260),   205   pp. 

1967. 
.     "New  and  Old  Dogielinotid  Marine  Amphipoda."     Crustaceana,  vol. 

12,  part  3,  pp.  281-291,   1967. 
.     "Echiniphimedia,  an   Amphipod   Genus  from  the  Antarctic  Ocean." 

Proc.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,vol.  124,  no.  3627,  15  pp.  1967. 

"A  New  Genus  of  Galapagan  Amphipod  Inhabiting  the  Buccal  Cavity 


of  the  Sea-Turtle,  Chelonia  mydas."     In  Proceedings  of  a  Symposium  on 

Crustacea,  Ernakulam,  India,  part  1,  pp.  119-125,  1967. 
Barnard,  J.  Laurens,  and  John  R.  Grady.      "A  Biological  Survey  of  Bahia  de 

Los  Angeles,  Gulf  of  California,  Mexico.  I.  General  Account."     Trans.  San 

Diego  Soc.  Nat.  His.,  vol.   15,  no.  6,  pp.  51-66,  1968. 
Bowman,  Thomas  E.     "Asellus  kenki,  a  New  Isopod  Crustacean  from  Springs  in 

the  Eastern  United  States."     Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Washington,  vol.  80,  pp.  131- 

140,  1967. 
.     "Bioluminescence   in   Two   Species   of   Pelagic   Amphipods."     Journ. 

Fish.  Res.  Bd.  Canada,  vol.  24,  no.  3,  pp.  687-688,  1967. 


340  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 

Bowman,  Thomas  E.,  and  Lipke  B.  Holthuis.     "Lucifer  or  Leucifer:  Which 

Spelling  is  Correct?"     Crustaceana,  vol.    14,  part   2,  pp.   216-217,   1968. 
Bowman,  Thomas  E.,  and  Louis  S.  Kornicker.     "Two  New  Crustaceans:  The 

Parasitic  Copepod  Sphaeronellopsis  monothrix  (Choniostomatidae)  and  Its 

Myodocopid  Ostracod  Host  Parasterope  pollex  (Cylindroleberidae)  from  the 

Southern  New  England  Coast."     Proc.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  123,  no.  3616, 

28  pp.,  1967. 
Bowman,  Thomas  E.,  and  Richard  N.  Mariscal.     "Renocila  heterozota,  a  New 

Cymothoid  Isopod,  with  Notes  on  its  Host,  the  Anemone  Fish,  Amphiprion 

akallopisos,  in  the  Seychelles."      Crustaceana,  vol.   14,  part  1,  pp.  97-104, 

1968. 
Bowman,  Thomas  E.,  and  John  C.  McCain.     "Distribution  of  the  Planktonic 

Shrimp,  Lucifer,  in  the  Western  North  Atlantic."     Bull.  Mar.  Sci.,  vol.  17, 

no.  3,  pp.  660-671,1967. 
Chace,  Fenner  a.,  Jr.     "Research  Collections  and  Curatorial  Responsibilities 

in  Natural   History  Museums."     American  Biol.   Teacher,  vol.   30,  no.  4, 

pp.  308-310,  1968. 
Collier,  M.,  and  Meredith   L.  Jones.      "Observations  on  the  Reproductive 

and    General    Morphology    of    Streblospio    benedicti    Webster"    [abstract]. 

Biol.  Bull,  vol.  133,  p.  462,  1967. 
Cressey,  Roger  F.     "Caritus,  a  New  Genus  of  Caligoid  Copepod,  with  a  Key  to 

the  Genera  of  Caliginae,"     Proc.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  123,  no.  3623,  8  pp., 

1967. 
.      "Caligoid  Copepods  Parasitic  on  Isurus  oxyrinchus  with  an  Example 

of  Habitat  Shift."     Proc.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  125,  no.  3653,  26  pp.,  1968. 
.      "A  Redescription  of  Hatschekia  conifera  Yamaguti,  1939  (Copepoda, 


Caligoida) ,  Including  the  First  Description  of  the  Male."  Proc.  Biol.  Soc. 
Washington,  vol.  81,  pp.  173-178,  1968. 

Crowe,  John  H.,  and  Robert  P.  Higgins.  "The  Revival  of  Macrohiotus  areo- 
latus  Murray  (Tardigrada)  from  the  Cryptobiotic  State."  Trans.  American 
Microsc.  Soc,  vol.  86,  no.  3,  pp.  286-294,  1967. 

Downey,  Maureen  E.  Catalog  of  Recent  Echinoid  Type  Specimens  in  the 
U.S.  National  Museum  Smithsonian  Institution  and  the  Museum  of  Com- 
parative Zoology,  Harvard  University.  (U.S.  Nat.  Mus.  Bull.,  264),  99  pp., 
1968. 

.     "A  Note  on  the  Atlantic  Species  of  the  Starfish  Genus  Linckia."     Proc. 

Biol.  Soc.  Washington,  vol.  81,  pp.  41-44,  1968. 

Higgins,  Robert  P.  "The  Kinorhyncha  of  New  Caledonia."  Pages  75-90  in 
Expedition  Frangaise  sur  les  recifs  coralliens  de  la  Nouvelle  Caledonie, 
organise e  sous  I'egide  de  la  Fondation  Singer-Polignac,  vol.  2,  1967. 

.      "Taxonomy  and  Postembryonic  Development  of  the  Cryptorhagae,  a 

New  Suborder  for  the  Mesopsammic  Kinorhynch  Genus  Cateria."  Trans. 
American  Microsc.  Soc,  vol.  87,  no.  1,  pp.  21-39,  1968. 

Hobbs,  Horton  H.,  Jr.  "A  New  Crayfish  from  Alabama  Caves  with  Notes  on 
the  Origin  of  the  Genera  Orconectes  and  Cambarus  (Decapoda:  Astaci- 
dae)."     Proc.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  123,  no.  3621,  17  pp.,  1967. 

Hobbs,  Horton  H.,  Jr.,  Perry  C.  Holt,  and  Margaret  Walton.  "The 
Crayfishes  and  Their  Epizootic  Ostracod  and  Branchiobdellid  Associates  of 
the  Mountain  Lake,  Virginia,  Region."  Proc.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  123, 
no.  3602,  84  pp.,  1967. 


RESEARCH    AND   PUBLICATION:    INVERTEBRATE    ZOOLOGY  341 

HoBBS,  HoRTON  H.,  Jr.,  and  Frank  O.  Perkins.  "A  New  Burrowing  Crayfish 
from  North  CaroHna  (Decapoda,  Astacidac)."  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Washing- 
ton, vol.  80,  pp.  141-146,  1967. 

Holt,  Perry  C.  "Status  of  Genera  Branchiobdella  and  Stephanodrilus  in 
North  America  with  Description  of  a  New  Genus  (Clitellata:  Branchiobdel- 
lida)."     Proc.  U.S.  Mus.,  vol.  124,  no.  3631,  10  pp.,  1967. 

Hope,  W.  Duane.  "Free-Living  Marine  Nematodes  of  the  Genera  Pseudocella 
Filipjev,  1927,  Thoracostoma  Marion,  1870,  and  Deontostoma  Filipjev,  1916 
(Nematoda:  Leptosomatidae)  from  the  West  Coast  of  North  America." 
Trans.  American  Miscrosc.  Soc,  vol.  86,  no.  3,  pp.  307-334,  1967. 

Jones,  Meredith  L.  "On  the  Morphology  of  the  Nephridia  of  Nereis  limnicola 
Johnson."     Biol.  Bull,  vol.  132,  pp  362-380,  1967. 

.     [Review  of]  "Marine  Invertebrates  of  Scandinavia,  Number  1,  Tuni- 

cata  Ascidiacea,"  by  R.  H.  Millar.     Systematic  Zool.,  vol.  16,  p.  170,  1967. 

.      "On  the  Morphology,  Feeding,  and  Behavior  of  Magelona  sp."     Biol. 


Bull.,  vol  134,  pp.  272-297,  1968. 

Jones,  Meredith  L.  and  J.  V.  Simson.  "Observations  on  the  Circulatory  Sys- 
tem of  Magelona  sp."  [abstract].     Biol.  Bull.,  vol.  133,  p.  472,  1967. 

Kenk  Roman.  "Species  Differentiation  and  Ecological  Relations  of  Planar- 
ians."  Pages  67-72  in  W.  C.  Corning  and  S.  C.  Ratner,  eds.,  Chemistry  of 
Learning.  New  York;   Plenum   Press,    1967. 

Manning,  Raymond  B.  "Preliminary  Account  of  a  New  Genus  and  a  New 
Family  of  Stomatopoda."      Crustaceana,  vol.  13,  part  2,  pp.  238-239,  1967. 

.  "Nannosquilla  anomala,  a  New  Stomatopod  Crustacean  from  Cali- 
fornia."    Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Washington,  vol.  80,  pp.  147-150,   1967. 

.     "Review  of  the  Genus  Odontodactylus   (Crustacea:    Stomatopoda)." 

Proc.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  123,  no.  3605,  35  pp.,  1967. 

.      "Notes  on  the  demanii  Section  of  Genus  Gonodactylus  Berthold  with 

Descriptions  of  Three  New  Species  (Crustacea:  Stomatopoda)."  Proc. 
U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  123,  no.  3618,  27  pp.,  1967. 

.     "Stomatopod  Crustacea  from  Madagascar."     Proc.    U.S.  Nat.  Mus., 

vol.  124,  no.  3641,  61  pp.,  1968. 

.  "Correction  of  the  Type-Locality  of  Squilla  mantoidea  Bigelow  (Sto- 
matopoda)."    Crustaceana,  vol.  14,  part  l,p.  107,  1968. 

.      "A  Revision  of  the  Family  Squillidae  (Crustacea,  Stomatopoda),  with 


the  Description  of  Eight  New  Genera."     Bull.  Mar.  Sci.,  vol.  18,   no.  1,  pp. 

105-142,  1968. 
McCain,  John  C.     "Paracaprella  barnardi,  a  New  Species  of  Caprellid  (Crus- 
tacea; Amphipoda)    from  the  West  Coast  of  Panama."     Proc.  Biol.  Soc. 

Washington,  vol.  80,  pp.  219-222,  1967. 
.     The    Caprellidae    {Crustacea:    Amphipoda)    of    the    Western    North 

Atlantic.     (U.S.  Nat.  Mus.  Bull.  278),  147  pp.,  1968. 
McGinty,  M.  C,  and  Robert  Higgins.     Ontogenetic  Variation  of  Taxonomic 

Characters  of  Two  Marine  Tardigrades  with  the  Description  of  Batillipes 

bullae audatus,    n.    sp."     Trans.    American    Microsc,    vol.    87,    pp.    252- 

262,  1968. 
McMahon,   R.   F.,   and   Meredith   L.   Jones.     "Observations  on  Feeding   in 

Magelona  sp.  [abstract]."     Biol.  Bull,  vol.  133,  p.  476,  1967. 
Morrison,    Joseph    P.    E.     "Notes    on    American   Hastula    [abstract]."     Ann. 

Rep.  1967,  American  Malacol.  Union,  pp.  49-50,  1968. 


342  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 

.      "Collecting  Mexican  Freshwater  Mussels"  [abstract].     Ann.  Rep.  1967,  \ 


American  Malacol.  Union,  pp.  50-51,  1968. 
.      "Four  American  Hastula  Species."     Texas  Conchologists,  vol.  4,  no.  9, 


pp.  67-70,  1968. 
PawsoN;,    David    L.     "Protankyra    grayi   new    species    and   Lahidoplax    buskii 

(Mcintosh)  from  off  North  Carolina  (Holothuroidea;  Synaptidae)."     Proc. 

Biol.  Soc.  Washington,  vol.  80,  pp.  151-156,  1967. 
.     "Redescription  of  Cucumaria  semperi  Bell,  an  Indo-West  Pacific  Holo- 

thurian  Echinoderm."     Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Washington,  vol.  80,  p.   157-162, 

1967. 
■ .      "The  Echinozoan  Fauna  of  the  New  Zealand  Subantarctic  Islands, 


Macquarie  Island,  and  the  Chatham  Rise."  New  Zealand  Dept.  Sci.  Indust. 
Res.  Bull.,  no.  187,  p.  1-35,  1968. 

Radwin,  George  E.  "New  Taxa  of  Western  Atlantic  Columbellidae  (Gastro- 
poda, Prosobranchia)."  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Washington,  vol.  81,  pp.  143-150, 
1968. 

Radwin,  George  E.,  and  Harry  W.  Wells.  "Comparative  Radular  Mor- 
phology and  Feeding  Habits  of  Muricid  Gastropods  from  the  Gulf  of 
Mexico."     Bull.  Mar.  Sci.,  vol.  18,  no.  1,  pp.  72-85,  1968. 

Rice,  Mary  E.  "A  Comparative  Study  of  the  Development  of  Phascolosoma 
agassizii,  Golfingia  pugettensis,  and  Themiste  pyroides  with  a  Discussion  of 
Developmental  Patterns  in  the  Sipuncula."  Ophelia,  vol.  4,  pp.  143-171, 
1967. 

Roper,  Clyde.  F.  E.  "Preliminary  Descriptions  of  Two  New  Species  of  the 
Bathypelagic  Squid  Bathyteuthis  (Cephalopoda:  Oegospsida)."  Proc. 
Biol.  Soc.  Washington,  vol.  81,  pp.  161-172,  1968. 

Roper,  Clyde  F.  E.,  and  Richard  E.  Young.  "A  Review  of  the  Valbyteuthidae 
and  an  Evaluation  of  Its  Relationship  with  the  Chiroteuthidae  (Cephalo- 
poda: Oegopsida)."     Proc.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  123,  no.  3612,  9  pp.,  1967. 

.     "The    Family    Promachoteuthidae     (Cephalopoda:     Oegopsida)  :     I. 

A  Re-evaluation  of  Its  Systematic  Position  Based  on  New  Material  from 
Antarctica  and  Adjacent  Waters."  Antarctic  Res.  Ser.,  vol.  11,  pp.  203- 
214,  1968. 

Rosewtater,  Joseph.  "Itinerary  of  the  Voyage  of  H.M.S.  Blossom,  1825  toj 
1828."     The  Veliger,  vol.  10,  no.  4,  pp.  350-352,  1968. 

.     [Review  of]  "The  Invertebrates,  vol.  6,  Mollusca  I,  Aplacophora,  Poly- 

placaphora,  Monoplacophora,  Gastropoda:    The  Coelomate  Bilateria." 
Science,  vol.  160,  p.  62-63,  1968. 

Rowe,  F.  W.  E.,  and  David  L.  Pawson.  "A  New  Genus  in  the  Holothurian 
Family  Synaptidae,  with  a  New  Species  from  Tasmania."  Pap.  Proc.  Roy. 
Soc.  Tasmania,  vol.  101,  pp.  31-35,  1967. 

RuETZLER,  Klaus.  "Popis  i  rasprostranjenost  spuzava  okoline  Rovinja."  Tha- 
lassia  Jugoslavica,  vol.  3,  pp.  79-87,  1967. 

.      "Loxosomella  from  Tedania  ignis,  the  Caribbean  Fire  Sponge."     Proc. 

U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  124,  no.  3650,  1 1  pp.,  1968. 

RuHOFF,  Florence  A.  Bibliography  and  Index  to  Scientific  Contributions  of 
Carl  J.  Drake  for  the  Years  1914-1967.  (U.S.  Nat.  Mus.  Bull.  267),  81  pp.^ 
1968. 

Squires,  D.  F.,  and  Ian  W.  Keyes.  "The  Marine  Fauna  of  New  Zealand: 
Scleractinian  Corals."  New  Zealand  Sci.  Indust.  Res.  Bull.,  no.  185,  pp. 
1-46,  1967. 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATION:     MINERAL    SCIENCES  343 

Young,  Richard  E.,  and  Clyde  F.  E.  Roper.  "The  Batoteuthidae,  a  New 
Family  of  Squid  (Cephalopoda:  Oegospsida)  from  Antarctic  Waters." 
Antarctic  Research  Series,  vol  11,  pp.  185-202,  1968. 


MINERAL  SCIENCES 

Highlight  of  the  work  of  the  division  of  meteorites  has  been  a  significant 
expansion  of  its  international  activities.  While  research  on  meteorites 
has  always  had  a  notably  international  flavor,  because  of  the  uniqueness 
of  the  material  and  its  worldwide  distribution,  the  division  of  meteor- 
ites is  now  in  a  strong  position  to  promote  international  cooperation 
in  this  field,  thanks  to  the  expansion  in  its  staff  and  facilities  in  recent 
years.  Prominent  among  these  activities  are  collaborative  investigations 
in  West  Africa,  Western  Australia,  Thailand,  India,  and  Tanzania,  and 
in  Kinshasa,  Paris,  and  Vienna. 

Research  work  with  meteorites  was  concentrated  on  the  chemical  and 
mineralogical  composition  of  stony  meteorites;  this  is  a  broad  program 
with  some  30  individual  projects,  much  of  it  supported  by  grants  and 
contracts  from  the  National  Aeronautics  and  Space  Administration, 
the  Air  Force,  and  the  Smithsonian  Research  Foundation. 

Chemical  studies  by  associate  curator  Roy  S.  Clarke,  Jr.,  of  meteorite 
specimens  from  Campo  del  Cielo,  Argentina,  were  extended  into  a 
general  investigation  of  meteorites  in  the  hexahedrite-octahedrite  transi- 
tion range,  including  compositional  and  metallographic  investigations, 
with  particular  emphasis  on  the  occurrence  of  schreibersite  and  co- 
henite.  Clarke  is  cooperating  with  John  F.  Wosinski  of  Corning  Glass 
Works  in  experimental  studies  on  the  formation  of  metallic  spherules, 
allied  to  those  observed  in  tektites,  in  synthetic  glass. 

Curator  Kurt  Fredriksson  worked  mainly  on  the  problem  of  phase 
equilibration  in  chrondritic  meteorites.  This  has  involved  experimental 
work,  together  with  the  analysis  and  description  of  several  meteorites. 
G.  Arrhenius,  A.  Reid,  and  R.  Fitzgerald  of  the  University  of  California 
have  cooperated  on  this  project,  and  on  the  refinement  of  microprobe 
techniques.  Fredriksson  collected  ash  samples  of  varying  age  on  Hawaii 
and  on  the  new  volcanic  island  Surtsey,  in  the  North  Atlantic,  in  order 
to  search  for  silica-rich  glass  particles  which  could  be  related  to  the 
50-called  microtektites ;  and  a  series  of  samples  of  ignimbritic  rocks  of 
approximately  andesitic  composition  were  collected  in  west  Texas,  for 
comparison  with  certain  stony  meteorites  which  they  resemble  texturally. 
Fredriksson  and  A.  Dube  from  the  Geological  Survey  of  India  made  a 
Dreliminary  study  of  Lonar  Lake  in  India,  and  concluded  that  it  is 
probably  an  astrobleme;  i.e.,   caused  by  meteorite  impact.  Detailed 


344  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 

studies,  including  core  drillings,  are  being  planned  in  cooperation  with 
the  Geological  Survey  of  India  with  financial  support  of  the  Smithsonian 
Foreign  Currency  Program. 

Geochemist  R.  F.  Fudali's  research  work  was  devoted  to  experimental 
studies  at  high  temperatures  and  pressures  on  systems  of  significance  in 
the  study  of  rocks  and  meteorites.  Approximately  sixty  experimental  runs 
were  made,  some  of  extended  duration,  bearing  on  the  following  prob- 
lems: ( 1 )  crystallization  sequences  of  natural  basalts  and  andesites,  and 
chemical  trends  of  the  residual  liquids;  (2)  the  relations  between 
divalent  iron,  trivalent  iron,  oxygen  fugacity,  and  total  chemical  com- 
position of  a  given  rock;  and  (3)  diffusion  rates  in  nickel-iron  meteorites, 
and  in  olivines.  Curator  Brian  Mason  continued  his  work  on  the  phase 
composition  of  stony  meteorites,  giving  special  attention  to  the  pyroxenes, 
which  are  almost  ubiquitous  in  stony  and  stony-iron  meteorites.  The 
pyroxene  group  is  complex,  but  the  complexities,  if  they  can  be  eluci- 
dated, will  provide  significant  information  on  the  temperatures,  pres- 
sures, and  chemical  environments  under  which  meteorites  are  formed. 
Work  on  meteoritic  pyroxenes  was  complemented  by  investigations  on 
comparable  terrestrial  pyroxenes.  Mason  with  Edward  P.  Henderson  also 
worked  in  Australia  for  three  months  investigating  occurrences  of 
tektites  and  meteorites. 

Chemists  E.  Jarosewich  and  J.  Nelen  provided  the  quantitative  anal- 
yses essential  for  the  research  program  of  the  entire  department.  During 
the  year  complete  analyses  of  13  stony  meteorites  and  partial  analyses 
of  2  more  were  completed.  Analyses  of  volcanic  rocks  from  recent  ervip- 
tions  at  Metis  Shoal  (Tonga  Islands)  and  Mayon  (Philippines)  have 
been  made,  this  work  as  part  of  a  commitment  to  the  Smithsonian  Center 
for  Short-Lived  Phenomena.  Other  work  completed  includes  complete 
analyses  of  9  rocks,  4  garnets,  3  meteoritic  olivines,  1  diopside,  and  partial 
analyses  of  20  rocks.  With  the  aid  of  a  grant  from  the  Smithsonian 
Research  Foundation  equipment  for  the  determination  of  carbon  at  low 
levels  has  been  obtained,  and  used  for  a  study  of  carbon  distribution  in 
stony  meteorites.  j 

Research  in  petrology  during  the  past  year  continued  to  focus  on 
oceanic  rocks,  but  in  addition  new  and  exciting  research  was  undertaken 
in  volcanology. 

A  suite  of  rocks,  including  previously  unrecorded  andraditic  garnet- 
bearing  rocks  associated  with  hydrothermally  altered  peridotites 
(so-called  rodingite  rock  suite),  was  described  from  lat.  43°N.  on  the 
mid-Atlantic  Ridge.  The  results  of  this  study,  along  with  the  related 
topographic,  sedimentological,  and  paleontologic  data  on  the  region, 
are  being  published  by  associate  curator  William  Melson  in  conjunc- 


Volcano  Eruption  Studied 

The  eruption  of  Mount  Mayon,  Philippine  Islands,  27  April  1968,  was  the  sub- 
ject of  one  of  four  expeditions  coordinated  by  the  Smithsonian  Center  for  Short- 
Lived  Phenomena  (see  page  266).  The  expedition  included  Air  Force  motion 
picture  cameramen  and  volcanologists  from  the  Smithsonian  and  the  Geological 
Survey.  The  systematic  aerial  photographic  reconnaissance  provided  unique 
documentation  of  critical  aspects  of  eruption  activity.  Right,  hot  bouldery  ash 
flows  (nuees  ardentes)  rapidly  advance  down  the  slopes  of  the  volcano.  This  rare, 
devastating  type  of  eruption  was  studied  by  William  G.  Melson  in  May  1968. 

tion  with  G.  Thompson  and  V.  T.  Bowen  of  the  Woods  Hole  Oceano- 
graphic  Institution,  and  with  Smithsonian  paleontologist  R.  Cifelli. 
The  region  is  of  special  interest,  petrologically,  because  in  addition  to 
the  occurrence  of  garnet-bearing  rocks,  it  furnishes  an  opportunity  to 
compare  rocks  from  a  small  fracture  zone  (a  fault  zone  along  which  the 
central  valley  of  the  ridge  is  displaced  along  east- west  trending  faults) 
with  rocks  from  the  adjoining  undisturbed  region.  This  comparison 
further  supports  the  view,  postulated  in  a  number  of  papers  previously 
published  by  Melson  and  his  colleagues  at  Woods  Hole,  that  plutonic 
rocks,  mainly  gabbros,  peridotites,  and  serpentinites,  are  more  abun- 
dant in  fracture  zones  than  along  the  undisrupted  normal  north-south 
trending  portions  of  the  ridge.  Melson,  in  a  paper  presented  at  the  1968 
meeting  of  the  American  Geophysical  Union,  found  that  this  relationship 
is  rather  neatly  explained  by  assuming  that,  during  sea-floor  spreading, 
the  crust  is  essentially  "opened"  up  along  fracture  zones,  and  eventually, 
faulting  exposes  the  plutonic  zone.  The  exposure  of  the  deeper  layers 
does  not  occur  along  the  normal  ridge  because  new  crust  is  forming, 
and  produces  a  nearly  continuous  upper  volcanic  zone  which  mainly 
conceals  the  lower  or  plutonic  zone. 


315-997     O  -  69  -  23 


346  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 

A  Study  of  deep-sea  carbonate  sedimentary  rocks,  including  lime- 
stones and  dolomites,  was  completed.  The  study  reports,  for  the  first 
time,  the  presence  of  abundant  and  highly  diverse  carbonate  rocks  from 
a  mid-ocean  ridge  (equatorial  Atlantic) .  This  study  by  Melson  in  con- 
junction with  Woods  Hole  scientists  and  with  Cifelli,  found  that  these 
rocks  range  from  mid -Tertiary  to  Pleistocene  in  age.  These  findings 
have  important  implications  on  the  makeup  of  the  upper  oceanic  crust. 
Specifically,  it  appears  that  the  upper  volcanic  zone  may  contain  a  sig- 
nificant amount  of  carbonate  rocks,  implying  that  the  total  amount  of 
combined  carbon  dioxide  in  the  Earth's  crust  may  be  much  larger  than 
previously  estimated,  an  estimation  of  importance  in  reconstruction 
of  the  evolution  of  the  Earth's  atmosphere.  This  discovery  also  raises 
the  question  of  the  true  thickness  and  maximum  age  of  the  sedimentary 
record  of  oceanic  crust.  The  thickness  is  normally  estimated  by  geo- 
physical methods,  and  is  assumed  equal  to  the  thickness  of  the  un- 
consolidated materials  which  cap  the  oceanic  crust  in  most  places.  How- 
ever, these  methods  cannot  in  some  cases  distinguish  dense,  well-lithified 
carbonate  sedimentary  rocks  from  volcanic  rocks.  Drilling  in  the  sedi- 
ments beneath  the  deep  sea  floor,  which  tentatively  will  begin  in  July 
1968  under  the  joint  oceanographic  deep  sea  drilling  program  sponsored 
by  the  National  Science  Foundation  (joides  program),  will  provide 
concrete  information  on  this  particular  problem,  as  well  as  data  bearing 
directly  on  the  theory  of  sea  floor  spreading.  Melson  is  one  of  the  princi- 
pal investigators  in  the  joides  program. 

The  final  of  three  papers  on  the  volcanic  and  metamorphic  rocks 
of  the  ridge  at  lat.  22 °N.  was  completed  by  Melson,  co-authored  by 
G.  Thompson  of  the  Woods  Hole  Oceanographic  Institution,  Tjeerd 
H.  van  Andel,  of  the  University  of  Washington  at  Corvallis,  and  Eugene 
Jarosewich.  It  records  another  large  area  characterized  by  the  abun- 
dance of  basaltic  lavas  of  the  oceanic  tholeiite  type.  These  oceanic  tho- 
leiites  occur  in  three  forms,  all  believed  to  be  parts  of  voluminous  fis- 
sure-type submarine  lava  flows :  ( 1 )  Glassy  pillow  lavas,  ( 2 )  massive 
nearly  totally  crystalline  basalts,  and  (3)  basaltic  tuff's,  formed  mainly 
by  the  breaking  up  of  the  advancing  flow  margins,  and  by  the  accumu- 
lation and  lithification  of  the  still-hot  fragments.  Also  recorded  in  this 
paper  are  data  believed  to  argue  against  the  widely  accepted  generali- 
zation that  volcanic  "emanations"  are  responsible  for  the  formation  of 
the  manganese-rich  nodules  and  encrustations  on  the  mid-ocean  ridge. 

Thomas  Simkin  of  the  Smithsonian  Oceanographic  Sorting  Center, 
a  research  associate  in  the  division  of  petrology,  began  a  study  of  the 
petrology  of  Cobb  Seamount,  a  volcanic  pinnacle  in  the  northwestern 
Pacific,  270  miles  west  of  Washington  state.  This  study  is  aimed  at 
reconstructing  the  development  of  the  remarkable  pinnacle  and  of  the 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATION:     MINERAL    SCIENCES 


347 


Artist's  rendering  of  Cobb  Seamount,  an  extinct  oceanic  volcano  which  rises  from 
a  depth  of  10,000  feet  to  within  110  feet  of  the  sea  surface.  (Drawing  courtesy  of 
Dr.  Thomas  F.  Budinger,  Lawrence  Radiation  Laboratory,  University  of  Cali- 
fornia, Berkeley.) 


kinds  of  volcanic  rocks  which  compose  it.  Simkin  also  continued  his  in- 
vestigations of  the  way  in  which  suspended  crystals  behave  during  flow 
of  basaltic  magma,  essentially  a  study  of  the  fluid  mechanics  of  magmas. 
Melson  continued  his  studies  of  the  iron-bearing  basalts  from  Disko 
Island,  West  Greenland.  There,  plateau-forming  basalts  locally  contain 
large  masses  to  minute  microscopic  grains  of  metallic  nickel-iron  alloys. 
These  alloys  commonly  contain  inclusions  of  cohenite  (iron  carbide), 
and,  more  rarely,  pyrrhotite  (an  iron  sulfide) .  A  study  completed  during 
the  past  year  outlined  some  of  the  major  metallurgical,  mineralogical, 
and  chemical  features  of  these  alloys  and  the  associated  cohenite.  These 
data,  combined  with  preliminary  high-temperature  reduction  experi- 
ments, suggest  that  the  metallic  phases  were  produced  by  reaction  of 
basaltic  magma  and  carbonaceous  sedimentary  inclusions,  one  of  the 
numerous  previously  suggested  origins,  and  that  the  reduction  proceeds 
in  two  sequential  stages:  first,  by  the  production  of  a  carbon-saturated 
nickel-iron  melt,  and  second,  after  carbon  is  no  longer  available  in  the 
magma  surrounding  the  metal  phases,  by  reaction  of  the  nickel-iron- 
carbon  melt  with  the  magma  to  produce  more  metallic  iron  and  carbon 
monoxide  and  carbon  dioxide  gases.  During  this  second  stage,  the  loss 
of  carbon  causes  crystallization  of  the  metallic  phases  because,  as  the 


348  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 

carbon  content  of  the  nickel-iron  alloy  decreases,  its  melting  point  in- 
creases considerably  above  the  temperature  of  the  basaltic  magma 
(around  1200°C.) .  In  the  Disko  basalts,  these  two  sequential  stages  have 
been  interrupted  by  cooling  and  subsequent  crystallization,  and  has  thus 
preserved  the  reduction  process  in  one  or  the  other  of  the  two  stages. 

Chemical  analyses  of  the  metallic  phases  by  Jarosewich  revealed 
strikingly  high  germanium  contents  compared  to  other  high-germanium 
natural  materials,  such  as  iron  meteorites.  A  maximum  of  550  parts  per 
million  has  so  far  been  reported.  The  high  germanium  content  is  at- 
tributed to  concentration  of  germanium  in  the  metallic  phases  during 
the  reduction  process,  the  germanium  coming  from  the  basaltic  magma 
and  from  the  carbonaceous  shale  inclusions.  Most  carbonaceous  shale 
and  coal  are  considerably  enriched  in  germanium  compared  to  other 
substances. 

Reduction  by  graphite  or  by  carbonaceous  material  is  speculated, 
on  firm  grounds,  to  have  produced  the  metal  phase  in  stony  meteorites 
and  to  have  produced  Earth's  core.  The  postulated  stages  involved  in  the 
production  of  the  metallic  phases  in  the  Disko  basalts  provide  a  testable 
model  of  reduction  of  silicate  melts  in  general,  and  preliminary  experi- 
mental studies  were  designed  to  further  describe  the  details  of  the  re- 
duction process,  particularly  how  it  is  affected  by  temperature,  total 
pressure,  oxygen  pressure,  magma  composition,  and  by  cooling  rates  and 
length  of  experimental  runs. 

During  the  past  year,  three  volcanic  eruptions  and  their  products  were 
examined  by  Melson  in  cooperation  with  other  scientists.  These  in- 
vestigations involved  the  "jack-in-the-box"  Metis  Shoal  eruption  that 
produced  an  island  which,  after  being  built  above  sea  level  by  eruptions 
of  a  pumiceous  dacite,  lasted  two  months  and  was  then  destroyed  by 
wave  erosion  only  a  few  days  after  the  eruption  ceased.  The  site  was 
visited  by  Charles  Lundquist  of  the  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observa- 
tory, who,  in  addition  to  visiting  the  site,  interviewed  numerous  people 
who  witnessed  the  eruption.  The  chemical  analyses,  carried  out  by 
Jarosewich,  are  of  special  interest  in  that  the  rock  has  an  unusually  low 
alkali  content  for  such  a  high  silica  content.  An  analysis  of  the  glass 
matrix,  from  which  the  phenocrysts — calcic  bytownite,  hypersthene,  and 
magnetite — had  been  removed,  revealed  an  almost  tektite-like  composi- 
tion. The  high  soda-to-potash  ratio  is  the  only  major  difference  between 
this  glass  and  certain  tektite  compositions. 

With  James  G.  Moore,  a  Geological  Survey  volcanologist,  Melson 
studied  the  spring  1968  eruption  of  Mayon  Volcano,  southeastern  Luzon, 
Philippines.  The  unusual  opportunity  to  directly  observe,  map,  and 
sample  the  deposits  of  a  nuee  ardente  eruption  led  to  Smithsonian  par- 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATION:     MINERAL    SCIENCES  349 

ticipation.  The  nuee  ardente  is  a  rare  but  extremely  devastating 
type  of  eruption,  consisting  of  an  incandescent  avalanche  of  hot,  gas- 
emitting  lava  blocks,  which  generate  billowing,  hot  ash-rich  clouds  all 
along  the  avalanche's  course.  The  destruction  of  St.  Pierre  on  Martinique 
in  1902  and  the  loss  of  30,000  lives  was  the  direct  effect  of  an  unusually 
large  nuee  ardente  eruption  from  Mount  Pelee.  In  this  case  and  others, 
however,  although  excellent  studies  were  subsequently  carried  out,  few 
trained  observers  were  at  these  sites  during  the  eruption. 

The  study  of  Mayon  Volcano  will  probably  prove  unique  in  the  aerial 
photographic  coverage  rendered,  mainly  through  the  courtesy  of  the 
13th  Air  Force,  and  in  the  on-the-ground  observations  and  sampling 
during  and  immediately  after  the  passage  of  numerous  nuees  ardentes. 

During  the  past  year  a  remarkable  discovery  was  made  by  Chairman 
George  Switzer  and  Melson  during  an  examination  of  a  suite  of  nodules 
(rounded  rock  inclusions)  obtained  by  Switzer  from  the  Roberts  Victor 
Diamond  Mine,  South  Africa.  Nodules  of  kyanite  eclogite,  a  rock  formed 
only  at  extremely  high  pressures  and  composed  mainly  of  the  minerals 
kyanite,  omphacite,  and  garnet,  were  found  to  contain  fresh  glass  along 
grain  boundaries.  This  suggested  that  these  rocks  had  been  partially 
melted.  Partial  melting  refers  to  the  incipient  melting  of  an  otherwise 
crystalline  rock.  This  process,  which  will  occur,  for  example,  when  a 
rock  is  heated  to  high  temperature,  or  heated  to  moderate  temperature 
at  high  pressures  and  then,  holding  temperature  constant,  releasing  the 
pressure,  is  believed  to  be  responsible  for  the  generation  of  magmas  deep 
in  the  Earth's  mantle.  These  kyanite  eclogites  are  viewed,  therefore,  as 
a  rare,  specialized,  natural  fusion  of  a  mantle  rock.  The  presence  of  a 
diamond  in  one  specimen  indicates  an  especially  deep-seated  origin, 
possibly  from  as  deep  as  100  kilometers.  The  partial  melting  strongly 
affected  the  omphacite,  changing  it  to  a  fine-grained  mixture  of  plagio- 
clase,  clinopyroxene,  and  possibly  glass. 

The  data  in  hand  suggest  that  the  unusual  features  observed  in  these 
kyanite  eclogite  nodules  resulted  from  a  mantle-derived  inclusion  being 
emplaced  into  the  crust  by  a  rapidly  ascending  kimberlite  magma,  which 
first  caused  partial  melting  of  the  nodules,  due  to  sudden  release  of 
pressure,  and  then  quenching,  due  to  rapid  cooling  in  the  rising  and 
expanding  gas-rich  kimberlite  magma. 

Over  summer  1967  the  National  Geographic  Society  supported  a 
Smithsonian  expedition  to  the  Copper  Mountain  mining  district.  Prince 
of  Wales  Island,  Alaska.  Objectives  of  the  principal  investigators  in 
the  project,  Switzer  and  research  associate  Peter  Leavens,  were  to  study 
the  reaction  rocks  or  skams  formed  between  the  granites  of  the  area  and 
the  marbles  into  which  they  were  intruded. 


350  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 

The  field  party  under  the  leadership  of  Leavens  explored  and  col- 
lected as  extensively  as  possible,  but  full  scale  operations  in  the  torrential 
rains,  on  the  steep  slopes  with  heavy  growth  were  out  of  the  question. 
However,  two  small  finds  were  made  of  the  outstanding  epidote  crystals 
for  which  the  district  has  been  famous  for  more  than  sixty  years.  The 
mine  workings  were  sound  and  accessible,  but  work  therein  produced 
relatively  little.  In  the  Green  Monster  Mountain  area,  a  skarn  contain- 
ing the  rare  and  interesting  calcium  silicate  minerals  monticellite  and 
xasthophyllite  was  mapped  and  an  extensive  suite  collected  for  detailed 
laboratory  study.  In  addition,  a  complex  pocket  system  containing  many 
superb  crystals  of  epidote  was  found. 


Staff  Publications 

(Papers,  lectures,   and   seminars  given  by  members  of  the  staff  are  listed   on 

page  400.) 

Desautels,  p.  E.  The  Mineral  Kingdom.  251  pp.  New  York:  Grosset  and 
Dunlap,  1968. 

Fredriksson,  K.,  and  F.  Kraut.  "Impact  Glass  in  the  Cachari  Meteorite." 
Geochim.  Cosmochim.  Acta,  vol.  31,  pp.  1701-1704,  1967. 

Fredriksson,  K.  and  B.  Mason.  "The  Shaw  Meteorite."  Geochim.  Cosmo- 
chim. Acta,  vol.  31,  pp.  1705-1709,  1967. 

Fredriksson,  K.  and  A.  Reid.  "Meteorite  Investigations  by  Electron  Micro- 
probe  Techniques."  Pages  143-169  in  Researches  in  Geochemistry,  vol. 
2,  edit.  P.  H.  Abelson.     New  York:  John  Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc.,  1967. 

Kato,  a.,  and  S.  Kunihiko.  "The  Occurrence  of  Roquesite  from  the  Akenobe 
Mine,  Hyogo  Prefecture,  Japan."  Mineral.  Journ.  (Japan),  vol.  5,  no.  4, 
pp.  276-284,  1968. 

Leavens,  P.,  and  J.  S.  White,  Jr.  "Switzerite,  a  New  Mineral."  American 
Mineral,  vol.  52  pp.  1595-1602,  1967. 

Mason,  B.     "Pyroxenes  in  Meteorites."     Lithos,  vol.  1,  pp.  1-11,  1968. 

Mason,  B.,  and  L.  G.  Berry.     Elements  of  Mineralogy.     550  pp.     San  Fran- 
cisco: W.  H.  Freeman  &  Co.,  1968. 

Mason,  B.,  and  E.  Jarosewich.  "Denver  Meteorite,  a  New  Fall."  Science, 
vol.  160,  pp.  878-879,  1968. 

Mason,  B.,  and  J.  Nelen.  "The  Weatherford  Meteorite."  Geochim.  Cos- 
mochim. Acta,  vol.  32,  pp.  661-664,  1968. 

Mason,  B.,  J.  Nelen,  and  J.  S.  White,  Jr.  "Olivine-Garnet  Transformation  in 
a  Meteorite."     Science,  vol.  160,  pp.  66-67,  1968. 

.     "The  Woodbine  Meteorite,  with  Notes  on  Silicates  in  Iron  Meteorites." 

Mineral.  Mag.,  vol.  36,  pp.  120-126,  1967. 

"Extraterrestrial  Mineralogy."     American  Mineral.,  vol.  52,  pp.  307- 
325,   1967. 

.      "Olivine    Composition    in    Chondrites — A    Supplement."     Geochim. 


Cosmochim.  Acta,  vol.  31,  pp.  1100-1103,  1967. 

"Meteorites."     American  Scientist,  vol.  55,  pp.  429-455,   1967. 


Mason,  B.,  and  A.  D.  Maynes.     "The  Composition  of  the  Allegan,  Bur-Gheluai, 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATION:     PALEOBIOLOGY  351 

and  Cynthiana  Meteorites."     Proc.   U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.    124,  no.   3624, 

12  pp.,  1967. 
Melson,  W.  G.     "Petrologic  Model  of  the  Earth's  Crust  Across  the  Mid-Atlan- 
tic Ridge."     Trans.  American  Geophys.  Union,  vol.  49,  no.  1,  pp.  364-365, 

1968. 
Melson,  W.  G.,  E.  Jarosewich,  and  E.  P.  Henderson.     "Metallic  Phases  in 

Terrestrial  Basalts:   Implications  on  Equilibria  Between  Basic  Magmas  and 

Iron  Carbon  Melts."     Trans.  American  Geophys.  Union,  vol.  49,  no.  1,  p. 

352,  1968. 
Reid,  a.,  and  K.  Fredriksson.      "Chondrules  and  Chondrites."     Researchers 

in  Geochemistry,  vol.  2,  edit.  P.  H.  Abelson,  pp.  170-203.     New  York:  John 

Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc.,  1967. 
SiMKiN,  T.     "Flow  Differentiation  in  the  Picritic  Sills  of  North  Skye."     Pages 

64-69  in  Ultramafic  and  related  rocks,  edit.  P.  J.  Wyllie.     New  York :  John 

Wiley  &  Sons,  Inc.,  1967. 
SwiTZER,  G.  and  W.  G.  Melson.     "Partially  Melted  Kyanite  Eclogite  Nodules 

in  Kimberlite."     Trans.  American  Geophys.  Union,  vol.  49,  no.  1,  p.  361, 

1968. 

■ .     Diamonds.     80  pp.     New  York:   Sterling  Publishing  Co.,  Inc.,  1967. 

.     "Diamond  Prospects  and  Prices."     Jewelers'  Circular  Keystone,  vol. 

138,  no.  3,  pp.  32-35,  105-106,  1967. 
White,  J.  S.,  Jr.,  W.  Henderson,  and  B.  Mason.     "Secondary  Minerals  Pro- 
duced by  Weathering  of  the  Wolf  Creek  Meteorite."     American  Mineral., 

vol.  52,  pp,  1190-1197,  1967. 
YocHELsoN;,  E.,  M.  Gordon  Jr.,  and  J.  S.  White  Jr.     "Aragonite  and  Calcite 

in  Mollusks  from  the  Pennsylvanian  Kendrick  Shale  in  Kentucky."      U.S. 

Geol.  Surv.  Prof.  Paper,  no.  575-D,  pp.  76-78,  1967. 


PALEOBIOLOGY 

Continuing  emphasis  on  research  in  the  department  of  paleobiology 
resulted  in  54  publications  by  the  curatorial  staff  during  the  year,  total- 
ing more  than  1,200  printed  pages.  The  research  capability  of  the 
department  was  greatly  enhanced  by  the  appointment  during  the  year 
of  15  research  associates,  in  addition  to  7  previous  appointees.  These 
appointments  in  most  cases  represent  formal  recognition  of  long-standing 
informal  relationships.  Of  the  22  research  associates,  15  are  active 
or  retired  members  of  the  paleontology  and  stratigraphy  branch  of  the 
U.S.  Geological  Survey,  reflecting  the  close  interdependence  of  the  two 
groups. 

Two  members  of  the  scientific  staff  resigned  during  the  year.  In 
September  Richard  A.  Robinson  returned  to  the  department  of  geology. 
University  of  Utah,  where  he  continued  his  research  on  trilobites  and 
resumed  his  teaching  duties.  In  March  David  H.  Dunkle  assumed  the 
curatorship  of  paleontology  at  the  Natural  Science  Museum  in  Cleve- 
land, Ohio,  where  he  continued  to  pursue  his  long-standing  interest  in 
Devonian  fishes  and  fish-like  vertebrates. 


352  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 

In  addition  to  his  duties  as  chairman,  Porter  M.  Kier  continued  his 
research  on  the  Echinoidea.  Accompanied  by  Thomas  F.  Phelan,  he 
spent  much  of  the  month  of  December  in  New  Zealand  investigating 
the  previously  unknown  living  habits  of  a  species  of  the  order  Cassidu- 
loida.  In  March  he  left  for  Europe  for  six  months  of  research  as  a 
Guggenheim  Fellow.  His  primary  objective  there  is  study  of  the  evolu- 
tion of  the  jaw  apparatus  in  echinoids,  principally  at  the  Sedgwick 
Museum  in  Cambridge,  but  he  is  also  visiting  other  museums  and  con- 
ducting field  work  both  in  England  and  on  the  Continent. 

Senior  paleobiologist  G.  Arthur  Cooper  completed  the  photography 
of  the  Permian  brachiopods  to  be  illustrated  in  his  Glass  Mountains 
study,  and  has  finished  their  arrangement  into  the  more  than  500  plates 
for  publication.  Preparation  of  the  legends  for  the  plates  is  now  in 
progress. 

Curator  Richard  H.  Benson  is  engaged  in  a  long-term,  worldwide 
study  of  deep  sea  and  abyssal  ostracodes.  In  the  deep  sea  these  ani- 
mals are  among  the  most  abundant  and  oldest  forms  of  life  and  their 
fossil  remains  reflect  the  history  of  this  mysterious  habitat.  They  have 
increased  in  size  and  have  become  bizarre  in  shape  and  ornamentation 
under  low  temperatures  and  great  pressures,  but  beyond  the  achieve- 
ment of  a  kind  of  grotesque  aspect,  their  evolution  seems  to  have  been 
arrested.  Forms  which  first  developed  during  the  time  of  the  early  his- 
tory of  the  dinosaurs  have  remained  unchanged  and  are  still  living. 
It  is  hoped  that  the  present  study  of  ostracodes  will  provide  a  basis  for 
interpreting  the  deep  ocean  environment,  and  its  history  as  well  as  giving 
some  insight  into  the  biologic  processes  of  this  extreme  but  widespread 
habitat,  which  has  in  part  become  a  refuge  for  living  fossils. 

Scanning  Electron  Micrographs 

The  abyssal  ostracode  in  figures  1-3  was  found  living  at  approximately  2000 
meters  depth  in  the  western  Indian  Ocean.  The  closest  known  related  group  of 
ostracodes  to  this  newly  discovered  species  is  a  genus  of  Cretaceous  cytheraceans 
which  previously  had  been  thought  to  be  extinct  since  the  end  of  the  Mesozoic 
(60  X  16°  years).  These  three  views  show  the  left  side  of  one  valve  of  the  animal 
(X88),  which  contained  in  life  its  complex  shrimp-like  body,  and  detailed  sec- 
tions of  the  posterior  and  anterior  margins  of  valve  ornament  (X880).  Such 
views  and  photomicrographs  of  exceptional  depth  and  clarity  are  not  possible 
with  conventional  microscope  optics. 

The  lower  left  figure  (4)  is  of  a  radiolarian  (X880),  an  ultramicroscopic 
protozoan,  which  was  found  attached  to  the  inside  of  a  dead  ostracode  valve  and 
to  which  is  adhered  a  yet  smaller  but  identifiable  fragment  of  a  diatom. 

The  lower  right  figure  (5)  shows  the  highly  spinose  venter  of  a  bathyal 
ostracode  (X88)  as  seen  from  the  front  with  the  valve  lying  with  the  closure 
down.  Such  spinosity  is  typical  of  deep-sea  ostracodes.  Close  examination  shows 
two  large  Christmas-tree-like  spines,  one  set  behind  the  others,  but  both  still 
in  focus. 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATION  I     PALEOBIOLOGY 


353 


354  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 

Through  application  of  the  scanning  electron  microscope  (sem), 
a  very  new  and  expensive  instrument  which  promises  expanded  horizons 
in  the  study  of  microorganisms,  Benson  has  examined  and  illustrated 
many  fantastic  features  of  ostracodes  not  previously  accessible  to  study. 
He  has  conducted  the  study  and  illustration  of  his  specimens  during 
visits  to  the  University  of  Leicester  in  England,  where  the  sem  has  been 
available  to  him.  It  is  the  only  instrument  which  can  reproduce  great 
relief  under  high  magnifications. 

The  major  research  efTort  of  curator  Richard  S.  Boardman  during 
the  year  has  been  work  on  the  production  of  a  revision  of  the  bryzoan 
chapter  of  the  Treatise  on  Invertebrate  Paleontology.  He  has  been 
charged  with  organizing  this  effort  with  the  help  of  associate  curator 
Alan  H.  Cheetham,  and  he  has  completed  the  restudy  of  62  of  the 
approximately  175  genera  for  which  he  is  responsible. 

Cheetham  continued  his  studies  of  adaptive  morphology  and  evolu- 
tionary patterns  of  Tertiary  cheilostome  Bryozoa.  A  rich  early  Tertiary 
or  late  Cretaceous  fauna  from  reeflike  bryzoan  mounds  in  southern  Scan- 
danavia  is  the  basis  for  an  investigation  on  the  correlation  of  colony 
form  with  individual  structure.  The  relationship  of  morphology  to 
paleo-environment  is  being  analyzed  by  principal  component  and  clus- 
tering methods,  using  the  time-share  computer.  Anatomy  of  fossil  struc- 
tural morphotypes,  especially  the  relationship  of  skeletal  and  epithelial 
tissues,  is  being  interpreted  through  study  of  wall  structure  and  by 
analogy  with  Recent  cheilostomes.  Cheetham,  J.  B.  Rucker  of  the  U.S. 
Naval  Oceanographic  Office,  and  R.  E.  Carver  of  the  University  of 
Georgia  have  completed  a  study  of  wall  structure  and  mineralogy  of 
Recent  species  of  the  genus  Metrarahdotos  in  which  calcite  and  ara- 
gonite,  secreted  by  the  same  epithelium,  form  segregated  units  having 
distinctive  structural  characteristics.  They  have  studies  underway  on 
other  cheilostome  genera  in  which  the  walls  show  different  patterns  of 
development.  Cheetham  is  also  investigating  the  variation  shown  in 
single  colonies  of  cheilostomes  as  a  basis  for  calibrating  population  varia- 
tion and  identifying  evolutionary  trends.  The  taxonomic  aspects  of  these 
studies  are  being  incorporated  in  a  revision  of  the  order  Cheilostomata 
for  the  Treatise  on  Invertebrate  Palentology. 

Analyses  of  data  relating  formaminiferal  species  densities  to  environ- 
mental variables  in  the  Choptank  River  have  been  completed  by  asso- 
ciate curator  Martin  A.  Buzas.  The  results  indicate  that  the  environ- 
mental variables  are  significant  as  a  set,  but  none  is  individually.  A 
study  of  the  relative  abundance-diversity  of  Foraminifera  from  the  east- 
ern continental  shelf,  Gulf  of  Mexico,  and  deep  sea  in  the  Recent,  and 
from  the  Miocene  and  Pleistocene  of  the  East  Coast,  is  underway  with 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATION:    PALEOBIOLOGY  355 

T.  G.  Gibson  of  the  U.S.  Geological  Survey.  This  study  utilizes  the 
Shannon  information  function  as  a  measure  of  diversity.  This  function 
and  a  measure  of  redundancy  have  been  computed  for  several  hundred 
samples  to  date. 

Richard  Cifelli  and  Roberta  K.  Smith  in  a  nearly  completed  manu- 
script conclude  that  the  uniqueness  of  the  distributional  patterns  in  the 
North  Atlantic  Current  is  explained  by  a  hypothetical  model  of  the  dy- 
namics of  planktonic  populations.  Cifelli  also  has  continued  his  studies 
of  the  age  relationships  of  mid-Atlantic  Ridge  sediments  by  means  of 
planktonic  Foraminifera.  A  sediment  of  Paleocene  age  was  recovered 
from  a  fracture  zone  in  the  mid-Equatorial  Atlantic  Ocean.  This  is 
the  oldest  sediment  recorded  from  the  Atlantic  outside  of  the  continental 
margin.  Its  occurrence  is  shown  to  be  compatible  with  present  concepts 
of  sea-floor  spreading. 

Associate  curator  Erie  G.  Kauffman  continued  research  in  four  ma- 
jor areas.  In  the  first,  systematic,  evolutionary  and  biostratigraphic  stud- 
ies of  the  Bivalvia  were  concentrated  on  five  important  families;  and 
major  studies  of  Caribbean  Inoceramidae,  Cenozoic  Hneages  of  Tliya- 
sia,  Paleocene  Astarte  and  Crassatellidae,  and  Mesozoic-Cenozoic  Os- 
treidae  were  completed  and  manuscripts  prepared.  In  the  second,  a 
cooperative  project  to  construct  a  biostratigraphic  assemblage  zonation 
for  the  Cretaceous  of  the  Western  Interior  United  States,  utilizing  all 
fossil  groups  studied  within  a  radiometric  matrix,  was  initiated  and  all 
basic  data  collated;  the  project  is  headed  by  KauflFman  and  involves 
twelve  additional  scientists  from  United  States  universities  and  other  in- 
stitutions. In  the  third,  regional  stratigraphic  and  basinal  facies  studies 
which  have  been  conducted  in  the  area  of  the  Western  Interior  Creta- 
ceous seaway  during  the  past  ten  years  culminated  in  the  completion  of 
a  stratigraphic  revision  of  the  Colorado  group  in  the  central  basin  (with 
Donald  E.  Hattin  of  Indiana  University)  ;  a  similar  revision  of  the 
Dakota  group  was  initiated,  with  Karl  M.  Waage  of  Yale  University, 
and  three  small  papers  naming  new  stratigraphic  units  in  this  area  were 
completed  and  one  published.  In  the  fourth  area,  studies  of  Caribbean 
Cretaceous  mollusks  and  stratigraphy  progressed  rapidly  during  the  past 
year,  with  two  papers  on  Caribbean  bivalves  (Inoceramidae)  completed 
and  the  entire  collection  of  Bivalvia  cleaned,  sorted,  and  readied  for 
systematic  research. 

Associate  curator  Thomas  R.  Waller  completed  a  major  paper  en- 
titled, "The  Evolution  of  the  Argopecten  gibbus  Stock,  with  Emphasis 
on  Tertiary  and  Quaternary  Species  of  Eastern  North  America,"  and 
initiated  a  study  of  the  living  Pectinidae  (Bivalvia)  on  the  continental 
shelves  of  the  Western  Atlantic  and  Caribbean  between  Cape  Cod  and 
Recife,  Brazil. 


356  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 

In  January  staff  specialist  Kenneth  M.  Towe,  together  with  K.  N. 
Sachs,  Jr.,  of  the  U.S.  Geological  Survey,  participated  in  a  "Ships  of 
Opportunity"  cruise  to  the  Caribbean  aboard  the  Grace  Line  cruiseship 
SS  Santa  Sofia.  Their  purpose  in  the  cruise  was  to  collect  and  fix  for 
electron  miscroscopy  living  specimens  of  planktonic  organisms,  partic- 
ularly Foraminifera  and  Radiolaria.  Collaborating  with  Klaus  Ruetzler 
of  the  Department  of  Invertebrate  Zoology,  Towe  has  discovered 
that  certain  keratose  sponges  are  mineralized  with  small  granules  of 
lepidocrocite,  an  iron  mineral  known  to  occur  in  only  one  other 
organism,  a  marine  chiton. 

Activities  of  research  associates  in  invertebrate  paleontology  were 
many  and  varied.  Some  are  described  below. 

Anthony  G.  Coates  continued  the  preparation  and  description  of 
Caribbean  Cretaceous  corals,  particularly  those  from  Jamaica  and 
Puerto  Rico;  he  undertook  a  systematic  study  of  the  evolution  of  the 
families  Montastreidae  and  Astrocoenidae,  and  he  prepared  a  contri- 
bution on  the  relatively  rare  Cretaceous  corals  of  the  Western  Interior  for 
the  biostratigraphic  range  chart  being  compiled  under  Erie  G.  Kauff- 
man's  leadership.  During  the  past  year  J.  Thomas  Dutro,  Jr.,  continued 
research  on  the  Upper  Devonian  brachiopods  of  the  southwest,  with  em- 
phasis on  the  Sly  Gap  correlatives  in  Arizona  and  Nevada.  This  is  an  ex- 
tension of  a  cooperative  project  with  G.  Arthur  Cooper  on  the  Devonian 
stratigraphy  of  New  Mexico.  Study  of  Late  Devonian  brachiopods  in 
Idaho  and  Montana  has  added  to  the  regional  understanding  of  the 
Three  Forks  fauna  and  its  correlatives. 

A  survey  of  the  Great  Barrier  Reef  of  Australia  was  carried  out  by 
Harry  S.  Ladd  during  the  spring  at  the  request  of  the  Queensland  De- 
partment of  Mines.  A  preliminary  report  dealing  with  the  conservation  , 
and  controlled  exploitation  of  the  reef  is  being  prepared.  A  group  of  a  | 
dozen  paleontologists  organized  by  Ladd,  including  several  of  the  Smith- 
sonian staff,  is  currently  engaged  in  study  of  an  assemblage  of  late 
Eocene  fossils  obtained  from  the  Island  of  Eua  in  Tonga.  The  material 
is  the  richest  and  most  diversified  fossil  fauna  and  flora  yet  obtained 
from  an  island  in  the  open  Pacific.  | 

Axel  A.  Olsson  completed  and  submitted  for  publication  studies  on 
Siphocypraea  and  on  aquarium  specimens  of  Oliva  sayana,  recording 
feeding  habits  and  for  the  first  time  the  egg  capsules  and  veliger  of  the 
latter.  He  has  also  completed  his  revision  of  the  gastropod  families 
Volutidae  and  Olividae  for  the  Treatise  on  Invertebrate  Paleontology, 
as  well  as  continuing  his  studies  of  Recent  and  Tertiary  mollusks  from 
Florida,  the  West  Indies,  and  Central  and  South  America.  M.  Ruth 
Todd  completed  a  report  on  a  rich  assemblage  of  smaller  Foraminifera 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATION:     PALEOBIOLOGY  357 

of  late  Eocene  age  from  Tonga,  and  with  Doris  Low  nearly  completed 
a  report  on  the  smaller  Foraminifera  from  two  deep  drill  holes  in  Mid- 
way Atoll  that  penetrated  through  Late  Tertiary  sediments  to  the  base- 
ment rock. 

In  September  C.  Lewis  Gazin  was  appointed  senior  paleobiologist 
in  order  to  devote  a  greater  part  of  his  time  to  research  on  early  Tertiary 
mammals.  In  April  he  completed  his  monographic  study  of  the  Eocene 
condylarthran  mammal  Hyopsodus  and  submitted  it  for  publication. 
Since  then  he  has  concentrated  on  identification  of  materials  in  two 
large  collections  of  Paleocene  mammals  obtained  during  earlier  field 
seasons  from  the  classic  sequence  in  the  San  Juan  Basin  of  New  Mexico, 
in  preparation  for  further  study  of  new  Paleocene  faunas  from  else- 
where in  the  Rocky  Mountain  region. 

Nicholas  Hotton  III  continued  his  study  of  functional  morphology 
of  dicynodont  jaw  musculature,  with  the  consideration  of  two  special- 
ized genera,  Oudenodon  and  "Dicynodon"  sollasi,  in  progress.  Taxo- 
nomic  revision  of  the  dicynodonts  awaits  the  results  of  a  study  of  osteo- 
logical  variation  in  the  skulls  of  living  lizards. 

The  work  of  research  assistant  Ruth  O.  Hotton,  on  the  petrology  of 
Beaufort  sediments  of  South  Africa,  suggests  a  correspondence  between 
the  physical  condition  of  heavy  minerals  and  the  stratigraphic  position 
from  which  the  samples  were  taken,  which,  it  is  hoped,  will  help  in  the 
interpretation  of  the  depositional  history  of  the  Beaufort  series. 

Clayton  E.  Ray,  who  served  as  acting  chairman  in  the  absence  of 
Porter  M.  Kier,  completed  studies  of  the  fossil  musk  oxen  of  Illinois 
(with  Donald  L.  Wills  and  John  C.  Palmquist) ,  vertebrate  remains  from 
Indian  sites  on  Antigua,  West  Indies  (with  Elizabeth  S.  Wing  and 
Charles  A.  Hoffman,  Jr.),  and  fossil  vertebrates  from  the  marine  Pleis- 
tocene of  southeastern  Virginia  (with  Alexander  Wetmore,  David  H. 
Dunkle,  and  Paul  Drez).  He  continued  work  on  the  fossil  musk  oxen 
and  on  fossil  walruses  of  Eastern  North  America. 

Research  associates  Remington  Kellogg  and  Frank  C.  Whitmore,  Jr., 
devoted  their  attention  to  the  nearby  Miocene  deposits.  Kellogg  com- 
pleted manuscripts  on  two  new  Choptank  Miocene  whalebone  whales 
and  continued  a  review  of  the  types  of  Miocene  toothed  whales  de- 
scribed by  E.  D.  Cope.  Whitmore  is  cooperating  with  the  Maryland 
Academy  of  Sciences  in  a  stratigraphic  and  paleoecologic  study  at  the 
Baltimore  Gas  and  Electric  Company  site,  at  Calvert  Cliffs  on  Chesa- 
peake Bay.  Detailed  stratigraphic  studies  are  being  made  in  the  Mio- 
cene Chesapeake  group,  and  paleoecologic  studies  will  be  made  by 
stripping  bedding  planes  so  that  fossil  organisms  can  be  examined  in 
place,  in  their  relation  to  each  other. 


358 


MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 


Preparation  by  Sigmund  Sweda  of  the  skull  of  a  dicynodont  tentatively  identi- 
fied as  Daptocephalus,  one  of  a  large  variety  of  plant-eating  mammal-like  reptiles 
from  the  late  Permian  of  South  Africa.  These  animals  are  being  studied  for  their 
ecological  role  in  the  evolution  of  mammalian  ancestors. 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATION:     PALEOBIOLOGY 


359 


The  installation  of  chemical  fume  hoods  in  the  division  of  paleobotany 
made  it  possible  for  associate  curator  Francis  M.  Hueber  to  resume 
the  use  of  chemical  techniques  important  to  the  progress  of  his  research 
on  Early  Devonian  land  plants.  The  isolation  of  nearly  complete  plant 
organs  by  means  of  acid  maceration  of  the  enclosing  rock  matrix  is 
facilitating  the  study  and  reconstruction  of  several  genera  and  species, 
of  which  some  are  new. 

Research  associate  Sergius  H.  Mamay  completed  a  report  in  collabo- 
ration with  Michael  Churkin,  G.  D.  Eberlein,  both  of  the  U.S.  Geologi- 
cal Survey,  and  Francis  Hueber,  dealing  with  land  plants  from  a  Lower 
Devonian  graptolitic  shale  in  southeastern  Alaska.  A  sparse  flora  of 
simple  vascular  plants  is  associated  with  graptolites  and  other  inverte- 
brates, and  comprises  the  oldest  confirmed  occurrence  of  land  plants  in 
this  hemisphere. 

M.  Grant  Gross  has  continued  his  research  on  the  nature  and  rates 
of  chemical  processes  in  sediments  and  sedimentary  environments,  in- 
cluding various  aspects  of  waste  discharges  and  pollution.  Working  with 
T.  John  Conomos,  a  predoctoral  intern.  Gross  investigated  the  radio- 
activity associated  with  suspended  sediment  from  the  Columbia  River. 
In  cooperation  with  the  Maryland  Department  of  Water  Resources, 
Gross  investigated  abnormal  sediment  discharges  and  their  effects  on 


Fossil  remains  (x2)  of  a  land 
plant  that  flourished  during  the 
Lower  Devonian  nearly  400  mil- 
lion years  ago.  These  specimens 
come  from  northern  New  Bruns- 
wick and  Gaspe  Bay,  Quebec, 
Canada,  Along  with  several 
others  they  have  been  dissolved 
free  of  their  sandstone  matrix 
with  hydrofluoric  acid  and  then 
mounted  in  plastic  for  study  and 
exhibit.  A  study  of  these  very 
early  plants  is  in  progress  by 
Francis  M.  Hueber. 


360 


MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 


a 


"ROCKAWAY"  DEC.  1967  CRUISE 
WILMINGTON    CANYON 
BASAL  PARTS  OF  UNSPLIT  FREE 
FALL  CORES   NO.   3,  4,  5,  6 

(PRINT   FROM  X-RAY  PLATE 


This  print  of  an  X-ray  plate  shows  parts  of  unspllt  cores  of  deep-sea  sediments 
collected  in  the  Wilmington  submarine  canyon  off  the  east  coast  of  the  United 
States.  This  recently  developed  technique  permits  detection  of  subtle  features 
otherwise  not  visible  to  the  naked  eye  such  as  shell  (S),  mottling  (M)  and 
burrowing  (B)  by  organisms,  and  lamination  (L). 


Maryland,  especially  that  of  the  Potomac  River,  and  developed  lalDora- 
tory  procedures  to  be  used  in  future  studies  of  such  problems.  Working 
through  the  Office  of  Oceanography  and  Limnology,  Gross  assisted  the 
Coastal  Engineering  Research  Center,  Corps  of  Engineers,  to  plan  a 
study  of  the  environmental  impact  of  waste  discharges  in  the  coastal 
ocean  off  New  York  City.  During  the  year,  papers  were  completed  on 
cores  obtained  from  a  drilling  project  on  Midway  Atoll  and  on  the 
marine  geology  of  Midway  and  Kure  Atolls. 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATION:     PALEOBIOLOGY  361 

Coring  and  augur  drilling  along  the  North  Carolina  coast  in  July 
1967  and  January  1968  by  Jack  W.  Pierce  and  D.  J.  Colquhoun  of  the 
University  of  South  Carolina,  suggest  that  this  section  of  the  coast  has 
had  a  very  complex  history  of  development  during  the  Holocene.  This 
history  does  not  seem  to  be  analogous  to  that  of  the  coast  of  Virgina  to 
the  north  or  South  Carolina  to  the  south.  Additional  drilling  is  planned 
for  the  summer  of  1968  to  delineate  former  shorelines  in  this  previously 
unstudied  section  of  the  southeastern  United  States. 

The  origin  and  movement  of  sediment  in  probable  submarine 
canyons  and  deep  sea  channel  deposits  in  the  French  Maritime  Alps 
and  sectors  of  the  Polish  Carpathians  are  being  examined  by  Daniel 
J.  Stanley.  As  an  outgrowth  of  these  studies,  Stanley  has  summarized 
sedimentological  evidence  pointing  to  the  presence  of  a  large  emerged 
land  mass  in  the  Ligurian-Balearic  Basin  of  the  Mediterranean  during 
the  Paleocene.  A  series  of  studies  was  completed  on  the  bottom  mor- 
phology and  origin,  distribution,  and  dispersal  of  sediments  on  the  con- 
tinental margin  off  Nova  Scotia,  including  a  fjord-like  inlet  near  Hali- 
fax, the  Sable  Island  and  Sable  Island  Bank  region,  and  the  Nova 
Scotian  Shelf  proper.  Another  group  of  studies  made  with  D.  J.  P.  Swift, 
Duke  University,  interprets  the  origin  of  the  broad  reef-front  platform 
of  Bermuda. 

Staff  Publications 

(Papers,   lectures,   and   seminars  given  by  members  of   the  staff  are  listed  on 

page  400.) 

Amsden,  T.  W.,  a.  J.  BoucoT,  and  J.  G.  Johnson.     "Conchidium  and  Its 

Separation  from  the  Subfamily  Pentamerinae."     Journ.  Paleont.,  vol.  41, 

no.  4,  pp.  861-867,  1  fig.,  3  pis.,  1967. 
Benson,  Richard  H.      "History  and  Microfauna  of  Southern  Outer  Banks  and 

Offshore  Region."      Univ.  Kansas  Paleont.  Contr.,  Ecology,  art.  I,  pt.   2, 

pp.  82-90,  1967. 
Berry,  W.  B.  N.,  and  A.  J.  Boucot.     "Pelecypod-Graptolite  Association  in  the 

Old  World  Silurian."     Bull.  Geol.  Soc.  America,  vol.  78,  pp.   1515-1522, 

1967. 
Boucot,  A.  J.     "Preliminary  Geologic  Map  of  Maine."     Generalized  Map  of 

Regional  Metamorphic  Zones,  compiled  and  ed.,  Robert  G.  Doyle,  1967. 
Boucot^  A.  J.,  L.  M.  Cummings,  and  H.  Jaeger.      "Contributions  to  the  Age 

of  the  Gaspe  Sandstone  and  Gaspe  Limestone."      Geol.  Surv.   of  Canada 

Paper,  no.  67-25,  27  pp.,  3  pis.,  1967. 
Boucot,  A.  J.,  G.  A.  Doumani^  J.  G.  Johnson,  and  G.  F.  Webers.     "Devonian 

of  Antarctica."      In  vol.   1    (pp.  639-648)   of  International  Symposium  on 

the  Devonian  System.     Alberta  Soc.  Petrol.  Geol.,  1967. 
Boucot,   A.   J.,   and   C.    W.   Harper.      "Silurian   to  Lower   Middle   Devonian 

Chonetacea."     Journ.  Paleont.,  vol.  42,  no.  1,  pp.  143-176,  4  pis.,  4  text- 
figs.,   1968. 


362  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 

BoucoT,  A.  J.,  and  J.  G.  Johnson.  "Appalachian  Province  Lower  Devonian 
Paleogeography  and  Brachiopod  Zonation.  In  vol.  2  (pp.  1255-1267)  of 
International  Symposium  on  the  Devonian  System,.  Alberta  Soc.  Petrol. 
Geol.,   1967. 

.     "Paleogeography    and    Correlation    of   Appalachian    Province    Lower 

Devonian  Sedimentary  Rocks."  Pages  35-87  (5  figs.,  5  tables),  in  Tulsa 
Geol.  Soc.  Digest,  Symposium,  vol.  3  {Silurian-Devonian  Rocks  of  Oklahoma 
and  Environs) ,  1967. 

"Species    and    Distribution    of    Coelospira    (Brachiopoda) ."     Journ. 


Paleont.,  vol.  41,  no.  5,  pp.  1226-1241,  4  pis.,  3  text-figs.,  1967. 

BoucoT,  A.  J.,  J.  G.  Johnson,  and  J.  A.  Talent.  "Lower  and  Middle  Devon- 
ian Faunal  Provinces  Based  on  Brachiopods.  In  vol.  2  (pp.  1239-1254)  of 
International  Symposium  on  the  Devonian  System.  Alberta  Soc.  Petrol. 
Geol.,   1967. 

BuzAs,  M.  A.  "An  Application  of  Canonical  Analysis  as  a  Method  for  Com- 
paring Faunal  Areas."     Journ.  Anim.  EcoL,  vol.  36,  pp.  563-577,  1967. 

.     "On    the    Spatial    Distribution    of   Foraminifera."      Contr.    Cushman 

Found.  Foram.  Res.,  vol.  19,  pp.  1-11,  1968. 

.      "Foraminifera   from    the    Hadley   Harbor   Complex,    Massachusetts." 


Smithsonian  Misc.  Coll.,  vol.  152,  no.  8,  pp.  1—26,  1968. 

Carlson,  M.  P.,  and  A.  J.  Boucot.  Early  Silurian  Brachiopods  from  the  Sub- 
surface of  Southeastern  Nebraska.  Journ.  Paleont.,  vol.  41,  no.  5,  pp. 
1121-1125,  2  text-figs.,  1967. 

Carriker,  M.  R.,  and  E.  L.  Yochelson.  "Recent  Gastropod  Bore  Holes  and 
Ordovician  Cylindrical  Borings."  U.S.  Geol.  Surv.  Prof.  Paper  593— B, 
pp.  B1-B26,  5  pis.,  2  figs.,  1968. 

Cheetham,  A.  H.,  "Paleoclimatic  Significance  of  the  Bryozoan  Metrarabdo- 
tos."  Trans.  Gulf  Coast  Associ.  Geol.  Soc,  vol.  17,  pp.  400-407,  6  text- 
figs.,  1967. 

.     "Morphology  and  Systematics  of  the  Bryozoan  Genus  Metrarabdotos." 

Smithsonian  Misc.  Coll.,  vol.   153,  no.   1,  viii   +    121  pp.,  18  pis.,  24  text- 
figs.,  1968. 

CiFELLi,  R.  "Distributional  Analysis  of  North  Atlantic  Foraminifera  Collected 
in  1961  During  Cruises  17  and  21  of  the  R/V  Chain."  Contr.  Cushman 
Found.  Foram.  Res.,  vol.  18,  no.  3,  pp.  118-127,  1967. 

CiFELLt,  R.,  W.  H.  Blow^,  and  W.  G.  Melson.  "Paleogene  Sediment  from  a 
Fracture  Zone  of  the  Mid-Atlantic  Ridge."  Journ.  Marine  Res.,  vol.  15, 
no.  2,  pp.  105-109,  1968. 

Clarke,  A.  H.,  Jr.,  D.  J.  Stanley,  J.  C.  Medgof,  and  R.  E.  Drinnan.  "An- 1 
cient  Oyster  and  Bay  Scallop  Shells  from  Sable  Island."  Nature,  vol.  215,  | 
pp.  1146-1148,  1967. 

CoNOMOs,  T.  John  and  M.  Grant  Gross.  "Mixing  of  Columbia  River  and 
Ocean  Waters,  Summer."  Pages  486-516  in  P.  L.  McCarty  and  Robert 
Kennedy,  ed.,  Proc.  Nat.  Symposium  on  Estuarine  Pollution,  Stanford, 
Calif.,  23-25  Aug.,  1967. 

Cooper,  G.  Arthur.  "Age  and  Correlation  of  the  Tally  and  Cedar  Valley 
Formation  in  the  United  States."  In  vol.  2  (pp.  701-709)  of  International 
Symposium  on  the  Devonian  System.     Alberta  Soc.  Petrol.  Geol.,  1967. 

Crompton,  a.  W.,  and  Nicholas  Hotton,  III.  "Functional  Morphology  of 
the  Masticatory  Apparatus  of  Two  Dicynodonts  (Reptilia,  Therapsida)." 
Postilla,  no.  109,  pp.  1-51,7  figs.,  1967. 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATION  :     PALEOBIOLOGY  363 

Dane,  C.  H.,  E.  G.  Kauffman,  and  W.  A.  Cobban.     "The  Semilla  Sandstone, 

a  New  Member  of  the  Mancos  Shale,  Eastern  San  Juan  Basin,  New  Mexico." 

U.S.  Geol.  Surv.  Bull.  1254F,  Contr.  to  Stratig.,  25  pp.,  1  pi.  2  figs.,  1968. 
DuTRO,  J.  T.,  Jr.  "Paleontology."  GeoTimes,  vol.  13,  no.  1,  p.  17-18,  1968. 
Finks,   R.   M.      "S.   A.   Millers  Paleozoic   Sponge  Families   of   1889."     Journ. 

Paleont.,  vol.  41,  no.  3,  pp.  803-807. 
.     "The  Structure  of  Saccospongia  laxata  Bassler  (Ordovician)   and  the 

Phylogeny  of  the  Demospongea."     Journ.  Paleont.,  vol.  41,  no.  5,  pp.  1137- 

1149,  5  figs.  2  pis.,  1967. 
.     "Phylum  Porifera."     Pages  333-341,  figs.  9.1,  a,  b,  in  Harland,  W.  B., 

et  al.  (eds.).  The  Fossil  Record,  London,  Geol.  Soc,  1967. 
.     Ed.     Guidebook    to   Field   Excursions   at    the   40th   Annual  Meeting 

of  the  New  York  State  Geological  Association,  May  1968,  254  pp.,  illus., 

1968. 
.     "Taconian  Islands  and  the  Shores  of  Appalachia."      Pages   116-153 


In  Finks,  R.  M.,  ed.  Guidebook  to  field  excursions  at  the  40th  annual  meeting 
of  the  New  York  State  Geological  Association,  1  pi.,  6  text-figs.,  1968. 

Grant,  R.  E.  "Structural  Adaptation  in  Two  Permian  Brachiopod  Genera." 
Journ.  Paleont.,  vol.  42,  no.  1  pp.  1-32,  10  pis.,  21  text-figs.,  1968. 

Grierson,  James  D.,  and  Frances  M.  Hueber.  "Devonian  Lycopods  from 
Northern  New  Brunswick."  In  vol.  2  (pp.  823-836)  of  International  Sym- 
posium on  the  Devonian  System.  Alberta  Soc.  Petrol.  Geol.,  1967. 

Gross,  M,  Grant.  Oceanography.  Columbus,  Ohio:  Charles  E.  Merrill  Books, 
Inc.,  135  pp.,  1967. 

.  "Sinking  Rates  of  Radioactive  Fallout  Particles  in  the  North  East  Pa- 
cific Ocean,  1961-62."     Nature,  vol.  216,  no.  5116,  pp.  670-672,  1967. 

.     "Distribution  and  Movement  of  Radioactive  Continental  Shelf  Sedi- 


ment. Northwestern  United  States."     Proc.  7th  Int.  Sediment.  Congr.,  Ed- 

inbourgh  and  Reading,  3  pp.  (mimeo.)  2  figs.,  1967. 
Gross,  M.  Grant,  Gilbert  Kelling,  J.  W.  Pierce  and  Daniel  J.  Stanley. 

"Sedimentology."      GeoTimes,  vol.  13,  no.  1,  pp.  18-19,  1968. 
Gross,  M.  Grant,  Dean  A.  McManus,  and  Hsin-Yi  Ling.     "Continental  Shelf 

Sediment  Near  the  Columbia  River,  Northwestern  United  States."     Proc. 

7th  Int.  Sediment.  Congr.,  2  pp.  (mimeo),  1  fig.,  1967. 
.     "Continental  Shelf  Sediment,  Northwestern  United  States."     Journ. 

Sediment.  Petrol,  vol.  37,  no.  3,  pp.  790-795,  1967. 
Gross,  M.  Grant,  John  O.  Milliman,  and  Joshua  I.  Tragey,  Jr.     "Mid- 
way and  Kure  Atolls,  Hawaiian  Islands."     Geol.  Soc.  America,   Program 

of  Ann.  Mtg.,  p.  84,  1967. 
Grossman,  Stuart,  and  Richard  H.  Benson.     "Ecology  of  Rhizopodea  and 

Ostracoda  of  Southern  Pamlico  Sound  Region,  North  Carolina."      Univ. 

Kansas  Paleont.  Contr.,  Ecology,  art.  1,  pp.  1-90,  21  pis.,  17  figs.,  1967. 
Gryc,  G.,  J.  T.  DuTRO,  Jr.,  W.  P.  Brosage,  I.  L.  Tailleur,  and  M.  Churkin, 

Jr.      "Devonian  of  Alaska."      In  vol.    1    (pp.    703-716)    of   International 

Symposium   on   the  Devonian   System.     Alberta   Soc.    Petrol.   Geol.,    1967. 
Harper,  C.  W.,  J.  G.  Johnson,  and  A.  J.  Boucot,     "Thet  Phohdostrophiinae 

(Brachiopoda;       Ordovician,       Silurian,       Devonian)."     Senckenbergiana 

Lethaea,  Band  48,  no.  5,  pp.  403-441,  illus.,  1967. 
Harper,  C.  W.,  and  Kenneth  M.  Towe.      "Shell  Structure  of  the  Brachiopod 

Pholidostrophia     (Mesopholidostrophia)     nitens    from     Gotland."     Journ. 

Paleont.,  vol.  41,  no.  5,  pp.  1184-1187,  4  pis.,  1  test-fig.,  1967. 


364  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 

HoTTON,  Nicholas,  III.     "The  Evidence  of  Evolution."     Smithsonian  Library, 

American  Heritage,  1968. 
Huddle,  John  W.     "Redescription  of  Upper  Devonian  Conodont  Genera  and 

Species  Proix)sed  by  Ulrich  and  Bassler  in  1926."     U.S.  Geol.  Surv.  Prof. 

Paper,  no.  578,  55  pp.,  17  pis.,  2  figs.,  1968. 
HuEBER,  Francis  M.     "Psilophyton  princeps:  The  Genus  and  the  Concept." 

In  vol.   2    (pp.   815-822)    of  International  Symposium   on   the  Devonian 

System.     Alberta,  Soc.  Petrol.  Geol.,  1967. 
Imlay,  Ralph  W.      "Twin  Creek  Limestone  (Jurassic)  in  the  Western  Interior 

of  the  United  States."     U.S.  Geol.  Surv.  Prof.  Paper,  no.  540,  105  pp.,  16 

pis.,  18  text-figs.,  12  tables,  1967. 
. .      "Lower   Jurassic    (Pliensbachian    and    Toarcian)     Ammonites    from 

Eastern  Oregon  and  California"     U.S.  Geol.  Surv.  Prof.  Paper,  no.  593-C, 

51  pp.,  8  figs.,  9  pis.,  3  tables,  1968. 
James,  N.  P.,  and  D.  J.  Stanley.     "Sediment  Transport  on  Sable  Island,  Nova 

Scotia."     Smithsonian  Misc.  Coll.,  vol.  152,  no.  7,  33  pp.,  1967. 
Johnson,  J.  G.,  and  A.  J.  Boucot.     "Gracianella,  a  New  Late  Silurian  Genus  of 

Atrypoid  Brachiopods."     Journ.  Paleont.,  vol.  41,  no.  4,  pp.  868-873,  2  pis., 

1  text-fig.,  1967. 
Johnson,  J.  G.,  A.  J.  Boucot,  and  M.  A.  Murphy.     "Lower  Devonian  Faunal 

succession  in  Central  Nevada."     In  vol.  2   (pp.  679-691)   of  International 

Symposium  on  the  Devonian  System.     Alberta  Soc.   Petrol.  Geol.,  vol.   2, 

1967. 
Kellogg,   Remington.     Fossil  Marine  Mammals  from   the  Miocene   Calvert 

Formation  of  Maryland  and  Virginia.     Part  5 :  "Calvert  Miocene  Mysticetes 

Described  by  Cope"   (pp.   103-132,  figs.  39-52,  pis.  46-48);  part  6:    "A 

Hitherto  Unrecognized  Calvert  Cetothere"   (pp.  133-161,  figs.  53-73,  pis. 

49-57);  part  7:    "A  Sharp-Nosed  Setothere  from  the  Miocene  Calvert" 

(pp.  163-173,  figs.  74-76,  pis.  58-63)  ;  part  8:  "Supplement  to  Description 

oi  Parietobalaena  palmeri"  (pp.  175-201,  figs.  77-98,  pis.  64-67).  (U.S.  Nat. 

Mus.  Bull.  247),  pts.  5-8,  12  June  1968. 
KiER,  Porter  M.     "Revision  of  the  Oligopygoid  Echinoids."     Smithsonian  Misc. 

Coll.,  vol.  152,  no.  2,  149  pp.,  36  pis.,  50  text-figs.,  13  October  1967. 
.      "Sexual  Dimorphism  in  an  Eocene  Echinoid."     Journ.  Paleont.,  vol. 

41,  no.  4,  pp.  988-993,  2  pis.,  3  text-figs.,  1967. 
Ladd,  Harry  S.     "Fossil  Land  Snail  from  Funafuti,  Ellice  Islands."     Journ. 

Paleont.,  vol.  42,  no.  3,  p.  875,  3  text-figs.,  1968. 
Lane,   N.   Gary.     "Revision  of   Suborder  Cyathocrinina    (Class   Crinoidea)." 

U.  Kansas  Paleont.  Contr.  Paper,  no.  24,  13  pp.,  7  figs.,  1967. 
Lane,  N.  Gary  and  G.  D.  Webster.     "Symmetry  Planes  of  Paleozoic  Crinoids." 

U.  Kansas  Paleont.  Contr.  Paper,  no.  25,  3  pp.,  1  fig.,  1967. 
Lipps,  Lewis,  and  Clayton  E.  Ray.     The  Pleistocene  Fossiliferous  Deposit  at 

Ladds,  Bartow  County,  Georgia."     Bull.  Georgia  Acad.  Sci.,  vol.  25,  no.  3, 

pp.  113-119,  2  figs.,  1967. 
Mamay,  S.  H.     "Lower  Permian  Plants  from  the  Arroyo  Formation  in  Baylor 

County,  North-Central  Texas."     Geol.  Surv.  Research,  Chapter  C,   U.S. 

Geol.  Surv.  Prof.  Paper,  no.  575-C,  pp.  C120-C126,  1967. 
Medioli,  F.,  D.  J.  Stanley,  and  N.  James.     "The  Physical  Influence  of  a 

'Paleosol'  on  the  Morphology  and  Preservation  of  Sable  Island,  off  the  Coast 

of  Nova  Scotia."      Pages  246-259  in  "Quaternary  Soils,"  edit.  R.  B.  Morri- 
son and  H.  E.  Wright,  Proc.   VII  Congr.  INQUA,  vol.  9   1967),   1968. 

Denver,  Colo.,  1968. 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATION:    PALEOBIOLOGY  365 

Mello,  James  F.  and  M.  A.  Buzas.  "An  Application  of  Cluster  Analysis  as  a 
Method  of  Determining  Biofacies."  Journ.  Paleont.,  vol.  42,  no.  3,  pp.  747- 
758,  6  text-figs.,  1968. 

Morse,  Betty-Ann,  M.  Grant  Gross,  and  Clifford  A.  Barnes.  "Movement 
of  Seabed  Drifters  Near  the  Columbia  River."  Journ.  of  the  Waterways 
and  Harbors  Div.  Proc.  Amer.  Soc.  Civil  Engineers,  vol.  94,  no.  WWl, 
pp.  93-103,  1968. 

Oliver,  W.  A.,  Jr.  "Stratigraphy  of  the  Bois  Blank  Formation  in  New  York." 
U.S.  Geol.  Surv.  Prof.  Paper,  no.  584-A.  pp.  1-8,  1967. 

.     "Succession  of  Rugose  Coral  Assemblages  in  the  Lower  and  Middle 

Devonian  of  Eastern  North  America."  In  vol.  2  (pp.  733-744)  oi  Interna- 
tional Symposium  on  the  Devonian  System.  Alberta  Soc.  Petrol.  Geol., 
1967. 

Oliver,  W.  A.,  Jr.,  Wallace,  deWitt,  Jr.,  J.  M.  Dennison,  D.  M.  Hoskins, 
and  J.  W.  Huddle.  "Devonian  of  Appalachian  Basin,  United  States."  In 
vol.  1  (pp.  1001—1040)  of  International  Symposium  on  the  Devonian  Sys- 
tem.    Alberta  Soc.  Petrol.  Geol.,  1968. 

Olsson,  Axel  A.  "Some  Tertiary  Mollusks  from  South  Florida  and  the 
Caribbean."     Bull.  American  Paleont.,  Spec.  Pub.,  61  pp.,  9  pis.,  1967. 

.     "Pustularias  (Jenneria)  in  the  American  Neogene."     Notulae  Naturae, 

no.  403,  Acad.  Nat.  Sci.  Philadelphia,  13  pp.,  2  pis.,  1967. 

.     "A  Review  of  Late  Cenozoic  Stratigraphy  of  Southern  Florida.     In 


Late  Cenozoic  Stratigraphy  of  Southern  Florida— A  Reappraisal,  2nd  Ann. 

Field  Trip  of  Miami  Geol.  Soc,  pp.  66-82,  2  pis.,  1  fig.,  1968. 
Pierce,  J.  W.,  and  W.  G.  Melson.      "Dolomite  from  the  Continental  Slope  ofl 

Southern  California."     Journ.  Sediment.  Petrol.,  vol.  37,  pp.  963-966,  1967. 
Purnell,  Louis  R.      Catalog  of  the  Type  Specimens  of  Invertebrate  Fossils, 

Part  I:  Paleozoic  Cephalopoda.      (U.S.  Nat.  Mus.  Bull.  262),  198  pp.,  I  fig., 

1968. 
RasettIj  Franco.      "Lower  and  Middle  Cambrian  Trilobite  Faunas  from  the 

Taconic  Sequence  of  New  York."     Smithsonian  Misc.  Coll.,  vol.  152,  no.  4, 

111  pp.,  14  pis.,  1967. 
Ray,  Clayton  E.      "Pleistocene  Mammals  from  Ladds,  Bartow  County,  Georgia." 

Bull.  Georgia  Acad.  Sci.,  vol.  25,  no.  3,  pp.  120-150,  5  figs.,  9  tables,  1967. 
Roberts,  W.  P.,  and  J.  W.  Pierce.      "Outcrop  of  the  Yorktown  Formation  (Up- 
per Miocene)  in  Onslow  Bay,  North  Carolina."     Southeastern  Geol.,  vol.  8, 

pp.  131-138,1967. 
RoBisoN,  Richard  A.,  and  Jerges  Panto ja-Alor.      "Tremadocian  Trilobites 

from   the   Mochixtlan  Region,   Oaxaca,  Mexico."   Jour.  Paleont.,  vol.   42, 

no.  3,  pp.  767-800,  8  pis.,  4  text-figs.,  1968. 
Sanberg,  Charles  A.,  William  J.  Mapel,  and  John  W.  Huddle.     "Age  and 

Regional   Significance   of   Basal    Part   of   Milligen   Formation,   Lost   River 

Range,  Idaho."     Pages  C127-C131,  in  Geological  Survey  Research   1967. 

U.S.  Geol.  Surv.  Prof.  Paper,  no.  575-C,  2  figs.,  1967. 
Schlee,  J.,  and  A.  H.  Cheetham.      "Rocks  of  Eocene  Age  on  Fippennies  Ledge, 

Gulf  of  Maine."     Geol.  Soc.  America  Bull.,  vol.  78,  pp.  681-684,   1   fig., 

1967. 
SiEGEL,  F.  R.,  J.  W.  Pierce,  C.  M.  Urien,  and  I.  C.  Stone,  Jr.     "Clay  Min- 
eralogy in  the  Estuary  of  the  Rio  de  la  Plata,  South  America."      23rd  Int. 

Geol.  Cong.,  vol.  8,  9  pp.,  1968. 


366  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 

SiEGEL,  F.  R.,  J.  P.  Mills,  and  J.  W.  Pierce.  "Aspectos  Petrograficos  y  Geo- 
quimicos  de  Espeleotemas  de  Opala  y  Calcita  de  la  Cueva  de  la  Bruja,  Men- 
doza,  Republica  Argentina."  Revista  de  la  Asoc.  Geol.  Argentina,  vol.  23, 
pp.  5-19,  1968. 

SmitHj  Roberta  K.  "Ignition  and  Filter  Methods  of  Concentrating  Shelled 
Organisms."     Journ.  Paleont.,  vol.  41,  no.  5,  pp.  1288-1291,  1967. 

Smith,  Roberta  K.  "An  Intertidal  Marginopora  Colony  in  Suva  Harbor,  Fiji." 
Contr.  Cushman  Found.  For  am.  Res.,  vol.  xix,  pt.  1,  pp.  12-17,  1  text-fig., 
1968. 

SoHL,  Norman  F.  "Upper  Cretaceous  Gastropod  Assemblages  of  the  Western i 
Interior  of  the  United  States."  Pages  1-37,  9  text-figs.,  in  A  Symposium  onn 
Paleoenvironments  of  the  Cretaceous  Seaway  in  the  Western  Interior. 
Colorado  School  of  Mines,  1967. 

SoHL,  Norman  F.,  J.  P.  Owens,  and  J.  P.  Minard.  "Cretaceous  Deltas  in  the- 
Northern  New  Jersey  Coastal  Plain."  Pages  33-48,  13  text-figs..  In  Guide- 
book of  New  York  State  Geol.  Assoc.  40th  Ann.  Meeting,  1968. 

Stanley,  D.  J.  "Comparing  Patterns  of  Sedimentation  in  Some  Modern  and 
Ancient  Submarine  Canyons."  Earth  and  Planetary  Sci.  Letters,  vol.  3,  pp. 
371-380,  1968. 

Stanley,  D.  J.,  and  L.  R.  Blanchard.  "Scanning  of  Long  Unsplit  Cores  by 
X-Radiography."     Deep-Sea  Research,  vol.  14,  pp.  379-380,  1967. 

Stanley,  D.  J.,  and  A.  E.  Cok.  "Sediment  Transport  by  Ice  on  the  Nova 
Scotian  Shelf."  In  "Ocean  Sciences  and  Engineering  of  the  Atlantic 
Shelf."  Trans.  Marine  Tech.  Soc,  pp.  109-125,  1968. 

Stanley,  D.  J.,  and  G.  Kelling.  "Sedimentation  Patterns  in  the  Wilmington 
Submarine  Canyon  Area."  In  "Ocean  Sciences  and  Engineering  of  the 
Atlantic  Shelf."  Trans.  Marine  Tech.  Sac,  pp.  127-142,  1968. 

Stanley,  D.  J.,  and  E.  Mutti.  "Sedimentological  Evidence  for  an  Emerged 
Land  Mass  in  the  Ligurian  Sea  During  the  Paleocene."  Nature,  vol.  218, 
pp.  32-36,  1968. 

Stanley,  D.  J.,  and  D.  J.  P.  Swift.  "Bermuda's  Southern  Aeolianite  Reef 
Tract."     Science,  vol.  157,  pp.  677-681,  1967. 

Stanley,  D.  J.,  D.  J.  P.  Swift,  and  H.  G.  Richards.  "Fossiliferous  Concretions 
on  Georges  Bank."     Journ.  Sediment.  Petrol.,  vol.  37,  pp.  1070-1083,  1967. 

Towe,  Kenneth  M.  "Wall  Structure  and  Cementation  in  Haplophragmoides 
canariensis."  Contr.  Cushman  Found.  Foram.  Res.,  vol.  18,  pp.  147-151, 
1967. 

.     "Echinoderm  Calcite:    Single  Crystal  or  Polycrystalline  Aggregate?" 

Science,  vol.  157,  pp.  1048-1050,  1967. 

TowE,  Kenneth  M.,  and  W.  F.  Bradley.  "Mineralogical  Constitution  of  Col- 
loidal Hydrous  Ferric  Oxides."  Journ.  Colliod  and  Interface  Sci.,  vol.  24, 
pp.  384-392,  1967. 

TowE,  Kenneth  M.,  and  George  H.  Hamilton.  "Ultrastructure  and  In- 
ferred Calcification  of  the  Mature  and  Developing  Nacre  in  Bivalve  Mol- 
lusks."     Calc.  Tiss.  Res.,  vol.  1,  pp.  306-318,  16  figs.,  1968. 

.     "Ultramicrotome-Induced  Deformation  Artifacts  in  Densely  Calcified 

Material."     Journ.  Ultras.  Res.,  vol.  22,  pp.  274-281,  1968. 

Webster,  G.  D.,  and  N.  Gary  Lane.  "Additional  Permian  Crinoids  from 
Southern  Nevada."  Univ.  of  Kansas  Paleont.  Contr.,  paper  27,  32  pp., 
8  pis.,  1967. 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATION:     VERTEBRATE    ZOOLOGY  367 

YocHELsoN,  E.   L.     "Charles  Doolittle   Walcott,    1850-1927 — A   Biographical 

Memoir."     Nat.  Acad.  Sci.,  Biographical  Memoirs,  vol.  39,  pp.  471-540, 

1967. 
.      "Biostratigraphy    of     the     Phosphoria,     Park    City,     and     Shedhom 

Formations  with  a  Section  on  Fish  by  D.  H.  VanSickle."      U.S.  Geol.  Surv. 

Prof.  Paper,  no.  313-D,  pp.  571-660,  12  figs.,  5  tables,  1968. 
.      "Mattheva."     Pages  266-267,   2   figs.,  in  McGraw-Hill  Yearbook  of 


Science  and  Technology.     New  York:    McGraw-Hill  Book  Co.,   1968. 
.      "On  the  Nature   of   Polylopia."      U.S.   Geol.  Surv.  Prof.  Paper,  no. 

593-F,  pp.  F1-F7,  1  pi.,  1968. 
.     "Tremadocian  MoUusks  from  the  Nochixtlan  Region,  Osaca,  Mexico." 


Journ.  Paleont.,  vol.  42,  no.  3,  pp.  801-803,  1  text-fig.,  1968. 

YocHELsoN,  E.  L.,  and  B.  W.  Saunders.  "Bibliographic  Index  of  North  Ameri- 
can Late  Paleozoic  Hyolitha,  Amphineura,  Scaphopoda  and  Gastrop>oda." 
U.S.  Geol.  Surv.  Bull,  no.  1210,  271  pp.,  1968. 

YocHELsoN,  E.  L.,  J.  S.  White,  Jr.,  and  Mackenzie  Gordon,  Jr.  "Aragonite 
and  Calcite  in  Mollusks  from  the  Pennsylvanian  Kendrick  Shale  (of  Jillson) 
in  Kentucky."  Pages  D76-D78,  in  "Geological  Survey  Research  1967."  U.S. 
Geol.  Surv.  Prof.  Paper,  no.  575-D,  1967. 

VERTEBRATE  ZOOLOGY 

The  department  of  vertebrate  zoology  has  experienced  some  major 
changes  in  personnel  this  year.  In  August  Philip  S.  Humphrey  resigned 
as  chairman  to  become  Director  of  the  Museum  of  Natural  History  and 
chairman  of  the  department  of  zoology  at  the  University  of  Kansas. 
He  continues,  however,  as  special  advisor  to  the  Director,  and  as  prin- 
cipal investigator  of  the  Pacific  Ocean  Biological  Survey  Program. 
Humphrey  was  replaced  as  chairman  by  George  E.  Watson,  who  in 
turn  was  replaced  as  supervisor  of  the  division  of  birds  by  Richard  L. 
Zusi. 

The  department  was  saddened  by  two  deaths  this  year.  Herbert  G. 
Deignan,  curator  emeritus  of  birds,  died  in  Switzerland  while  he  was 
still  working  on  manuscripts  for  the  Checklist  of  Birds  of  tfie  World. 
In  May,  curator  Doris  M.  Cochran  died  just  as  her  manuscript  on  Co- 
lombian frogs  was  in  the  final  stages  of  editing  and  preparation  for 
the  printer. 

The  main  orientation  of  research  in  the  department  is  towards  sys- 
tematics,  but  the  advanced  state  of  our  taxonomic  knowledge  of  mam- 
mals, birds,  reptiles,  amphibians,  and  fishes  also  permits  sophisticated 
ecological,  biogeographic  and  behavioral  approaches  to  systematic  prob- 
lems in  these  groups. 

Accelerating  intense  interest  in  the  evolution  of  man  and  in  bio- 
medical research  with  primates  has  led  the  department  to  initiate  a 
primate  biology  program.  Curator  John  R.  Napier,  formerly  of  the 
University  of  London,  spent  much  of  his  first  six  months  as  the  director 


368  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 

of  the  Smithsonian's  primatology  program  traveUng  widely  about  the 
United  States  in  order  to  make  known  the  existence  of  the  program,  to 
determine  the  fields  of  research  with  which  it  should  be  concerned,  and 
to  explore  the  possibilities  of  cooperative  projects  with  major  universi- 
ties. He  visited  five  of  the  regional  primate  research  centers,  the  major 
museums  with  large  collections  of  primates  and  universities  with  spe- 
cial interest  in  primate  biology.  The  results  of  these  visits  were  incorpo- 
rated in  a  major  program  statement,  "Prospects  in  Primate  Biology," 
published  in  April.  Napier  also  spent  two  weeks  in  England  in  the  spring 
negotiating  for  an  academic  affiliation  of  the  London-based  portion 
of  the  program.  Between  trips  he  continued  his  researches  into  the 
evolution  of  primate  locomotion  and,  in  collaboration  with  his  wife, 
Prudence,  into  the  feasibility  of  using  reflectance  spectrophotometry  for 
studying  the  coat  colors  of  monkeys.  His  Handbook  of  Living  Primates, 
co-authored  with  Mrs.  Napier,  appeared  late  in  1967. 

The  main  emphasis  of  field  research  in  the  department  has  been  on 
large-scale  ecological  and  faunal  surveys  of  mammals,  birds,  and  fishes 
in  Latin  America,  Africa,  the  eastern  Mediterranean,  central  Pacific 
Ocean,  and  off  Bermuda.  Some  of  these  have  had  medical  ramifications. 

The  collecting  phase  of  the  three-year-old  biomedical  survey  of  the  , 
mammals  of  Venezuela  by  curator  Charles  O.  Handley,  Jr.,  is  almost^ 
complete.  Two  field  parties  concentrated  efforts  in  the  western  part  of 
the  country,  including  the  Merida  Andes,  an  area  of  local  differentiation 
never  before  surveyed  for  mammals;  the  Sierra  de  Perija;  Paramo  de 
Tama ;  and  the  Maracaibo  lowlands.  Collation  of  ecological  data  of  his 
earlier  collections  from  Panama  led  to  completion  of  a  manuscript  by 
his  assistant,  Theodore  Fleming,  on  the  distribution,  ecology  and  popu- 
lation dynamics  of  the  marsupials  of  the  Canal  Zone.  Handley  alsoa 
spent  six  weeks  in  Belem,  Brazil,  in  February  and  March  studying  the 
ecology  and  population  dynamics  of  bats  through  high  netting  and  band- 
ing in  a  freshwater  swamp.  About  700  bats  marked  in  this  period 
yielded  enough  recaptures  to  permit  a  reasonably  reliable  estimate  of 
the  vertical  stratification  of  the  bat  fauna. 

Field  units  of  associate  curator  Henry  W.  Setzer's  African  mammal  I 
project  collected  specimens  of  vertebrate  hosts  and  their  parasites  in 
Ghana,  Togo,  and  Dahomey,  and  Setzer  spent  a  month  in  South  Africa 
to  begin  a  survey  of  the  Orange  and  Fish  River  basins  in  cooperation 
with  the  South  African  Institute  for  Medical  Research  and  the  Council 
for  Scientific  and  Industrial  Research. 

George  E.  Watson's  Palearctic  migratory  bird  survey  operated  mainly 
in  Cyprus  after  leaving  Cairo  last  June.  Under  the  field  direction  of  John 
P.  Hubbard,  almost  14,000  birds  were  marked  with  British  Trust  for 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATION:    VERTEBRATE    ZOOLOGY  369 

Ornithology  and  other  bands  in  the  Middle  East.  Over  2,500  blood 
serum  samples  collected  in  the  field  have  been  analyzed  in  the  virus 
laboratory  at  Yale  University  and  active  viremia  of  four  difTerent  sero- 
types has  been  found  in  42  blood  samples  from  Egypt  and  Cyprus,  mostly 
in  fall-collected  birds. 

Field  teams  from  the  Pacific  Ocean  Biological  Survey  Program  con- 
tinued bird  population  and  banding  studies  on  the  Hawaiian  Islands, 
other  central  Pacific  islands  and  islands  ofT  the  western  coast  of  Mexico, 
as  well  as  sea  observations  on  board  eastropac  vessels  in  the  eastern 
Pacific  Ocean.  Approximately  200,000  birds  were  banded  and  another 
50,000  birds  which  had  been  previously  banded  were  retrapped.  Final 
programing  and  print-outs  have  been  completed  for  processing  data  on 
pelagic  bird  observations;  editing  of  the  observations  is  almost  finished 
and  the  majority  of  them  are  now  on  tape. 

Two  scientists  are  studying  biogeographic  faunal  comparisons.  Cura- 
tor James  A.  Peters  used  time-share  computer  techniques  in  comparing 
large  numbers  of  faunal  samples  from  single  localities  or  seine  hauls  to 
determine  the  degree  of  faunal  similarity.  First,  each  locality  sample  is 
compared  with  all  other  such  samples  to  form  a  matrix  of  comparative 
values.  Each  set  of  comparisons  for  a  single  locality  is  ranked  in  a  table 
according  to  coefficient  value.  Each  rank  is  then  simultaneously  com- 
pared with  all  other  rankings  to  give  an  indication  of  the  degree  of 
faunal  identity  between  any  two  locality  samples  when  compared  against 
all  other  localities.  The  method  and  its  underlying  hypothesis  were  tested 
against  data  on  fish  collections  from  the  eastern  Pacific  Ocean.  The  test 
proved  so  successful  that  the  route  of  the  ship  could  be  predicted  solely 
on  the  basis  of  the  faunal  similarity  of  samples.  Tests  were  also  run  on 
'fishes  from  an  Atlantic  Ocean  transect  cruise  and  on  the  herpetofauna  of 
small  islands  off  Puerto  Rico. 

Associate  curator  Paul  Slud  also  was  concerned  with  the  theory  of 
numerical  or  graphic  comparisons  of  faunas.  He  concentrated  on  devel- 
oping sampling  procedures  to  compare  the  taxonomic  and  ecological  dis- 
tribution of  neotropical  birds.  His  one-month  exploratory  trip  to  the 
Amazon  valley  during  February  and  March  resulted  in  a  tentative  choice 
of  two  sites  for  comprehensive  field  studies  next  year. 

Life  history  and  behavioral  information  provides  valuable  characters 
to  be  used  in  systematic  and  ecological  studies  of  vertebrates.  Curator 
Ernest  A.  Lachner  began  a  sabbatical  year  in  April  in  the  southeastern 
United  States  studying  reproductive  behavior  patterns  in  stream  min- 
nows of  the  chub  genus  Nocomis.  He  co-authored  with  Robert  E.  Jen- 
kins a  systematic  paper  on  the  chubs  of  the  southwestern  Ohio  River 
basin.  Leonard  Schultz  continued  field  investigations  and  published  pa- 


370  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 

pers  on  the  biology  of  sea  nettles  in  the  Chesapeake  and  the  Ufe  history 
of  a  nudibranch  predator  on  jellyfish  polyps. 

Curator  Victor  G.  Springer  spent  one  and  a  half  months  in  Taiwan 
collecting  blennies  for  his  extensive  revisionary  studies  of  blennoid  fishes. 

Curator  Richard  L.  Zusi  went  to  Churchill  on  Hudson's  Bay  in  June 
and  July  to  observe  and  photograph  shorebirds  as  part  of  his  anatomical 
studies  of  skull  morphology  of  the  Charadriiformes.  He  also  spent  an- 
other three  weeks  in  Dominica  studying  the  niche  relationships  of  the 
Lesser  Antillean  forest  trembler  Cinclocerthia  ruficauda  as  part  of  an 
anatomical  study  of  the  genus.  He  completed  a  manuscript  with  Joe  T. 
Marshall,  Jr.,  on  the  habits  and  anatomy  of  a  sap-feeding  woodpecker 
Dendrocopos  hyperythrus  from  Thailand  that  proves  to  be  convergent 
with  North  American  sapsuckers. 

Based  on  his  many  years  of  field  work  in  the  country,  Alexander  Wet- 
more  completed  the  manuscript  for  a  second  volume  in  his  four-volume 
account  of  The  Birds  of  the  Republic  of  Panama.  The  last  three  volumes 
of  the  multi-authored  Life  Histories  of  North  American  Birds  covering 
the  finches  appeared  24  May,  fittingly  on  the  birthday  of  the  editor, 
research  associate  Oliver  L.  Austin,  Jr. 

S.  Dillon  Ripley  and  his  research  assistant,  Michel  DesFayes,  in  collab- 
oration with  Salim  Ali  in  Bombay,  completed  and  sent  to  press  volume 
1  of  the  Handbook  of  Indian  Birds. 

Smithsonian  identification  manuals  and  catalogues  of  animals  from 
little-known  areas  of  the  world  stimulate  further  field  research  into  nat- 
ural history.  Four  major  projects  are  underway  in  the  department.  Wat- 
son, J.  Phillip  Angle,  and  Peter  C.  Harper  sent  a  first  draft  of  the  species 
section  and  maps  for  a  manual  on  Antarctic  birds  to  colleagues  for 
criticism.  James  Peters,  in  collaboration  with  two  Latin  American  her- 
petologists,  Roberto  Donoso-Barros  of  Chile  and  Braulio  Orejas-Mir- 
anda  of  Uruguay,  have  nearly  completed  an  IBP-sponsored  project,  the 
"Catalogue  of  Neotropical  Squamata,"  which  will  facilitate  identifica- 
tion of  snakes  and  lizards  in  the  field. 

Units  of  the  Navy  concerned  with  the  health  of  troops  in  Southeast 
Asia  are  attached  to  the  department  to  produce  field  guides  to  the  snakes 
and  mammals  of  Vietnam.  Simon  Campden-Main  is  collaborating  with 
Peters  on  the  snake  guide  and  Paul  F.  Ryan  and  Thomas  J.  Mclntyre 
are  at  work  in  the  division  of  mammals  producing  the  mammal  guide. 

Henry  Setzer  has  completed  a  key  to  the  rodent  genus  Acomys  for  the 
Preliminary  Identification  Manual  for  African  Mammals,  a  project  of 
the  International  Biological  Program  centered  at  the  Smithsonian,  but 
with  contributing  authors  from  over  the  world. 

Several  other  systematic  studies  of  vertebrates  are  under  way  in  the 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATION:     VERTEBRATE    ZOOLOGY  371 

department.  Curators  Stanley  H.  Weitzman  and  Robert  H.  Gibbs,  Jr., 
and  their  collaborators  have  worked  on  stomiatoid  fishes  for  several 
years  and  the  results  were  published  in  several  papers  this  year.  Weitz- 
man has  almost  completed  a  large  manuscript  on  the  interrelationships 
of  the  oceanic  hatchetfishes  Stemoptychidae  and  the  oceanic  light- 
fishes  Gonostomatidae.  Gibbs  has  completed  manuscripts  on  the  stomia- 
toids  of  transect  cruises  in  the  Indian  Ocean  and  off  Central  America. 
He  has  also  nearly  finished  the  revision  of  the  families  Stomiatidae  and 
Astronesthidae.  Associate  curator  W.  Ralph  Taylor  has  in  press  his  large 
revisionary  monograph  on  the  eastern  North  American  catfish  genus 
Noturus  and  is  continuing  studies  of  marine  catfishes. 

Setzer  has  almost  completed  work  on  the  African  rodent  genus 
Desmodilliscus  and  continues  work  on  the  bats  of  Kenya  with  Bruce  J. 
Hayward  and  Russell  E,  Mumford.  Handley  worked  on  the  systematics 
and  variation  of  the  pocket  gopher  Geomys  pinetis  with  Wilson  Baker. 
Alphonse  Hoge  of  Brazil  worked  in  the  division  of  reptiles  and  amphib- 
ians on  a  National  Institutes  of  Health  grant  to  conduct  systematic  re- 
I  search  on  venoms  of  vipers  of  Asia.  Werner  Bokermann,  a  Guggenheim 
'fellow,  studied  Brazilian  amphibians  in  the  same  division.  Stewart 
Springer,  Bureau  of  Commercial  Fisheries,  continued  his  long-range 
taxonomic  studies  of  sharks  of  the  family  Scyliorhinidae,  participating  in 
a  cruise  of  the  Oregon  II  at  the  mouth  of  the  Missouri  River. 

Staff  Publications 

(Papers,  lectures,  and  seminars  given  by  members  of  the  staff  are  listed  on 

page  401.) 

Aldrich,  John   W.     "Populational  Characteristics  and  Nomenclature  of  the 
Hermit  Thrush."     Proc.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  124,  no.  3637,  33  pp.,  1968. 
.     "In  Memoriam:  Harry  Church  Oberholser."  Auk,  vol.  85,  pp.  24-29, 


1968. 

Banks,    Richard   C.     "A    New    Insular    Subspecies    of    Spiny    Pocket    Mouse 
(Mammalia:  Rodentia)."     Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Washington,  vol.  80,  pp.  101- 
104,  1967. 
.     "Birds  and  Mammals  of  La  Laguna,  Baja  California."     Trans.  San 


Diego  Soc.  Nat.  Hist.,  vol.  14,  pp.  205-232,  1967. 
Banks,  Richard  C,  and  Roxie  C.  Laybourne.     "The  Red-Whiskered  Bulbul 

in  Florida."     Auk,  vol.  85,  p.  141,  1968. 
Barnett,  Michael  A.,  and  Robert  H.  Gibbs,  Jr.     "Validity  of  the  Stomiatoid 

Fish  Species  Bathophilus  flemingi  and  B.  indicus."     Copeia,  no.  4,  pp.  197- 

198,  1968. 
Gampden-Main,  Simon,  and  Thomas  MgIntyre.     "Snakebite  in  Vietnam." 

Army  Digest,  pp.  42-44,  November  1967. 
Clapp,  Roger  B.     "Three   Unusual   Shorebirds   from   Midway  Atoll,    Pacific 

Ocean."     Elepaio,  vol.  28,  no.  9,  March  1968. 


372  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 

Clapp,  Roger  B.,  and  P.  Woodward.  "New  Records  of  Birds  from  the  Hawai- 
ian Leeward  Islands."  Proc.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  124,  no.  3640,  39  pp., 
1968. 

CoCHRANj  Doris  M.  "Taxonomy  and  Distribution  of  Arrow-Poison  Frogs  in 
Colombia."     Mem.  Inst.  Butantan,  vol.  33,  no.  1,  pp.  61-65,  1967. 

Cohen,  Daniel,  M.,  and  Jorgen  Nielsen.  "Redescription  of  Bellottia  apoda 
Giglioli,  1883  (Pisces:  Ophidioidea) ."  Proc.  Linn.  Soc.  London,  vol.  179, 
pp.  99-106,  January  1968. 

.     "The  Cyclopterid  Genus  Paraliparis,  a  Senior  Synonym  of  Gymnoly- 

codes  and  Eutelichthys,  with  the  Description  of  a  New  Species  from  the 
Gulf  of  Mexico."     Copeia,  no.  2,  pp.  384-388,  1968. 

CollettEj  Bruce  B.  "Further  Comments  on  Suppression  of  Some  Names  in 
the  Family  Belonidae  (Pisces)."  Bull.  Zool.  Nomencl.,  vol.  24,  part  4, 
pp.  196-199,  September  1967. 

.  "Request  for  a  Ruling  to  Correct  Homonymy  in  Names  of  the  Family- 
Groups  Based  on  Plethodus  (Pisces)  and  Plethodon  (Caudata)."  Bull. 
Zool.  Nomencl.,  vol.  24,  part  4,  p.  252-254,  September  1967. 

.     "The  Taxonomic  History  of  the  Darters  (Percidae:  Etheostomatini)." 

Copeia,  no.  4,  pp.  814-819,  December  1967. 

"Daector  schmitti,  a  New  Species  of  Venomous  Toadfish  from  the 


Pacific  Coast  of  Central  America."     Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Washington,  vol.  81, 

pp.  155-160,  April  1968. 
Donoso-Barros,  Roberto.     "Contribucion  al  conocimiento  de  los  Cocodrilos 

de  Venezuela"   [conclusion].     Physis,  vol.  26,  no.  72,  pp.  263-274,  1967. 
.     "Diagnosis  de  dos  nuevas  especies  del  genero  Gonatodes  de  Venezuela." 

Notic.  Mens.  Mus.  Nac.  Hist.  Nat.  Chile,  vol.  9,  no.  129  [unnumbered  page]. 

1967. 
Friedmann,  Herbert.     "Alloxenia  in  the  Three  Synpatric  African  Species  of 

Cuculus."     Proc.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  124,  no.  3633,  14  pp.,  1967. 
.     "Additional  Data  on  Brood  Parasitism  in  the  Honey-Guides."     Proc. 

U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol  124,  no.  3648,  8  pp.,  1968. 
.     "Parallel  Evolution  in  the  Small  Species  of  Indicator  (Aves)."     Proc. 

U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,vol.  125,  no.  3655,  10  pp.,  1968. 
.     The  Evolutionary  History  of  the  Avian  Genus  Chrysococcyx.      (U.S. 


Nat.  Mus.  Bull.  265),  137  pp.,  1968. 
GiBBS,  Robert  H.,  Jr.,  and  Barbara  A.  Hurwitz.     "Systematics  and  Zoogeog- 
raphy of  the  Stomiatoid  Fishes,  Chauliodus  pammelas  and  C.  sloani,  of  the 

Indian  Ocean."      Copeia,  no.  4,  pp.  798—805,  December  1967. 
GouLD^  P.  J.     "Records  of  Four  Species  of  Pterodroma  from  the  Central  Pacific 

Ocean."     Auk,  vol.  84,  no.  4,  pp.  591-594,  October  1967. 
Greenhall,  Arthur  M.     "Notes  on  the  Behavior  of  the  False  Vampire  Bat." 

Journ.  Mammalogy,  vol.  49,  no.  2,  pp.  337-340,  May  1968. 
Greenwood,  P.  H.,  G.  S.  Myers,  D.  E.  Rosen,  and  S.  H.  Weitzman.     "Named 

Main  Divisions  of  Teleostean  Fishes."     Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Washington,  vol.  80, 

pp.  227-228,  1967. 
Guilday,  J.  E.,  and  Charles  O.  Handley,  Jr.     "A  New  Peromycsus  (Roden- 

tia:   Cricetidae)   from  the  Pleistocene  of  Maryland."     Annals  of  Carnegie 

Museum,  vol.  39,  art.  6,  pp.  91-103,  November  1967. 
Handley,  Charles  O.,  Jr.     "Bats  of  the  Canopy  of  an  Amazonian  Forest." 

Atas  do  Simposio  Sobre  a  Biota  Amazonica,  Rio  de  Janeiro,  vol.  5   (Zool- 

ogica),  pp.  211-215,  1967. 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATION:    VERTEBRATE    ZOOLOGY  373 

HuBER,  L.,  and  R.  Heiden.     "Note:  Bird  Observations  Near  Oahu."     Elepaio, 

vol.  27,  1967. 
Kepler,  C.     "Polynesian  Rat  Predation  upon  Nesting  Laysan  Albatross  and 

Other  Pacific  Seabirds."     Auk,  vol.  84,  no.  3,  pp.  426-430,  July   1967. 
King,  W.  B.  and  P.  J.  Gould.     "The  Status  of  Newell's  Shearwater,  Puffinus 

puffinus  newelli  Henshaw."     The  Living  Bird,  vol.  6,  pp.  163-186,  Novem- 
ber 1967. 

King,  W.  B.,  P.  J.  Gould,  and  George  E.  Watson.     "An  Application  of  Auto- 
matic Data  Processing  to  the  Study  of  Seabirds,  I:    Numerical  Coding." 

Ptoc.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  123,  no.  3609,  29  pp.,  1967. 
Lachner,  Ernest  A.,  and  Robert  E.  Jenkins.     "Systematics,  Distribution  and 

Evolution  of  the  Chub  Genus  Nocomis  (Cyprinidae)   in  the  Southwestern 

Ohio  River  Basin,  with  a  Description  of  a  New  Species."     Copeia,  no.  3, 

pp. 557-580,  1967. 
Lachner,  Ernest  A.,  Martin  L.  Wiley,  and  Robert  E.  Jenkins.     "Natural 

Interspecific  Hybrids  in  the  Cyprinid  Genus  Nocomis  [abstract]."     Abstr. 

Pap.  Pres.  47th  Ann.  Meet.  American  Sac.  Ichthy.  and  Herp.,  p.  18,  1967. 
Manville,  Richard  H.     "An  Annotated  List  of  the  Vertebrates."     Pages  1-44 

in  Natural  History  of  Plummers  Island,  Maryland    (special  publication  of 

the  Washington  Biologists'  Field  Club),  no.  20,  January  1968. 
Napier,    J.    R.     "Evolutionary    Aspects    of    Primate    Locomotion."     American 

Journ.  Phys.  Anthrop.,  vol  27,  no.  3,  pp.  333-342,  November  1967. 
— — .     "  Prospects  in  Primate  Biology."     Proc.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  125,  no. 

3662,30  pp.,  1968. 
Napier,  J.  R.,  and  Napier,  P.  H.     A  Handbook  of  Living  Primates.     London : 

Academic  Press,  456  pp.,  1967. 

.     The  Origins  of  Man.     London:  Bodley  Head,  32  pp.  1968. 

Drejas-Miranda,  Braulio  R.     "El  genero  'Leptotyphlops'  en  la  region  ama- 

zoica."     Atas  do  SimpSsio  Sobre  a  Biota  Amazonica,  vol.  5    (Zoologica), 

pp.  421-442,  1967. 
.     "Las  excursiones  de  ciencias  naturales  en  los  primeros  profesionales 

de  los  Institutos  Normales."     Superacion,  vol.  1,  nos.  41-43,  pp.  215-240, 

February  1967. 
.     "Taxonomia    classica    y    taxonomia    moderna.'      Com.    Soc.    Malac. 


Uruguay,vo\.  2  no.  13,  pp.  105-111,  October  1967. 
Paradiso,  John  L.     "A  Review  of  the  Wringle-Faced  Bats  (Centurio  senex), 

with  Description  of  a  New  Subspecies."     Mammalia,  vol.  31,  no.  4,  8  pp., 

December  1967. 
Paradiso,  John   L.,  and  Arthur  M.   Greenhall.     "Longevity  Records  for 

American   Bats."     American  Midland  Nat.,  vol.    78,   no.    1,  pp.   251-252, 

July  1967. 
.     "The  Generic  Allocation  of  the  Frog  Ceratophrys  stolzmanni  Stein- 


dachner,  with  the  Description  of  a  New  Subspecies  from  Ecuador."     Proc. 

Biol.  Soc.  Washington,  vol.  80,  pp.  105-112,  1967. 
Peters,  James  A.     "On  Venezuelan  Snakes"   [Review  of  "La  Taxonomia  y 

zoogeografia  de  los  ofidios  de   Venezuela]".     Copeia,  no.  2,  pp.  496-498, 

1967. 
.     "Comment  on   the   Proposed  Rejection  of  Coluber  chiametla  Shaw, 

1802."     Bull.  Zool.  Nomencl.,  vol.  24,  pt.  3,  p.  138,  1967. 
Peters,  James  A.,  and  Donald  Broadley,  Jr.     "The  Scientific  Name  of  the 

African  Puff  Adder."     Copeia,  no.  4,  pp.  864-865,  1967. 


374  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY  ■ 

.  "A  Computer  Program  for  Calculating  Degree  of  Biogeographical  Re- 
semblance Between  Areas."     Syst.  Zool,  vol.  17,  pp.  64-69,  1968. 

Peters,  James  A.,  and  Bruce  B.  Collette.  "The  Role  of  Time-Share  Com- 
puting in  Museum  Research."     Curator,  vol.   11,  no.   1,  March   1968. 

Ripley,  S.  D.,  and  J.  T.  Marshall,  Jr.  "A  New  Subspecies  of  Flycatcher  from 
Luzon,  Philippine  Islands  (Aves:  Muscicapinae) ."  Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Wash- 
ington, vol.  80,  pp.  243-244,  1967. 

Ripley,  S.  D.,  and  D.  S.  Rabor.  "Two  New  Subspecies  of  Birds  from  the 
Philippines  and  Comments  on  the  Validity  of  Two  Others."  Proc.  Biol. 
Soc.  Washington,  vol.  81,  pp.  31-36,  1968. 

Schreiber,  Ralph.  "Note  on  Short-Eared  Owl  {Asio  flammeus) ."  Elepaio, 
vol.  28,  no.  6,  December  1967. 

Schultz,  Leonard  P.  "A  New  Genus  and  New  Species  of  Zooarcid  Fish  from 
the  North  Pacific  Ocean."  Proc.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  122,  no.  3598,  5  pp., 
1967. 

Schultz,  Leonard  P.,  and  David  G.  Cargo.  "Further  Observations  on  the 
Biology  of  the  Sea  Nettle  and  Jellyfishes  in  Chesapeake  Bay."  Chesapeake 
Science,  vol.  8,  no.  4,  pp.  209-220,  December  1967. 

Schultz,  Leonard  P.,  and  Wallace  Ashby.  "An  Analysis  of  an  Attempt  tc 
Control  Beach  Erosion  in  Chesapeake  Bay,  at  Scientists  Cliffs,  Calverl 
County,  Maryland."  Chesapeake  Science,  vol.  8,  no.  4,  pp.  237-252 
December  1967. 

.      "Four  New  Fishes  of  the  Genus  Parapercis  with  Notes  on  Other  Species 

from  the  Indo-Pacific  Area  (Family  Mugiloididae) ."     Proc.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.. 
vol.  124,  no.  3636,  16  pp.,  1968. 

.      "A  New  Subspecies  of  Parrotfish,  Nicholsina  ustus  collettei  from  the 

Eastern  Atlantic  Ocean."     Proc.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  124,  no.  3642,  5  pp. 
1968. 

Sibley,  F.  C,  and  R.  Clapp.  "Distribution  and  Dispersal  of  Central  Pacific 
Lesser  Frigatebirds."     Ibis,  vol.  109,  pp.  328-337,  1967. 

SoMADiKARTA,  SoEKARjA.     "A  Recharacterization  of  Collocalia  papuensis  Rand 
the  Three-Toed  Swiftlet."     Proc.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  124,  no.  3629,  8  pp..  I 
December  1967.  | 

Springer,  Stewart.  "Social  Organization  of  Shark  Populations."  Pages  149- 
174  in  Sharks,  Skates  and  Rays,  ed.  Perry  W.  Gilbert,  et  al.  Johns  Hopkins 
Press,  1967. 

Springer,  Stewart,  Susumu  Kato,  and  Mary  H.  Wagner.  "Field  Guide  to 
Eastern  Pacific  and  Hawaiian  Sharks."  U.S.  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service 
Circ.  271,  47  pp.,  December  1967. 

Springer,  Victor  G.  "The  Blenny  Name  Pholis  carolinus  Valenciennes,  a 
Junior  Synonym  of  Blennius  pholis  Linnaeus."     Copeia,  no.  3,  p.  683,  1967. 

.     "The  Indo-Pacific  Blenniid  Fish  Genus  Stanulus,  with  a  Description  of 

a  New  Species  from  the  Great  Barrier  Reef  (Blenniidae;  Blenniinae;  Sala- 
riini) ."     Proc.  Biol.  Soc.  Washington,  vol.  81,  pp.  1 1 1-122,  1968. 

Springer,  Victor  G.,  and  William  F.  Smith-Vaniz.  "Systematics  and  Distri- 
bution of  the  Monotypic  Indo-Pacific  Blenniid  Fish  Genus  Atrosalarias." 
Proc.  U.S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.  124,  no.  3643,  12  pp.,  1968. 

Taylor,  William  Ralph.  "OutHne  of  a  Method  of  Clearing  Tissues  with 
Pancreatic  Enzymes  and  Staining  Bones  in  Small  Vertebrates."  Turtox 
News,  vol.  45,  no.  12,  pp.  308-309,  December  1967. 


RESEARCH    AND    PUBLICATION:     VERTEBRATE    ZOOLOGY  375 

Thompson,  M.  C,  and  R.  De  Long.  "The  Use  of  Cannon  and  Rocket  Pro- 
jected Nets  for  Trapping  Shorebirds.'  Bird  Banding,  vol.  38,  no.  3,  pp. 
214-218,   1967. 

Watson,  George  E.  "Masked  Shrike  Feeding  on  Birds."  British  Birds,  vol. 
60,p.  302,  July  1967. 

.     "Fulvous  Tree  Duck  Observed  in  the  Southern  Sargasso  Sea."     Auk, 

vol.  84,  p.  424,  July  1967. 

.     "Lindermayer's  Greek  Specimen  of  White-Eyed  Gull,  Larus  leucoph- 

thalmus."     Journal  fUr  Ornithologic,  vol.   109,  no.  1,  pp.   133-134,  1968. 

.     "Synchronous  Wing  and  Tail  Molt  in  Diving  Petrels."     Condor,  vol. 

70,  no.  2,  pp.  182-183,  April  1968.  , 

.     "Broadbill,"  "Buffalo  Bird,"  and  "Bulbul."     [Articles]  in  Encyclopedia 

Americana,  vol.  4,  pp.  585,  718,  741,  1968. 

.      "Butcherbird"  and   "Cassowary."     [Articles]  in  Encyclopedia  Ameri- 

tana,  vol.  5,  pp.  56,  773,  1968. 

.     "Cockatoo,"  and  "Condor."     [Articles]  in  Encyclopedia  Americana, 


vol.  7,  pp.  164,  522,  1968. 
pVEiTZMAN,  Stanley  H.     "The  Origin  of  the  Stomiatoid  Fishes  with  Comments 
!        on  the  Classification  of  Salmoniform  Fishes."     Copeia,  no.  3,  pp.  507-540, 
I         1967. 

"The  Osteology  and  Relationships  of  the  Astronesthidae,  a  Family  of 


Oceanic  Fishes."     Dana  Rept.,  no.  71,  54  pp.,  1967. 
A^ETMORE,  Alexander.     "Recreating  Madagascar's  Giant  Extinct  Bird."     A^c- 
tional  Geographic,  vol.  132,  no.  4,  pp.  488-493,  October  1967. 

rETMORE,  Alexander,  and  Clay  G.  Huff.  "Blood  Parasites  of  Birds  Collected 
in  Four  Successive  Years  in  Panama."  Bull.  Wildlife  Disease  Assoc,  vol.  3, 
pp.  178-181,  October  1967. 

.     "Further  Systematic  Notes  on  the  Avifauna  of  Panama."     Proc.  Biol. 

Soc.  Washington,  vol.  80,  pp.  229-242,  December  1967. 
^ETMORE,  Alexander,  and  Richard  H.  Manville.     "Birds."     Pages  17-35  in 
Natural  History  of  Plummers  Island,  Maryland.      (Spec.  Publ.  Washington 
Biologists'  Field  Club),  January  1968. 

.     "A  Raven  over  the  City  of  Washington."     Atlantic  Naturalist,  vol.  23, 

no.  1,  p.  35,  Spring  1968. 
'iViRTZ,  W.  O.     "Contribution  to  the  Ecology  of  the  Monk  Seal."     Journ.  of 
Mammalogy,  vol.  49,  no.  2,  pp.  229-238,  May  1968. 


Conservation  laboratory  of  the  Office  of  Anthropology 


The  Collections 

CARE   AND   CONSERVATION  —  GIFTS   AND   ADDITIONS 

Anthropology 

The  outstanding  anthropological  acquisition  of  the  year  was  the  Terry 
collection  on  indefinite  loan  from  the  University  of  Washington  School 
of  Medicine  in  St.  Louis,  Missouri.  Begun  by  Robert  J.  Terry  and  con- 
tinued by  his  pupil  and  successor,  Mildred  Trotter,  this  unique  collec- 
tion includes  over  1,500  skeletons  of  precisely  known  origin,  many  with 
cadaver  measurements  and  face  masks,  collected  over  a  period  of  two 
generations  and  actually  spanning  three  generations  ( 1840  to  1925) ,  and 
serves  as  a  base  line  for  the  physique  of  the  less  economically  privileged 
sector  of  our  population,  most  useful  for  comparative  study. 

A  very  important  group  of  objects  of  Polynesian  origin  was  presented 
by  David  Dunn  Thomas,  a  descendant  of  John  Williams  Henry,  early 
missionary  to  Tahiti.  Collected  by  various  members  of  the  Henry  and 
Thomas  families  at  several  periods  and  throughout  the  Polynesian  area, 
some  may  have  been  collected  in  Tahiti  before  1858  by  the  missionary 
Henry.  The  collection  contains  some  particularly  good  specimens  from 
the  Marquesas. 

In  a  ceremony  at  the  Mexican  Embassy  on  27  October,  President 
Gustavo  Diaz  Ordaz  of  the  Republic  of  Mexico  presented  to  the  Smith- 
sonian Institution  an  outstanding  example  of  a  Maya  ceremonial  incense 
burner  in  Palenque  style,  excavated  in  the  state  of  Chiapas.  The 
object  is  currently  on  display  in  the  hall  of  Latin  American  archeology. 

Less  spectacular  but  scientifically  valuable  was  the  receipt  of  a  docu- 
mented collection  from  the  Winslow  site,  Montgomery  County,  Mary- 
land, from  the  Archeological  Society  of  Maryland.  The  collection  con- 
sists of  approximately  20,000  objects  of  stone,  bone,  shell,  and  pottery, 
including  several  restored  pots.  It  is  the  largest  collection  we  have  from 
the  Piedmont-Tidewater  area  that  has  been  excavated  under  controlled 
conditions,  and  it  was  presented  with  full  documentation. 

A  collection  of  traditional  arts  and  crafts,  mostly  from  Iran,  was  re- 
ceived from  Hans  E.  WulfF,  University  of  New  South  Wales,  Kensing- 
ton, Australia.  The  371  specimens  represent  a  diversified  craft  economy, 
various  stages  of  manufacture,  and  the  raw  materials  employed.  This 
collection  with  its  documentation  provides  an  essential  dimension  in  the 
current  research  program  in  ancient  technology. 

377 

315-997      O  -  69  -  25 


378  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 

The  anthropological  conservation  laboratory  processed  almost  2,000 
specimens  this  year,  about  the  same  number  as  the  preceding  year. 
Museum  specialist  Bethune  M.  Gibson  has  significantly  expanded  her 
activities  by  training  more  volunteer  workers,  showing  her  conservation 
methods  to  visitors  from  all  over  the  world  (more  than  95),  and  cor- 
responding with  other  people  desiring  information.  The  photographic 
records  (usually  colored  slides)  of  processed  specimens  have  been  greatly 
expanded,  and  the  use  of  the  airbrasive  unit  has  been  extended  to  in- 
clude leather  cleaning,  basketry,  and  beadwork. 

The  archives  of  the  Office  of  Anthrop)ology,  under  the  direction  of 
archivist  Margaret  Blaker  were  moved  from  the  north  tower  of  the  old 
Smithsonian  building  where  they  had  been  housed  for  more  than  fifty 
years,  to  newly  constructed  quarters  in  the  Natural  History  building. 
Here  greatly  expanded  stack  areas  and  larger  processing  and  study 
rooms  make  it  possible  to  arrange  the  collections  more  efficiently  and 
to  provide  improved  study  facilities  for  visitors. 

Botany 

Collecting  activities  by  the  staff  added  materials  from  unusual  localities. 
A  very  significant  series  of  marine  algae  was  collected  by  museum  techni- 
cian Charles  Rhyne  on  Aldabra  and  Diego  Garcia  Islands  under  the 
auspices  of  the  Office  of  Oceanography  and  Limnology  and  the  Royal 
Society  of  London,  the  first  such  extensive  collections.  Museum  special- 
ist D.  Wasshausen  accompanied  an  expedition  of  the  New  York  Botani- 
cal Garden  to  Brazil,  where  he  collected  numerous  specimens  of  Acan- 
thaceae.  D.  H.  Nicolson  returned  from  a  year  in  Nepal  with  a  large  rep- 
resentative set  of  specimens  including  many  interesting  new  records. 
T.  R.  Soderstrom  brought  back  a  number  of  grass  specimens  from  Java, 
and  D.  B.  Lellinger  collected  many  ferns  in  Costa  Rica  while  acting  as 
a  consultant  for  a  course  given  at  the  Organization  for  Tropical  Studies 
at  San  Jose.  Other  materials  collected  for  the  Museum  included  606 
specimens  from  New  Caledonia,  1,130  grasses  from  South  and  Central 
America  collected  by  C.  F.  Calderon,  and  223  phanerogams  from 
Parana,  Brazil,  collected  by  G.  Hatschbach. 

The  exchange  program  by  the  department  continues  to  bring  in  a 
significant  portion  of  the  materials  that  are  accessioned.  The  most  im- 
portant collections  received  during  the  year  were  South  American 
phanerogams  from  the  New  York  Botanical  Garden  and  Mexican  ma- 
terials from  Stanford  University.  Some  1,835  specimens  from  Central 
America  were  sent  by  the  Field  Museum  of  Natural  History  in  Chicago 
and  387  by  the  Missouri  Botanical  Garden. 

Large  sets  of  duplicates  of  North  American  plants  were  sent  by  the 


THE   collections:    botany ENTOMOLOGY  379 

University  of  Kansas,  Southwestern  Louisiana  State  University,  and 
Vanderbilt  University. 

The  Old  World  collections  continue  to  grow.  Lund  University  sent  a 
large  valuable  set  of  1,900  African  specimens.  As  a  gift  the  Forestry 
Department,  British  Solomon  Islands,  sent  1,339  plants  of  the  Solomon 
Islands.  Other  important  accessions  of  African,  Pacific,  or  Asian  plants 
were  received  from  Suva,  Fiji;  Jardin  Botanique,  Brussels;  Royal  Botan- 
ic Gardens,  Kew;  and  the  British  Museum,  London. 

Materials  received  as  gifts  for  identification  were  especially  rich.  Of 
the  cryptogams,  a  lot  of  499  lichens  from  Rio  de  Janeiro  collected  by 
G.  Eiten  proved  to  contain  many  unusual  records,  and  some  458  Vene- 
zuelan phanerogams  collected  by  J.  Steyermark  have  formed  a  valuable 
addition  to  the  collections. 

The  department  maintains  an  active  program  of  loans  and  exchanges 
which  demand  detailed  record  keeping.  A  move  was  made  during  the 
year  to  simplify  all  records  and  to  automate  records  on  loan  transactions 
in  order  to  provide  easy  retrievability  and  print-outs  with  the  com- 
puter. An  extension  of  this  activity  has  been  the  initiation  of  a  program 
for  a  computerized  type  catalog,  using  the  SCM  Typetronic,  which  will 
eventually  record  data  on  our  present  holdings  of  about  60,000  types. 
This  system  will  be  expanded  to  include  holdings  of  cooperating  institu- 
tions as  well  and  to  provide  plant  taxonomists  with  the  first  comprehen- 
sive catalog  of  types. 

Entomology 

Several  important  collections  made  by  staff  members  during  field  ex- 
plorations connected  with  their  research  programs  were  accessioned: 
W.  D.  Duckworth  collected  43,027  specimens  in  Central  and  South 
America,  principally  Lepidoptera;  O.  S.  Flint,  Jr.,  obtained  41,308  speci- 
mens, mostly  neuropteroids,  in  southern  Central  America;  P.  J.  Spang- 
ler  collected  9,644  specimens,  mostly  Coleoptera,  during  a  short  stay 
in  Panama  and  Costa  Rica,  and  also  donated  4,125  specimens  from 
North  America ;  K.  V.  Krombein  obtained  about  7,500  specimens  during 
a  brief  stay  at  Gebel  'Uweinat  in  the  Libyan  Desert;  3,900  specimens  of 
Lepidoptera  were  collected  by  D.  R.  Davis  in  the  southwestern  United 
States  and  California;  and  711  Californian  bees  were  obtained  by  G.  I. 
Stage. 

Spangler  and  Krombein  traveled  extensively  in  Africa  in  con- 
nection with  exhibits  work,  improvement  of  the  collections,  and 
research  projects.  They  worked  together  in  Kenya  for  five  weeks  and 
in  South  Africa  for  two  and  a  half  weeks.  While  in  Kenya,  they  worked 
principally  at  the  National  Museum  in  Nairobi,  where  they  selected  and 
packed  for  exchange  shipment  to  Washington  about  17,500  specimens 


Anatomy  of  a  Termite 
Mound 

Nest  of  the  mound  building 
termite  Macrotermes  goUath 
is  excavated  ( 1 )  by  Karl  V. 
Krombein  and  Paul  J.  Spang- 
ler  during  a  n  entomology- 
exhibits  expedition  to  South 
Africa.  Fungus  chambers  and 
fungus  gardens  (2)  showing 
one  of  three  earthen  pots, 
originally  placed  by  Bantu 
with  openings  level  with  sur- 
face of  mound  in  order  to 
capture  swarming  termites 
for  food,  that  were  gradually 
buried  under  several  feet  of. 
earth  by  continued  mound 
building.  Close-up  of  a  fun- 
gus comb  (3)  reveals  the 
small  white  nodules  used  by 
termites  for  food.  Thick- 
walled  cell  is  sectioned  (4) 
to  show  how  queen  termite  is 
imprisoned  and  maintained 
to  propagate  the  species. 
Queen  is  tended  (5)  by  the 
king  and  numerous  workers. 


THE  collections:  entomology  381 

representing  almost  9,000  species  of  African  insects,  principally  in  the 
orders  Lepidoptera,  Coleoptera,  Odonata,  and  Orthoptera.  It  is  esti- 
mated that  about  75  percent  of  the  species  obtained  in  this  exchange 
were  not  represented  previously  in  the  named  collections.  The  principal 
project  in  South  Africa  was  the  excavation  of  nests  of  the  mound-build- 
ing termite  Macrotermes  goliath  to  obtain  the  queen,  king,  soldiers, 
workers,  immature  brood,  fungus  combs,  earthem  partitions  and  termite 
guests,  to  serve  as  the  basis  for  an  exhibit  to  be  built  in  the  forthcoming 
"hall  of  natural  history."  They  operated  Malaise  traps  full  time  and  also 
made  weekend  field  trips  in  both  areas;  these  efforts  netted  about  30,000 
additional  specimens  of  African  insects.  After  Krombein's  departure, 
Spangler,  assisted  in  part  by  an  American  Philosophical  Society  grant, 
collected  60,000  additional  specimens  in  South  Africa,  Rhodesia, 
Malawi,  Kenya,  and  Uganda  during  the  ensuing  eleven  weeks. 

The  collection  benefited  also  from  the  most  generous  donations  of  a 
number  of  other  sp>ecialists.  It  is  impossible  to  mention  all  of  these  specifi- 
cally, but  a  few  of  the  most  important  of  these  accessions  were:  130,141 
specimens  collected  by  John  W.  Neal,  Jr.,  in  Iran  and  West  Pakistan; 
9,453  from  N.  L.  H.  Krauss,  principally  from  the  West  Indies;  11,595 
specimens  of  elaterid  beetles  from  H.  Lanchester;  10,206  specimens, 
mostly  Venezuelan  Lepidoptera  from  R.  W.  Poole;  500  species  of  Old 
World  Odonata  from  M.  A.  Lieftinck,  a  particularly  valuable  acquisition 
because  it  added  318  species,  58  genera,  and  2  families  not  represented 
previously;  4,236  specimens  of  American  heliothine  moths  from  R.  R. 
McEK^are;  4,107  North  American  insects  from  L.  J.  Bottimer,  mostly 
Hemiptera,  Coleoptera,  and  Lepidoptera;  4,000  specimens  of  North 
American  Microlepidoptera  from  R.  W.  Hodges;  type  and  ordinary 
specimens  of  Diplopoda  from  H.  F.  Loomis;  5,000  specimens  of  Pana- 
manian Diptera  from  W.  W.  Wirth  and  F.  S.  Blanton;  244  paratypes  of 
114  species  of  New  Guinea  Psychodidae  from  L.  W.  Quate;  3,567  speci- 
mens of  West  Indian  Lepidoptera  from  E.  L.  Todd ;  and  2,000  Diptera 
from  L.  Knutson. 

Three  important  specialized  collections  were  obtained  by  purchase, 
the  Peiia  collection  of  39,458  Chilean  Tenebrionidae  containing  many 
paratypes,  the  Daguerre  collection  of  32,413  Argentinian  Coleoptera 
and  Neuroptera,  and  the  Kormilev  collection  of  2,712  worldwide  speci- 
mens of  Aradidae,  Phymatidae,  and  Vianaididae  containing  many  pri- 
mary and  secondary  types  and  nearly  250  species  and  48  genera  not 
represented  previously  in  our  collection. 

The  Department  of  Agriculture  transferred  61,554  specimens  of  in- 
sects and  their  allies  to  the  Smithsonian,  of  which  many  were  of  more 
than  ordinary  value  or  interest,  representing  as  they  did  the  choicest 


382  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 

materials  submitted  to  the  Department  of  Agriculture  or  to  Museum 
specialists  for  identification.  Many  of  the  species  were  not  repre- 
sented previously  in  the  national  collections,  and  others  bore  associated 
host  data,  or  consisted  of  reared  series  of  immature  and  adult  stages. 

As  a  result  of  the  Bredin-Archbold-Smithsonian  Biological  Survey  of 
Dominica,  we  received  11,000  specimens  collected  by  T.  J.  Spilman  and 
D.  M.  Anderson  of  the  usda  staff  and  by  D.  W.  Bray  of  the  Univer- 
sity of  Delaware. 

We  are  also  pleased  to  report  the  very  welcome  interest  of  two  Peace 
Corps  workers,  Sharon  Thomas  and  James  H.  Davis,  who  sent  several 
most  welcome  lots  of  specimens  from  Malaysia  and  Nigeria,  respectively. 

Personnel  assigned  part  time  to  the  departmental  preparators'  team, 
Nancy  B.  Heath,  Marc  Roth,  Ronald  Faycik,  and  William  Rowe,  made 
substantial  inroads  both  on  the  backlog  of  specimens  awaiting  accession 
or  distribution  and  on  newly  received  lots.  Altogether  they  handled 
nearly  600,000  specimens,  sorting  and  distributing  them  to  the  appro- 
priate divisions.  Of  these  about  150,000  specimens  had  been  accessioned 
previously  but  not  distributed;  the  remaining  specimens  constituted  54 
new  accessions.  Divisional  preparator  Gloria  House  sorted  28,000  speci- 
mens of  Coleoptera  to  family,  mounted  and  labeled  over  6,000  specimens, 
and  transferred  26,000  specimens  to  Museum  units. 

R.  E.  Crabill  continued  to  explore  new  and  improved  methods  of 
whole-mounting  of  small  arthropod  specimens  on  glass  slides.  He  be- 
lieves that  he  has  developed  a  better  mountant  than  Hoyer's,  having  the 
outstanding  advantage  of  similar  superb  optical  qualities  with  far  better 
permanence.  He  also  attempted  to  find  a  more  satisfactory  ringing 
medium  for  cover  slips. 

In  addition,  Robert  Traub  donated  58  specimens  of  fleas,  a  particu- 
larly valuable  acquisition  because  it  consisted  of  primary  and  secondary 
types.  K.  C.  Emerson  added  over  3,000  slides  of  Mallophaga  and  Ano- 
plura  from  his  personal  collection  and  from  Department  of  Defense 
sources.  Dr.  G.  W.  Rawson,  a  vounteer  worker  in  the  division  of  lepi- 
doptera  and  diptera,  undertook  the  incorporation  of  several  separate 
collections  of  Nearctic  butterflies  including  his  own,  and  has  virtually 
finished  the  family  Pieridae. 

Our  scientific  colleagues  in  the  systematic  entomology  laboratory 
of  usda  and  the  preparators  assigned  to  it  continued  to  provide  much 
appreciated  curatorial  assistance  in  sections  of  the  collection  in  their  care. 
In  addition,  many  thousands  of  insects  were  mounted  under  usda  con- 
tracts with  several  universities  and  individual  workers. 

The  Southeast  Asia  Mosquito  Project  received  45  collections  consist- 
ing of  14,080  mounted  adult  mosquitoes  and  10,376  slide  preparations 


THE  collections:  invertebrate  zoology  383 

from  26  different  sources.  The  bulk  of  the  material  came  from  the 
SEATO  laboratories  in  Bangkok,  Thailand,  and  S.  Ramalingham. 

Invertebrate  Zoology 

Perhaps  the  single  most  important  acquisition  during  the  year  was  the 
unparalleled  collection  of  freshwater  mollusks  and  crayfishes  from  the 
central  United  States  assembled  by  Byron  Leonard,  his  colleagues,  and 
his  students  at  the  University  of  Kansas.  The  gift,  from  the  Natural 
History  Museum  of  the  University  of  Kansas,  greatly  enhances  our 
holdings  of  American  mollusks  and  crayfishes. 

With  the  support  of  the  Office  of  Education,  the  Museum  began  a 
modest  pilot  project  to  study  the  application  of  automatic  data  retrieval 
methods  to  Museum  collections,  with  particular  emphasis  on  developing 
techniques  for  retrieval  of  specimen-associated  data.  In  the  department 
of  invertebrate  zoology,  the  collection  of  stomatopod  crustaceans  was 
selected  as  the  first  group  to  be  processed  under  this  experimental  pro- 
gram. The  collection,  comprising  about  2,000  lots,  includes  representa- 
tives of  4  families,  30  genera,  and  230  species.  Between  September  and 
June,  through  the  efforts  of  Michael  C.  Ridge,  900  lots  containing  more 
than  10,000  specimens  were  documented,  cataloged,  and  curated;  speci- 
men data  on  punched  paper  tape  was  converted  to  magnetic  tape  by  a 
computer.  In  addition.  Ridge  organized  the  data  on  the  stomatopod 
types  so  that  a  publishable  type  catalog,  including  original  references, 
can  be  generated  by  the  computer. 

Cataloging  of  Crustacea  is  now  based  entirely  on  mechanical  equip- 
ment with  which  label-typing  simultaneously  punches  a  paper  tape  which 
then  can  be  used  to  produce  data  cards,  neck  labels  for  bottles,  and, 
ultimately,  printed  catalogs.  A  master  list  of  crustacean  taxa  is  being 
compiled  as  the  first  step  in  converting  all  crustacean  data  records  to 
magnetic  tape  and  machine  storage. 

Museum  specialist  Henry  B.  Roberts  assumed  the  major  load  of  iden- 
tifying decapods  in  response  to  outside  requests,  in  addition  to  reorgani- 
zing the  15,000  type  lots  for  greater  accessibility.  Major  accessions  in 
Crustacea  included  6,300  specimens  received  through  Harvey  R.  Bullis, 
Jr.,  Bureau  of  Commercial  Fisheries,  and  4,600  specimens  of  copepods 
from  the  Bahama  Islands  received  from  Arthur  G.  Humes,  Boston 
University. 

The  addition  of  a  large  number  of  storage  cases  allowed  reorganiza- 
tion of  the  dry  collections  of  echinoderms  and  lower  invertebrates.  A 
catalog  of  the  type-specimens  of  echinoids  in  this'  Museum  and  at  the 
Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  Harvard,  prepared  by  Maureen 
Downey,  was  published  during  the  year.  A  similar  catalog  of  ophiuroids 


384  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 

has  been  submitted  for  publication,  and  preparation  of  a  catalog  of 
asteroids  is  under  way.  These  catalogs  will  be  most  useful  reference 
sources  for  future  work  on  the  echinoderms. 

An  important  addition  was  the  extensive  series  of  2,900  freshwater 
sponges  received  from  the  estate  of  the  late  J.  T.  Penney.  The  collection, 
comprising  materials  from  many  localities  around  the  world,  has  added 
materially  to  the  division's  holdings  of  this  group. 

Other  echinoderm  accessions  during  the  year  include  a  large  collec- 
tion of  starfishes  from  the  Gulf  of  Mexico  received  from  Harvey  R. 
Bullis,  Jr.,  Bureau  of  Commercial  Fisheries;  a  large  collection  of  North 
Atlantic  bryozoans  from  Frank  J.  S.  Maturo,  University  of  Florida;  and 
a  large  series  of  lower  invertebrates  and  echinoderms  from  the  Smithso- 
nian Oceanographic  Sorting  Center. 

The  collections  of  mollusks  were  enriched  by  the  addition  of  23,759 
lots  of  freshwater  mollusks  from  Thailand,  collected  by  Rolf  Brandt, 
of  the  SEATO  medical  research  unit,  in  connection  with  his  research  on 
medically  important  mollusks.  A  small  but  significant  addition  consisted 
of  15  specimens  of  the  interesting  monoplacophoran  genus  Neopilina, 
including  primary  types  of  two  species  described  by  Robert  J.  Menzies, 
Florida  State  University.  The  division  also  received  from  Robert  H. 
Stewart  1,350  marine  mollusks  of  Payardi  Island  on  the  east  coast  of 
Panama,  a  relatively  important  and  little-known  region. 

During  the  past  year  several  projects  were  completed  and  a  few  begun 
which  will  improve  the  accessibility  of  the  collections  of  mollusks.  Among 
the  valuable  items  received  in  a  permanent  loan  collection  from  the  New 
York  State  Museum  some  years  ago  was  the  Reigen  collection  of 
mollusks  from  Mazatlan.  These  were  classified  during  the  last  century 
by  P.  P.  Carpenter  and  other  19th-century  workers.  The  type-specimens 
of  freshwater  mussels  were  rearranged,  and  a  cross-referenced  list  of  the 
Museum's  holdings  of  this  large  group  was  prepared. 

Under  an  agreement  with  the  Agricultural  Research  Service,  Walter 
J.  Byas  identified  over  4,000  specimens  of  mollusks  which  had  been 
intercepted  at  ports  of  entry  to  the  United  States. 

In  the  division  of  worms,  the  most  outstanding  addition  to  the  collec- 
tion was  the  extensive  series  of  branchiobdellid  annelids  collected  by 
Perry  C.  Holt  of  the  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute.  The  approximately 
700  slides  deposited  in  the  collection  represent  one  of  the  largest  holdings 
of  branchiobdellids  in  the  world. 

Mineral  Sciences 

The  meteorite  and  tektite  collections  have  grown  considerably  during 
the  past  year.  The  University  of  Minnesota  meteorite  collection,  contain- 


THE  collections:    mineral  sciences  385 

ing  specimens  of  almost  1 00  different  meteorites,  has  been  placed  with  us 
as  an  indefinite  loan.  Particularly  noteworthy  are  a  125-pound  Ester- 
ville  (Iowa)  specimen,  a  65-pound  Forest  City  (Iowa)  stone,  and  sev- 
eral fine  Richardton  (North  Dakota)  stones. 

The  Australian  expedition  of  Henderson  and  Mason  provided  ma- 
terial of  several  meteorites  previously  unrepresented  in  the  collection, 
including  the  unique  Mt.  Egerton  stony-iron.  Tektite  collections,  when 
added  to  those  obtained  on  previous  expeditions,  provide  us  with  prob- 
ably the  finest  collection  of  precisely  localized  Australian  tektites  in 
existence. 

Three  important  new  meteorite  falls  were  added  to  the  collection 
during  the  year.  These  are  the  Ankober  (Ethiopia)  fall  of  7  July  1942, 
a  7-kg.  stone  obtained  through  the  cooperation  of  Robert  Citron  of  the 
Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory;  the  Tathlith  (Saudi  Arabia) 
fall  of  5  October  1967,  obtained  through  Glen  F.  Brown  of  the  United 
States  Geological  Survey ;  and  the  Denver  meteorite,  which  penetrated  a 
warehouse  roof  in  July  1967  and  was  subsequently  presented  to  the 
Museum  by  the  warehouse  owner,  Nationwide  Papers,  Inc.,  of  Denver, 
Colorado. 

A  large  number  of  rock  specimens  were  incorporated  into  the  petro- 
logic  series,  which  has  been  arranged  systematically  and  by  geographic 
groupings,  thus  making  this  material  more  accessible  to  the  researcher 
interested  in  obtaining  samples  of  various  rocks  from  specific  localities. 

Two  particularly  noteworthy  acquisitions  were  from  the  Geological 
Survey — a  collection  of  volcanic  rocks  from  Truk  Islands,  described  by 
J.  T.  Stark  and  R.  C.  Hay  in  U.S.  Geological  Survey  Professional  Paper 
409  (1963) ,  and  an  extensive  collection  of  ultrabasic  nodules  and  inclu- 
sions from  the  Hawaiian  Islands  obtained  through  E.  D.  Jackson.  Mel- 
son  collected  an  extensive  suite  of  rocks  from  the  1968  eruption  of 
Mayon  Volcano,  Philippine  Islands;  the  suite  of  rocks  from  the  1967- 
1968  eruption  of  Metis  Shoal,  Tonga  Islands,  collected  by  Charles  Lund- 
quist  of  the  Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory,  were  the  only 
specimens  collected  at  the  site. 

The  division  of  petrology  continued  development  of  a  format  for  en- 
tering specimen  data  into  the  Smithsonian's  information  storage  and 
retrieval  system. 

Steady  growth  of  the  mineral  and  gem  collections  continued.  Among 
important  gifts  by  individual  donors  were  a  number  of  fine  sapphires 
of  several  colors  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  James  H.  Clark,  a  very  rare  5.34- 
carat  taafeite  by  Mr.  and  Mrs.  Fred  C.  Kennedy,  a  336-carat  mass  of 
industrial  diamond  by  Nathan  Fink,  and  an  antique  diamond  necklace 
with  a  magnificent  blue  sapphire  weighing  98.57  carats,  gift  of  Countess 


386  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 

Edward  Bismarck.  Several  fine  exhibition  quality  mineral  specimens, 
including  torbernite  from  the  Congo  and  rose  quartz  from  Brazil  were 
donated  by  Lewis  K.  Land. 

Through  exchange  an  unusually  large  number  of  fine  specimens  were 
added  to  the  mineral  collections  such  as  a  28-ounce  gold  nugget  from 
Alaska,  a  large  and  extraordinary  group  of  gem  quality  morganite 
crystals  from  California,  two  excellent  epidote  specimens  from  Austria, 
four  proustite  crystal  groups  from  Chile,  one  of  the  very  few  remaining 
large  emerald  crystals  from  North  Carolina  measuring  six  inches  long, 
and  two,  well-crystallized  specimens  of  California  gold. 

Roebling  fund  purchases  during  the  year  were  directed  primarily  to- 
ward acquiring  new  materials  for  the  research  collection.  The  Canfield 
fund  was  used  to  obtain  several  specimens  of  superior  exhibition  quality, 
such  as  a  euclase  specimen  of  very  unusual  habit,  color,  and  quality  from 
Brazil,  and  an  apophyllite  specimen  from  Virginia  which  is  probably 
the  finest  for  this  species  in  the  world. 

Through  the  Chamberlain  fund  a  67-carat  black  star  sapphire  from 
Thailand  and  an  unusually  large  faceted  labradorite  from  Oregon 
weighing  23.77  carats  were  acquired. 

Paleobiology 

A  new  departmental  preparation  laboratory,  under  the  direction  of 
Lorenzo  Ford,  has  been  established  with  facilities  for  various  thin- 
sectioning,  polishing  and  embedding  techniques  as  well  as  limited  acid 
digestion,  heavy  mineral  separation,  and  macro-  and  micro-sample 
washing.  The  laboratory  supplements  the  crowded  and  more  specialized 
preparation  rooms  which  have  been  pressured  by  an  increasing  number 
of  post-doctoral  fellows,  visiting  scientists,  and  students.  The  equipment 
is  available  to  any  one  associated  with  the  department  and,  if  necessary, 
Ford  provides  training  in  proper  handling  and  maintenance  of  the 
equipment.  It  is  expected  that  the  facility  will  be  especially  useful  for 
visitors  as  it  will  allow  them  access  to  equipment  for  extended  periods 
without  interrupting  routines  in  the  more  sp>ecialized  laboratories. 

The  division  of  invertebrate  paleontology  made  several  major  changes 
in  collection  storage  and  laboratories.  A  new  room  was  completed  and 
dedicated  as  the  Cushman  room  for  foraminiferal  studies.  Located  in 
the  central  storage  area,  the  room  contains  desks,  library,  and  optical 
equipment  for  visitor  study  needs,  and  it  houses  the  Cushman  collection 
of  Foraminifera. 

The  post-Mesozoic  mollusk  collection,  inventoried  over  the  previous 
year,  was  reorganized  in  a  geographic-stratigraphic  arrangement.  The 


THE  collections:  paleobiology  387 

material,  consisting  of  thousands  of  collections,  is  easily  accessible  for 
the  first  time  since  the  move  into  the  east  wing  quarters.  A  biologically 
arranged  reference  collection  is  now  being  developed. 

Cataloging  of  newly  received  type-specimens  was  curtailed  for  part  of 
the  year  by  loss  of  cataloging  personnel.  Several  thousand  specimens 
were  processed  but  the  influx  of  new  types  has  been  much  greater  than 
could  be  handled. 

A  manuscript  catalog  of  Mesozoic  coelenterates  is  near  completion  and 
the  conodont  manuscript  is  being  updated.  Publication  of  these  lists  is  ex- 
pected soon;  while  the  first  of  the  division  type  catalogs,  the  Paleozoic 
cephalopods,  was  issued  early  in  1968.  A  new  curatorial  and  cataloging 
procedure  involves  entering  locality,  biometric,  and  faunal  information, 
as  well  as  information  concerning  the  location  of  species  in  the  storage 
area,  on  ibm  cards  and  magnetic  tape. 

The  Walcott  bequest  provided  funds  enabling  several  large  collections 
to  be  made  by  the  staff.  These  included  more  than  12,000  specimens  of 
Upper  Cretaceous  invertebrates  from  the  Rocky  Mountains  and  Lower 
Cretaceous  and  late  Cenozoic  mollusks  from  the  Atlantic  Coastal  Plain, 
all  collected  by  Erie  G.  Kauffman.  Frederick  J.  Collier  and  Jesse  Merida 
collected  more  than  4,000  specimens  of  Middle  Devonian  brachiopods, 
corals,  trilobites,  and  bryozoans  from  localities  in  western  New  York 
and  southern  Ontario. 

Other  notable  contributions  include  more  than  5,000  Tertiary  and 
Quaternary  mollusks  from  an  area  between  Isla  de  Margarita  and 
Guajira  Peninsula  in  Northern  Venezuela  collected  by  Thomas  Waller, 
and  some  2,000  specimens  of  a  variety  of  Devonian  invertebrates  pre- 
sented by  Dr.  and  Mrs.  G.  A.  Cooper.  Cooper  also  made  extensive  col- 
lections in  the  Guadelupe  Mountains  in  continuance  of  his  Permian 
studies. 

Transfers  from  the  Geological  Survey  included  many  type-specimens 
described  by  the  staff  of  the  paleontology  and  stratigraphy  branch.  Out- 
standing among  these  were  167  specimens  of  Foraminifera  recovered 
from  Tertiary  and  Recent  samples  from  the  Island  of  Guam  and  de- 
scribed by  Ruth  Todd.  Approximately  150  additional  Recent  specimens 
from  Alaska  were  described  and  received  from  Miss  Todd.  Calymenid 
trilobites  described  by  Reuben  Ross,  Permian  Tethyan  fusulinids  from 
California  described  by  R.  C.  Douglass,  and  a  large  collection  of  Juras- 
sic ammonites  described  in  U.S.  Geological  Survey  Professional  Papers 
483D,  540,  573B  by  Ralph  Imlay  are  indicative  of  the  great  diversity  of 
specimens  accessioned. 

Summer  field  work  in  the  Bridger  Basin  of  the  southwestern  Wyoming 
by  C.  Lewis  Gazin  and  Franklin  L.  Pearce,  with  support  from  the  Wal- 


388 


MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 


Articulated  skeleton  of  the  early  lemuroid  primate  Smilodectes  gracilis  being 
prepared  by  Franklin  Pearce  in  the  laboratory  of  vertebrate  paleontology.  The 
block  of  matrix  containing  the  skeleton  was  excavated  this  past  summer  in  the 
middle  Eocene  Bridger  formation  of  southwestern  Wyoming. 


cott  bequest,  resulted  in  the  collection  of  some  450  specimens  of  fossil 
mammals,  principally  from  the  middle  Eocene  Bridger  formation.  Out- 
standing among  materials  obtained  was  the  greater  part  of  an  articu- 
lated skeleton  of  the  primate  Smilodectes  gracilis.  Remarkably  good 
skulls  of  other  Eocene  mammals  were  discovered,  including  that  of  con- 
dylarth  Hyopsodus  minusculus,  significant  to  the  Hyopsodus  study  then 
underway. 

Fossil  marine  mammals  have  long  been  a  major  interest  of  the  Mu- 
seum, particularly  as  a  result  of  the  tradition  in  their  collection  and  study 
established  and  maintained  by  Remington  Kellogg.  The  past  year  has 
been  the  most  productive  ever  in  terms  of  quantity  and  quality  of  acquisi- 
tions of  marine  mammals  and  other  marine  vertebrates.  The  major  single 
accession  of  the  year  was  that  of  the  Douglas  Emlong  collection  of 
fossil  marine  vertebrates,  purchased  through  the  Walcott  fund.  The  col- 
lection consists  mainly  of  remains  of  whales,  porpoises,  and  sea  lions, 
but  includes  as  well  desmostylians,  birds,  fishes,  and  turtles,  virtually 
all  collected  by  Mr.  Emlong  on  the  coast  of  Oregon.  More  than  500 


THE  collections:  paleobiology 


389 


Museum  specialist  John  E.  Ott  preparing  skull  of  the  extinct  crocodilian  Gavia- 
losuchus  collected  by  him  and  Albert  C.  Myrick,  Jr.,  in  the  Miocene  Calvert 
formation  near  Wakefield,  Virginia.  In  the  foreground  is  the  snout  of  an  individ- 
ual of  the  same  genus  from  near  Cove  Point,  Maryland,  donated  to  the  Museum 
by  Carla  Sanchez  of  Hyattsville,  Maryland. 


individual  specimens,  ranging  from  single  isolated  bones  to  complete 
skeletons,  of  Oligocene,  Miocene,  and  Pliocene  age,  will  ultimately  serve 
to  document  critical  stages  in  the  evolution  of  various  groups,  in  parti- 
cular the  Cetacea  and  Pinnipedia. 

Again  with  support  of  the  Walcott  fund,  Albert  C.  Myrick,  Jr.,  and 
others  made  several  collecting  trips  to  the  nearby  marine  Miocene  de- 
posits of  Maryland  and  Virginia.  The  principal  results  of  this  work 
include  one  nearly  complete  baleen  whale  skeleton,  one  partial  baleen 
whale  skeleton  with  skull  and  jaws  excellently  preserved,  more  than  20 
specimens  of  porpoises,  several  specimens  of  fishes,  and  an  excellent 
skull  with  partial  skeleton  of  the  extinct  crocodile  Gavialosuchus. 

Frank  C.  Whitmore,  Jr.  conducted  field  work  on  Cenozoic  vertebrates 
of  the  Gulf  coastal  plain.  With  George  M.  Lamb  and  students  of  the 
University  of  South  Alabama  (Mobile)  he  collected  from  a  site  north  of 
Mobile  and  south  of  Citronelle,  which  has  yielded  the  first  Pliocene  land- 
mammal  bones  to  be  found  between  western  Florida  and  the  Texas  Gulf 
coast.  The  bones  occur  in  clay  that  is  probably  of  paludal  or  lacustrine 


390  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 

origin,  as  there  are  many  leaves  and  large  logs  present.  A  particularly 
significant  aspect  of  the  fauna  from  the  point  of  view  of  correlation  is  the 
association  of  the  long-snouted  dolphin  Pomatodelphia  inaequalis  Allen 
with  Synthetoceras  sp.,  an  extinct  browsing  ungulate  characterized  by 
peculiar  horn-like  growths  on  the  skull,  with  the  horse  Hipparion  cf. 
H.  plicatile,  and  with  a  fairly  large  camel;  a  Hemphillian  (middle 
Pliocene)  age  is  indicated. 

Through  the  courtesy  of  the  Geological  Survey,  four  Pleistocene  pec- 
cary skeletons,  collected  by  Warren  I.  Finch  and  John  Sims  of  the 
Survey  beneath  65  feet  of  loess  in  the  Hickman  quadrangle  near  Padu- 
cah,  Kentucky,  have  been  deposited  in  the  Smithsonian.  The  skeletons 
were  found  articulated,  in  the  position  in  which  they  died,  all  facing 
eastward,  each  animal  apparently  sheltered  behind  the  next.  They  prob- 
ably were  overwhelmed  by  a  dust  storm. 

Slides  containing  52  figured  specimens  of  fossil  algae,  including  9  new 
species,  from  the  Buda  Limestone  and  Pre-Buda  Lower  Cretaceous  of 
Texas,  were  received  from  Professor  J.  Harlan  Johnson  of  the  Colorado 
School  of  Mines.  The  type-specimens  of  Psilophyton  forbesii  Andrews 
were  received  from  the  Department  of  Botany,  University  of  Connecti- 
cut, through  Professor  Henry  N.  Andrews.  Five  slides  containing  type- 
specimens  of  fossil  sporomorphs  from  the  Walnut  Shale  of  Oklahoma 
were  received  from  Richard  Hedlund  of  the  Atlantic  Richfield  Company 
Dallas,  Tex.  The  collections  of  Devonian  land  plants  were  broadened 
by  the  addition  of  315  specimens  representative  of  the  Lower  Devonian 
Barawagnathia  flora  of  Victoria,  Australia,  specimens  from  Alkin,  Ger- 
many, and  mid  and  northern  Scotland,  and  1 35  from  the  Upper  Devon- 
ian of  Northern  Queensland,  Australia,  All  were  obtained  by  Francis  M. 
Hueber.  A  specimen  establishing  the  second  documented  occurrence  in 
the  eastern  United  States  of  the  Cretaceous  fern  Tempskya  was  received 
as  a  gift  from  Karl  E.  Rifenbark  of  Phoenix,  Arizona. 

The  division  of  sedimentology  now  has  responsibility  for  the  entire 
collection  of  approximately  1,600  sediment  samples,  collected  by  the 
Geological  Survey- Woods  Hole  Oceanographic  Institute  group  on  the 
Atlantic  shelf  of  the  United  States.  Also  1,455  core  samples,  collected 
by  various  essa  ships,  were  received  from  the  Coast  and  Geodetic  Sur- 
vey. 


Part  of  the  recently  completed  sedimentology  laboratory,  where  samples  are  pre- 
pared for  textural,  mineralogical,  and  chemical  analyses.  Facilities  for  core 
preparation,  X-radiography,  geochemistry,  petrography,  X-ray  diflfraction  anal- 
ysis, and  photography  are  available.  The  laboratory  also  houses  the  sediment 
collection,  including  deep-sea  cores. 


392  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 

Vertebrate  Zoology 

A  pilot  project  for  automating  the  specimen  catalog  and  data  retrieval 
for  seabirds  is  well  underway  in  the  division  of  birds  and  another  project 
is  just  starting  in  the  division  of  mammals.  George  E.  Watson,  Richard 
L.  Zusi,  Paul  Slud,  and  Richard  C.  Banks,  assisted  by  David  Bridge, 
have  produced  a  sequential  list  of  birds  of  the  world  and  codes  for 
specimen  data,  as  well  as  associated  ecological  and  museum-accession 
information.  A  similar  mammal  program,  which  will  include  standard 
measurements,  represents  a  cooperative  effort  by  Henry  Setzer,  John 
Paradiso,  and  several  colleagues  outside  the  Museum. 

The  imminent  return  of  the  department  of  entomology  to  the  Mu- 
seum of  Natural  History  has  accelerated  the  move  of  the  cetacean  and 
pinniped  collections  to  the  new  marine  mammal  center  at  Silver  Hill, 
Maryland,  and  necessitated  a  temporary  move  of  the  large  cases  of 
marsupial,  carnivore,  and  ungulate  skins  to  Silver  Hill.  Remodeling  in 
the  new  facility  includes  insulation,  space  heaters,  and  fluorescent  light- 


SPECIMEN  TRANSACTIONS— FISCAL  YEAR  1968 


Accessions 

Trans- 

Lent jor 

{transac- 

ferred to 

study  to 

tions) 

Exchanged 

other  gov- 

investigators 

1967 

Received 

with  other 

ernment 

and  other 

Specimens 

Departments 

{new) 

on  loan 

institutions 

agencies 

institutions 

identified 

Anthropology    .    . 

96 

40 

21,  125 

14 

784 

1,885 

Invertebrate 

Zoology  .... 

424 

1,083 

3,584 

0 

27,319 

32,  772 

Vertebrate  Zoology 

223 

4,659 

1,426 

0 

13,406 

128,  859 

Entomology  .    .    . 

566 

1,965 

2,888 

5 

67,  853 

55,  432 

Botany 

292 

6,107 

22,219 

0 

29,  545 

11,  142 

Paleobiology      .    . 

164 

1,580 

1,424 

0 

13,362 

48,  405 

Mineral  Sciences  . 

289 

33 

1,281 

62 

411 

230 

Total    ....       2,054     15,467       53,947  81     152,680      278,725 

SPECIMENS  IN  THE  NATIONAL  COLLECTION  MAY  31,  1968 

Anthropology 1  >  04^2,  804 

Archeology 811,104 

Ethnology 193,810 

Physical  Anthropology 37,  890 

Botany 3,338,483 

Phanerogams 2,081,106 

Plant  Anatomy 48,  782 

Ferns 263,222 

Grasses      401,495 

Cryptogams 543,  878 


THE  collection:  vertebrate  zoology  393 

ing  so  that  it  may  be  used  for  processing,  study,  and  storage  of  very 
large  mammals,  both  Recent  and  fossil. 

Accessions  of  mammals,  totaling  32,464,  were  the  largest  in  the  his- 
tory of  the  division.  Outstanding  accessions  were  15,000  specimens 
from  the  African  Project  and  10,000  from  the  Venezuela  Project;  500 
West  Pakistan  mammals  from  the  department  of  microbiology  at  the 
University  of  Maryland  through  Robert  Traub,  and  holotypes  of  two 
new  bats  from  the  West  Indies  donated  by  Albert  Schwartz. 

Specimens  of  rare  and  extinct  birds  were  safeguarded  by  moving  them 
to  locked  cases  similar  to  those  used  for  type-specimens  in  the  division. 
Case  labels  are  being  replaced  with  up-to-date  ones  based  on  the  nomen- 
clature newly  developed  for  data  processing.  Among  the  more  important 
accessions  in  the  division  of  birds  were  a  specimen  of  the  new  Colombian 
hummingbird  Eriocnemis  mirabilis  described  in  1967  by  de  Schauensee; 
three  lots  of  e^g  shells  of  the  extinct  elephant  bird  of  Madagascar,  col- 
lected on  a  National  Geographic  expedition  and  received  through  Luis 


Entomology 18,252,017 

Former  Division  of  Insects  Total,  1963  (Divisional 

totals  are  shown  from  this  date) 15,978,513 

Coleoptera 558,  241 

Hemiptera  and  Hymenoptera 463,  090 

Lepidoptera  and  Diptera 441,296 

Myriapoda  and  Arachnida 437,  182 

Neuropteroids 373,  695 

Invertebrate  Zoology 12,428,  140 

Crustacea      1, 570,  199 

Worms 672,  256 

Echinoderms 91, 960 

Mollusks 10,093,725 

Mineral  Sciences 472,814 

Mineralogy 162,224 

Meteorites 11,  145 

Petrology 299,445 

Paleobiology 13, 456, 690 

Invertebrate  Paleontology 13,396,224 

Vertebrate  Paleontology 53, 034 

Paleobotany      5, 524 

Sedimentology      1, 908 

Vertebrate  Zoology 3,  1 70,  444 

Mammals      385, 354 

Birds       528,644 

Reptiles  and  Amphibians ■  .    .  1 70,  997 

Fishes 2,085,449 

Total 52,161,392 

315-997     O  -  69  -  26 


394 


MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 


Marden  and  Alexander  Wetmore ;  substantial  collections  from  Panama, 
North  America,  and  the  central  Pacific  islands ;  two  skeletons  of  Strepto- 
procne  semicollaris,  the  largest  known  swift;  and  a  collection  of  238 
bird  skeletons  from  New  Guinea. 

Among  the  approximately  215,000  specimens  added  to  the  fish  collec- 
tion, the  most  significant  accession  was  from  Carl  J.  George  of  the 
American  University  of  Beirut,  Lebanon,  who  deposited  a  collection  of 
190,000  fishes  from  the  eastern  Mediterranean,  the  most  extensive  one 
in  the  Western  Hemisphere.  Other  important  accessions  included  speci- 
mens of  pelagic,  deep-sea  fishes  from  the  Pacific  Ocean  received  through 
R.  Rosenblatt,  Scripps  Institution  of  Oceanography;  and  5,000  West 
African  marine  fishes  from  G.  Bane,  through  Cornell  University. 

Particularly  significant  accessions  of  reptiles  and  amphibians  came 
from  South  America,  Africa,  and  Southeast  Asia.  Almost  1,000  speci- 
mens were  collected  by  the  African  and  Venezuelan  mammal  projects, 
including  several  new  species;  446  specimens  from  Viet-Nam  and  392 
from  Thailand  were  received  through  the  Department  of  Defense  and 
SEATO  laboratory;  Gaston  de  Witte  of  Belgium  sent  155  frogs  from  the 
Congo,  including  47  paratypes;  Werner  Bokermann  gave  217  frogs 
from  South  America,  including  15  paratypes;  L.  Hoevers  sent  230  rep- 
tiles and  amphibians  from  Surinam;  John  Visser  of  South  Africa  sent 
44  carefully  chosen  reptiles;  and  David  Jameson  deposited  large  series 
of  the  specimens  which  formed  the  basis  of  his  revision  of  various  sub- 
species of  Hyla  regilla. 


Exhibits 

The  African  anthropological  exhibits  were  formally  opened  to  the  public 
on  25  August  1967,  culminating  work  on  the  hall  begun  about  five  years 
earlier  by  Curator  Gordon  D.  Gibson.  The  56  units  displaying  aspects  of 
African  culture  make  use  of  a  wide  variety  of  techniques  (visual,  audi- 
tory, and  olfactory)  to  add  interest  and  immediacy  to  the  ethnographic 
specimens  and  descriptive  texts. 

Two  permanent  wall  exhibits  consisting  of  a  Tibetan  ritual  apron 
incorporating  human  bones,  and  a  linguistic  map  of  Asia  depicting 
the  distribution  of  language  families  were  installed.  A  simulated  food 
offering  was  made  in  the  models  shop  and  placed  on  the  altar  in  the 
Korean  Buddha  exhibit.  The  installations  of  the  shadow  puppets  of 
Malaysia,  and  the  display  of  textiles  from  India  and  Pakistan  were 
improved  and  refurbished. 


In  the  newly  completed  hall  of  the  cultures  of  Africa  and  Asia,  life-size  costumed 
models  (left)  are  positioned  before  a  painted  background  to  illustrate  an  episode 
in  the  boys'  initiation  rites  of  the  Luvale  people  of  Zambia  and  Angola.  Below, 
daily  activities  in  a  camp  of  Bushman  hunters  of  the  northwestern  Kalahari 
Desert  in  southern  Africa. 


-S 


*  4 


396  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 

A  temporary  exhibit  was  added  to  the  section  of  a  hall  of  physical 
anthropology  dealing  with  the  ancient  varieties  of  man :  In  one  of  the 
standard  free-standing  cases  adopted  for  use  in  the  hall  the  skull  of 
Zinjanthropus,  found  by  L.  S.  B.  Leakey  in  1959,  is  shown  as  restored 
by  the  artist  Jay  Matternes.  The  skull  is  shown  properly  assembled  for 
the  first  time  alongside  the  fleshed  head,  also  the  work  of  Matternes. 
Both  specimens  slowly  rotate  synchronously  so  as  to  facilitate  compari- 
son. Also,  a  cast  of  Zinjanthropus'  brain  cavity  is  shown  in  comparison 
with  that  of  a  gorilla  and  of  a  modem  man. 

The  opening  of  the  new  hall  of  meteorites  in  December  1966  was 
the  culmination  of  several  years  of  work  by  the  stafT  of  the  division  of 
meteorites  in  cooperation  with  other  units  of  the  Smithsonian;  Robert 
F.  Fudali  has  been  drawing  up  plans  for  completing  one  small  alcove, 
comprising  three  exhibition  units. 

Paul  E.  Desautels  continued  preparation  of  scripts  and  exhibit  mate- 
rials for  the  new  hall  of  physical  geology,  and,  under  his  supervision,  the 
design  and  installation  of  exhibits  in  it  was  continued  toward  expected 
completion  in  1969. 

The  laboratory  of  vertebrate  paleontology,  under  the  supervision  of 
Franklin  L.  Pearce,  continued  to  concentrate  most  of  its  effort  upon 
preparation  of  specimens  for  exhibition,  in  particular  for  the  hall  of 
Quaternary  vertebrates.  A  group  of  two  dire  wolves  and  a  horse  from 
Rancho  La  Brea,  California,  was  completed  by  Albert  C.  Myrick,  Jr. 
Other  major  exhibition  preparations  in  progress  include  a  second 
skeleton  of  the  giant  sloth  Eremotherium  by  John  E.  Ott,  a  skeleton  of 
the  wooly  mammoth  Mammuthus  primigenius  by  Leroy  Glenn,  Jr.,  two 
skeletons  of  glyptodonts  by  Gladwyn  Sullivan,  and  a  group  of  four 
peccary  skeletons  by  Sigmund  J.  Sweda.  Jay  Matternes  made  significant 
progress  toward  completion  of  the  first  of  four  proposed  murals  for  the 
Quaternary  hall,  a  representation  of  the  biota  of  the  Snake  River  Valley 
near  Hagerman,  Idaho,  near  the  beginning  of  Pleistocene  time. 


Papers  Delivered,  Lectures,  and  Seminars 

ANTHROPOLOGY 

Angel,  J.  Lawrence.  "Paleodemography  and  Evolution."  66th  Annual 
Meeting  American  Anthropological  Association,  Washington,  D.C.  De- 
cember  1967. 

.  "Prehistoric  Anatolians  and  Falciparum  Malaria."  Philadelphia  An- 
thropological  Society,   Philadelphia,   Pennsylvania.     February    1968. 

.  "What  Bones  Tell  You."  Baltimore  Association  of  Medical  Assist- 
ants, Baltimore,  Maryland.     March  1968. 

.  "The  Bases  of  Paleodemography."  37th  Annual  Meeting  of  Ameri- 
can Association  of  Physical  Anthropologists,  Wayne  State  University,  De- 
troit, Michigan.     April  1968. 

"Ancient    Disease    and    Civilization."     Howard    University    Medical 


School,  Washington,  D.C.     May  1968. 
Caldw^ell,  Warren  W.   (River  Basin  Surveys)      "Formal  Statement  on  Behalf 

of  the  Society  for  American  Archaeology."      Paper  read  at  Department  of 

the  Interior  Regional   Conference   on   the   National   Historic    Preservation 

Act,  Omaha,  Nebraska.     9  May  1967. 
Evans,  Clifford.     "The  New  World  Formative  Period."     Archeological  So- 
ciety of  Maryland,  Annapolis,  Maryland.     April   1968. 
Ewers,   John   C.     "Jean   Louis   Berlandier:    A   French   Scientist   Among   the 

Comanche   Indians  in    1828."     Conference   on  Travelers   on   the   Western 

Frontier,    Southern    Illinois    University,    Edwardsville,    Illinois.     February 

1968. 
St.  Hoyme,  Lucile  E.      "Geographical  Differences  in  Bone  Pathology."     66th 

Annual  Meeting  American  Anthropological  Association,  Washington,  D.C. 

December  1967. 
Stewart,  T.  Dale.     "Evidence  of  Human  Behavior  in  the  Fossil  Record."     75th 

Annual  Meeting  of  American  Psychological  Association.     September  1967. 
.     "Man,  the  Unique  Cultural  Animal."     Scientific  Research  Society  of 

America,  Hercules  Research  Center,  Wilmington,  Delaware.     October  1967. 
.     "Shanidar  Neanderthals."     Trinity  University,   San   Antonio,  Texas. 

December  1967. 
.     "Two    Million    Years   of    Man."     Trinity    University,    San    Antonio, 

Texas.     December  1967. 
.     "Recent  Developments  Bearing  on  Hominid  Taxonomy."      Paleonto- 

logical  Society,  Washington,  D.C.     January   1968. 
.     "Deforming  and  Operating  on  the  Human  Head  in  Prehistoric  Times." 

Howard  University,  Washington,  D.C.     April   1968. 

"Prehistoric    Human    Behavior — The    Fossil    Record."      International 


Association  of  Torch  Clubs,  Washington,  D.C.     June   1968. 
Sturtevant,   William   C.     "The   Florida   Seminole:    Ethnonymy   and   Ethno- 
genesis."     Wenner-Gren  Foundation  Symposium,  Burg  Wartenstein,  Aus- 
tria.    August  1967. 

397 


398  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 

Sturtevant,  William  C.  "Iroquois  Ritual."  Versions  read  to  seminars  at  In- 
stitute of  Social  Anthropology,  University  of  Oxford  (November  1967), 
School  of  Oriental  and  African  Studies,  University  of  London  (November 
1967),  Department  of  Anthropology,  University  of  Cambridge  (February 
1968),  Department  of  Anthropology,  University  College,  London  (Febru- 
ary 1968),  Universities  of  Beregn,  Oslo,  Stockholm,  Goteborg,  and  Copen- 
hagen (May  1968). 

.      "Semiology   and   Material   Culture."     Versions   read    to   seminars   at 

Department  of  Anthropology,  University  College,  London  (March  1968), 
Institute  of  Archaeology,  University  of  Oxford  (March  1968),  London 
School  of  Economics  (May  1968),  Universities  of  Bergen,  Oslo,  Stockholm, 
and  Copenhagen  (May  1968). 

.     "History  and  Ethnography  of  Some  West  Indian  Starches."     Institute 

of  Archaeology,  University  of  London.     May  1968. 

.      "Seneca    Music."     Ethnomusicology    Panel,    Royal    Anthropological 


Institute,  London.     June  1968. 

Trousdale,  William.  "Archaeological  Exploration  of  Afghanistan."  Archae- 
ological Institute  of  America,  New  York,  Detroit,  Toledo,  Columbus,  and 
Cincinnati.     February  1968. 

Van  Beek,  Gus  W.  "South  Arabian  Archeology."  Institute  of  Archaeology, 
University  of  London,  London,  England.     December  1967. 

.     Co-chairman   (with  Dr.  I.  E.   Wallen)    Symposium  on  "Underwater 

Archeology."     Annual  Meeting,  Archaeological  Institute  of  America,  Bos- 
ton, Massachusetts.     December  1967. 

"South    Arabian    Archeology."     Department    of    Antiquities     Staff, 


Government  of  Saudi  Arabia,  Riyadh,  Saudi  Arabia.     June  1968. 
Wedel,    Waldo    R.     "1967    Smithsonian    Investigations    in    Central    Kansas." 

Twenty-Fifth  Plains  Conference,  St.  Paul,  Minnesota.     November  1967. 
.     "Trends     and     Projections     in     Plains     Archeology."     Twenty-Fifth 

Plains  Conference,  St.  Paul,  Minnesota.     November  1967. 
.      "Central    Plains — Southwestern    Contacts    in   Light   of   Archeology." 


Thirty- Third  Annual  Meeting  of  Society  for  American  Archaeology,  Santa 
Fe,  New  Mexico.     May  1968. 
Woodbury,  Richard  B.      "The  Potentials  of  Archaeological  Paleoecology."      So- 
ciety for  American  Archaeology,  Santa  Fe,  New  Mexico.     May  1968. 

BOTANY 

Ayensu,  Edward  S.     "Smithsonian  Institution."     University  of  Ghana,  Legon, 

Ghana.     October  1967. 
.     "Biology  of  the  Velloziaceae."     University  of  Ghana,  Legon,  Ghana. 

November  1967. 
.     Complex  Vasculature  in  the  Dioscoreaceae."     College  of  William  & 


Mary,  Williamsburg,  Virginia.     February  1968. 

Eyde,  Richard  H.  "Gynoecial  Vascular  System  of  Cornaceae."  Botanical  So- 
ciety of  America,  Texas  A  &  M  University,  College  Station,  Texas.  August 
1967. 

Hale,  Mason  E.  "Lichen  Chemistry."  University  of  Texas,  Austin,  Texas. 
August  1967. 

.     "Lichen  Growth  Studies."     University  of  Georgia,  Athens,  Georgia. 

April  1968. 


PAPERS^    LECTURES^   AND    SEMINARS  399 

NicoLsoN,  Dan  H.  "Smithsonian  Institution."  Trichandra  College,  Kath- 
mandu,  Nepal.     August  1967. 

Shetler,  StanWyn  G.  "The  Computer  in  The  Flora  North  America  Proj- 
ect." Association  of  Southeastern  Biologists,  Athens,  Georgia.     April  1968. 

.  (with  Ahumada,  S.  R.,  and  Crockett,  J.).  "An  Automated  Bibliogra- 
phy for  Flora  North  America."  Symposium  on  Information  Problems  in 
Natural  Sciences,  Mexico  City.     December  1967. 

(with  Morse,  L.  E.,  and  Beaman,  J.  H.).     "Preparation  of  Identifi- 


cation Keys  for  Computer  for  Flora  North  America."  Symposium  on  Infor- 
mation Problems  in  Natural  Sciences,  Mexico  City.     December  1967. 

SoDERSTROM,  Thomas  R.  "Evolution  of  the  Grasses."  National  Biological 
Institute,  Bogor,  Indonesia.     September  1967. 

.  "Ecology  of  Plants  with  Emphasis  on  the  Grasses."  Smithsonian  In- 
stitution Associates,  Washington,  D.C.     May  1968. 

ENTOMOLOGY 

Clarke,  J.  F.  Gates.  "A  comparison  of  the  microlepidopterous  fauna  of  Rapa 
Island  with  those  of  adjacent  areas."  U.S. -Japan  Cooperative  Science  Pro- 
gram Seminar,  Washington,  D.C.     December  1967. 

DE  Meillon,  Botha.  "Malaria  in  Africa."  Military  Entomology  Conference, 
Walter  Reed  Army  Institute  of  Research,  Washington,  D.C.  (October 
1967)  ;  and.  Phi  Sigma  Society,  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park, 
Maryland  (March  1968). 

.  "Entomological  Aspects  of  Filariasis  Transmission."  Global  Epi- 
demiology Course,  Walter  Reed  Army  Institute  of  Research,  Washington, 
D.C.     May  1968. 

"Aspects  of  Vector  Biology  and  Control."     Scientific  Research  Society 


of  America,  Fort  Detrick  Branch,  Frederick,  Maryland,  May  1968. 
DucKW^ORTH,  W.  Donald.      "High  Jungle  Revisited :   Rancho  Grande  Today." 
American  Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York  (Invitational  address  to 
the  New  York  Entomological  Society) .     February  1968. 

INVERTEBRATE    ZOOLOGY 

Cressey,  Roger  F.  Some  Aspects  of  Shark  Biology  as  Revealed  by  a  Study  of 
Their  Copepod  Parasites.  American  Institute  of  Biological  Sciences  Panel 
on  Shark  Biology.     April  1968. 

HoBBS,  Horton  H.,  Jr.  The  Life  History  of  the  Testis  of  the  Crayfish.  Missis- 
sippi State  University.     August  1967. 

.     The  Freshwater  and  Terrestrial  Decapod  Crustaceans  of  the  West 

Indies.     Mississippi  State  University.     August  1967. 

.     The   Distribution   of   the   Crayfish   Genus   Procambarus.     Mississippi 

State  University.     August  1967. 

.     The  Freshwater  and  Terrestrial  Decapod  Crustaceans  of  Dominica. 

George  Mason  College.     March  1968. 

The  Origin  and  Evolution  of  the  Crayfish  Genus  Cambarus.     Sym- 


posium on  Distributional  History  of  the  Biota  of  the  Southern  Appalachians 
at  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute.     June  1968. 
KoRNiCKER,  Louis  S.     Relationship  Between  the  Free  and  Attached  Margins 
of  the  Myodocopid  Ostracod  Shell.     Symposium  on  Taxonomy,  Morphology, 
and  Ecology  of  Recent  Ostracoda.     July  1967. 


400  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 

Morrison,  Joseph  P.  E.     Brackish  Water  Mollusks.     American  Malacological 
Union  Symposium  on  Endangered  Species.     July  1968. 

.     Spiroglyphics — A  Study  of  Species  Associations.     American  Malaco- 
logical Union  Meeting,  Corpus  Christi,  Texas.     July  1968. 

.     American  Hastula.     American  Malacological  Union  Meeting,  Mon- 
treal, Canada.     July  1967. 

Collecting   Mexican    Fresh-water   Mussles.     American   Malacological 


Union  Meeting,  Montreal,  Canada.     July  1967. 

Pawson,  David  L.  Antarctic  Echinoderms:  Some  Problems  of  Biology  and 
Distribution.  Wellington  Branch,  Royal  Society  of  New  Zealand.  Septem- 
ber 1967. 

Radwin,  George.  Notes  on  Columbellidae.  American  Malacological  Union 
Meeting,  Montreal,  Canada.     July  1967. 

Roper,  Clyde  F.  E.  Deep-Diver  Dive  Series.  Graduate  student  seminar.  Insti- 
tute of  Marine  Sciences,  Miami,  Florida.     February  1968. 

Rosewater,  Joseph.  Notes  on  Periplomatidae.  American  Malacological 
Union  Meeting,  Corpus  Christi,  Texas.     July  1968. 

MINERAL    SCIENCES 

Fredericksson,  Kurt.  "A  Case  Against  Metamorphism  in  Chondrites."  Gor- 
don Research  Conference  on  Chemistry  and  Physics  of  Space,  Tilton,  New 
Hampshire.     July  1967. 

. .     "Meteorites."     Geological  Survey  of  India,  Napur,  India.     October 

1967. 
. .     "Origin   of  Chondrules   and   Chondrites."     Tata   Institute,   Bombay, 

India.     October  1967. 
. .      "Metamorphism  in  Chondrites."     University  of  Miami,  Coral  Gables, 

Florida.     February  1968. 

"Metamorphism  in  Chondrites."     Arizona  State  University,  Temple, 


Arizona.     February  1968. 
Melson,    William    G.     "Petrology    of    the    Oceanic    Crust."     Woods    Hole 

Oceanographic   Institution,  Woods  Hole,  Massachusetts.     July   1967. 
.     "Continental  Drift:    Pros  and  Cons."     Fort  Detrick  Biology  Society 

(AIBS  branch) ,  Frederick,  Maryland.     November  1967. 

"Applications  of  Physical  Chemistry  to  Geologic  Problems."     George 


Washington  University:  Graduate  Seminar,  Washington,  D.C.     June  1968. 
Switzer,  George.      "Partially  Melted  Kyanite  Eclogite  From  the  Roberts  Victor 
Mine."     South    Africa   Lecture,   Annual   Meeting   of   the   American   Geo- 
physical Union,  Washington,  D.C.     April  1968. 

PALEOBIOLOGY 

BuzAS,  M.  A.     Lectures:   The  Foraminifera.     Bureau  of  Commercial  Fisheries 

Laboratory,  Oxford,  Maryland,  1967. 
.      Panel    discussion    on    Paleoecology.     MNH,    Paleontological    Soc.    ol 

Wash.,  D.C,  1968. 
Cheetham,  a.  H.     Lecture:  Adaptive  radiation  in  Tertiary  bryozoans.      134th 

Annual  AAAS,  New  York,  1 967. 
Cifelli,  R.,  and  Roberta  K.  Smith.     Lecture :    Problems  in  the  distribution  ol 

North   Atlantic  planktonic  Foraminifera  and   their  relationships   to  watei 

masses.      Planktonic  Confer.,  Geneva,  1967. 


PAPERS;,  LECTURES,  AND  SEMINARS  401 

.     Lecture :  Age  relationships  of  mid-Atlantic  Ridge  sediments.     AAAPG 

Symposium,  Los  Angeles,  1967. 
-.  Lecture:     Adaptive    radiation    of    Cenozoic    planktonic    Foraminifera. 


A  A  AS  Symposium,  New  York,  1967. 

Kauffman,  E.  G.  Two-week  Seminar  at  University  of  Texas,  presented  the 
following  lectures:  Form,  function  and  evolution  of  Bivalvia;  Species-level 
evolution;  Paleoecology  of  epifaunal  Bivalvia;  Paleoecology  of  infaunal 
Bivalvia;  Evolution-interpretive  Paleontology;  and  MoUuscan  biogeography 
and  paleobiogeography;  Cyclic  aspects  of  the  Western  Interior  Cretaceous 
Basin,  1967. 

.     Cyclic  aspects  of  Cretaceous  deposits.  Central  Western  Interior,  United 

States,  presented  to  Geol.  Soc.  of  Wash.,  D.C. 

.     Interpretive  Paleontology  and  the  Bivalvia.     Colgate  U.,  stafF-student 

seminar,  Smithsonian  Institution,  1968. 

.     Cyclic   aspects   of   Cretaceous    sedimentation   and   mollusks,    Central 

Western  Interior.     Indiana  U.,  staff -student  lecture,   1968. 

Form,  function,  and  evolution  in  Bivalves.     Johns  Hopkins  U.,  staflf- 


student  lecture,  1968. 
.     Systematics  as  it  contributes  to  an  understanding  of  the  environment. 

Smithsonian  seminar  for  science  writers,  1968. 
Celling,  Gilbert.     Paper:    Submarine  channel  and  fan  deposits,  Silurian  of 

Central    Wales,    Great   Britain.     Presented   to   Ann.    Conv.    Amer.    Assoc. 

Petrol.  Geol.  at  Oklahoma  City,  1968. 
LiER,  P.  M.     Lecture  series:   Evolutionary  trends  in  echinoids.     University  of 

Cambridge,   1968. 
.     Lecture:    Paleoecology  of  echinoids.     University  of  Oxford,  Zoology 

Department,   1968. 
.     Lecture :  Living  habits  of  the  echinoids  of  the  Florida  Keys.     Reading 

University,  Geology  Department,  1968. 
Uy,  Clayton  E.     Lecture:  Pleistocene  and  Recent  fauna.  Summer  institute  in 

systematics   at   the    Smithsonian,   June    25-July    14,    1967.     In   Trans,    of 

Lectures,  pp.  52-54,  1968. 
.     Lecture:    Quaternary  vertebrates  and  paleoecology  in  eastern  North 

America.     Dept.  Geology,  U.  of  Penna.,  1968. 
Valler,  Thomas  R.     Discussion  of  Clayton  E.  Ray's  lecture  on  Pleistocene  and 

Recent  fauna.  Summer  institute  in  systematics  at  the  Smithsonian,  June  25- 
July  14,  1967.     In  Trans,  of  Lectures,  pp.  55,  1968. 

VERTEBRATE    ZOOLOGY 

Iandley,  Charles  O.,  Jr.  "Evolution  of  the  Mist  Net  as  a  Collecting  Tool 
in  Mammalogy."  University  of  Virginia  Mountain  Lake  Biological  Sta- 
tion.    August  1967. 

.     "Tropical   American  Bats."      University  of  Virginia  Mountain  Lake 

Biological  Station.     August  1967. 

.  "Zoology  at  the  Smithsonian."  (Research  Programs  in  the  Depart- 
ment of  Vertebrate  Zoology).     Frostburg  State  College.     November  1967. 

.      "Distribution  and  Ecology  of  Bats  in  a  Tropical  Forest."     University 

of  Kansas.     May  1968. 

achner,  Ernest  A.  "Biology  and  Evolution  of  North  American  Fresh  Water 
Cyprinid  Fishes."     Tulane  University.     January  1968. 


402  MUSEUM    OF    NATURAL    HISTORY 

Napier,  John  R.     "Primate  Biology  at  the  Smithsonian."   (Progress,  Goals  of 
the  Delta  Programs.)      Regional  Primate  Research  Center.     October  1967. 

.     "Primate    Evolution."     Department   of   Anthropology,    University   of 

California,  Berkeley.     November  1967. 

"Ecology  and  Evolution  of  Primates."     Department  of  Zoology  and 


Anthropology,  University  of  Kansas.     May  1968. 
Peters,  James  A.      "The  Role  of  Time-Shared  Computing  in  Modern  Verte- 
brate Taxonomy."     University  of  Illinois  Centennial  Celebration.     October 

1967. 

.      "Preparacion  y  manipulacion  de  claves  sistematicas  utilizando  com- 

putadoras   de    tiempo   compartido."     International    Symposium    on    Com- 
puters in  Biology,  Mexico  City.     December  1967. 

"The   Biological    Illegitimacy   of  Numerical   Taxonomic  Methods   in 


Biogeographic   Analyses."     University   of   Michigan   Museum   of   Zoology. 

March  1968. 
Springer,  Victor  G.     "The  Classification  and  Distribution  of  Fishes  of  the 

Family  Blenniidae."     National  Taiwan  University.     April   1968. 
.      "The  Opisthoglyphous  Fishes,  Genus  Meiacanthus,  Family  Blenniidae." 

American  Society  of  Ichthyologists  and  Herpetologists.     June  1968. 


National  Zoological  Park 

Theodore  H.  Reed^  Director 


Practicing  good  animal  husbandry,  the  National  Zoological  Park 
has  sought  throughout  the  year  to  make  even  better  the  splendid 
collection  of  animals  which  it  now  houses.  Every  effort  was  made  to  ob- 
tain mates  for  solitary  specimens,  and  the  resultant  breeding  records 
ha\e  been  gratifying.  The  research  program  has  been  broadened,  and 
the  educational  facilities  offered  to  the  public  have  been  increased.  The 
grounds,  which  for  several  years  were  torn  up  by  new  construction, 
^lave  now  returned  to  a  green  and  parklike  loveliness.  Although  un- 
;ettled  civic  conditions  existed  throughout  the  spring  months,  there 
yere  no  incidents  at  the  Zoo  and  the  number  of  visitors  was  only  slightly 
ess  than  last  year. 

The  Animals 

The  collection  grew  through  births,  gifts,  purchases,  and  exchanges.  The 
lim  of  the  Zoo  is  to  present  a  wide  diversity  of  fauna  and  at  the  same 
ime  to  build  up  herds  of  rare  and  endangered  species  whenever  possible. 
The  animal  department  has  been  reorganized  and  is  now  known  as 
he  department  of  living  vertebrates. 

BIRTHS 

This  has  been  a  most  important  year  for  births  of  rare  and  seldom- 
)red  animals.  In  August  the  black  rhinoceroses,  Tony  and  Thelma, 
)roduced  a  fine  male  baby.  Named  Dillon  in  honor  of  S.  Dillon  Ripley, 

403 


404  NATIONAL    ZOOLOGICAL    PARK 

Secretary  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution,  he  has  proved  to  be  one  of 
the  most  popular  animals  in  the  Zoo,  both  with  the  public  and  with  the 
employees. 

In  May,  a  Pere  David's  deer  gave  birth  to  a  male  fawn.  This  species 
is  on  the  "rare  and  endangered  list"  of  the  International  Union  for  the 
Conservation  of  Nature,  and  the  Zoo  hopes  to  build  up  a  sizable  herd 
of  these  animals,  which  have  long  been  extinct  in  the  wild.  The  golden 
marmosets,  which  are  also  on  the  iucn  list,  produced  another  set  of 
twins.  Other  notable  births  included  giraffe,  pygmy  hippopotamus,  Nile 
hippopotamus,  black-footed  cats,  a  Gambian  pouched  rat,  bushbabies, 
Patas  monkey,  black  and  spotted  leopards,  a  golden  cat,  and  a  California 
sea-lion  (which  is  being  hand-raised) . 

Efforts  of  the  bird  division  to  mate  up  pairs,  try  out  new  diets,  and 
furnish  acceptable  nesting  conditions  have  paid  off.  There  was  a  notable 
increase  in  the  number  of  species  hatched,  despite  the  disruption  of  the 
bird  house,  which  underwent  a  complete  replastering,  re-roofing,  and 
repainting  job,  making  it  necessary  to  move  birds  frequently  from 
one  cage  to  another. 


STATUS  OF  THE  COLLECTION 

30  June 

1968 

Phylum:   Class 
Chordata:  Mammals 
:  Birds 

Orders 
14 
22 

Families 
48 
78 

Species  or 
subspecies 

210 

417 

Individuals 

601 
1,254 

:  Reptiles 
:  Amphibians 
:  Fishes 

3 
2 
5 

29 

12 

8 

259 
35 
31 

743 
116 
189 

Arthropoda:  Insects 

:  Crustaceans 

1 
1 

1 
1 

1 
2 

15 
126 

:  Spiders 
MoUusca:  Snails 

1 
1 

1 

1 

1 

1 

2 
30 

Totals 

50 

179 

957 

3,076 

Note  :  Certain  tabulated,  statistical,  and  other  information  formerly  contained  in 
the  report  of  the  National  Zoological  Park  in  Smithsonian  Year  now  appears  as 
appendices  to  the  Separate  of  this  Report  (available  on  request  from  the  Director 
of  the  National  Zoological  Park) .  This  information  includes: 
Visitor  statistics  and  other  operational  information. 

Report  of  the  Veterinarian,  augmented  by  case  histories  and  autopsy  reports. 

Complete  lists  of  (a)   animals  in  the  collection  on  30  June  1968;   (b)   all 

births  and  hatchings  during  the  year;  and  (c)  changes  in  the  collection  by 

gift,  purchase,  or  exchange. 


THE    ANIMALS 


405 


first  Pere  David  deer  birth  at  the  Na- 
inal  Zoo,  was  a  male,  bom  on  9  May. 

-billed  herons  hatched  for  the  first  time 
the  Zoo's  history  on  3,  7,  and  9  April. 


One-day-old  Masai  giraffe  Don- 
na and  mother  Marg.  This  baby 
was  born  2  February  and  named 
for  Mrs.  Gilbert  M.  Grosvenor. 


Two  black-footed  cats  (Felis 
nigripes)  hand-reared  in  the 
Zoo's  animal  hospital,  at  two 
months  of  age. 


A  young  female  patas  monkey 
(Erythrocebus  patas)  bom  and 
reared  during  the  year. 


406  NATIONAL    ZOOLOGICAL   PARK 

The  hatching  of  4  bare-throated  tree  partridges  {Arborophila  hrun- 
neopectus)  is  believed  to  be  a  "first"  breeding  record.  In  addition  there 
were  4  kookaburras,  continuing  the  seven-year  breeding  record  for  this 
species,  as  well  as  32  crested  green  wood  partridges  {Rollulus  roulroul) 
3  boat-billed  herons,  10  Hawaiian  ducks,  10  hoopoes,  and  11  black- 
necked  swans. 

A  noteworthy  birth  in  the  reptile  division  was  that  of  five  tentaclec 
snakes  {Erpeton  tentaculatum) .  Although  none  of  the  young  lived  long© 
than  14  days,  this  is  believed  to  be  the  first  record  of  the  species  bein^ 
bom  in  captivity. 

GIFTS 

A  gift  of  nine  kangaroos  and  a  wallaby  from  the  Australian  govemmen 
was  formally  presented  to  the  National  Zoological  Park  by  Australiai 
Ambassador  John  Keith  Waller  on  9  November.  These  kangaroos  ha< 
been  in  the  Australian  pavilion  at  Expo  67  in  Montreal.  It  is  nearly  ten 
years  since  the  Zoo  last  exhibited  the  red  kangaroo,  and  the  "mob,"  as  a 
group  of  kangaroos  is  called,  makes  a  most  attractive  exhibit. 

Also  originating  in  Australia,  was  another  gift,  ten  gray-headed  fruit 
bats  {Pteropus  polio cephalus)  from  Knut  Schmidt-Nielson  of  Duke 
University.  These  large,  impressive  bats  are  currently  being  housed  in  a 
glass-fronted  cage  in  the  small  mammal  house.  Schmidt-Nielson  also 
deposited  a  pair  of  echidnas  at  the  Zoo. 

A  colorful  collection  of  finches  and  other  small  cage  birds  was  received 
from  Cornelius  Zwenners  of  McLean,  Virginia,  and  a  contribution  ol 
$125  toward  the  animal  purchase  fund  was  gratefully  received  fron 
Reader's  Digest. 

PURCHASES 

When  buildings  were  completed  for  delicate-hoofed  stock,  the  Zoo  began 
to  add  to  its  antelope  collection,  which  had  never  been  large  because  oj 
lack  of  suitable  quarters.  With  the  acquisition  of  a  female  greater  kudu, 
there  is  now  a  fine  pair  with  excellent  breeding  prospects.  Three  Mrs. 
Gray's  waterbuck  were  ordered,  and  while  they  were  in  the  quaran 
tine  station  at  Clifton,  New  Jersey,  one  of  the  females  produced  z 
fawn — ^an  unexpected  bonus  for  the  Zoo. 

A  trio  of  the  rare  and  beautiful  scimitar-horned  oryx  was  acquirec 
during  the  year.  These  animals,  listed  by  the  iucn  as  rare  and  en 
dangered  species,  are  also  in  the  new  delicate  hoofed-stock  area. 

Other  purchases  of  note  were  four  rare  South  American  rodents  calle( 
pacaranas,  a  pair  of  Geoffroy's  cats,  two  linsangs,  and  six  white-checkec 
gibbons. 


THE    ANIMALS 


407 


"jppp 


3n  9  November  the  Ambassador  from  Australia  John  Keith  Waller,  C.B.E., 
ormally  presented  a  group  of  nine  red  kangaroos  and  one  wallaby  to  the  National 
Zoological  Park,  a  gift  to  the  people  of  the  United  States  from  the  Common- 
l^ealth  of  Australia.  Here,  in  the  hoofed-stock  building,  Mrs.  Waller  ofiFers  a 
idbit  to  one  of  the  kangaroos  while  the  Ambassador  looks  on. 


Two  of  the  Zoo's  trio  of 

cimitar-h  o  r  n  e  d     oryx 

Oryx    tao)    graze    con- 

entedly  in  their  outdoor 

addock. 

Photo  by  Mary  M.  Krug 


408  NATIONAL    ZOOLOGICAL   PARK 

A  female  cheetah  was  acquired  to  replace  one  that  died  last  year,  and 
the  Zoo  now  has  a  pair  of  these  beautiful,  long-legged  cats.  Other  pur- 
chases were  a  female  caracal,  male  spectacled  bear,  bush  dogs,  and 
crab-eating  fox.  The  so-called  puma  house  had  not  displayed  pumas  for 
many  years,  but  a  young  pair  was  obtained  and  the  name  of  the  build- 
ing is  now  justified. 

The  bird  collection  was  enriched  by  the  purchase  of  macaroni  pen- 
guins, hooded  cranes,  giant  coots,  a  pair  of  resplendent  quetzals,  sev-j 
eral  species  of  hummingbirds,  tawny  frogmouths,  and  many  others. 

Purchases  for  the  reptile  division  included  a  group  of  Old  World 
vipers,  a  beaked  snake,  and  Smyth's  water  snake. 

EXCHANGES 

In  order  to  improve  breeding  potentials  in  the  National  Zoo  and  ir 
other  zoos  throughout  the  country,  animals  are  occasionally  exchanged 
The  most  interesting  exchange  this  year  was  the  gorilla  -  orangutar 
trade  with  Yerkes  Regional  Primate  Research  Center.  The  Zoo  needec 
a  female  companion  for  young  Atjeh,  the  first  orang  born  in  Washing 
ton.  Yerkes  wanted  a  young  gorilla.  Accordingly,  Inaki,  the  third  gorilk 
baby  born  at  the  National  Zoo,  was  exchanged  for  Seriba,  a  delightfu 
young  female  orang.  The  young  animals  involved  all  seem  quite  happ 
with  this  arrangement,  and  Seriba  and  Atjeh  became  friends  at  oncf 
An  exchange  with  the  zoo  in  Melbourne,  Australia,  netted  the  Na 
tional  Zoo  four  mainland  wombats,  three  species  of  Australian  lizard 
and  some  Australian  snakes,  including  the  diamond  python,  amethystin 
python,  and  carpet  python. 

REMOVALS 

Dennis,  the  pixyish  young  orangutan  that  was  confiscated  at  Dull* 
Airport  on  25  February  1967,  under  a  Federal  law  prohibiting  blac 
market  trade  in  wild  animals,  left  on  27  September  for  his  permanei 
home  in  the  Henry  Doorly  Zoological  Gardens  in  Omaha,  Nebrask; 
The  Omaha  zoo  was  selected  by  the  Wild  Animal  Propagation  Tru 
as  having  suitable  facilities  for  breeding  these  red-haired  apes  whic 
are  in  danger  of  extinction  in  the  wild.  The  Omaha  zoo  has  foi 
female  orangs  and  needed  a  young  male. 

A  Siberian  white  crane  {Grus  leucogeranus) ,  which  arrived  in  tl 
Zoo  as  a  young  adult  in  1906,  was  found  in  the  bird  house  on  19  Marc 
with  a  compound  fracture  of  the  left  leg.  The  leg  was  set,  but  the  bii 
succumbed  to  shock  and  old  age  on  22  March.  An  autopsy  showed  th; 
"Old  Pops"  as  he  was  affectionately  known,  was  a  female.  She  he 
lived  in  captivity  for  61  years,  8  months,  and  25  days. 


A  sad  event  was  the  death  of  famous  old  "Pops"  (left)  the  Asiatic  white  crane 
(Grus  leucogeranus)  on  22  March.  This  remarkable  bird  was  received  as  a  young 
adult  on  26  June  1906  and  lived  at  the  National  Zoological  Park  61  years,  8 
months  and  25  days.  As  far  as  can  be  determined,  Pops  holds  the  world's  lon- 
gevity record  for  cranes  in  captivity.  Right:  Orang  Atjeh,  born  here  2  April 
1966,  received  a  fine  present  a  month  before  his  second  birthday— a  companion 
and  future  mate,  Seriba.  Two  months  younger  than  Atjeh,  Seriba  was  received 
from  the  Yerkes  Regional  Primate  Research  Center  in  exchange  for  Inaki,  the 
third  gorilla  born  at  the  National  Zoo. 

The  Colombian  red-eyed  cowbird  (Tangavius  armenti)  died  on 
28  December  1967,  after  11  years  and  15  days  in  captivity.  At  the  time 
this  bird  was  purchased  from  an  animal  dealer  in  Rockville,  Mary- 
land, this  species  had  not  been  seen  alive  for  a  hundred  years  and  was 
presumed  to  be  extinct.  As  far  as  is  known,  there  are  no  other  speci- 
ments  in  captivity  and  no  ornithologist  has  reported  seeing  them  in 
Colombia. 

Deaths  occurred  among  animals  that  had  been  in  the  collection  for 
so  many  years  that  they  may  have  established  longevity  records.  A 
female  linsang  that  died  in  August  had  been  in  the  collection  for  9 
years,  3  months  and  27  days;  this  animal  is  so  rare  in  collections  that 
no  longevity  is  recorded  for  it.  Another  old  resident  that  died  during 
the  year  was  a  slender-tailed  cloud  rat,  which  established  a  longevity 
record  of  13  years,  8  months,  6  days.  A  Florida  spiny  softshell  {Trionyx 
ferox)  received  18  December  1930,  died  15  September  1967,  having 
been  m  the  Zoo  36  years,  8  months,  28  days.  A  grison  received  25  March 
1958,  died  24  July  1967,  after  9  years,  4  months;  and  a  cotton-top  mar- 
moset, received  26  November  1958,  lived  until  14  July  1967—8  years, 
7  months,  1 7  days. 


315-997     O  -  69  -  27 


410  NATIONAL    ZOOLOGICAL    PARK 

ANIMAL-COLLECTING  TRIPS 
Three  collecting  trips  were  undertaken  by  members  of  the  department 
of  living  vertebrates  to  various  parts  of  the  country.  Kerry  Muller, 
manager  of  the  division  of  birds,  went  to  Cold  Bay,  Alaska,  to  trap 
waterfowl  in  conjunction  with  the  Fish  and  Wildlife  Service  in  Alaska. 
Through  their  combined  efforts,  the  Zoo  obtained  10  Steller's  eiders 
and  it  is  believed  that  these  may  be  the  only  ones  at  present  in  cap- 
tivity, with  the  possible  exception  of  some  at  Slimbridge  Wildfowl 
Trust  in  England. 

In  March,  Muller  and  headkeeper  of  birds  Broderick  McCrossin, 
participated  in  a  duck-trapping  program  on  Rhodes  River  adjacent  to 
the  Chesapeake  Bay  Biology  Station  at  Java  Farms.  More  than  700 
ducks  were  trapped,  the  majority  being  banded  for  the  Fish  and  Wild- 
life Service  and  released.  Some  desirable  specimens  were  retained  for 
the  Zoo's  collection,  notably  old  squaw  and  bufflehead  ducks. 

During  early  April,  four  members  of  the  animal  department  partici- 
pated in  a  two-week  reptile  collecting  trip  to  Florida.  William  Xanten, 
Jack  Armstrong,  Mario  DePrato,  and  Lee  Schmeltz  collected  over  170 
specimens  of  reptiles  and  amphibians;  they  also  visited  several  zoos, 
including  Crandon  Park,  Miami  Seaquarium,  and  Busch  Gardens. 


MIXED    EXHIBITS 

The  department  of  living  vertebrates  continued  to  show  mixed 
groups  of  animals.  Among  the  more  startling  is  a  small  group  of  cotton- 
top  marmosets  to  be  seen  cavorting  in  branches  suspended  above  the 
pygmy  hippopotamus  pools  in  the  elephant  house.  They  are  allowed 
to  roam  the  whole  area  unrestricted  by  bars,  and  leap  gracefully  from 
branch  to  branch.  In  the  same  building  white  cattle  egrets  wander  among 
the  rhinos  in  a  natural  relationship,  just  as  they  do  in  Africa.  A  mixed 
exhibit  in  the  bird  house  has  streaked  tenrecs  in  the  same  cage  as  fal- 
conets and  frogmouths.  Blue  spiny  lizards  are  shown  in  the  desert  bird 
exhibit.  These  community  groups  have  great  interest  for  the  public  as 
well  as  for  the  keepers. 

Research 

Further  diversification  of  the  research  program  at  the  National  Zo- 
ological Park  has  been  made  possible  by  the  construction  of  an  addi- 
tional room  in  the  basement  of  the  lion  house  in  which  several  cavio- 
morph  rodents  are  now  housed,  as  well  as  the  acquisition  of  additional 
cage  facilities  in  one  of  the  two  rooms  on  the  top  floor  of  the  reptile 
house. 


RESEARCH  411 

During  the  first  part  of  October,  John  Eisenberg  flew  to  Ceylon  for 
his  quarterly  inspection  of  the  Smithsonian  elephant  project  and  to 
conduct  for  members  of  the  Ceylonese  Wildlife  Management  Depart- 
ment a  three-week  training  course  on  the  immobilization  of  wild 
elephants.  Ths  was  a  joint  effort  between  Eisenberg  and  Zoo  veterinarian 
C.  W.  Gray. 

On  4  January,  Dr.  Paul  Leyhausen  of  the  Max  Planck  Institut  at 
Wuppertal,  Germany,  arrived  for  a  month's  stay,  during  which  he  and 
Eisenberg  conducted  obser\ations  on  the  predatory  behavior  of  several 
species  of  viverrids.  In  addition,  films  were  made  of  the  prey-catching 
behavior  of  the  dasyurid  marsupial  Dasyuroides  byrnei. 

On  21  April,  L.  Collins,  who  had  earlier  joined  the  staff  as  animal 
keeper,  was  promoted  to  administrative  assistant  in  order  that  he  might 
assume  responsibility  for  the  department  and  continue  the  research  proj- 
ects when  the  resident  scientist  departed  for  Ceylon  in  June. 

During  the  past  year  Eisenberg  conducted  seminars  at  the  University 
of  Michigan,  Ann  Arbor;  University  of  Maryland,  College  Park;  and 
Johns  Hopkins  University,  Baltimore.  He  also  presented  papers  at  the 
American  Association  of  Zoological  Parks  and  Aquariums  meeting  in 
Tampa,  Florida,  and  at  the  New  York  Academy  of  Sciences  Conference 
in  New  York  City.  In  addition,  during  the  spring  semester  at  the  Uni- 
versity of  Maryland  Graduate  School  he  taught  a  course,  entitled  "A 
Review  of  Primate  Ecology  and   Behavior  Studies." 


One  of  the  Scientific  Research  Department's  rarest  species,  a  moon  rat  or 
Malayan  gymnure,  Echinosorex  gymnurus.  Since  its  arrival  10  July  1967  this 
insectivore  has  been  thriving  on  a  diet  consisting  of  a  mixture  of  horsemeat, 
vitamins,  canned  cat  food,  and  egg,  plus  mice  and  fish  fillets. 


412  NATIONAL    ZOOLOGICAL   PARK 

Several  research  projects  are  currently  being  undertaken  at  the  Zoo 
in  addition  to  the  overseas  projects  in  Ceylon. 

Among  the  research  projects  currently  underway  are  two,  in  Ceylon, 
of  which  the  administrator  and  principal  investigator  is  J.  Eisenberg, 
who  departed  10  June  to  begin  a  year's  residency  in  that  country.  The 
first,  initiated  in  January  1967,  is  a  study  of  the  behavior  and  ecology 
of  the  Ceylonese  elephant.  Working  with  Eisenberg  on  this  project  are 
H.  K.  Buechner,  the  co-principal  investigator,  and  F.  Kurt  and  G.  Mc- 
Kay. The  second  project  is  an  investigation  of  the  comparative  ecology 
and  behavior  of  Ceylonese  primates.  Suzanne  Ripley  is  co-principal  in- 
vestigator and  G.  Manley  and  N.  Muckenhirn  are  presently  working 
on  it. 

Other  current  research  projects  are : 

1.  Studies  of  predatory  behavior  of  the  Viverridae  (with  C.  Wemmer) . 

2.  Studies  on  the  social  behavior  and  on  the  ontogeny  of  behavior 
among  selected  species  of  caviomorph  rodents  (with  N.  Smythe) . 

3.  Studies  on  the  climbing  ability  of  Microgale  (with  J.  McAulay) . 

4.  Studies  on  the  hand  raising  and  maturation  of  Setijer  and  Tenrec 
(with  N.  Muckenhirn) . 

5.  Studies  on  the  general  behavior  of  Macaca  sylvana  (with  W. 
Dittus) . 

6.  Studies  on  the  learning  ability  of  Microgale  (with  M.  Linnet) . 

7.  Studies  on  the  reproductive  behavior  in  Cannomys  badius  (with  A. 
Miller-Baker) . 

8.  Studies  on  the  predatory  behavior  of  Tenrec,  including  filming  of 
selected  series  (with  E.  Gould) . 

9.  Studies  on  thermoregulation  in  tenrecs  (with  A.  Underbill  and  B. 
My  ton) . 

10.  Studies  on  the  reproduction  and  maturation  in  Proechimys  (with  E. 
Maliniak) . 

11.  Studies  on  the  reproductive  behavior  and  maturation  in  the  dasyu- 
rids  (with  L.  Collins) . 

12.  Studies  on  the  gestation  period  in  the  Rodentia,  Marsupialia,  and 
Insectivora  (with  A.  Miller-Baker,  E.  Maliniak,  and  L.  Collins) . 

13.  Studies  on  the  reproductive  behavior  of  Solenodon  paradoxus  (with 
E.  Maliniak) . 

The  following  paper  originating  in  the  scientific  research  department 
was  published: 

Eisenberg,  J.  F.  "A  Comparative  Study  in  Rodent  Ethology  with  Emphasis  on 
Evolution  of  Social  Behavior,  Part  I."  Proceedings  of  the  U.S.  National 
A/M5eMm,  vol.  122,  no.  3597,51  pp. 


CONSERVATION  413 

Conservation 

Wildlife  conservation,  with  special  emphasis  on  species  threatened  with 
extinction  in  the  wild  state,  is  a  primary  consideration  in  management 
of  the  Zoo's  collection,  in  its  scientific  and  educational  programs,  and 
in  its  commitments  to  national  and  international  conservation  activities. 
The  director  was  re-elected  president  of  the  aazpa^s  Wild  Animal 
Propagation  Trust,  a  group  that  promotes  and  coordinates  the  captive 
breeding  of  endangered  species.  Its  principal  aim  is  to  allocate  responsi- 
bilities for  such  species  among  qualified  zoos  in  order  to  avoid  duplica- 
tion of  effort  and  neglect  of  some  species,  and  its  specialist  committees 
have  had  considerable  success  in  arranging  inter-zoo  exchanges  and 
loans  of  animals  so  as  to  bring  pairs  of  breeding  age  together.  Pere 
David's  deer  and  the  golden  marmoset  are  among  the  species  for  which 
the  National  Zoo  has  accepted  responsibility.  A  series  of  cages  have  been 
redesigned  to  provide  optimum  conditions  for  an  increasing  number  of 
the  marmosets. 

The  Zoo  has  not  been  successful  in  obtaining  funds  to  develop  the 
available  Smithsonian-owned  land  at  Belmont  as  a  breeding  farm. 
During  the  year,  a  friend  of  the  Zoo  offered  to  make  private  land  avail- 
able for  this  purpose,  providing  the  necessary  facilities  and  support.  A 
tentative  agreement  was  reached,  and  it  is  hoped  that  the  first  animals 
will  be  transferred  to  this  pilot  project  shortly. 

For  the  third  successive  year,  the  Zoo  conducted  for  the  American 
Association  of  Zoological  Parks  and  Aquariums  the  annual  census  of 
endangered  species.  It  covers  all  North  American  animal  collections 
and  provides  data  essential  to  coordinated  management  of  these  species. 

The  assistant  director  was  invited  to  membership  in  the  Survival 
Service  Commission  of  the  International  Union  for  the  Conservation  of 
Nature  and  Natural  Resources.  This  international  strategy  group  seeks 
to  develop  and  apply  specific  plans  benefiting  individual  endangered 
species,  chiefly  in  their  native  habitats.  It  is  frequently  consulted  by 
governments  in  the  planning  and  administration  of  wildlife  parks  and 
preserves,  and  also  advises  the  World  Wildlife  Fund  in  its  grants  for 
wildlife  research  and  preservation.  The  assistant  director  met  with  the 
group  in  April  at  Bariloche,  Argentina. 

The  assistant  director  continued  as  chairman  of  the  aazpa  subcom- 
mittee on  endangered  species.  One  of  the  most  promising  developments 
of  the  year  was  Congressional  consideration  of  the  Lennon  bill  (H.  R. 
11618)  which  would  enable  the  Secretary  of  the  Interior  to  regulate 
importations  of  endangered  wildlife  species,  as  well  as  their  hides  and 
furs,  and  to  regulate  interstate  traffic  in  native  species  protected  by 
state  laws.  Hearings  were  held  by  the  House  Committee  on  Merchant 


^^. 


■I 

f 


Although  our  Indian  rhinos  Tarun  and  Rajkumari  had  been  living  in  adjoining 
cages  almost  since  Raj's  arrival  as  an  8-month-old  calf  in  December  1963,  it  was 
felt  that  she  was  too  young  to  be  introduced  to  the  mature  male  before  this 
spring.  As  far  as  Rajkumari  was  concerned,  it  was  definitely  NOT  love  at  first 
sight.  .  .  . 


.  .  but  after  a  week  or  two,  Tarun  was  obviously  transforming  into  a  prince. 
(Photos  courtesy  The  Washington  Post:  Top,  Ken  Feil,  bottom,  Arthur  Ellis.) 


INFORMATION    AND   EDUCATION 


415 


Marine  and  Fisheries,  at  which  Lee  Talbot  read  a  statement  by  Secre- 
tary Ripley  endorsing  the  legislation.  Zoo  Director  Reed  also  testified 
for  the  Wild  Animal  Propagation  Trust,  and  submitted  a  statement  by 
William  G.  Conway  (then  president  of  the  aazpa),  favoring  enactment. 

Information  and  Education 

During  fiscal  year  1968  the  information-education  section  continued  its 
signing  and  labeling  program,  as  well  as  providing  editorial  and  graphic 
arts  services  and  assistance  in  planning  special  Zoo  events.  The  section 
assisted  with  press,  radio,  and  television  coverage  of  Zoo  activities  on 
more  than  77  occasions,  and  disseminated  natural  history  and  Park 
information  by  telephone  and  correspondence.  For  groups  of  handi- 
capped children,  visiting  schools  and  colleges,  personnel  from  other  zoo's 
and  museums,  and  special  guests  and  dignitaries,  46  guided  tours  were 
conducted. 

The  section  also  cooperated  with  the  Friends  of  the  National  Zoo  in  a 
number  of  projects,  principally  in  training  groups  of  volunteer  docents 
or  tour  guides. 


African  black  rhino  Thelma  keeps  a  watchful  eye  on  her  (and  the  Zoo's)  first- 
born rhinoceros,  Dillon,  named  for  Smithsonian  Secretary  S.  Dillon  Ripley. 


^^?ie 


»•*.% 


416  NATIONAL    ZOOLOGICAL    PARK 

Friends  of  the  National  Zoo 

This  was  another  busy  and  productive  year  for  the  Friends  of  the  Na- 
tional Zoo.  Publication  of  the  newsletter,  Spots  and  Stripes,  was  contin- 
ued, and  the  Friends  assisted  the  Zoo  in  two  "preg  watches" — for  Dillon 
the  rhino  and  Donna  the  giraffe. 

A  children's  art  exhibit,  commemorating  the  opening  of  the  National 
Collection  of  Fine  Arts,  sponsored  and  organized  by  the  Friends,  consist- 
ing of  155  colorful  and  imaginative  paintings  on  the  theme  "Animals 
and  Zoos"  was  displayed  in  the  hoofed-stock  buildings. 

The  board  of  directors  formed  a  permanent  new  scientific  research 
committee  to  keep  abreast  of  and  support,  wherever  possible,  Zoo  re- 
search activities. 

Under  the  supervision  and  guidance  of  the  Zoo,  an  animal-feeding 
program  was  begun  to  permit  visitors  to  purchase  proper  and  nutritious 
food  for  the  bears,  monkeys,  and  sea  lions. 

The  Friends'  education  committee  revised  their  educational  aid 
packets  on  the  Zoo  for  elementary  school  teachers  and  in  addition  ini- 
tiated their  first  docent  program.  Seventeen  trained  volunteers  now  offer 
guided  tours  of  the  Zoo  to  organized  educational  groups,  and  a  second 
training  program  for  tour  leaders  was  begun  on  20  June.  An  active 
drive  during  the  year  more  than  doubled  membership  to  a  total  of  ovei 
1,000. 

Construction  and  Improvements 

On  12  October  the  new  Harvard  Street  overpass  was  opened  to  pedes- 
trian and  vehicular  traffic,  thus  completing  a  project  the  National  Park 
Service  began  in  1962.  It  spans  the  bridle  path,  parking  lot.  Rock  Creek, 
and  the  relocated  boundary  fence  of  the  Zoo,  and  then  joins  the  inter- 
nal visitor  road  system  of  the  Park.  This  was  the  final  step  in  the  work 
involved  in  relocating  Beach  Drive,  which  included  the  tunnel  under 
Administration  Hill  and  changing  the  course  of  Rock  Creek.  Gates 
are  approximately  at  the  Zoo  boundary  line,  over  the  parkway  property 
onto  the  Zoo  property.  It  is  esthetically  pleasing  and  of  modern  design, 
and  gives  easy  access  and  a  pleasant  approach  to  the  Zoo  from  Harvard 
Street. 

For  a  number  of  years  the  Forest  Service  had  been  encouraging  school 
children  to  contribute  their  nickels  and  dimes  to  a  fund  to  build  a  new 
home  for  Smokey  Bear,  internationally  known  symbol  of  forest-fire 
prevention.  While  Smokey  remains  in  the  same  cage,  there  is  a  drama- 
tic new  front  consisting  of  a  crash-proof  picture  window  of  three  panes, 
each  4  by  6  feet.  These  are  laminated  of  two  outer  layers  of  y4-inch 


CONSTRUCTION    AND    IMPROVEMENTS 


417 


The  new  Harvard  Street  bridge  spanning  Rock  Creek  Parkway  provides  local 
traffic  and  pedestrians  with  easy  access  to  the  south  end  of  the  Zoo. 


Smokey  Bear's  remodeled  cage,  completed  18  April  1968,  has  a  wide  expanse  of 
heavy-duty  glass  (with  plexiglas  core)  that  enables  visitors  to  view  and  photo- 
graph Smokey  and  Goldie  with  safety  almost  eyeball  to  eyeball. 


418  NATIONAL    ZOOLOGICAL    PARK 

tempered  plate  glass,  between  which  is  a  j4-inch  plexiglas  panel. 
This  is  the  only  barrier  between  Smokey  and  his  admirers,  and  in  the 
Zoo's  remodeling  program  this  technique  will  be  used  in  displaying 
many  of  the  large  carnivores,  such  as  lions  and  tigers,  as  well  as  great 
apes. 

Remodeling  of  the  bird  house  was  completed.  With  new  planting  and 
decoration  it  looks  even  lovelier  than  before. 

Planning  is  continuing  on  the  multi-climate  house  to  be  built  be- 
tween the  site  of  the  old  antelope  house,  an  1898  structure  demolished 
this  year,  and  the  small  mammal  house.  Construction  of  the  hospital- 
research  center  was  started  on  10  June  under  a  14-month  contract. 


Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute 

Martin  H.  Moynihan,  Director 


THE  SMITHSONIAN  TROPICAL  RESEARCH  INSTITUTE  Continued  its  work 
in  the  fields  of  research,  education,  and  conservation  with  the  ulti- 
mate objective  of  obtaining  information  that  will  explain  why  tropical 
biotas  and  environments  are  different  from  those  of  other  regions.  We  are 
still  very  far  from  solving  this  problem,  but  the  question  is  important. 
It  also  is  becoming  increasingly  urgent.  The  answers  (and  they  will  cer- 
tainly be  multiple)  not  only  will  be  interesting  from  a  theoretical  sci- 
entific point  of  view,  but  should  provide  baseline  information  for  in- 
telligent planning  of  human  activities  and  for  management  of  environ- 
ments in  large  parts  of  the  world. 

The  present  phase  of  bureau  activities  began  only  a  few  years  ago 
with  a  modest  expansion  of  the  scientific  staff  and  facilities.  It  is  gratify- 
ing to  see  that  this  is  now  producing  accelerated  results.  The  number 
of  scientific  papers  and  reports  has  increased  substantially.  The  numbers 
of  visiting  scientists  and  students  has  grown,  and  it  has  become  pos- 
sible to  design  and  initiate  cooperative  projects  involving  multiple  in- 
vestigations of  a  particular  subject  by  different  specialists  using  differ- 
ent techniques.  Among  these  subjects  are  the  eflfects  and  implications 
of  seasonality  and  climatic  fluctuations  in  the  tropics,  and  the  possible 
biological  consequences  of  the  construction  of  a  sea-level  canal  between 
the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  Oceans  in  Panama  or  some  adjacent  country. 

Simply  because  the  expansion  has  been  so  successful,  however,  it  also 
is  necessary  to  "take  stock"  and  to  consider  further  developments  in 
detail.  Thus,  the  last  twelve  months  have  been  a  period  of  re-assessment 
of  the  past  and  planning  for  the  future. 

419 


420  SMITHSONIAN    TROPICAL    RESEARCH    INSTITUTE 

In  this  process,  an  ad  hoc  advisory  committee  of  distinguished  uni- 
versity scientists  was  invited  to  Panama  to  review  the  operations  of  the 
Institute.  It  endorsed  past  policies,  and  suggested  that  they  be  extended 
into  new  areas  and  problems  as  soon  as  opportunity  permits. 

Plans  were  drawn  up  to  increase  the  administrative  capability  of 
the  bureau.  A  new  building  is  being  acquired  in  Ancon,  Canal  Zone, 
where  the  administrative  and  support  services  for  all  the  laboratory 
and  field  studies  will  be  centralized.  Operations  in  various  parts  of  South 
America  and  the  islands  of  the  Caribbean  will  continue.  The  first  inves- 
tigations in  the  Old  World  Tropics  will  begin  in  July  1968  and  will  be 
concentrated  in  the  Ivory  Coast,  Madagascar,  India,  and  New  Guinea. 

Research 

The  research  activities  of  the  bureau  include  both  the  studies  of  staff 
scientists,  interns,  and  fellows,  and  those  of  visiting  investigators  from 
other  institutions.  The  following  tabulation  shows  the  number  of  visitors, 
roughly  divided  into  academic  categories,  for  whom  the  bureau  pro- 
vided appreciable  support  during  the  past  fiscal  year. 

Senior  scientists 137 

Graduate  students 74 

Undergraduate  students 44 

Secondary  school  students 113 

Amateur  biologists  and  members  of  natural  history  groups-  108 

Nonscientific    91 

Total 567 

The  scope  of  the  research  by  visiting  scientists  was  quite  broad.  Some 
examples  are  cited  below. 

As  part  of  a  long-term  analysis  of  the  accumulation  of  insecticide 
and  other  chlorinated  hydrocarbon  residues  in  marine  environments, 
Robert  W.  Risebrough  of  the  University  of  California  measured  the 
amounts  of  these  substances  present  in  the  eggs  of  several  species  of 
seabirds  nesting  on  islands  in  the  Bay  of  Panama.  The  amounts  were 
correlated  with  the  breeding  success  of  the  species  involved.  Such  data 
may  facilitate  prediction  of  the  effects  of  common  environmental  pol- 
lutants upon  other  organisms. 

The  factors  regulating  reproduction  in  lizards  continued  to  be  the 
subject  of  investigation  by  Owen  J.  Sexton,  and  his  associates  and 
students,  from  Washington  University.  Their  studies  indicate  that  many 
species  are  surprisingly  "vulnerable."  Tropical  areas  may  have  relatively 
stable  temperature  schedules,  but  variations  in  rainfall  and  other  features 


RESEARCH  421 

may  impose  severe  stresses,  with  possibly  catastrophic  efTects,  upon  some 
animal  populations. 

David  Chivers  of  Cambridge  University  came  to  Barro  Colorado 
Island  to  observe  howler  monkeys  (Alouatta)  and  to  develop  new  tech- 
niques which  can  be  applied  to  the  study  of  primates  in  Malaya  and 
other  areas  of  southeast  Asia. 

Through  a  cooperative  program  sponsored  by  the  United  States  Air 
Force,  the  Institute  was  able  to  invite  seven  scientists  to  visit  Panama,  to 
determine  the  feasibility  of  new  kinds  of  research  in  the  Tropics  and  to 
initiate  certain  pilot  projects.  Robert  J.  Menzies  of  Florida  State  Uni- 
versity transported  a  variety  of  marine  invertebrates  through  the  fresh- 
waters  of  Gatun  Lake,  and  proved  that  some  of  them  survived  rather 
better  than  might  have  been  expected.  He  also  obtained  viable  Fi  off- 
spring from  a  cross  between  Atlantic  and  Pacific  p>opulations  of  a 
marine  isopod  Limnoria.  Max  Hecht  of  the  City  University  of  New 
York  studied  the  ecology  and  behavior  of  the  highly  poisonous  sea  snake 
Pelamis.  This  animal  represents  a  very  distinctive  adaptive  type  which 
is  common  in  the  Pacific  but,  as  yet,  absent  in  the  Atlantic.  Both  Menzies' 
and  Hecht's  studies  were  highly  relevant  to  the  problems  which  may  be 
posed  by  the  proposed  sea-level  canal.  Amyan  MacFadyen  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Ulster  made  detailed  analyses  of  the  microfauna  of  the  forest 
floor  on  Barro  Colorado  Island,  and  demonstrated  that  decomposition 
rates  of  organic  matter  are  quite  different  in  the  Neotropics  and  the 
Temperate  Palaearctic.  Guy  Bush  of  the  University  of  Texas  collected 
certain  parasitic  insects  of  economic  importance  for  subsequent  cyto- 


The  sea  snake  Pelamis  platurus  showing  characteristic  swimming  movement  in 
one  of  the  concrete  study  tanks  at  Naos  Island. 


422  SMITHSONIAN    TROPICAL   RESEARCH   INSTITUTE 

genetic  analysis.  Arturo  Gomez  Pompa  from  the  University  of  Mexico 
compared  the  floras  of  northern  and  southern  Central  America.  William 
Rand  of  the  University  of  California  has  come  to  the  Institute  to  assist  in 
the  development  of  mathematical  techniques  and  models. 

The  staff  has  continued  to  concentrate  on  aspects  of  evolution, 
ecology,  and  behavior,  combining  experimental  analysis  in  the  labora- 
tory with  observations  in  the  field  under  natural  conditions.  This  is 
the  most  obvious,  and  still  the  most  productive,  method  of  tackling 
the  major  problems  of  tropical  biology. 

Moynihan  continued  studies  of  the  evolution  of  social  behavior 
among  passerine  birds  and  primates  in  Panama,  Costa  Rica,  the  Andes, 
and  the  upper  Amazonian  region.  Special  attention  is  being  paid  to 
communication  systems  and  the  factors  regulating  contacts  and  com- 
petition between  species.  It  has  become  evident  that  many  variations 
in  social  behavior  are  direct  adaptations  to  certain  geographic  and 
ecological  parameters  of  the  areas  inhabited. 

Robert  L.  Dressier  has  made  further  progress  in  his  investigations  of 
the  relations  between  orchid  flowers  and  the  euglossine  bees  which 
help  to  pollinate  them.  Working  in  collaboration  with  C.  H.  Dodson  of 
the  University  of  Miami,  he  has  been  able  to  identify  some  of  the 
volatile  substances  produced  by  the  flowers  and  to  test  their  effects  upon 
the  bees  in  the  field.  This  has  facilitated  analysis  of  the  evolution  of 
isolating  mechanisms. 

Peter  W.  Glynn  pursued  his  studies  of  the  ecology  of  coral  reef  com- 
munities in  Puerto  Rico  and  began  similar  work  in  Panama.  He  also 
analyzed  seasonal  and  annual  cycles  of  chitons  in  Panama  and  Puerto 
Rico,  and  growth  rates  in  various  littoral  and  benthic  invertebrates 
in  the  same  regions  and  along  the  coast  of  Venezuela.  He  has  been  par- 
ticularly interested  in  the  effects  of  the  upwellings  of  cold  water  which 
are  characteristic  of  some  areas,  such  as  the  Bay  of  Panama,  at  certain 
periods  of  the  year. 

A.  Stanley  Rand  made  a  detailed  analysis  of  "colonial"  nesting  in 
a  population  of  iguanas  on  Barro  Colorado  Island.  This  behavior  Is 
unusual  among  reptiles  and  may  represent  an  early  stage  in  the  evolu- 
tion of  gregariousness.  Work  on  vocal  communication  in  the  frog  En- 
gystomops  pustulosus  revealed  that  the  males  encode  information  about 
their  position  in  different  ways  according  to  the  proximity  and  number  of 
potential  rivals.  This  may  help  to  explain  several  previously  puzzling 
features  of  the  calling  behavior  of  other  tropical  Anura.  Rand  also 
attended  the  International  Biological  Program  conference  in  Caracas, 
Venezuela. 

Continuing  his  studies  of  predator-prey  interactions,  Michael 
Robinson  found  that  the  spider  Argiope  argentata  can  discriminate  be- 


One  of  Peter  Glynn's  study  areas  oflF  southwest  Puerto  Rico  showing  the  coral 
Montastraea  annulata. 


An  unusual  breeding  aggregation  of  iguanas  studied  by  Stanley  Rand. 


424  SMITHSONIAN    TROPICAL    RESEARCH    INSTITUTE 

tween  Lepidoptera  (moths  and  butterflies)  and  other  insects  caught 
in  its  webs.  Lepidoptera  are  restrained  immediately  by  biting,  while 
other  insects  are  wrapped  in  silk.  The  discrimination  seems  to  be  based 
on  the  surface  characteristics  of  the  prey  rather  than  on  size,  weight,  or 
type  of  web  vibration  induced.  This  behavior  is  highly  adaptive,  as 
moths  and  butterflies  are  much  more  likely  to  escap>e  from  webs  (by 
shedding  the  scales  on  their  wings)  than  are  other  insects. 

Ira  and  Roberta  Rubinoff  made  a  discovery  which  further  empha- 
sizes the  fact  that  even  the  present  (lock  and  freshwater)  Panama  Canal 
is  not  a  complete  barrier  to  the  movement  of  marine  organisms  from 
one  ocean  to  the  other.  They  found  that  the  Atlantic  goby  Lophogobius 
cyprinoides  has  successfully  invaded  a  small  area  on  the  Pacific  coast. 
The  invasion  may  have  been  facilitated  by  special  factors.  The  impor- 
tant point,  however,  is  that  the  invading  population  is  reproducing 
itself  in  its  new  environment.  This  seems  to  be  a  first  record  for  the 
Panamanian  region.  The  RubinofTs  also  continued  their  studies  of  iso- 
lating mechanisms  in  fish  and,  with  the  help  of  research  assistant  Peter 
Delmonte,  developed  new  techniques  for  culturing  and  raising  the 
larvae  of  several  marine  gobies. 

Neal  G.  Smith  extended  his  studies  of  brood  parasitism  in  birds. 
He  is  now  investigating  hormonal  control  of  &g^  color  and  pattern  in 
those  species  of  parasites  which  are  polymorphic  for  these  features. 

Three  postdoctoral  research  associates  were  in  residence  last  year. 
Howard  W.  Wright  finished  his  studies  of  grapsoid  crabs  and  the 
breeding  of  Tylosurus  fishes.  He  was  the  first  person  to  follow  the  com- 
plete course  of  embryological  and  larval  development  in  these  fishes. 
His  data  are  of  interest  in  connection  with  the  evolution  of  the  cleidoic 
egg.  Christopher  C.  Smith  measured  the  food  assimilation  rates  and 
time  and  energy  budgets  of  howler  monkeys  (Alouatta) .  It  would  ap- 
pear that  the  characteristic  social  organization  of  these  animals  permits 
a  significant  reduction  of  certain  motor  activities,  thus  "freeing"  more 
energy  for  assimilating  difficult-to-digest  foods  such  as  leaves.  Robert  E. 
Ricklefs  has  compared  the  breeding  strategies  of  temperate  and  tropical 
birds,  relating  seasonality  of  nesting  to  food  availability  and  climate. 
He  also  discovered  a  previously  unnoticed  connection  between  variation 
in  clutch  size  and  nestling  growth  rates. 

Jose  Olazarri  of  Uruguay  worked  on  Barro  Colorado  Island  under  the 
auspices  of  the  joint  Smithsonian-Organization  of  American  States  co- 
operative program.  He  collaborated  with  biologist  Michael  H.  Robinson 
on  studies  of  spider  behavior,  analyzed  the  social  reactions  of  spiny  rats 
(Proechimys) ,  and  completed  a  list  of  the  species  of  mollusks  occurring 
on  the  island. 


RESEARCH 


425 


The  cleaning  of  the  Gatun  Locks  of  the  Panama  Canal  enabled  STRI  scientists 
(left,  foreground)  to  census  the  lock's  marine  fishes. 


Working  from  a  ladder  with 
a  long  aluminum  pole,  Neal 
Smith  was  able  to  remove  the 
nests  of  oropendolas  and 
caciques,  examine  and  ma- 
nipulate their  contents,  and 
to  replace  the  nests  in  the 
colony  tree. 


315-997     O  -  69  -  28 


426 


SMITHSONIAN    TROPICAL    RESEARCH    INSTITUTE 


One  of  M.  Hladik's  study  animals,  the  tamarin  Saguinus  geoffroyi,  manipulates 

food. 


RESEARCH  427 

Visiting  fellow  Thomas  Croat,  of  the  Missouri  Botanical  Garden,  has 
begun  to  prepare  a  new  Flora  of  Barro  Colorado  Island.  The  need  for 
this  has  become  increasingly  evident  in  recent  years.  Not  only  has  the 
vegetation  of  the  island  changed  since  the  last  Flora  was  written,  but 
nonbotanical  scientists  want  to  be  able  to  identify  from  materials  such  as 
fruits  and  other  vegetative  structures  of  plants  which  were  largely 
ignored  in  previous  guides.  The  new  version,  which  will  be  designed  to 
permit  this,  is  expected  to  be  completed  in  three  years. 

Predoctoral  interns  and  associates  also  conducted  a  variety  of  research 
projects. 

Bruce  Haines  of  Duke  University  studied  the  ecological  effects  of  the 
leaf  cutting  ant  Atta  columbica  on  tropical  forests.  Colonies  of  this  ant 
throw  out  dead  individuals  and  used  leaf  debris  on  special  "dump 
heaps"  that  represent  localized  accumulations  of  mineral  nutrients.  It 
might  be  expected  that  these  would  also  stimulate  localized  increases 
of  plant  growth,  but  this  does  not  seem  to  be  the  case.  Haines  found  that 
dumps  show  decreased  rather  than  increased  vegetation  cov^er  partly  be- 
cause of  the  inability  of  seedlings  to  cope  with  the  dry  season  moisture 
stresses  caused  by  the  low  water-holding  capacity  of  dump  soils,  but 
more  importantly  because  seedlings  apparently  cannot  compete  success- 
fully with  nearby  adult  trees  whose  roots  quickly  enter  and  preoccupy 
the  dumps. 

Robert  Topp  of  Harvard  University  investigated  ecological  interac- 
tions among  thirteen  species  of  Pomacentrid  fishes  along  both  the  Atlan- 
tic and  Pacific  coasts  of  Panama.  He  found  a  very  considerable  amount 
of  food  and  habitat  differentiation,  and  analyzed  the  adaptive  signifi- 
cance of  morphological  modifications  in  food  processing  structures. 

Several  long-term  projects  were  completed  during  the  past  year. 
Nicholas  Smythe  of  the  University  of  Maryland  finished  a  two-year  study 
of  two  large,  ungulate-like,  caviomorph  rodents,  the  agouti  Dasyprocta 
punctata  and  the  paca  Agouti  paca.  John  R.  Oppenheimer  of  the  Uni- 
versity of  Illinois  wrote  his  doctoral  thesis  on  the  behavior  of  the  capu- 
chin monkey  Cebus  capucinus.  Some  of  the  reactions  of  this  species  are 
particularly  complex.  Primates  also  were  the  subject  of  Claude  Marcel 
Hladik  of  the  Laboratoire  d'Ecologie  of  the  Museum  National  d'Histoire 
Naturelle  in  Paris.  He  correlated  feeding  habits  with  microstructures  of 
the  intestinal  gut,  and  found  that  the  intestinal  mucosa  adjusts,  mor- 
phologically and  histochemically,  with  surprising  rapidity  to  changes 
in  type  of  food  consumed.  Annette  Hladik's  studies  of  the  flowering  and 
fruiting  times  of  the  tree  Didymopanax  morototoni,  a  species  whose 
fruits  are  favored  by  several  monkeys,  were  a  useful  complement  to  her 
husband's  work.  Martin  Naumann  of  the  University  of  Kansas  finished 


428 


SMITHSONIAN    TROPICAL    RESEARCH    INSTITUTE 


BARRO  COLORADO  ISLAND,  CANAL  ZONE 

ANNUAL  RAINFALL  1925-1967 


Total 

Station 

Tear 

inches 

average 

1925 

104.37 

1926 

118.22 

113.56 

1927 

116.36 

114.68 

1928 

101.52 

111.35 

1929 

87.84 

106.  56 

1930 

76.57 

101.51 

1931 

123.  30 

104.69 

1932 

113.52 

105.  76 

1933 

101.73 

105.  32 

1934 

122.42 

107.  04 

1935 

143.  42 

110.35 

1936 

93.88 

108.  98 

1937 

124.  13 

110.  12 

1938 

117.09 

1 10.  62 

1939 

115.47 

110.94 

1940 

86.51 

109.43 

1941 

91.82 

108.  41 

1942 

111.  10 

108.  55 

1943 

120.  29 

109.  20 

1944 

111.96 

109.  30 

1945 

120.42 

109.  84 

1946 

87.  38 

108.  81 

Total 

Station 

Year 

inches 

average 

1947 

77.92 

107.  49 

1948 

83.  16 

106.43 

1949 

114.86 

106.  76 

1950 

114.51 

107.07 

1951 

112.72 

107.  28 

1952 

97.68 

106.  94 

1953 

104.  97 

106.  87 

1954 

105.  68 

106.82 

1955 

114.42 

107.  09 

1956 

114.05 

107.30 

1957 

97.97 

106.98 

1958 

100.20 

106.  70 

1959 

94.88 

106.48 

1960 

140.  07 

107.  41 

1961 

100.21 

106.  95 

1962 

100.  52 

107.  07 

1963 

108.  94 

107.  10 

1964 

113.25 

107.  28 

1965 

92.80 

106.  91 

1966 

111.47 

106.  80 

1967 

85.88 

106.  40 

COMPARISON  OF  1966  AND   1967  RAINFALL 
[In  inches] 


Totai 

Station 

Tears  of 

1967  excess 

Accumulate 

Month 

average 

record 

or  deficiency 

excess  or 

1966 

1967 

deficiency 

January 

3.23 

0.49 

2.22 

42 

-2.74 

-2.74 

February 

0.  15 

0.51 

1.26 

42 

+0.36 

-2.38 

March 

0.44 

0.52 

1.  13 

42 

+0.08 

-2.30 

April 

3.20 

4.38 

3.50 

43 

+  1.  18 

-1.12 

May 

6.88 

6.28 

10.78 

43 

-0.60 

-1.72 

June 

13.65 

13.54 

10.96 

43 

-0.  11 

-1.83 

July 

9.27 

8.74 

11.50 

43 

-0.53 

-2.36 

August 

14.  17 

10.94 

12.44 

43 

-3.23 

-5.59 

September 

9.93 

6.98 

10.26 

43 

-2.95 

-8.54 

October 

12.81 

11.87 

13.63 

43 

-0.94 

-9.48 

November 

23.72 

15.  15 

18.09 

43 

-8.57 

-18.05 

December 

14.02 

6.48 

10.50 

43 

-7.54 

-25.  59 

Year 


111.47 


85.88 


106.  40 


-25.59 


-20.52 


Season 

7.02 

5.90 

8.  11 

-1.  12 

-2.21 

Season 

104.  45 

79.98 

98.  16 

-24.47 

-18.  18 

EDUCATION ACKNOWLEDGMENT  429 

the  field  part  of  his  analysis  of  the  behavior  and  ecology  of  wasps  of  the 
genus  Protopolyhia.  This  revealed  several  characters,  including  caste 
distinction  and  difTerential  oophagy,  previously  unknown  in  social  wasps. 
It  should  also  be  mentioned  that  graduate  and  undergradute  summer 
assistants  have  worked,  or  are  working,  on  such  subjects  as  the  social 
organization  of  the  collared  peccary  {Tayassu  tajacu) ,  the  development 
of  "neurotic"  behavior  patterns  in  captive  capuchin  monkeys,  and  the 
distribution  of  nitrogen  in  marine  invertebrates. 

Education 

The  educational  efforts  of  the  Institute  are  not  confined  to  helping  and 
guiding  university  visitors  and  resident  interns,  assistants,  and  research 
fellows.  Secondary  school  students  from  the  Republic  of  Panama  are 
encouraged  to  visit  the  bureau  facilities,  especially  Barro  Colorado,  in 
the  hope  of  stimulating  this  interest  in  natural  history  and  conservation. 
Various  forms  of  assistance  have  been  lent  to  the  University  of  Panama. 
The  regular  series  of  research  seminars  of  the  Institute  are  open  to  all 
interested  persons  from  the  local  community.  As  an  experimental  in- 
novation last  year,  Robinson  organized  an  adult  education  course  in 
animal  behavior  in  which  several  members  of  the  staff  participated. 
This  was  highly  successful  and  very  well  attended. 

It  certainly  would  be  desirable  to  expand  such  activities.  Unfor- 
tunately, however,  the  Institute  has  for  the  moment  about  reached  its 
capacity  in  this  area.  Thus,  it  will  be  necessary  to  make  a  special  effort 
to  obtain  more  funds  and  equipment  (and  space)  for  additional 
educational  programs  in  the  near  future. 


Acknowledgment 

The  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute  can  operate  only  with 
the  excellent  cooperation  of  the  Canal  Zone  Government  and  the  Pan- 
ama Canal  Company,  the  United  States  Army  and  Navy,  and  die  gov- 
ernment authorities  of  the  Republic  of  Panama.  Thanks  are  due 
especially  to  General  Robert  W.  Porter,  Jr.,  Commander  United 
States  Armed  Forces,  Southern  Command;  Executive  Secretary  of  the 
Canal  Zone  Paul  M.  Runnestrand  and  his  staff;  Lieutenant  Colonel 
Jack  G.  Null,  Post  Commander,  Fort  Amador,  Canal  Zone;  the  cus- 
toms and  immigration  officials  of  the  Canal  Zone;  the  Dredging  Divi- 
sion and  Police  Division  of  the  Panama  Canal  Company;  Commander 
James  Cox,  Commanding  Officer,  Naval  Security  Group;  the  United 


430  SMITHSONIAN    TROPICAL    RESEARCH    INSTITUTE 

States  Army  Maintenance  Division;  Dr.  R.  G.  Pearson,  Canal  Zone 
Veterinary  Hospital;  the  officials  of  the  Cristobal  High  School;  and 
C.  C.  Soper  of  Eastman  Kodak  Company. 

Papers  Presented  or  Published 

A  supplement  to  "Bibliography  of  Papers  Pertaining  to  the  Natural  His- 
tory of  Barro  Colorado  Island,  Canal  Zone"  {Smithsonian  Information 
Leaflet  281,  revised  August  1965),  listing  reports  on  research  supported 
or  facilitated  by  the  Smithsonian  Tropical  Research  Institute,  1960- 
1967,  appears  as  an  appendix  to  the  Separate  of  this  report. 

Croat,  Thomas.     "Hydrophyllaceae."     Pages  415-418  in  "Flora  of  Panama, 

Part  IX."     Annals  of  the  Missouri  Bot.  Card.,  vol.  54,  no.  3,  1967. 
Dressler,   Robert.     'The   Genera  Amblostoma,   Lanuim,  and   Stenoglossum 

(Orchidaceae)."     Brittonia,  vol.   19,  pp.  237-243,  1967. 
.     "Why  Do  Euglossine  Bees  Visit  Orchid  Flowers?"     Atas  do  Simpdsio 

sobre  a  Biota  Amazonica,  vol.  5  (Zoology),  pp.  171-180,  1967. 
.     "Observations  on  Orchids  and  Euglossine  Bees  in  Panama  and  Costa 

Rica."     Revista  de  Biologia  Tropical,  vol.  15,  no.  1,  pp.  143-183,  1968. 
.     "Notes  on  Bletia   (Orchidaceae)."     Brittonia,  vol.  20,  pp.   182-190, 

1968. 
.     "Pollination  by  Euglossine  Bees."     Evolution,  vol.   22,  pp.   202-210, 


1968. 

Dressler,  Robert^  and  Job  Kuijt.  "A  Second  Species  of  Ammobroma  (Len- 
noaceae),  in  Sinaloa,  Mexico."     Madrono,  vol.  19,  pp.  179-182,  1968. 

Glynn,  Peter  W.  "Mass  Mortalities  of  Echinoids  and  Other  Reef  Flat  Or- 
ganisms Coincident  with  Midday,  Low-Water  Exposures  in  Puerto  Rico." 
Mar.  Biol,  vol.  1,  no.  3,  pp.  226-243,  1968. 

Glynn,  Peter  W.,  and  R.  Menzies.  "The  Common  Marine  Isopod  Crustacea 
of  Puerto  Rico:  A  Handbook  for  Marine  Biologists."  Stud.  Fauna  Curagao 
and  Other  Caribbean  Islands,  vol.  27,  no.  104,  pp.  1-133,  43  figs.,  1968. 

MoYNiHAN,  Martin.  "Comparative  Aspects  of  Communication  in  New  World 
Primates."  Pages  236-266  in  Pnmafe  £«/io/ogy,  edit.  D.  Morris.  London: 
Weidenfeld  and  Nicolson,  1967. 

.  "Social  Mimicry:  Character  Convergence  Versus  Character  Displace- 
ment." Evolution,  vol.  22,  pp.  315-331,  1968. 

Naumann,  Martin.  "A  Revision  of  the  Genus  Brachygastra  ( Hymenoptera : 
Vespidae)."     Univ.  Kansas  Sci.  Bull,  vol.  47,  pp.  929-1003,  1967. 

.      "Nest  Structure  and  Function  As  a  Factor  in  the  Evolution  of  Social 

Insect  Populations."  [Paper  presented  Kansas  Entomological  Society,  May 
1868.] 

Oppenheimer,  John.  "The  Diet  of  Cebus  capucinus  and  the  EflFect  of  Cebus 
on  the  Vegetation."  Bull.  Ecol  Soc.  America,  vol.  48,  no.  3,  p.  138,  1967. 
[Abstract.] 

.  "Vocal  Communication  in  the  White-Faced  Monkey,  Cebus  capu- 
cinus."    American  Zool,  vol.  7,  no.  4,  p.  802,  1967.     [Abstract] 


PAPERS    PRESENTED   OR    PUBLISHED  431 

.     "Social  Organization  and  Behavior  of  Cebus  capucinus   (Cebidae)." 

[Paper  presented  at  Second  International  Congress  of  Primatology  in  June 

1968.] 
Rand,  A.  S.      "Ecology,  Social  Organization  and  Spatial  Distribution  of  Anolis 

lineatopus    (Sauria,   Iguanidae)."     Proc.    U.  S.  Nat.  Mus.,  vol.    122,   no. 

3595,  pp.  1-79,  1967. 
.      "The   Adaptive    Significance   of   Territoriality   in    Iguanid    Lizards." 

Pages  106-115  in  Lizard  Ecology:  a  Symposium,  Univ.  of  Missouri,  1967. 

.      "Predator-Prey  Interactions  and  the  Evolution  of  Aspect  Diversity." 

Atas  do  simposio  sobre  a  Biota  Amazonica,  vol.  5   (Zoology),  pp    73-83 

1967. 
.     "Ecological   Distribution   of   the   Anoline   Lizards   Around   Kingston, 

Jamaica."     Breviora,  no.  272,  pp.  1-18,  1967. 

"Communal  Egg  Laying  in  Anoline  Lizards."     Herpetologica,  vol.  23, 


no.  3,  pp.  227-230,  1967. 
RiCKLEFS,   Robert.      "A    Case   of   Classical   Conditioning   in   Nesthng  Cactus 

Wrens."     Condor,  vol.  69,  pp.  528-529,  1967. 
.      "Relative  Growth,  Body  Constituents  and  Energy  Content  of  Nestling 

Barn  Swallows  and  Red-winged  Blackbirds."     Auk,  vol.  84,  pp    560-570, 

1967. 
.     "A    Graphical    Method    of    Fitting    Equations    to    Growth    Curves." 

Ecology,  vol.  48,  pp.  978-983,  1967. 

.      "Weight  Recession  in  Nestling  Birds."     Auk,  vol.  85,  pp.  30-35,  1968. 

RiCKLEFs,  Robert,  and  F.  Reed  Hainsworth.     "The  Temporary  Establish- 
ment of  Dominance  Between  Two  Handraised  Juvenile   Cactus   Wrens." 

Condor,  vol.  69,  p.  528,  1967. 
.     "Temperature  Regulation  in  Nestling  Cactus  Wrens:      Development 

of  Homeothermy."     Connor,  vol.  70,  1968. 
.      "Temperature  Dependent  Behavior  of  Cactus  Wrens."  Ecology,  vol 

49,  1968. 
Robinson,  Michael  H.      "Sequential  Responses  in  the  Prey-Capture  Behavior 

of  Argiope  argentata  (Fabricius) ."     [Paper  presented,  AAAS  symposium  on 

web-building  spiders,  December,  N.  Y.  C,  1967.] 
RuBiNOFF,  I.,  and  T.  H.  Hamilton.      "On  Predicting  Insular  Variation  in  Ende- 

mism  and  Sympatry  for  the  Darwin  Finches  in  the  Galapagos  Archipelago." 

American  Nat.,  vol.  101,  no.  918,  pp.  161-172,  1967. 
RuBiNOFF,  I.,  and  R.  W.  Rvbinoff.      "Interoceanic  Colonization  of  Marine  Goby 

Through  the  Panama  Canal."  Nature,  vol.  217,  no.  5127,  pp.  476-478,  1968. 
Rubinoff,    I.,   R.    W.    Rubinoff,   and   P.   Delmonte.     "Laboratory  Rearing 

Through  Metamorphosis  of  Some  Panamanian  Gobies."     Copeia  1968,  no. 

2,  pp.  411-412,  1968. 
SMITH,  Christopher  C.     "The  Adaptive  Nature  of  Social  Organization  in  the 

Genus  of  Tree  Squirrels  Tamiasciurus."     Ecological  Monographs,  vol.  38, 

pp.  31-63,  1968. 
smith,  Neal  G.     "Visual  Isolation  in  Gulls."     Sci.  American   (October),  pp. 

95-102,  1967. 
.     "Capturing  Seabirds  with  Avertin."     Journ.  Wildl.  Management,  vol. 

31,  no.  3,  pp.  479-483,  1967. 
ropp,  Robert.     "An  Internal  Capsule  Fish  Tag."     California  Fish  and  Game, 

vol.  53,  no.  4,  pp.  288-289,  1967. 


432  SMITHSONIAN    TROPICAL    RESEARCH    INSTITUTE 

. .     "A  Re-examination  of  the  Osteology  of  Cheimarrichthys  fosteri  Haast 

1874."     Trans.  Roy.  Soc.  New  Zealand,  vol.  9,  no.  16,  pp.  189-191,  1967. 

.     "An  Adjustable  Macroplankton  Sled."     Prog.  Fish  Cult.,  vol.  29,  no. 

3,  p.  184,  1967. 

"An  Estimate  of  the  Fecundity  of  the  Winter  Flounder,  Pseudopleuro- 


nectes  americanus."     Journ.  Fish.  Res.  Board  Canada,  vol.  25,  no.  6,  1968. 
Wright,  Howard.     "Visual  Displays  in  Brachyuran  Crabs."     [Paper  presented 
at  AAAS  meeting,  New  York  City,  December  1967.] 


Radiation  Biology  Laboratory 

William  H.  Klein,  Director 


'T~'HE  LIFE  CYCLES  OF  ORGANISMS  ARE  intricately  associated  with  the 
environmental  signals  which  influence  their  morphological  and 
physiological  development  mechanisms.  Growth  and  development  of 
higher  plants  are  regulated  and  controlled  by  solar  radiant  energy,  a 
major  factor  of  the  environment,  in  two  general  ways:  by  the  conver- 
sion, as  through  photosynthesis,  of  large  amounts  of  radiant  energy  to 
chemical  energy;  and  by  the  activation  of  regulating  systems  such  as 
reproduction,  differentiation,  and  morphological  development  by  means 
of  small  amounts  of  radiation.  These  radiation-sensitive  regulatory 
systems  may  further  be  subdivided  on  the  basis  of  the  spectral  char- 
acteristics into  one  group  responsive  mainly  to  the  blue  and  ultraviolet 
portions  of  the  electromagnetic  spectrum;  and  another  responsive  mainly 
to  the  red  and  far-red  portion  of  the  spectrum. 

The  research  of  the  Radiation  Biology  Laboratory  is  directed  toward 
understanding  the  cellular  and  subcellular  mechanisms  and  processes 
by  which  organisms  utilize  this  radiant  energy  from  the  sun  for  their 
growth  and  development.  This  research  has  been  directed  into  four  main 
areas :  in  regulatory  biology,  ( 1 )  the  physiology  and  ( 2 )  the  biochemical 
processes  of  developmental  responses  to  light;  (3)  the  measurement  of 
solar  radiation;  and  (4)  carbon  dating,  measurements  and  research 
techniques. 

Regulatory  Biology — Physiology 

The  excised  apex  of  the  com  coleoptile  has  proved  to  be  a  favorable 
laboratory  experimental  object  for  the  study  of  a  phytochrome-mediated 
response.  The  growth  rate  in  darkness  at  25 °C  of  coleoptile  segments 

433 


434  RADIATION    BIOLOGY   LABORATORY 

floated  on  water  is  increased  by  about  50  percent  following  a  brief  (satu- 
rating) irradiation  with  red  light  in  the  wavelength  of  660  nanometers 
(nm) .  This  increased  growth  rate  is  established  within  a  few  minutes 
after  the  irradiation  and  persists  unaltered  for  at  least  24  hours.  If  the 
red  irradiation  is  followed  immediately  by  a  few  minutes  of  far-red 
(730  nm)  irradiation  very  little  enhancement  follows;  this  is  the  opera- 
tional criterion  for  involvement  of  the  phytochrome  system.  Although 
the  absolute  growth  rate  of  both  irradiated  and  control  coleoptiles  may 
be  increased  or  decreased  by  a  large  number  of  substances,  the  relative 
enhancement  owing  to  red  irradiation  was  not  altered  by  most  of  the 
substances  tested.  Of  a  variety  of  sugars,  plant  growth  regulators,  amino 
acids,  vitamins,  inorganic  ions,  and  other  compounds  only  carbon  dioxide 
has  been  found  to  influence  the  growth  rate  differentially.  The  growth 
rate  of  unirradiated  coleoptile  segments  is  about  50  percent  greater  in 
an  atmosphere  containing  200  mm  (hg  pressure)  CO2  plus  560  mm  air 
than  in  air.  A  brief  red  irradiation  does  not  further  increase  the  CO2- 
augmented  rate.  Hence  the  same  result  is  achieved  by  the  C02-enriched 
atmosphere  as  by  a  red  irradiation.  The  effect  of  red  light  on  growth  is 
markedly  temperature-dependent.  At  45  °C,  the  growth  rate  of  unirra- 
diated segments  is  only  a  small  fraction  of  that  at  25°C;  the  growth  rate 
of  segments  which  have  received  only  a  brief  red  irradiation  is  greatly 
diminished  also.  If  the  red  irradiation  is  prolonged,  however,  for  some 
time,  the  growth  at  45°C  is  substantially  equal  to  that  at  25°C. 

A  multi-station  interference-type  monochromator  system  in  a  con- 
trolled environment  has  been  used  to  study  photomorphogenesis  in 
Arahidopsis  thaliana.  Plants  are  cultured  aseptically  on  mineral  agar 
supplemented  with  1  percent  glucose  in  standard  culture  tubes  with  glass 
closures.  Culture  tubes  are  radially  arranged  in  styrofoam  blocks  hold- 
ing 40  tubes  within  a  radius  of  3  inches  inside  the  uniform  focused  light 
beam.  Equal  energies  of  100  microwatts  cm"^  sec"^  at  eight  stations  in 
the  range  415-730  nm  were  used  in  an  initial  experiment.  Control  plants 
were  subjected  to  continuous  white  light  throughout  the  study;  the 
treatment  group  was  irradiated  with  4  hours  white  light  and  20  hours 
monochromatic  light  daily.  Standard  white  light  was  from  300-watt 
incandescent  lamps,  passed  through  a  water  filter.  Dissections  were  made 
during  the  4-hour  white-light  period  to  detect  the  appearance  of  bud 
primordia.  Floral  induction  occurred  after  7.5-8  days  of  continuous 
white  light  radiation;  after  11-12  days  of  455-nm  radiation;  after  14—15 
days  of  415  or  500-nm  radiation;  after  20  days  of  730-nm  radiation; 
and  after  27  days  of  700-nm  radiation.  Plants  supplemented  for  20 
hours  daily  with  550-,  600-,  and  660-nm  radiation,  although  vegeta- 
tively  vigorous,  showed  no  sign  of  floral  induction  at  termination  after 


REGULATORY    BIOLOGY:     PHYSIOLOGY 


435 


David  L.  Correll  setting  up  a  series  of  ion-exchange  column  chromatograms  for 
the  final  step  in  the  purification  of  phytochrome  from  rye  seedlings. 


32  days.  It  is  postulated  that  phytochrome  synthesis  activated  by  blue 
light  is  required  for  floral  induction,  while  phytochrome  destruction  is 
potentiated  in  red  light. 

Examination  of  light-controlled  growth  responses  occurring  in  the 
apical  cell  of  moss  protonemata  were  continued.  Action  spectra  obtained 
previously  indicated  that  under  continuous  irradiation,  growth  required 
the  simultaneous  excitation  of  both  the  red  (Pr)  and  the  far-red 
(Pfr)    absorbing  forms  of  phytochrome. 

Irradiating  the  filaments  simultaneously  with  monochromatic  red 
(660  nm)  and  far- red  (730  nm)  light,  the  peaks  of  absorption  for 
the  two  forms  of  phytochrome,  was  more  effective  than  any  wavelength 
given  singly  in  causing  growth  or  tropic  responses.  Similar  synergistic 
eff'ects  were  given  by  ratios  of  red  to  far-red  3:1  to  1:3.  Thus,  cycling 
of  phytochrome  between  the  Pr  and  Pfr  states  rather  than  a  particular 
steady  state  equilibrium  seems  to  promote  growth  in  this  system. 

Consistent  with  other  studies,  a  locus  of  phytochrome  receptors 
in  juxtaposition  to  the  cell  wall  has  been  inferred  from  experimenta- 
tion with  polarized  light.  But,  contrary  to  other  reports  in  the  lit- 
erature, all  our  present  evidence  indicates  that  there  is  no  change 
in  the  orientation  of  photoreceptors  upon  conversion  between  Pr  and 
Pfr- 


436  RADIATION    BIOLOGY   LABORATORY 

Further  evidence  for  the  juxtaposition  of  the  pigment  to  the  cell  wall 
was  given  by  experiments  using  microbeam  irradiation.  A  strong  tropic 
response  may  be  elicited  by  a  beam  which  only  grazes  the  surface  of  the 
cell's  apex;  in  this  situation,  however,  maximal  responsiveness  is  only 
obtained  if  a  background  of  photosynthetically  active  irradiation  is 
given  simultaneously.  Thus,  a  working  hypothesis  must  include  a  role 
for  photosynthesis  as  well  as  for  phytochrome  cycling. 

Further  studies  on  the  effect  of  red  and  far-red  light  on  pollen-tube 
elongation  in  Tradescantia  revealed  that  the  promoting  effect  of  far-red 
light  was  reversible  by  subsequent  treatment  with  red  light.  This  indi- 
cated that  the  growth  response  was  mediated  by  phytochrome.  When 
pollen  irradiated  by  far-red  light  was  cultured  on  KOH-  or  NaOH- 
supplemented  lactose  agar  medium,  the  elongation  of  the  pollen  tube 
was  inhibited  instead  of  being  promoted,  as  would  have  happened  in 
the  regular  culture  medium.  This  inhibitory  effect  was  also  reversible 
by  red  light.  The  concentration  of  K  and/or  Na  ions  in  the  pollen 
tube  may  have  played  an  important  role  on  the  action  of  phytochrome 
or  on  the  state  of  the  membrane  and  wall  of  the  cell. 

Concentrated  glucose  solutions  (20  percent)  receiving  0.5  Mrad  of 
gamma  rays  (Co^°)  were  diluted  to  2  percent  and  used  to  treat  lateral 
roots  of  Vicia  or  adventitious  roots  of  Tradescantia.  Three  series  of  ex- 
periments were  carried  out  consecutively  to  determine  the  sensitive 
stage,  dosage  effect  and  the  possible  mechanism  for  breakage  in  the 
centromeres.  Centromeric  and  secondary  constrictional  breaks  were 
more  prevalent  than  ordinary  chromatid  breaks  in  all  experiments. 
Centromeric  breaks  which  occurred  in  Vicia  were  almost  exclusively 
found  in  metacentrics  of  the  chromosome  complement. 

In  Vicia,  differential  breakage  rates  from  the  fixations  made  at 
successive  time  intervals,  following  treatment  of  the  mitotic  cycle 
through  a  24-hour  period,  indicated  that  the  early  interphase  seemed 
to  be  more  sensitive  to  the  treatment  than  other  stages.  In  Vicia,  a 
3-hour  treatment  caused  a  higher  breakage  rate  than  a  1-hour  treatment 
when  the  low-dose  (0.5  Mrad)  irradiated  glucose  solution  was  used 
immediately  after  it  had  received  gamma  irradiation.  Vicia  roots  treated 
with  96-hour-old,  high-dose  (2  Mrad)  irradiated  glucose  solution  for 
6  hours  had  a  relatively  higher  combined  rate  of  breakage  (centromeric, 
secondary  constrictional,  and  chromatid  breaks) ,  but  a  lower  rate  of 
centromeric  breaks  than  those  treated  with  low-dose,  freshly  irradiated 
solution  for  shorter  durations.  The  combined  rate  of  breakage  in  controls 
of  this  experiment  was  also  higher. 

A  comparative  study  on  the  centromeric  breakage  rates  between 
Vicia  and  Tradescantia  confirmed  that  the  centromeric  breaks  occurred 


Dr.  Te-Hsiu  Ma  cultur- 
ing  bean  roots  for  ex- 
periments to  determine 
the  effects  of  irradiated 
glucose  solution  on  mi- 
totic chromosomes. 


preferentially  in  metacentric  chromosomes.  This  may  be  the  result  of 
an  artifact  enhanced  by  the  damaging  eflfect  of  irradiated  glucose 
solution.  Control  groups  treated  with  nonirradiated  glucose  solution 
showed  relatively  lower  rates  of  breakage,  as  compared  with  respective 
experimental  groups,  but  higher  rate  of  breakage  than  a  baseline  control 
group  which  received  no  treatment. 

Regulatory  Biology — Biochemical  Processes 

Studies  of  plastid  protein  synthesis  in  vitro  have  been  continued. 
The  amino  acid  incorporation  of  the  chloroplast  in  the  presence  of 
jribonuclease  is  a  function  of  the  condition  of  the  chloroplast  membrane. 
jFreshly  isolated  chloroplasts  with  intact  membranes  are  impermeable 
to  ribonuclease. 

'  Crude  preparations  of  etioplasts  (plastids  from  etiolated  leaves) 
incorporate  amino  acid  into  protein.  The  similarity  of  incorporation 
by  etioplasts  to  that  by  chloroplasts  indicates  that  etioplasts  are  the 
principal  sites  of  incorporation  in  such  preparations,  as  had  already 
been  shown  with  similar  chloroplast  preparations.  When  rates  of  in- 
corporation per  plastid  are  calculated,  the  etioplast  preparations  carry 
out  incorporation  at  only  one-fifth  the  rate  of  chloroplast  preparations. 

Both  etioplasts  and  chloroplasts  incorporate  amino  acid  into  the  same 
proteins  in  vitro  as  in  vivo,  but  the  rates  in  vitro  are  much  lower  than 


438  RADIATION    BIOLOGY    LABORATORY 

in  vivo.  Quantitative  differences  are  found  in  the  products  formed  by 
etioplasts  and  chloroplasts.  Leaf  Fraction  I  protein,  however,  is  among 
the  soluble  protein  products  formed  in  vitro  by  both  etioplasts  and 
chloroplasts.  At  least  a  portion  of  the  Fraction  I  protein  formed  by 
chloroplasts  in  vitro  is  ribulose  diphosphate  carboxylase.  This  shows 
that  the  informational  RNA  that  acts  as  template  for  this  chloroplast 
protein  is  present  in  chloroplasts,  and  leads  to  the  possibility  that  a 
portion  of  the  plastid  DNA  codes  for  this  chloroplast  protein. 

Work  has  been  continued  on  the  micromorphology  of  red  and  blue- 
green  algae,  with  emphasis  on  the  localization  of  phycobiliproteins.  The 
phycobiliproteins  (phycocyanin  and  phycoerythrin,  which  are,  respec- 
tively, blue  and  red)  are  present  as  accessory  photosynthetic  pigments  in 
three  groups  of  algae :  Cyanophyta,  Rhodophyta,  and  Cryptophyta.  By 
trapping  light  energy  in  the  green  and  orange  regions  of  the  visible  spec- 
trum and  passing  it  to  chlorophyll  they  greatly  enhance  photosynthesis. 

From  our  previous  work  we  knew  that  the  phycobiliproteins  are 
located  at  specific  sites  on  the  photosynthetic  lamellae  (see  photograph) 
where  they  form  aggregates.  The  pattern  of  the  aggregates  on  the 
lamellae  seems  to  be  determined  by  the  underlying  photosynthetic 
lamellae,  but  the  shape  of  the  aggregates  appears  to  be  dependent  on  the 
predominant  pigment.  In  Porphyridium  cruentum,  where  phyco- 
erythrin predominates,  the  aggregates,  or  phycobilisomes,  are  spherical ; 
but  in  P.  aerugineum,  which  has  only  phycocyanin,  they  are  disk-shaped. 

A  major  difference  exists  in  the  localization  of  phycobiliproteins  in 
the  different  groups  of  algae.  In  the  red  and  blue-green  algae  the  phyco- 
bilisomes are  located  on  the  stroma  side  of  the  chloroplast  lamellae  with 
a  periodicity  of  400A ;  however,  in  the  cryptophytes  the  phycobiliproteinsa 
are  separated  from  the  chloroplast  stroma  by  being  enclosed  within ' 
flattened  photosynthetic  membrane  sacks.  The  periodicity  evidenced 
by  the  cryptophytes  is  about  one-half  that  found  in  the  red  and  blue- 
green  algae. 

Phycoerythrin,  the  red  phycobiliprotein,  was  purified  by  butanol 
treatment  and  ammonium  sulfate  fractionation.  Purity  was  determined 
by  attainment  of  a  ratio  of  optical  density  at  560: 275  nm  of  5  or  better, 
disk-gel  electrophoresis,  crystallization,  and  electron  microscopy.  By 
negative  staining  with  uranyl  oxalate,  or  phosphotungstic  acid  and  ex- 
amination by  electron  microscopy,  it  was  found  that  the  minimal  phy- 
coerythrin unit  is  very  tightly  structured.  It  has  a  diameter  of  about 
105  ±  5 A,  and  an  axial  ratio  of  1 : 2.  There  is  no  difference  in  the  aggre- 
gation state  in  the  pH  range  of  6  to  7  (pH  6.0,  6.6,  6.8,  and  7.0). 
Aggregations  occur  by  formation  of  stacks  and  contact  along  the  105A 
diameter  faces.  Aggregates  have  been  stabilized  with  glutaraldehyde, 


REGULATORY    BIOLOGY:    BIOCHEMICAL    PROCESSES 


439 


separated  by  disk-gel  electrophoresis,  and  recovered  for  examination  by 
electron  microscopy. 

Attempts  have  been  made  to  compare  the  ultrastructure  of  the  photo- 
synthetic  apparatus  of  blue-green  algae  grown  under  two  different  light 
regimes.  It  has  been  found  that  Tolypothrix  tenuis  under  red  light, 
produces  almost  exclusively  phycocyanin  and  that  under  green  light, 
phycoerythrin  predominates,  but  there  is  still  a  considerable  amount  of 
phycocyanin.  Thus  far  it  has  not  been  possible  to  distinguish  whether 
this  change  in  pigment  ratio  affects  the  phycobilisome  shape  . 

Measurements  of  absorption  changes  of  purified  phytochrome  indi- 
cate that  multiple  chromophores  are  present.  Buffered  aqueous  solutions 
of  pure  phytochrome,  when  irradiated  at  730  nm,  had  a  main  absorp- 
tion band  at  about  660  nm  and  a  shoulder  or  secondary  band  at  580-660 


'Electron  micrograph  of  a  red  alga.  The  lamellate  chloroplast  occupies  the  major 
portion  of  the  cell  and  contains  the  photosynthetic  pigments.  Phycocyanin  is 
located  as  small  particles  on  the  lamellae  in  which  the  chlorophyll  is  located. 


440  RADIATION    BIOLOGY   LABORATORY 

nm.  When  irradiated  at  660  nm,  these  absorption  bands  bleached,  and 
a  pair  of  bands  at  670  and  725-730  nm  appeared.  When  samples  ir- 
radiated at  660  nm  were  placed  in  the  dark,  the  730-nm  absorption  slowly 
bleached  and  the  670-nm  absorption  band  shifted  to  660  nm.  The  kine- 
tics of  the  bleaching  indicated  that  two  populations  of  Pfr  existed  initial- 
ly. These  two  populations  decayed  by  first  order  kinetics  with  k's  of  4.8 
X  10-*  sec.-^  and  3.1  X  10"=  sec.-^  at  25°C.  While  the  bleaching  of  Pfr 
was  occurring,  the  appearance  of  the  660-nm  and  580-600-nm  absorp- 
tion bands  characteristic  of  Pr  took  place. 

The  kinetics  of  the  increase  in  both  absorption  bands  indicated  that 
it  was  arising  from  two  populations  of  reactants  by  two  first-order  reac- 
tions with  k's  of  6.4X10-*  sec.-i  and  3.1X10"^  sec.-^  at  25°C.  When 
the  sodium  chloride  concentration  of  the  solvent  was  changed,  the  pro- 
portions of  the  kinetically  difTerent  populations  were  altered.  In  some 
conditions,  especially  in  the  presence  of  air,  reversible  but  nonrecipro- 
cal  changes  in  the  four  absorption  bands  were  observed.  These  effect!) 
were  evident  after  the  lapse  of  many  hours  in  the  dark.  When  native  i 
phytochrome  was  treated  with  sodium  dodecyl  sulfate  all  absorptior' 
bands  but  the  580-600-nm  absorption  band  was  bleached  and  photo- 
reversibility  was  lost.  When  native  phytochrome  was  treated  with  gluni 
taraldehyde,  the  730-nm  absorption  band  was  bleached  but  photorever 
sibility  was  retained.  It  was  concluded  that  at  least  four  species  o 
chromophore  exist  in  phytochrome  with  absorption  maxima  at  580,  660 
670,  and  730  nm.  Each  chromophore  is  capable  of  being  bleached  h 
appropriate  irradiation  or  in  the  dark  by  chemical  reactions  rathe 
than  photochemical  reactions.  The  reactions  are  probably  coupled  redo: 
reactions  between  the  580-660-nm  pair  and  the  670-7 30-nm  pair  o 
chromophores.  Discrepancies  observed  in  the  reciprocity  of  the  absorp 
tion  changes  in  these  paired  bands  are  probably  due  to  various  degrees  o 
uncoupling  and  secondarily  to  the  redox  potential  of  the  solvent  whei 
such  uncoupling  occurs. 

Measurement  of  Solar  Radiation 

The  data  acquisition  system  was  updated  for  better  performance  by  th' 
addition  of  a  new  solid-state  digital  clock  and  a  dual  punch  unit.  Thes^ 
two  additions  yield  better  reliability  in  time  recording  and  longer  run 
ning  time  without  attendance  to  the  paper  tape.  New  Fortran  program 
were  written  for  processing  the  data.  The  new  program  computes  th 
solar  secants  and  azimuths  for  each  recorded  event,  the  ratios  betweei 
the  different  spectral  bands,  the  energy  content  in  each  of  the  100-nn 
bands  and  of  the  broad  spectral  bands.  Besides  the  computations,  th 
programs  permit  plotting  of  the  data. 


SOLAR  RADIATION CARBON  DATING  441 

A  further  reduction  of  some  normal  incidence  work  done  in  1966 
showed  a  16  percent  decline  in  the  incoming  radiation  since  the  years 
1904-1907.  This  is  an  indication  of  accumulation  of  air  pollutants. 

New  detectors  are  being  developed  at  this  time  to  expand  the  capa- 
bility of  the  present  system  to  very  low  levels  of  light. 

Growth  patterns  for  greenhouse-grown  day-neutral  Black  Valentine 
Beans  were  studied  for  one  complete  year,  consisting  of  18  plantings, 
spaced  at  3-week  intervals  and  harvested  when  plants  were  3  and  6 
jweeks  old.  The  results  indicate  a  similarity  to  the  1965  data  in  which 
an  inverse  relationship  was  noted  between  lower  and  upper  internodes 
and  between  lower  internodes  and  daylength.  Differences  in  stem  length 
ranging  from  50  cm  during  short  days  to  90  cm  during  long  days  is  due 
[almost  exclusively  to  elongation  of  the  upper  internodes.  Flowering  of 
this  day-neutral  plant  continues  throughout  the  year. 
j  Biloxi  soybean,  a  short-day  plant,  will  produce  flowers  at  this  latitude 
if  seeds  are  planted  before  1  April  and  after  mid- July.  Plantings  made 
during  May,  June,  and  early  July  remain  vegetative  and  have  longer 
stems  due  to  an  increase  in  number  of  internodes  and  elongation  of  the 
upper  internodes.  Also  during  this  period  there  is  some  indication  that 
the  dr\'-weight  ratio  of  leaf  to  stem  changes  slightly.  It  is  notable  that 
the  second  internode  is  similar  in  response  to  the  first  internode  of  Black 
Valentine  bean. 

I  In  a  previous  report  it  has  been  stated  that  Wintex  barley,  a  long-day 
plant,  is  sensitive  to  changing  daylengths  and  light  quality.  Results  in- 
dicate that  barley  flowers  early  in  the  year  when  far-red  is  a  part  of  the 
light  source  and  when  light  periods,  though  relatively  short,  are  in- 
:reasing  daily.  Plants  grown  under  longer  daylengths  than  these,  but 
decreasing  daily,  remain  vegetative.  After  collecting  data  for  three  years 
md  obtaining  similar  results  each  year,  it  appeared  reasonable  that  sub- 
;equent  years  would  yield  the  same  results.  Data  obtained  during  the 
ipring  of  1968,  however,  were  not  in  accord.  Plants  remained  vegeta- 
ive  under  greenhouse  conditions  similar  to  those  of  previous  years  in 
emperature,  humidity,  nutrients,  carbon  dioxide  level,  and  increasing 
laylengths.  It  is  suspected  that  far-red  energy  and  its  relative  propor- 
ions  to  the  red  wavelengths  may  have  been  the  cause. 

Carbon  Dating 

The  output  rate  of  the  carbon  dating  laboratory  increased  during  this 
•ear  to  about  15  carbon- 14  analysis  results  and  about  10  tritium  deter- 
ninations  per  month. 

The  tritium  analyses  were  concentrated  on  the  circulation  study  of 
)israeli  Fjord,  northern  Ellesmere  Island,  which  has  an  ice  shelf  block- 

U        315-997     O  -  69  -  29 


442  RADIATION    BIOLOGY    LABORATORY 

ing  its  mouth  and  restricting  circulation  on  the  upper  44  meters.  Tri- 
tium analyses  indicate  that  meltwater  entering  the  fjord  moves  out 
along  the  40-meter  level  and  presumably,  out  to  the  Arctic  Ocean  at  this 
level.  The  deeper,  saline  water  in  Disraeli  Fjord  has  tritiimi  values 
comparable  to  those  in  the  Arctic  Ocean.  Thus  circulation  in  deeper 
zones  is  apparently  not  hampered  by  a  sill. 

Two  freshwater  lakes  on  Ellesmere  Island,  Ekblaw  (68  meters)  and 
Rollrock  (51  meters)  had  tritium  values  consistent  with  complete 
overturning  during  the  summer  of  1966. 

Preliminary  results  on  the  carbon- 14  content  of  eggshells  indicate 
their  carbonate  may  be  good  for  dating  in  spite  of  birds  using  lime- 
stone pebbles  for  "scratch." 

Staff  Activities 

A  series  of  seminars  in  developmental  biology  was  held  in  cooperation 
with  the  Consortium  of  Washington  Area  universities.  The  series  of 
lectures  was  presented  for  graduate  credit  and  approximately  150  per- 
sons attended  each  lecture.  The  speakers  and  their  topics  were: 

"Supraxnolecular  Biology  of  Development,"  Paul  Weiss,  Rockefeller  University, 
New  York. 

"Changing  Concepts  of  the  Relations  between  DNA  Synthesis  and  Differentia- 
tion," James  D.  Ebert,  department  of  embryology,  Carnegie  Institution  of 
Washington,  Baltimore,  Maryland. 

"Reconstruction  of  Tissues  from  Dissociated  Cells,"  Malcolm  Steinberg,  depart- 
ment of  biology,  Princeton  University,  Princeton,  New  Jersey. 

"Formation  of  Patterns  in  Development,"  Heinrich  Ursprung,  Mergenthaler 
Laboratory  for  Biology,  Johns  Hopkins  University,  Baltimore,  Maryland. 

"Morphogenesis  in  the  Cellular  Slime  Molds,"  John  Tyler  Bonner,  department 
of  biology,  Princeton  University,  Princeton,  New  Jersey. 

"Cell  and  Tissue  Culture  in  Plants:  Its  Significance  for  Morphogenesis,"  F. 
C.  Steward,  Laboratory  for  Cell  Physiology,  Growth  and  Development, 
New  York  State  College  of  Agriculture,  Cornell  University,  Ithaca,  New 
York. 

"Problems  of  Growth  and  Regeneration  in  Hydra— The  Acquisition  and  Mo- 
bility of  the  Differentiated  State,"  Allison  L.  Burnett,  Biological  Laboratory, 
Western  Reserve  University,  Cleveland,  Ohio. 

"The  Role  of  the  Nerve  in  Regeneration  of  Body  Parts  in  the  Vertebrate,"  Mar- 
cus Singer,  department  of  anatomy.  School  of  Medicine,  Western  Reserve 
University,  Cleveland,  Ohio. 

"Hormones,  Genes,  and  Metamorphosis,"  Carroll  Williams,  Biological  Labo- 
ratories, Harvard  University,  Cambridge,  Massachusetts. 

"Fetal  Hormones  and  Adaptive  Growth  in  Mammalian  Reproductive  Systems," 
Dorothy  Price,  department  of  zoology.  University  of  Chicago,  Chicago, 
Illinois. 

"Some  Aspects  of  Neurogenesis,"  Viktor  Hamburger,  department  of  biology, 
Washington  University,  St.  Louis,  Missouri. 


STAFF    ACTIVITIES  443 

"Cell  Death  in  Morphogenesis,"  John  W.  Saunders,  Jr.,  department  of  biological 
sciences.  State  University  of  New  York  at  Albany,  Albany,  New  York. 

During  the  year  John  A.  M.  Brown,  visiting  post-doctoral  research 
associate  from  the  University  of  Notre  Dame,  joined  the  staff  to  work 
with  Director  Klein  on  an  action  spectrum  of  floral  induction  in 
Arabidopsis.  Plant  physiologist  Helga  Drumm,  from  the  University  of 
Freiburg,  Germany,  is  working  with  chemist  Maurice  M.  Margulies 
on  protein  synthesis  in  etioplasts.  Francesco  Parenti  completed  his 
work  with  Margulies  and  accepted  a  position  at  Yale  University. 
Plant  physiologist  Leonard  Price  began  a  sabbatical  year  work- 
ing with  Konstantinos  Mitrakos  at  the  Botanical  Institute,  University 
of  Athens,  Greece. 

Members  of  the  stafT  attended  symposia,  meetings  of  national  sci- 
entific societies  and  international  conferences;  journeyed  to  univer- 
sities to  present  seminars  and  to  carry  on  joint  research  projects; 
participated  in  various  panels  and  committees  of  scientific  agencies  and 
organizations;  and  attended  science  courses.  Some  of  the  special 
activities  were: 

In  August,  Austin  Long  delivered  a  paper  at  the  Annual  Convention 
in  Kingston,  Ontario  of  the  Geological  Association  of  Canada  and  the 
Mineralogical  Association  of  Canada;  and  W.  Klein  presented  a  paper 
at  the  BiAC  Symposium  on  bioinstrumentation  in  College  Station,  Texas. 

In  October,  Robert  L.  Weintraub  traveled  to  Kalamazoo  College, 
Kalamazoo,  Michigan,  for  consultation  on  joint  research  projects  with 
M.  Evans  of  their  department  of  botany. 

In  November,  M.  Margulies  presented  a  seminar  to  faculty  and 
graduate  students  in  the  Department  of  Biology  at  the  University  of 
Akron,  Ohio. 

In  December,  at  the  Charles  F.  Kettering  Research  Labs  in  Yellow 
Springs,  Ohio,  W.  Shropshire,  Jr.,  presented  a  seminar. 

In  January,  David  L.  Correll  traveled  to  Tucson,  Arizona,  where  he 
delivered  a  paper  at  the  Second  International  Conference  on  Photo- 
sensitization  in  Solids,  held  at  the  University  of  Arizona. 

In  May,  Elisabeth  Gantt  presented  a  seminar  at  the  Iowa  State  Uni- 
versity of  Science  and  Technology  in  Ames. 

In  June,  J.  Brown  attended  meetings  and  delivered  a  paper  in 
London,  Ontario,  to  the  Canadian  Society  of  Plant  Physiologists;  also 
in  June,  Bernard  Goldberg,  with  Director  Klein,  in  Jerusalem,  Israel, 
assisted  with  the  initiation  of  a  solar  radiation  measuring  station,  a 
cooperative  effort  between  the  Smithsonian  Radiation  Biology  Labora- 
tory and  the  National  Physical  Laboratory  of  Israel,  and  visited  Athens, 
Greece,  to  discuss  a  joint  research  project  with  the  Institute  of  General 
Botany  in  the  University  of  Athens. 


444  RADIATION    BIOLOGY    LABORATORY 


Staff  Publications 


CoRRELL,  David  L.,  John  L.  Edwards,  and  Vicente  Julio  Medina.  "Phyto- 
chrome  in  Etiolated  Annual  Rye,  II:  Distribution  of  Photoreversible  Phyto- 
chrome  in  the  Coleoptile  and  Primary  Leaf."  Plant  a,  vol.  79,  pp.  284-291, 
1968. 

CoRRELL,  David  L.,  and  W.  Shropshire,  Jr.  "Phytochrome  in  Etiolated  An- 
ual  Rye,  I :  Changes  During  Growth  in  the  Amount  of  photoreversible  Phyto- 
chrome in  the  Coleoptile  and  Primary  Leaf."  Planta,  vol.  79,  pp.  275-283, 
1968. 

Gantt,  E.,  M.  R.  Edwards,  and  S.  F.  Conti.  "Ultrastructure  of  Porphyridium 
aerugineum  a  Blue-Green  Colored  Rhodophytan."  Journal  Phycol.,  vol.  4, 
pp.  65-71,  1968. 

Hattersley-Smith,  G.,  and  Austin  Long.  "Post  Glacial  Uplift  at  Tanquary 
Fiord,  Northern  Ellesmere  Island,  Northwest  Territories."  Arctic,  vol.  20, 
pp.  255-260,  1967. 

Keys,  J.,  O.  M.  Johannessen,  and  A.  Long.  "On  the  Oceanography  of  Dis- 
raeli Fjord  on  Northern  Ellesmere  Island."  Manuscript  Report  Marine 
Sciences  Centre,  McGill  University,  vol.  6,  pp.   1-7     1968. 

Long,  Austin,  and  James  E.  Mielke.  "Smithsonian  Institution  Radiocarbon 
Measurements  IV."     Radiocarbon,  vol.  9,  pp.  368-381,  1967. 

Ma,  Te-Tsiu.  "Thin-Layer  Lactose  Agar  for  Pollen-Tube  Culture  of  Trade- 
scantia  to  Enhance  Planar  Distribution  of  Chromosomes."  Stain  Technol., 
vol.  42,  pp.  285-291,  1967. 

Margulies,  M.  M.,  E.  Gantt,  and  F.  Parenti.  "In  Vitro  Protein  Synthesis  by 
Plastids  of  Phaseolus  vulgaris,  II:  The  Probable  Relation  Between  Ribo- 
nuclease  Insensitive  Amino  Acid  Incorporation  and  the  Presence  of  Intact 
Chloroplasts."     Plant  Physiol,  vol.  43,  pp.  495-503,  1968. 

Margulies,  M.  M.,  and  F.  Parenti.  "In  Vitro  Protein  Synthesis  by  Plastids  of 
Phaseolus  vulgaris.  III:  Formation  of  Lamellar  and  Soluble  Chloroplast 
Protein."     Plant  Physiol,  vol.  43,  pp.  504-514,  1968. 

Mitrakos,  K.,  L.  Price,  W.  H.  Klein,  and  A.  Steiner.  Red-Light  Effect  of 
Tracer  Distribution  in  Etiolated  Leaf  Tissue."  Planta,  vol.  76,  pp.  190-196, 
1967. 

Parenti,  F.,  and  M.  M.  Margulies.  "In  Vitro  Protein  Synthesis  by  Plastids  of 
Phaseolus  vulgaris,  I :  Localization  of  Activity  in  the  Chloroplasts  of  a 
Chloroplast  Containing  Fraction  from  Bean  Leaves."  Plant  Physiol,  vol. 
42,  pp.  1179-1186,  1967. 


Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory 

Fred  L.  Whipple,  Director 


Tn  the  mid-1  880S  SAMUEL  piERPONT  LANGLEY,  soon  to  become  third 
■*■  secretary  of  the  Smithsonian  and  founder  of  its  Astrophysical  Ob- 
servatory, gave  a  series  of  popular  lectures  on  "the  new  astronomy."  By 
that  term  he  meant  the  study  of  "the  sun,  moon,  and  stars  for  what  they 
are  in  themselves,  and  in  relation  to  ourselves."  While  that  study  has 
evolved  to  include  all  heavenly  bodies  and  to  encompass  not  only  the 
present  but  also  the  past  and  the  anticipated  future,  its  primary  concern 
has  continued  to  be  the  relation  between  man  and  the  universe. 

The  current  research*  of  the  Observatory  reflects  and  is  a  part  of  that 
concern.  Observatory  scientists  derive  data  for  astrophysical  study  from 
a  variety  of  sources — gamma-ray  detectors,  radio  telescopes,  optical 
instruments,  and  satellite  observations  and  experiments,  for  example. 
Of  the  last,  the  Director,  in  an  address  this  year  to  the  4th  International 
Symposium  on  Bioastronautics  and  the  Exploration  of  Space,  noted: 
"The  theoretician  now  has  a  local  solar  system  in  which  the  space  pro- 
gram provides  direct  measurement  of  processes  too  complex  for  arm- 
chair prediction." 

Observatory  scientists  use  these  data  in  investigations  involving 
the  structure,  composition,  and  gravity  field  of  the  earth;  the  tempera- 
ture, pressure,  and  other  characteristics  of  the  upper  atmosphere;  the 
history,  orbits,  and  compositions  of  other  bodies  in  the  solar  system;  the 
nature  of  stellar  processes ;  and  the  origin  of  the  universe. 


*Unless  otherwise  noted,  research  is  supported  from  federal  funds  appropri- 
ated to  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  The  Observatory,  by  paying  scientists' 
salaries,  shares  in  the  support  of  all  research.  Support  from  outside  sources  is 
detailed  in  the  notes  on  page  477. 

445 


446  SMITHSONIAN    ASTROPHYSICAL   OBSERVATORY 

The  following  short  article  by  a  member  of  the  Observatory  staff 
summarizes  and  examines  recent  findings  in  one  of  these  areas  of 
concern, 

METEORITES  AS  PRIMITIVE  PLANETARY  MATERIAL 

The  origin  of  the  earth  is  shrouded  in  mystery.  We  can  talk  with  some 
confidence  about  the  recent  history  of  the  earth's  surface — ^^the  last 
500  million  years^ — -because  extensive  beds  and  structures  of  rock  formed 
during  that  time  interval  remain  preserved  and  accessible  to  us.  But  as 
we  attempt  to  probe  further  back,  into  the  Precambrian  eras,  the  record 
becomes  increasingly  blurred.  Surviving  rock  units  became  progressively 
more  scarce  and  less  well  preserved.  The  oldest  rocks  known  were  formed 
about  3500  million  years  ago,  according  to  studies  employing  radioactive 
dating  techniques.  There  the  record  closes. 

But  we  know  the  earth  is  older  than  3500  million  years,  because  other 
members  of  the  solar  system  are  older:  Meteorites,  the  lumps  of  rock  and 
iron  that  the  earth  occasionally  sweeps  up  from  interplanetary  space, 
often  yield  ages  of  about  4600  million  years  when  the  same  radioactive 
dating  techniques  are  applied  to  them.  Our  understanding,  such  as  it 
is,  of  the  origin  of  the  solar  system  seems  to  require  that  all  its  members 
formed  at  the  same  time,  give  or  take  a  few  million  years,  so  it  appears 
that  the  first  billion  years  (at  least)  of  earth  history  is  completely  miss- 
ing from  the  record. 

It  is  not  hard  to  see  why.  Contrary  to  the  advertising  literature  of 
gravestone  manufacturers,  rock  is  not  eternal  nor  "of  the  ages."  On  the 
surface  of  the  earth,  it  is  a  highly  perishable  commodity.  It  is  attacked 
and  degraded  by  water,  ice,  wind,  heat,  cold,  and  soil  acids;  the  debris 
produced  is  commonly  swept  away,  compacted,  and  cemented  into  new 
generations  of  rock.  Alternately,  the  slow  churning  and  folding  that  goes 
on  in  the  earth's  crust  (at  a  rate  imperceptible  to  us)  may  carry  rock 
down  to  great  depths,  where  temperatures  are  so  high  that  it  melts, 
whereupon  the  hot  liquid  is  injected  into  higher  levels  of  the  crust  again. 
Generations  of  rock  succeed  one  another,  as  if  they  were  living  orga- 
nisms. The  wonder  is  that  any  material  at  all  has  been  preserved  for  3500 
million  years  in  the  earth's  crust. 

Nonetheless,  one  wishes  that  older  material  were  available.  Best  of  all  '■ 
would  be  to  have  samples  of  the  original  substance  of  the  earth,  still  in  > 
the  state  it  assumed  when  the  earth  first  formed.  This  would  truly  be 
a  scientific  treasure.   Its  bulk  composition  would  probably  reflect  the 
overall  composition  of  the  earth,  something  we  can  only  conjecture  about 
otherwise,  because  the  thin  crustal  layer  of  the  earth  we  have  access  to  is 


INTRODUCTION METEORITIES    AS    PLANETARY    MATERIAL  447 

clearly  nonrepresentative  in  composition,  having  been  formed  from  the 
whole  by  processes  that  tend  to  favor  some  elements  over  others. 

The  texture  and  mineralogy  of  such  a  primitive  material  would  spell 
out  for  us  how  the  earth  was  born:  whether  from  grains  and  particles 
(planetesimals)  that  agglomerated  out  of  a  primordial  nebula,  or  con- 
ceivably as  a  molten,  fiery  mass  that  condensed  directly  from  incandes- 
cent solar  gases,  as  pictured  some  50  years  ago  by  Jeans  and  JefTreys. 
The  pattern  of  fission-produced  and  radiogenic  nuclides  it  contained 
would  establish  the  age  of  the  earth  and  the  time  scale  of  star-forming 
events  that  preceded  its  creation.  Its  content  of  volatile  substances  would 
indicate  for  us  the  composition  of  the  primeval  earth's  atmosphere  and 
help  us  understand  its  subsequent  evolution.  It  might  contain  carbo- 
naceous compounds  that  could  define  the  milieu  out  of  which  terrestrial 
life  arose. 

It  seems  futile  to  search  for  primitive  material  on  the  earth,  because 
crustal  rocks  are  exposed  to  the  corrosive  processes  noted  above.  But 
perhaps  somewhere  else  in  the  solar  system?  Geologic  activity  and  corro- 
sivity  are  fairly  directly  connected  with  a  planet's  size.  A  small  planet 
could  not  retain  internal  heat  effectively  enough  to  support  extensive 
igneous  activity,  nor  would  its  gravitational  field  be  potent  enough  to 
retain  a  corrosive  atmosphere  or  bodies  of  water.  Thus,  if  we  could 
sample  planets  smaller  than  the  earth,  our  chances  of  finding  primitive 
materials  would  increase. 

Venus,  approximately  equal  in  size  to  the  earth,  is  not  a  good  bet. 
Mars  is  smaller  and  somewhat  better;  the  moon  is  better  yet.  Even  the 
moon,  however,  seems  to  defeat  us :  chemical  analyses  performed  by  the 
recent  Surveyor  soft-landing  missions  to  the  moon  have  shown  that 
much  of  the  surface  must  be  composed  of  material  similar  in  composi- 
tion to  terrestrial  basalts  or  gabbros — rock  types  that  we  are  fairly  cer- 
tain are  produced  by  complex  processes  of  melting  and  chemical 
fractionation  inside  the  earth,  and  that  probably  had  a  similar  origin  on 
the  moon  and  do  not  represent  unaffected  primitive  materials. 

Of  course,  there  are  smaller  bodies  yet  in  the  solar  system — asteroids 
and  the  moons  of  Mars,  Jupiter,  and  the  outer  planets.  Spacecraft  mis- 
sions to  these  objects  lie  many  years  in  the  future,  but  fortunately  we 
don't  have  to  wait  for  them;  a  kind  and  accommodating  nature 
has  contrived  to  deliver  samples  of  them  to  us  gratis  in  the  form  of 
meteorites. 

We  are  not  really  certain  where  the  meteorites  come  from,  but  the 
process  of  elimination  leaves  little  chance  for  any  source  except  the 
asteroids.  The  character  of  their  orbits  eliminates  a  source  outside  the 
solar  system;  the  composition  of  most  of  them  does  not  match  the  Sur- 


448  SMITHSONIAN    ASTROPHYSICAL   OBSERVATORY 

veyor  composition  of  the  lunar  surface;  the  escape  velocity  from  Mars 
is  too  high  (it  would  be  all  but  impossible  for,  say,  an  asteroid  impact 
on  the  Martian  surface  to  impart  enough  velocity  to  a  surface  fragment 
for  it  to  escape  without  being  pulverized  or  melted) . 

Asteroids  are  very  small  objects  indeed.  The  largest,  Ceres,  is  only 
770  kilometers  in  diameter,  about  the  dimension  of  France  or  Spain. 
Most  asteroids  are  substantially  smaller.  To  be  sure,  once  there  were 
probably  larger  asteroids  than  now;  the  present  asteroids  are  for  the 
most  part  only  fragments  of  the  primeval  asteroids,  the  debris  of  col- 
lisions among  them.  But  the  total  mass  of  asteroid  fragments  we  see  now 
is  small  nonetheless,  only  a  few  percent  of  the  mass  of  the  moon,  so  the 
parent  asteroids  cannot  ever  have  been  very  large. 

When  we  examine  the  meteorites,  they  seem  the  answer  to  our  fond- 
est hopes.  About  85  percent  of  those  seen  to  fall  are  members  of  a  re- 
markably uniform  class  named  chondrites.  Chondrites  are  very  old;  in 
many  cases  we  find  they  have  been  accumulating  radiogenic  argon-40 
for  4500  or  4600  million  years  (the  "age  of  meteorites"  noted  above). 
What  this  means  physically  is  that  they  have  literally  been  held  in 
"cold  storage"  in  space  for  4500  million  years.  If  they  had  been  heated 
significantly  (above  a  few  hundred  degrees  centigrade)  in  that  time 
or  if  they  had  experienced  any  significant  geologic  activity,  their  argon- 
40  would  have  been  released  and  driven  away. 

Since  the  ages  of  a  great  many  meteorites  cluster  about  the  value 
4500  to  4600  million  years,  this  has  come  to  be  accepted  as  the  "age 
of  the  solar  system."  Initially,  this  conclusion  was  really  quite  unjustified. 
How  do  we  know  the  solar  system  wasn't  already  10  billion  years  old 
when  the  meteorites  were  formed?  At  first,  we  had  no  such  assurance. 
But  in  recent  years,  evidence  has  appeared  that  the  parent  meteorites 
were  still  quite  young  when  they  cooled  down  to  temperatures  at  which 
argon-40  began  to  accumulate.  Some  chondrites  were  found  to  contain 
anomalous  amounts  of  the  nuclide  xenon- 129,  which  can  have  been 
emplaced  there  only  by  the  decay  of  radioactive  iodine- 129. 

Iodine-129  has  a  relatively  short  half-life  (16.4  million  years),  so  the 
planets'  stock  of  it — if  they  were  endowed  with  any  at  the  time  the  solar 
system  was  formed — must  have  dwindled  away  to  effectively  nothing  in 
a  very  short  time.  Certainly  the  earth  has  none  now.  As  iodine-129 
decayed,  it  was  transformed  into  the  gas  xenon- 129.  If  the  host  rock 
in  which  it  decayed  was  still  hot,  this  gas  would  have  been  driven  off 
and  lost.  Since  some  xenon- 129  was  retained  by  some  meteorites,  we 
can  conclude  that  these  meteorites  had  entered  into  the  final  "cold 
storage"  phase  of  their  histories  before  their  initial  stock  of  iodine-129 
had  dwindled  away:  within  about  100  million  years  after  freshly  ere- 


INTRODUCTION METEORITIES    AS    PLANETARY    MATERIAL 


449 


ated  iodine- 129  had  been  incorporated  in  the  planets  as  they  formed. 
Thus,  the  parent  meteorite  planets  (and  by  inference  the  solar  system) 
may  be  older  than  4600  million  years,  but  only  a  little  bit  older  (rela- 
tively speaking)  — 100  million  years  or  so. 

The  chemical  composition  of  chondrites  further  encourages  us  to 
believe  they  are  samples  of  primitive  planetary  material.  Their  con- 
tent of  the  various  metallic  elements,  relative  to  one  another,  is  very 
similar  to  the  proportions  of  these  elements  that  we  find  (from  spectro- 
grams) in  the  surface  of  the  sun.  It  is  widely  believed  that  the  sun  and 
planets  formed  from  a  single  homogeneous  cloud  of  gas  and  dust,  so 
sun  and  primitive  planets  ought  to  be  chemically  similar,  at  least  as  far 
as  the  condensable,  nonvolatile  (metallic)  elements  are  concerned.  (As 
opposed  to  hydrogen,  for  example.  We  know  the  sun  consists  largely  of 
hydrogen;  but  this,  being  a  gas  of  very  low  boiling  temperature  (  —253° 
C),  could  not  possibly  have  condensed  and  contributed  to  the  makeup 
of  the  small  inner  planets.) 

Chondritic  textures  are  indeed  conglomeratic  ( figure  1 ) .  By  studying 
their  constituent  grains  and  particles,  we  may  be  reaching  out  to  the 
preplanetar)'  stages,  to  a  time  when  there  were  only  gas  and  dust  that 
were  beginning  to  arrange  themselves  into  a  star  and  satellite  planets. 
Further,  the  better  preserved  chondrites  contain  a  great  host  of  complex 
organic  compounds;  these  compounds  were  probably  produced  by 
abiotic  processes  in  the  primordial  nebula,  though  some  workers  are  not 
wholly  convinced  that  they  might  not  be  the  debris  of  ancient,  extra- 
terrestrial, primitive  life  forms. 

For  all  these  reasons,  chondrites  are  probably  the  most  intriguing  and 
enigmatic  samples  of  planetary  material  we  can  study,  princes  among 


1.  A  chondritic  meteor- 
ite (from  Beddgelert, 
Wales),  with  sawed  faces, 
showing  conglomeratic 
texture.  Small  light- 
colored  spherules  (chon- 
drules)  may  be  surviving 
planetesimals  from  the 
formative  stage  of  the 
solar  system.  (From  Ad- 
vances in  the  Astronauti- 
cal  Sciences,  vol.  19,  pp. 
99-118,  1965.) 


l|llillllH|llll|ll 


450 


SMITHSONIAN    ASTROPHYSICAL    OBSERVATORY 


rocks.  And  yet  they  do  not  answer  the  question  raised  at  the  beginning 
of  this  article.  They  are  not  samples  of  the  primordial  earth,  but  of 
planets  formed  two  or  three  times  farther  out  from  the  sun  than  is  the 
earth.  Things  were  probably  not  the  same  in  both  places.  We  know  the 
planets  vary  in  mass  density  with  their  distance  from  the  sun : 


Planet 
Mercury 
Venus 
Earth 
Mars 

Asteroids/chondrites 
(Mesosiderites) 

Evidently  the  planets  closer  in  contain  a  larger  proportion  of  metallic, 
nickel-iron,  making  them  denser.  Further,  several  workers  have  recently 
presented  involved  but  convincing  arguments,  based  on  terrestrial  heat 
flow  and  the  absolute  abundances  and  isotopic  compositions  of  certain 
elements  in  the  earth's  crust,  that  the  earth's  bulk  composition  is  not  the 
same  in  detail  as  the  composition  of  the  chondrites.  Primitive  earth 
material  must  have  been  rather  different  from  that  of  the  chondrites. 

2.     Sawed  face  of  a  mesosiderite  from  Vaca  Muerta,  Chile.  Light  areas  are 
nickel-iron  metal;  dark  areas,  gabbroic  silicate  minerals. 


Distance  from  sun 

Mean  uncompressed 

{relative  to  earth's 

density 

distance) 

{approximate) 

0.39 

5.2 

0.72 

4.0 

1.00 

4.0 

1.52 

3.7 

2.  2  to  3.  2 

3.6 

— 

(4.2) 

THE  earth:   geodesy  451 

In  this  connection,  one  of  the  most  obscure  and  little-studied  classes 
of  meteorites,  the  mesosiderites  (only  one  percent  of  falls) ,  begins  to  look 
interesting.  Mesosiderites  consist  of  about  half  basaltic  or  gabbroic 
minerals  and  half  nickel-iron  metal,  intimately  mingled  together.  It  has 
usually  been  supposed  that  they  are  chance  mechanical  mixtures  of 
earlier-formed  iron  meteorite  material  with  igneous  rock.  And  yet  maybe 
not.  There  are  practical  difficulties  in  postulating  a  set  of  processes  that 
would  mix  metal  and  rock  in  these  proportions,  with  such  intimacy,  so 
as  to  yield  such  curious  structures  (figure  2).  The  mesosiderite  content 
of  potassium,  uranium,  rubidium,  and  metallic  nickel-iron  is  closer  to 
what  the  earth  is  believed  to  hold  than  is  that  of  the  chondrites. 

The  cooling  history  of  mesosiderites,  which  can  be  derived  with  some 
confidence  from  a  detailed  study  of  the  metal  alloys  they  contain,  seems 
to  point  to  an  origin  in  a  planet  whose  overall  heat  budget  was 
dominated  by  earth-like,  not  chondritic,  proportions  of  potassium  and 
uranium.  Could  it  be  that  mesosiderites  are  another  type  of  primitive 
material  that  is  a  fair  approximation  to  the  material  from  which  the 
earth  was  formed?  Could  they  be  fragments  of  small  planets  that  formed 
about  as  far  from  the  sun  as  the  earth  is  now  and  somehow  escaped  being 
swept  up  and  added  to  the  bulk  of  the  earth?  We  may  yet  learn  how  the 
earth  was  formed. 

John  A.  Wood 

The  Earth 

The  Observatory  continued  its  investigation  of  the  earth  as  a  planet 
through  an  active  program  of  satellite  geodesy  and  atmospheric  studies.^ 
The  SAO  network  of  12  Baker-Nunn  satellite-tracking  cameras  in 
11  countries  provided  the  basic  observational  data.  In  addition,  the 
Observatory  is  deploying  laser  tracking  systems.  This  year  sao  moved 
its  first  laser  satellite-ranging  station  from  Organ  Pass,  New  Mexico,  to 
the  Baker-Nunn  site  in  Hawaii.  A  more  advanced  laser  system  was  placed 
on  Mount  Hopkins,  Arizona,^  and  a  third  unit  began  operating  in  Athens, 
Greece.  The  Observatory  places  considerable  importance  on  the  develop- 
ment and  operation  of  laser  ranging  systems,  under  the  supervision  of 
Carlton  G.  Lehr.  The  greater  accuracy  of  these  systems  over  optical 
techniques  promises  major  advances  in  geophysical  research. 

GEODESY 

Using  SAO  satellite  observational  data,  E.  M.  Gaposchkin,  Walter 
Kohnlein,  Yoshihide  Kozai,  Kurt  Lambeck,  Charles  A.  Lundquist,  and 
George  Veis  have  continued  work  on  an  improved  calculation  of  geo- 


452  SMITHSONIAN    ASTROPHYSICAL    OBSERVATORY 

detic  parameters.^  The  principal  results  from  a  geodetic  calculation  are 
the  coordinates  of  stations  observing  satellites  and  a  mathematical 
representation  of  the  earth's  gravity  field.  The  results  calculated  this 
year  were  published  as  Special  Report  264,  Geodetic  Satellite  Results 
During  1967. 

The  previous  major  calculation,  the  1966  Smithsonian  Institution 
Standard  Earth,  involved  data  on  14  satellites  observed  from  the  12 
Baker-Nunn  camera  stations.  The  gravity  field  was  represented  with  121 
parameters.  The  work  for  the  1968  Standard  Earth  will  extend  the 
theory  to  greater  accuracy,  increase  the  number  of  Baker-Nunn  obser- 
vations, and  expand  the  analytic  capability  to  include  range  and  velocity 
observations.  With  this  capability,  tracking  data  from  other  systems, 
such  as  doppler  and  laser  ranging,  can  now  be  used.  Data  from  about 
50  stations,  including  the  sao  network,  other  U.S.  satellite-tracking 
networks,  and  an  international  group  of  cooperating  observatories 
throughout  the  world,  will  be  included  in  the  1968  calculation.  In 
further  contrast  to  the  1966  Standard  Earth,  approximately  25  satellites 
will  be  used,  almost  250  gravity-field  parameters  will  be  calculated,  and 
the  accuracy  of  the  determination  of  fundamental  observing  sites  should 
be  improved  to  5  to  10  meters. 

The  geodetic  satellite  Geos-1  was  used  extensively  by  SAO  this  year. 
This  satellite,  which  has  intense  flash  lamps  for  optical  observing  and 
retroreflectors  for  laser  ranging,  was  a  mainstay  of  the  year's  investiga- 
tions. Geos-1  provided  long-term  data  for  Kozai's  future  zonal-harmonics 
calculations,  intense  short-period  files  for  Gaposchkin's  tesseral-harmon- 
ics  determinations,  and  opportunities  for  simultaneous  observations  for 
Veis  and  Lambeck's  geometric  solution.* 

Giorgio  E.  O.  Giacaglia  and  Lundquist  developed  for  the  gravitational! 
potential  of  the  earth  an  alternative  mathematical  representation  that  I 
may  be  useful  in  the  treatment  of  satellite  altimetry  data  for  geodetici 
investigations.* 

Veis  determined  a  new  value  for  the  radius  of  the  earth,  based  onj 
1966  results  together  with  more  recent  geodetic  information  and  satel- 
lite laser-range  data.  Veis  also  established  the  procedures  for  a  revised 
satellite  triangulation  program.  This  program  can  handle  simultaneous 
directions  and  laser  ranges. 

Lambeck  develop>ed  a  new  approach  to  the  geometric  solution  for  im- 
proving station  coordinates  and  carried  out  theoretical  investigations  on 
the  accuracy  of  the  method.  He  is  also  developing  a  new  technique  that 
combines  into  a  consistent  solution  the  geometric  and  dynamic  results  of] 
satellite  geodesy  as  well  as  other  forms  of  data.  He  has  investigated 
film-reduction  techniques  and  completed  a  study  of  the  accuracy  of  the 


THE  earth:   geodesy 


453 


The  Baker-Nunn  -  laser  installation  at  Mount  Hopkins. 


y,  /     JL. 


454  SMITHSONIAN    ASTROPHYSICAL   OBSERVATORY 

Baker-Nunn  camera;  included  in  this  study  was  an  investigation  of  the 
effect  of  atmospheric  microturbulence. 

Antanas  Gimius,  Lambeck,  Veis,  and  Leonard  H.  Solomon  com- 
pleted a  comparison  of  several  different  satellite-observing  systems.  As 
part  of  the  comparison,  Gimius  performed  geoid  transformations  for 
extended  areas  of  the  principal  datums.  Solomon  combined  data  from 
several  tracking  systems  to  compute  precise  orbits  for  OGO-2,  a  satellite 
for  which  no  one  set  of  tracking  data  was  sufficient  to  determine  orbits 
to  the  accuracy  required  by  the  onboard  experiments. 

In  conjunction  with  the  geodetic  work,  Gaposchkin,  Giuseppe 
Colombo,  Barbara  Kolaczek,  and  Jan  Rolk  continued  an  analysis  of 
polar  motion.*  Knowledge  of  the  position  of  the  pole  not  only  is  a  sub- 
ject of  geophysical  interest  but  also  is  essential  to  the  reduction  of  the 
coordinate  system  used  in  geodesy.  Gaposchkin  is  developing  a  model  that 
considers  the  liquid  core  of  the  earth  as  well  as  the  elasticity  of  the  man- 
tle and  the  oceans  in  an  attempt  to  resolve  the  disagreement  between 
polar  motion  and  the  elasticity  of  the  earth  as  determined  from  tides. 

Colombo  has  investigated  the  Chandler  wobble  of  the  pole.  The 
presence  of  two  distinct  peaks  in  the  Chandler  band  of  the  power  spec- 
trum of  the  latitude  variations  has  been  tentatively  interpreted  as  a 
beat  phenomenon,  suggesting  that  the  classical  model  of  a  single  elastic 
body  with  only  one  Chandler  frequency  may  be  inadequate.  Colombo's 
new  model  consists  of  two  nonlinear  coupled  components.  Because  of 
the  complexity  of  the  parametric  study,  a  digital-computer  simulation 
has  not  yet  given  significant  results.  A  simulation  on  an  analog  com- 
puter is  under  study. 

Kolaczek  is  investigating  the  possibility  of  determining  polar  motion 
by  satellite  observations.  She  has  defined  the  optimum  satellite  area-to- 
mass  ratio  and  the  optimum  semimajor  axis  of  the  satellite  orbit  for  this 
purpose.  She  is  estimating  the  magnitude  of  various  perturbations  due 
to  satellite  and  orbit  parameters  in  order  to  improve  the  accuracy  of 
satellite-position  determinations.  She  computed  short-period  perturba- 
tions due  to  solar  radiation  pressure,  using  Ladislav  Sehnal's  formula. 

In  another  area  of  geophysics,  Paul  A.  Mohr  formulated  a  project 
using  laser  methods  to  measure  dilation  across  the  Ethiopian  rift.^  Re- 
fining the  tectonic  and  volcanic  maps  of  the  African  rift  system,  he  also 
developed  the  concept  that  the  rift  zone  marks  a  line  of  sinistral  shear, 
with  dilation  and  compression  as  secondary  effects.  This  theory  appears 
to  solve  a  number  of  previously  puzzling  features  of  the  African  rift 
system  such  as  the  presence  of  great  horsts  rising  from  the  rift  floor, 
the  peculiar  restriction  of  volcanism  to  some  areas  of  only  moderate 
rifting,  and  the  geometric  difficulties  with  a  hypothetical  mantle- 
convection  pattern  in  relation  to  the  Indian  Ocean  ridge  rift. 


THE  earth:   upper  atmosphere  455 

Together  with  Mohr,  Ursula  B.  Marvin  has  begun  an  appraisal  of 
geologically  active  zones  in  the  earth's  crust  where  continental  drift  may 
be  tested  by  the  techniques  of  satellite  geodesy.^ 

Jacchia,  Whipple,  Veis,  and  several  other  staff  members  attended  the 
annual  cospar  meeting  held  this  spring  in  Tokyo.  The  Director  presided 
over  some  of  the  sessions;  the  purpose  of  these  meetings  is  to  further 
international  cooperation  in  geodetic  and  other  studies. 

THE    UPPER    ATMOSPHERE 

Luigi  G.  Jacchia,  assisted  by  Jack  W.  Slowey  and  I.  G.  Campbell,  con- 
tinued upper  atmosphere  investigations  based  on  the  drag  analysis  of 
artificial  satellites.  ^  To  provide  the  necessary  drag  data,  the  Baker- 
Nunn  cameras  tracked  nine  satellites,  including  the  two  balloon  satellites 
Explorers  19  and  24,  which  were  launched  for  drag  analysis  by  sao  and 
the  Langley  Research  Center  of  nasa. 

Theoretical  models  of  the  diurnal  temperature  variation,  not  in- 
tended to  derive  accurate  predictions,  but  rather  to  further  insight  into 
the  dynamics  of  the  upper  atmosphere,  have  been  developed  by  Manfred 
Friedman,  in  collaboration  with  Jacchia.  Friedman's  models  include 
such  effects  as  solar  radiational  heating,  interaction  between  the  neutral 
and  ionospheric  constituents,  and  the  possible  existence  of  winds. 

The  semiannual  density  variation  covering  the  interval  from  1958 
to  1966  was  the  object  of  a  special  investigation  that  included  both  the 
maximum  and  the  minimum  of  solar  activity.  Data  from  six  satellites 
were  used,  with  perigee  heights  ranging  from  250  to  658  kilometers. 
Jacchia  found  that,  although  somewhat  variable  from  year  to  year,  the 
semiannual  variation  is  a  vary  stable  feature  that  can  be  followed  with- 
out any  major  change  in  phase  throughout  the  eight  years  covered  by 
the  observations.  The  temperature  curves  obtained  from  each  of  the  six 
satellites  are  strictly  in  phase  and  show  the  same  amplitude,  irrespective 
of  perigee  height;  peculiarities  of  the  variations,  such  as  an  unusually 
broad  maximum  or  minimum,  are  easily  recognizable  in  each  of  the 
individual  satellite  curves.  This  fact  demonstrates  that  the  semiannual 
variation  is  worldwide  and  that  the  obsewed  density  variations  are  the 
result  of  temperature  variations  at  essentially  the  same  atmospheric 
level  as  those  arising  from  the  solar-activity  effect.  Confirming  previous 
results,  the  amplitude  of  the  semiannual  variation  was  found  to  vary 
with  the  solar  cycle  and  to  be  proportional  to  the  10.7-centimeter  solar 
flux.  Jacchia  has  now  undertaken  a  comprehensive  study  of  the  effect  of 
solar  activity  on  the  upper  atmosphere. 


456  SMITHSONIAN    ASTROPHYSICAL   OBSERVATORY 

As  new  observational  data  on  upper  atmosphere  density,  temperature, 
and  composition  become  available,  atmospheric  models  must  be  im- 
proved to  permit  more  accurate  predictions.  Jacchia  worked  on  the 
revision  of  his  "Static  diffusion  models  with  empirical  temperature  pro- 
files" published  in  1965  and  later  incorporated  into  the  U.S.  Standard 
Atmosphere  Supplements,  1966. 

Slowey  has  developed  a  method  for  taking  into  account  the  effect  of 
solar  radiation  pressure  in  the  computation  of  orbits  of  artificial  satel- 
lites from  optical  observations. 

THE    MAGNETOSPHERE 

A  shortwave  radio  link  was  previously  established  by  sao  and  Argentine 
agencies  between  Jupiter,  Florida,  and  Ushuaia,  Argentina.  The  aim 
of  this  link  was  to  probe  the  magnetosphere  by  measuring  the  time 
delay  (and  consequently  the  length)  of  propagation  paths  aligned  with 
the  earth's  magnetic  field  along  the  magnetospheric  shell.  The  two 
terminals  of  the  line  were  synchronized  by  sag's  satellite-tracking  tim- 
ing system  with  an  accuracy  of  better  than  1  millisecond.  Mario  D. 
Grossi  collected  approximately  180  hours  of  data  on  analog  tapes  and 
is  processing  these  data. 

The  Moon 

Donald  H.  Menzel  continued  his  studies  of  the  rate  of  escape  of  the 
lunar  atmosphere.  More  accurate  atmosphere  models  are  needed  to 
account  for  the  proved  escape  rate,  which  is  slower  than  that  predicted 
by  Sir  James  Jeans.  Lunar  Orbiter  photographs  are  continuing  to  be 
studied,  to  understand  the  processes  of  erosion  that  appear  to  have 
arisen  from  liquid  flow,  presumably  water.  il 

Winfield  W.  Salisbury  is  extending  the  study  of  induced  currents  in  ai 
conducting  sphere  to  a  two-layer  system  such  as  a  body  with  a  noncon- 
ducting surface  and  a  conducting  or  partially  conducting  core.  This 
work  is  being  done  to  explain  better  the  relation  of  the  lack  of  induced- 
current  magnetic  shock  waves  near  the  moon  to  lunar  structure  and  the 
electrical  conductivity  of  the  lunar  lithosphere. 

Salisbury  and  Yasushi  Nozawa  used  the  1000-foot  radio  telescope  atl 
Arecibo,  Puerto  Rico,  for  various  low-frequency  radio-emission  measures! 
from  the  moon  to  investigate  its  internal  structure  and  temperature. 
The  data  indicate  that  the  temperature  appears  to  go  down  with  depth 
for  at  least  a  fraction  of  the  moon's  radius. 

Edward  L.  Fireman,  Ursula  B,  Marvin,  and  John  A.  Wood  have 
set  up  laboratories  for  the  isotopic,*^  mineralogical,^  and  petrological 
study  ^  of  lunar  materials  to  be  returned  by  the  Apollo  mission. 


THE    OTHER    PLANETS  457 

The  Other  Planets 

David  Morrison  and  Carl  Sagan  have  analyzed  the  microwave  phase 
effect  of  the  planet  Mercury  and  believe  that  the  observations  can  be 
understood  in  terms  of  the  combined  solution  of  the  one-dimensional 
equation  of  heat  conduction  and  the  equation  of  radiative  transfer,  pro- 
vided that  the  eccentricity  and  the  two-thirds  spin  of  the  Mercurian 
orbit  are  specifically  taken  into  account.^  They  find  a  range  in  surface 
temperature  from  700°K  to  1000°K,  with  the  thermal  and  electrical 
properties  of  the  Mercurian  subsurface  similar  to  those  for  the  moon. 

Using  the  Harvard  61 -inch  telescope  with  a  triple  Fabry-Perot  inter- 
ferometric  spectrometer,  Nathaniel  P.  Carleton  and  Ashok  Sharma 
searched  for  the  6300-A  emission  line  of  atomic  oxygen  in  the  atmos- 
phere of  Venus.  A  preliminary  upp>er  limit  of  this  line's  intensity  has 
now  been  set.^ 

The  absorption  spectrum  of  a  variety  of  atmospheric  constituents  in 
the  Venus  atmosphere  has  been  investigated  by  Egor  Eberstein,  Bishun 
Khare,  and  James  Pollack  in  an  attempt  to  derive  transmission-averaged 
opacities  for  the  construction  of  Venus  greenhouse  models.^ 

In  a  series  of  papers,  Pollack,  Sagan,  Richard  Wattson,  and  Arthur 
T.  Wood,  Jr.,  of  the  Harvard  College  Observatory,  have  investigated 
the  compatibility  of  the  Mariner  5  and  Venera  4  space-vehicle  results  on 
the  Venus  atmosphere  and  their  compatibility  with  ground-based  pas- 
sive and  active  microwave  observations.®  They  find  that  a  mean  surface 
temperature  of  about  750°K,  a  mean  surface  pressure  of  about  90 
atmospheres,  and  a  mixing  ratio  of  water  of  approximately  0.5  percent 
volume  are  consistent  with  all  the  data  except  the  results  of  the  Venera 
4  radar  altimeter. 

The  61 -inch  telescope  and  associated  interferometer  were  used  by 
Carleton  and  Sharma  to  complete  their  analysis  of  CO2  absorption  in 
the  spectrum  of  Mars.®  An  equation  for  the  abundance  of  CO2  in 
terms  of  Martian  effective  temperature  and  pressure  was  developed. 
They  determined  the  surface  pressure  to  be  6  to  9  millibars  on  the  basis 
of  an  atmosphere  containing  100  percent  and  60  percent  CO2, 
respectively. 

The  determination  of  an  effective  temperature  by  usual  techniques 
is  not  accurate,  owing  to  variations  with  altitude,  latitude,  and  longi- 
tude. Sharma  is  examining  this  problem  by  computing  synthetic  spectra 
of  the  CO2  band  for  realistic  polytropic  models  of  the  Martian 
atmosphere. 

Sagan  and  Pollack  have  continued  their  investigations  of  a  wind- 
blown dust  model  to  explain  the  surface  features  and  seasonal  changes 
on  Mars.  They  show  that  the  particle  sizes  of  the  powder  typical  of 

315-997     O  -  69  -  30 


458  SMITHSONIAN    ASTROPHYSICAL    OBSERVATORY 

dark  and  bright  areas  on  Mars  are  those  expected  when  aeolian  transport 
of  dust  is  dominant  and  where  significant  elevation  differences  exist. * 

Clark  Chapman,  Pollack,  and  Sagan  have  performed  a  close  analysis 
of  the  Mariner  4  photography  of  Mars.*^  The  crater  statistics  are  in- 
terpreted in  terms  of  various  populations  of  impacting  objects  and  a 
variety  of  erosion  mechanisms,  including  saturation  bombardment  by 
meteors.  They  find,  among  other  conclusions,  that  the  absence  of  such 
signs  of  water  as  river  valleys  in  Mariner  4  photography  is  quite  irrele- 
vant to  the  question  of  the  existence  of  water  in  early  Martian  history. 

Douglas  T.  Pitman  has  made  a  detailed  study  of  the  dissociation  vapor 
pressure  curves  for  the  minerals  geothite  (HFeOo)  and  limonite 
(HFeOo  •  HoO)  ;  the  data  are  compatible  with  a  Martian  model  in  which 
limonite  and  goethite  make  up  a  significant  fraction  of  the  Martian 
surface.® 

The  possibility  of  determining  the  temperature  distribution  of  the 
Jovian  atmosphere  from  the  relative  intensities  of  methane  lines  in  the 
spectra  of  Jupiter  is  being  explored  by  Sharma."  Preliminary  laboratory 
observations  indicate  that  a  minimum  path  length  of  150-meter  atmos- 
pheres is  required  for  extensive  study  of  the  6200-A  methane  band. 

Fred  A.  Franklin  and  Allan  F.  Cook  completed  reduction  of  spectro- 
grams of  Saturn's  satellites  taken  during  the  time  of  passage  of  the  earth 
through  the  plane  of  the  rings.  This  analysis  made  possible  the  setting  of 
an  upper  limit  on  the  density  of  a  possible  gaseous  atmosphere  envelop- 
ing the  ring. 

Franklin  also  continued  with  Colombo  their  study  of  the  radial  struc- 
ture of  Saturn's  rings.  With  the  help  of  an  electronic  computer  that 
enabled  them  to  include  both  the  perturbations  resulting  from  the  inner 
satellite  and  the  oblateness  of  Saturn,  they  determined  the  general  field 
of  perturbations  throughout  the  ring.  While  the  problem  is  by  no  means 
yet  solved,  they  can  show  a  notable  correspondence  in  the  motion  of  a 
ring  particle  with  the  radial  dependence  of  the  excluded  regions  pro- 
duced by  the  above  perturbations  and  the  observed  ring  structure. 

Comets  and  Meteors 

At  Prague  in  August  1967,  the  Director  presented  his  detailed  report 
of  international  research  on  comets,  covering  the  3-year  interval  1964 
to  1967,  for  publication  in  the  International  Astronomical  Union 
(lAU)  Report  The  Physics  of  Comets  for  Commission  15,  of  which  he 
was  President.  He  was  also  named  President  of  Commission  6,  Astro- 
nomical Telegrams.  Several  other  staff  members  participated  in  the 
lAU  Symposium. 
Salah  E.   Hamid  and   the  Director  uncovered  in  ancient  Chinese 


COMETS    AND    METEORS  459 

records  several  possible  references  to  periodic  Comet  Encke.  Compu- 
ter programs,  which  calculated  the  perturbing  effects  of  the  planets  on 
the  comet's  orbit  for  a  period  extending  2500  years  into  the  past,  were 
used  in  the  identification  process.^ 

One  of  the  problems  in  such  an  endeavor  is  the  effect  of  unknown 
nongravitational  forces  that  act  on  cometary  orbits-  Brian  G.  Marsden 
has  found,  from  an  exhaustive  study  of  orbits  of  18  short-period  comets 
seen  at  three  or  more  perihelion  passages  since  1925,  that  detectable 
noneravit^tional  forces  are  the  rule  rather  than  the  exception/  Studies 
such  as  this  have  provided  supporting  evidence  for  the  Director's  theory, 
first  proposed  in  1950,  that  these  nongravitational  variations  are  caused 
by  tiie  ejection  of  material  from  a  rotating  comet  nucleus. 

Hamid,  Marsden,  and  the  Director  completed  their  calculations  of 
the  effects  of  a  possible  comet  belt  beyond  Neptune  on  the  motions  of 
seven  long-period  comets.  Comparison  of  the  orbital  elements  of  Halley's 
Comet,  which  is  the  most  sensitive  to  such  forces,  as  determined  in  1835 
and  1909,  revealed,  after  allowance  was  made  for  all  planetary  pertur- 
bations, that  there  is  no  evidence  of  effects  by  a  comet  belt.  This  con- 
clusion confirmed  the  earlier,  preliminary  results,  which  had  established 
an  upper  limit  for  this  belt  of  1  earth  mass  out  to  50  astronomical  units 
from  the  sun. 

James  Wright  studied  the  effects  of  general  relativity  on  the  calcula- 
tion of  periods  of  long-period  comets.  Comparisons  of  observational  data 
with  predicted  behavior  from  rival  gravitational  theories  are  inconclu- 
sive because  the  observations  are  not  sufficiently  precise.^ 

A  study  of  the  sungrazing  comet  group  by  Marsden  yielded  virtually 
conclusive  proof  that  Comets  1882  II  and  1965  VIII  were  pieces  of  a 
single  comet  that  had  fragmented  at  the  previous  perihelion  passage, 
probably  in  the  first  half  of  the  12th  century,  in  the  same  manner  that 
these  comets  themselves  fragmented.^ 

Pitman  is  continuing  investigations  of  the  physical  properties  of  icy 
systems,  concentrating  on  the  problem  of  thermal  conductivity,  in  an 
effort  to  better  understand  Whipple's  icy-conglomerate  model  of  comet 
nuclei.^ 

Optical  data  from  the  observations  of  artificial  meteoroids,  carried  out 
jointly  with  nasa's  Langley  Research  Center,  were  analyzed  by  Rich- 
ard E.  McCrosky  and  Cheng- Yuan  Shao.^°  From  data  on  nine  artificial 
meteoroids,  they  calculated  improved  values  of  the  luminosity  coeffici- 
ent, which  is  essential  for  determining  the  mass  of  natural  meteoroids. 

Under  the  guidance  of  Richard  B.  Southworth  and  Salisbury,  the 
meteor  radar  system  was  completely  refurbished  and  calibrated  during 
the  year.^° 


460  SMITHSONIAN    ASTROPHYSICAL    OBSERVATORY 

Carl  S.  Nilsson  has  gathered  and  is  now  reducing  data  for  a  precise 
calibration  of  the  Havana  Radio  Meteor  Network.^"  Further  improve- 
ments in  the  equipment  are  being  made  by  Mario  R.  SchaflFner,  who 
completed  construction  of  a  new  system  for  processing  received  signals 
in  real  time  and  for  following  several  programs  simultaneously .^° 

Giuseppe  Forti  used  observations  from  the  Radio  Meteor  Network  to 
measure  radial  and  two-dimensional  horizontal  winds  in  the  upper 
atmosphere.^" 

Preliminary  analysis  of  data  from  the  Prairie  Network  indicates  that 
the  mass  flux  of  large  meteoroids  entering  the  earth's  atmosphere  is 
one  to  two  orders  of  magnitude  larger  than  would  have  been  expected 
from  extrapolation  from  faint-meteoroid  data."  Nevertheless,  the  struc- 
tural characteristics  of  the  large  and  small  meteoroids  appear  to  be 
identical. 

Cook,  who  has  been  working  on  the  physical  theory  of  meteors,  has 
explained  that  the  inefficiency  of  radiational  cooling  for  very  small 
bodies  at  relatively  low  temperatures  may  cause  extremely  small  meteor- 
oids to  vaporize  in  circumstances  where  they  were  previously  thought 
to  decelerate  without  significant  mass  loss.^°  He  reviewed  this  work  at 
the  Symposium  on  the  Physics  and  Dynamics  of  Meteors  held  in  Sep- 
tember in  Tatranska  Lomnica,  Czechoslovakia.  The  Director  and  sev- 
eral other  staff  members  also  contributed  to  this  symposium. 

Zdenek  Ceplecha  studied  the  problem  of  the  beginning  heights  of 
meteoroids  in  an  attempt  to  understand  why  two  main  levels,  separated 
by  about  10  kilometers,  exist. ^°  The  meteoroids  associated  with  these 
levels  have  different  photometric-to-dynamic  mass  ratios.  From  several 
possible  explanations  of  this  phenomenon  he  concluded  that  only  two, 
meteoroid  composition  and  fragmentation  or  spraying,  are  significant. 

Ceplecha  also  compared  computed  bulk  densities  for  Pribram  fire- 
ball with  those  for  Prairie  Network  meteors  and  found  that  they  were 
on  the  order  of  0.1  in  all  cases.  He  concluded  that  progressive  fragmen- 
tation was  decisive  for  Pribram  and  could  also  be  important  for  other 
bolides  and  meteorite  fireballs.^" 


THE    PRAIRIE    NETWORK 

The  Prairie  Network  is  a  system  of  automatic  photographic  observing! 
stations  in  the  midwestern  United  States.  Its  purpose  is  to  acquire  orbitallj 
and  trajectory  data  on  extremely  bright  meteors.  These  events  are  rare, 
any  single  one  of  them  being  unlikely  to  be  observable  by  a  single! 


COMETS    AND    METEORS:    THE    PRAIRIE    NETWORK  461 

instrument  in  a  year's  time.  The  network,  with  64  cameras  patrolling 
an  area  of  1.5 X  10*^  km^  in  the  meteor  region  (60-kilometer  altitude), 
makes  it  possible  for  the  first  time  to  obtain  a  statistically  significant 
number  of  observations  in  a  reasonable  time. 

Four  major  problems  are  under  attack :  recovery  of  meteorites,  abla- 
tion processes  of  high-velocity  objects,  the  relationship  between  a  mete- 
or's brightness  and  its  mass,  and  the  distribution  of  meteoric  material 
in  the  solar  system.  There  was  some  expectation  at  the  inception  of 
the  program  that  these  problems  were  relatively  independent  and,  fur- 
thermore, that  nature  would  supply  a  variety  of  objects  that,  when  ade- 
quately observed,  would  permit  one  to  disentangle  the  dependent  rela- 
tionships. In  particular,  it  has  been  generally  believed  that  the  material 
that  produces  meteors  arises  from  two  sources,  the  comets  and  the  aster- 
oids. Considerable  data  on  cometary  meteors  are  consistent  with  a  fragile, 
and  probably  low-density,  structure  for  this  material.  On  the  other  hand, 
meteorites  attributed  to  the  asteroidal  source  are  high-density  and  fre- 
quently high-strength  material.  One  would  expect  to  be  able  to  differ- 
entiate between  two  bodies  of  such  grossly  different  characteristics  from 
their  modes  of  ablation  during  flight  through  the  atmosphere.  The  one 
will  crumble  easily,  thus  losing  mass  and  velocity  at  a  far  greater  rate 
than  the  other.  Even  if  there  is  a  continuum  of  structural  characteristics 
spanning  the  range  from  cometary  to  asteroidal  material  (as  we  have 
defined  them  here),  one  should  still  expect  to  be  able  to  extract  the  ex- 
treme cases  from  a  large  mass  of  data. 

Another  belief  was  important  in  the  early  considerations  of  the  net- 
work. A  meteorite  fall,  of  course,  is  preceded  by  an  extremely  bright 
meteor  event.  Limited  information  on  the  heliocentric  orbit  of  meteor- 
ites suggested  that  they  bore  a  statistical  resemblance  to  other  meteoric 
objects,  the  bright  fireballs.  For  this  and  even  less  compelling  reasons, 
it  was  assumed  that  many  fireballs  were  produced  by  asteroidal  material. 
Since  the  fraction  of  recognizable  asteroidal  material  among  fainter 
meteors  is  extremelly  small,  the  obvious  extrapolation  of  the  above  facts 
suggests  that  the  asteroidal  source  would  become  the  predominant  one 
if  one  observed  meteors  of  sufficient  brightness. 

While  it  is  disquieting,  the  Prairie  Network  and  other  fireball  data 
do  not  support  any  of  the  preceding  presumptions.  We  have  numerous 
observations  of  fireballs  for  which  we  have  measured  the  deceleration 
caused  by  atmospheric  drag.  The  deceleration  is  a  function  of  the  body 
size  and  mass.  If  we  accept  as  true  our  best  present  estimates  on  the 
relationship  between  the  luminosity  and  the  mass  of  the  meteor,  we  can 
determine  a  mass  independent  of  the  drag  and  combine  these  two 
numbers  to  give  a  body  size  or  density.  The  average  value  of  the  densities 


462  SMITHSONIAN    ASTROPHYSICAL    OBSERVATORY 

is  about  0.4  gram  per  cubic  centimenter,  and  in  no  case  have  we  ob- 
served a  body  with  a  well-determined  density  as  high  as  3.5  graxns  per 
cubic  centimeter,  which  is  the  density  of  meteoritic  stone.  We  also  find 
that  the  terminal  masses  of  the  bodies  are  usually  negligibly  small;  i.e., 
the  ablation  process  has  been  near-catastrophic.  In  addition,  we  find 
that  the  total  mass  impinging  on  the  earth's  atmosphere  in  the  form  of 
these  large  bodies  is  several  orders  of  magnitude  larger  than  one  would 
have  expected  on  the  basis  of  an  extrapolation  of  the  distribution  of 
smaller  particles  of  cometary  origin.  The  mass  influx  is  very  much 
greater  than  that  estimated  from  the  apparent  rate  of  fall  of  meteorites, 
even  if  the  resulting  meteorite  represents  only  ten  percent  of  the  initial 
body.  Also,  we  can  be  reasonably  certain,  after  four  years  of  observa- 
tions, that  the  rate  of  meteorite  falls  is  certainly  less  than  our  most  opti- 
mistic estimates  at  the  beginning  of  the  program  (one  or  two  of  1  kilo- 
gram or  larger)  and  may  not  be  substantially  higher  than  the  most 
pessimistic  estimate,  0.1  per  year. 

Even  though  our  expectations  were  based  on  somewhat  doubtful 
premises,  the  results  are  still  suflSciently  surprising  to  compel  us  to 
question  all  aspects  of  the  theory  used  in  their  derivation.  Such  an 
investigation  suggests  either  that  the  drag  equation  is  very  different  for  an 
ablating  body  than  for  those  cases  well  studied  by  the  classical  aerody- 
namicist  or  that  the  production  of  luminosity  in  the  visual  region  by  the 
meteoric  process  is  truly  an  exceptionally  efficient  process — more  effi- 
cient, for  example,  than  the  best-designed  hot-element  devices  com- 
monly used  for  illumination.  Both  these  prospects  seem  remote,  and 
perhaps  the  present  best  guess  of  the  meaning  of  these  data  is  the  simple 
explanation  that  most  meteoric  bodies  are  indeed  low-density,  fragile 
objects. 

Such  an  explanation  leaves  unanswered — and  with  the  present  data, 
unanswerable — all  questions  concerning  the  frequency  distribution  and 
ablation  processes  of  meteorites.  The  only  clue  to  these  problems  that 
remains  is  the  single  example  of  a  meteorite  photographed  in  flight 
(Pribram),  in  Czechoslovakia  in  1956.  Because  of  the  question  raised 
by  the  Prairie  Network  data,  we  have  been  prompted  to  reanalyze  the 
Pribram  data.  It,  too,  has  always  given  paradoxical  results,  but  these 
have  often  been  attributed  to  the  fact  that  the  observations  were  unsatis- 
factory because  of  the  extreme  overexposure  of  an  object  10'^  times 
brighter  than  the  cameras  were  designed  to  observe.  There  is,  however, 
no  simple  escape  from  the  obvious  facts  of  this  event — that  an  extremely 
large  body,  of  many  tons,  fragmented  high  in  the  atmosphere  into  a 
great  number  of  pieces,  of  which  remarkably  few  survived  to  the  ground. 
One  concept  can  embody  all  these  observations.  If  most  meteorites, 


METEORITES    AND    COSMIC    DUST  463 

Pribram  included,  represent  the  small,  high-density  portion  of  mete- 
oroids,  we  have  both  a  source  of  meteorites  and  an  explanation  of  the 
optical  observations,  but  we  do  not  understand  how  such  a  conglomerate 
could  have  formed  in  the  solar  system.  Good  photographic  observation 
of  the  meteor  event  preceding  a  recoverable  fall  still  remains  a  primary 
requirement  in  order  that  the  Pribram  result  may  be  confirmed  and 
meteor  astronomy  proceed  toward  an  understanding  of  the  nature  of 
meteoroids. 

R.  E.  McCrosky 


Meteorites  and  Cosmic  Dust 

The  Observatory  is  continuing  its  intensive  investigation  of  extraterres- 
trial materials  in  the  form  of  meteorites  and  dust  particles. 

Using  the  sag  high-sensitivity  mass  spectrometer.  Fireman  has  ana- 
lyzed separated  phases  of  the  Deelfontein  iron  meteorite.  In  the  metal 
phase  the  rare  gases  are  entirely  due  to  cosmic-ray  spallation,  and  the 
argon-36/chlorine-36  exposure  age  is  about  400  million  years.  In  the 
troilite  phase  there  is  a  large  xenon- 129  excess  due  to  extinct  radio- 
activity. The  time  between  nucleosynthesis  and  meteorite  formation  is 
less  than  100  million  years.  The  argon  content  of  graphite  indicates  that 
primordial  gas  is  concentrated  in  carbon  and  that  the  graphite  was 
formed  under  a  gas  pressure  containing  about  0.001  atmosphere  of 
argon. 

Robert  H.  McCorkell  and  Fireman  determined  radioactive  isotopes  in 
the  Hoba  meteorite.  They  found  that  it  landed  less  than  80,000  years 
ago.  The  cosmic-ray  exposure  age  of  Hoba  was  found  to  be  about  260 
million  years.  Activities  of  the  cosmic-ray-produced  radioisotopes  in 
Hoba  indicate  that  the  surface  that  was  sampled  was  shielded  by  about 
40  centimeters  of  material  when  the  meteorite  was  in  space.  Of  this 
shielding,  about  one-third  is  accounted  for  by  the  weathering  crust 
formed  at  the  earth's  surface;  thus,  very  little  ablation  occurred  from 
at  least  one  side  of  the  body  as  it  passed  through  the  atmosphere. 

Fireman  and  McCorkell  also  continued  their  analysis  of  the  samples 
of  the  200-year-old  Greenland  ice.^^  This  analysis  has  indicated  that  most 
of  the  extraterrestrial  material  arrives  on  the  earth  in  the  form  of 
relatively  large  bodies,  about  ten  centimeters  in  diameter.  New  satellite 
and  balloon  results  have  excluded  a  micrometeorite  influx  rate  of  more 
than  100,000  tons  per  year. 

Marvin  completed  a  mineralogical  study  of  dust  from  the  Greenland 
icecap.  The  mineralogy  of  the  dust  suggests  that  it  is  primarily  wind- 


464  SMITHSONIAN    ASTROPHYSICAL    OBSERVATORY 

blown  material  from  North  America.  The  dust  did  not  show  any  pres- 
ence of  characteristically  meteoritic  minerals. 

Using  a  newly  developed  laser-microprobe  mass  spectrometer, 
George  H.  Megrue  has  determined  the  location  and  isotopic  abundances 
of  primordial  rare  gases  in  the  Fayetteville  and  Kapoeta  meteorites.  The 
consistently  high  abundance  of  helium,  neon,  and  argon  within  these 
meteorites  suggests  that  the  fine-grained  material,  possibly  cosmic  dust, 
was  collected  on  the  surface  of  a  parent  body,  either  the  moon  or  an 
asteroid,  and  was  then  introduced  into  the  host  body  by  brecciation 
caused  by  meteoritic  impact. 

Matthias  F.  Comerford  had  previously  found  that  target  ductility  is 
an  important  parameter  in  erosion  by  high-velocity  dust  particles.^^ 
Since  macroscopic  projectiles  cause  higher  erosion  rates  than  micro- 
scopic dust,  he  has  prepared  single-crystal  magnetite  targets  to  test  the 
hypothesis  that  larger  particles  have  a  higher  probability  of  interacting 
with  flaws  in  the  target. 

As  a  result  of  an  effort  to  determine  the  orientation  relationship 
between  the  crystal  lattices  of  the  carbide  phase  and  the  metal  phase, 
a  computer  program  to  describe  the  crystallography  of  the  carbide  was 
written. 

A  careful  study  of  phosphide  morphology  by  Comerford  revealed  that 
extreme  care  must  be  exercised  when  attempts  are  made  to  use  phos- 
phides as  a  measure  of  the  thermal  history  of  meteorites. 

A  quantitative  X-ray  analysis  of  shock  effects  in  several  octahedriteS 
performed  by  Comerford  showed  that  these  meteorites  have  mechanical 
and  physical  characteristics  like  those  of  deformed  iron,  but  they  dc 
not  show  the  plastic  flow  that  characterizes  the  usual  deformatior 
process. 

The  study  of  the  effects  of  a  hydrostatic  pressure  of  30  kilobars  onj 
annealing  kinetics  in  iron-silicon  is  continuing  in  collaboration  with  H, 
Posen  of  Air  Force  Cambridge  Research  Laboratories.  The  results  to 
date  suggest  that  hydrostatic  pressure  has  very  little  effect  on  recovery 
kinetics,  i.e.,  property  changes  that  occur  before  recrystallization ;  but 
hydrostatic  pressure  may  have  a  profound  effect  on  recrystallization 
kinetics. 

J.  Wood  has  assembled  a  large  number  of  meteorite  samples  that  will 
be  analyzed  for  nickel  distribution  in  gamma  nickel-iron  grains  by  means 
of  the  newly  acquired  sag  electron  microprobe.  He  will  investigate  the 
rate  at  which  each  meteorite  cooled  between  about  550°  C  and  350°  C. 
This  cooling  rate  is  of  interest  because  it  is  indicative  of  the  sizes  of  the| 
host  bodies  and  of  the  depths  at  which  the  meteorites  resided.  Although) 
Wood  had  already  obtained  and  published  preliminary  results  of  this 


CELESTIAL    MECHANICS  465 

analysis,  he  is  now  using  a  larger  number  of  samples  in  order  to  approach 
the  problem  statistically  to  determine  preferred  cooling  rates  correspond- 
ing to  discrete  source  planets. 

Wood  is  also  using  electron-microprobe  techniques  to  study  mesosid- 
entes,  an  obscure  class  of  stony-iron  meteorite  that  may  be  primitive 
planetary  material  only  partly  degraded  by  heating  and  mechanical 
mixing. 

Salisbury  and  Darrell  L.  Fernald  continued  experiments  to  test  the 
Director's  hypothesis  concerning  the  fomiation  of  chondrules.  Laplace 
nebula  conditions  partially  duplicated  with  a  hydrogen  atmosphere  and 
lightning  discharges  have  produced  1-  to  2-millimeter  chondrule-like  ob- 
jects from  granite  dust.  The  experiment  will  be  continued  using  dust 
from  actual  meteorites  and  a  prepared  Cameron  cosmic  mix  consisting 
of  23  diflferent  elements  in  their  measured  solar  and  cosmic  abundances. 

Frances  W.  Wright  has  continued  to  collect,  select,  and  prepare  vol- 
canic and  meteoritic  particles  to  be  analyzed  with  the  sao  electron 
microprobe.  Volcanic  particles  were  obtained  from  Bali,  Surtsey,  Vesu- 
vius, and  Tonga;  and  meteoritic  particles,  from  the  Henbury  and  Box- 
hole  craters  in  Australia.  Paul  W.  Hodge  has  compared  satellite  pene- 
tration studies,  analyses  using  polar-ice  sediments,  and  other  investiga- 
tions for  determining  the  influx  rate  of  meteoritic  dust  and  micrometeor- 
ites.  The  latter  have  been  identified  chemically,  and  the  former  appears 
to  be  ablation  products  from  very  large  meteoritic  bodies.  Using  data  col- 
lected from  the  guest  experimenter  on  Gemini  12,  F.  Wright  with  Don- 
ald E.  Brownlee,  of  the  University  of  Washington,  and  Hodge  deter- 
mined a  statistically  probable  value  of  an  upper  limit  to  the  influx  of 
particles. 

Data  from  the  OGO-2  micrometeoroid  experiment  have  been  com- 
pletely analyzed  by  Nilsson.^*  He  found  only  two  impacts  in  over  1300 
hours  of  data,  and  these  may  have  been  due  to  noise  rather  than  to 
genuine  impact.  He  therefore  deduced  that  the  average  flux  of  micro- 
meteoroids  of  mass  greater  than  10-^  gram  must  be  less  than  3  X  lO'^ 
particle  per  square  meter  per  second  per  2  tt  steradian.  Nilsson,  David 
S.  Wilson,  and  F.  Wright  have  analyzed  over  1100  hours  of  data  from 
[the  OGO-4  micrometeoroid  experiment.  They  found  no  genuine  im- 
pacts ;  this  fact  places  an  upper  limit  on  the  flux  of  particles  of  mass 
greater  than  lO'^^  ^^^^  ^^  ^j^^  vicinity  of  the  earth  of  3  X  lO'^  particle 
per  square  meter  per  second  per  2  tt  steradian. 

Celestial  Mechanics 

In  addition  to  those  relevant  investigations  already  noted,  the  Observa- 
:or\'  carried  on  a  variety  of  research  in  celestial  mechanics." 


466  SMITHSONIAN    ASTROPHYSICAL    OBSERVATORY 

A  highlight  of  the  year  was  the  approach  of  Icarus  to  the  earth,  an 
event  that  had  long  been  awaited  by  scaremongers  and  members  of 
certain  "religious"  sects  (hippies),  as  well  as  by  astronomers.  Marsden 
kept  track  of  its  orbit  as  it  approached  and  communicated  mformation 
regarding  it  to  the  astronomical  community. 

Hamid  developed  a  first-order  planetary  perturbation  theory  that 
makes  available  harmonic  representations  in  mean  anomalies  of  the 

perturbations.  .  , 

The  formulas  for  the  effect  of  the  moon's  precession,  nutation,  and 
aberration  on  a  selenocentric  celestial  coordinate  system  were  developed 
by  Kolaczek.  Their  general  form  enables  the  translation  from  one  celes-   , 
tial  coordinate  system  to  another,  e.g.,  from  that  of  the  earth  to  that  of  , 
the  moon  or  planets  or  of  a  space  station. 

Colombo,  Cook,  and  Franklin  are  studying  periodic  orbits  of  re- 
stricted three-body  problems  to  achieve  a  better  understanding  of  the 
gaps  of  Saturn's  rings  and  the  asteroidal  belts. 

The  Sun  and  Beyond 

The  Observatory's  study  of  the  sun,  of  the  stars  and  other  bodies,  and 
of  phenomena  beyond  the  solar  system  can  be  considered  under  two 
headings:  observational  programs  and  theoretical  investigations.  The 
former  include  the  detection  of  gamma  rays  from  celestial  sources, 
Proiect  Celescope,-  most  sac  research  by  means  of  radio  telescopes  and 
the  analysis  of  OSO-4  data;  the  latter,  model  stellar  atmospheres 
analysis  of  line  radiation,  stellar  dynamics,  cosmological  models,  and 
atomic  and  molecular  physics.  In  fact,  however,  this  division  is  largely 
for  the  sake  of  convenience,  since  no  sharp  distinction  between  the  two 
areas  can  be  made. 

OBSERVATIONAL  PROGRAMS  j 

The  Orbiting  Solar  Observatory  (OSO-4)  experiment,  under  the' 
overall  direction  of  Leo  Goldberg,  Director  of  the  Harvard  College 
Observatory,  was  the  principal  research  area  of  Robert  W- Noyes.  '  This 
experiment  culminated  in  the  successful  launch  (19  October  1967)  and 
operation  of  an  ultraviolet  spectroheliometer  to  obtain  monochromatic 
images  of  the  sun  in  the  light  of  coronal  and  chromospheric  emission 
lines  in  the  far  ultraviolet. 

The  ultraviolet  spectroheliometer,  which  operated  successfully  to  ^U 
November  1967,  sending  back  over  4000  pictures  of  the  sun  m  52  ditj! 
ferent  wavelengths  distributed  over  a  wide  range  of  temperatures  and 
heights  in  the  solar  atmosphere.  Most  of  the  observations  obtained  are 
unique,  in  that  they  are  the  first  to  give  spatial  (depth)   resolution  o. 


SUN    AND    beyond:    OBSERVATIONAL    PROGRAMS  467 

the  solar  disk.  George  B.  Rybicki  developed  a  new  correction  for  instru- 
mental efTects  on  obsen-ed  spectra  to  extract  more  data  from  the  ob- 
served spectroheliograms.  Data  on  the  Lyman  continuum  of  hydrogen 
have  already  been  used  to  investigate  the  temperature  structure  and 
departures  from  local  thermodynamic  equilibrium  (LTE)  in  the 
chromosphere. 

Together  with  Noyes  and  J.  M.  Beckers  of  the  Sacramento  Peak  Solar 
Observatory,  Jay  M.  Pasachoff  continued  the  investigation  of  fine  struc- 
tures in  the  solar  chromosphere.  Both  the  dynamics  and  the  radiation  of 
the  chromosphere  were  studied.  Pasachoff  and  Joseph  Silk  considered 
the  red  shift  of  solar  absorption  lines  and  concluded  that  it  is  a  general 
relativistic  effect  in  which  Compton  scattering  is  insignificant. 

Menzel  continued  his  work  on  magnetohydrodynamics  and  problems 
of  the  solar  atmosphere,  including  the  structure  and  dynamics  of  sun 
spots,  the  corona,  and  most  recently  the  theory  of  coronal  helmets. 
He  completed  the  analysis  of  observations,  taken  in  Peru,  of  the  polari- 
zation of  the  corona  during  the  November  1966  eclipse. 

The  Observatory's  effort  to  obtain  accurate  stellar  spectral-energy  dis- 
tributions concentrated  on  instrument  development  for  use  on  Mount 
Hopkins.  A  contract  for  the  manufacture  of  a  60-inch  telescope  was 
signed.  The  site  for  this  telescope  was  selected  after  a  year  of  field-test 
observations  under  the  direction  of  Noyes. ^* 

David  W.  Latham  modified  the  sag  spectrum  scanner  for  use  with  a 
12-inch  telescope.  A  small  building  and  dome  were  erected  for  this 
instrument,  to  obtain  data  and  site  experience  on  Mount  Hopkins.^^ 

Investigations  commenced  of  possible  configurations  of  a  major  optical 
reflector  of  a  diameter  equivalent  to  several  hundred  inches.  It  is  hoped 
that  this  instrument  will  be  installed  on  Mount  Hopkins  in  three  to 
five  years. 

The  joint  radio-optical  monitoring  of  flares  stars  continued.  Observa- 
tions were  expanded  for  24-hour  intervals  coordinated  by  the  Working 
Group  on  Flare  Stars  of  the  International  Astronomical  Union.  The 
previous  year's  observations  were  reduced  and  correlated  with  radio 
data  by  Solomon. ^^ 

:  F.  Wright  and  Hodge  obtained  two-color  magnitudes  of  main-se- 
quence stars  and  periods  of  variables  in  the  Large  Magellanic  Cloud 
(LMC).  Ages  of  1200  clusters  were  determined.  These  results  give  a 
time  sequence  of  cluster  formation  and  a  history  of  the  LMC  and  con- 
tribute in  general  to  our  knowledge  of  the  evolution  of  galaxies. 

Other  studies  of  galaxies  by  Hodge  included  detail  structure  and 
•adial  distribution  of  H  II  regions  in  spirals.  The  structure  of  all  known 
-nembers  of  the  Fornax  cluster  of  galaxies  is  now  complete.  Further 
tudies  of  irregular  and  radio  galaxies  have  begun. 


468  SMITHSONIAN    ASTROPHYSICAL   OBSERVATORY 

Hodge  also  completed  reductions  of  luminosity  and  color  measures 
of  NGC  147  and  205.  The  Population  I  component  at  the  center  of 
NGC  205  can  probably  be  ascribed  to  a  super-supernova  or  to  some 
other  short-lived  burst  of  star  formation.  Studies  of  extragalactic  stellar 
associations  in  nearby  galaxies  have  begun,  with  the  intent  of  extending 
the  Bok-and-Bok  relation  to  greater  distances. 

The  Celescope  experiment  package  has  successfully  completed  the 
environmental  acceptance  tests  at  nasa  and  has  been  installed  in  the 
Orbiting  Astronomical  Observatory;  current  plans  call  for  launching 
inthefallof  1968.i« 

Robert  J.  Davis  devoted  his  time  to  planning  the  automatic  analysis 
of  data  from  the  Celescope  experiment.  Computer  programs  have  been 
completed  for  identifying  and  measuring  the  positions  and  brightnesses 
of  stars  in  the  television  pictures  from  Celescope  and  for  controlling 
and  analyzing  the  operation  of  the  Celescope  experiment.  William  A. 
Deutschman  and  Davis  completed  a  preliminary  catalog  of  all  astro- 
nomical objects  that  they  expect  to  observe  with  the  Celescope  experi- 
ment. Nozawa  developed  a  method  for  determining  the  optimal  test 
duration  for  a  space  system  that  is  the  only  available  unit  for  flight. 

The  Director  has  been  active  on  a  committee  of  the  National  Academy 

of  Sciences  that  is  considering  the  possibility  of  a  large  space  telescope. 

The  Observatory  continued  to  study  the  mechanisms  that  produce 

cosmic    gamma    rays    and    to    develop    techniques    to    measure    low-, 

medium-,  and  high-energy  cosmic  gamma  radiation. 

During  September  1967,  Giovanni  G.  Fazio,  Henry  F.  Helmken, 
David  Hearn,  and  Stephen  Cavrak  conducted  a  balloon  flight  from 
Palestine,  Texas,  with  the  vidicon  spark-chamber  detector  to  study  gam- 
ma radiation  in  the  range  100  million  electron  volts  (Mev)  to  5  billion 
electron  volts  (Bev).  Failure  of  the  high-voltage  supply  in  the  spark 
chamber  prevented  a  search  for  cosmic  gamma- ray  sources;  however, 
the  scintillation  counters  and  telemetry  systems  functioned  well,  and 
useful  data  were  obtained  for  determining  the  operation  of  future  de-* 
tectors.2°  Preparations  are  being  made  for  another  balloon  flight  with 
the  vidicon  spark  chamber  in  September  1968. 

Helmken  studied  the  design  of  gamma-ray  detectors  in  the  0.2-  tc 
10-Mev  and  10-  to  50-Mev  ranges.  These  detectors  will  be  flown  on 
balloon  flights  near  the  geomagnetic  equator  as  part  of  a  joint  experi- 
mental program  with  the  Tata  Institute  of  Fundamental  Research  ir 
Bombay,  India.^^  In  March  a  preliminary  balloon  flight  was  made  ir 
India  to  test  telemetry  and  to  measure  the  background  radiation. 

In  June  the  large  optical  reflector  was  installed  at  the  Mount  Hop- 
kins Observatory  and  final  acceptance  tests  were  performed.  This  steer- 


I 


SUN    AND    BEYOND:     OBSERVATIONAL    PROGRAMS  469 


i 


*^^, 


ito:  4 


SAO's  Helmken  and 
Fazio  cooperated  with 
the  Tata  Institute  of 
Bombay  in  launching  an 
instrument  package  to 
measure  the  normal  back- 
ground level  of  secondary 
radiation  caused  by  cos- 
mic rays  striking  the  up- 
per atmosphere.  Top, 
Indian  workers  fill  the 
balloon  with  a  quarter- 
million  cubic  feet  of  hy- 
irogen;  below  the  balloon 
"eadied  for  launch. 


470  SMITHSONIAN    ASTROPHYSICAL    OBSERVATORY 

able  34-foot-diameter  dish,  consisting  of  a  mosaic  of  248  hexagonal  mir- 
rors, each  2  feet  across,  will  detect  gamma  rays  with  energy  greater 

than  10  Bev.  . 

In  preparation  for  the  large  optical  reflector  experiments,  Fazio, 
Helmken,  Trevor  Weekes,  and  George  Rieke  conducted  a  pilot  experi- 
ment at  the  Mount  Hopkins  Observatory.  Using  two  5-foot  searchlight 
mirrors  as  reflectors,  they  achieved  a  gamma-ray  energy  threshold  of 
2000  Bev.  Six  months  of  observations  resulted  in  new  or  improved  upper 
limits  on  18  suspected  gamma-ray  sources,  including  the  Crab  Nebula, 
M82,  M87,  and  pulsating  radio  sources. 

Working  under  Fazio,  C.  Cheng  of  Harvard  College  Observatory  and 
Floyd  Stecker  conducted  theoretical  studies  of  cosmic  gamma  rays  pro- 
duced in  interstellar  and  intergalactic  cosmic-ray  collisions  and  of  the 
expected  gamma-ray  flux  from  the  sun  during  solar  flares. 

This  year  marked  successful  completion  of  a  project  begun  three 
years  ago.  Under  the  direction  of  A.  Edward  Lilley,  the  SAO-Harvard 
84-foot-diameter  precision  paraboloid  antenna  was  installed  on  an  ex- 
isting pedestal  with  an  equatorial  mounting  and  drive  assembly  at 
Harvard's  George  R.  Agassiz  Station.  A  new  counterweight  system 
was  installed,  a  survey  of  the  instrument's  surface  carried  out,  the  system 
noise  temperature  measured,  and  the  telescope  placed  on  a  regular 
operational  basis.  This  radio  telescope  uses  parametric  amplifiers  m  a 
variety  of  research  programs.  Joseph  F.  Hayes  has  developed  a  small 
laboratory  for  constructing  and  testing  parametric  amplifiers. 

The  Observatory  continued  to  participate  in  the  study  program  off 
the  Northeast  Radio  Observatory'  Corporation  (neroc),  successor  taj 
the  Cambridge  Radio  Observatory  Committee  (  camroc)  . 

Dale  F.  Dickinson  has  been  working  with  M.  Litvak  of  MIT  Lincol: 
Laboratory  and  Ben  Zuckerman  of  the  SAO-Harvard  radio-astronora 
group  on  the  problem  of  maser  models  to  explain  the  anomalous  OI 
signals.  Excitation  by  ultraviolet  light  and  excitation  by  near-  and  far- 
infrared  radiation  are  three  of  the  ideas  most  favored  currendy.  Dickin-J 
son's  work  thus  far  indicates  that  the  far-infrared  processes  play  an  im^ 
portant  role,  although  they  may  not  necessarily  be  the  predominantj 

exciter. 

Sachiko  Tsuruta  has  been  investigating  possible  explanations 
rapidly  pulsating  radio  waves  detected  recently.  Models  involving  boi 
neutron  stars  and  white  dwarfs  were  studied.  Study  of  various  posslbil 
ities  involving  neutron  stars,  such  as  a  combined  model  of  oscillatio 
plus  rotations,  the  efTect  of  stellar  flares,  magnetic  fields,  and  atmosphei^ 
resonance,  is  proceeding.  Analytic  equations  are  being  derived  to  explai: 
the  beta  reaction  rates  in  a  shell  of  white  dwarfs  where  urca  process^ 


SUN    AND    BEYOND:     OBSERVATIONAL    PROGRAMS 


471 


At  Mount  Hopkins  Observatory,  Arizona:  The  large  optical  reHector, 


(electron  decay,  positron  decay,  and  electron  capture)  can  take  place. 
These  equations  will  be  useful  for  some  of  the  white-dwarf  models  pro- 
posed to  explain  pulsars. 

Carleton  and  Costas  Papaliolios  have  made  optical-photometric 
searches  with  the  Harvard  61 -inch  telescope  in  the  region  containing 
me  of  these  pulsating  radio  sources,  CP1919.  They  have  concluded  that 
10  object  in  this  vicinity  flashes  in  visible  light  in  the  same  manner  as 
do  the  radio  pulses.  The  brightest  star  in  the  area  defined  by  the  radio 
)bservations  is  only  of  19th  visual  magnitude.  The  observations  could 
lave  detected  a  fluctuation  of  light  equal  to  0.4  percent  of  the  light 
•utput  of  this  star  during  the  time  between  radio  pulses  if  this  fluctua- 
ion  were  concentrated  in  a  time  equal  to  the  duration  of  the  radio 
)ulses.  The  possibility  of  the  existence  of  other  variations  in  light  emis- 
ion  from  the  region  is  still  being  examined. 


472  SMITHSONIAN    ASTROPHYSICAL    OBSERVATORY 

THEORETICAL    INVESTIGATIONS 

During  the  year  Charles  A.  Whitney  continued  his  research  on  stellar 
atmospheres  and  radiation  gas  dynamics.  With  Charles  J.  Bartlett,  he 
investigated  several  problems  of  the  structure  of  shock  fronts  in  the 
presence  of  radiation. 

Owen  J.  Gingerich  performed  the  master  calculations  for  a  new 
reference  solar  model,  the  Bilderberg  Continuum  Atmosphere,  and  ex- 
tended the  ultraviolet  calculations  to  include  the  carbon-absorption  edge 
and  the  Lyman-alpha  wings. 

Duane  Carbon,  Gingerich,  and  Robert  Kurucz  studied  the  effect  of 
line  blanketing  on  the  observed  solar  spectrum  and  hypothesized  that 
existing  observations  of  the  "line-free"  solar  radiation  field  may  be 
affected  by  a  multitude  of  weak,  unseen  absorption  lines,  especially  in 
the  ultraviolet. 

Stephen  E.  Strom,  with  Peter  Conti  of  the  Lick  Observatory,  con- 
tinued studies  of  abundance  anomalies  in  A  stars  and  proposed  that  the 
class  of  Am  stars  be  extended  to  higher  effective  temperatures.^^  S.  Strom 
worked  with  Tom  Greene,  of  the  University  of  Washington,  on  the  depth 
variation  of  turbulent  velocities  in  atmospheres  of  K  giants;  their  pre- 
liminary result  is  that  velocity  increases  with  depth. 

Wolfgang  Kalkofen  and  S.  Strom  continued  their  study  of  the  con- 
tinuum-formation layers  in  early-type  stars.^^  Assuming  detailed  balanc- 
ing in  photoexcitation,  they  predict  that,  when  radiative  processes 
predominate  over  collisions,  the  population  of  the  second  hydrogen  leve 
is  smaller,  while  those  of  the  third  level  and  the  bound  level  of  H"  an 
greater  than  populations  prevailing  in  LTE. 

Deane  M.  Peterson  and  S.  Strom  investigated  non-LTE  effects  in  the 
wings  of  Balmer  lines;  their  predictions  agree  well  with  observation 
Using  their  very  accurate  photoelectric  profiles  of  H-alpha  and  H-gammi 
for  Vega  and  Sirius,  they  showed  that  Griem's  formulation    of  thi 
Bahner-line  Stark  broadening  is  superior  to  that  of  Edmonds,  Schliiter.' 
and  Wells. 

Yvette  Cuny  showed  that  interpretations  of  the  solar  ultraviolet  spec- 
trum in  the  range  1500  to  1680  A  must  consider  non-LTE  effects,  anc 
resolved  discrepancies  between  computed  and  observed  solar  spectra  bf 
taking  into  account  the  resonance-broadening  opacity  of  the  Lyman 
alpha  wings. 

Prompted  by  Cuny's  discovery  of  the  importance  of  Lyman-alphd 
absorption  in  the  near  ultraviolet,  S.  Strom  and  Karen  M.  Strom  investi 
gated  the  temperature  structure  of  subdwarfs.^^  They  found  that  sub 
dwarf   temperatures   had   previously   been   underestimated   and    tha 


SUN   AND    beyond:    THEORETICAL   INVESTIGATIONS  473 

consequently  the  helium  content  of  these  stars  may  be  at  least  as  high 
as  5  to  10  percent  by  mass.  Studying  Si  I  bound-free  opacity,  Strom 
and  Strom  showed  that  it  plays  an  important  role  in  the  emergent  flux 
of  B7  to  FO  stars.  S.  Strom  investigated  the  determination  of  turbulent 
velocities  from  differential  curves  of  growth  and  concluded  that  cases 
where  metal-to-hydrogen  ratios  differ  significantly  between  program 
and  standard  stars  must  be  treated  very  cautiously. 

Eugene  H.  Avrett  investigated  temperature  and  density  variations  and 
the  inhomogeneities  in  the  outer  solar  atmosphere  by  means  of  detailed 
theoretical  analyses  of  spectral  lines.  He  collaborated  with  Jeffrey  L. 
Linsky,  Pasachoff,  and  Eric  Chipman  of  Harvard  College  Observatory 
in  studies  of  the  Ca  H,  Na  I,  Mg  I,  and  H  resonance  lines.  Their 
results  suggest  that  the  chromospheric  temperature  rise  occurs  at  a 
greater  height  than  was  previously  supposed  and  is  accompanied  by  a 
sharp  increase  in  turbulence. 

Incorporating  convection  and  better  opacity  calculations  in  their 
versatile  computer  program,  Gingerich  and  collaborators  Linsky,  Car- 
bon, and  Latham  have  now  achieved  the  coolest  nongray  stellar  atmos- 
pheres ever  computed. 

Some  of  these  and  related  results  were  reported  at  the  third  Harvard- 
Smithsonian  Conference  on  Stellar  Atmospheres.  =^^  This  conference, 
dealing  with  the  theory  and  observation  of  normal  stellar  atmospheres, 
A^as  organized  by  Whitney  and  Gingerich  and  took  place  during  the 
.veek  of  8-12  April.  Attending  were  67  scientists  from  this  country 
ind  abroad,  as  well  as  29  staff  members  of  sao  and  the  Harvard  College 
Observatory. 

Observatory  scientists  also  investigated  a  variety  of  problems  concern- 
ng  nebulas,  supernovas,  interstellar  space,  and  fundamental  physical 
processes  of  the  universe. 

Rybicki  computed  emission  lines  of  a  simplified  model  of  expanding 
)lanetary  nebulas,  formulating  the  scattering  calculations  to  take  dif- 
erential  motions  into  account.  He  demonstrated  that  such  nebulae  can 
how  red-shifted  emission  lines,  whereas  many  other  investigators  had 
xpected  that  blue-shifted  lines  would  occur. 

Tsuruta,  J.  W.  Truran  and  A.  G.  W.  Cameron  of  Yeshiva  University, 
nd  \V.  D.  Arnett  of  the  nasa  Institute  for  Space  Studies  completed 
leir  detailed  calculations  of  supernova  element  synthesis;  confirming 
arher  analytical  predictions,  they  showed  that  heavy  elements  are  in- 
eed  produced  under  the  conditions  expected  in  expanding  supernova 
ivelopes.  Tsuruta  also  investigated  the  urca  neutrino  energy  loss  in 
ondegenerate  and  semidegenerate  matter;  her  results  will  be  useful  in 
udies  of  the  formation  of  white  dwarfs  or  neutron  stars. 

315-997     O  -  69  -  31 


474  SMITHSONIAN    ASTROPHYSICAL   OBSERVATORY 

James  P.  Wright  considered  the  role  of  rotation  in  general  relativity 
as  well  as  the  difTerences  in  the  defined  angular  momentum  in  New 
tonian  theory  and  Einsteinian  theory.  He  also  found  that,  for  determin 
ing  instabilities  and  periods,  the  binding-energy  methods  are  equivalen 
to  the  small-perturbation  methods. 

Menzel  has  nearly  completed  his  calculations  of  high-level  hydrogei 
lines  in  interstellar  space.  He  also  recomputed,  by  his  more  accurati 
formulas,  the  intensities  of  low-level  hydrogen  transitions. 

Silk  studied  the  effects  of  blackbody  radiation  on  an  initial  spectrun 
of  small-amplitude  fluctuations  in  homogeneous  and  isotopically  ex 
panding  cosmological  models;  he  also  investigated  mechanisms  tha 
might  explain  the  diffuse  X-ray  background  observations. 

Thornton  L.  Page  continued  his  studies  of  the  mass,  structure,  con 
tent,  and  evolution  of  galaxies.  On  two  trips  to  Cordoba,  Argentina,  h 
obtained  60  spectra  of  southern  galaxies  and  discovered  one  galax 
(NGC  3783)  that  is  of  the  Seyfert  type  with  broad  emission  lines.  0;( 
another  observing  session,  at  Kitt  Peak,  he  and  H.  J.  Rood  of  Wesleya: 
University  obtained  44  spectra  of  galaxies,  mostly  in  the  Coma  Clustei 
for  a  study  of  the  dynamics  and  structure  of  that  cluster. 

Numerical  experiments  by  Myron  Lecar,  with  Carlos  Cruz-Gonzak 
and  Michel  Henon,  confirming  previous  estimates  of  the  relaxatio 
times  of  stellar  systems,  indicated  that  galaxies  behave  like  a  collisior 
less  gas,  while  globular  and  galactic  clusters  are  markedly  influenced  b 
stellar  encounters. 

Lecar  worked  with  Leon  Cohen  of  Hunter  College  to  establish  tb 
relaxation  by  collective  eflfects  is  sufficiently  rapid  to  account  for  th 
symmetrical  shapes  of  elliptic  galaxies.  Lecar  established  a  group  i 
stellar  dynamics  at  Tel  Aviv  University  in  Israel;  he  collaborated  wit 
Shyke  Goldstein  and  Sami  Cuperman  of  that  group  on  investigations  ( 
acceleration  mechanisms  in  collisionless  stellar  systems,  showing  that 
dense  core  surrounded  by  a  tenuous  halo  is  a  common  feature  of  sue 
systems.^^ 

In  a  comparison,  sponsored  by  the  International  Astronomical  Unioi 
of  direct  numerical  integrations  of  a  particular  25-body  collision-dom 
nated  problem  performed  at  eight  observatories,  Lecar  found  this  prol 
lem  to  be  highly  unstable  and  the  results  of  numerical  experiments  , 
have  only  statistical  value.  | 

Henri  E.  Mitler  completed  his  calculation  of  element  formation  du 
ing  the  "big  bang,"  i.e.,  at  the  beginning  of  the  universe.  Even  though 
predicts  appreciable  amounts  of  elements  heavier  than  helium  from  a 
initial  state  of  only  cold  neutrons,  his  present  model  disagrees  with  obse 
vations.  He  also  studied  the  coupling  of  matter  and  radiation  in  co: 
mology,  deriving  their  rate  of  energy  exchange  via  free-free  absorj 


SUN    AND    beyond:     THEORETICAL    INVESTIGATIONS  475 

tions  and  emissions  and  calculating  explicitly  and  accurately  the  matter 
and  radiation  temperatures  through  the  decoupling  region.  His  big- 
bang  model  produces  residual  ("fossil")  radiation,  but  not  enough  to 
explain  the  observed  3°K  background  radiation. 

This  year  sao  extended  its  program  of  theoretical  research  in  atomic 
and  molecular  physics,  to  supplement  its  existing  laboratory  research. 
Observatory  scientists  study  collision  processes  involving  the  interaction 
of  radiation  with  electrons,  atoms,  and  molecules  taking  place  in  the 
solar  corona  and  in  the  interstellar  medium  as  well  as  in  the  atmos- 
pheres of  the  planets. 

Alex  Dalgarno  continued  his  fundamental  studies  on  the  quantum 
mechanics  of  many-body  systems.  Dalgarno  and  coworkers  evaluated 
the  thermal  balance  of  the  ionospheric  regions  of  the  earth's  upper 
atmosphere  in  detail  and  demonstrated  that  the  conversion  of  heat  into 
luminosity  by  the  collisional  excitation  of  the  fine-structure  levels  of 
oxygen  atoms  is  the  major  mechanism  for  cooling  the  electron  gas. 
Dalgarno  and  Gordon  Drake  explored  processes  by  which  long-lived 
-netastable  helium-like  atoms  ultimately  decay.^^  They  do  so  by  the 
simultaneous  emission  of  two  photons.  The  resulting  emission  has  been 
calculated  and  should  be  observable  in  the  X-ray  spectrum  of  the  solar 
:orona. 

Arthur  Allison  calculated  the  viscosity  and  diffusion  coefficients  ap- 
Dlicable  to  the  study  of  the  collision  of  a  beam  of  hydrogen  atoms  with 
3ther  hydrogen  atoms.  He  is  calculating  photo-ionization  and  absorption 
roefficients  governing  Lyman  emission  by  excited  hydrogen  molecules. 
Kenneth  Sando  and  Allison  studied  the  absorjDtion  spectrum  of  the 
lelium  molecule. 

Papaliolios  continued  his  laboratory  studies  of  metastable  states  of  at- 
nospheric  gases  and  directed  the  construction  of  a  large-aperture  ultra- 
•lolet  spectrometer  with  moderate  resolution,  needed  for  this  reseach. 

The  observational  programs  and  theoretical  investigations  of  sao 
equire  new  mathematical  methods  and  elaborate  general  computer 
cattering  process.  Both  Rybicki  and  Latham  developed  methods  and 
)rograms.  Rybicki  studied  ways  to  treat  differential  motions,  horizontal 
nhomogeneities,  and  incomplete  redistribution  in  the  elementary  atomic 
)rograms  for  automatic  reduction  of  spectrograms,  the  former  paying 
pecial  attention  to  correcting  observed  spectra  for  instrumental  effects. 
Calkofen  and  Avrett  developed  further  methods  for  the  numerical  solu- 
lon  of  integral  equations  arising  in  the  calculation  of  the  radiation  field 
|f  stellar  atmospheres  in  statistical  equilibrium.  Peterson  formulated  an 
ffective  new  procedure  for  temperature  calculations  at  small  optical 
epths  in  model  atmospheres.  The  stellar-atmosphere  program  con- 
Tucted  by  Gingerich  and  many  coworkers  has  grown  so  uniquely  useful 


476  SMITHSONIAN    ASTROPHYSICAL   OBSERVATORY 

that  investigators  from  other  institutions  come  to  sao  to  use  it.  A 
line-profile  program  that  Avrett  and  Rudolf  Loeser  continued  to  develop 
can  accept  atomic  models  of  quite  arbitrary  complexity  and  many 
energy  levels.  Kurucz,  working  with  S.  Strom,  has  developed  a  very 
flexible  and  general  model-atmosphere  program  that  can  be  run  on 
either  CDC  6000,  IBM  7000,  or  IBM  360  series  computers. 

Historical  Astronomy 

A  grant  was  obtained  from  the  National  Geographic  Society  for  the 
study  of  desert  lines  in  Peru.^^  These  lines  are  man-made  circa  A.D.  1 ; 
they  extend,  on  the  average,  for  about  a  mile  on  the  desert  pavement. 
A  preliminary  study  shows  that  there  may  be  up  to  a  million  lines  and 
markings  in  the  1000-mile-long  desert  plateau.  The  interest  of  sao  is 
to  ascertain  whether  or  not  these  lines  are  (or  were)  directed  to  astro- 
nomical objects.  Gerald  S.  Hawkins  is  expedition  leader. 

Using  the  CDC  6400  computer,  Gingerich  calculated  a  300-year  daily 
ephemeris  based  on  the  13th-century  Alphonsine  Tables;  it  will  serve 
as  an  aid  for  specialists  in  medieval  astronomy.  Also,  a  tabulation  ol 
moonrise  and  moonset  in  ancient  Babylon  was  recomputed  with  thf 
help  of  Barbara  Welther.  Gingerich's  current  study  of  the  Persiar 
astrolabist  Abd  al  A'imma  may  shed  some  light  on  the  curious  fact  thai 
at  least  half  of  his  astrolabes  are  incompetently  constructed. 

The  first  rough  translation  of  Kepler's  Astronomia  Nova  is  now  abou 
80  percent  complete,  largely  through  the  eflForts  of  William  Waldermar 
and  Ann  Wegner.  ,j 

In  April  Gingerich  attended  a  Copernicus  Commission  meeting  ir|| 
Warsaw  to  begin  planning  the   1973  half-millennium  celebration  o 
Copernicus'  birth.  At  the  International  Astronomical  Union  Congres; 
in    Prague,  Gingerich  became  Vice  President  of  the  Commission  or 
History  of  Astronomy. 

Central  Bureaus 
Gingerich  retired  as  Director  of  the  Central  Bureau  for  Astronomica 
Telegrams  on  31  December,  his  place  being  taken  by  Marsden,  with  th( 
former  continuing  to  serve  as  Associate  Director.  During  the  fiscal  year 
59  circulars  and  33  telegram  books  were  issued.  Far  more  than  the  nor- 
mal number  of  supernovas  (in  other  galaxies)  were  reported;  newi 
concerning  six  of  them  was  disseminated  by  telegram  during  one  3-montl 
period,  and  several  other  supernovas  were  announced  by  circulai 
alone.  Two  naked-eye  novas  were  reported,  both  discovered  by  G.  E.  D 
Alcock  in  England,  and  the  recurrent  nova  RS  Ophiuchi  also  flared  uj 
to  naked-eye  brightness.  Predictions  and  subsequently  observations  o 


CENTRAL    BUREAUS — ^STAFF    CHANGES  477 

the  occultation  of  an  8-magnitude  star  by  Neptune  were  reported.  A 
number  of  items  concerning  "pulsars"  were  issued.  Four  comet  discov- 
eries and  seven  recoveries  were  announced,  four  of  the  latter  being  made 
in  one  night  (by  K.  Tomita  at  the  Tokyo  Observatory) . 

In  April,  Veis  replaced  Whipple  as  the  Director  of  the  Central  Bureau 
for  Satellite  Geodesy.  The  Bureau  -"  issued  two  regular  publications  this 
year  as  well  as  a  special  report  submitted  at  the  General  Assembly  of  the 
International  Union  of  Geodesy  and  Geophysics  in  Lucerne  in  1967, 
which  described  the  activities  of  the  Central  Bureau  since  its  establish- 
ment in  1964.  The  Central  Bureau  made  positive  contributions  to  the 
increase  of  international  scientific  cooperation,  especially  in  Africa,  the 
Middle  East,  and  the  Far  East.  RolfF  visited  optical  tracking  stations  in 
Poland,  the  Soviet  Union,  Greece,  India,  and  Hawaii,  and  he  represented 
the  Bureau  at  international  meetings  on  satelHte  geodesy  held  in  Lon- 
don, Zakopane  (Poland),  Prague,  and  Tokyo. 

The  Observatory  is  now  also  headquarters  of  and  supplies  logistical 
and  other  support  for  the  Smithsonian's  newly  established  Center  for 
Short-Lived  Phenomena. 

Staff  Changes 

The  scientific  staff  of  the  Observatory  welcomed,  during  the  year, 
physicists  Alex  Dalgarno,  Kenneth  Sando,  and  Hiram  Levy;  astronomer 
Ladislav  Sehnal;  geodesist  Kurt  Lambeck;  astrophysicists  Yvette  Cuny 
and  Charles  Bartlett;  geologist  Paul  Mohr;  and  geophysicist  Giorgio 
Giacaglia. 

During  the  year,  the  Observatory  continued  its  program  of  post- 
doctoral fellowships  in  cooperation  with  the  National  Academy  of 
sciences  -  National  Research  Council.  Appointees  during  the  year  were 
Hobin  Reid,  Gordon  Drake,  M.  V.  Krishna  Apparao,  Zdenek  Ceplecha, 
md  Michel  Henon.  Allan  Title  and  Thornton  Page  completed  their 
ellowships  with  the  Observatory;  Title  has  taken  an  appointment  with 
H^arvard,  and  Page  received  an  appointment  as  a  Research  Associate 
vith  the  Smithsonian. 

Resignations  were  received  from  David  Tilles  and  Charles  Bartlett 
md  Leonard  Solomon.  Later  during  the  year  the  Observatory  was 
addened  to  receive  news  of  the  untimely  death  of  Dr.  Tilles. 

Jack  CofTey  was  appointed  Executive  Officer  of  the  Observatory,  and 
larry  Albers  was  appointed  Manager  of  the  Satellite-Tracking  and 
Data-Acquisition  Department. 

NOTES 

(For  explanations,  see  footnote,  page  445.) 

^  Supported  by  NASA  grant  NsG-87. 

'  Supported  by  NASA  contract  NSR  09-015-039. 


478  SMITHSONIAN    ASTROPHYSICAL    OBSERVATORY 

'  Supported  by  NASA  contract  NSR  09-015-018. 

*  Supported  by  NASA  contract  NSR  09-015-054. 
'  Supported  by  NASA  contract  NSR  09-015-079. 
'  Supported  by  NASA  contract  NAS  9-8105. 

'  Supported  by  NASA  contract  NAS  9-8106. 

*  Supported  by  NASA  grant  NGR  09-015-023. 
"  Supported  by  NASA  grant  NGR  09-015-047. 

"  Supported  by  NASA  contract  NSR  09-015-033. 

"  Supported  by  NASA  grant  NsG  291-62. 

^Supported  by  grant  GA-855  from  the  National  Science  Foundation  (NSF). 

"  Supported  by  contract  DA-31-124-ARO-D-473  with  the  U.S.  Army. 

'*  Supported  by  NASA  contract  NAS  5-1 1007. 

'^  Supported  by  NASA  contract  NAS  5-3255. 

'*  Supported  by  NASA  contract  NAS  5-1535. 

"  Supported  by  NASA  grant  NASw-184  to  Harvard  College  Observatory. 

"  Supported  by  grant  Sg  2200001  from  the  Smithsonian  Research  Foundation 
(SRF). 

"Suported  by  grant  NOOO  14-67-0161  from  the  Office  of  Naval  Research 
(ONR). 

^  Supported  by  SRF  grant  Sg  2200002. 

^  Supported  by  SRF  contract  SFC-8-7010. 

'='  Supported  by  NASA  grant  22-024-001. 

^  Supported  in  part  by  a  grant  from  the  Alfred  P.  Sloan  Foundation. 

^  Supported  by  SRF  contract  SFC-8-7006. 

""  Supported  by  contract  F  19628-68-C-0234  from  the  U.S.  Air  Force. 

^  Supported  by  a  grant  from  the  National  Geographic  Society. 

^  Supported  by  a  grant  from  Association  Internationale  de  Geodesie. 


Staff  Papers 


AvRETT,  E.  H.,  and  W.  Kalkofen.     "Transfer  of  Line  Radiation  by  Multilevel 

Atoms."     Journal   of   Quantitative  Spectroscopy  and  Radiative   Transfer 

vol.  8,  pp.  219-250,  1968. 
AvRETT,  E.  H.,  and  J.  Linsky.     "Theoretical  Profile  of  the  Ca  K  Line  Based 

on   an   Optically  Thin   Chromospheric   Model"    (abstract).     Astronomical 

Journal,  vol.  73,  p.  S54,  1968. 
Bartlett,    C.    J.      "Nonadiabatic   Behavior   of   Plasma   Oscillations."     Physics 

of  Fluids,  vol.  1 1,  pp.  822-831,  1968. 
Bell,   K.   L.,   A.   Dalgarno,   and   A.   E.   Kingston.      "Penning  Ionization  b> 

Metastable   Helium   Atoms."     Journal  of   Physics   B    (Proceedings  of  the\^ 

Physical  Society) ,  ser.  2,  vol.  1,  pp.  18-22,  1968. 
Biermann,    W.    J.,    and    R.    H.    McCorkell.      "Liquid-liquid    Extraction   ol 

Beryllium  Thiocyanate."     Canadian  Journal  of  Chemistry,  vol.  45,  p.  28461 

1967. 
Burke,   P.   G.,  J.   H.  Tait,  and  A.  Dalgarno.      "The  First-order  Long-range 

Interaction  Between  Atoms."      Chemical  Physics  Letters,  vol.   1,  pp.  345- 

346,  1967. 
Carbon,  D.,  O.  Gingerich,  and  R.  Kurucz.      "Effects  of  Line  Blanketing  on 

the  Solar  Windows."     Solar  Physics,  vol.  3,  pp.  55-63,  1968. 
Carleton,  N.  p.     See  Papaliolios,  Carleton,  Horowitz,  and  Liller. 


publications:   staff  papers  479 

Chan,  Y.   M.,  and  A.  Dalgarno.      "The  Third-order  Interaction  Energy  Be- 
tween Atoms."     Molecular  Physics,  vol  ]^,  pp.  101-104,1968. 
Chisholm,  C.  D.  H.,  a.  Dalgarno,  and  F.  R.  Innes.     "Correlation  Energies 
of  the  Lithium  Sequence."     Physical  Review,  vol.   167,  pp.  60-62,   1968. 
^Cohen,  J.  G.,  and  S.  E.   Strom.     "Analysis  of  F  and  G  Subdwarfs,   II :    A 
Model-atmosphere  Abundance  Analysis  of  the  Subdwarfs  HD  140283  and 
I         HD  19445."     Astrophysical  Journal,  vol.  151,  pp.  623-636,  1968. 
Cohen,  L.,  and  M.  Lecar.     "Approach  to  Equilibrium  of  a  One-dimensional 

Self-gravitating  Gas."     Bulletin  Astronomique,  vol.  3,  no.   1,   1968. 
Colombo,  G.     See  also  Shapiro  and  Colombo. 

Colombo,  G.,  F.  A.  Franklin,  and  C.  Munford.      "On  a  Family  of  Periodic 

Orbits  of  the  Restricted  Three-body  Problem  and  the  Question  of  the  Gaps 

I         in  the  Asteroid  Belt  and  in  Saturn's  Rings."     Astronomical  Journal,  vol 

73,  p.  Ill,  1968. 
Colombo,   G.,  and   I.   I.  Shapiro.     "A  Mathematical   Model  of  a   Chandlei 

Wobble."     Nature,  vol.  217,  pp.  156-157,  1968. 
::omerford,   M.      "Comparative  Erosion  Rates  of  Stone  and   Iron  Meteorites 
Under  Small-Particle  Bombardment."     Geochimica  et  Cosmochimica  Acta 
vol.  31,  pp.  1457-1471,  1967. 
20MERF0RD,  M.,  R.  H.   McCoRKELL,  and   S.  Tishler.   "A  New  Octahedrite 

From  South  Africa."     Meteoritics,  vol.  4,  pp.  7-21,  1968. 
"oNTi,   P.  S.,  and  S.  E.  Strom.      "Abundance  Analysis  of  the  A  Stars  in  the 

Pleiades"    (abstract).     Astronomical  Journal,  vol.  72,  p.  790,  1967. 
:oNTi,  R  S.,  and  S.  E.  Strom.     "The  Early  A  Stars   I'l:    Model-atmosphere 
I        Abundance  Analysis  of  Eight  Stars  in  the  Pleiades."     Astrophysical  Journal 

vol.  152,  pp.  483-492,  1968. 
:ooK,  A.  F.     "Physical  Theory  of  Meteors."     Proceedings  of  the  International 

Astronomical  Union  Symposium,  no.  33,  pp.  149-160,  1968. 
Crawford,  O.  H.,  A.  Dalgarno,  and  R  B.  Hays.      "Electron  Collision  Frequen- 
cies in  Polar  Gases."     Molecular  Physics,  vol.  13,  pp.  181-192,  1967. 
]ruz-Gonzales,   C,   and   M.    Lecar.      "Encounters   and   Escapes."     Bulletin 

Astronomique,  vol.  3,  no.  1,  1968. 
)algarno,  a.  See  also  Bell,  Dalgarno,  and  Kingston;  Burke,  Tait  and  Dal- 
garno; Chan  and  Dalgarno;  Chisholm,  Dalgarno  and  Innes;  Crawford,  Dal- 
garno, and  Hayes;  Drake  and  Dalgarno;  Stacey  and  Dalgarno;  and  Victor 
Dalgarno,  and  Taylor. 
)algarno,  a.  "Atom-atom  Collision  Processes  in  Astrophysics:  Theoretical 
Studies."     Review  of  Modern  Physics,  vol.  39,  pp.  850-861,  1967. 

.     "Some  Problems  in  Planetary  Atmospheres  Involving  CoUision  Proc- 
esses."    Review  of  Modern  Physics,  vol.  39,  pp.  858-861,  1967. 

.     "New  Methods  for  Calculating  Long-range   Intermolecular  Forces." 
Advances  in  Chemical  Physics,  vol.  12,  pp.   143-166,  1967. 

.     "Collisions  in  the  Ionosphere."     Advances  in  Atomic  and  Molecular 
Physics,  vol.  4,  pp.  381-405,  1968. 
algarno,  a.,  and  W.  D.  Davison.      "Long-range  Interactions  of  Alkali  Metals." 

Molecular  Physics,  vol.  13,  pp.  479-486,  1967. 
Klgarno,  a.  and  T.  C.  Degges.     "Electron  Cooling  in  the  Upper  Atmosphere." 

Planetary  and  Space  Science,  vol.  16,  pp.  125-127,  1968. 
AVIS,  R.     See  also  Deutschman  and  Davis. 


480  SMITHSONIAN    ASTROPHYSICAL    OBSERVATORY 

Davis,  R.,  and  W.  Deutschman.  "Status  of  the  Celescope  Experiment  for 
Orbiting  Astronomical  Observatory"  (abstract) .  Astronomical  Journal,  vol. 
73,  pp.  590-591,  1968. 

Deutschman,  W.     See  also  Davis  and  Deutschman. 

Deutschman,  W.,  and  R.  Davis.  "Celescope  Identification  Catalog."  Astro- 
nomical Journal,  vol.  73,  p.  S91,  1968. 

Deutschman,  W.,  and  L.  L.  House.  "Additional  Resonance  Lines  of  Highly 
Ionized  Sulfur,  Chlorine,  Argon  and  Potassium."  Astrophysical  Journal, 
vol.  149,  p.  451,  1967. 

Dickinson,  D.  F.     See  Zuckerman,  Dickinson  and  Litvak. 

Drake,  G.  W.  F.,  and  A.  Dalgarno.  "The  Tv/o-photon  Decay  of  Metastable 
Triplet  Helium."     Astrophysical  Journal  [Letters),  vol.  152,  p.  L121,  1968. 

Fazio,  G.  G.     See  also  Stecker,  Tsuruta  and  Fazio. 

Fazio,  G.  G.  "Gamma  Radiation  From  Celestial  Objects."  Annual  Review  of 
Astronomy  and  Astrophysics,  vol.  5,  pp.  481-524,  1967. 

.  "Solar  Gamma  Rays  and  Their  Correlation  With  Space  and  Ground- 
based  Observations."  Highlights  of  Astronomy  Joint  Meeting  (Interna- 
tional Astronomical  Union),  pp.  544-546,  1968. 

Fazio,  G.  G.  and  H.  F.  Helmken.  "Application  of  the  Vidicon  Spark  Chamber 
to  Gamma-ray  Astronomy  From  High-altitude  Balloons  and  Satellites." 
Canadian  Journal  of  Physics,  vol.  46,  pp.  S456-S460,  1968. 

Fazio,  G.  G.,  H.  F.  Helmken,  S.  Cavrak  and  D.  Hearn.  "Search  for  Cosmic 
Gamma  Radiation  With  a  Vidicon  Spark  Chamber."  Canadian  Journal 
of  Physics,  vol.  46,  pp.  S427-S432,  1968. 

Fazio,  G.  G.,  H.  Helmken,  G.  W.  Rieke,  and  T.  C.  Weekes.  "An  Experiment 
to  Search  for  Discrete  Sources  of  Cosmic  Gamma  Rays  in  the  10"  to  10" 
eV  Region."     Canadian  Journal  of  Physics,  vol.  46,  pp.  S451-S455,  1968. 

Fiocco,  G.  "On  the  Production  of  Ionization  by  Micrometeorites."  Journal 
of  Geophysical  Research,  vol.  72,  pp.  3497-3501,  1967. 

Fireman,  E.  L.     See  also  McCorkell,  Fireman,  and  Langway. 

Fireman,  E.  L.  "Radioactivities  in  Meteorites  and  Cosmic-ray  Variations." 
Geochimica  et  Cosmochimica  Acta,  vol.  31,  pp.   1691-1700,  1967. 

Fireman,  E.  L.,  R.  H.  McCorkell,  and  C.  C.  Langway,  Jr.  "Radioactivities 
in  the  Greenland  Ice  Sheet."  Proceedings  of  the  Commission  on  Snow  and 
Ice,  International  Union  of  Geodesy  and  Geophysics,  1967. 

.     "Ni*^   and   Ni^*  in   Greenland   Ice"    (abstract).     Transactions  of  the 

American  Geophysical  Union,  vol.  49,  p.  245,  1968. 

Forti,  G.  "On  the  Width  of  the  Geminid  Shower  at  Faint  Radio  Magnitude." 
Proceedings  of  the  International  Astronomical  Union  Symposium,  no.  33, 
pp.  423-426,  1968. 

Franklin,  F.  A.     See  also  Colombo,  Franklin,  and  Munford. 

Franklin,  F.  A.  "Two-color  Photoelectric  Photometry  of  the  Earthshine." 
Journal  of  Geophysical  Research,  vol.  72,  pp.  2963-2967,  1967. 

Gaposchkin,  E.  M.  "Satellite  Orbit  Analysis  at  SAO."  In  Space  Research 
VIII,  North-Holland  Publ.  Co.,  Amsterdam,  pp.  76-80,  1968. 

.      "Dynamical  Determination  of  Station  Locations  Using  Geos  1  Data." 

Proceedings  of  the  Geos  Program  Review  Meeting,  edited  by  Communi- 
cations &  Systems,  Inc.,  vol.  2,  pp.   101-120,   1968. 

.      "The  Motion  of  the  Pole  and  the  Earth's  Elasticity  as  Studied  From 

the  Gravity  Field  of  the  Earth  by  Means  of  Artificial  Earth  Satellites." 
Proceedings  of  the  Symposium  on  Modern  Questions  of  Celestial  Me- 
chancis,  Centro  Internazionale  Mathematico  Estiva,   1968. 


publications:   staff  papers  481 

Gaposchkin,  E.  M.,  and  G.  Veis.  "Comparison  of  and  Results  Obtained 
From  Observing  Systems."  In  Space  Research  VIII,  North-Holland  Publ. 
Co.,  Amsterdam,  pp.  42-51,  1968. 

GiACAGLiA,  G.  E.  O.,  and  C.  A.  Lundquist.  "Representations  for  Fine  Geo- 
potential  Structure"  (abstract).  Guidance  Theory  and  Trajectory  Analy- 
sis Seminar  Abstracts,  NASA  Electronics  Research  Center,  pp.  15-16,  1968. 

GiNGERiCH,  O.     See  also  Carbon,  Gingerich  and  Kurucz. 

GiNGERiCH,  O.  "What  is  an  English  Mounting?"  Sky  and  Telescope,  vol.  34, 
pp.  2-4,  1967. 

.      "Stars."      In  Merit  Students  Encyclopedia,  edited  by  Bernard  S.  Cain, 

Crowell-Collier  Educational   Corporation,  vol.    17,  pp.   393-403,   1967. 

.      "Messier's  Clusters  and  Nebulae."     Leaflet  460,  Astron.  Soc.  Pacific, 

8  pp.,  1967. 

.      "Applications  of  High-speed  Computers  to  the  History  of  Astronomy." 

In  Vistas  in  Astronomy,  edited  by  A.  Beer,  Pergamon  Press,  New  York,  vol. 
9,  pp.  229-236,  1968. 

.     "A   Study  of  Kepler's   Rudolphine   Tables."     Actes   du   XI   Congres 

International  d'Histoire  des  Sciences,  vol.  3,  p.  31,  1968. 

"Astronomy:      the    Worlds    Beyond."      In    The    Encounter    Between 


Christianity  and  Science,  edited  by  Richard  Bube,  Eerdmans  Press,  Grand 
Rapids,  Michigan,  pp.  109-133,  1968. 

Gingerich,  O.,  and  C.  de  Jager.  "The  Bilderberg  Model  of  the  Photosphere 
and  Low  Chromosphere."     Solar  Physics,  vol.  3,  pp.  5-25,  1968. 

Gingerich,  O.,  D.  W.  Latham,  J.  Linsky,  and  S.  S.  Kumar.  "Model  Atmos- 
pheres for  Late-type  Stars."  In  Colloquium  on  Late-type  Stars,  edited  by 
M.  Hack,  Trieste,  pp.  291-312,  1967. 

Gingerich,  O.,  and  J.  C.  Rich.  "The  Far  Ultraviolet  Spectrum  of  the  Sun." 
Solar  Physics,  vol.  3,  pp.  82-88,  1968. 

Grossi,  M.  D.     See  Harrington,  Grossi,  and  Langworthy. 

Hamid,  S.  E.  "On  Brouwer's  Method  of  Perturbations  in  Rectangular  Coordi- 
nates" (abstract).     Astronomical  Journal  Supplement,  vol.  73,  p.  S96,  1968. 

Hamid,  S.  E.,  and  F.  L.  Whipple.  "Tabular  Planetary  Positions  From  500  B.C. 
to  A.D.  2000"   (abstract).     Astronomical  Journal,  vol.  73,  p.  S16,  1968. 

Harrington,  J.  V.,  M.  D.  Grossi,  and  B.  M.  Langworthy.  "Mars  Mariner  4 
Radio  Occultation  Experiment:  Comments  on  the  Uniqueness  of  the  Re- 
sults."    Journal  of  Geophysical  Research,  vol.  73,  pp.  3039-3041,  1968. 

Hawkins,  G.  S.  "Stonehenge  56  Year  Cycle."  Nature,  vol.  215,  pp.  604-605 
1967. 

.     "Astroarchaeology."     In    Vistas    in    Astronomy,    edited    by   A.    Beer, 

Pergamon  Press,  New  York,  vol.  10,  pp.  45-48,  1968. 

Hearn,  D.     See  Fazio,  Helmken,  Cavrak,  and  Hearn. 

Helmken,  H.  F.  See  Fazio  and  Helmken;  Fazio,  Helmken,  Cavrak,  and 
Hearn;  and  Fazio,  Helmken,  Rieke,  and  Weekes. 

Hodge,  P.  W.     See  also  Wright,  Brownlee,  and  Hodge. 

Hodge,  P.,  and  F.  W.  Wright.  "Period-luminosity  Relation  for  the  Large 
Magellanic  Cloud"  (abstract).  Astronomical  Journal,  vol.  72,  pp.  803- 
804,  1967. 

.  "Elemental  Abundances  in  the  Interplanetary  Dust."  In  The  Zodi- 
acal Light  and  the  Interplanetary  Medium,  edited  by  J.  C.  Weinberg, 
NASA  Science  and  Technology  Division,  1968. 


482  SMITHSONIAN    ASTROPHYSICAL    OBSERVATORY 

Hodge,  P.  W.,  and  F.  W.  Wright.  "Meteoritic  Particles  in  the  Soil  Surround- 
ing the  Boxhole  Meteoritic  Crater,  Australia"  (abstract).  Proceedings  of 
the  30th  Annual  Meeting,  Meteoritical  Society,  p.  68,  1967. 

Hodge,  P.  W.,  F.  W.  Wright,  and  D.  E.  Brownlee.  "Results  of  Optical  and 
Electron  Microscope  Studies  of  Micrometeorite  Experiments  Flown  on 
Gemini  12"  (abstract).  Proceedings  of  the  30th  Annual  Meeting,  Meteor- 
itical Society,  p.  24,  1967. 

Irvine,  W.,  and  J.  Pollack.  "Infrared  Optical  Properties  of  Water  and  Ice 
Spheres."     Icarus,  vol.  8,  pp.  324-360,  1968. 

Jacchia,  L.  G.  "Atmospheric  Structure  and  Composition."  Transactions  of 
the  American  Geophysical  Union,  vol.  48,  pp.  529-535,  1967. 

— .     "Properties   of    the    Upper   Atmosphere    Determined    From    Satellite 

Orbits."     Philosophical  Transactions  of  the  Royal  Society  of  London,  vol. 
A262,  pp.  157-171,  1967. 

"Recent  Results  in  the  Atmospheric  Region  above  200  km  and  Com- 


parisons With  CIRA  1965."      In  Space  Research  VIII,  North-Holland  Publ. 
Co.,  Amsterdam,  pp.  800-810,  1968. 

Jacchia,  L.  G.,  and  J.  W.  Slowey.  "Diurnal  and  Seasonal  Latitudinal  Varia- 
tions in  the  Upper  Atmosphere."  Planetary  and  Space  Science,  vol.  16, 
pp.  509-524,  1968. 

Kalkofen,  W.     See  also  Avrett  and  Kalkofen ;  and  Strom  and  Kalkofen. 

.     "Deviations    From    LTE     in    Stellar    Photospheres."     Astrophysical 

Journal,  vo\.  151,  pp.  317-332,  1968. 

Khare,  B.  N.,  S.  Mitra,  and  G.  Lengvel.  "Infrared  and  Dielectric  Studies 
of  Chloroform  as  Proton  Donor  in  Hydrogen-bond  Formation."  Journal 
of  Chemical  Physics,  vol.  47,  pp.  5173-5179,  1967. 

KoLACZEK,  B.  "Selenocentric  and  Lunar  Topocentric  Spherical  Coordinates 
on  the  Base  of  the  General  Formulas  of  Spherical  Coordinate  Transforma- 
tion" (abstract).     Astronomical  Journal, wol.  73,  p.  S20,  1968. 

.     "Precession   of  the   Moon's   Poles."     Sky  and  Telescope,  vol.   35,  p. 

230,  1968. 

KozAi,  Y.  "Love's  Number  of  the  Earth  Derived  From  Satellite  Observations." 
Publications  of  the  Astronomical  Society  of  Japan,  vol.  20,  pp.  24-26,  1968 

Kurucz,  R.     See  Carbon,  Gingerich,  and  Kurucz. 

Latham,  D.  W.     See  Gingerich,  Latham,  Linsky,  and  Kumar. 

Lecar,  M.     See  also  Cohen  and  Lecar;  and  Cruz-Gonzales  and  Lecar.  | 

Legar,  M.  "Relaxation  of  a  Collisionless  Self-gravitating  Gas"  (abstract)! 
Astronomical  Journal,  vol.  72,  p.  812,  1967. 

.  "The  Validity  of  the  Vlasov  Equation  for  a  One-dimensional  Self- 
gravitating  Gas."  Extrait  des  Memoires  in  -8°  de  la  Societe  Royale  da 
Sciences  de  Liege,  Cinquieme  Serie,  tome  15,  pp.  227-236,  1967. 

"A  Comparison  of  Eleven  Numerical  Integrations  of  the  Same  Gravi- 


tational 25-body  Problem."     Bulletin  Astronomique,  vol.  3,  no.  1,  1968. 

Lehr,  C,  L.  a.  Maestre,  and  P.  H.  Anderson.  "Satellite  Ranging  With  a| 
Laser  and  a  Correction  for  Atmospheric  Refraction."  Proceedings  of  tht 
International  Symposium  Figure  of  the  Earth  and  Refraction  (Special  vol- 
ume 25  of  the  Osterreichischen  Zeitschrift  fiir  Vermessungswesen),  pp.  163- 
171,  1968. 

.     "A   Ruby-laser   System   for   Satellite   Ranging."     Proceedings   of  thi 

Symposium  on  Laser  Range  Instrumentation,  Society  of  Photo  Optical  In- 
strumentation Engineers,  pp.  61-68,  1968. 


publications:    staff  papers  483 

LiNSKY,  J.  See  also  Avrett  and  Linsky;  and  Gingerich,  Latham,  Linsky,  and 
Kumar. 

Linsky,  J.  "Observations  of  the  Ca  II  H-  and  K-line  Cores  on  the  Solar  Disk" 
(abstract).     Astronomical  Journal,  vol.  73,  pp.  S68-S69,  1968. 

LuNDQUisT,  C.  A.  See  also  Giacaglia  and  Lundquist ;  and  Whipple  and  Lund- 
quist. 

Lundquist,  C.  A.  "Results  From  Photographic  and  Laser  Tracking  Systems." 
Proceedings  of  the  International  Astronomical  Federation  Congress,  pp. 
355-363,  1968. 

.  "Anticipated  Contribution  of  Geos-B  to  Investigations  at  the  Smith- 
sonian Astrophysical  Observatory."  Proceedings  of  the  Geos  Program  Re- 
view Meeting,  edited  by  Communications  &  Systems,  Inc.,  vol.  1,  pp  177- 
184,  1968. 

.      "Contributions  of  Geos  1  to  Geodetic  Objectives."     Proceedings  of  the 

Geos  Program  Review  Meeting,  edited  by  Communications  &  Systems,  Inc., 
vol.  2,  pp.  77-95,  1968. 

'Procedures  for  a  Near-free-molecule-flow  Aerodynamics  Experiment" 


(abstract).     Bulletin  of  the  American  Physical  Society,  vol.  13,  p.  194,  1968. 
Marsden,  B.  G.      "The  Sungrazing  Comet  Group."     Astronomical  Journal,  vol. 

72,  pp.  1170-1183,  1967. 

.     "Comets  and  Nongravitational   Forces."     Astronomical  Journal,  vol. 

73,  pp.  367-379,  1968. 

Marsden,  B.  G.,  and  K.  Aksnes.      "The  Orbit  of  Periodic  Comet  Keams-Kwee 

(1963  VIII)."     Astronomical  Journal,  vol.  72,  pp.  952-954,  1967. 
Marvin,   Ursula  B.     "Continental  Drift."     GeoScience  News,  vol.    1,  no.   4, 

pp.  4-8,  20-25,  1968. 
Marvin,  Ursula  B.,  and  M.  T.    Einaudi.     "Black,  Magnetic  Spherules  From 

Pleistocene  and  Recent  Beach  Sands."      Geochimica  et  Cosmochimica  Acta, 

vol.  31,  pp.  1871-1884,  1967. 
Marvin,  Ursula  B.,  W.  H.  Pinson,  Jr.,  and  R.  H.  McCorkell.      "Mineralogy 

and  Chemical  Composition  of  Dust  From  the  Greenland  Icecap"  (abstract). 

Proceedings  of  the  30th  Annual  Meeting,  Meteoritical  Society,  1967. 
McCorkell,  R.  H.     See  also  Biermann  and  McCorkell ;  Comerford,  McCorkell, 

and    Tishler:    Fireman,    McCorkell,    and    Langway;    Marvin,    Pinson     and 

McCorkell. 
McCorkell,  R.  H.,  E.  L.  Fireman,  and  C.  C.  Langway.     "Aluminum-26  and 

Beryllium-10  in  Greenland  Ice."     Science,  vol.   158,  pp.  1690-1692,  1967. 
McCorkell,  R.  H.,  and  J.  W.  Irvine,  Jr.      "Co-extraction  of  Phosphoric  and 

Tetrachloroferic  Acids."     Canadian  Journal  of  Chemistry,  vol  46   pp   662- 

663,   1967. 
McCrosky,  R.  E.      "Orbits  of  Photographic  Meteors"  (abstract).     Proceedings 

of  the  International  Astronomical  Union  Symposium,  no.  33,  pp.  265-279 

1968. 
jMegrue,  G.  H.      "Isotopic  Analysis  of  Rare  Gases  With  a  Laser  Microprobe." 

Science,  vol.  157,  pp.  1555-1556,  1967. 

— •.      "Rare  Gas  Chronology  of  Hypersthene  Achondrites  and   Pallasites." 

Journal  of  Geophysical  Research,  vol.  73,  pp.  2027-2033,   1968. 
enzel,  D.  H.      "Theory  of  the  Solar  Corona."     Astrophysical  Letters,  vol.  1, 
I        pp.  195-196,  1968. 
Menzel,  D.  H.,  and  B.  Shore.     Principles  of  Atomic  Spectra.     John  Wiley  & 

Sons,  Inc.,  New  York,  1968. 


484  SMITHSONIAN    ASTROPHYSICAL    OBSERVATORY 

MrooLEHURST,  B.  M.,  J.  M.  Burley,  P.  Moore,  and  B.  L.  Welther.  "Chrono- 
logical Catalog  of  Reported  Lunar  Events."  National  Aeronautics  and 
Space  Administration  Technical  Report,  TR  R-277,  1968. 

Mitler,  H.  E.  "The  Total  Binding  Energy  of  Electrons  in  a  Neutral  Atom." 
American  Journal  of  Physics,  vol.  35,  pp.  1115-1118,  1967. 

.  "Origin  of  the  Rare  Light  Nuclides."  In  High-Energy  Nuclear  Reac- 
tions in  Astrophysics,  edited  by  B.  S.  P.  Shen,  Benjamin,  Inc.,  New  York, 
pp.  59-80,  1967. 

MoROwiTZ,  H.,  and  C.  Sagan.  "Life  in  the  Clouds  of  Venus?"  Nature,  vol. 
216,  pp.  1259-1260,  1967. 

Morrison,  D.     See  also  Morrison  and  Morrison. 

Morrison,  D.  "On  the  Interpretation  of  Mercury  Observations  at  Wavelengths 
of  3.4  and  19  mm."     Astrophysical  Journal,  vol.  152,  p.  661,  1968. 

Morrison,  D.,  and  C.  Sagan.  "The  Microwave  Phase  Effect  of  Mercury." 
Astrophysical  Journal,  vol.  150,  pp.  1105-1110,  1967. 

.     "Interpretation  of  the  Microwave  Phase  Effect  of  Mercury"  (abstract). 

Astronomical  Journal,  vol.  73,  p.  S27,  1968. 

Morrison,  N.,  and  D.  Morrison.  "A  Photoelectric  Study  of  the  Eclipsing 
Binary  BV  357"   (abstract).     Astronomical  Journal,  vol.  73,  p.  S28,  1968. 

NiLssoN,  C.  S.,  and  R.  B.  Southworth.  "The  Flux  of  Meteors  and  Micro- 
meteoroids  in  the  Neighborhood  of  the  Earth."  Proceedings  of  the  Inter- 
national Astronomical  Union  Symposium,  no.  33,  pp.  280-286,  1968. 

NoYES,  R.  W.,  J.  M.  Beckers,  and  F.  J.  Low.  "Observational  Studies  of  the 
Solar  Intensity  Profile  in  the  Far  Infrared  and  Millimeter  Regions." 
Solar  Physics,  vol.  3,  pp.  36^6,  1968. 

Page,  T.  "Spectra  of  Southern  Galaxies"  (abstract).  Astronomical  Journal, 
vol.  72,  p.  821,  1967. 

.     "Galaxies  and  Quasars  at  Prague — I."     Sky  and  Telescope,  vol.  34, 

pp.  372-376,  1967. 

.     "Photographic  Sky  Coverage  for  the  Detection  of  UFO's."     Science, 


vol.  160,  pp.  1258-1260,  1968. 
Page,  T.,  and  L.  W.  Page.     The  Evolution  of  the  Stars.     Macmillan  Co.,  New 

York,  1967. 

.     Stars  and  Clouds  of  the  Milky  Way.     Macmillan  Co.,  New  York,  1968. 

Papaliolios,  C,  N.  p.  Carleton,  P.  Horowitz,  and  W.  Liller.     "Optical 

Search  for   Pulsations   From   Pulsating  Radio   Source   CP1919."     Science, 

vol.  160,  pp.  1104-1105,  1968. 
Parkin,    D.    W.    and    D.    Tilles.     "Influx    Measurements    of   Extraterrestrial 

Material."     Science,  vol.  159,  pp.  936-946,  1968. 
Pasachoff,    J.     "Comments    on    Inclined    Spectral    Features."     International 

Astronomical  Union  Symposium,  no.  35,  pp.  245-246. 
Peterson,  D.  M.     See  also  Strom  and  Peterson. 
Peterson,  D.  M.     "Hydrogen  Lines  in  Early-type  Stars"    (abstract).     Astro-' 

nomical  Journal,  vol.  72,  p.  822,  1967. 
Pollack,  J.  B.     See  also  Irvine  and  Pollack ;  and  Sagan  and  Pollack. 
Pollack,  J.  B.     "Rayleigh  Scattering  in  an  Optically  Thin  Atmosphere  and  Its 

Application  to  Martian  Topography."     Icarus,  vol.   7,  pp.  42-46,  1967. 
Pollack,  J.  B.,  and  C.   Sagan.     "An  Analysis  of  the  Mariner  2  Microwave 

Observations   of   Venus."     Astrophysical  Journal,  vol.    150,   pp.   327-344, 

1967. 


publications:    staff  papers  485 

.     "A   Critical   Test   of   the   Electrical   Discharge   Model   of   the   Venus 

Microwave  Emission."     Astrophysical  Journal,  vol.  150,  pp.  699-706,  1967. 
"Nongrey  Greenhouse  Calculations  of  the  Venus  Atmosphere"    (ab- 


stract).    Astronomical  Journal,  vol.  73,  p.  S32,  1968. 
RiEKE,  G.  W.     See  Fazio,  Helmken,  Rieke,  and  Weekes. 
RoLFF,    J.     "Interstation    Connections    From    Geos-1    Beacon    Observations." 

Proceedings  of  the  Geos  Program  Review  Meeting,  edited  by  Communica- 
tions &  Systems,  Inc.,  vol.  2,  pp.  96-100,  1968. 
Rybicki,  G.  B.      "Comment  on  'The  Emergent  Flux  From  a  Fully  Illuminated 

Slab.'  "     Astrophysical  Journal,  vol.  152,  p.  351,  1968. 
Rybicki,  G.  B.,  and  D.  G.  Hummer.      "Spectral  Line  Formation  in  Variable- 
property  Media:    The  Riccati  Method."     Astrophysical  Journal,  vol.   150, 

pp.  607-635,  1967. 
Sagan,  C.     See  also  Morowitz  and  Sagan;  Morrison  and  Sagan;  and  Pollack 

and  Sagan. 
Sagan,  C.     "An  Estimate  of  the  Surface  Temperature  of  Venus  Independent  of 

Passive    Microwave    Radiometry."     Astrophysical   Journal,    vol.    149,    pp. 

731-733,  1967. 
.      "Life  on  the  Surface  of  Venus."     Nature,  vol.  216,  pp.    1198-1199, 

1967. 
.      "Jovian  Atmosphere :  Near-ultraviolet  Absorption  Features."     Science, 

vol.  159,  pp.  448-449,  1968. 
.      "An  Estimate  of  the  Surface  Temperature  of  Venus  Independent  of 

Passive    Microwave    Radiometry:    A    Correction."     Astrophysical   Journal, 

vol.  152,  p.  1119,  1968. 
Sagan,  C,  and  N.   H.   Horowitz.      "The   Biological  Exploration  of  Mars — A 

Plan  for   the    First   Three   Missions."     Jet  Propulsion  Laboratory   General 

Technical  Document,  GTD  900-44,  15  August  1967. 
Sagan,  C,  E.  C.  Levinthal,  and  J.  Lederberg.     "Contamination  of  Mars." 

Science,  vol.  159,  pp.  1191-1196,  1967. 
Sagan,  C,  and  J.  B.  Pollack.      "Elevation  Differences  on  Mars."     Journal  of 

Geophysical  Research,  vol.  73,  pp.  1373-1388,  1968. 
.     "A  Windblown  Dust  Model  of  Martian  Surface  Features  and  Seasonal 

Changes"    (abstract).      Astronomical  Journal,  vol.   73,  p.  S33,   1968. 
Sagan,  C,  and  J.  Veverka.      "Martian  Ionosphere:  A  Component  due  to  Solar 

Protons."     Science,  vol.    158,  pp.    110-112,   1967. 
Salisbury,  W.   W.      "Radio  Measurement  of  the  Internal  Temperature  of  the 

Moon"   (abstract).     Astronomical  Journal,  vol.  73,  p.  S34,  1968. 
Shapiro,    I.    I.,    and    G.    Colombo.     "Theoretical    Model    for    the    Chandler 

Wobble."     Nature,  vol.  216,  pp.  669-670,  1967. 
Silk,  J.     "The  Diffuse  X-ray  Background."     Astrophysical  Journal  {Letters), 

vol.  151,L19-L22,  1968. 
.     "When  Were  Galaxies  and  Galaxy  Clusters  Formed?"     Nature,  vol. 

218,  pp.  453-454,  1968. 
.      "Cosmic  Black-body  Radiation  and  Galaxy  Formation."     Astrophysi- 
cal Journal,  vol.   151,  pp.  459-472,   1968. 
Silk,  J.,  and  J.  Wright.      "Gravitational  Collapse  of  a  Slowly  Rotating  Star" 

(abstract).      Astronomical  Journal, vol.  12, -p.  828,  1967. 
Slowey,  J.  W.     See  also  Jacchia  and  Slowey. 


486  SMITHSONIAN    ASTROPHYSICAL   OBSERVATORY 

Slowey,  J.  W.  "Jacchia  Model  Development  and  Limitation."  Papers  of 
Seminar  on  Environment  Induced  Orbital  Dynamics  (Marshall  Space 
Flight  Center) ,  pp.  61-86,  1967. 

SouTHWORTH,  R.  B.     See  also  Nilsson  and  Southworth. 

SouTHwoRTH,  R.  B.  "Discrimination  of  Stream  and  Sporadic  Meteors"  (ab- 
stract). International  Astronomical  Union  Symposium,  no.  33,  p.  404, 
1968. 

Stagey,  G.  M.  and  A.  Dalgarno.  "The  Dipole  Spectrum  of  Lithium." 
Journal  of  Chemical  Physics,  vol.  48,  pp.  2515-2518,  1968. 

Stecker,  F.  W.,  S.  Tsuruta,  and  G.  G.  Fazio.  "The  Effects  of  the  Decay 
of  Nucleon  Isobars  and  Hyperons  on  the  Cosmic  Gamma-ray  Spectrum." 
Astrophysical  Journal,  vol.  151,  pp.  881-893,  1968. 

Strom,  S.  E.     See  also  Cohen  and  Strom;  and  Conti  and  Strom. 

Strom,  E.  E.  "Departures  From  LTE  in  G-  and  K-Star  Atmospheres."  As- 
trophysical Journal,  vol.  150,  pp.  637-645,  1967. 

Strom,  S.  E.  and  W.  Kalkofen.  "An  Observational  Test  for  Departures  From 
LTE  in  the  Spectral  Range  B5  to  AO."  Astrophysical  Journal,  vol.  149, 
pp.  191-194,  1967. 

Strom,  S.  E.,  and  D.  Peterson.  "Surface-gravity  Determinations  for  Main- 
sequence  B   Stars."     Astrophysical  Journal,  vol.    152,  pp.   859-870,    1968. 

Strom,  S.  E.,  and  K.  Strom.  "The  Helium  Content  of  Subdwarfs."  Astro- 
physical  Journal,  vol.  150,  pp.  501-511,  1967. 

Tilles,  D.     See  also  Parkin  and  Tilles. 

TiLLES,  D.  "Extraterrestrial  Excess  ^^Ar  and  ^Ar  Concentrations  as  Possible 
Accumulation-rate  Indicators  for  Sea  Sediments."  Icarus,  vol.  7,  pp.  94-99, 
1967. 

Truran,  J.  W.,  W.  D.  Arnett,  S.  Tsuruta.  and  A.  G.  W.  Cameron.  "Rapid 
Neutron  Capture  in  Supernova  Explosions."  Astrophysics  and  Space  Sci- 
ence, vol.  l,p.  129,  1968. 

Tsuruta,  S.  See  also  Stecker,  Tsuruta,  and  Fazio;  and  Truran,  Arnett,  Tsu- 
ruta, and  Cameron. 

Tsuruta,  S.  High  Energy  Astrophysics,  Volume  III:  General  Relativity  and 
High  Density  Astrophysics.  Gordon  and  Breach,  Science  Publishers,  Inc., 
New  York,  pp.  67-88,  163-222,  226-229,  251-258,  1967. 

Tsuruta,  S.,  and  C.  J.  Hansen.  "Vibrating  Neutron  Stars."  Canadian  Jour- 
nal of  Physics,  vol.  45,  pp.  2823-2831,  1967. 

Veis,  G.     See  Gaposchkin  and  Veis. 

Victor,  G.  A.,  A.  Dalgarno,  and  A.  J.  Taylor.      "Dipole  Properties  of  thei^ 
Metastable  States  of  Helium."     Journal  of  Physics  B   {Proceedings  of  the 
Physical  Society),  ser.  2,  vol.  l,pp.  13-17,  1968. 
Wattson,   R.      "Gray,   Radiative-convective  Calculations  of  Planetary  Atmos- 
phere Models"    (abstract).      Astronomical  Journal,  vol.   73,  p.   S39,   1968. 

Welther,  B.  L.     See  Middlehurst,  Burley,  Moore,  and  Welther. 

Weekes,  T.  C.     See  Fazio,  Helmken,  Rieke,  and  Weekes. 
Whipple,  F.  L.     See  also  Hamid  and  Whipple. 

Whipple.  F.  L.  "Acquisition  of  Optical  Data  for  Geodetic  Satellite  Pro- 
grams." Transactions  of  the  American  Geophysical  Union,  vol.  48,  pp. 
329-330,  1967. 

.      "On  Maintaining  the  Meteoritic  Complex."      In  The  Zodiacal  Light 

and  the  Planetary  Medium,  edited  by  J.  C.  Weinberg,  NASA  Science  and 
Technology  Division,  1968. 


publications:   special  reports  487 

.      "Origins  of  Meteoritic  Material."     Proceedings  of  the  International 

Astronomical  Union  Symposium,  no.  33,  pp.  475-479,  1968. 

-,    Chairman.     "Meteor   Dynamics."     Proceedings    of    the  International 


Astronomical  Union  Symposium,  no.  33,  pp.  512-519,  1968. 
Whipple,  F.  L.,  and  C.  A.  Lundquist.      "Tracking  by  the  Smithsonian  Astro- 
physical  Observatory."     Philosophical  Transactions  of  the  Royal  Society  of 
London,  vol.  A262,  pp.  14-25,  1968. 
Whitney,  C.   A.      "New  Trends  in   Spectral   Classifications."     Sky  and  Tele- 
scope, vol.  35,  pp.  356-359,  1968. 
Wood,  J.  A.      "The  Early  Thermal  History  of  Planets:    Evidence  from  Meteor- 
ites."     In  Mantles  of  the  Earth   and  Terrestrial  Planets,  edited  by  S.   K. 

Runcorn,  Interscience  Publishers,  New  York,  pp.   1-14,   1967. 
.     "Olivine    and    Pyroxene    Compositions    in    Type    II    Carbonaceous 

Chrondrites."     Geochimica  et  Cosmochimica  Acta,  vol.  31,  pp.  2095-2108, 

1967. 
.      "Criticism    of    'Metamorphosis    and    Equilibration    in    Chondrites.'  " 

Journal  of  Geophysical  Research,  vol.   72,  pp.  6379-6383,   1967. 
.     Meteorites  and  the  Origin  of  Planets.     Earth  and  Planetary  Science 

Series,  McGraw-Hill  Book  Co.,  New  York,   117  pp.,   1968. 
Wright,  F.  W.     See  also  Hodge  and  Wright;  and  Hodge,  Wright,  and  Brownlee. 
Wright,  F.  W.,  D.  E.  Brownlee,  and  P.  W.  Hodge.      "Gemini  12  Meteoritic 

Dust  Experiment  Results."     In  Space  Research  VIII,  North-Holland  Publ. 

Co.,  Amsterdam,  p.  536,  1968. 
Wright,  J.  P.     See  also  Silk  and  Wright. 
Wright,  J.   P.     "General  Relativity  and  Long-period  Comets."     Astronomical 

Journal,  vol.  72,  p.  838,  1967. 
Zuckerman,  B.,  D.   F.  Dickinson,  and  M.  M.  Litvak.     "On  Emission  and 

Absorption   by   Excited   OH   A-doublet   States"    (abstract).     Astronomical 

Journal,  vol  73,  p.  S42,  1968. 


Special  Reports 

Through  its  Special  Report  series  the  Observatory  distributes  catalogs 
of  satellite  observations,  orbital  data,  and  scientific  papers  prior  to 
journal  publication. 

:244  (3  July  1967).  Some  Results  at  Baker-Nunn  Tracking  Stations,  by  L.  H. 
Solomon. 

245  (7  July  1967).  Recent  Results  in  the  Atmospheric  Region  above  200 
km  and  Comparisons  with  CIRA  1965,  by  L.  G.  Jacchia. 

246  (28  July  1967).  On  the  Gravity  Gradient  at  Satellite  Altitudes,  by 
W.  Kohnlein. 

247  (1  August  1967).  Theoretical  Research  on  Stellar  Atmospheres,  by  C.  A. 
Whitney. 

H8  (18  August  1967).  Satellite  Altimetry  and  Orbit  Determination,  by  C.  A, 
Lundquist. 

M9  (25  August  1967).  Gravity  Gradients  on  the  Earth's  Surface  as  Deduced 
From  Satellite  Orbits,  by  W.  Kohnlein. 

^50  (19  September  1967).  A  Three-dimensional  Model  of  the  Upper  Atmos- 
phere, by  M.  P.  Friedman. 


488  SMITHSONIAN    ASTROPHYSICAL    OBSERVATORY 

251  (13  October  1967).  Electron  Microprobe  Analysis  and  Microscopic  Study 
of  Polished  Surfaces  of  Magnetic  Spherules  and  Grains  Collected  From  the 
Greenland  Ice,  by  A.  El  Goresy. 

252  (16  October  1967).     Orbits  of  Photographic  Meteors,  by  R.  E.  McCrosky. 

253  (27  October  1967).     Table  for  Parabolic  Orbits,  by  W.  P.  Hirst. 

254  (30  October  1967).  A  Comprehensive  Study  of  the  Characteristics  of 
Meteor  Echoes — I,  by  G.  S.  Hawkins  and  J.  C.  Brown. 

255  (8  November  1967).  A  Windblown  Dust  Model  of  Martian  Surface 
Features  and  Seasonal  Changes,  by  C.  Sagan  and  J.  B.  Pollack. 

256  (9  November  1967).  Catalog  of  Precisely  Reduced  Observations,  No. 
P-16:  Satellites  1959  Alpha  1  (Vanguard  2),  1960  Iota  1  (Echo  1 
Rocket  Body),  1961  Delta  1  (Explorer  9),  1961  Omicron  1  (Transit  4A), 
1961  Alpha  Delta  1  (Midas  4),  and  1962  Alpha  Epsilon  1  (Telstar  1) 
for  1  July-30  Sept.  1963;  Satellites  1959  Eta  1  (Vanguard  3),  1961 
Omicron  2  (Injun  3),  and  1962  Beta  Upsilon  1  (A15  Relay)  for  2  July-30 
Sept.  1963;  Satellite  1963  13A  (Telstar  2)  for  12  May-30  Sept.  1963; 
and  Satellite  1963  26A  (Geophysics  Research)  for  30  June-30  Sept.  1963. 

257  (10  November  1967).  Satellite  Orbital  Data,  No.  E-6;  Satellites  1959 
Alpha  1  (Vanguard  2)  and  1961  Delta  1  (Explorer  9)  for  1  July-30 
Sept.  1963;  Satellites  1959  Eta  1  (Vanguard  3),  1960  Iota  2  (Echo  1 
Rocket),  and  1961  Alpha  Delta  1  (Midas  4)  for  2  July-30  Sept.  1963; 
Satellites  1961  Omicron  2  (Injun  3),  1962  Alpha  Epsilon  1  (Telstar  1), 
and  1962  Beta  Upsilon  1  (A15  Relay)  for  1  July-29  Sept.  1963;  Satellite 
1961  Omicron  1  (Transit  4A)  for  2  July-27  Sept.  1963;  Satellite  1963 
13A  (Telstar  2)  for  18  May-29  Sept.  1963;  and  SatelHte  1963  26 A 
(Geophysical   Research)    for   12  July-30  Sept.    1963. 

258  (29  November  1967 ) .  An  Analysis  of  Martian  Photometry  and  Polarimetry, 
by  J.  B.  Pollack  and  C.  Sagan. 

259  (18  December  1967).  The  Production  of  Cosmic  Gamma  Rays  in  Inter- 
stellar and  Intergalactic  Cosmic-ray  Collisions,  II :  The  Effects  of  the  Decay 
of  Nucleon  Isobars  and  Hyperons  on  the  Cosmic  Gamma-ray  Spectrum, 
by  F.   W.  Stecker,  S.  Tsuruta,  and  G.  G.  Fazio. 

260  (19  December  1967).  The  Production  of  Cosmic  Gamma  Rays  in  Inter- 
stellar and  Intergalactic  Cosmic-ray  Collisions,  III:  The  Form  of  the  Cosmic 
Gamma-ray  Source  Spectrum  From  p — p  Interactions  for  Gamma-ray 
Energies  Less  Than   1  GeV,  by  F.  W.  Stecker. 

261  (20  December  1967).  The  Production  of  Cosmic  Gamma  Rays  in  Inter- 
stellar and  Intergalactic  Cosmic-ray  Collisions,  IV:  Gamma-ray  produc- 
tion From  Cosmic  Proton-antiproton  Interactions,  by  F.   W.  Stecker. 

262  (21  December  1967).  The  Production  of  Cosmic  Gamma  Rays  in  Inter- 
stellar and  Intergalactic  Cosmic-ray  Collisions,  V:  Gamma-ray  production 
From  Cosmic  Electron-p>ositron  Annihilation,  by  F.   W.   Stecker. 

263  (27  December  1967).  The  Flux  of  Meteors  and  Micrometeroids  in  the 
Neighborhood  of  the   Earth,  by  C.  S.  Nilsson  and  R.  B.  Southworth. 

264  (29  December  1967).  Geodetic  Satellite  Results  during  1967,  by  C.  A. 
Lundquist. 

265  (15  January  1968).  A  Study  of  the  Semiannual  Density  Variation  in 
the  Upper  Atmosphere  From  1958  to  1966,  Based  on  Satellite  Drag  Analysis, 
by  L.  G.  Jacchia,  J.  W.  Slowey,  and  I.  G.  Campbell. 

266  (26  January  1968).  Optical  Synthetic  Simultaneous  Observations  Be- 
tween Baker-Nunn  Camera    Stations,  by  A.   Girnius  and  W.   L.  Joughin. 


publications:   special  reports  489 

267  (31  January  1968).     Effective  Thermal  Conductivity  of  Snow  at  — 88°C, 
—  27°C,  and  — 5°C,  by  D.  Pitman  and  B.  Zuckerman. 

268  (14  February  1968).     An  Analysis  of  the  Mariner  4  Photography  of  Mars, 
by  C.  R.  Chapman,  J.  B.  Pollack,  and  C.  Sagan. 

269  (15  March  1968).     Effect  of  Random  Atmospheric  Refraction  on  Optical 
Satellite  Observations,  by  K.  Lambeck. 

270  (15  April  1968).     Meteors  Without  Sodium,  by  R.  E.  McCrosky. 

271  (22  April  1968).  The  Motion  of  a  Charged  SatelHte  in  the  Earth's 
Magnetic  Field,  by  L.  Sehnal. 

272  (30  April  1968).  Geos  1  Observations  at  Malvern,  England,  by  J.  Hewitt, 
J.  Rolff,  and  D.A.Arnold. 

273  (10  May  1968).  Special  Data-reduction  Procedures  for  Prairie  Network 
Meteor  Photographs,  by  R.  E.  McCrosky  and  A.  Posen. 

274  (13  May  1968).  Formation  of  the  Calcium  H,  K,  and  Subordinate  Lines 
in  the  Solar  Chromosphere,  by  J.  L.  Linsky,  in  3  vols. 

275  (14  May  1968).  Catalog  of  Precisely  Reduced  Observations,  No.  P-17: 
Satellites  1959  Alpha  1  (Vanguard  2),  1959  Eta  1  (Vanguard  3),  1960 
Iota  2  (Echo  1  Rocket  Body),  1961  Omicron  2  (Injun  3),  1962  Alpha 
Epsilon  1  (Telstar  1),  and  1963  13A  (Telstar  2)  for  1  Oct.-31  Dec.  1963; 
Satellite  1961  Omicron  1   (Transit  4A)  for  7  Oct.-29  Dec.  1963;  Satellite 

1961  Alpha  Delta  1  (Midas  4)  for  1  Oct.-30  Dec.  1963;  Satellite  1962 
Beta  Mu  1  (Anna  IB)  for  1  Sept.-31  Dec.  1963;  Satellite  1962  Beta  Upsilon 
1  (A15  Relay)  for  5  Oct.-30  Dec.  1963;  and  Satellite  1963  26A  (Geo- 
physics Research)  for  2  Oct.-31  Dec.  1963. 

276  (15  May  1968).  Satellite  Orbital  Data,  No.  E-7:  Satellites  1959  Alpha 
1  (Vanguard  2),  1962  Alpha  Epsilon  1  (Telstar  1),  and  1963  26A  (Geo- 
physics Research),  for  5  Oct.-30  Dec.  1963 ;  Satellite  1959  Eta  1  (Vanguard 
3)  for  4  Oct.-30  Dec.  1963;  Satellite  1960  Iota  2  (Echo  1  Rocket  Body) 
for  4  Oct.-31  Dec.  1963;  Satellite  1961  Omicron  1  (Transit  4A)  for  11  Oct.- 
26  Dec.  1963;  Satellite  1961  Omicron  2  (Injun  3)  for  6  Oct.-27  Dec.  1963; 
Satellite  1961  Alpha  Delta  1   (Midas  4)  for  2  Oct.-30  Dec.  1963;  Satellite 

1962  Beta  Mu  1  (Anna  IB)  for  3  Sept.-31  Dec.  1963;  Satellite  1962  Beta 
Upsilon  1  (A15  Relay)  for  10  Oct.-26  Dec.  1963;  and  Satellite  1963  13A 
(Telstar  2)  for  8  Oct.-31  Dec.  1963. 

^77    (17  May  1968).     A  Search  for  Celestial  Sources  of  Gamma  Rays  of  Energy 

Greater  Than  100  MeV,  by  D.  R.   Hearn. 
178    (24   May    1968).     Secular   Motion   of  Resonant   Asteroids,   by   G.    E.    O. 

Giacaglia. 
:!79    (7    June    1968).     Discrete    Levels    of    Meteor    Beginning    Height,    by    Z. 

Ceplecha. 
■80   (14  June   1968).     The  Distribution  of  Magnitudes,  Masses,  and  Energies 

of  Large  Meteoric  Bodies,  by  R.  E.  McCrosky. 


315-997     O  -  69  -  32 


Administrative  and  Management  Services 

Daily  the  forces  of  change  in  our  society  exert  their  profound  pressures 
upon  this  nation's  social  and  cultural  institutions — upon  its  arts  and 
j  sciences,  and  upon  its  people.  Daily  our  traditions  and  norms  are  being 
challenged,  and  more  than  ever  before,  too,  our  organizations  are  being 
challenged  to  develop  management  policies  that  will  enable  them  to 
evolve  in  response. 

In  its  response  to  these  pressures  and  challenges,  the  Smithsonian  has 
endeavored  to  establish  an  organization  that  is  adaptive  to  change  and 
is  experientially  motivated — one  with  programs  and  structural  modules 
predicated  upon  sociological  interrelationships  rather  than  upon  com- 
partmentalized bureaucratic  boundaries,  one  in  which  individual  as  well 
as  common  goals  can  be  achieved.  Such  an  organizational  environment 
helps  to  prevent  isolation  and  to  remove  artificial  restrictions,  and  thus 
it  encourages  individual  achievement  and  the  pursuit  of  excellence.  The 
Smithsonian  is  committed,  in  short,  to  a  program  of  administration  and 
management  that  recognizes  the  importance  of  individual  fulfillment 
within  the  framework  of  its  larger  objectives.  The  goal  of  this  program 
is  to  establish  a  climate  that  encourages  individual  expression,  releases 
creativity,  ignites  imagination,  and  fosters  hope,  trust,  openness,  and 
meaningful  cooperation. 

In  achieving  such  a  goal,  an  important  function  of  management  is 
that  of  nurturing  the  talents  of  the  individual  staff  member,  and  of  recog- 
nizing and  responding  to  his  needs,  desires,  and  drives  as  a  human  being. 
The  unique,  multiversal  nature  of  the  Smithsonian  and  its  stafT  makes 
this  function  a  formidable  and  challenging  opportunity  to  those  charged 
with  managerial  responsibility.  It  requires  a  very  special  competence  in 
social  skills.  Management's  broadening  role  as  the  custodian  of  human 
resources  is  never  more  challenged  than  in  synergizing  the  individual's 
irives  into  a  program  accomplishment  without  frustrating  the  individual 
3r  compromising  the  goal. 

The  standards  of  excellence  the  Smithsonian  has  set  for  itself,  and  the 
imitations  circumstance  has  set  upon  its  resources,  place  a  premium 
)n  the  innovative  resolution  of  problems,  on  prescient  program  planning, 
md  on  cohesive  teamwork.  They  force  the  Institution  to  accept  man- 
igement  by  programs  and  objectives  as  an  organizational  way  of  life. 

491 


492  ADMINISTRATIVE    AND    MANAGEMENT    SERVICES 

In  measuring  its  success  in  these  respects,  the  Smithsonian  can  view 
with  satisfaction  the  creative  energy  of  its  staff  and  the  imaginative  ad- 
ministration of  its  management.  Through  perceptive  use  of  its  great 
reservoir  of  talents,  the  Institution  is  showing  itself  able  to  respond  to 
the  forces  of  change  while  continuing,  and  expanding,  its  services  to  the 
cultural  community  and  to  the  public.  i 

Explicit  in  these  contributions  has  been  a  firm  recognition  of  the  un-j 
derlying  value  of  the  individual.  For,  in  truth,  the  accomplishments  of 
the  Smithsonian  Institution  are  but  the  sum  of  the  achievements  of  the, 
individuals  which  comprise  it.  i 

OFFICE   OF    PERSONNEL   AND    MANAGEMENT   RESOURCES 

The  Oilice  of  Personnel  and  Management  Resources  has  a  responsibility 
to  assist  and  advise  all  Smithsonian  staff  in  creating  an  environmeni 
of  administration  and  management  that  stimulates  and  promotes  high 
achievement  and  the  optimum  use  of  resources. 

The  Office  also  administers  a  wide  variety  of  programs  affecting  each 
employee  from  the  time  of  recruitment  through  his  career  with  the 
Smithsonian.  This  year  the  Office  has  worked  to  improve  the  directior 
and  implementation  of  some  fifteen  substantive  programs. 

Responsive  assistance  to  program  directors  and  managers  is  a  priman 
thrust  of  the  Office's  responsibility,  which  is  that  of  acting  as  a  con 
sultant.  In  so  doing,  it  serves  as  a  catalyst,  bringing  to  the  attention  o 
managers  a  knowledge  of  the  organizational  and  behavioral  sciences 
And  since  stringent  limitations  have  been  placed  on  the  Institution' 
manpower  and  financial  resources,  many  management  decisions  must  b( 
considered  for  the  effect  they  will  have  on  all  employees  and  on  eacl 
individual's  motivation  for  achievement.  Consequently,  a  close  con 
sultant  relationship  between  the  professional  staff  of  this  Office  anc 
managers  at  all  levels  has  been  established,  and  the  relationships  o 
organizational  structure  and  program  to  resources  are  being  reviewec 
for  improvement.  The  Staff  of  the  Office  has  also  participated  in  man) 
lecture  presentations,  seminars,  and  teaching  programs  at  other  agencies 
educational  institutions,  and  professional  societies. 

To  meet  the  Institution's  growing  responsibility  to  provide  the  public 
with  a  wider  variety  of  learning  opportunities,  the  Office  has  inauguratec 
additional  training  and  employment  programs  for  the  physically  handi 
capped,  for  young  adults  in  need  of  summer  employment,  and  for  resi 
dents  of  the  Metropolitan  area  in  need  of  enhanced  job  opportunities 
Participation  in  this  year's  Youth  Opportunity  Program,  for  example 
was  double  that  of  last  year,  and  this  investment  in  special  training  thai 
was  afforded  these  deserving  young  citizens  was  repaid  by  hard  wori 


BUILDINGS    MANAGEMENT  493 

and  sincerity  of  purpose  on  their  part.  Also,  the  Smithsonian  in  1965 
was  one  of  the  first  establishments  in  the  nation's  capital  to  participate 
in  the  Neighborhood  Youth  Corps  program,  and  at  that  time,  by  agree- 
ment with  the  United  Planning  Organization,  provided  work  stations 
for  40  enrollees.  This  year  over  70  youths  participated,  and  to  date  the 
Smithsonian  has  trained  approximately  20  percent  of  all  enrollees  in 
the  Washington  area.  As  a  result  of  their  job  training,  an  average  of 
30  percent  of  our  enrollees  have  obtained  federal  employment,  10 
percent  have  returned  to  school  full  time,  and  many  of  the  remainder 
have  obtained  employment  elsewhere. 

For  Smithsonian  employees  desiring  to  complete  their  high  school 
education,  or  desiring  to  increase  their  job  and  personal  qualifications 
in  other  occupational  fields,  a  pioneering  program  of  education  and 
training  was  established.  All  career  emplyees  may  now  avail  themselves 
of  this  program  at  no  financial  cost  to  themselves.  Over  70  employees 
are  already  enrolled. 

BUILDINGS    MANAGEMENT   DEPARTMENT 

The  Buildings  Management  Department  operated,  maintained,  and 
protected  the  Smithsonian's  more  than  three  and  one  half  million  square 
feet  of  museum  space,  as  well  as  its  other  research  and  service  facilities 
in  the  Washington  area.  It  provided  security  services  for  over  60  million 
objects  of  cultural,  historical,  scientific,  and  technological  importance; 
and  it  provided  information,  directions,  and  other  assistance  to  the 
11,523,897  people  who  came  to  visit  the  Smithsonian  museums  and  art 
galleries,  and  to  attend  its  other  presentations.  In  performing  these 
duties,  the  Department  supplied  many  diflferent  kinds  of  special  me- 
::hanical  services,  as  well  as  engineering,  design,  fabrication,  repair, 
:ommunication,  transportation,  and  safety  services,  all  of  which  sup- 
ported the  curatorial,  research,  administrative,  education,  and  public- 
/.ervice  activities  of  the  Institution. 

'  Expansion  in  the  research,  scientific,  exhibition,  and  public-oriented 
ictivities  of  the  Smithsonian,  including  those  on  the  Mall,  required 
ijreatly  increased  assistance  from  the  Department.  In  addition,  services 
vere  provided  for  2,500  meetings,  lectures,  concerts,  special  exhibitions, 
leminars,  and  other  special  events,  including  those  held  on  the  Mall. 
Extensive  alterations  and  modifications  continued  to  be  made  to  the  Arts 
ind  Industries  and  other  buildings.  The  Publications  Distribution 
Section  and  the  International  Exchange  Service  were  moved  from  the 
\rts  and  Industries  buildings  to  the  24th  Street  building,  and  several 
'ffices  were  moved  from  the  Smithsonian  building  in  preparation  for 
jXtensive  renovation  and  restoration  of  that  building.  Increased  empha- 


494 


ADMINISTRATIVE    AND    MANAGEMENT    SERVICES 


lO  ■*   CM   IM  r^  CO 

CNi  o  lo  CO  c7i  cr> 

•^  r^  t^  CM  CO  lO 

Th  co"  co"  c^  CM  co" 

CM  o  CM  —  ■*  (r> 

CO  CM  r^  t^  f^  ■* 


■^"^ 


S^ 


< 

t-H 

D 
Q 

Pi 

O 
H 


?3    ^^2 


^J5l^ 


^ 


t^  CT)  —  — '  vo  in 

CM    CO    Tf    lO    CT>    CO 
t^    (^    CO    t^    CM    O 


•^    (T)  CO   —    O  O 

to  CM  yD  —  —  CM 

CI    <D  CM    CM    CTl  CO 

co'  rC  r~r  to  ID  CT> 

CT)    CO  CM    CO    CO  lO 

CO  m  CO  o~i  (^  t^ 


■*    CO 

CO   o 


O    — '    lO    CO    t}<    to 

m  m  — '  o^  to  — 

t^  r^   O^   O^   O^  r^ 


e) 


<r>  lo  o  —  -r  — ' 

CO  CO  o  —  o  — 

CT)    CO    CO    CO    CO    CM 


lO    CM    CO    '^    --    CO 

in  in  o  t^  f^  ^ 
CTi  to  CM  r^  --  m 


O    CO    -"^    CM    O    O^ 


in  CO  1^  lO  CM  in 

— <  r~   in  r^   O^  O 
CO  •*  r^  —  in  cr> 


''-^  in  CO  m  CM  CM 

«     CM   CM   —    —    — 


ti. 


^   "^  ^:2? 


CT>  t^  ■<*<  CD  o  in 
CM  -^  in  in  to  o 

CO   rt<   f^    O    CO    in 


r^    ij)    CM    Tf"    o    CM 


CO  in  CO  tj<  CO  (T) 

CO  r^  CO  o^  — •  — 

CO   <0    O    — "    CO   to 


CO    Ol    t-»    — '    !£>    CM 

CO  CO  to  <£>  <r>  CO 

CM    CM 


>« 

'^ 

■<t" 

(Ti 

■+ 

CO 

'f 

O 

r^ 

CM 

CO 

CO 

05 

'^ 

m 

r^ 

CO 

(O 

CD 

to 

m 

^^ 

o 

CM 

CM 

CM 

CM 

CO 

CM 

m 

(£> 

in 

CM 

CO 

Oi 

1^5 

O 

^  «►- 

CM 

_^ 

CO 

r^ 

en 

Tf 

CO 

in 

CO 

in 

t- 

^ 

1^^ 

CD 

ys 

CO 

CT) 

CM 
CM 

CM 

■"* 

<£> 

CM 
CM 

CM 

CM 

01 

55 


O  —  (£)    CO    CO  ■* 

in  o  CT)  to  <£>  in 

CO  (D  r^  m  o  ■^ 

CO  T^  o"  i~-"  --  o' 

1^  t^  oi  r^  CO  in 


O  (£>  ■*  O  CO  (£i 
CO  — '  CM  CM  o  r~« 
r^  O  CO  CO  CT)  CO 


•|(5q    in  in 


o  o  tn  o 
CO  o  CTi  in 
CM  in  CO  CM 


tj<  lo  oi  O  ^  CO 

t£>  r^  CO  oi  o  CO 

to    CT)  CM    to    Tj>    01 

oT  icT  tcT  -^  oT  CM 

CM  ■*  m  r^  ■*  ID 


I 


B  6 


3    B"  o    o    w 
<  w  O  Z  Q 


U      d      ri 

rt      3      o    _ 

K-)[i,    2    <    ,^    >— ) 


c    « 

(3  X 

J3    -^ 

■^    bo 

^  -S 

^  s 

C    TI 

o 

•  •-4     m 

11 

0  JQ 

^^ 

t-  .S 

^T) 

o  :a 

■M       > 

^•" 

%       t) 

u  J5 

w      ■*-« 

::  3 

2  S3 

o    " 

*^     «! 

C/3 

■^     ^ 

H     „ 

•    u 

^     c3 

fcj      lU 

CO 

03     >, 

J3 

Oh     ^ 

fi 

"eS    rt 

o 

o  — < 

s 

.1 

u 

a. 

r^ 

S 
o 

^   9 

in 

u 

u  "-S 

CTl 

c 

x:    <5 

tC    «o 

2 

-  2:; 

In      <^ 

'S 

+-'    ., 

S    2 

«J     u 

•^ 

fH 

CO     *' 

^ 

.^ 

CM    4J 

Cfl 

o   rt 

5S^ 

CM       CO 

(U 

"^^  o 

CM        _^ 

-C 

'-'  in 

co__      g- 

o 
S3 
13 

< 

cd 

^  s 

(£)       y 

x;  '-C 

r^      c 

o 

-    S 

— '   s 

«    _ 

!3 

3  (« 
bo  _ 

0 

ca 

c 

•;3 

3 

OJ      SS 

8 

S 

u 

It-  < 

o 

O 

a>  ^ 

U 

•g 

in    0 

3    1 

<   s 

> 

H     .2 

O 

""*  ^-( 

* 

o 

So 

u 

X   a 

-   2 

OTHER    SERVICES  495 

sis  on  safety  programming  activities  resulted  in  a  reduction  over  the 
previous  year  of  12  percent  in  the  frequency  of  disabUng  work  injuries. 

OTHER    SERVICES 

The  Supply  Division  processed  over  10,000  purchases.  Through  careful 
exercise  of  its  responsibility  for  the  distribution  and  utilization  of  govern- 
ment property  it  saved,  on  office  furniture  and  equipment  alone,  which 
would  have  been  otherwise  purchased,  in  excess  of  one  hundred  thou- 
sand dollars.  In  addition,  various  objects  from  rockets  to  items  of  art, 
with  acquisition  costs  in  excess  of  $8,000,000,  were  obtained  from  other 
government  agencies  for  use  as  museum  specimens. 

The  Photographic  Services  Division  produced  30,930  negatives, 
16,267  color  transparencies,  118,930  microframes,  and  129,382  prints  to 
meet  research,  exhibition,  education  and  public  service  needs  of  the 
Institution.  An  eight-room  photo  laboratory  was  completed  for  servicing 
activities  of  the  Smithsonian  Oceanographic  Sorting  Center.  This  new 
unit,  when  staffed  and  equipped,  will  supply  photographs  such  as  photo- 
macrographs  of  sampled  plankton  and  enlargements  of  sea-bottom  pho- 
tographs to  assist  in  ecological  studies.  Staff  photographers  will  be 
assigned  to  participate  in  a  variety  of  expeditions  and  cruises  to  take 
color  and  appearance  photographs  of  newly  captured  specimens. 


Appendix 

1.  FINANCIAL   REPORT   FOR  THE  YEAR  ENDED    3  0   JUNE    1968 

2.  SMITHSONIAN  FOREIGN  CURRENCY  PROGRAM  GRANTS  AWARDED^  FISCAL 

YEAR     19  6  8 

3.  PUBLICATIONS    OF    THE    SMITHSONIAN    INSTITUTION    PRESS    FOR    THE 

YEAR  ENDED   3  0   JUNE    196  8 

4.  SMITHSONIAN    ASSOCL\TES 

5.  MEMBERS   OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN   COUNCIL,    3  0    JUNE    1968 

6.  RESEARCH    PARTICIPATION    PROGRAMS,    APPOINTMENTS     196  7-1968 

7.  STAFF  OF  THE  SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTE,   3  0   JUNE    1968 

497 


1. 

Financial  Report 

For  the  Year  Ended  30  June  1968 

The  Smithsonian  Institution  gratefully  acknowledges  gifts  and  bequests 
received  from  the  following: 

$100,000  or  more: 

Carl  F.  Drake  Estate  (partial  distribution) 

Mrs.  Marjorie  Merriweather  Post 

Admiral  and  Mrs.  Dewitt  Clinton  Ramsey  Fund 

$10,000  or  more: 

American  Federation  of  Information  Processing  Society 

Anonymous 

Morris  and  Gwendolyn  Cafritz  Foundation 

Carnegie  Corporation  of  New  York 

Martin  L.  Ehrmann  Company 

Ford  Foundation 

Daniel  and  Florence  Guggenheim  Foundation 

Junior  League  of  the  City  of  Washington,  D.C. 

L.  E.  Katzenbach 

Samuel  H.  Kress  Foundation 

Lockheed  Aircraft  Corporation 

National  Geographic  Society 

Whitney  Museum  of  Art 

$1,000  or  more: 

AFL-CIO 

;  American  Philosophical  Society 

American  Shop  Producers  Council 

Anonymous 

Archbold  Foundation 

Atlantic  Richfield  Company 

Mrs.  August  Belmont,  Sr. 

The  Louis  and  Henrietta  Blaustein  Foundation,  Inc. 

Dr.  &  Mrs.  George  P.  Blundell 

William  L.   Elkins 

George  Erion 

David  E.   Finley 

Crawford  H.   Greenewalt 

The  Ben  and  Abbey  Grey  Foundation 

499 


500  APPENDIX 

Richard  Gump 

Irwin-Sweeney-Miller  Foundation 

Mrs.  Lyndon  B.  Johnson 

Mrs.  Cazenove  Lee 

The  Link  Foundation 

Mrs.  Vera  G.  List 

Marriott  Foundation 

Mrs.  Eugene  Meyer 

Robert  and  Eleanor  Millonzi 

National  Academy  of  Sciences 

National  Home  Library  Foundation 

Roy  R.  and  Marie  S.  Neuberger  Foundation 

Richard  E.  Pieper 

Mr.  &  Mrs.  Robert  C.  Scull  Foundation 

The  Sidney  Printing  and  Publishing  Company 

Sport  Fishing  Institute 

E.  R.  Squibb  &  Sons,  Inc. 

Philip  M.  Stern 

Taconic  Foundation,  Inc. 

Time,   Inc. 

Union  Carbide  Corporation 

Ellen  Bayard  Weedon  Foundation 

Worthington  Corporation 

$500.00  or  more: 

Alaska  Indian  Arts,  Inc. 

American  Council  of  Learned  Society 

Anacostia  Business  and  Professional  Association,  Inc. 

Bell  &  Howell  Foundation 

BranifF  International 

Explorers  Research  Corporation 

Greenewood's  Transfer,  Inc. 

Mr.  &  Mrs.  Gilbert  Harrison 

J.   Seward  Johnson 

Felix  and  Helen  Juda  Foundation 

John  R.  Kinard 

Richard  K.  Mellon 

Mrs.  Isabelle  P.  Middendorf 

J.  Jefferson  Miller  II 

Philip  Morris,  Inc. 

William  Paley 

Mrs.  Josephine  Pendleton 

Photography  in  the  Fine  Arts 

The  Reader's  Digest 

Sidney  N.  Shure 

Mrs.  Robert  D.  Van  Roijen 

Thomas  J.  Watson,  Jr. 

Wenner-Gren  Foundation 

We  also  gratefully  acknowledge  other  contributions  in  the  amount 
of  $10,820  received  from  517  persons  during  1967-68. 


FINANCIAL    REPORT  501 

Peat,  Marwick,  Mitchell  &  Co. 

CERTIFIED    PUBLIC    ACCOUNTANTS 

1140    CONNECTICUT    AVENUE    NW. 
WASHINGTON,    D.C.     20036 
THE    BOARD    OF    REGENTS, 
SMITHSONIAN    INSTITUTION: 

We  have  examined  the  balance  sheet  of  private  funds  of  Smithsonian  Institu- 
tion as  of  June  30,  1968  and  the  related  statement  of  changes  in  fund  balances 
for  the  year  then  ended.  Our  examination  was  made  in  accordance  with  generally 
accepted  auditing  standards,  and  accordingly  included  such  tests  of  the  account- 
ing records  and  such  other  auditing  procedures  as  we  considered  necessary  in 
the  circumstances. 

As  stated  in  note  1,  the  Institution  changed  its  method  of  accounting  to  the 
accrual  basis  for  that  portion  of  the  unrestricted  funds  relating  to  activities 
during  the  year.  Physical  inventories  for  such  activities  were  not  taken  at  June  30, 
1967,  and  estimated  figures  have  been  used.  Because  such  amounts  enter  materi- 
ally into  the  determination  of  operating  results  of  activities,  we  do  not  express 
an  opinion  on  the  current  year's  statement  of  changes  in  fund  balances  for  that 
portion  of  unrestricted  funds  relating  to  activities. 

In  our  opinion,  the  accompanying  balance  sheet  of  private  funds  of  Smith- 
sonian Institution  presents  fairly  the  financial  position  of  Smithsonian  Institution 
at  June  30,  1968  and  the  related  statement  of  changes  in  fund  balances,  except 
for  that  portion  of  the  unrestricted  funds  relating  to  activities,  for  which  no 
opinion  is  expressed,  present  fairly  the  results  of  its  operations  for  the  year  then 
ended  on  the  modified  cash  basis  as  explained  in  note  1  in  conformity  with 
generally  accepted  accounting  principles  applied  on  a  basis  consistent  with  that 
of  the  preceding  year,  except  for  the  eflfect  on  the  balance  sheet  of  current  funds 
of  the  conversion  of  that  portion  of  unrestricted  funds  relating  to  activities  to 
the  accrural  basis,  which  we  approve. 

PEAT,  MARWICK,  MITCHELL  &  CO. 

August  23,  1968 


502 


APPENDIX 


SMITHSONIAN 
BALANCE  SHEET  OF  PRIVATE 


Assets 


Current  funds : 
Cash 

Receivables: 
Accounts  $   90,359 

Advances-travel  and  other  142,059 

Reimbursements-grants  and  contracts   1,135  ,754 

Inventories  at  net  realizable  value 
Investments-stocks  and  bonds 

(market  value  $2,437,512) 
Equipment-museum  shops  (less 

accumulated  depreciation  $4,944) 
Total  current  funds  assets 

Endowment  and  similar  funds: 
Cash 

Notes  receivable 
Investments-stocks  and  bonds 
(market  value  $30,196,344') 
Loan  to  U.  S.  Treasury  in  perpetuity 
Real  estate  (at  cost  or  appraised 
value  at  date  of  gift) 

Total  endowment  and  similar 
funds  assets 


$  1,380,153 


1,368,172 
610,388 

2,507,586 

44,450 
$  5,910,749 

$   450,175 
240,254 

21,726,554 
1,000,000 

1,332,767 

$24,749,750 


See  accompanying  notes  to  financial  statements. 


FINANCIAL    REPORT  503 

INSTITUTION 

FUNDS,   JUNE   30,    1968 

Liabilities  and   Fund  Balances 

Current   funds : 

Accounts  payable  $       379,624 

Accrued  liabilities  39,374 

Unrestricted   funds  balances : 

General  $3,078,671 

Activities  7,482 

3,086,153 

Restricted  funds  balances: 

Gifts,  grants,  and  contracts         1,526,607 

Unexpended  income  878,991 

2,405,598 

Total  current  funds  $  5,910,749 

Endowment  and  similar  funds: 
Endowment  funds-income  restricted  $18,553,392 

Current  funds  reserved  as  an 

endowment- income  unrestricted  6,196  ,358 


Total  endowment  and  similar  funds  $24,749,750 

Commitment  (note  2). 


504 


APPENDIX 


SMITHSONIAN 

Statement  of  Changes 
Year  Ended 
CURRENT 

Unrestricted  funds 


Balance  at  beginning  of  year 
Adjustment  to  accrual  basis 
Adjusted  balance  at  beginning  of  year 
Additions: 

Grants  and  contracts  -  net  of  refunds 

Investment  income 

Gifts  and  bequests 

Gross  profit  on  sales 

Rental,  dues,  and  fees 

Reimbursement-grants  and  contracts 

Other 

Net  gain  on  investments 
Total  additions 

Deductions    (additions): 
Expenditures: 
Salaries  and  benefits 
Purchases   for  collection 
Travel  and  transportation 
Equipment  and  supplies 
Contractual  services 
Depreciation 

Administrative  expenditures 
applicable  to  other  funds 
Total  expenditures 
Transfers  to    (from): 
Income  added  to  principal 
For  designated  purposes 
Total  transfers 
Balance  at  end  of  year 


Total 

current 

funds 

;  6,001,407 
236,334 

General 
$3,158,769 

Act 

$ 

1 

ivities 

67,607 

236,334 

6,237,741 

3 

,158,769 

303,941 

11,303,377 

1,224,117 
469,013 
278,604 

354,465 
26,507 

278,604 

1,411,256 

,411,256 

218,687 

205,533 
13,498 

73,287 

13,498 

467,757 

15,906 

15,124,085 

1 

,705,766 

8,468,149 

317,037 

906,591 

1,229,225 

4,614,254 

4,944 


15,540,200 

(55,276) 
(274,599) 
(329,875 
$  5,491,751 


1,736,414 

12,716 

68,248 

102,569 

555,920 


809,131 

86,912 

150,306 

733,498 

4,944 


(2,076,347)  120,816 

399,520         1,905,607 


(148,335)  (96,618 

(148,335)  (96,618 

i, 078, 671 


7,482 


FINANCIAL    REPORT 


505 


in  Fund  Balances 

June'  30,  1968 

FUNDS 

ENDOWMENT 

AND  SIMILAR 

FUNDS 

Restrictec 

funds 

Gifts, 

Grants,  and 

Contracts 

Unexpended 
income 

Total 
endowment  and 
similar  funds 

Endowment 
funds 

Current  fund 
reserved  as 
an  endowment 

$  1,626,400 

$1,148,631 

$23,071,776 

$17,239,870 
17,239,870 

$5,831,906 

1,626,400 

1,148,631 

23,071,776 

5,831,906 

11,303,377 

869,652 

442,506 

631,673 

631,663 

10 

218,687 

6,888 

109,452 

29,054 

44 

29,010 

687,372 
1,348,099 

544,258 
1,175,965 

143  ,114 
'172,134 

11,971,458 

979,104 

5,546,456 

3  76,148 

235,251 

54,790 

74,146 

225,824 

122,137 
1,088,296 

69,070 

696,641 

902,204 

3,099,012 

1,833,394 

12,146,777 

75,526 

(55,276) 
(105,172) 
(160,448) 
$  878,991 

$24 

55,276 

274,599 

329,875 

,749,750 

55,276 

82,281 

137,557 

$18,553,392 

192,318 

75,526 

192,318 
$6,196,358 

1,526,607 

315-997     O  -  69  -  33 


506  APPENDIX 

SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 
PRIVATE  FUNDS 

Notes  to  Financial  Statements 

June  30,  1968 


(1)   Basis  of  Accounting 

Prior  to  July  1,  1967,  the  accounts  of  the  Institution  were  maintained  on  the 
of  cash  receipts  and  disbursements  except  that  the  amounts  due  as  reimburse! 
from  grants  and  contracts  were  accrued  and  certain  real  estate  was  carried 
or  appraised  value  as  explained  below.  During  the  year  ended  June  30,  1968 
accounts  for  that  portion  of  unrestricted  funds  relating  to  activities  were 
verted  to  the  accrual  basis  of  accounting  resulting  in  an  increase  m  the  b 
of  this  fund  of  $219,768,  Since  no  physical  inventories  were  taken  at  June 
1967,  the  amount  thereof  was  estimated. 

Except  for  certain  real  estate  acquired  by  gift  or  purchased  from  proceeds  oi 
which  are  valued  at  cost  or  appraised  value  at  date  of  gift,  land,  building 
furniture,  equipment,  works  of  art,  living  and  other  specimens,  and  certair 
similar  property  are  not  included  in  the  accounts  of  the  Institution;  the  £, 
of  investments  in  such  properties  are  not  readily  determinable.  Current  ey 
tures  for  such  properties  are  included  among  expenses.  The  accompanying  s1 
ments  do  not  include  the  National  Gallery  of  Art,  the  John  F.  Kennedy  Centc 
the  Performing  Arts,  nor  other  departments,  bureaus  and  operations  admmisl 
by  the  Institution  under  Federal  appropriations. 

(2)   Commitment  and  Subsequent  Event 

Pursuant  to  an  agreement,  dated  October  9,  1967,  between  the  Institution  and 
Cooper  Union  for  the  Advancement  of  Science  and  Art,  the  Institution  acqui 
July  1,  1968,  all  funds  belonging  to  The  Cooper  Union  for  use  exclusively 
purposes  and  certain  articles  of  tangible  personal  property  as  defined  m 
agreement . 

The  agreement  provides,  among  other  covenants,  that  the  Institution  will  mai 
a  museum  in  New  York  City,  and  has  pledges  in  excess  of  $800,000  for  the  s 
of  such  a  museum. 


FINANCIAL    REPORT  507 

SMITHSONIAN  INSTITUTION 

Summary  of  Grants  and  Contracts 
Year  Ended  June  30,  1968 

Total        Grants      Contracts 

Department  of  Defense  $1,334,983  $     105,255  $1,229,728 
National  Aeronautics  and 

Space  Administration  7,293,539  4,816,637  2,476,902 

National  Science  Foundation  2,354,715  181,300  2,173,415 

O+'^er  600,444  245,426  355,018 

Total  grants  and  contracts  $11,583,681  $5,348,618  $6,235,063 


Summary  of  Endowment  and  Similar  Funds  Investments 
Book  Values  at  June  30,  1968 


Short-term  bonds 
Long-term  bonds 
Preferred  stocks 
Common  stocks 

Other  stocks  and  bonds 


Total 

Consolidated 
Fund 

Freer 
Fund 

$  1,009,119 

$   370,029 

$ 

630,090 

10,252,817 

3,781,828 

6 

,470,989 

710,241 

324,717 

385,524 

9,740,993 

4,778,596 

4 

,962,397 

$21,713,170 

$  9,255,170 

$12 

,458,000 

13,384 

$21,726,554 

Smithsonian  Foreign  Currency  Program 
Grants  Awarded  Fiscal  Year  1968 

Museum  Programs  and  Related  Research 


ANTHROPOLOGY 

American  Institute  of  Indian  Studies,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 
To  continue  (third  year)  support  for  the  American  Academy  of  Be- 
nares, India,  an  institution  for  research  in  archeology  and  art 
history. 

American  Institute  of  Indian  Studies,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania. 
To  support  fifteen  anthropological  research  projects  in  India. 

American  Research  Center  in  Egypt,  Cambridge,  Massachusetts. 
To  continue  support  for  a  program  of  research  and  excavation  in 
Egypt:  (a)  Excavation  of  the  ancient  city  of  Hierakonpolis.  (b) 
Continutation  of  an  epigraphic  and  architectural  survey  of  Luxor, 
(c)  Continuation  of  a  field  project  of  a  stratified  Pharonic  site  at 
Mendes.  (d)  Cephalome trie  and  dental  analysis  of  the  Old  King- 
dom skeletal  material  from  the  Giza  necropolis. 

American  Schools  of  Oriental  Research,  Cambridge,  Massachu- 
setts.    To  support  excavations  at  three  sites  in  Israel. 

American  University  in  Cairo,  New  York  City,  New  York.  To  sur- 
vey and  document  the  domed  Mausolea  of  Mamluk,  Cairo. 

Lawrence  Radiation  Laboratory,  University  of  California,  Berk- 
eley, California.  To  continue  the  project  utilizing  cosmic  rays 
for  the  discovery  of  unknown  chambers  in  the  pyramids  of  Egypt. 

University  of  California  at  Los  Angeles,  Los  Angeles,  Califor- 
nia. To  continue  study  of  prehistoric  community  life  through  ex- 
cavations at  Obre  in  collaboration  with  Sarajevo  Territorial  Mu- 
seum. 

Carnegie  Museum,  Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania.  To  test  methods  in 
underwater  archeology  and  to  search  for  the  Ashdod  harbor  and 
the  Ashdod  wreck:  an  operation  supplemental  to  excavations  at 
Tel  Ashdod,  Israel. 

509 


510  APPENDIX 

Denison  University,  Granville,  Ohio.  To  excavate  the  Roman 
imperial  metropolis  at  Sirmium  in  collaboration  with  the  Archeo- 
logical  Institute  of  Belgrade,  Yugoslavia. 

Dumbarton  Oaks  Center,  Washington,  D.C.  To  support  excava- 
tions leading  to  the  publication  of  a  corpus  of  ancient  mosaics  in 
Tunisia. 

Jerusalem  School  of  Archeology  of  Hebrew  Union  College, 
Cincinnati,  Ohio.  To  excavate  an  archeological  site  at  Gezer,  Is- 
rael, and  to  conduct  a  Summer  Institute  on  Near  Eastern  civiliza- 
tions (third  year) . 

Institute  for  Advanced  Study,  Princeton  University,  Princeton, 
New  Jersey.  To  initiate  interdisciplinary  research  in  the  Bronze 
and  early  Iron  Ages  in  northern  Yugoslavia :  excavations  at  the  site 
of  Sticna. 

University  of  Michigan,  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan.  To  continue  (sec- 
ond year)  a  program  of  research  and  training  in  prehistoric  arche- 
ology in  Israel :  excavations  at  the  site  of  Tabun. 

University  of  Michigan,  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan.  To  continue  (sec- 
ond year)  a  study  of  early  neolithic  cultures  in  Poland  in  collabora- 
tion with  the  University  of  Krakow. 

University  of  Minnesota,  Minneapolis,  Minnesota.  To  exca- 
vate the  Palace  of  Diocletian  at  Split,  Yugoslavia,  and  study  the 
development  of  the  Palace  from  Roman  through  medieval  times. 

University  of  Missouri,  Columbia,  Missouri.  To  excavate  a  Greek 
trade  site  in  Israel. 

University  Museum,  University  of  Pennsylvania,  Philadelphia, 
Pennsylvania.  To  study  (second  year)  the  inscriptions  of  the 
Dra  Abu  Naga  Tombs  in  Egypt. 

Northwestern  University,  Chicago,  Illinois.  To  study  the  Pleis- 
tocene prehistory  of  the  Slovenian  Sub-Alpine  Region  in  Yugo- 
slavia. 

Smithsonian  Institution,  Office  of  Anthropology,  Washington, 
D.C.  To  conduct  a  study  of  ancient  urban  technologies  in  Pakistan 
and  Ceylon  which  will  contribute  to  similar  studies  carried  out  in 
southern  Asia. 

Southern  Methodist  University,  Dallas,  Texas.  To  study  (third 
year)  prehistory  in  the  area  around  Sibaiya,  Egypt. 

Stanford  University,  Palo  Alto,  California.  To  conduct  an  urgent 
archeological  investigation  of  the  Trebisnjica  Basin  in  collaboration 
with  the  Territorial  Museum  of  Sarajevo,  Yugoslavia. 

University  of  Washington,  Seattle,  Washington.     To  study  thcj 
kinship  structure  among  the  Veddas  of  Ceylon. 


FOREIGN    CURRENCY   PROGRAM    GRANTS  511 

SYSTEMATIC   AND   ENVIRONMENTAL   BIOLOGY 

Carnegie  Museum,  Pittsburgh,  Pennsylvania.     To  study  in  Poland 
the    interrelationships   of   North    American    and    Asian   Tertiary 
Lagomorpha. 
University  of  Colorado,  Boulder,  Colorado.     Prehistoric  paleon- 

tologic  research  in  Tunisia. 
University  of  Michigan,  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan.     To  study  (second 

year)  the  cytology  of  Indian  mollusks. 
Unfv^ersity  of  Michigan,  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan.     To  study  the  ecol- 
ogy of  an  Eilat  coral  reef  in  Israel. 
National  Academy  of  Sciences,  Washington,  D.C.     To  support  re- 
search,  training,  and  planning  trips  for  International  Biological 
Program  personnel. 
Smithsonian  Institution,  Washington,  D.C. 

Department  of  Botany.     To  study  in  India  the  comparative 

embryology   and   floral   anatomy  of   the   olyroid   bambusoid 

grasses. 
Division  of  Birds.     To  publish  in  India  a  handbook  of  Indian 

birds   (second  year) . 
Division  of  Birds.     To  conduct  serological  and  ectoparasite  sur- 
vey of  migratory  birds  in  northeastern  Africa. 
Office  of  Oceanography  and  Limnology.     To  study  in  Israel 

(second   year)    biological   interchanges  between   the  eastern 

Mediterranean  and  the  Red  Sea  through  the  Suez  Canal. 
Office  of  Oceanography  and  Limnology.     To  support  (second 

year)  the  Mediterranean  Marine  Sorting  Center  at  Salammbo, 

Tunisia. 
Office  of  Ecology.     To  revise  Trimen's  Handbook  to  the  Flora 

of  Ceylon. 
Office  of   Ecology.     To  hold  a  planning  conference  for  the 

International  Biological  Program  in  Tunisia. 
Office  of  Ecology.     Ecological  research  planning  studies  for  the 

International    Biological    Program    in    Poland,    Yugoslavia, 

Tunisia,  Israel,  and  India. 
National  Zoological  Park.     To  conduct  comparative  studies  of 

the  behavior  and  ecology  of  Ceylonese  primates  (Cercopithi- 

cidae) . 
National  Zoological  Park.     To  study  the  relationship  of  man 

and  tame  elephants  in  Ceylon. 
National  Zoological  Park.     To  study   (second  year)    the  be- 
havior and  ecology  of  the  Ceylonese  elephant. 


512  APPENDIX 

Museum  of  Natural  History.     To  study  the  flora  and  vegeta- 
tion of  Ceylon. 

ASTROPHYSICS 

Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory,  Cambridge,  Massa- 
chusetts. To  study  gamma  rays  through  high-altitude  balloon 
flights  in  south  India. 

Smithsonian  Astrophysical  Observatory,  Cambridge,  Massa- 
chusetts. To  study  in  Israel  the  collective  behavior  of  self- 
gravitating  systems. 

MUSEUM    PROGRAMS 

Smithsonian  Institution,  National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts. 
To  provide  partial  support  for  an  American  exhibit  at  the  First 
World  Triennale  of  Art  in  India. 

Smithsonian  Institution.  To  send  a  conservator  to  Ceylon  to  re- 
pair damage  done  by  vandals  to  the  Sigiriya  frescoes. 

Smithsonian  Institution,  Traveling  Exhibition  Service.  To 
transport  an  exhibit  of  Tunisian  mosaics  to  the  United  States  for 
exhibition  in  museums  across  the  country. 


3. 

Publications  of   the   Smithsonian   Institution   Press 

For  the  Tear  Ended  30  June  1968 

BOOKS 

Adams,  Robert  McC,  and  others.  The  Fitness  of  Man's  Environment. 
Smithsonian  Annual  II.  Introduction  by  the  Right  Honourable 
Jennie  Lee;  foreword  by  Hubert  H.  Humphrey;  premise  by  S.  Dil- 
lon Ripley.  250  pages.  June  1968.  $5.95. 

Art  Treasures  of  Turkey.  Introductions  by  Richard  Ettinghausen,  Mach- 
teld  Mellink,  Paul  A.  Underwood,  and  Rodney  S.  Young.  218  pages, 
128  illustrations.  Publication  4663,  originally  issued  1966,  reissued 
in  cloth  30  November  1967.  $10.00. 

The  Graphic  Art  of  Mary  Cassatt.  Introduction  by  Adelyn  Breeskin.  Co- 
published  with  The  Museum  of  Graphic  Art.  112  pages,  80  illustra- 
tions. March  1968.  $8.50. 

Roth,  Louis  M.,  and  Edwin  R.  Willis.  The  Medical  and  Veterinary 
Importance  of  Cockroaches.  147  pages,  7  plates.  Publication  4299; 
Smithsonian  Miscellaneous  Collections,  volume  134,  number  10; 
originally  published  1957,  reissued  in  cloth  November  1967.  $5.00. 

Shetler,  Stanwyn  G.  The  Komarov  Botanical  Institute:  250  Years  of 
Russian  Research,  xiv  +  240  pages,  29  plates,  2  maps.  Publication 
4687.  30  December  1967.  $5.95. 

Sao  Paulo  9:  Edward  Hopper / Environment  U.S.A.:  1957-1967.  Essays 
by  William  C.  Seitz  and  Lloyd  Goodrich.  189  pages,  75  illustra- 
tions. November  1967.  Paper,  $5.95;  cloth,  $10.00. 

Standley,  Paul  C.  Trees  and  Shrubs  of  Mexico.  2  volumes,  1,852  pages. 
Contributions  from  the  United  States  National  Herbarium,  volume 
23;  originally  published  in  5  parts,  1920-1926,  reissued  in  cloth 
September  1967.  $25.00. 

Swiss  Drawings:  Masterpieces  of  Five  Centuries.  Introduction  and  notes 
by  Walter  Hugelshofer;  organized  by  the  Pro  Helvetia  Foundation. 
176  pages,  126  illustrations.  Publication  4716.  November  1967. 
$8.95. 

Welsh,  Peter  C.  Track  and  Road:  The  American  Trotting  Horse.  174 
pages,  73  illustrations.  Publication  4714.  November  1967.  $8.50. 

513 


514  APPENDIX 

BOOKLETS 

Blough,  Glenn  O.,  and  Paul  E.  Garber.  Masters  of  the  Air.  31  pages, 
illustrated.  3rd  edition.  Publication  4183.  December  1967.  $  .75. 

Cantor,  Vera  M.,  and  Muriel  F.  Lesser.  Cal  Rodgers  and  the  Won- 
derful Flight  of  the  Vin  Fiz.  24  pages,  illustrated.  Publication  4734. 
May  1968.  $  .85. 

Carpenter,  M.  Scott.  Exploring  Space  and  Sea.  28  pages,  9  illustra- 
tions. Edwin  A.  Link  Lecture  Series.  Publication  4726.  December 
1967.  $  .50. 

Exhibits  in  the  Museum  of  History  and  Technology.  128  pages,  illus- 
trated. Publication  4720.  23  February  1968.  $1.25. 

Highlights  of  the  National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts.  Introduction  by 
David  W.  Scott,  vi  +  58  pages,  49  illustrations.  Publication  4737. 
May  1968.  $1.50. 

National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts/National  Portrait  Gallery:  Museums 
of  the  Smithsonian  Institution.  Introduction  by  David  W.  Scott; 
remarks  by  Charles  Nagel;  architectural  statement  by  Waldron 
Faulkner.  16  pages,  12  illustrations.  23  April  1968.  $  .15. 


SERIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

United  States  National  Museum  Bulletins 

82.  Austin  Hobart  Clark  and  Ailsa  McGown  Clark.  A  Monograph 
of  the  Existing  Crinoids:  The  Comatulids,  Suborders  Oligophreta 
(Concluded)  and  Macrophreata.  Volume  1,  part  5,  xiv  +  860 
pages.  30  August  1967. 

237.  Arthur  Cleveland  Bent  and  Collaborators.  Life  Histories  of 
North  American  Cardinals,  Grosbeaks,  Buntings,  Towhees,  Finches, 
Sparrows,  and  Allies.  Compiled  and  edited  by  Oliver  L.  Austin,  Jr. 
Parts  1-3  [bound  individually  and  boxed],  xxvii  +  xi  +  viii+ 1,889 
pages,  78  plates,  3  color  frontispieces.  4  June  1968. 

247.  Remington  Kellog.  Fossil  Marine  Mammals  from  the  Miocene 
Calvert  Formation  of  Maryland  and  Virginia.  Parts  5-8,  pages  103- 
201,  figures  39-98.  12  June  1968. 

248.  Melbourne  A.  Carriker,  Jr.  Carriker  on  Mallophaga:  Post- 
humous Papers,  Catalog  of  Forms  Described  as  New,  and  Bibliog- 
raphy. Edited  by  K.  C.  Emerson.  xi+  150  pages,  100  figures,  frontis- 
piece. 20  September  1967. 

257.  A.  DiAKONOFF.  Microlepidoptera  of  the  Philippine  Islands.  484 
pages,  846  figures.  31  January  1968. 


PUBLICATIONS  515 

259.  John  R.  Holsinger.  Systematics,  Speciation,  and  Distribution  of 
the  Subterranean  Amphipod  Genus  Stygonectes  (Gammaridae) . 
176  pages,  36  figures,  6  tables.  14  July  1967. 

260.  J.  Laurens  Barnard.  Bathyal  and  Abyssal  Gammaridean  Amphi- 
poda  of  Cedros  Trench,  Baja  California.  205  pages,  92  figures. 
17  October  1967. 

262.  Louis  Purnell.  Catalog  of  the  Type  Specimens  of  Invertebrate 
Fossils.  iv+ 198  pages.  5  April  1968. 

263.  ToKuiCHi  Shiraki.  Fruit  Flies  of  the  Ryukyu  Islands.  104  pages, 
35  plates.  17  April  1968. 

264.  Maureen  E.  Downey.  Catalog  of  Recent  Echinoid  Type  Speci- 
mens in  the  U.S.  National  Museum,  Smithsonian  Institution,  and 
the  Museum  of  Comparative  Zoology,  Harvard  University,  vi  +  99 
pages.  5  April  1968. 

265.  Herbert  Friedmann.  The  Evolutionary  History  of  the  Avian 
Genus  Chrysococcyx.  viii+  137  pages.  17  May  1968. 

267.  Florence  A.  Ruhoff.  Bibliography  and  Index  to  Scientific  Con- 
tributions of  Carl  J.  Drake  for  the  Years  1914-1967.  viii  +  81  pages. 
28  March  1968. 

268.  Herman  A.  Scullen.  A  Revision  of  the  Genus  Eucerceris  Cresson 
{Hymenoptera:  S phecidae) .  97  pages,  98  figures.  17  April  1968. 

270.  Lubomir  Masner  and  Carl  F.  W.  Muesebeck.  The  Types  of 
Proctotrupoidea  {Hymenoptera)  in  the  United  States  National 
Museum.  iv+  143  pages.  17  May  1968. 

278.  John  C.  McCain.  The  Caprellidae  {Crustacea:  Amphipoda)  of 
the  Western  North  Atlantic,  vi+147  pages.  28  June  1968. 

Contributions  from  the 

Museum  of  History  and  Technology 

(Bulletin  subseries  issued  as  individual  papers  and  bound  volumes) 

BULLETIN    240 

(Whole  volume) 

Papers  34-44  on  Science  and  Technology,  viii  +  352  pages,  illustrated. 
19  September  1967. 

bulletin    2  49 
(Papers  52-  on  historical  archeology) 

54.  C.  Malcolm  Watkins  and  Ivor  Noel  Hume.  "The  'Poor  Potter' 
of  YorktouTi."  40  pages,  20  figures.  12  October  1967. 


516  APPENDIX 

BULLETIN    250 
(Pai>ers  59-  on  cultural  history) 

59.  RoDRis  Roth.   "Floor  Coverings  in   18th-Century  America."   64 

pages,  28  figures.  2  August  1967. 

60.  John  L.  Nevinson.  "Origin  and  Early  History  of  the  Fashion 

Plate."  28  pages,  34  figures.  2  August  1967. 
62.  Margaret  Brown  Klapthor.  "White  House  China  of  the  Lincoln 
Administration."  12  pages,  14  figures.  30  August  1967. 

bulletin    25  2 
(Papers  69—  on  technology) 

71.  Elizabeth  M.  Harris.  "Sir  William  Congreve  and  His  Compound- 
Plate  Printing."  20  pages,  22  figures  (14  color  plates).  3  Novem- 
ber 1967. 

Contributions  from  the 
United  States  National  Herbarium 

(Bulletin  subseries  with  volumes  numbered  separately  and  issued  in  parts) 
VOLUME    3  2 

6.  Velva  E.  Rudd.  "A  Resume  oi  Ateleia  and  Cyathostegia  (Legumino- 
sae)."  Pages  iii  +  385^11,  9  plates,  1  figure.  10  April  1968. 

VOLUME    3  4 

4.  Thomas  R.  Soderstrom.  "Taxonomic  Study  of  Subgenus  Podo- 

semum  and  Section  Epicampes  of  Muhlenbergia  (Gramineae) ." 
Pages  75-189,  14  plates,  9  figures.  19  July  1967. 

5.  Aaron  Goldberg.  "The  Genus  Melochia  L.  (Sterculiaceae) ."  Pages 

191-363,  9  plates,  7  figures.  31  August  1967. 

6.  Richard  W.  Pippin.  "Mexican  'Cacalioid'  Genera  Allied  to  Senecio 

(Compositae)."  Pages  365^47,  10  plates,  4  figures.  17  May  1968. 

VOLUME    3  7 

4.  George  W.  Gillett.  "The  Genus  Cyrtandra  in  Fiji."  Pages  107-159. 
6  February  1968. 

VOLUME    3  8 

2.  C.  V.  Morton.  "Studies  of  Fern  Types,  I."  Pages  29-83.  31  August 

1967. 

3.  C.  V.  Morton.  "The  Genus  Grammitis  in  Ecuador."  Pages  85-123,^ 

4  plates.  17  October  1967. 


PUBLICATIONS  517 

4.  C.  V.  Morton.  "The  Peruvian  Species  of  Besleria  (Gesneriaceae)." 

Pages  125-151.  28  March  1968. 

5.  C.  V.  Morton.  "The  Genera,  Subgenera,  and  Sections  of  the  Hyme- 

mophyllaceae."  Pages  153-214.  12  June  1968. 

Proceedings  of  the  United  States  National  Museum 

VOLUME    122 

3595.  A.  Stanley  Rand.  "Ecology  and  Social  Organization  in  the 
Iguanid  Lizard  Anolis  lineatopus."  79  pages,  10  figures.  9  August 
1967. 

3597.  John  F.  Eisenberg.  "A  Comparative  Study  of  Rodent  Ethology 
with  Emphasis  on  Evolution  of  Social  Behavior,  I."  51  pages,  9 
figures.  19  July  1967. 

3599.  W.  Stephenson  and  May  Rees.  "Portunid  Crabs  from  the  Inter- 
national Indian  Ocean  Expedition  in  the  Smithsonian  Collections 
(Crustacea:  Portunidae) ."  34  pages,  2  figures.  12  July  1967. 

VOLUME    123 

3601.  David  H.  Johnson.  "Neotropical  Species  of  Genus  Triplax 
Herbst  and  Review  of  Genus  Haematochiton  Gorham  (Coleoptera: 
Erotylidae) ."  25  pages,  10  figures.  28  July  1967. 

3602.  HoRTON  H.  HoBBS,  Jr.,  Perry  C.  Holt,  and  Margaret  Walton. 
"The  Crayfishes  and  Their  Epizootic  Ostracod  and  Branchiobdellid 
Associates  of  the  Mountain  Lake,  Virginia,  Region."  84  pages,  22 
figures.  14  September  1967. 

3604.  Doris  H.  Blake.  "Revision  of  the  Beetles  of  Genus  Glyptoscelis 
(Coleoptera:  Chrysomelidae) ."  53  pages,  39  figures.  19  July  1967. 

3605.  Frank  B.  Gill.  "Observations  on  the  Pelagic  Distribution  of  Sea- 
birds  in  the  Western  Indian  Ocean."  33  pages,  2  figures.  9  August 
1967. 

3606.  Raymond  B.  Manning,  "Review  of  the  Genus  Odontodactylus 
(Crustacea:  Stomatopoda) ."  35  pages,  9  figures.  28  July  1967. 

3609.  Warren  B.  King,  George  E.  Watson,  and  Patrick  J.  Gould. 
"An  Application  of  Automatic  Data  Processing  to  the  Study  of  Sea- 
birds,  I:  Numerical  Coding."  29  pages,  10  figures.  8  September 
1967. 

3610.  Ernst  Kirsteuer.  "Bredin-Archbold-Smithsonian  Biological 
Survey  of  Dominica,  3 :  Marine  Archiannelids  from  Dominica."  6 
pages,  1  figure.  6  July  1967. 


518  APPENDIX 

3611.  William  D.  Field.  "Butterflies  of  the  New  Genus  Calystryma 
(Lycaenidae:  Theclinae,  Strymonini) ."  31  pages,  23  figures,  3 
plates.  9  August  1967. 

3612.  Clyde  F.  E.  Roper  and  Richard  E.  Young.  "A  Review  of  the 
Valbyteuthidae  and  an  Evaluation  of  Its  Relationship  with  the 
Chiroteuthidae  (Cephalopoda:  Oegospida)."  9  pages,  1  figure,  4 
plates.  4  August  1967. 

3613.  Thomas  E.  Bowman  and  Louis  S.  Kornicker.  "Two  New 
Crustaceans:  The  Parasitic  Copepod  Sphaeronellopsis  monothrix 
(Choniostomatidae)  and  its  Myodocopid  Ostracod  Host  Paraste- 
rope  pollex  (CyHndroleberidae)  from  the  Southern  New  England 
Coast."  28  pages,  7  figures,  1  plate.  28  July  1967. 

3614.  Richard  C.  Froeschner.  "Revision  of  the  Cactus  Plant  Bug 
GennsHesperolabops'K.ivkdildy  (Hemiptera:  Miridae) ."  11  pages, 
30  figures.  19  July  1967. 

3615.  Harold  Robinson.  "Revision  of  the  Genus  Harmstonia  (Dip- 
tera:  Dolichopodidae) ."  16  pages,  16  figures.  12  July  1967. 

3616.  Robert  E.  Woodruff  and  Oscar  L.  Cartwright.  "A  Review 
of  the  Genus  Euparixia  with  Description  of  a  New  Species  from 
Nests  of  Leaf-Cutting  Ants  in  Louisiana  (Coleoptera:  Scara- 
baeidae)  ."21  pages,  13  figures,  2  plates.  8  September  1967. 

3617.  Harry  W.  Allen.  "Bredin-Archbold-Smithsonian  Biological 
Survey  of  Dominica,  4:  Two  New  Species  of  Tiphia  from  the  West 
Indies  (Hymenoptera:  Tiphiidae)."  4  pages,  1  figure.  19  July 
1967. 

3618.  Raymond  B.  Manning.  "Notes  on  the  demanii  Section  of  Genus 
Gonodactylus  Berthold  with  Descriptions  of  Three  New  Species 
(Crustacea:  Stomatopoda) ."  27  pages,  8  figures.  31  July  1967. 

3619.  Oliver  S.  Flint,  Jr.  "Studies  of  Neotropical  Caddis  Flies,  V: 
Types  of  the  Species  Described  by  Banks  and  Hagen."  37  pages,  127 
figures,  1  plate.  8  August  1967. 

3620.  W.  Donald  Duckworth.  "Neotropical  Microlepidoptera,  XV: 
Review  of  Genus  T/zio5cg/f J-  (Lepidoptera:  Stenomidae).  11  pages, 
12  figures,  1  map,  1  plate.  28  July  1967. 

3621.  Horton  H.  Hobbs,  Jr.  "A  New  Crayfish  from  Alabama  Caves 
with  Notes  on  the  Origin  of  the  Genera  Orconectes  and  Cambarus 
(Decapoda:  Astacidae)."  17  pages,  21  figures.  6  October  1967. 

3622.  Maurice  T.  James.  "Bredin-Archbold-Smithsonian  Biological 
Survey  of  Dominica,  5 :  Family  Stratiomyidae  (Diptera) ."  23  pages, 
18  figures.  15  November  1967. 


PUBLICATIONS  519 

3623.  Roger  F.  Cressey.  "Caritus,  a  New  Genus  of  Caligoid  Copepod, 
with  a  Key  to  the  Genera  of  CaHginae."  8  pages,  18  figures.  6  Octo- 
ber 1967. 

VOLUME    124 

3624.  Brian  Mason  and  A.  D.  Maynes.  "The  Composition  of  the 
Allegan,  Bur-Gheluai,  and  Cynthiana  Meteorites."  12  pages.  6 
October  1967. 

3625.  Jean  Walker  Fox.  "Liberian  Strepsiptera  in  the  Smithsonian 
Collection  with  Descriptions  of  Seven  New  Myrmecolicidae."  14 
pages,  51  figures.  27  December  1967. 

3626.  Willis  W.  Wirth  and  Vernon  H.  Lee.  "New  Species  of 
Culicoides  from  High  Altitudes  in  the  Colombian  Andes  (Diptera: 
Ceratopogonidae) ."  22  pages,  6  figures,  2  plates.  15  November  1967. 

3627.  J.  Laurens  Barnard.  "Echiniphimedia,  an  Amphipod  Genus 
from  the  Antarctic  Ocean."  15  pages,  6  figures.  28  December  1967. 

3628.  Arthur  G.  Humes.  "Cyclopoid  Copepods  of  the  Genus  Paran- 
thessius  Associated  with  Marine  Pelecypods  in  Chile."  18  pages,  43 
figures.  28  December  1967. 

3629.  SoEKARjA  SoMADiKARTA.  "A  Recharacterization  of  Collocalia 
papuensis  Rand,  the  Three-Toed  Swiftlet."  8  pages,  2  figures.  28 
December  1967. 

3630.  Richard  L.  Hoffman.  "Revision  of  the  Milliped  Genus  Cleptoria 
(Polydesmida:  Xystodesmidae) ."  27  pages,  23  figures.  27  December 
1967. 

3631.  Perry  C.  Holt.  "Status  of  Genera  Branchiobdella  and  Stephano- 
drilus  in  North  America  with  Description  of  a  New  Genus  (Clitel- 
lata:  Branchiobdellida) ."  10  pages,  4  figures.  28  December  1967. 

3632.  Oscar  L.  Cartwright.  "Two  New  Species  of  Cartwrightia  from 
Central  and  South  America  (Coleoptera:  Scarabaeidae :  Apho- 
diinae) ."  8  pages,  3  plates.  27  December  1967. 

3633.  Herbert  Friedmann.  "Alloxenia  in  Three  Sympatric  African 
Species  of  Cuculus."  14  pages.  28  December  1967. 

3634.  J.  Knox  Jones,  Jr.,  and  Albert  Schwartz.  "Bredin-Archbold- 
Smithsonian  Biological  Survey  of  Dominica,  6 :  Synopsis  of  Bats  of 
the  Antillean  Genus  Ardops."  13  pages,  3  figures.  27  December 
1967. 

3635.  Albert  Schwartz  and  J.  Knox  Jones,  Jr.  "Bredin-Archbold- 
Smithsonian  Biological  Survey  of  Dominica,  7 :  Review  of  Bats  of 
the  Endemic  Antillean  Genus  Monophyllus."  20  pages,  1  figure.  27 
December  1967. 


520  APPENDIX 

3636.  Leonard  P.  Schultz.  "Four  New  Fishes  of  the  Genus  Parapercis 
with  Notes  on  Other  Species  from  the  Indo-Pacific  Area  (Family 
Mugiloididae) ."  16  pages,  4  plates.  24  January  1968. 

3637.  John  W.  Aldrigh.  "Population  Characteristics  and  Nomencla- 
ture of  the  Hermit  Thrust."  33  pages,  4  figures.  18  January  1968. 

3638.  Masaharu  Kawakatsu.  "North  American  Triclad  Turbellaria, 
17:  Freshwater  Planarians  from  Lake  Tahoe.  21  pages,  4  figures,  2 
plates.  24  January  1968. 

3639.  Karl-Johan  Hedqvist.  "Studies  in  Pteromalidae  in  the  U.S. 
National  Museum  (Hymenoptera) ."  1 1  pages,  6  figures.  31  January 
1968. 

3640.  Roger  B.  Clapp  and  Paul  W.  Woodward.  "New  Records  of 
Birds  from  the  Hawaiian  Leeward  Islands."  39  pages.  18  January 
1968. 

3641.  Raymond  B.  Manning.  "Stomatopod  Crustacea  from  Mada- 
gascar." 61  pages,  16  figures.  8  February  1968. 

3642.  Leonard  P.  Schultz.  "A  New  Subspecies  of  Parrotfish  Nichol- 
sina  ustus  collettei  from  the  Eastern  Atlantic  Ocean."  5  pages,  1 
figure,  1  plate.  26  January  1968. 

3643.  Victor  G.  Springer  and  William  F.  Smith-Vaniz.  "Systematics 
and  Distribution  of  the  Monotypic  Indo-Pacific  Blenniid  Fish  Genus 
Atrosalarias."  12  pages,  1  figure,  1  plate.  24  January  1968. 

3644.  Karl  V.  Krombein.  "Studies  in  the  Tiphiidae,  X:  Hylomesa,  a 
New  Genus  of  Myzinine  Wasp  Parasitic  on  Larvae  of  Longicom 
Beetles."  22  pages,  5  figures,  1  plate.  24  January  1968. 

3645.  W.  Stephenson,  W.  T.  Williams,  and  G.  N.  Lance.  "Numerical  j 
Approaches  to  the  Relationships  of  Certain  American  Swimming  " 
Crabs  (Crustacea:   Portunidae) ."  25  pages,  4  figures.  28  March 
1968. 

3646.  F.  E.  Wood.  "The  Taxonomic  Status  of  Dineutus  serrulatus  and 
Dineutus  analis  in  North  America  (Gyrinidae:  Coleoptera)."  9 
pages,  1 1  figures.  13  February  1968. 

3647.  William  A.  Gosline.  "The  Suborders  of  Perciform  Fishes."  78 
pages,  12  figures.  17  April  1968. 

3648.  Herbert  Friedmann.  "Additional  Data  on  Brood  Parasitism  in 
the  Honey-Guides."  8  pages.  8  February  1968. 

3649.  Hilary  A.  Hacker.  "The  Species  of  the  Subgenus  Leptoferonia 
Casey  (Coleoptera:  Carabidae:  Pterostichus) ."  61  pages,  41  figures. 
23  April  1968. 

3650.  Klaus  Rutzler.  "Loxosomella  from  Tedania  ignis,  the  Carib- 
bean Fire  Sponge."  11  pages,  10  figures.  28  March  1968. 


PUBLICATIONS  521 

VOLUME    125 

3651.  Nicholas  A.  Kormilev.  "Notes  on  Aradidae  in  the  U.S.  National 
Museum,  V  (Hemiptera:  Heteroptera) ."  16  pages,  8  figures.  5 
April  1968. 

3652.  Milton  A.  Miller.  "Isopoda  and  Tanaidacea  from  Buoys  in 
Coastal  Waters  of  the  Continental  United  States,  Hawaii,  and  the 
Bahamas  (Crustacea) ."  53  pages,  4  figures.  24  April  1968. 

3653.  Roger  F.  Cressey.  "Caligoid  Copepods  Parasitic  on  hums 
oxyrinchus  with  an  Example  of  Habitat  Shift."  26  pages,  58  figures, 
4  plates.  28  March  1968. 

3654.  J.  F.  Gates  Clarke.  "Neotropical  Microlepidoptera,  XVI:  A 
New  Genus  and  Two  New  Species  of  Oecophoridae  (Lepidop- 
tera) ."  8  pages,  3  figures,  2  plates.  28  March  1968. 

3655.  Herbert  Friedmann.  "Parallel  Evolution  in  the  Small  Species 
of  Indicator  (Aves)."  10  pages,  2  figures.  28  March  1968. 

3656.  Alan  Lewis.  "Copepod  Crustaceans  Parasitic  on  Fishes  of  Eni- 
wetok  Atoll."  78  pages,  30  figures.  7  June  1968. 

3657.  Nicholas  A.  Kormilev.  "North  and  Central  American  Species 
of  Aneurus  Curtis  (Hemiptera:  Aradidae)."  12  pages,  19  figures. 
17  May  1968. 

3659.  Karl  Krombein.  "Records  and  Descriptions  of  Additional 
Scoliidae  from  New  Guinea,  Bismarck  Archipelago,  and  Solomon 
Islands  (Hymenoptera:  Aculeata)."  19  pages.  17  May  1968. 

3661.  Arthur  G.  Humes  and  Ju-Shey  Ho.  "Cyclopoid  Copepods  of 
the  Genus  Lichomolgus  Associated  with  Octocorals  of  the  Family 
Nephtheidae  in  Madagascar."  41  pages,  113  figures.  4  June  1968. 

3662.  J.R.  Napier.  "Prospects  in  Primate  Biology."  30  pages,  2  figures, 
1  plate.  8  April  1968. 

3663.  Arnold  Ross.  "Bredin-Archbold-Smithsonian  Biological  Survey 
of  Dominica,  8 :  The  Intertidal  Balanomorph  Cirripedia."  23  pages, 
3  figures.  25  June  1968. 

Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Anthropology 

volume    5 
(Whole  volume) 

Esther  S.  Goldfrank.  The  Artist  of  "Isleta  Paintings"  in  Pueblo  So- 
ciety, vi  +  227  pages  (including  unnumbered  plates  of  holograph 
facsimiles) ,  3  figures.  4  August  1967.  $4.25. 

315-997      O  -  69  -  34 


522  appendix 

Smithsonian  Contributions  to  Astrophysics 

VOLUME    10 

1.  LuiGi  G.  Jacchia,  Franco  Verniani,  and  Robert  E.  Briggs.  "An 

Analysis  of  the  Atmospheric  Trajectories  of  413  Precisely  Reduced 
Photographic  Meteors."  Pages  1-139,  19  figures,  127  tables.  15 
November  1967. 

3.  Franco  Verniani.  "Meteor  Masses  and  Luminosity."  Pages  181- 

196,  10  figures.  14  November  1967. 

4.  Gladys  A.  Harvey  and  Barbara  Bell.  "Some  Additional  Aspects  of 

the  Unequal  Activity  of  the  Northern  and  Southern  Solar  Hemi- 
spheres: Microwave  Radio  Bursts  and  SWFs."  Pages  197-208,  1 
figure,  5  tables.  28  March  1968. 

volume    1  1 
(Whole  volume) 

Gerald  S.  Hawkins,  editor.  Meteor  Orbits  and  Dust.  412  pages,  35 
plates,  213  figures,  82  tables.  July  1967. 

Smithsonian  Miscellaneous  Collections 

volume    152 

2.  Porter  M.  Kier.  "Revision  of  the  Oligopygoid  Echinoids."  iii  +  149 

pages,  36  plates,  50  figures.  Publication  4702.  13  October  1967. 
4.  Franco  Rasetti.  "Lower  and  Middle  Cambrian  Trilobite  Faunas 
from  the  Taconic  Sequence  of  New  York."  [iii]  +  lll  +  [15]  pages, 
14  plates.  Publication  4710.  29  August  1967. 

6.  C.  G.  Abbot.  "Solar  Magnetism  and  Wodd  Weather."  8  pages,  1  fig- 

ure, 2  plates.  Publication  4722.  20  December  1967. 

7.  Noel  P.  James  and  Daniel  J.  Stanley.  "Sediment  Transport  on 

Sable  Island,  Nova  Scotia."  33  +  [4]  pages,  18  figures,  2  plates. 
Publication  4723.  29  December  1967. 

8.  Martin  A.  Buzas.  "Foraminifera  from  the  Hadley  Harbor  Complex, 

Massachusetts."  [ii]  +  26  pages,  4  figures,  2  tables.  Publication  4727, 
16  February  1968. 

VOLUME    153 

1.  Alan  H.  Cheetham.  "Morphology  and  Systematics  of  the  Bryozoan 
Genus  Metrarabdotos."  viii+122  +  [37]  pages,  24  figures,  18  plates, 
16  tables.  Publication  4733.  28  June  1968. 


publications  523 

Other  Serial  Publications 

(Editorial  or  production  services  by  Smithsonian  Institution  Press) 

Ars  Orientalis:  The  Arts  of  Islam  and  the  East.  Volume  6,  247  pages, 
295  illustrations.  Publication  4675.  November  1967.  $16.00. 

Freer  Gallery  of  Art  Occasional  Papers.  Volume  3,  number  3:  "Li  Ti" 
by  Richard  Edwards,  xii  +  50  pages,  33  plates.  15  August  1967. 

Atoll  Research  Bulletin.  No.  118:  "Ecology  of  Aldabra  Atoll,  Indian 
Ocean,"  edited  by  David  R.  Stoddart,  x+141  pages,  6  figures, 
9  tables,  41  plates.  No.  119:  "Atoll  News  and  Comments,"  6 
pages.  [Two  issues  in  one  cover.]  15  November  1967. 

CATALOGS 

The  Armed  Forces  of  the  United  States  as  Seen  by  the  Contemporary 

Artist.  Foreword  by  John  H.  Magruder,  III.  vii  +  66  pages,  21 

plates.  Publication  4730.  February  1968.  $.65. 
A  Checklist  of  Keyboard  Instruments  at  the  Smithsonian  Institution. 

Prepared  by  the  Division  of  Musicial  Instruments,  viii+79  pages, 

7  figures.  September  1967. 
George  Caleb  Bingham,  1811-1879.  Introduction  by  David  W.  Scott. 

Essay  by  E.  Maurice  Block,  v  +  99  pages,   10  plates,  25  figures. 

Publication  4725.  November  1967.  $.75. 
Passing  Symbols:  Depots  and  Dwellings  of  Victorian  America:  Water- 
colors  of  Ranulph  Bye.  Prepared  by  Robert  M.  Vogel.  Folder. 

February  1968. 
Rubbings  from  Early  American  Stone  Carvings  Found  in  the  Burying 

Grounds  of  New  England  by  Ann  Parker  and  Avon  Neal.  Leaflet. 

June  1968. 
Treasures  from  the  Cooper  Union  Museum.  Foreword  by  David  W. 

Scott.  48  pages.  Publication  4715.  12  July  1967.  $.25. 
William  Zorach,  1887-1966.  Leaflet.  September  1967. 

INFORMATION  LEAFLETS 

Belmont:  The  Smithsonian  Institution's  Conference  Center  at  Elkridge, 

Maryland.  8  pages,  illustrated.  Brochure.  Publication  4703.  Revised 

October  1967. 
Cultures  of  Africa  and  Asia.   Illustrated.  Folder,  hall  guide.  August 

1967. 
Growth  of  the  United  States.  Illustrated.  Folder,  hall  guide.  October 

1967. 
The  National  Collection  of  Fine  Arts.  Illustrated.  Folder,  museum  guide. 

April  1968. 


524  APPENDIX 

National  Portrait  Gallery.  Illustrated.  Folder.  Revised  April  1968. 

National  Zoological  Park.  Illustrated.  Folder,  guide.  June  1968. 

PS  4  Pacific  Type  Locomotive:  The  Southern  Railway's  No.  1401.  Illus- 
trated. Information  Leaflet  400.  Revised  January  1968. 

Railroad  Hall.   Illustrated.    Information   Leaflet  455.   January    1968. 

ScHEELE,  Carl  H.  Owney,  Mascot  of  the  Railway  Mail  Service.  6  pages, 
illustrated.  Information  Leaflet  506.  November  1967. 

Steen,  Charlie  R.  The  Citizen  and  Archeology.  Introduction  by 
Richard  B.  Woodbury.  6  pages,  illustrated.  Information  Leaflet 
481.  November  1967. 

Sturtevant,  William  C.  Guide  to  Field  Collecting  of  Ethnographic 
Specimens.  41  pages  +  appendix.  Information  Leaflet  503.  Decem- 
ber 1967. 

Vehicle  Hall.  Illustrated.  Information  Leaflet  508.  January  1968. 

Wessel,  Thomas  R.  The  Honey  Bee.  14  pages,  illustrated.  Informa- 
tion Leaflet  482.  November  1967. 

ANNUAL  REPORTS 

Annual  Report  of  the  American  Historical  Association  for  the  Yea) 
1960.  Volume  2:  "Writings  on  American  History  1958."  xvi  +  73( 
pages.  16  November  1967. 

Smithsonian  Year  1967:  Annual  Report  of  the  Smithsonian  Institutior 
for  the  Year  Ended  June  30,  1967,  Including  the  Financial  Repot 
of  the  Executive  Committee  of  the  Board  of  Regents,  vii  +  51! 
pages,  illustrated.  Publication  4729.  9  May  1968. 

OFFICIAL  PUBLICATIONS 

Exhibits  in  the  Museums  and  Galleries  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution 

38  pages.  Publication  4731.  February  1968. 
Guard  Manual  and  Regulations  for  the  Guard  Force,  vi  +  81  pages 

Revised  August  1967. 
Smithsonian    Research    Opportunities — Fine    Arts,    History,    Science 

vi+ 170  pages,  16  illustrations.  Publication  4718.  1  September  1967 


4. 

Smithsonian  Associates 


The  interest  and  generous  support  of  the  Smithsonian  Associates 
have  made  it  possible  to  initiate  many  new  activities  at  the  Institution 
this  year.  For  this,  our  deepest  gratitude  is  extended  to  our  more  than 
6,500  members,  and  especially  to  those  listed  below,  who  have  con- 
tributed amounts  in  excess  of  the  membership  dues. 


FOUNDER    MEMBERS 


The  Honorable  and  Mrs.  David  Bruce 
The  Honorable  Douglas  Dillon 
Mr.  Charles  E.  Eckles 
The  Honorable  and  Mrs.  John  Clifford 
Folger 


Mr.  Cornelius  Van  S.  Roosevelt 
Mr.  Thomas  J.  Watson,  Jr. 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  P.  A.  B.  Widener 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Sidney  S.  Zlotnick 


SUSTAINING 


Mrs.  Theodore  Babbitt 

Mr.  Joel  Barlow 

Mr.  William  R.  Biggs 

Mr.  George  A.  Binney 

Mr.  Hardy  Jefferson  Bowen 

Mrs.  L.  Roosevelt  Bramwell 

Mr.  A.  Marvin  Braverman 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  Nicholas  Brown 

Mr.  Bertram  F.  Brummer 

Mr.  Leon  Campbell,  Jr. 

VTr.  and  Mrs.  Leonard  Carmichael 

Ularke  and  Rapuano  Foundation  (Mr. 

Gilmore  D.  Clarke) 
VTrs.  Frances  A.  Davila 
Vir.  Henry  F.  du  Pont 
ar.  Newell  W.  EUison 
vIr.  and  Mrs.  Richard  S.  Friedman 
vIr.  Richard  E.  Fuller 
vIr.  and  Mrs.  Hy  Garfinkel 
vlr.  George  A.  Garret 
kir.  and  Mrs.  Crawford  H.  Greenewalt 
Ar.  William  Hershey  Greer,  Jr. 


Mr.  Melville  B.  Grosvenor 

Mr.  Gilbert  Hahn 

Mr.  Laurence  Harrison 

Mr.  Philip  Johnson 

Miss  Brenda  Kuhn 

Col.  Leon  Mandel 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  J.  Willard  Marriott 

Mr.  William  McC.  Martin,  Jr. 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Paul  Mellon 

Mrs.  K.  D.  Owen 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  Melvin  M.  Payne 

Mrs.  Merriweather  Post 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Peter  G.  Powers 

Miss  Elsie  Howland  Quinby 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  S.  Dillon  Ripley 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Seymour  J.  Rubin 

Mr.  H.  C.  Seherr-Thoss 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Jouett  Shouse 

Dr.  and  Mrs.  Carl  Swan  Shultz 

SP7  Robert  T.  Smith 

Mrs.  Clark  W.  Thompson 

Mr.  Alexander  O.  Victor 

525 


526 


APPENDIX 


Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  W.  Warner 
Dr.  and  Mrs.  Alexander  Wetmore 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  W.  Bradley  Willard 


Mr.  Christian  A.  Zabrlskie 
Mrs.  Rose  Saul  Zalles 


CONTRIBUTING 


Mrs.  Howard  Ahmanson 

Mr.  John  D.  Archbold 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  W.  Auchincloss 

Mrs.  Robert  Low  Bacon 

Mrs.  Paul  H.  Bastedo 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  James  C.  H.  Bonbright 

Mr.  Maxwell  Brace 

Mr.  J.  Bruce  Bredin 

The  Honorable  and  Mrs.  William  A. 

M.  Burden 
Mrs.  Jackson  Burke 
Colonel  and  Mrs.  D.  Harold  Byrd 
Mrs.  Morris  Cafritz 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  G.  Howland  Chase 
Mr.  Leon  Chatelain,  Jr. 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  David  Sanders  Clark 
Mr.  Thomas  G.  Corcoran 
Mr.  William  H.  Crocker 
Mrs.  Lilla  B.  Cummings 
Mrs.  Chester  Dale 
General  and  Mrs.  Jacob  L.  Devers 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Ewen  C.  Dingwall 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Charles  Eames 
Mr.  Robert  B.  Eichholz 
Colonel  Horace  H.  Figuers 
The  Reverend  Thomas  R.  Fitzgerald 
Mrs.  Dielle  Fleischmann 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Edward  Foley 
Miss  Mary  S.  Gardiner 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  John  T.  Garrity 
Mr.  T.  Jack  Gary,  Jr. 
Mr.   and  Mrs.  Joseph  T.  Geuting,  Jr. 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  T.  K.  Glennan 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Charles  C.  Glover  IH 
Mrs.  Phillip  L.  Graham 
Dr.  Sheila  H.  Gray 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Homer  Gudelsky 
Mr.  Henry  Clay  Hofheimer  H 
Mr.  Arthur  A.  Houghton,  Jr. 
Miss  EUsabeth  Houghton 
Mr.  and  Mrs..  George  S.  Johnston 


Mr.  and  Mrs.  Frank  Joyce 

The  Honorable  and  Mrs.  R.  A.  Kidder 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Dan  A.  Kimball 

Mr.  David  Lloyd  Kreeger 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  E.  H.  Land 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Anthony  A.  Lapham 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  E.  Lee 

Mrs.  Cazenove  Lee 

Mrs.  Newbold  Legendre 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Jack  L.  Leon 

Mr.  Harold  F.  Linder 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  G.  Carroll  Lindsay 

Mrs.  D  em  ares  t  Lloyd 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Donald  R.  McClelland 

The  Reverend  Brian  A.  McGrath 

The  Meek  Foundation 

Mr.  John  F.  Merriam 

Mr.  Richard  W.  Miller 

Mrs.  William  Morden 

Dr.  James  M.  Nabrit,  Jr. 

Mr.  Gerson  Nordlinger,  Jr. 

Mr.  Gyo  Obata 

Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  R.  O'Donnell 

Mrs.  Carolyn  C.  Onufrak 

The    Honorable    and    Mrs.    Jefferson 

Patterson 
Mr.  Charles  Emory  Phillips 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  James  H.  Ripley 
Mrs.  John  Barry  Ryan 
Mrs.  John  Farr  Simmons 
Mr.  T.  D.  Stewart 
Mrs.  Catherine  H.  Sweeney 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Middleton  Train 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Russell  Train 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  Robert  D.  van  Roijen 
Mr.  George  C.  Webster 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  William  S.  Weedon 
Mr.  and  Mrs.  J.  R.  Wiggins 
Mr.  Edward  Foss  Wilson 
Mrs.  Orme  Wilson 


5. 

Members  of  the  Smithsonian  Council 
30  June  1968 

H.  Harvard  Arnason.  Vice  President  for  Art  Administration  of  the 
Solomon  R.  Guggenheim  Foundation,  1071  Fifth  Avenue,  New 
York,  New  York  10028.  Born  1909.  B.S.  and  A.M.  Northwestern 
University,  M.F.A.  Princeton  University,  1939.  Worked  with 
O.W.I.  1942-1945  and  the  State  Department,  Office  of  Interna- 
tional Information  and  Cultural  Affairs,  1945-1946;  from  1947- 
1961  served  as  professor  and  chairman  of  the  Department  of  Art 
at  the  University  of  Minnesota;  appointed  to  present  position  in 
1961.  Trustee,  American  Federation  of  Arts  and  member  of  many 
professional  organizations.  Author  of  numerous  articles  on  medieval, 
eighteenth-century,  and  modem  art.  Modern  Sculpture  (1962), 
Conrad  Marca-Relli  {1962) ,  Alexander  Calder  (1966),  and  Mod- 
ern Art  (1968). 

Whitfield  J.  Bell,  Jr.  Librarian,  American  Philosophical  Society, 
105  South  Fifth  Street,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania  19106.  Born 
1914.  A.B.  Dickinson  College,  Ph.  D.  University  of  Pennsylvania, 
1947.  Associated  with  Dickinson  College  1937-1954;  assistant  and 
then  associate  editor  of  the  Papers  of  Benjamin  Franklin  1954- 
1961.  Has  been  with  the  American  Philosophical  Society  as  asso- 
ciate librarian  (1961-1966)  and  librarian  since  1966.  Editor  of 
Bibliography  of  the  History  of  Medicine  in  the  U.S.  and  Canada 
(1948-1953)  and  Mr.  Franklin  (with  L.  W.  Labaree)  (1956). 
Author  of  Needs  and  Opportunities  for  Research  in  the  History  of 
Early  American  Science  (1955)  ;  John  Morgan:  Continental  Doctor 
(1965). 

Fred  R.  Eggan.  Department  of  Anthropology,  University  of  Chicago, 
1126  East  59th  Street,  Chicago,  Illinois  60601.  Born  1906.  Ph.  B., 
University  of  Chicago,  Ph.  D.  University  of  Chicago,  1933.  Has 
been  with  the  Universit)'  of  Chicago  since  1934  (Chairman  of  the 
Department  of  Anthropologv'  since  1961  and  Director  of  the  Philip- 
pine Studies  Program  since  1953).  Has  served  as  the  official 
delegate  to  the  Pacific  Science  Congresses  in  Manila  (1953),  Bang- 

527 


528  APPENDIX 

kok  ( 1957) ,  and  Honolulu  ( 1961 ) .  Research  centers  on  the  Indians 
of  western  United  States  and  the  tribes  of  the  Philippines.  Author  of 
Social  Organization  of  the  Western  Pueblos  (1959).  Editor  of 
Social  Anthropology  of  North  American  Tribes  (1937  and  1955). 

Donald  S.  Farner.  Professor  of  Zoophysiology  and  Chairman,  Depart- 
ment of  Zoology,  University  of  Washington,  Seattle,  Washington 
98105.  Bom  1915.  B.A.  Hamline  University,  Ph.  D.  University  of 
Wisconsin,  1941.  Washington  State  University  1947-1966  (Dean 
of  the  Graduate  School  1960-1966) .  President,  International  Union 
of  Biological  Sciences.  Contributor  to  many  scientific  publications, 
mainly  on  avian  physiology  and  control  of  annual  cycles. 

Anthony  N.  B.  Garvan.  Chairman,  Department  of  American  Civi- 
lization, University  of  Pennsylvania,  Philadelphia,  Pennsylvania 
19104.  Born  1917.  B.A.  and  M.A.  Yale  University,  Ph.  D.  Yale 
University,  1948.  Has  been  with  the  University  of  Pennsylvania 
since  1951,  except  three  years  (1957-1960)  as  Head  Curator  of 
the  Department  of  Civil  History  at  the  Smithsonian  Institution 
(Chairman  of  the  Department  of  American  Civilization  since  1960) . 
Editor  of  the  American  Quarterly  1951-1957.  Author  of  Architec- 
ture and  Town  Planning  in  Colonial  Connecticut  (1951),  Index  of 
American  Cultures  (1953). 

G.  Evelyn  Hutchinson.  Sterling  Professor  of  Zoology,  Yale  Univer- 
sity, New  Haven,  Connecticut  06520.  Bom  1903.  University  of 
Cambridge.  Has  been  at  Yale  since  1928.  Author  of  The  Clear  Mir- 
ror (1936) ,  The  Itinerant  Ivory  Tower  ( 1953) ,  A  Treatise  on  Lim- 
nology, vol.  1  ( 1957) ,  A  Preliminary  List  of  the  Writings  of  Rebecca 
West  1919-1951  {1957) ,  The  Enchanted  Voyage  (1962) ,  The  Eco- 
logical Theater  and  the  Evolutionary  Play  ( 1965) ,  and  many  scien- 
tific papers.  Studies  lie  in  the  fields  of  oceanography  and  limnology, 
ecology,  population  biology,  and  biology  in  the  development  of 
literature  and  the  fine  arts. 

Jan  LaRue.  Department  of  Music,  Graduate  School  of  Arts  and 
Sciences,  New  York  University,  New  York,  New  York  10003.  Born 
1918.  S.B.  Harvard,  M.F.A.  Princeton  University,  Ph.  D.  Harvard 
University,  1952.  Taught  at  Wellesley  College  1942-1943,  1946- 
1957  (Instructor  to  Associate  Professor  and  Chairman  of  the  Music 
Department),  Professor  of  Music  at  New  York  University  since 
1957.  President,  American  Musicological  Society,  1967  and  1968. 
Editor,  Congress  Report,  International  Musicological  Society 
(1961-1962)  ;  Festschrift  ficr  Otto  Erich  Deutsch  (1963)  ;  Aspects 
of  Medieval  and  Renaissance  Music  (1966) .  Author  of  numerous 
articles  on  18th-century  music,  style  analysis,  computers  and  music, 
ethnomusicology,  papyrology,  and  music  bibliography. 


SMTIHSONIAN     COUNCIL  529 

Clifford  L.  Lord.  President,  Hofstra  University,  Hempstead,  Long 
Island,  New  York  11550.  Bom  1912.  A.B.  and  A.M.  Amherst  Col- 
lege, Ph.  D.  Columbia  University,  1943.  Was  Director  of  the  New 
York  State  Historical  Association  1941-1946;  organized  the  Farm- 
ers' Museum,  Cooperstown,  New  York,  in  1942;  Director,  State 
Historical  Society  of  Wisconsin,  1946-1958;  Honorary  Director  of 
Circus  World  Museum  since  1955;  Vice  President  of  the  National 
Railroad  Museum  since  1956;  Dean  of  the  School  of  General  Stud- 
ies and  Professor  of  History  at  Columbia  University  1958-1964. 
Member  of  many  historical  associations.  Author  of  Atlas  of  Con- 
gressional Roll  Calls  (1941),  Historical  Atlas  of  the  United  States 
(1943,  1954),  History  of  U.S.  Naval  Aviation  (1949),  Teaching 
History  with  Community  Resources  (1964,  1967),  Clio's  Servant 
(1967). 

Charles  D.  Michener.  Watkins  Distinguished  Professor  of  Entomol- 
ogy, University  of  Kansas,  Lawrence,  Kansas  66044.  Bom  1918. 
B.S.  University  of  California  at  Berkeley,  Ph.  D.  University  of 
California  at  Berkeley,  1941.  Has  been  with  the  University  of 
Kansas  since  1948  (Watkins  Distinguished  Professor  since  1959). 
Served  as  State  entomologist  1949-1961.  Author  of  American 
Social  Insects  (with  Mary  H.  Michener)  (1951) ,  Nest  Architecture 
of  the  Sweat  Bees  (with  S.  F.  Sakagami)  (1962),  and  approxi- 
mately 200  technical  works,  mainly  on  bees.  Work  concerns  social 
behavior  and  ecology  (especially  of  bees) ,  bee  systematics,  and  prin- 
ciples of  taxonomy. 

'Peter  M.  Millman.  National  Research  Council  of  Canada,  Ottawa 
7,  Ontario,  Canada.  Born  1906.  B.A.  Toronto,  Ph.  D.  Harvard 
University,  1932.  Past-president  of  the  Royal  Astronomical  Society 
of  Canada.  A  meteoritic  specialist  whose  studies  include  those 
of  the  upper  atmosphere  with  planetary  and  space  research;  also 
interested  in  the  culture  of  Japan  and  international  exchanges. 

Slting  E.  Morison.  Acting  Master,  Ezra  Stiles  College,  Yale  Univer- 
sity, New  Haven,  Connecticut  06520.  Bom  1909.  A.B.  Harvard 
University,  M.A.  Harvard  University,  1937.  Was  a  member  of 
the  faculty  of  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology  1946-1966. 
Served  as  consultant  to  Houghton-Mifflin  Company  1946-1951, 
and  to  Research  and  Development  Board,  Department  of  Defense 
1946-1952.  Author  of  Admiral  Sims  and  the  Modern  American 
Navy  (1942),  and  A  Study  of  the  Life  and  Times  of  Henry  L. 
Stimson  (1960).  Editor  of  The  Letters  of  Theodore  Roosevelt 
(8  vols.)  (1951-1954)  ;  Cowboys  and  Kings  (1954)  ;  The  Ameri- 
can Style  (1959). 


530  APPENDIX 


I 


Robert  Motherwell.  173  East  94th  Street,  New  York,  New  York 
10028.  Born  1915.  A.B.  Stanford  University,  1937.  A  well- 
known  artist  who  has  exhibited  nationally  and  internationally 
and  contributes  to  American  and  foreign  magazines.  Editor  of 
The  Documents  oj  Modern  Art  1944-1952. 

Norman  D.  Newell.  Curator  of  Fossil  Invertebrates,  American 
Museum  of  Natural  History,  New  York,  New  York.  Born  1909. 
B.S.  and  A.M.  University  of  Kansas,  Ph.  D.  Yale  University,  1933. 
Since  1945  has  been  a  professor  at  Columbia  University  as  well  as 
curator  of  invertebrate  paleontology  at  the  American  Museum  of 
Natural  History.  Author  of  The  Nature  oj  the  Fossil  Record  ( 1959) , 
Organism  Communities  and  Bottom  Fades,  Great  Bahama  Bank 
(1959)  and  is  the  organizer  of  the  pelecypod  volume  of  the  Treatise 
on  Paleontology.  Co-editor  of  the  Journal  oj  Paleontology  (1939- 
1942).  Has  visited  all  parts  of  North  America,  Europe,  Australia, 
and  Asia  in  the  study  of  the  Permian  of  the  world. 

Norman  Holmes  Pearson.  Professor  of  American  Studies,  Yale 
University,  New  Haven,  Connecticut  06520.  Born  1909.  A.B.  Yale 
University,  Ph.  D.  Yale  University,  1941.  Has  been  with  Yale  Uni- 
versity since  1941 .  Editor  of  Complete  Novels  oj  Hawthorne  (1937) , 
The  Oxjord  Anthology  oj  American  Literature  (with  W.  R.  Benet) 
(1938),  Walden  {\9AQ) ,  Poets  oj  the  English  Language  (with  W. 
H.  Auden)  ( 1950) ,  and  The  Pathfinder  ( 1952) . 

Gordon  N.  Ray.  President,  John  Simon  Guggenheim  Memorial  Foun- 
dation, 90  Park  Avenue,  New  York,  New  York  10016.  Born  1915. 
A.B.  and  A.M.  Indiana  University,  A.M.  (1938)  and  Ph.  D.  Har- 
vard University,  1940.  Taught  at  Harvard  University,  University 
of  Illinois  (Vice  President  and  Provost) ,  and  New  York  Univer- 
sity (Professor  of  English  since  1962).  Has  been  member  of  the 
United  States  Educational  Commission  in  the  United  Kingdom, 
1948-1949;  adviser  in  literature  to  Houghton  Mifflin  Company 
since  1954;  chairman,  Committee  on  Institutional  Cooperation  of 
the  Council  of  Ten  Universities  and  the  University  of  Chicago, 
1958-1960;  member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees,  John  Simon  Gug- 
genheim Memorial  Foundation  Library  Center,  1962-1968  (Chair- 
man, 1965-1968)  ;  member  of  the  Board  of  Trustees,  Center  for 
Applied  Linguistics  since  1965;  and  trustee  of  the  Modern  Lan- 
guage Association  of  America  since  1966.  Author  of  The  Buried 
Lije  (1952) ;  Thackeray:  the  Uses  oj  Adversity  (1955)  ;  Thackeray: 
the  Age  oj  Wisdom  (1958)  ;  Henry  James  and  H.  G.  Wells  (with 
Leon  Edel)  (1958).  Editor  of  The  Letters  and  Private  Papers  oj 
William  Makepeace  Thackeray,  4  vols.  (1945-1946) ;  Thackeray's 


I 


SMITHSONIAN    COUNCIL  531 

Rose  and  the  Ring,  History  of  Henry  Esmond,  and  Contributions 
to  the  "Morning  Chronicle",  and  Wells'  Desert  Daisy  and  History 
of  Mr.  Polly. 

\ndre  Schiffrin.  Editorial  Director,  Pantheon  Books,  437  Madi- 
son Avenue,  New  York,  New  York  10022.  Born  1935.  B.A.  Yale 
University,  1957.  Received  degree  from  Cambridge  1959.  Has 
been  with  Pantheon  Books  since  1962.  Editor  of  Pantheon  Studies 
in  Social  History,  including  Edward  Thompson's  The  Making  of 
the  English  Working  Class  and  Michel  Foucault's  Madness  and 
Civilization. 

IFederick  Seitz.  President,  National  Academy  of  Sciences,  2101  Con- 
stitution Avenue,  NW.,  Washington,  D.C.  20418.  Bom  1911.  A.B. 
Leland  Stanford  Jr.  University,  Ph.  D.  Princeton  University,  1934. 
Has  taught  physics  at  University  of  Rochester,  University  of  Penn- 
sylvania, Carnegie  Institute  of  Technology,  and  University  of 
Illinois  (head  of  Department  of  Physics  1957-1964)  (also  dean  of 
Graduate  College  and  Vice  President  for  Research  1964-1965). 
Was  chairman  of  Governing  Board  of  the  American  Institute  of 
Physics  1954-1959.  President,  National  Academy  of  Sciences  since 
1962.  President,  The  Rockefeller  University  1968-  .  Author  of 
Modern  Theory  of  Solids  (1940),  The  Physics  of  Metals  (1943). 
ARIL  Stanley  Smith.  Institute  Professor,  Room  14N-321,  Massa- 
chusetts Institute  of  Technology,  77  Massachusetts  Avenue,  Cam- 
bridge, Massachusetts  02139.  Born  1903.  B.S.  University  of  Bir- 
mingham, Sc.  D.  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology,  1926.  Has 
been  with  American  Brass  Company,  1926-1943;  the  Los  Alamos 
Scientific  Laboratory,  1943-1946;  the  University  of  Chicago,  1946- 
1961;  and  M.I.T.  as  Institute  Professor  since  1961.  Was  a  member 
of  the  President's  Science  Advisory  Committee  in  1959.  Co-author 
of  The  Pirotechnia  of  Vannuccio  Biringuccio  (1942)  ;  Structure 
and  Properties  of  Solid  Surfaces  (1953),  Reaumur's  Memoirs  on 
Steel  and  Iron  (1956);  Treatise  on  Divers  Arts  by  Theophilus 
(1963).  Author  of  A  History  of  Metallography  (1960)  and 
Sources  for  the  History  of  the  Science  of  Steel  (1968).  A  primary 
interest  is  the  historical  interaction  between  science  and  technology, 
and  he  is  a  frequent  consultant  to  the  Freer  Gallei-y  of  Art  and  the 
Smithsonian  Office  of  Anthropology. 
ohn  D.  Spikes.  College  of  Letters  and  Science,  University  of  Utah, 
Salt  Lake  City,  Utah  84112.  Born  1918.  B.S.  California  Institute 
of  Technology,  Ph.  D.  California  Institute  of  Technology,  1948.  Has 
been  with  the  University  of  Utah  since  1948  (except  for  a  period 
on  leave  as  cell  physiologist  of  the  Division  of  Biology  and  Medicine 


532  APPENDIX 

of  the  Atomic  Energy  Commission)  ;  dean  of  the  College  of  Letters 
and  Science,  1964-1968.  Author  of  numerous  publications  in 
scientific  journals,  bulletins,  etc.  Major  research  is  in  biophysics, 
especially  photobiology. 

Stephen  E.  Toulmin.  Department  of  Philosophy,  Brandeis  Univer- 
sity, Waltham,  Massachuetts  02154.  Born  1922.  B.A.  Cambridge 
University,  Ph.  D.  Cambridge  University,  1948.  Has  taught  at 
Oxford,  University  of  Melbourne,  University  of  Leeds,  New  York 
University,  Stanford  University,  and  Columbia  University,  and 
from  1960-1965  was  Director  of  the  Nuffield  Foundation  Unit  for 
History  of  Ideas.  Author  of  The  Place  of  Reason  in  Ethics  (1950) ; 
The  Philosophy  of  Science,  an  Introduction  (1953)  ;  Metaphysical 
Beliefs  (author  of  one  of  three  essays)  (1957)  ;  The  Uses  of  Argu- 
ment (1958);  Foresight  and  Understanding  (1961);  "The  An- 
cestry of  Science":  vol.  1  [The  Fabric  of  Heavens)  (1961),  vol.  2 
[The  Architecture  of  Matter)  (1962),  vol.  3  {The  Discovery  of 
Time)    (1965)  ;  Night  Sky  at  Rhodes  (1963). 

Warren  H.  Wagner,  Jr.  Botanical  Gardens  and  Department  of 
Botany,  University  of  Michigan,  Ann  Arbor,  Michigan  48105. 
Born  1920.  A.B.  University  of  Pennsylvania,  Ph.  D.  University  of 
California  at  Berkeley,  1950.  Has  been  a  member  of  the  faculty  of 
the  University  of  Michigan  since  1951,  currently  serving  as  Directoi 
of  the  Botanical  Gardens.  Vice  President,  Section  G  (Botanica 
Sciences),  American  Association  for  the  Advancement  of  Science 
and  President,  Michigan  Botanical  Club.  Served  as  panelist  in  sys- 
tematic biology  for  National  Science  Foundation  (1962-65)  ;  anc 
President  of  American  Society  of  Plant  Taxonomists  (1966).  Re 
search  centers  on  higher  plants,  origin  and  evolution  of  ferns,  meth 
ods  of  accurate  deduction  of  phylogenetic  relationship  of  fossil  anc 
living  plants. 


6. 

Research  Participation  Programs 

Appohitments  1967-1968 

Post-Doctoral,  Graduate,  Undergraduate 

Post-Doctoral  Research  Associates 

Mark  M.  Beach,  University  of  Wisconsin:  The  scientific  lazzaroni  and  American 
higher  education. 

foHx  A.  M.  Brown,  Purdue  University:  Light  quaHty,  photoperiod,  and  meri- 
stem  metabolism  in  floral  morphogenesis. 

Matthew  D.  Downey,  Princeton  University:  The  tariff  question,  1868-1892: 
the  making  of  a  political  issue. 

Dox  D.  Fowler,  University  of  Pittsburgh:  Edited  and  annotated  in  linguistic 
and  ethnographic  manuscripts  of  John  Wesley  Powell.  Publication:  "John 
Wesley  Powell's  Journal  of  His  Second  Trip  Down  the  Colorado  River 
1871-72",  Smithsonian  Journal  of  History  (in  press) . 

vIiCHEL  C.  Hexon,  Universite  de  Paris:  Monte  Carlo  methods  applied  to  the 
dynamics  of  star  clusters. 

.Eo  J.  Hickey,  Princeton  University:  Systematic  classification  and  description 
of  the  leaf  architecture  of  each  of  the  families  of  woody  dicots. 

'erry  C.  Holt,  University  of  Virginia:  Systematic  studies  of  the  annelid  order 
Branchiobdellida. 

Edward  B.  Jelks,  University  of  Texas:  Typology  of  European  and  American 
ceramics,  A.D.  1600-1900. 

iKiRA  Kato,  University  of  Tokyo:   Descriptive  studies  of  minerals.  Publication 
(with  Kunihiko   Shinohara)  :    "The  Occurrence  of  Roquesite  from  the 
Akenobe     Mine,     Hyogo     Prefecture,     Japan;"     Mineralogical    Journal 
(Japan),  vol.  5,  no.  4,  pp.  276-284,  1968. 

Gilbert  Kelling,  Edinburgh  University:  Sedimentation  in  modern  submarine 
canyons  ofT  the  east  coast  of  the  United  States  and  their  Paleozoic  ana- 
logues. Publications:  (with  M.  G.  Gross,  J.  W.  Pierce,  and  D.  J.  Stanley) 
"A  Review  of  Sedimentology  in  1967,"  Geotimes,  vol.  13,  pp.  18-19; 
(with  D.  J.  Stanley)  "Sedimentation  Patterns  in  the  Wilmington  Sub- 
marine Canyon  Area,"  Ocean  Sciences  and  Engineering  of  the  Atlantic 
Shelf  Trans.  National  Symposium,  Marine  Technology  Society,  pp. 
127-142;  "Submarine  Channel  and  fan  deposits,  Silurian  of  Central 
Wales,  U.K."  (abstract),  American  Association  of  Petroleum  Geologists, 
Oklahoma  City,  pp.  77-78;  (with  D.  J.  Stanley)  (in  press)  "Neocurrent 
Trends  and  Structural  Control  of  the  Sedimentation  in  the  Wilmington 
Submarine  Canyon"  (abstract).  Geological  Society  of  America,  Mexico 
City  Meeting,  1968. 

533 


534  APPENDIX 

Alan  J.  Kohn,  Yale  University:   Systematics  of  the  Indo-West  Pacific  marine 

mollusks  of  the  family  Conidae. 
Ambat  G.  Menon,  Madras  University:  A  taxonomic  version  of  the  flat  fishes  of 

the  genus  Cynoglossus  Hamilton;   a  revisional  study  of  the  freshwater 

fishes  of  the  family  Catostomidae  (suckers) . 
Marvin    C.    Meyer,    University    of    Illinois:    Further   studies    on    the   leeches 

(Hirudinea). 
John  T.  Mickel,  University  of  Michigan:   A  comparison  of  the  pteridophyte 

floras  of  the  Atlantic  and  Pacific  slopes  of  Oaxaca,  Mexico. 
Robert  W.  Read,  University  of  the  West  Indies  ( Jamacia)  :  A  study  of  the  palms 

of  the  Caribbean  region. 
Robert  E.  Ricklefs,  University  of  Pennsylvania:    Coexistence  of  two  closely 

related  bird  species  of  the  genus  Myiozetetes. 
Christopher   C.    Smith,    University  of  Washington:    Factors  influencing  the 

evolution  of  howling  monkey  social  organization. 

RESEARCH  PARTICIPATION  PROGRAMS — GRADUATE 

(*  denotes  Predoctoral  Internship) 
Sergio  P...  Ahumada,  University  of  Mexico:  Bibliographic  data  retrieval  system 

for  Botany. 
Leonard  P.  Alberstadt,*  University  of  Oklahoma:  Comparative  study  ol 

upper  ordovician   brachiopods  with   a   detailed   statistical   analysis  oi 

several  orthid  genera. 
Terry  M.  Aldrich,  University  of  Texas:  Series  of  cost-benefit  analyses  o 

collections  in  the  usnm. 
Robert  G.  Beauchamp,  George  Washington  University:   Stratigraphy  anc 

environments  of  deposition  of  the  Paleocene  Sediments;  Prince  George' 

County,  Maryland. 
Mark  H.  Bernstein,  University  of  Pennsylvania:  Development  and  functioi 

of  abnormal  behavior  in  caged  cebus  monkeys. 
William  M.  Bigel,  George  Washington  University:  Assisted  in  preparatioi 

NPG  Opening  exhibition  catalog  by  locating  portraits  and  gathering 

information  about  the  artists. 
Rosemary  Breen,  George  Washington  University:  Research  on  the  work 

of  James  Henry  Moses  (1854-1913)  in  preparation  for  catalog. 
Robert  C.  Bullock,  University  of  Maine:  Study  and  identification  the  Nev 

World  Members  of  the  Genus  Latirus  (Mollusca:  Fasciolariidae) . 
T.  John  Conomos,*  University  of  Washington:  Chemical  and  mineral  compo 

sition  of  suspended   particulate  matter  transported  by  the   Columbu 

River  to  the  coastal  waters  of  the  Pacific  Ocean.  , 

Nancy  M.  Cramer,*  George  Washington  University:  Spionidae  of  the  Gul: 

and  Caribbean. 
Frances  C.  Croley,  University  of  South  Florida:  Floristic  study  of  the  algae 

of  the  Content  Keys,  Florida. 
Robert  E.  Dietz,  Cornell  University:  Generic  revision  of  the  genus  Horama. 
Donald  R.  Dohrman,  Yale  University:  Study  of  economic  factors  influencing 

the  adoption  of  screw  propulsion  for  steamships  in  the  United  States 

before  the  Civil  War. 


RESEARCH    PARTICIPATION    PROGRAMS  535 

Ananda  Dube,  Patna  University:  Mineralogical  and  chemical  investigations 

of  some  rare  Indian  meteorites. 
Carolyn  Fawcett,  Oxford  University:  Continuation  of  work  on  the  Smith- 
sonian section  of  the  international  inventory  of  scientific  instruments 

being  compiled  under  the  auspices  of  unesco. 
Theodore   G.   Gautier,   University  of  Kansas:   Restudied,   illustrated   and 

described  ten  genera  to  be  published  as  part  of  a  major  revision  of  the 

Treatise  on  Invertebrate  Paleontology. 
Kenneth  J.  Hagan,*  Claremont  Graduate  School:   Prelude  to  expansion: 

American  naval  diplomacy  from  the  Civil  War  until  Mahan. 
Bruce  L.  Haines,*  Duke  University:  Role  of  the  leaf-cutting  ant  Atta  colombica 

tonsipes,  in  the  patterning  of  tropical  forest  vegetation. 
David  R.  Hearn,  Harvard  University:  Data  reduction  of  the  results  of  SAO 

gamma-ray    balloon    flight;    assisted    in    preparing    the    experimental 

package  for  a  second  balloon  flight. 
Claude   M.   Hladik,*   University  of  Paris:   Feeding  behavior  and  diet  of 

primates   in   respect   to   comparative   histology   and   histochemistry   of 

digestive  system. 
Joan  L.  Howard,  University  of  Kansas:  Location  and  description  of  primary 

and  secondary  descriptions  of  objects  in  order  to  reconstruct  the  everyday 

life  of  a  settler's  family  on  the  Great  Plains  in  the  decade  following  the 

Civil  War. 
Pail  R.  Huey,  University  of  Pennsylvania:  History  of  the  saw  in  American 

technology. 
Barbara  C.  Kaiser,  Hunter  College:   Preparation  of  a  catalogue  raisonne 

on  Mary  Cassatt;  research  for  catalog  to  accompany  the  retrospective 

exhibition  of  the  works  of  Milton  Avery. 
[anet  Kaplan,  Columbia  University:  Condition  and  location  of  each  of  287 

works  in  the  White  House  painting,  drawing,  and  sculpture  collections. 
fAMES  R.  Karr,*  University  of  lUinois:  Study  of  diversity  in  neotropical  birds. 
Harole  N.  Kaufmann,  University  of  California:  Study  of  the  slate  and  wooden 

pipes  and  the  Haida  argillite  carvings  in  the  collections  in  mnh. 
Fhomas  F.  Kelly,  Harvard  University:  Translation  of  sections  on  keyboard 

instruments  of  a  treatise  by  Arnaut  of  Zwolle  (d.  1466). 
Donald  Kelman,  New  York  University:  Traditional  mounting  and  restoring 

techniques  used  in  the  conservation  of  Japanese  and  Chinese  paintings. 
)a\id  W.  Kirtley,*  Florida  State  University:  Continuation  and  expansion 

of  the  study  of  tube-    and  reef-building  marine  annelids  of  the  family 

Sabellariidae. 
Charles  J.  LaRue,  University  of  Maryland:  Variation  and  functional  inter- 
relations of  the  major  components  of  the  bird  skull. 
loBERT  E.  Martin,  Oklahoma  State  University:  Systematics  of  three  species 

of  Perognathus. 
OHN   D.   MiLLEU,*   Oregon   State   University:    Henry   Augustus   Rowland, 

electrical  papers  and  apparatus. 
Syron  F.  Morris,  California  State  College:  Studies  on  the  biology  oi  Attheyella 
pilosa  Chappuis. 


536  APPENDIX 

Akiko  Murakata,  George  Washington  University:  Presents  as  a  factor  in  the 

Perry  Expedition  to  Japan  1853-1854. 
John   J.    McCusker,*    University    of   Pittsburgh    and    University    College, 

London:  The  rum  trade  in  the  commerce  of  colonial  America. 
Rita  G.  Napier,  American  University:  Compiled  data  for  a  modern  ethnology 

of  the  Tlingit  Indian  village  of  Honnah,  Alaska. 
Martin  G.  Naumann,*  University  of  Kansas:  Biology  of  the  social  wasps  of 

Central  America. 
Ann   M.   Nielsen,   University  of  Maine:   Annotated   bibliography  of  New 

Hampshire's  early  maritime  history  and  related  areas;  Preliminary  work 

for  an  eventual  computerization  of  the  National  Watercraft  collection. 
Albert  F.  Noonan,  University  of  Tennessee:  Compiled  detailed  information 

about  the  chemical  and  mineralogical  composition  of  the  Forest  Vale 
meteorite. 
Osborne  B.  Nye,*  University  of  Cincinnati:  Cyclostomatous  Bryozoa  included 

in  the  sub-order  Cerioporina. 
Donald  L.  Obendorf,  University  of  California  (Berkeley):  Location,  organi- 
zation, and  study  of  papers  and  correspondence  of  Samuel  P.  Langley, 

primarily  the  period  1867-1891. 
Wayne  O'Leary,  Cooperstown  Graduate  Programs  (New  York) :  Investigation 

of  merchant  brigs  and  brigantines  of  the  United  States,  with  emphasis 

on  those  of  the  19th  century;  travel  registers  and  endowments  of  American 

pilot  poats. 
John  R.  Oppenheimer,*  University  of  Illinois:  Ecology  and  behavior  of  the 

white-faced  monkey  Cebus  capucinus. 
Jay  M.  Pasachoff,  Harvard  University:  Spectral  observations  of  spicules  at 

two  heights  in  the  solar  chromosphere. 
George  E.  Radwin,*  George  Washington  University:  Review  of  the  Genus 

Anachis  H&A  Adams  in  the  Western  Atlantic. 
RoLLiN  D.  Reimer,  Tulane  University:  Survey  of  members  of  the  simulans 

section  of  the  genus  Procambarus;  clarified  relationship  of  certain  species 

of  genus   Orconedes. 
Michael  T.  Richman,  University  of  Pennsylvania:  Organized  and  prepared 

curatorial  files  on  50  pieces  of  sculpture  to  be  included  in  ncfa  opening 

exhibition;  continued  research  survey  of  all   exterior  sculpture  in  the 

city  of  Washington. 
Reginald  J.    Scolaro,*   Tulane   University:    Paleoecology   and   taxonomic 

revision  of  some  tertiary  and  recent  bryozoa. 
Alan  E.  Shapiro,  Yale  University:  Scientific  works  of  George  Atwood. 
YosHiAKi  Shimizu,  University  of  Kansas:  Translation  of  the  early  19th-century 

records  of  and  commentaries  on  the  artists  of  the  Late  Edo  period. 
Gordon  A.  Singer,  University  of  Virginia:  Interpret  the  historical  significance 

and  verify  authenticity  of  over   1,000  medieval  French  feudal  deniers 

discovered  in  North  Italy;  numismatic  history  of  England  during  the 

reign  of  Edward  II  (1307-1327). 
Raman  J.  Singh,  University  of  Cincinnati:  Trepostomatous  bryzoan  fauna  of 

the  Bellevue  Limestone  of  Ohio,  Indiana,  and  Kentucky. 


RESEARCH    PARTICIPATION    PROGRAMS  537 

vIerritt  R.  Smith,*  Pennsylvania  State  University:  The  Harpers  Ferry 
Armory  and  the  new  American  technology,   1794-1861. 

■Nicholas  E.  Smythe,*  University  of  Maryland:  Behavior  and  ecology  and 
three  neotropical  caviomorph  rodents. 

Terry  G.  Summons,  University  of  Maryland:  Vitamins,  hormones  and  anti- 
biotics: A  history  of  recent  changes  in  animal  nutrition. 

)oN  S.  Thompson,  Syracuse  University:  Biometrical  study  of  Triarthrus  from 
the  Ordovician  of  northeastern  United  States  and  Canada. 

loBERT  W.  Topp,*  Harvard  University:  Systematics,  behavior  and  ecology  of 
marine  fishes. 

AcquELiNE  B.  TusA,*  Pennsylvania  State  University:  The  liberal  Republican 
movement  of  1872. 

AcquELiNE  H.  Vergin,*  George  Washington  University:  The  image  of  the 
Indian  in  popular  culture. 

OSEPH  F.  Veverka,  Harvard  University:  Thermal  evolution  of  small  bodies. 

ATHERiNE  S.  WiMSATT,  University  of  Washington:  Population  analysis  of  a 
Virginia  Indian  cemetery  from  the  standpoints  of  cultural  customs, 
demography,  disease,  nutrition,  and  physical  distinctiveness. 

liCHARD  H.  Zander,*  Duke  University:  Monograph  of  the  genus  Leptodontium 

UNDERGRADUATE  RESEARCH  PARTICIPATION  PROGRAM 

OHN  C.  Bear,  University  of  Pennsylvania:  Restoration  and  descriptive  study 

of  skeletal  material  of  Late  Bronze  of  Early  Iron  Age,  excavated  at 

Ag-Kupruk  cave  site  (Afghanistan). 
Ileen  R.   Best,   University  of  Maryland:   Assisted  in  research  concerning 

adhesives  and  their  effect  on  antique  textiles. 
I.  Andrew  Brooks,  Alleghany  College:  Preparation  of  a  detailed  index  to 

Bishop's  History  of  American  Manufacturers  1607-1860. 
OHN  Brown,  Glasgow  University:  Comprehensive  study  of  the  characteristics 

of  meteor  echoes. 

Iartha  p.  Converse,  Briarcliff  College:  Assisted  in  preparation  of  a  publi- 
cation on  the  Vinland  Map  Conference. 
Ialcolm  Coulter,  Stanford  University:  Studied  classification  of  habitats  and 

distribution  of  several  species  of  Central  and  South  American  birds. 
iUcille  a.  Crosby,  Vassar  College:  Assisted  in  accessioning  approximately 

130  engines. 
£ter  J.  Delmonte,  Swarthmore  College:  Survey  to  determine  a  method  of 

rearing  Bathygobius  larvae. 
aymond  J.  DeMallie,  University  of  Chicago:  Documentation  of  Dakota 

photographs  in  the  Office  of  Anthropology  archives. 
stGE  Dietrich,  University  of  Michigan:  Traced  certain  items  of  technology  of 

a    South   Korean   village   through    Chinese   literature   on    agricultural 

technology. 
SFFREY  L.  Ethell,  King  College:  Conducted  research  on  the  Messerschimdt 

163  B-1  Komet. 


315-997     O  -  69  -  35 


538  APPENDIX 


\ 


Rodney  C.  Ewing,  Texas  Christian  University:  Mineralogical  comparison  ol 

the  Baringer  Hill  and  Rhode  Ranch  rare-earth-bearing  pegmatites. 
Henry  A.  Feldman,  Swarthmore  College:  Wrote  programs  for  ceir  time- 
sharing computer,  including  the  construction  of  clustergrams  of  biological 

specimen  groups. 
Ka-Hung  Fogg,  Massachusetts  Institute  of  Technology:  Experiments  to  find 

correlation  between  solar  radiation  and  plant  growth. 
James  N.  Foster,  Earlham  College:  Faunal  study  of  the  northwest  flank  and 

core  of  one  Danian  bryozoan  mound  for  comparison  with  a  previousl) 

studied  mound. 
Janice  C.  Foster,  Purdue  University:  Morphology  of  United  States  specie 

of  Ataenius  (Coleoptera,  Scarabaeidae). 
Marc  S.  Gerstein,  Brandeis  University:  Identified  28  late   16th-  and  earh 

1 7th-century  engravings  by  Theodore  de  Bry. 
Sharon  L.  Gibbs,  Colorado  State  University:  Studied  slide  rules  and  relatec 

mathematical  theory  as  well  as  history  of  the  instruments  themselves. 
Kathleen  L.  Grandi,  College  of  the  Holy  Names:  Autoradiographic  studie 

on  mitosis  in  Tradescantia  pollen  tubes. 
Patricia  M.  Greene,  Manhattanville  College  of  the  Sacred  Heart:  preparec 

a  biographical  reference  file  for  the  engravers  who  contributed  to  th 

National  Portrait  Gallery  of  Distinguished  Americans,  edited  by  James  Herrinj 

and  James  B.  Longacre  (New  York  1834-1839). 
Franklin  J.  Harte,  University  of  Michigan:  Identification  of  specimens  ii 

the  USNM  Japanese  ethnology  collection. 
Thomas  J.  Heston,  Gettysburg  College:  Conducted  research  on  the  technica 

and  historical  aspects  of  the  Fw  190  F-8. 
Mary  G.  Holbach,  Dunbarton  College:  Integration  of  ncfa  and  npg  librar 

holdings. 
Barbara  E.  Hurwitz,  Bryn  Mawr  College:  Studied  the  effect  of  diff"eren 

types  of  Versene  and  varying  concentrations  of  sodium  hydroxide  oi 

iron-silicate  encrustations  found  on  special  types  of  pottery. 
NoRVELL  M.  Jones,  Sweet  Briar  College:  Learned  techniques  of  documentatioi 

and  basic  conservation  procedures. 
William  L.  Kahrl,  Yale  University:  Research  in  the  Library  of  Congress  fo 

the  purpose  of  collecting  material  relating  to  Joseph  Henry  during  th< 

period  1825-1830. 
Kenneth  Karb,  University  of  Virginia:  Studied  scale  morphology  of  severa 

genera  of  North  American  cyprinid  fishes. 
John  K.  Kelly,  Grove  City  College:  Identified,   cataloged,   and  describee 

uniforms  of  the  Regular  Army  of  the  United  States  for  the  period  aftei 

1872. 
Jonathan  B.  Kotch,  Columbia  University:    Studied  techniques  of  archeo- 

logical  excavation  at  two  sites  in  South  Dakota. 
William  L.  Krinsky,  Yale  University:  Systematics  and  behavior  of  the  insecl 

pollinators  of  flowers  within  the  genus  Lysimachia  (Primulaceae) . 
Andrew  D.  Leeds,  Bard  College:  Study  of  American  hand-painted  political 

banners. 


RESEARCH    PARTICIPATION    PROGRAMS  539 

VIartha  S.  Linet,  Brandeis  University:  Studies  concerned  with  the  mainte- 
nance and  behavior  of  tenrecs  and  marsupial  rats  under  laboratory 

conditions. 
\nita  M.  Majetich,  St.  Joseph's  College  for  Women:  Compiled  information 

on  early  American  gun-styles. 
vIaryann  Mears,  Mt.  Holyoke  College:  Assisted  in  preparing  preliminary 

plans  for  National  Portrait  Gallery  exhibits. 
■Cate  Miller,  Smith  College:  Classification,  identification,  and  location  of 

USNM  fruit  collection. 
_,ARRY  E.   Morse,   Michigan  State  College:   Assisted  with  development  of 

computerized  key  to  plant  families. 
jiNNEA  Pruess,   Denison  University:   Assisted  cataloging  USNM  petrology 

collection. 
1,arry  G.  Quade,  University  of  Texas:  Conducted  research  in  paleopathology 

of  the  human  skeleton. 
Raymond    Roberts-Brown,    George    Washington    University:    Assisted    in 

preparation  of  a  research  film. 
Jruce  E.  Robertson,  Syracuse  University:  Functional  morphology,  mode  of 

life,  and  phylogeny  of  the  Cambrian  trilobite  genus  Olenoides. 
OAN  M.  Ryan,  College  of  New  Rochelle:  Chemical  determination  of  metallic 
I         iron  in  meteorites. 

Charles   E.    Schnell,    Grinnell    College:    Chromosome   counts   in   various 
j         Melastomataceae  species. 
Donald   K.    Serafy,*   Saint   Petersburg  Junior   College:    Identification   of 

echinoderms  of  Project  Hourglass,  with  emphasis  on  obtaining  data 

concerned  with  ecological  requirements. 
Iobert  E.  Shell,  Virginia  Polytechnic  Institute;  Assisted  in  preparation  of 

bibliography  of  published  literature  on  Lepidoptera. 
jEORGe   F.   Sprague,  North  Carolina  State  University:   Experiments  with 

chloroplastic  proteins  to  determine  whether  fractional  protein  is  synthe- 
sized by  the  chloroplasts  or  by  surrounding  cytoplasm. 
^esna  Stefancic,  Vassar  College:  Experiments  concerned  with  the  localization 

of  photosynthetic  accessory  pigments. 
AMES  W.  Tyrrell,  Cornell  University:  Ecological  study  of  the  bird  life  in 

Poplar  Island,  Maryland. 
Loger    B.    Vogelfanger,    Cornell    University:    Distribution    and    relative 

abundance  of  several  species  of  euryhaline  fish  in  an  estuarine  shoreline. 
Lobert  E.  Weems,  Randolph  Macon  College:  Restoration  and  study  of  the 

remains  of  turtles  representing  twelve  individuals  from  the  Miocene 

Calvert  formation. 
tephen  R.  Zwirn,  New  York  University:  Collected  bibliographical  material 

on  artists  to  be  included  in  catalog  for  the  IX  Sao  Paolo  Bienal. 


Tf^  ^"^ 


I I    L__J 


7. 


Staff  of  the  Smithsonian  Institution 
30  June  1968 

Secretary's  Office  and  Related  Activities 


The  Secretary 

Office  of  the  Secretary 

Assistant  Secretary 

Office  of  the  Assistant 
Secretary 

Assistant  Secretary  (Science) 
Assistant  Secretary  (History 

and  Art) 
Assistant  Secretary  (Public 

Service) 
Director  General  of  Museums 
Treasurer 
General  Counsel 

Office  of  Academic  Programs 


Hce  of  Personnel  and 

Management  Resources 


S.  Dillon  Ripley 

Robert  W.  Mason,  Executive  Assistant 
Charles  Clapp,  Assistant  to  the  Secretary 
James  Bradley 

Robert  Engle,  Special  Assistant 
Mrs.  Dorothy  Rosenberg,  Administrative  Of- 
ficer 
Sidney  R.  Galler 
Charles  Blitzer 

William  W.  Warner,  Acting 

Frank  A.  Taylor 

T.  Ames  Wheeler 

Peter  G.  Powers 

H.  Crane  Miller,  Assistant  General  Counsel 

Philip  C.  Ritterbush,  Director 

Nathaniel  Dixon,  Associate  Director 

Peter  H.  Wood,  Assistant  Director  for  Institu- 
tional Research 

Matthew  Huxley,  Director,  Division  of  Educa- 
tional Development 

Leonard  B.  Pouliot,  Director 

Ladd  Hamilton,  Personnel  Consultant  to  Science 
Faculty 

Vince  J.  Doyle,  Personnel  Consultant  to  History 
and  Art  Faculty 

Joseph  P.  Eberly,  Employee  Relations  and 
Training  Officer 


'pecial  Projects,  Office 

of  the  Secretary 


Richard  H.  Howland,  Special  Assistant  to  the 
Secretary 

Joseph  A.  Kennedy,  Equal  Employment  Oppor- 
tunity Officer 

Nathan  Reingold,  Editor,  Joseph  Henry  Papers 

541 


542 


APPENDIX 


Fiscal  Division 


Office  of  Programming  and 

Budget 
Contracts  Office 
Administrative  Systems 

Division 
Buildings  Management 

Department 
Supply  Division 
Photographic  Services  Division 
Travel  Services  Office 


Mrs.    Betty   J.    Morgan,    Assistant    Treasurer 

(Private  Funds) 
Ernest  A.  Berger,  Fiscal  Officer  (Federal  Funds) 
Edward  H.  Kohn,  Director 

Elbridge  O.  Hurlbut,  Contracting  Officer 
Mrs.  Ann  S.  Campbell,  Chief 

Andrew  F.  Michaels,  Director 

Fred  G.  Barwick,  Chief 

O.  H.  Greeson,  Chief 

Mrs.  Betty  V.  Strickler,  Chief 


Honorary 


Charles   G.    Abbot,    Research   Associate   and 

Secretary  Emeritus 
Leonard  Carmichael,  Research  Associate  and 

Secretary  Emeritus 
John  A.  Graf,  Honorary  Fellow 
Paul  H.  Oehser,  Research  Associate 
Alexander  Wetmore,  Research  Associate  and 

Secretary  Emeritus 


Natural  Sciences 


Assistant  Secretary  (Science) 
Office  of  the  Assistant 

Secretary  (Science) 
Office  of  Oceanography  and 

Limnology 


Office  of  Ecology 


Sidney  R.  Galler 

Mrs.  Helen  L.  Hayes,  Special  Assistant 

Harry  Hyman,  Special  Assistant 

I.  Eugene  Wallen,  Head 

William  1.  Aron,  Deputy  Head 

H.  Adair  Fehlmann,  Supervisor,  Smithsonian 
Oceanographic  Sorting  Center 

Neil  C.  Hulings,  Director,  Mediterranean  Ma- 
rine Sorting  Center 

Helmut  K.  Buechner,  Head 

Lee  M.  Talbot,  Deputy  Head,  Office  of  Ecology; 
International  Field  Representative,  Ecology 
and  Conservation 

Francis  S.  L.  Williamson,  Director,  Chesapeake 
Bay  Center  for  Field  Biology 

MUSEUM  OF  NATURAL  HISTORY 


Director 

Assistant  Director 

Special  Assistant  for  Tropical 

Biology 
Administrative  Officers 
Special  Assistant  to  the  Director 
Smithsonian  Office  of 

Anthropology 


Latin  American 
Anthropology 

Old  World  Anthropology 


North  American 
Anthropology 


Richard  S.  Cowan 
Paul  K.  Knierim 
F.  Raymond  Fosberg 

Mrs.  Mabel  A.  Byrd,  John  J.  Prenzel 

Joseph  C.  Britton 

Saul  H.  Riesenberg,  Chairman 

T.  Dale  Stewart,  Senior  Physical  Anthropol- 
ogist 

Waldo  R.  Wedel,  Senior  Archeologist 

John  C.  Ewers,  Senior  Ethnologist 

Mrs.  M.  Blaker,  Archivist 

William  H.  Crocker,  Supervisor  and  Associate 
Curator 

Clifford  Evans,  Jr.,  Curator 

Robert  M.  Laughlin,  Associate  Curator 

Gordon  D.  Gibson,  Supervisor  and  Curator 

Eugene  I.  Knez,  Associate  Curator 

Gus  W.  Van  Beek,  Associate  Curator 

William  B.  Trousdale,  Associate  Curator 

William  C.  Sturtevant,  Supervisor  and  Curator 

Richard  B.  Woodbury,  Curator 

Paul  H.  Voorhis,  Associate  Curator 

543 


544 


APPENDIX 


Physical  Anthropology 
River  Basin  Surveys 


Botany 

Phanerogams 

Ferns 
Grasses 
Cryptogams 
Plant  Anatomy 

Fungi  * 


Entomology 


Neuropteroids 
Lepidoptera  and  Diptera 


J.  Lawrence  Angel,  Supervisor  and  Curator 
LuciLE  E.  St.  Hoyme,  Associate  Curator 
Warren  W.  Caldwell,  Director 
George  H.  Smith,  Archeologist 
Richard  B.  Johnston,  Archeologist 
Lionel  A.  Brown,  Archeologist 
John  J.  Hoffman,  Archeologist 
Wilfred  M.  Husted,  Archeologist 
Richard  E.  Jensen,  Archeologist 
Oscar  L.  Mallory,  Archeologist 
Mason  E.  Hale,'  Chairman 
Lyman  B.  Smith,  Senior  Botanist 
John  J.  Wurdack,^  Supervisor  and  Curator 
Dan  H.  Nicolson,  Associate  Curator 
Velva  E.  Rudd,  Curator 
Stanv^tvn  G.  Shelter,  Associate  Curator 
Wallace  R.  Ernst,  Associate  Curator 
Conrad  V.  Morton,  Supervisor  and  Curator 
David  B.  Lellinger,  Associate  Curator 
Thomas  R.  Soderstrom,  Supervisor  and  Asso- 
ciate Curator 
Mason  E.  Hale,  Jr.,^  Supervisor  and  Curator 
Harold  E.  Robinson,  Associate  Curator 
Richard    H.   Eyde,    Supervisor   and   Associate 

Curator 
Edward  S.  Ayensu,  Associate  Curator 
Chester  R.  Benjamin,  Research  Associate 
John  A.  Stevenson,  Research  Associate 
Francis  A.  Uecker,  Research  Associate 
John  L.  Cunningham,  Research  Associate 
Paul  Lewis  Lentz,  Research  Associate 
Marie  L.  Farr,  Research  Associate 
Kent  H.  McKnight,  Research  Associate 
L.  R.  Batra,  Research  Associate 
Karl  V.  Krombein,  Chairman 
J.  F.  Gates  Clarke,  Senior  Entomologist 
Oliver  S.  Flint,  Jr.,  Supervisor  and  Curator 
W.  Donald  Duckworth,^  Supervisor  and  Asso- 
ciate Curator 
Donald  R.  Davis,  Associate  Curator 
William  D.  Field,  Associate  Curator 


'  Appointment  effective  1  July  1968. 

'  Replaced  by  Dan  H.  Nicholson,  effective  I  July  1968. 

'  Replaced  by  Harold  E.  Robinson,  effective  1  July  1968. 

*  National  fungus  collections  are  curated  by  Department  of  Agriculture  staff. 

5  Replaced  by  William  D.  Field,  effective  1  July  1968. 


SMITHSONIAN    STAFF:     NATURAL    SCIENCES 


545 


Coleoptera 


Hemiptera  and 
Hymenoptera 

Myriapoda  and  Arachnida 
Invertebrate  ^oology 


Crustacea 


Echinoderms 


Worms 


Mollusks 


Mineral  Sciences 
Meteorites 


Mineralogy 
Petrology 
Paleobiology 


Paul  J.    Spangler,    Supervisor   and    Associate 

Curator 
Oscar  L.  Cartwright,  Curator 
Richard  C.  Froeschner,^  Supervisor  and  Asso- 
ciate Curator 
Gerald  I.  Stage,  Assistant  Curator 
Ralph  E.  Crabill,  Jr.,  Supervisor  and  Curator 
Raymond  B.  Manning,  Chairman 
Fenner  a.  Chage,  Jr.,  Senior  Zoologist 
HoRTON  H.  HoBBS,  Jr.,  Senior  Zoologist 
Harald  a.  Rehder,  Senior  Zoologist 
Thomas  E.  Bowman,  Supervisor  and  Curator 
J.  Laurens  Barnard,  Curator 
Loins  S.  Kornicker,  Curator 
Roger  F.  Cressey,  Associate  Curator 
David    L.  Pawson,   Supervisor    and    Associate 

Curator 
Klaus  Rueztler,  Associate  Curator 
Meredith  L.  Jones,  Supervisor  and  Associate 

Curator 
Marian  H.  Pettibone,  Curator 
W.  DuANE  Hope,  Associate  Curator 
Mary  E.  Rice,  Associate  Curator 
Joseph   Rosewater,^  Supervisor   and   Associate 

Curator 
Joseph  P.  E.  Morrison,  Associate  Curator 
Clyde  F.  E.  Roper,  Associate  Curator 
George  S.  Switzer,  Chairman 
Kurt  Fredriksson,  Supervisor  and  Curator 
Roy  S.  Clarke,  Associate  Curator 
Brian  H.  Mason,  Curator 
Robert  F.  Fudali,  Geochemist 
Eugene  Jarosewich,  Chemist 
Paul  E.   Desautels,   Supervisor  and  Associate 

Curator 
William  G.  Melson,  Supervisor  and  Associate 

Curator 
Porter  M.  Kier,  Chairman 
G.  Arthur  Cooper,  Senior  Paleobiologist 


6  Replaced  by  Gerald  I.  Stage,  effective  1  July  1968. 
^  Replaced  by  F.  E.  Roper,  effective  1  July  1968. 


546 


APPENDIX 


Invertebrate  Paleontology 


Vertebrate  Paleontology 

Paleobotany 

Sedimentology 

Vertebrate  ^oology 
Fishes 


Reptiles  and  Amphibians 
Birds 

Mammals 

Honorary 

Anthropology 


Richard     Cifelli,     Supervisor    and    Associate 

Curator 
Richard  S.  Board  man,  Curator 
Alan  H.  Cheetham,  Associate  Curator 
Erle  G.  Kauffman,  Associate  Curator 
Martin  A.  Buzas,  Associate  Curator 
Richard  M.  Benson,  Curator 
Thomas  R.  Waller,  Associate  Curator 
Kenneth  M.   Towe,  Staff  Specialist  (Electron- 
Microscopy) 
Clayton  E.  Ray,  Supervisor  and  Curator 
C.  LEwas  Gazin,  Curator 
Nicholas  Hotton  III,  Associate  Curator 
Francis  M.  Hueber,  Supervisor  and  Associate 

Curator 
Walter  H.  Adey,  Associate  Curator 
Daniel  J.   Stanley,   Supervisor  and   Associate 

Curator 
M.  Grant  Gross,  Associate  Curator 
Jack  W.  Pierce,  Associate  Curator 
George  W.  Watson,  Chairman 
Leonard  P.  Schultz,  Senior  Zoologist 
Stanley  H.  Weitzman,  Supervisor  and  Curator 
Ernest  A.  Lachner,  Curator 
Victor  G.  Springer,  Curator 
Robert  H.  Gibbs,  Jr.,  Associate  Curator 
William  R.  Taylor,  Associate  Curator 
James  A.  Peters,  Supervisor  and  Curator 
Richard  L.  Zusi,  Supervisor  and  Curator 
Paul  Slud,  Associate  Curator 
Charles  O.  Handle y.  Supervisor  and  Curator 
Henry  W.  Setzer,  Associate  Curator 

W.  Montague  Cobb  (Physical  Anthropology), 
Henry  B.  Collins  (Archeology),  Fred  R. 
Eggan  (Cultural  Anthropology),  Marcus  S. 
Goldstein  (Physical  Anthropology),  Sister 
Inez  Hilger  (Ethnology),  C.  G.  Holland 
(Archeology),  Neil  M.  Judd  (Archeology), 
Ralph  K.  Lewis  (Archeology),  Olga  Linares 
de  Sapir  (Archeology),  Betty  J.  Meggers 
(Archeology),  Philleo  Nash  (Ethnology), 
Victor  A.  Nunez  Regueiro  (Archeology), 
Matthew  W.  Stirling  (Archeology),  Douglas 
Taylor  (Ethnology),  William  J.  Tobin  (Phys- 
ical Anthropology),  Theodore  A.  Wertime 
(Archeology),  William  S.  Willis,  Jr.   (Eth- 


SMITHSONIAN    STAFF:    NATURAL    SCIENCES 


547 


Botany 


Entomology 


Invertebrate  ^oology 


Mineral  Sciences 


Paleobiology 


nology),    Edwin    M.    Wilmsen    (Archeology), 
Nathalie  F.  S.  Woodbury  (Archeology) 

Andrew  W.  Archer  (Flowering  Plants),  Paul  S. 
Conger  (Diatomaceae),  Jose  Cuatrecasas 
(Flora  of  Tropical  South  America),  James  A. 
Duke  (Flora  of  Panama),  William  H.  Hathe- 
WAY  (Flora  of  Central  America),  Frederick 
J.  Hermann  (North  American  Flora;  Carex), 
Elbert  L.  Little,  Jr.  (Dendrology),  Floyd 
A.  McClure  (Bamboos),  Kittie  F.  Parker 
(Compositae),  Julian  G.  Patino  (Flora  of 
Colombia),  William  L.  Stern  (Plant  Anato- 
my), Egbert  H.  Walker  (Myrsinaceae, 
Eastern  Asian  Floras) 

William  H.  Anderson  (Coleoptera),  Mrs.  Doris 
H.  Blake  (Coleoptera),  Franklin  S.  Blanton 
(Diptera),  Frank  L.  Campbell  (Insect  Physi- 
ology), K.  C.  Emerson  (Mallophaga),  Frank 
M.  Hull  (Diptera),  William  L.  Jellison 
(Siphonaptera,  Anoplura),  Harold  F.  Loomis 
(Myriapoda),  Carl  F.  W.  Muesebeck  (Hy- 
menoptera),  Thomas  E.  Snyder  (Isoptera), 
Robert  Traub  (Siphonaptera) 

Frederick  M.  Bayer  (Lower  Invertebrates), 
Willard  W.  Becklund  (Helminthology),  J. 
Bruce  Bredin  (Biology),  Isabel  C.  Canet 
(Crustacea),  Maybelle  H.  Chitwood 
(Worms),  Ailsa  M.  Clark  (Marine  Inverte- 
brates), Elisabeth  Deichmann  (Echinoderms), 
Roman  Kenk  (Worms),  Anthony  J.  Pro- 
venzano,  Jr.  (Crustacea),  Waldo  L.  Schmitt 
(Marine  Invertebrates),  Frank  R.  Schwengel 
(MoUusks),  I.  G.  SoHN  (Crustacea),  Gilbert 
L.  Voss  (Mollusks),  Mrs.  Mildred  S.  Wilson 
(Copepod  Crustacea) 

Edward  P.  Henderson  (Meteorites),  John  B. 
Jago  (Mineralogy),  Rosser  Reeves  (Mineral- 
ogy), Thomas  E.  Simkin  (Petrology),  Harry 
Winston  (Mineralogy) 

Arthur  J.  Boucot  (Invert.  Paleont.),  Anthony 
C.  CoATES  (Invert.  Paleontology),  C.  Wythe 
Cooke  (Invert.  Paleont.),  J.  Thomas  Dutro 
(Invert.  Paleont.),  Robert  M.  Finks  (Invert. 
Paleont.),  Douglas  Emlong  (Vert.  Paleont.), 
Mackenzie  Gordon,  Jr.  (Invert.  Paleont.), 
Richard  E.  Grant  (Invert.  Paleont.),  John  W. 
Huddle  (Invert.  Paleont.),  Ralph  W.  Imlay 


548  APPENDIX 

(Invert.  Paleont.),  Remington  Kellogg  (Vert. 
Paleont.),  Harry  S.  Ladd  (Invert.  Paleont.), 
N.  Gary  Lane  (Invert.  Paleont.),  Kenneth  E. 
LoHMAN  (Invert.  Paleont.),  Sergius  H.  Mamay 
(Invert.  Paleont.),  William  A.  Oliver,  Jr. 
(Invert.  Paleont.),  Axel  A.  Olsson  (Invert. 
Paleont.),  Norman  F.  Sohl  (Invert.  Paleont.), 
Frederic  R.  Siegel  (Sedimentology),  Mar- 
garet Ruth  Todd  (Invert.  Paleont.),  Frank 
C.  Whitmore,  Jr.  (Vert.  Paleont.),  Wendell 
P.  Woodring  (Invert.  Paleont.),  Ellis  L. 
YocHELSON  (Invert.  Paleont.) 
Vertebrate  Zoology  John  W.  Aldrich  (Birds),  Richard  C.  Banks 

(Birds),  James  E.  Bohlke  (Fishes),  Leonard 
Carmichael  (Psychology,  Animal  Behavior) 
Daniel  M.  Cohen  (Fishes),  Bruce  B.  Collette 
(Fishes),  John  F.  Eisenberg  (Mammals), 
Herbert  Friedmann  (Birds),  Crawford  H. 
Greene  WALT  (Birds),  Arthur  M.  Greenhall 
(Mammals),  Jack  P.  Hailman  (Birds),  David 
H.  Johnson  (Mammals),  E.  V.  Komarek 
(Mammals),  Roxie  C.  Laybourne  (Birds), 
Richard  H.  Manville  (Mammals),  J.  A.  J. 
Meester  (Mammals),  Edgardo  Mondolfi 
(Mammals),  Russell  E.  Mumford  (Mam- 
mals), DioscoRO  S.  Rabor  (Birds),  Frank  J. 
Schwartz  (Fishes),  Alexander  Wetmore 
(Birds)  John  G.  Williams  (Birds),  David  B. 
WiNGATE  (Birds) 

NATIONAL  ZOOLOGICAL  PARK 

Director  T.  H.  Reed 

Assistant  Director  John  Perry 

Ojffice  of  the  Director  John  Eisenberg,  Resident  Scientist 

Clinton  W.  Gray,  Veterinarian 
Robert  M.  Sauer,  Pathologist 
Donald  Bridgwater,  Wildlife  Biologist 
Kerry  Muller,  Wildlife  Biologist 
Marion  P.  McCrane,  Zoologist 
Frank  A.  Maloney,  Engineer 
Associates  in  Ecology  Helmut  K.  Buechner,  S.  Dillon  Ripley,  Lee 

M.  Talbot 
Research  Associates  Jean  Delacour,  Suzanne  Ripley 

Collaborators  Richard    Fiennes,    F.    M.    Garner,    Leonard 

Goss,  J.  Lear  Grimmer,  Carlton  Herman, 
Werner    P.    Heuschle,    Paul    Leyhausen, 
Charles     R.     Schroeder,     Constance     P- 
'        Warner 


SMITHSONIAN    STAFF:     NATURAL    SCIENCES 


549 


SMITHSONIAN  TROPICAL  RESEARCH  INSTITUTE 


Director 

Administrative  Officer 
Biologists 


Honorary 


Martin  H.  Moynihan 

Adela  Gomez 

Robert  L.  Dressler,  Peter  W.  Glynn,  A. 
Stanley  Rand,  Michael  H.  Robinson,  Ira 
RuBiNOFF,  Neal  G.  Smith 

Charles  F.  Bennett,  Jr.,  John  Eisenberg, 
Robert  H.  MacArthur,  Ernst  Mayr,  Giles 
W.  Mead,  Patricio  Sanchez,  W.  John  Smith, 
C.  C.  Soper,  Paulo  Vanzolini,  Martin 
Young 


RADIATION  BIOLOGY  LABORATORY 


Director 

Assistant  Director 
Biochemists 


Biologist 

Cytogeneticist 

Geochemist 

Physicist 

Plant  Physiologists 

Electronic  Engineer 
Instrument  Engineering 
Technician 


William  H.  Klein 

Walter  A.  Shropshire,  Jr. 

David  L.  Correll,  Maurice  M.  Margulies, 

Vicente  Julio  Medina,  Francesco  Parenti, 

Robert  L.  Weintraub 
Elisabeth  Gantt 
Te-Hsiu  Ma 
Austin  Long 
Bernard  Goldberg 
J.  Brown,  Victor  B.  Elstad,  Bernard  Nebel, 

Leonard  Price 
Junius  H.  Harrison 
Darnel  G.  Talbert 


ASTROPHYSICAL  OBSERVATORY 


Director 

Assistant  Director  {Science) 

Assistant  Director 

{Management) 
Scientific  Staff 


Fred  L.  Whipple 
Charles  A.  Lundquist 
Carlton  W.  Tillinghast 

Arthur  Allison,  Eugene  H.  Avrett,  Prabhu 
Bhatnagar,  Nathaniel  P.  Carleton,  Giu- 
seppe Colombo,  Matthias  F.  Comerford, 
Allan  F.  Cook,  Yvette  Cuny,  Alex  Dal- 
garno,  Robert  J.  Davis,  James  C.  DeFelice, 
William  A.  Deutschman,  Dale  Dickinson, 
Giovanni  G.  Fazio,  Edward  L.  Fireman, 
Giuseppe  Forti,  Fred  A.  Franklin,  Manfred 
P.  Friedman,  Edward  M.  Gaposchkin, 
Giorgio  E.  O.  Giacaglia,  Owen  Gingerich, 
Antanas  Girnius,  Mario  D.  Grossi,  Salah  E. 
Hamid,    Gerald    S.    Hawkins,    Henry    F. 


550 


APPENDIX 


Consultants 


Fellows 


Central  Bureau  for  Satellite 

Geodesy 
Central  Bureau  for 

Astronomical 

Telegrams 


Helmken,  Paul  W.  Hodge,  Luigi  G.  Jacchia, 
Wolfgang  Kalkofen,  Bishun  N.  Khare, 
Walter     Kohnlein,     Barbara     Kolaczek, 

YOSHIHIDE     KOZAI,     KURT     LaMBECK,     MyRON 

Lecar,  Anthony  R.  Lee,  Carlton  G.  Lehr, 
Hiram  Levy,  A.  Edward  Lilley,  Robert  H. 
McCoRKELL,  Richard  E.  McCrosky,  Brian 
G.  Marsden,  Ursula  B.  Marvin,  George  H. 
Megrue,  Donald  H.  Menzel,  Henri  E. 
MiTLER,  Paul  Mohr,  Carl  S.  Nilsson, 
Yasushi  Nozawa,  Robert  W.  Noyes,  Thorn- 
ton L.  Page,  Costas  Papaliolios,  Cecilia  H. 
Payne-Gaposhkin,  Douglas  T.  Pitman,  James 
B.  Pollack,  Annette  Posen,  Max  Roemer, 
George  B.  Rybicki,  Carl  Sagan,  Winfield 
W.  Salisbury,  Kenneth  Sando,  Mario  R. 
Schaffner,  Ladislav  Sehnal,  Chen-Yuan 
Shao,  Ashok  Sharma,  Jack  W.  Slowey, 
Richard  B.  Southworth,  Stephen  E.  Strom, 
Sachiko  Tsuruta,  George  Veis,  Trevor  C. 
Weekes,  Charles  A.  Whitney,  John  A.  Wood, 
Frances  W.  Wright,  James  P.  Wright 

Pierre  Connes,  Peter  Conti,  Christian  E. 
Coulman,  Oakley  Crawford,  Ray  Daniel, 
John  Denes,  Gerard  de  Vaucouleurs,  Hans 
Heintze,  Donald  M.  Hunten,  J.  Kistemaker, 
Neil  Porter,  Gordon  Snyder,  George  Veis 

M.  V.  Krishna  Apparao,  Zdenek  Ceplecha, 
Gordon  Drake,  Michel  Henon,  Robin  Reid, 
Richard  Wattson 

Jan  Rolff,  Executive  Director 

Brian  G.  Marsden,  Director 


History  and  Art 


Assistant  Secretary  {History 

and  Art) 
American  Studies  Program 
Anacostia  Museum 


Charles  Blitzer 

WiLCOMB  E.  Washburn,  Director 
John  Kinard,  Director 


MUSEUM  OF  HISTORY  AND  TECHNOLOGY 


Director 

Assistant  Director 

Administrative  Officers 
Section  of  Mathematics 

Science  and  Technology 

Physical  Sciences 


Mechanical  and  Civil 
Engineering 


Electricity 
Transportation 


Medical  Sciences 


Arts  and  Manufactures 

Manufactures  and  Heavy 

Industries 
Agriculture  and  Forest 

Products 


Robert  P.  Multhauf 

Silvio  A.  Bedini 

Virginia  Beets,  Robert  G.  Tillotson 

Uta    C.    Merzbach,    Associate     Curator     and 

Supervisor 
Walter  F.  Cannon,  Chairman 
Howard  I.  Chapelle,  Senior  Historian 
Walter  F.  Cannon,  Supervisor  and  Curator 
Jon  B.   Ekllnd,   Assistant   Curator,   Section  of 

Chemistry 
Deborah  J.  Warner,  Assistant   Curator,  Sec- 
tions of  Astronomy  and  Meteorology 
Robert  M.  Vogel,  Supervisor  and  Curator;  in 

charge  of  Sections  of  Heavy  Machinery  and 

Civil  Engineering 
Edwin  A.  Battison,  Associate  Curator,  Sections 

of  Light  Machinery  and  Horology 
Bernard  S.  Finn,  Supervisor  and  Curator 
John  H.  White,  Jr.,  Supervisor  and  Curator;  in 

charge  of  Section  of  Land  Transportation 
Melvin  H.  Jackson,  Associate  Curator,  Section 

of  Marine  Transportation 
Sami  K.  Hamarneh,  Supervisor  and  Curator;  in 

charge  of  Sections  of  Pharmaceutical  History 

and  Health 
Audrey  B.  Davis,  Assistant  Curator,  Sections  of 

Medical  and  Dental  History 
Philip  W.  Bishop,  Chairman 
Philip  W.  Bishop,  Acting  Curator 
John  N.  Hoffman,  Associate  Curator 
John  T.  Schlebecker,  Supervisor  and  Curator 


551 


552 


APPENDIX 


Textiles 

Ceramics  and  Glass 
Graphic  Arts 
Civil  History 

Political  History 

Cultural  History 
Musical  Instruments 


Philately  and  Postal 
History 

Numismatics 


Growth  of  the  United 
States 
Armed  Forces  History 
Military  History 

Naval  History 
Honorary 

Science  and  Technology 


Arts  and  Manufactures 
Civil  History 


Mrs.   Grace   Rogers  Cooper,   Supervisor  and 

Curator 
Rita  J.  Adrosko,  Associate  Curator 
Paul  V.  Gardner,  Supervisor  and  Curator 
J.  Jefferson  Miller  II,  Associate  Curator 
Eugene  Ostroff,  Supervisor  and  Curator 
Elizabeth  M.  Harris,  Assistant  Curator 
C.  Malcolm  Watkins,  Acting  Chairman 
Claudia  B.  Kidwell,  Assistant  Curator,  Section 

of  American  Costume 
Keith    E.    Melder,    Supervisor   and   Associate 

Curator 
Mrs.  Margaret  B.  Klapthor,  Associate  Curator 
Herbert  R.  Collins,  Assistant  Curator 
C.  Malcolm  Watkins,  Supervisor  and  Curator 
Richard  E.  Ahlborn,  Associate  Curator 
Rodris  C.  Roth,  Associate  Curator 
John  T.  Fesperman,  Jr.,  Supervisor  and  Asso- 
ciate Curator 
Cynthia  A.  Hoover,  Associate  Curator 
James  M.  Weaver,  Concert  Director 
Carl    H.    Scheele,    Supervisor    and    Associate 

Curator 
Reidar  Norby,  Assistant  Curator 
Vladimir    Clain-Stefanelli,    Supervisor    and 

Curator 
Elvira  Clain-Stefanelli,  Associate  Curator 
Peter  C.  Welsh,  Supervisor  and  Curator 
Ann  Castrodale  Golovin,  Assistant  Curator 
Mendel  L.  Peterson,  Chairman 
Edgar  M.  Howell,  Supervisor  and  Curator 
Craddock  R.  Coins,  Jr.,  Associate  Curator 
Philip  K.  Lundeberg,  Supervisor  and  Curator 

Anthony  R.  Michaelis  (Scientific  Instruments), 
Derek  J.  De  Solla  Price  (Scientific  Instru- 
ments) 

Hans  Syz  (Ceramics) 

Mrs.  Arthur  M.  Greenvs'OOd  (Cultural  History), 
Elmer  C.  Herber  (History),  Ivor  Noel  Hume 
(Cultural  History),  Fred  W.  McKay  (Numis- 
matics), Mrs.  Anne  W.  Murray  (Curator 
Emeritus,  Costume),  Mrs.  Emery  May  Nor- 
web  (Numismatics),  R.  Henry  Norw^b 
(Numismatics),  Mrs.  Joan  Pearson  Watkins 
(Cultural  History) 


SMITHSONIAN    STAFF:     HISTORY    AND    ART 


553 


Armed  Forces  History  William  Rea  Furlong  (Flag  History),  Frederic 

C.  Lane  (Naval  History) 


NATIONAL  AIR  AND  SPACE  MUSEUM 


Director 

Assistant  Director  (Aeronautics) 

Aircraft 

Aircraft  Propulsion 
Assistant  Director  {Aeronautics) 
Assistant  Director  {Information) 
Assistant  Director  {Exhibits) 
Advisory  Board 

Chairman  (ex-officio) 

Members 


Honorary 


S.  Paul  Johnston 

Paul  E.  Garber 

Louis  S.  Casey,  Curator 

Robert  B.  Meyer,  Curator 

Frederick  C.  Durant  HI 

Ernest  W.  Robischon 

James  A.  Mahoney 

S.  Dillon  Ripley 

Major  General  Milton  B.  Adams,  USAF,  Vice 
Admiral  Thomas  F.  Connolly,  USN,  Brigadier 
General  Hal  C.  Pattison,  USA,  Major  Gen- 
eral Keith  B.  McCutcheon,  USMC,  Rear 
Admiral  Roderick  Y.  Edwards,  USCG, 
Julian  Scheer,  Joseph  D.  Blatt,  Grover  C. 
Loening,  Colonel  John  H.  Glenn,  Jr.,  USMC 
(Ret.),  James  P.  Wilmot 

Frederick  C.  Crawford,  James  H.  Doolittle, 
Harry  F.  Guggenheim,  Alfred  V.  Verville 


NATIONAL  ARMED  FORCES  MUSEUM  ADVISORY  BOARD 


Director 

Assistant  Director 
Museum  Specialist 
Advisory  Board 
Members 


Ex  Officio 


Colonel  John  H.  Magruder  HI 

James  S.  Hutchins 

Colonel  Robert  M.  Calland 

John  Nicholas  Brown,  Chairman 

Chief  Justice  of  the  United  States,  Secre- 
tary OF  Army,  Secretary  of  Navy,  Secre- 
tary OF  Air  Force,  David  Lloyd  Kreeger, 
Robert  C.  Baker,  William  H.  Perkins,  Jr., 
James  H.  Cassell,  Jr. 

Secretary  of  Defense,  Secretary  of  the 
Smithsonian  Institution 


FREER  GALLERY  OF  ART 


Director 

Assistant  Director 
Assistant  Curator  {Chinese 

Art) 
Technical  Laboratory 

Honorary 


John  A.  Pope 
Harold  P.  Stern 
Thomas  Lawton 

Rutherford  J.  Gettens,  Head 
W.  T.  Chase,  Assistant  Curator 
Richard  Edwards,  Oleg  Grabar 


554 


APPENDIX 


NATIONAL  COLLECTION  OF  FINE  ARTS 


Director 

Assistant  for  Special 

Services 
Registrar 

Librarian  {NCFA-NPG) 
Conservator  {NCFA-NPG) 
Editor 
Administrative  Officers 

Painting  and  Sculpture 


Prints  and  Drawings 
Contemporary  Art 
Exhibits 

International  Art  Program 


Museum  Programs 
Smithsonian  Art  Commission 


Members 


Members  Emeritus 


David  W.  Scott 

Mrs.  Mary  Nell  Sherman 

Elizabeth  Strassmann 

William  B.  Walker 

Charles  H.  Olin 

Georgia  M.  Rhoades 

Harry  W.  Zichterman,  Mrs.  Louise  W. 
Robinson 

Richard  P.  Wunder,  Curator 

William  H.  Truettner,  Assistant  Curator 

Donald  R.  McClelland,  Associate  Curator  for 
Lending  Program 

Jacob  Kainen,  Curator 

Mrs.  Adelyn  D.  Breeskin,  Curator 

Harry  Lowe,  Curator 

Abigail  V.  Booth,  Assistant 

Lois  A.  Bingham,  Chief 

Margaret  P.  Cogswell,  Deputy  Chief 

William  M.  Dunn,  Exhibits  Officer 

Susan  C.  Sollins 

Charles  H.  Sawyer,  Chairman 

Walker  Hancock,  Vice  Chairman 

S.  Dillon  Ripley,  Secretary 

Leonard  Baskin,  William  A.  M.  Burden,  H. 
Page  Cross,  David  E.  Finley,  Martin 
Friedman,  Lloyd  Goodrich,  Walker  Han- 
cock, Bartlett  H.  Hayes,  Jr.,  August 
Heckscher,  Thomas  C.  Howe,  Mrs.  J.  Lee 
Johnson  III,  Samuel  C.  Johnson,  Wilmarth 
S.  Lewis,  Henry  P.  McIlhenny,  Ogden  M. 
Pleissner,  Edgar  P.  Richardson,  Charles  H. 
Sawyer,  Mrs.  Otto  L.  Spaeth,  Andrew 
Wyeth 

Leonard  Carmichael,  Alexander  Wetmore 


NATIONAL  PORTRAIT  GALLERY 


Director 
Assistant  Director 

Registrar 

Administrative  Officer 

Exhibits  Curator 

Librarian  (NPG-NCFA) 


Charles  Nagel 
J.  Benjamin  Townsend 
Thomas  J.  Girard 
Joseph  A.  Yakaitis 
RiDDiCK  Vann 
William  B.  Walker 


Conservator  (NPG-NCFA)  Charles  H.  Olin 


i 


SMITHSONIAN    STAFF:    HISTORY   AND   ART 


555 


Chief  Historian 
Curator 
Historian 
Assistants 

National  Portrait  Gallery 
Commission 


Ex  Officio 


Daniel  J.  Reed 

Robert  G.  Stewart 

Mrs.  Virginia  Purdy 

Mrs.  Genevieve  A.  Stevenson,  Monroe  Fabian, 
Lewis  McInnis,  Jon  D.  Freshour 

John  Nicholas  Brown,  Chairman,  Catherine 
Drinker  Bowen,  Julian  P.  Boyd,  Lewis 
Deschler,  David  E.  Finley,  Edgar  P. 
Richardson,  Wilmarth  S.  Lewis,  Richard 
H.  Shryock,  Colonel  Frederick  P.  Todd 

Chief  Justice  of  the  United  States 

Secretary,  Smithsonian  Institution 

Director,  National  Gallery  of  Art 


JOSEPH  H.  HIRSHHORN  MUSUEM  AND  SCULPTURE 

GARDEN 


Director 
Registrar 
Executive  Secretary 


Abram  Lerner 
Myron  O'Higgins 
Frances  Shapiro 


Trustees 


President 

Vice  President 

Secretary-  Treasurer 

Director 

Administrator 

General  Counsel 

Chief  Curator 

Assistant  Director 

Deputy  Administrator 

Deputy  Secretary-  Treasurer 

and  General  Counsel 
Assistant  Chief  Curator 
Curator  of  Painting 
Curator  of  Extension  Services 
Curator  in  Charge  of 

Education 


NATIONAL  GALLERY  OF  ART 

Earl  Warren,  Chief  Justice  of  the  United  States, 

Chairman 
Dean  Rusk,  Secretary  of  State 
Henry  H.  Fowler,  Secretary  of  the  Treasury 
S.  Dillon  Ripley,  Secretary  of  the  Smithsonian 

Institution 
Paul  Mellon,  John  Hay  Whitney,  Lessing  J. 

Rosenwald,  Franklin  D.  Murphy,  Stoddard 

M.  Stevens 
Paul  Mellon 
John  Hay  Whitney 
Ernest  R.  Feidler 
John  Walker 
E.  James  Adams 
Ernest  R.  Feidler 
Perry  B.  Cott 
J.  Carter  Brown 
Lloyd  D.  Hayes 
Kennedy  C.  Watkins 


William  P.  Campbell 
H.  Lester  Cooke 
Grose  Evans 
Margaret  Bouton 


556 


APPENDIX 


Assistant  to  the  Director  in 

Charge  of  Music 
Assistant  to  the  Director 

{Educational  Services) 
Assistant  to  the  Director 

{Public  Information) 
Assistant  to  the  Administrator 

{Scientific  and 

Technical) 
Personnel  Officer 
Assistant  Treasurer 


Richard  Bales 

Raymond  S.  Stites 
William  W.  Morrison 
Sterling  P.  Eagleton 


Charles  B.  Walstrom 
John  L.  Allen 


JOHN  F.  KENNEDY  CENTER  FOR  THE  PERFORMING  ARTS 


Chairman 
Officers 


Honorary 


Roger  L.  Stevens 

Robert  O.  Anderson,  Vice  Chairman 

Sol  M.  Linowitz,  Vice  Chairman 

Ralph  E.  Becker,  General  Counsel 

William  McC.  Blair,  General  Director 

Robert  C.  Baker,  Treasurer 

K.  LeMoyne  Billings,  Secretary 

Philip    J.     Mullin,    Assistant    Secretary    and 

Administrative  Officer 
Herbert  D.  Lawson,  Assistant  Treasurer 
Kenneth  Birgfeld,  Assistant  Treasurer 
Paul  J.  Bisset,  Assistant  Treasurer 
Henry  C.  Heine,  Assistant  Treasurer 
Julius  Rudel,  Music  Advisor 
William    F.    Powers,    Executive    Director    for 

Engineering 
Howard    W.    Durham,    Deputy    Director    for 

Engineering 
Daniel  W.  Bell,  Treasurer  Emeritus 


Public  Service  and  Information  Activities 


Assistant  Secretary  {Public 

Service) 
Office  of  International 

Activities 

Smithsonian  Institution  Press 
Smithsonian  Institution 

Libraries 
Smithsonian  Archives 
Information  Systems  Division 
Science  Information  Exchange 

International  Exchange  Service 
Office  of  Public  Affairs 
Division  of  Performing  Arts 

Smithsonian  Associates 
Smithsonian  Museum  Shops 
Belmont  Conference  Center 


William  W.  Warner,  Acting 

David  Challinor,  Director 
Kennedy  B.  Schmertz,  Director,  Foreign  Cur- 
rency Program 
Anders  Richter,  Director 
Russell  Shank,  Director 
Mrs.  Mary  A.  Huffer,  Assistant  Director 
Samuel  T.  Suratt,  Archivist 
Nicholas  J.  Suszynski,  Director 
Monroe  E.  Freeman,  Director 
David  F.  Hersey,  Deputy  Director 
J.  A.  Collins,  Director 
Frederic  M.  Philips,  Director 
James  R.  Morris,  Director 
TiMOTHOY  P.  Jecko,  Deputy  Director 
Mrs.  Lisa  M.  Suter,  Program  Director 
Carl  Fox,  Director 
David  B.  Chase,  Director 


Special  Museum  Programs 


Director  General  of  Museums 
Office  of  Director  General 
Office  of  Exhibits 


Natural  History 
Laboratory 

History  and  Technology 

Laboratory 
Exhibits  Labels  Editor 
Smithsonian  Traveling 

Exhibition  Service 


Conservation  Analytical 

Laboratory 
Registrar 


Frank  A.  Taylor 

Lloyd  E.  Herman,  Administrative  Officer 

John  E.  Anglim,  Chief 

Benjamin  Lawless,  Assistant  Chief 

James  H.  Jones,  Administrative  Officer 

John  E.  Anglim,  Chief 

A.  Gilbert  Wright,  Assistant  Chief 

Frank  Nelms,  Production  Supervisor 

Benjamin  W.  Lawless,  Chief 

William  W.  Clark,  Jr.,  Production  Supervisor 

Mrs.  Constance  Minkin 

Mrs.  Dorothy  Van  Arsdale,  Chief 

Frances  P.  Smyth,  Program  Assistant 

Anne  R.  Gossett,  Mrs.  Jane  Kinzler,  Holly 

Teasdale,  Exhibits  Coordinators 
Robert  M.  Organ,  Chief 
Mrs.  Jacqueline  S.  Olin,  Chemist 
Helena  M.  Weiss 
William  P.  Haynes,  Assistant  Registrar 

557 


U.  S.  GOVERNMENT      PRINTING     OFFICE  :  1969     O  -  315-997